# ss **Repository Path**: jingu/ss ## Basic Information - **Project Name**: ss - **Description**: No description available - **Primary Language**: Unknown - **License**: Not specified - **Default Branch**: master - **Homepage**: None - **GVP Project**: No ## Statistics - **Stars**: 0 - **Forks**: 0 - **Created**: 2020-07-13 - **Last Updated**: 2024-05-29 ## Categories & Tags **Categories**: Uncategorized **Tags**: None ## README # 2019 年 12 月批次全国网络统考复习资料 # 大学英语B——完整版 ### 2019 年 11 月 ## 目录 - 试卷结构 - 学习指南 - 模拟试卷 - 第一部分 交际英语 —— 重点题目 - 第二部分 阅读理解（第一篇）—— 模拟系统里的题目 - 第二部分 阅读理解（第二篇）全部 26 篇文章都是重点 - 第三部分 词汇与语法 —— 重点题目 - 第四部分 选词填空 —— 模拟系统里的题目 - 第五部分 英译汉 ——重点句 - 第六部分 写作 - 第一部分 交际英语 —— 次重点题目 - 第二部分 阅读理解第一篇 —— 次重点题目 - 第三部分 词汇与语法——次重点题目 - 第四部分 选词填空 —— 次重点题目 - 第五部分 英译汉 —— 次重点题目 ## 试卷结构 ### 部分 项目 内容 题型 题量 分值 总分 ### 建议使 ### 用时间 ### I 交际英语 5 个简短对话 单项选择 5 3 15 10 分钟 ### II 阅读理解 2 篇短文，每篇 5 道题 单项选择 10 2 20 20 分钟 ### III 词汇与语法 5 个单句 单项选择 5 2 10 10 分钟 ### IV 选词填空 1 篇短文 单项选择 5 3 15 10 分钟 ### V 英译汉 6 个单句 翻译 6 5 30 20 分钟 ### VI 写作 1 篇作文 命题作文 1 10 10 20 分钟 ### 总计 32 100 90 分钟 ## 学习指南——必读！！！ ### 考试形式：机考—所有题都在计算机上完成，从题库中随机抽取。考试题目的答案顺序会变化，但答案内容不 ### 变，所以必须记忆正确答案内容。复习时不要看其他错误选项，也不需要追求必须理解，考试时看到答案能想 ### 起来是否为正确选项即可。 ### 复习重点：根据各题型分值和复习难度，建议大家先按照 1. 翻译重点题（ 353 句）、 2. 阅读理解二（ 26 篇都是 ### 重点）、 3. 交际英语重点题（ 187 题）的顺序来复习，因为这三部分总分为 55 分，资料中这三部分的重点题都 ### 掌握的话大概可以拿到 50 分左右。之前的三部分都掌握后，剩下的时间建议按1.翻译次重点题、2.交际英语 ### 次重点题、3. 词汇与语法重点题、4.写作题模板（具体使用方法见学院网站考前辅导视频）、5. 选词填空预测 ### 题（考前 2 周左右上传群文件）、6. 阅读一 19 篇特殊文章。阅读一的答案有一定规律（见学院网站考前辅导 ### 视频）、复习范围大且难度大，建议按照答案规律来记忆（具体说明见学院网站考前辅导视频）。 ## 模拟试卷 ### 第一部分：交际英语（共 5 小题；每小题 3 分，满分 15 分） ### 此部分共有 5 个未完成的对话，针对每个对话中未完成的部分有 4 个选项，请从 A 、 B 、 C 、 D 四个选项 ### 中选出正确选项。 1. – Could you help me with my physics, please? - _________. ``` A. No, no way B. No, I couldn’t C. No, I can’t D. Sorry I can’t. I have to go to a meeting right now ``` 2. – Excuse me, could you show me the way to the nearest post office? - ________Oh yes! Two blocks away from here at the Green Avenue. You can’t miss it. ``` A I beg your pardon? B What do you mean? C You’re welcome. D Mm, let me think. ``` 3. – Good-bye for now. - ________. A The same to you B That’s OK C See you D Long time no see 4. – Hello, I’d like to speak to Mark, please. - ________ A. Yes, I’m Mark. B. This is Mark speaking. C. It’s me here. D. This is me. 5. – I’ll go camping this weekend. - ________. ``` A. Can you go fishing, too B. Don’t give it up C. Have a good time D. Glad to hear it ``` 第二部分 **:** 阅读理解（共 **10** 小题；每小题 **2** 分，满分 **20** 分） 题型一：此部分共有一篇短文，每篇短文后有 **5** 个句子，请根据短文内容对这 **5** 个句子进行判断。认为 对，选择 **A(True)** ；认为错，选择 **B (False)** 。 **Passage 1** ``` There was once an ant that was very thirsty. It ran here and there looking for some water but could not find any. ``` Then suddenly, when the ant was almost ready to die of thirst, a large drop of water fell on it. The ant drank the water, which saved its life. The water was actually a tear from a young girl who was crying. Because of her sadness, the tear had magical qualities and suddenly the ant could speak the language of human beings. ``` The ant looked up and saw the young girl sitting in front of a huge pile of seeds. "Why are you sad?" asked the ant. "I'm the prisoner of a giant." the girl told the ant. "He won't let me go until I've made three separate heaps of grain, ``` barley（大麦）and rye（黑麦）out of this huge pile of seeds in which they are all mixed together." ``` "That will take you a month!" the ant said, looking at the huge pile of seeds. "I know," the girl cried, "and if I haven't finished by tomorrow, the giant will eat me for his supper!" "Don't cry," the ant said, "my friends and I will help you." Soon thousands of ants were at work, separating the three kinds of seeds. The next morning, when the giant saw that the work had been done, he let the girl go. Thus it was one of her tears that saved her life. ``` 6. The ant was playing when it ran here and there. A：T B：F 7. The drop of water fell on the ant when it was nearly dying. A：T B：F 8. The young girl was crying because she wanted to have supper. A：T B：F 9. The giant would eat the girl if she failed to do the work. A：T B：F 10. The ant's friends saved the girl's life. A：T B：F 题型二：此部分共有一篇短文，每篇短文后有 **5** 个问题。请从每个问题后的 **A** 、 **B** 、 **C** 、 **D** 四个选项中，选出 可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 **Passage 2** ``` Britain and France are separated by the English Channel, a body of water that can be crossed in as few as 20 minutes. ``` But the cultures of the two countries sometimes seem to be miles apart. Last Thursday Britain and France celebrated the 100th anniversary（周年纪念）of the signing of a friendship agreement called the Entente Cordiality. The agreement marked a new beginning for the countries following centuries of wars and love-hate partnership. But their relationship has been ups and downs over the past century. Just last year, there were fierce disagreements over the Iraq war-which British Prime Minister Tony Blair supported despite French President Jacques Chirac speaking out against it. This discomfort is expressed in Blair and Chirac’s body language at international meetings. While the French leader often greets German Chancellor Gerhard Schroeder with a hug（拥抱）, Blair just receives a handshake. However, some political experts say the war in Iraq could in fact have helped ties. ``` The history of divisions may well be because of the very different ways in which the two sides see the world. But this ``` doesn’t stop 12 million Britons taking holidays in France each year. However, only 3 million French come in the opposite direction. Surveys（调查）show that most French people feel closer to the Germans than they do to the British. And the research carried out in Britain has found that only a third of the population believes the French can be trusted. Perhaps this bad feeling comes because the British dislike France’s close relationship with Germany, or because the French are not happy with Britain’s close links with the US. Whatever the answer is, as both sides celebrate 100 years of “doubtful friendship”, they are at least able to make jokes about each other. Here’s one: What’s the best thing about Britain’s relationship with France? The English Channel. 11. For centuries, the relationship between Britain and France is ____________. ``` A. friendly B. impolite C. brotherly D. a mixture of love and hate ``` 12. The war in Iraq does ____________ to the relationship between France and Britain. ``` A. good B. harm C. neither good nor harm D. both good and harm ``` 13. The British are not so friendly to ____________ and the French are not so friendly to ________. ``` A. Germany; America B. America; Germany C. Germany; Germany D. America; America ``` 14. ____________ are more interested in having holidays in ____________. A. American people...Britain B. British people ... Germany C. French people ... Britain D. British people ... France 15. What does the last sentence mean? A. As long as the English Channel exists, no further disagreement will form between France and Britain. B. The English Channel can prevent anything unfriendly happening in both France and Britain. C. France and Britain are near neighbors, and this will help balance the relationship between them. D. The English Channel is the largest enemy between France and Britain. 第三部分 **:** 词汇与语法（共 **5** 小题；每小题 **2** 分，满分 **10** 分） 此部分共有 **5** 个未完成的句子，针对每个句子中未完成的部分有 **4** 个选项，请从 **A** 、 **B** 、 **C** 、 **D** 四个选项 中选出正确选项。 16. I am not used to speaking_________ public. ``` A in B at C on D to ``` 17. It’s _________ that he was wrong. ``` A clearly B clarity C clear D clearing ``` 18. Measles (麻疹) _______ a long time to get over. ``` A spend B spends C take D takes ``` 19. Once environmental damage _______, it takes many years for the system to recover. ``` A is to do B does C had done D is done ``` 20. The workers are busy _________ models for the exhibition. ``` A to make B with making C being making D making ``` 第四部分 **:** 选词填空（共 **5** 小题；每小题 **3** 分，满分 **15** 分） 以下短文中共包含 **5** 个未完成的句子，针对每个句子中空缺部分，请从短文后的 **A** 、 **B** 、 **C** 、 **D** 、 **E** 五个选 项中选出正确选项，每个选项只能选一次。 Last night, a fire broke out in Ann’s house in Manchester. ``` Ann' s parents were out of town for the weekend when something wrong in the room caused the fire to start in the ``` middle of the night. The girl was ___21___ up by the family dog, Danny, who was barking loudly in the back garden. Ann smelled something burning. She___22___ up and at once ran through the smoke-filled house to wake her old brother, Frank. ``` When Frank would not wake up, Ann got some help from the dog. Frank' s unconscious body was far ___23___ ``` heavy for the little girl to move alone, but the clever girl brought the dog inside and___24___ the dog' s leash (牵狗的 皮带) to Frank' s left ankle. She then held her brother’s right ankle, and together the girl and the dog ___25___Frank to safety. ``` The 10 year-old girl, Ann, saved her big brother’s life. A. too B. got C. waken D. pulled E. tied ``` 第五部分 **:** 英译汉（共 **6** 小题；每小题 **5** 分，满分 **30** 分） 请把下列 6 句英文翻译成中文。 2 6. We cannot tell when an earthquake is coming. 27. The more passions we have, the more happiness we are likely to experience. 28. Success in business depends on hard work. 29. Many schools will not open for lessons until the beginning of September. 30. It’s very important to maintain your current weight through exercise and healthy eating. 31. People all over the world are trying to help the people in the quake-stricken areas. 第六部分 **:** 写作（满分 **10** 分） Instructions: 建议你在 30 分钟内，根据下面所给的题目和提纲用英语写出一篇不少于 80 词的短文。 My Activities in Leisure Time. 1. 你业余时间的娱乐活动有哪些； 2. 描述其中一项活动。 ### 模拟试卷答案 ### 第一部分 1 – 5 D D C B C ### 第二部分 6 – 10BABAA 11 – 15DDADC ### 第三部分 16 – 20 A C D D D ### 第四部分 21 – 25 C B A E D ### 第五部分 ### 26. 我们不能断定地震什么时候发生。 ### 27. 我们的激情越多，我们就有可能体验到越多的快乐。 ### 28. 事业上的成功取决于努力工作。 ### 29. 很多学校到九月初才开学。 ### 30. 通过锻炼和健康饮食来保持你目前的体重是非常重要的。 ### 31. 全世界的人们都在竭尽全力帮助遭受地震的灾区人民。 ### 第六部分 ### 答案：见写作参考范文。 ## 第一部分 交际英语 —— 重点题目 ## 注意：灰色底纹的题目（如第 2 题）为必须掌握的题目，考试时出现几率很大。 1. **– Are you feeling all right today?** 你今天感觉好吗？ - Not really. 不太好。 - __________________. 听到这个很遗憾。 A.Oh, I see B.It doesn't matter C.You'd better be happy **_D.I am sorry to hear that_** 2. **– Are you feeling better today, Jack?** 你今天感觉好点吗，杰克？ - ________ 是的，谢谢你医生。但我还是感觉不太舒服。 ``` A There must be something wrong. B Just have a good rest. C Yes, thank you, doctor. But I still don’t feel good. D Don’t worry about me. ``` 3. **– Are you going on holiday for a long time?** 你要去度假很长时间吗？ - ________ 不是，只是一两天。 ``` A. It was a long time. B. Two weeks ago. C. No. Only a couple of days. D. Not long time ago. ``` 4. **– Can I help you?** 能为您效劳吗？ - ________ 是的，我想要一件毛衣。 ``` A OK, I’ll take it B That’s good C Yes, I’d like a sweater D It’s too dear ``` 5. **– Can I speak to Mr. Rose?** 能找罗斯先生接一下电话吗？ **-** _________ Can I take a message for him? 很抱歉他不在。我能帮他留条口信吗？ A.This is he. **_B.I am afraid he is not in._** C.Who are you? D.Sorry. Do you know him? 6. **– Can you help me?** 你可以帮帮我吗？ - _________ 当然可以，什么事？ A. No, I don't know. **_B. Sure. What is it?_** C. Don't mention it. D. That's it. 7. **– Congratulations! You won the first prize in today’s speech contest.** 祝贺你在今天的演讲比赛中获得冠军。 - ________ 谢谢你。 ``` A Yes, I beat the others B No, no, I didn’t do it well C Thank you D It’s pleasure ``` 8. **– Could I borrow your car for a few days?** 我能借你的车用几天吗？ - _________. 当然可以。给你钥匙。祝你旅途愉快。 A Yes, you may borrow B Yes, go on **C** **_Sure, here is the key. Enjoy your journey_** D It doesn’t matter 9. **– Could I speak to Don Watkins, please?** 我能和 **Don Watkins** 说话吗？ - ________. 我就是。 **A** **_Speaking, please_** B Oh, how are you? C. I’m listening D I’m Don. 10. **– Could you do me a favour and take these books to my office?** 你能帮我个忙把这些书送到我办公室吗？ - Sure, _______. 当然可以，乐意效劳。 A.for pleasure B.I could **_C.my pleasure_** D.more pleasure 11. **– Could you buy some salt on your way home?** 你在回家的路上买点盐好吗？ - _______ 好的。 **_A All right._** B Is that all? C Just a few. D Let me see. 12. **– Could you help me put up the signs on the wall?** 你能帮我把这些标语贴到墙上吗？ **-** _______. 没问题。 **_A.No problem_** B.I hope so C.That's all right D.That's a good idea 13. **– Could you help me with my physics / English / homework, please?** 请问你能帮我学物理 **/** 英语 **/** 做作业吗？ - _________. (I have to go to a meeting right now.) 很抱歉不行。（我马上要去开会/有个约会。） A. No, no way B. No, I couldn’t C. No, I can’t **D.** **_Sorry I can’t. I have to go to a meeting(an appointment) right now_** 14. **– Could I borrow your English Dictionary?** 我能借一下你的英语字典吗？ **-** _________ 很抱歉，现在它不在我手上。 A Thank you very much. B No, I am not available. **_C I'm sorry. It's not at hand now._** D It's very kind of you. 15. **– Did you know that David injured his leg playing football yesterday?** 你知道大卫昨天踢球时腿受伤了吗？ - Really? ________? 真的吗？那怎么发生的啊？ ``` A Who did that B What’s wrong with him C How did that happen D Why was he so careless ``` 16. **– Did you use to play the piano?** 你过去弹钢琴吗？ - _________ 不，没弹过。 A Yes, I do. **_B No, I didn't._** C Yes, I play it every day. D No, I do. 17. **– Do you dance?** 你跳舞吗？ - Yes, I do. 是的。 - _________? 你多久去跳一次？ - Every weekend. 每个周末。 ``` A How hard do you practice B How much do you pay for it C How often do you go dancing D How long do you practice it ``` 18. **– Do you feel like going jogging with me?** 你想不想和我去慢跑？ - _________. 我很乐意。 A I want to B It doesn't matter C Let's enjoy it **_D I'd love to_** 19. **– Do you like an apple or a banana?** 你想要一个苹果还是香蕉？ - ___________. 哪个都行。 A.Thank you B.You are so nice C.I want oranges **_D.Either will do_** 20. **– Do you like country music?** 你喜欢乡村音乐吗？ - _________ 是的，我十分喜欢。 A. Yes, I like basketball a lot. B. It’s far too crowded. **C.** **_Yes, I’m crazy about it._** D. Oh, it’s funny. 21. **– Do you like to play basketball?** 你喜欢打篮球吗？ - _________ 我十分喜欢。 A. Perhaps. B. No. Xiaowang does not like it. **C.** **_I’m crazy about it._** D. I am pleased about it. 22. – **Do you mind if I open the window?** 你介意我把窗户打开吗？ - _________ 当然不介意了。 A.Yes, please. B.Thank you. C.No, thanks. **_D.Of course not._** 23. **– Do you mind my smoking here?** 你介意我在这吸烟吗？ - _________. 是的，我介意。 ``` A No, thanks B Yes, I do C Yes, I’d rather not D Good idea ``` 24. **– Don't take too long at the coffee shop. It's 14:15.** 在咖啡厅别待太久。已经 **14:15** 了。 ### – ______. 我知道了。我们还剩 30 分钟。 ``` A.I'll think it over B.I See. We have 30 minutes left C.That's very kind of you D.I'm afraid so ``` 25. **– Don't watch TV too much on Sundays.** 周日别看太多电视。 - ________. 好的，我不会的。 A.Yes, I won't B.No, I will **_C.No, I won't_** D.Yes, I do 26. **– Excuse me, could you show me the way to the nearest post office?** 打扰下 **,** 能告诉我最近的邮局怎么走吗？ - ________Oh yes! Two blocks away from here at the Green Avenue. You can’t miss it. 嗯，我想一下。噢，对 ``` 了！从这里过两个街区，在格林大街，你不会错过的。 A I beg your pardon? B What do you mean? C You’re welcome. D Mm, let me think. ``` 27. **– Excuse me, how much is the jacket?** 请问，这件夹克多少钱？ - It's 499 Yuan. ________ 499 元。你想试一下吗？ ``` A. Oh, no. That's OK! B. How do you like it? C. Which do you prefer? D. Would you like to try it on? ``` 28. **– Excuse me, is there any grocery store around here?** 打扰一下，这附近有食品杂货店吗？ - Yes, _________on Pine street. It's not far from here. 有的，在派恩大街上有一家。离这儿不远。 A.you like it **_B.there is one_** C.you'll catch it D.it's warm and foggy 29. **– Excuse me, when does the next flight from Paris arrive?** 打扰了，请问下一班巴黎的航班什么时候到达？ **-** _________ 半个小时后。 **_A. In half an hour._** B. An hour before. C. Until the next one. D. Before another one. 30. **– Good-bye for now.** 先告辞了。 - ________ 再见。 ``` A The same to you B That’s OK C See you D Long time no see ``` 31. **– Good evening, Professor Hardy.** 晚上好，哈迪教授。 - Good evening, John. Come in, please. 晚上好，约翰。请进。 - Thank you, I hope I am not interrupting you. 谢谢您。我希望没有打扰到您。 - No, ____________. 一点也没有（打扰我）。 A.thank you **_B.not at all_** C.thanks D.let it alone 32. **– Good morning. Have you got a single room with a bathroom, please?** 早上好。你们有带浴室的单人间吗？ - _________ 是的，有的。 ``` A I don't know. B I'd rather not say. C Well, guess. D Yes, we have. ``` 33. **– Good morning! I'd like to send this letter to the United States.** 早上好！我想把这封信寄到美国。 - ____________. You have to pay 3 dollars more for it. 它超重了。你得再付 3 美元。 A. It's too expensive **_B. It's overweight_** C. It's too far away D. It's well done 34. **– Good morning, John. How are you doing?** 早上好，约翰。最近怎么样啊？ - ________. 还不错。你呢？ ``` A I’m pleased B Good night C Not so bad. And you? D How do you do? ``` 35. **– Good morning, may I speak to Mark, please?** 早上好，我可以跟马克说话吗？ - ________? 请讲（你是哪位？） A Who’s there **B** **_Who’s that speaking_** C Who are you D Who wants to speak to Mark 36. **– Good morning, sir. _________?** 早上好，先生。有什么能为您效劳的吗？ - Is there any flight to Beijing tomorrow morning? 明天早上有去北京的航班吗？ A.What's your name B.How's everything with you C.When does it start **_D.Can I help you_** 37. **– Happy birthday to you!** 生日快乐！ - __________ 谢谢。 A Happy birthday to you! B I am very glad. C That's all right． **_D Thank you._** 38. **– Have you been to Paris?** 你去过巴黎吗？ - _________ 没有，但是我希望明年去。 A. No, I didn't go there last year. **_B. No, but I hope to go there next year._** C. Paris is a nice place to visit. D. No, it was a long time ago. 39. **– Haven’t seen you for ages! What are you busy doing now?** 好几年不见了，最近都在忙什么？ - ________. 我现在在一家书店兼职。 A. I have the weather here B My hair is getting a bit longer ``` C Yeah, thanks for coming D I am working part time in a bookshop, you know ``` 40. **– Hello, could I speak to Mr. Smith, please?** 您好，我找史密斯先生。 - ________? 您是哪位？ A Who are you B Who’s there C Who could I help **_D Who is that speaking_** 41. **– Hello, how are you?** 嗨，你好吗？ - ________ 我很好，谢谢。 ``` A Hello, how are you? B How do you do? C Fine, thank you. D That’s OK. ``` 42. **– Hello, I’m Harry Potter.** 你好，我是 **Harry Potter** 。 - Hello, my name is Charles Green, but ________. 你好，我叫Charles Green，但是请叫我Charles。 ``` A call my Charles B call me at Charles C call me Charles D call Charles me ``` 43. **– Hello. Is that Mr. White or Mr. Smith speaking?** 你好。是怀特先生或者史密斯先生吗？ - Sorry, ________________ 对不起，你能今天下午给他们打电话吗？ A.who are you? B.don't ask me. C.I don't know. **_D.would you please ring them up this afternoon?_** 44. **– Hello, may I have an appointment with the headmaster?** 你好，我能跟校长约一下见面时间吗？ - _______________. 当然可以。请稍等。 A.Sorry, I don't know you B.No, you can't **_C.Certainly. Wait a minute, please_** D.Let me see 45. **– Hello, may I speak to Mr. Clinton?** 你好，我能找克林顿先生通话吗？ **- _________** 我就是克林顿。 A Yes, I am Clinton. B Thank you for calling me. **_C This is Clinton speaking._** D Yes, who are you? 46. **– Hello, may I talk to the director/manager now?** 你好，我现在可以和总裁 **/** 经理谈谈吗？ - __________. 很抱歉，他现在很忙。 **_A. Sorry, he is busy at the moment_** B. No, you can’t C. Sorry, you can’t D.I don’t know 47. **– Hey, Tom, what's up?** 嗨，汤姆，你在忙什么？ - __________ 哦，没忙什么。 ``` A Yes, definitely! B Oh, not much. C What is happening in your life? D You are lucky. ``` 48. **– Hi, Celia! _________to the United States?** 嗨，西莉亚！你去美国的旅途怎么样？ - It was wonderful. I really enjoyed it. 很好。我玩的很开心。 A What was your idea **_B How was your trip_** C Who went D How often did you travel 49. **– Hi, is Mary there, please?** 请问， **Mary** 在吗？ - ________ 请别挂断，我去叫她。 ``` A Hold on. I’ll get her. B No, she isn’t here. C Yes, she lives here. D Yes, what do you want? ``` 50. **– Hi, Tom, how’s everything with you?** 你好，汤姆，近来都好吗？ - ________, and how are you? 还不错，你呢？ A Don’t mention it **B** **_Hm, not too bad_** C Thanks D Pretty fast 51. **– Hi, welcome back! Had a nice trip?** 欢迎回来，旅行还不错吧？ - ________ 噢，太棒了！每天都有新鲜的空气和温暖的阳光。 **_A. Oh, fantastic! Fresh air, and sunshine every day._** B. Come on, I’ve got lots of fun. C. By the way, I don’t like Saturdays. D. Well, I’ll look forward to your phone call. 52. **– How about going to dinner at the Mexican restaurant tonight?** 今晚去墨西哥餐厅吃饭怎么样？ - ________ 太好了！ A Forget it. B Sorry, I like Mexican food. **_C That's great!_** D Glad you like it. 53. **– How are you, Bob?** 你好吗，鲍勃？ - ________ 我很好，谢谢。 ``` A How are you? B I’m fine. Thank you. C How do you do? D Nice to meet you. ``` 54. **– How are you getting on today?** 你今天过得怎么样？ - ________ 很好。 ``` A Very well. B How do you do? C I’m a doctor. D Nice to have known you. ``` 55. **– How are you going on with your English?** 你最近英语学的怎么样？ - ________. 我准备考英语 4 级。 A I am very well. B I am going to the library. **_C I am going to take College English Test Band Four._** D That’s a good question. 56. **– How can / do I get to the cinema?** 请问去电影院怎么走？ - ________. 沿着这条路直走，然后左转。 ``` A It’s very far B Yes, there is a cinema near here C It’s well known D Go down this street and turn left ``` 57. **– How can I get to the nearest post office?** 我怎么找到最近的邮局？ - ________. 对不起，我刚来这儿。 ``` A It is a long way from here. B Sorry, I am new here. C Why don't you walk? D Here it is. ``` 58. **– How clever your little son is!** 你的小儿子真聪明！ - ________. 谢谢。 A.I don't think so B.In fact he isn't **_C.Thank you_** D.You are not true 59. **– How do you do? (Glad to meet you.)** 你好。（很高兴见到你。） - ________. (Glad to meet you, too.) 你好。（我也很高兴见到你。） A Fine, thank you **B** **_How do you do?_** C Not too bad D Very well 60. **– How do you go to work?** 你用什么交通方式去上班？ - _________. 坐火车。 A I go to work every day. B I don’t go to work every day. **_C By train._** D By air. 61. **– How many students do you teach?** 你教多少学生？ **-** _________ 大概 50 人。 ``` A. Quite a bit. B. More boys than girls. C. About 50. D. Three mornings. ``` 62. **– How much is this necklace?** 这条项链多少钱？ - ________. 50 英镑。 A It’s very nice B It’s a birthday present from my parents **C** **_It costs fifty pounds_** D It’s a bargain 63. **– How often do you go dancing?** 你多久去跳一次舞？ - ________. 每隔一天去一次。 A I will go dancing tomorrow B Yesterday **_C Every other day_** D I’ve been dancing for a year 64. **– How’s your family?** 你的家人都还好吧？ - ________. 还不错。 ``` A Thanks all the same B Thanks for calling C Not too bad D Don’t mention it ``` 65. **– How tall is your sister?** 你妹妹有多高？ - ________. 和我一样高。 ``` A She is not very tall B She is 28 years old C She is very nice D She is as tall as I am. ``` 66. **– How was your trip to London, Jane?** 简，你在伦敦的旅行如何啊**?** - ________ 哦，真的好极了。 **A** **_Oh, wonderful indeed._** B I went there alone. C. The guide showed me the way. D By plane and by bus. 67. **– How would you like to mail it?** 你想怎么寄？ - _______ 航空邮件，谢谢。 A Thank you very much. B Post office is over there. C I'll be coming. **_D By air mail, please._** 68. **– I believe we’ve met somewhere before.** 我相信我们以前在哪儿见过面。 - No, ________ 不，我不这么认为。 A it isn’t the same B it can’t be right **_C I don’t think so_** D I’d rather not 69. **– I didn’t mean to do that. Please forgive me.** 我不是故意那么做，请原谅我。 - ________. 没关系。 ``` A Not too bad B That’s all right C It’s a pleasure D Thank you ``` 70. **– I doubt whether the Chinese Football Team can win the game this time.** 我怀疑中国队这次能否赢这场比 ``` 赛。 ``` **-** __________ 很难说。 A That's true **_B It's hard to say_** C I like the team D I don't believe it 71. **– I had a really good weekend at my grandpa's / uncle’s.** 我在爷爷 **/** 叔叔家度过了一个很愉快的周末。 - _________ 哦，很高兴听到这个。 A Oh, that's very nice of you. B Congratulations. C It's a pleasure. **_D Oh, I'm glad to hear that._** 72. **– I have passed the English exam.** 我已经通过英语考试。 - ________. Congratulations! 真棒！祝贺你。 A Sorry B Good luck C Come on **_D Well done_** 73. **– I've got your invitation.** 我收到你的邀请了。 - Oh, good. _______ 哦，太好了。你能来吗？ **_A Can you come?_** B Thanks a lot. C I'll take it. D May I help you? 74. **– I hear you got through your exam. Congratulations!** 我听说你考试通过了。祝贺你！ ### – _________ 谢谢。 A. No. I didn’t do well enough. B Who told you that? **_C. Thanks_** D. Yes, I got a good mark. 75. **– I'm afraid I can't go to your party, I have an important exam tomorrow.** 恐怕我不能去你的聚会了。我 ``` 明天有个重要的考试。 ``` - __________! 太可惜了！ **_A What a pity_** B With pleasure C No problem D Mind yourself 76. **– I’m sorry. I am late due to the heavy traffic.** 对不起，由于堵车，我迟到了。 - ________. 没关系。 ``` A Well, it’s ok B No, it’s all right C You are welcome D You are wrong ``` 77. **– I’m sorry I broke your mirror.** 对不起，我把你的镜子摔坏了。 - ________. 没关系。 ``` A It’s OK with me. B It doesn’t matter. C You are welcome D I don’t care ``` 78. **– I’m sorry. I lost the key.** 对不起，我的钥匙丢了。 - ________. 没关系。 ``` A Well, it’s OK B No, it’s all right C You are welcome D You are wrong ``` 79. **– I'm taking my driving test tomorrow. Hope I can pass.** 我明天参加驾照考试。希望能考过。 - ________! 祝你好运！ A Cheers **_B Good Luck_** C Come on D Congratulations 80. **– I think he is a good lecturer.** 我认为他是一个好老师。 - ________. 我也这样认为。 ``` A Sorry, it doesn’t matter B So do I C Yes. It’s a good idea D I don’t mind ``` 81. **– I went to the beach and got plenty of rest.** 我去了海滩，好好地休息了一下。 - _________. You looked tired last time I saw you. 你去了我很高兴。我上次见到你你看上去很疲惫。 A I hope so B Really **_C I'm glad you did_** D The sound was nice 82. **– I wonder if I could use your computer tonight?** 我在想是否今晚可以用你的电脑？ - _________ I’m not using it right now. 当然可以，拿去用吧。现在我不用。 ``` A Sure, here you are. B I don't know. C It doesn't matter. D Who cares? ``` 83. **– Is it possible for you to work late tonight?** 今晚你可以加班吗？ - _________. 我认为可以。 ``` A I like it B I’ll do that C I’d love to D I think so ``` 84. **– Is Kate in, please? I want to ____________ her.** 凯特在吗？我想找她。 - Sorry, she is out. You'd better call her later. 对不起，她出去了。你最好晚点打给她。 A trouble **_B speak to_** C visit D talk 85. **– Is Mary (John) there?** 玛丽（约翰）在吗？ - _________ 请讲（我就是）。 ``` A Speaking B I’m not Mary C Who are you D Mary is well today ``` 86. **– Is that seat taken?** 这个位子有人吗？ - _________ 没有。 ``` A Please don’t worry. B I don’t think so. C Why not? D It’s very nice. ``` 87. **– It’s rather cold in here. Do you mind if I close the window** 这儿很冷，你介意我把窗户关上吗？ - _________. 不介意，关吧。 ``` A Yes, please B No, please C Sure, please D I don’t like it. ``` 88. **– Let me introduce myself. I’m Steward (Tom).** 请允许我介绍一下自己。我叫斯图 亚特。 - ________. 很高兴认识你。 A What a pleasure **B** **_Pleased to meet you_** C I don’t know D Thanks a lot 89. **– Let's go to a movie after work, OK?** 我们下班后去看电影怎么样？ - ______ 为什么不呢？（好啊） A Not at all. **_B Why not?_** C Never mind. D Who is it? 90. **– Let’s go to the library this afternoon.** 今天下午我们去图书馆吧。 - ________. 好主意。 A Yes, that’s right B No, I can’t C What about you **_D That’s a good idea_** 91. **– Madam, do all the buses go downtown?** 女士，请问，是不是所有的公交车都开往市区？ ### – ________. 对不起，我也不是本地人。 A Wow, you got the idea B No, never mind C Pretty well, I guess **_D Sorry, I’m new here_** 92. **– Marilyn, I’m afraid I have to be leaving now.** 玛琳，我恐怕现在不得不走了。 - ________. 噢，那么早？ ``` A That sounds wonderful. B Oh, so early? C Not at all. D Good luck! ``` 93. – **May I borrow those magazines?** 我能借一下那些杂志吗？ - _________ You may keep them for two weeks. 当然可以。你可以借阅两周。 A.Of course not. **_B.Sure._** C.I'm afraid not. D.It's up to you. 94. **– May I introduce myself? I'm Li Hua.** 我能自我介绍一下吗？我叫李华。 **- _________** 我叫陶德·史密斯。很高兴见到你。 **_A.I'm Todd Smith. It's nice to meet you._** B.I'm Todd Smith. How old are you? C.Thank you. D.Oh, here is my card. You can have a look. 95. **– May I see your tickets, please?** 可以看一下你的票吗？ - _________. 当然可以。 **_A Sure_** B No, you can’t C No, they are mine D Yes, you can 96. **– May I use my credit card here?** 我在这儿能用信用卡吗？ **-** _________ 恐怕不行。 A You can’t. B No one uses it. **_C I am afraid you can’t._** D Who told you? 97. **– May I use your bike for a moment?** 你的自行车我可以用一会儿吗？ **-** __________. 当然可以。 A. It’s well B. It doesn’t matter **_C. By all means_** D. I have no idea 98. **– May I use your dictionary?** 我能用一下你的字典吗？ - ____________. 可以，给你。 **_A.Yes, here you are_** B.No, you won't C.Never mind D.Sorry here it is 99. **– Merry Christmas!** 圣诞快乐！ - _____. 你也是。 A.I hope so B Really C Thank you **_D The same to you_** 100. **– Must I take a taxi?** 我必须坐出租车吗？ - No, you________. You can take my car. 不必。你可以坐我的车。 ``` A had better to B don’t C must not D don’t have to ``` 101. **– My brother fell off his bike and hurt himself.** 我弟弟从他的自行车上摔了下来受了伤。 - ________. 很遗憾听到这个消息。 ``` A How careless he was! B I'm sorry to hear that. C That's too bad. D I'm bad to hear that. ``` 102. **– Nice day, ________?** 天气真好啊，不是吗？ - Yes, it is. 是的，天气很好。 A is it **_B isn't it_** C what's it D isn't that 103. **– Oh dear! I've just broken a window.** 噢，天啊！我刚把一块窗户打碎了。 - ____________. 别担心。 A.Great **_B.Don't worry_** C.That's fine D.Not at all 104. **– Oh, dear! I've just broken a window.** 噢，天啊！我刚把一块窗户打碎了。 - _______. It can't be helped. 别担心。这是没办法的事儿。 **_A.Don't worry_** B.All right C.That's fine D.Not at all 105. **– Oh, dear! I've lost my new watch.** 噢，天啊！我的新手表丢了。 - _____ 太遗憾了！ A.I'm sad. B.That's right. C.That's all right. **_D.What a pity!_** 106. **– Oh, the box is too heavy. ______?** 噢，这个盒子太重了。我帮助你好吗？ - No, thanks. I can manage myself. 不用了，谢谢。我自己能搞定。 A.What's in it **_B.Can I help you_** C.Whose is it D.May I 107. **– Paul, ________?** 保罗，那边在说话的人是谁？ - Oh, that’s my father! And beside him, my mother. 哦，那是我的爸爸，在他旁边的是我妈妈。 ``` A what is the person over there B who’s talking over there C what are they doing D which is that ``` 108. **– Please help yourself to the seafood.** 请吃点海鲜。 - ________ 呃，抱歉我不喜欢吃海鲜。 ``` A No, I can’t. B Sorry, I can’t help. C Well, seafood don’t suit. D Well, I’m afraid I don’t like seafood. ``` 109. **– Shall I drive you to the railway station?** 我开车送你去火车站好吗？ - Oh, don't bother about it. I'll take a taxi. 哦，不用麻烦了。我打车去。 - Well, __________! 那么，旅途愉快！ - Thank you and good-bye! 谢谢，再见！ A come on B help C have it checked up **_D have a nice trip_** 110. **– Shall we go to the zoo tomorrow?** 我们明天去动物园怎么样？ - _____. 好主意。 A.It doesn't matter B.That's nothing **_C.Good idea_** D.You're welcome 111. **– Shall we go out for dinner tonight?** 今晚我们出去吃怎样？ - _________ 对不起，我要完成一个报告。 A No, you can't. B Yes, please. C Thank you, I don't want to. **_D Sorry, I have a report to finish._** 112. **– Shall we sit up here on the grass or down there near the water?** 我们在这儿的草地上坐呢还是去那儿的 河边坐？ - ________. 如果你不介意，我想在这儿坐。 **_A I’d rather stay here if you don’t mind._** B Sorry, I don’t like neither. C Certainly, why not? D Yes, we like these two places. 113. **– Smoking is forbidden in the workshop, please stop it.** 工厂里禁止抽烟。请停止（抽烟）。 - Sorry, I ________________. 对不起，我不知道。 A.am not sure B.have no idea C.do know **_D.did not know_** 114. **– Sorry to trouble you.** 对不起打扰你了。 - _________ 甭客气。 **_A It's a pleasure._** B I don't think so. C I don't care. D Excuse me. 115. **– Sorry to have kept you waiting.** 抱歉让你久等了。 - ________. 没关系。 **_A That’s OK._** B What are you doing? C What’s wrong with you? D Where have you been? 116. – **Sorry to have kept you waiting for so long.** 抱歉让你久等了。 - ______________. 没关系。 A Not at all B Don 't say so C I don't think so **_D It doesn't matter_** 117. **– Thank God. It's Friday again. A nice weekend!** 谢天谢地。又到星期五了。周末愉快！ - ______. 你也是。 A.Me too B. Yes，I'll be free then C.That's all right **_D.The same to you_** 118. **– Thank you ever so much for lovely gift / the dictionary / book /you sent me.** 十分感谢你送给我可爱的 礼物 **/** 字典 **/** 书。 - _________ 很高兴你喜欢。 A No thanks. **_B I'm glad you like it._** C Please don't say so. D No, it's not so good. 119. **– Thank you for calling.** 谢谢你打电话给我。 - ________. 很高兴能同你交谈。 ``` A Don’t mention it B That’s fine C Nice talking to you D Call back again ``` 120. **– Thank you for carrying the box for me.** 谢谢你帮我搬箱子。 - __________. 很乐意帮忙。 A.Don't say so **_B.That's my pleasure_** C.You are kind to say so D.That's all right 121. – **Thank you for helping me.** 谢谢你帮助我。 - ____________. 不客气。 A.Don't thank me B.You are welcome to me **_C.Not at all_** D.I'm glad to do it 122. **– (That’s a wonderful party.) Thank you for inviting me.** （这个聚会太棒了。）感谢您的邀请。 - ________. 谢谢光临。 ``` A I really had a happy time. B Oh, it’s too late. C Thank you for coming D Oh, so slowly ``` 123. **– Thank you for the delicious food.** 谢谢你做的美味的食物。 - ______________. 你喜欢我很高兴。 **_A.I am glad you enjoyed it_** B.It doesn't matter C.I don't think it is good D.Don't say so 124. **– Thank you for your great dinner. I really enjoyed it.** 谢谢你准备的美味的晚餐。我很喜欢。 - __________you enjoyed it. 很高兴你喜欢。 **_A.I'm so glad_** B.I'm sorry C.What a pity D.Surprisingly 125. **– Thank you for your invitation.** 谢谢你的邀请。 - ________. 我很荣幸（能邀请你）。 ``` A It doesn’t matter B It’s a pleasure C It’s a small thing D I’ll appreciate it ``` 126. **– Thank you so much for the coat / book / magazine / you bought/sent me /your lovely (nice) gift(s).** 非常感谢你给我买的 **/** 送给我的那件外套 **/** 书 **/** 杂志 **/** 漂亮的礼物。 - ________. 我很高兴你喜欢它。 A No thanks **_B I’m glad you like it_** C Please don’t say so D No, it’s not so good 127. **– Thanks for the lovely and delicious food.** 感谢（你做的）美味的食物。 - ___________. 我很高兴。 A.No thanks B.Never mind C.All right **_D.My pleasure_** 128. **– Thanks for your help.** 谢谢您的帮助。 - ________. 这是我的荣幸。 ``` A My pleasure B Never mind C Quite right D Don’t thank me ``` 129. **– Thanks, you saved my life!** 太感谢了。你简直是救了我一命！ **-** _________ 很高兴我能帮上忙。 A.Oh, I'm afraid I didn't do well enough. **_B.I'm glad I could help._** C.No problem. D.It's not necessary for you to say so. 130. **– That’s a beautiful dress you have on!** 你穿的这件裙子很漂亮！ - ________. 噢，谢谢，我昨天买的。 **_A Oh, thanks. I got it yesterday_** B Sorry, it’s too cheap C You can have it D See you later 131. **– This box is too heavy for me to carry it upstairs.** 这个盒子对我来说太重了，搬不到楼上。 - ________. 我来帮你。 ``` A You may ask for help B I’ll give you a hand C Please do me a favor D I’d come to help ``` 132. **– This is a birthday present for you.** 送你的生日礼物。 - _________ 哇，惊喜啊。 A What's the problem? **_B Oh, what a surprise!_** C I can't help it! D It's a pleasure. 133. **– This is heavy! What's in it?** 这箱子好重，里面有什么？ - _________ 我的新电脑，我刚买的。 A I think you don't like it. **_B My new computer. I just bought it._** C I'm glad you're here. D Are you really interested in it? 134. **– This week, I will travel to Japan.** 这周我将去日本旅游。 - _____________ 祝你玩的愉快。 **_A.Have a good time!_** B.Let me go with you. C.Do you have money? D.Don't joke. 135. **– Unbelievable! I have failed the driving test again!** 难以置信！我的驾照考试又没通过！ - ________. This is not the end of the world. 振作点。这不是世界末日。 ``` A. Good luck B Cheer up C Go ahead D No problem ``` 136. **– Waiter!** 服务员！ - _______? 什么事儿？ - I can't eat this. It's too sweet. 我吃不了这个。太甜了。 A.OK B.All right **_C.Yes_** D.Pardon 137. **– We are going to have a** dancing **/singing party tonight. Would you like to join us?** 今晚我们有个跳舞 **/** 唱歌聚 ``` 会 , 你想来吗？ ``` - ________. 恐怕不行，因为我得参加一个重要会议。 ``` A I’m afraid not, because I have to go to an important meeting B Of course not. I have no idea C No, I can’t D That’s all set ``` 138. **– We'd like two Cokes, please.** 我们想要两杯可乐。 - _________ 小杯、中杯还是大杯？ **_A Small, medium or large?_** B You must pay first. C Thank you. D You are welcome. 139. **– Welcome to Beijing!** 欢迎来北京！ - _____________ 谢谢。 **_A Thank you._** B Oh, good. C How do you do? D That's all right. 140. **– What a beautiful dress you have on today!** 你今天穿的裙子真漂亮！ - ________. 谢谢。 ``` A It is suitable for me. B No, it isn’t. C You want to have one, too? D Thank you. ``` 141. – **What about a dancing party this weekend?** 这个周末开个跳舞的聚会怎么样？ - _______ 听上去很棒。 A.You can't do so. B.I've no idea. **_C.Sounds great._** D.You are all right. 142. **– What are you majoring in?** 你是学什么专业的？ - ________. 数学。 ``` A In a university B Very hard C Mathematics D At nine in the morning ``` 143. **– What can I do for you, sir?** 先生，有什么我可以为你效劳的吗？ - ________. 我想买双鞋。 ``` A Can you lend me some money? B Nothing. C I want a pair of shoes. D Whatever. ``` 144. **– What can I do for you, sir?** 先生，有什么我可以为你效劳的吗？ - ________. 我要汇些钱到美国。 ``` A Thank you. B What’s the matter? ``` **_C I’d like to have some money sent to the USA._** D Sorry, I have no idea. 145. **– What day is (it) today?** 今天星期几？ - ________. 星期一。 ``` A It’s March 6 B It’s a fine day today C It’s March D It’s Monday ``` 146. **– What do you do?** 你是做什么工作的？ - _________ 我是一名大学生。 A What do you do? B Fine, thank you. **_C I'm a college student._** D I do well in my studies. 147. **– What do you plan to do after the exam?** 考完试你想做什么？ - _________ How about you? 没什么要做的，你呢？ A I hate taking exams. B I like making plans. **_C Nothing special._** D I've changed my mind. 148. **– What do you think of the song?** 你认为这首歌怎么样？ - __________________. 它听上去很好听。 **_A.It sounds sweet_** B.I like music very much C.I don't know the title D.It was a pleasure 149. **– What do you think of this novel?** 你认为这部小说怎么样？ - ________. 这部小说写得很好。 ``` A I’ve read it B It’s well-written C It was written by my uncle D I bought it yesterday ``` 150. **– What does Tom’s wife do for a living?** 汤姆的妻子是做什么的？ - ________. 她是一位医生。 ``` A She is a doctor B Tom loves his wife C She has a happy life D She lives far from here ``` 151. **– What's happened to my library books?** 我的图书馆借来的书怎么了？ - ________________. 我不知道。 **_A.I have no idea_** B.You borrowed C.You bought them yesterday D.They are about long life 152. – **What time does our plane leave?** 我们的航班几点起飞？ - _________ 早上八点钟。 A.Saturday. **_B.Eight o'clock in the morning._** C.Last week. D.This week. 153. **– What’s the matter / wrong, dear?** 亲爱的，怎么了？ - ________. 我头很痛。 ``` A I didn’t go to school B I have a terrible headache C I took the kids shopping today D It is a beautiful dress ``` 154. **– What’s the matter, John?** 你怎么了，约翰？ - ________. 我的法语考试考砸了。 ``` A I failed my French test B It doesn’t matter C Nothing’s wrong with him D I don’t think I can ``` 155. **– What’s the problem with your bike?** 你的自行车出了什么问题？ - ________ 没什么大问题。 ``` A Not at all B Good, thank you C Nothing serious D Sure ``` 156. **– What would you like to have, meat or fish?** 你想吃什么，肉还是鱼？ - ___________ 哪个都行。 **_A Either will do_** B Yes, I like meat C Yes, I like fish D No, they are not my favorite 157. **– When are you going on holiday?** 你什么时候去度假？ - ________. 下星期。 ``` A Last night. B Next week. C By plane. D With my brother. ``` 158. **– Who’s speaking? (Who’s that speaking? /Who’s ________?)** 是哪位？ - This is Tom ______. (This is Tom.) 我是Tom。 ``` A speaks B spoken C speaking D saying ``` 159. – **Why did Mrs. Green go to the travel agency?** 格林太太为什么去旅行社？ - _________ （因为她）想得到一些关于旅游的信息。 A By car. B Yesterday afternoon. C In New York. **_D For some information about travel._** 160. **– Why didn’t you come to my birthday party yesterday?** 昨天为什么不来参加我的生日晚会？ - ________. 不好意思，我太太出了个交通事故。 A Excuse me, my friend sent me a flower B Fine, I never go to birthday parties C Well, I don’t like birthday parties **_D Sorry, but my wife had a car accident_** 161. **– Why didn't you tell me?** 你为什么不告诉我？ - _________ 对不起，我忘了。 **_A Sorry, I forgot._** B I'm sorry you should wait. C I don't know. D I'd love to. 162. **– Why not join us in the game?** 为什么不跟我们一起玩呢？ - ______________. 好的，我来了。 **_A.OK! I'm coming_** B.No, you do the same C.Oh, that's all right D.Don't mention it 163. **– Wish you a happy holiday.** 祝你假期愉快。 - ___________ 谢谢，你也是。 A.I hope so. B.You are so kind. C.Thank you, do you? **_D.Thank you, the same to you._** 164. – **Would you be able to go to the party?** 你能去参加聚会吗？ - ______. 恐怕不行。 A.I don't expect **_B.I'm afraid not_** C.I don't think so D.I believe not 165. **– Would you be interested in seeing a film tonight?** 今晚去看电影有兴趣吗？ - ________. 太好了！我愿意去。 ``` A Not at all. B Are you sure? C. Great! I’d love to. D You are welcome. ``` 166. **– Would you like some more?** 再来点吗？ - _______. I'm full. 不了，谢谢。我饱了。 A.Yes, please B.I'd love to C.No, I wouldn't **_D.No, thanks_** 167. **– Would you like something to drink? What about a cup of tea?** 想喝点什么吗？来杯茶怎么样？ - ________. 不用了，谢谢。 **A** **_No, thanks_** B No, I wouldn’t C Yes, I want D Yes, I like 168. **– Would you (I was wondering if you'd) like to come over tonight?** 你想（我想知道你是否想）今晚过来？ - _________ 当然了，我很愿意。 A Yes, last night. B Yes, over there. C **_Sure, I'd love to._** D Yeah, I liked it too. 169. **– Would you like to (Can you) go to the concert with us this evening?** 今晚你能和我们一起去听演唱会吗？ - ________. 我很愿意去，但是今晚我很忙。 A. No, I already have plans **_B. I’d love to, but I’m busy tonight_** C. No, I really don’t like being with you D. I’m ill, so I shouldn’t go out 170. **– Would you like to see a film?** 你想去看电影吗？ - ________. 是的，我乐意去。 ``` A Yes. I’d love to. B Do it, please. C No, you like it. D How do you do? ``` 171. **– Would you like to try some of our best wine, sir?** 先生，您想不想试试我们这儿最好的酒？ **-** _________ 不了，谢谢。 **_A.No, thanks._** B.How do you like it? C.French wine is wonderful. D.Put it on the table. 172. **– Would you mind changing seats with me?** 你介意跟我换一下座位吗？ - ________. 不，我不介意。 ``` A. yes, you can B. of course, I‘d like to C. No, I don’t mind D. Certainly, please do ``` 173. **– Would you turn up the radio, please?** 你把收音机的音量调大好吗？ - _________ 当然可以。 A Yes, please. **_B Sure._** C No, thank you. D Yes, that's all right. 174. **– Wow! This is a marvelous room! I’ve never known you’re so artistic.** 哇！多么漂亮的房间啊，我从来不 知道你如此有艺术品位啊！ - ________. 谢谢你的赞扬。 ``` A Great, I am very art-conscious B Don’t mention it C Thank you for your compliments D It’s fine ``` 175. **– Yo u l o o k n i c e i n w h i t e.** 你穿白色很漂亮。 ### – _________. 谢谢。 ``` A.Thank you B.No, I am far from it C.Don't mention it D.Not at all ``` 176. **– Yo u seem to be lost. Need help?** 你好像迷路了。需要帮助吗？ - ________. 我在找中山路。 A. Yes, would you please help me with the bag? B. Help me find my key, please. C. Yes, with pleasure. **_D. I’m looking for Zhongshan Road._** 177. **– Yo u s e e m t o g e t l o s t. N e e d h e l p?** 你好像迷路了。需要帮助吗？ - ________. 我在找 1 路公交车。 ``` A Yes, give me a hand, please B Help me find my bag, please C I’m looking for the No.1 bus D Yes, would you please help me with the bag ``` 178. **– Yo u s p e a k v e r y g o o d E n g l i s h.** 你的英语说得很好。 - ________ 十分感谢。 A Just so so. B No, not good. **_C Thank you very much._** D You are good. 179. **– Yo u r d re s s i s v e r y b e a u t i f u l.** 你的裙子很漂亮。 - ________________ I bought it yesterday. 谢谢。我昨天买的。 A.Oh, no. B.Oh, really? C.Just so-so, I think. **_D.Thank you._** 180. **– ________?** 你爸爸是从事什么工作的？ - He teaches physics in a school. 他在一所学校教物理。 ``` A What does your father do BWho is your father CWhat is your father doing DWhere is your father now ``` 181. **– _______?** 今天星期几？ - It's Friday. 今天星期五。 **_A What day is it?_** B What's the date today? C What's the time? D What time is it? 182. **– ____________?** 你的家乡是什么样子的？ - My hometown? Oh, it's a pretty nice place. 我的家乡？哦，它是个很美丽的地方。 A.What's the weather like B.Is it big **_C.What's your hometown like_** D.Is the night life exciting 183. **– ________?** 你父母到巴黎呆了多久了？ - Well, they got there last Wednesday. So about a week. 他们上星期三到那里的。差不多一星期了。 A When did your parents arrive at Paris **_B How long have your parents been in Paris_** C Did your parents arrive at Paris last Wednesday D When will your parents go to Paris 184. **– _______, could you please tell me where the school library is?** 打扰一下，你能告诉我校图书馆在哪儿吗？ - Sure. It's at the back of the campus, about five minutes' walk from here. 当然了。它在校园的后面，离这儿大 概走 5 分钟的距离。 ``` A.Excuse me B.Pardon me C.That's right D.Thank you ``` 185. **– _________to have kept you waiting so long.** 很抱歉让你在这儿等了这么久。 - Oh, never mind. After all, you are here. 哦，没关系。毕竟你来了就好。 A.I am happy B.It's a pleasure **_C.I am sorry_** D.I am welcome 186. **– __________today.** 今天太热了。 - Yes. It was even hotter yesterday. 是的。昨天甚至更热。 A.It's so cold B.It's so wet **_C.It's so hot_** D.It's so windy 187. **– ___________! Welcome to the party.** 圣诞快乐！欢迎参加聚会。 - Merry Christmas! It's very kind of you to invite us. 圣诞快乐！很感谢你邀请我。 A.Happy birthday **_B.Merry Christmas_** C.Congratulations D.Have a good day ## 第二部分阅读理解（第一篇）——模拟系统里的阅读一题目 ### 题型一：正误判断 ### 注意：阅读一的题库范围太大、每次考试出现的新题很多，资料里的题目考试时抽中的机会很小。建议不用花 ### 时间去准备。阅读一的答案特点为 A 多于 B 的几率大，约 70% 的文章答案为 A 多于 B 。在没有复习的情况下 ### 考试时可以直接将 5 道题目的答案都选为 A 。注意！！！如下 19 篇文章除外，这些文章的开头在下面已给出， ### 它们的答案为 4B1A ，考试时遇到的话应将全部答案都选 B ，可以答对 4 题。 **1. A public house...(p.17) 2. A young man who...(p.114) 3. After having lived... 4. Benjamin Disraeli... 5. Computer technology... 6. I often find... 7. In 1902... 8. In the United States... 9. Many years ago... (p.162) 10. On Christmas Eve** **11. On Sunday Xiao Zou** **12. One Thursday...(p.181)** **13. Our family is...(p.182)** **14. Paul, a salesman...** **15. People who cannot...** **16. The angry woman...** **17. There are many people...** **18. We were sorry that...** **19. When Jeff was...** **Passage 1** A foreigner’s first impression of the U.S. is likely to be that everyone is in a rush – often under pressure. City people appear always to be hurrying to get where they are going restlessly, seeking attention in a store, and elbowing others as they try to complete their errands（任务）. Racing through daytime meals is part of the pace of life in this country. Working time is considered precious. Others in public eating places are waiting for you to finish so that they too can be served and get back to work within the time allowed. Each person hurries to make room for the next person. If you don’t, waiters will hurry you. You also find drivers will be abrupt and that people will push past you. You will miss smiles, brief conversations, and small courtesies with strangers. Don’t take it personally. This is because people value time highly, and they resent someone else “wasting” it beyond a certain courtesy point. The view of time affects the importance we attach to patience. In the American system of values, patience is not a high priority. Many of us have what might be called “a short fuse.” We begin to move restlessly about if we feel time is slipping away without some return-be this in terms of pleasure, work value, or rest. Those coming from lands where time is looked upon differently may find this matter of pace to be one of their most difficult adjustments in both business and daily life. Many newcomers to the States will miss the opening courtesy of a business call, for example, they will miss the ritual socializing that goes with a welcoming cup of tea or coffee they may be traditional in their own country. They may miss leisurely business chats in a café or coffeehouse. Normally, Americans do not assess their visitors in such relaxed surroundings over prolonged small talks. We seek out evidence of past performance rather than evaluate a business colleague through social courtesies. Since we generally assess and probe professionally rather than socially, we start talking business very quickly. 外国人对于美国的第一印象可能会是每个人都行色匆匆，经常处于压力之下。城里人看上去总是匆匆忙忙 赶往要去的地方。为了尽快完成工作，在商场时会积极地招呼店员关注自己，为了完成自己的任务不惜推挤他 人。在这个国家白天人们吃饭争分夺秒，已经成为生活节奏当中的一部分。 工作时间被认为十分珍贵。在公众用餐地点人们排队等待用餐以便在允许时间之内吃完好回去工作。大家 都为了给别人腾地方而抓紧时间。如果你不快吃，服务员会来催你。 ### 你也许会感觉司机们很莽撞，人们会从你身边挤来挤去。你会怀念微笑、简单的对话和与陌生人交流的礼 ### 节。用不着往心里去，这一切都是因为人们十分珍惜时间，讨厌别人超出礼貌的界限浪费时间。 ### 时间观念会影响人们对耐心的重视程度。在美国人的价值观体系当中，耐心不是首要的。我们当中许多人 ### 都是“小气包”。当感觉时间流逝却一无所获时，无论是为了娱乐、工作价值还是休息，我们就开始不安地跑来 ### 跑去。 ### 那些来自时间观念不同的国家的人会发现，无论在工作还是日常生活中，时间节奏是最难适应的事情。 ### 许多刚到美国的人都会怀念商务会谈中的礼节性开场白。比如，他们会怀念例行的寒暄，表示欢迎的咖啡 ### 或茶等等在本国很传统的习俗。他们还会怀念在小饭馆或咖啡馆悠闲地谈生意的模式。通常美国人不会与来访 ### 者在如此随便的环境里长时间地聊。我们会通过对方过去的业绩表现而不会通过社会礼节来评价一个业务伙 ### 伴。由于我们通常从专业的角度而不是社交的角度去进行评价和调查，我们会迅速地切入主题。 11. The statement that Americans are impolite to their business colleagues is wrong. 关于美国人对他们的同事不礼 ``` 貌的观点是错误的。 A：T B：F ``` 12. In the fourth paragraph, “a high priority” means “a first concern”.第四段中的“首要考虑”意思是“最先关注”。 A：T B：F 13. Americans evaluate a business colleague by establishing business relations. 美国人通过建立经济关系来评价他 ``` 们的同事。 ``` A：T B：F 14. This passage mainly talks about how Americans do business with foreigners. 本文主要讲述了美国人是如何与 ``` 外国人做生意的。 ``` A：T B：F 15. We can infer from the passage that the author’s tone in writing is praiseful. 从本文我们可以看出作者写作的口 吻是赞赏的。 A：T B：F 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 2** ``` A public house which was recently bought by Mr. James is up for sale. He is going to sell it because it is haunted (闹 ``` 鬼的). He told me that he could not go to sleep one night because he heard a strange noise coming from the bar. The next morning, he found that the doors had been blocked by chairs and the furniture had been moved. Though Mr. James had turned the lights off before he went to bed, they were on in the morning. He also said that he had found five empty whisky bottles which the ghost (鬼) must have drunk the night before. When I suggested that some villagers must have come in for a free drink, he shook his head. The villagers have told him that they will not accept it even if he gives it away. 詹姆士先生最近才买的一个小酒店现在又要卖出去。詹姆士先生之所以想卖它，是因为那里闹鬼。他告诉 我说有天夜里他怎么也睡不着，因为他听到酒吧里传来一阵奇怪的响声。第二天早上，他发现酒吧间的门被椅 子堵上了，家具也被挪动过。虽然詹姆士临睡觉前把灯关了，但早晨灯却都亮着。他还说他发现了 5 瓶空的威 士忌瓶子，肯定是鬼魂昨天晚上喝的。当我暗示说一定是村里有些人来喝不花钱的酒时，詹姆士先生摇了摇头。 村里的人已经告诉他，即使他把小酒店白送人，他们也不要。 11. Mr. James was the owner of the public house. 詹姆斯先生是这个酒店的主人。 A: T B: F 12. Mr. James had not turned off the lights that night. 詹姆斯先生那天晚上睡觉的时候没有关灯。 A: T B: F 13. The writer of the passage believes Mr. James' story. 这篇文章的作者相信詹姆士先生的故事。 A: T B: F 14. Mr. James found sixty empty bottles. 詹姆士先生发现了六十个空瓶子。 A: T B: F 15. Mr. James built the house. 这是詹姆斯先生建造的房子。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABBBB** **Passage 3** If you travel by air across the center of Africa or South America, you fly over forests for thousands of kilometers. These great forests are the oceans of trees. There are thousands and thousands of different kinds of plants and animals. However, the world's forests are getting smaller all the time. We are cutting down the trees because we need wood, and we need more farmland. Some people say that there will not be any forests like these in 20 or 30 years. What will happen if they disappear? If we cut down our forests, a lot of plants and animals will disappear from the world. In a lot of places the new farmland will soon look like the old deserts. Crops will not grow there. It will not rain very often, and the weather will get very hot. Perhaps the climate of the world will change. This will be dangerous for everyone in the world. That is why we must take care of our forests. 如果你乘飞机穿越非洲或是南美洲的中部，你就可以飞越延绵不绝的森林。这些大森林是树的海洋，里面 ### 生长了成千上万种动植物。 ### 但是，一直以来，世界上的森林却在不断减少。因为我们需要木材，因为我们需要更多的农田，所以我们 ### 砍掉了一棵又一棵的树。有些人说 20 或是 30 年后将不再有森林了。如果森林消失了，将会发生什么呢？ ### 如果我们砍掉了我们的森林，大量的动植物就会从这个世界上消失。很多地方很快就会沙化看起来像是沙 ### 漠。庄稼也长不起来。降雨也会变少，天气会变得异常炎热。或许世界气候从此就变了。这对世界上的每个人 ### 来说都是威胁。那就是为什么我们要保护好我们的森林。 11. The passage mainly tells us about the importance of taking care of plants. 这篇文章旨在告诉我们保护森林的 重要性。 A: T B: F 12. Forests are homes for different kinds of animals. 森林是成千上万的动物的家。 A: T B: F 13. The need for more wood and more land help to protect our forests. 对更多木材和良田的需求有助于保护我们 ``` 的森林。 A: T B: F ``` 14. We'll have more and greater forests in 20 or 30 years in some people's view. 有些人认为，二三十年后我们会拥 有更多更大的森林。 A: T B: F 15. The writer thinks it necessary to protect the forests. 作者认为有必要保护好森林。 A: T B: F 答案 **: AABBA** **Passage 4** In choosing a friend, one should be very careful. A good friend can help you study. You can have fun together and make each other happy. Sometimes you will meet fair weather friends. They will be with you as long as you have money or luck, but when you are down, they will run away. How do I know when I have found a good friend? I look for certain qualities of character, especially understanding, honesty and reliability (可靠). A good friend, above all else, tries to understand how another person is feeling. He is not quick to judge. Instead, he tries to learn from others. He puts himself in the other person's place, and he tries to think of ways to be helpful. He is also a good listener. At the same time, a good friend is honest. He does not look for faults in others. He notices their good points. In short, a friend will try to understand me and accept me. Another quality of a friend is reliability. I can always depend on a good friend. If he tells me he will meet me somewhere at a certain time, I can be sure that he will be there. If I need a favor, he will do his best to help me. If I am in trouble, he will not run away from me. When I meet someone who is reliable, honest, and understanding, I know I've found a friend! 在选择朋友时，要非常小心。一个好的朋友可以帮助你学习，可以玩在一起，让彼此幸福。有时你会遇到 势利的朋友。他们会在你有钱或有势的时候陪着你，但当你失意时，他们会离开。知道我如何找一个好朋友吗？ 我寻找特定品质的特征，尤其是理解、诚实和可靠。 ``` 一个好朋友高于一切，试图了解另一个人的感觉。他不武断。相反，他试图向他人学习。他试图想办法对 ``` 别人有所帮助，他也是一个很好的倾听者。 同时，一个好朋友是诚实的。他不看别人的缺点，他发现他们的优点。总之，一个朋友会理解我、接受我。 朋友重要的一点是可靠，我总是可以依靠一个好朋友。如果他告诉我，他会在某个特定的时间和我见面， 我可以确定他会在那里。如果我需要帮助，他会尽力帮我。如果我遇到麻烦，他不会离开我。 当我遇到一个人是可靠、诚实和可靠的，我知道我发现了一个朋友！ 11. The writer thinks that one of the important qualities in choosing a friend is understanding. 笔者认为，选择朋友 的重要品质之一是理解。 A: T B: F 12. If you have fair weather friends, you will be lucky. 如果你有酒肉朋友，你将是幸运的。 A: T B: F 13. Good friends need to understand each other's feelings. 好朋友需要了解对方的感受。 A: T B: F 14. This passage is mainly discussing the qualities of a friend. 这篇文章主要是讨论一个朋友的品质。 A: T B: F 15. The meaning of the phrase "a fair weather friend" underlined in the 1st paragraph is a friend who shares difficulties with you. 这句话“酒肉朋友”在第一段强调的是一个与你共患难朋友的意义。 A: T B: F 答案 **:ABAAB** **Passage 5** Jimmy is a very kind young man. He works in a big supermarket. His workmates like him very much. Last month Jimmy caught a bad cold, he stayed in bed for about two weeks. But after he got well, something happened — he couldn’t stop winking(眨眼). When he stayed at home, he was all right as usual. But if he went out, he couldn’t stop his eyes from winking. Jimmy went to work the next morning. On the way he met a policeman and winked at him. The policeman felt surprised but said nothing. Then he met an old man and winked at him. The old man thought he must be mad. But still he didn’t say a word. Real trouble started when he met women. First he met a young lady. He winked at her. The woman’s face turned red, and ran away as fast as she could. And then he met an old woman who carried a walking stick. Jimmy winked at her, she looked closely at him. Jimmy winked again. Without saying a word, she hit Jimmy on the head with her walking- stick. “Take that!” she cried out “This is a lesson for you.” Poor Jimmy! How could he explain it? He ran away quickly. From then on, he always wears a pair of dark glasses when he goes out. 吉米是个很好的年轻人，他在一个大超市工作，他的同事们都很喜欢他。 上个月，吉米得了严重的感冒，他在床上躺了两周。但是他感冒好了之后，发生了一件事——他不停地眨 眼睛。当他在家里时，一切都很好。但当他出去时就不停地眨眼睛。 第二天早上，吉米去上班了。在路上，他遇到一个警察，对他眨着眼睛。这位警察觉得很奇怪，但是什么 都没有说。然后他遇到一位老人，这位老人认为他一定是疯了，但是他也没说什么。 当他遇到女士时就出现真正的麻烦了。一开始他遇到一个年轻的女士，对她眨眼睛。这位女士脸红了，然 后飞快地跑了。然后他遇到一位拿着手杖的老妇人。吉米对她眨眼睛，她盯着他。吉米又眨了眨眼睛，她一言 不发直接用她的手杖敲吉米的头。 ``` “尝尝吧！”她大叫道“这是给你的教训。”可怜的吉米！他怎样去解释呢？他飞快地跑开了。 从那以后，他外出时总是戴着一副墨镜。 ``` 11. Jimmy had to stay in hospital for a long time. 吉米不得不在医院待了很长一段时间。 A: T B: F 12. When he stayed at home, he couldn’t control his eyes of winking. 当他待在家里的时候，他无法控制眨眼。 A: T B: F 13. The young lady felt surprised when Jimmy winked. 当吉米眨眼的时候，那位年轻的女士感到很惊讶。 A: T B: F 14. Jimmy winked at the young lady because he loved her very much.吉米冲那位年轻的女士眨眼是因为他很爱她。 A: T B: F 15. The old woman hit Jimmy because Jimmy winked at her. 那位老妇人打了吉米是因为他冲她眨眼睛。 A: T B: F 答案 **:BBABA** **Passage 6** Look at the instructions on the bottle of the medicine and then choose the right answers. John is twelve years old. He had a bad cold and coughed day and night. He went to see a doctor. The doctor gave him some cough medicine. Cough Medicine Shake it well before use. Take it three times each day before meals. Dose (药量): Age：over 14: 2 teaspoonfuls 8-13: 1 teaspoonful 4-7: 1／2 teaspoonful Not right for children below the age of three. Put it in a cold place. Use it before December 1st 2002. 请看药瓶上的说明，然后选择正确答案。 约翰十二岁了。他得了重感冒，从早咳到晚。他去医院。医生给开了咳嗽药。 止咳药：服用前请先摇晃药瓶。每天服用三次，饭前服用。药量：年龄： 14 岁以上： 2 勺。 8 - 13 岁： 1 勺。 4 - 7 岁： 1 ／ 2 勺。三岁以下婴幼儿不宜服用。请放置阴凉处。有效期至 2002 年 12 月 1 号。 11. John should take 3 teaspoonfuls a day. 约翰一天应服用三勺。 A: T B: F 12. The medicine should be kept in any place. 该药物可放置在任何地方。 A: T B: F 13. John should shake the medicine well before he takes it. 服药前，约翰应该晃动药瓶。 A: T B: F 14. When kids are two years old, they cannot take this medicine. 两岁幼儿不能服用该药。 A: T B: F 15. John will stop taking the medicine when it is left after Dec.1st, 2002. 2002年 12 月 1 号后，约翰要停止服用剩 下的药物。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABAAB** **Passage 7** Martin Luther King was a black minister, who became a great leader of the civil rights movement in the 1950s and 1960s. King was born on January 15, 1929 in Atlanta, Georgia. When he was young, he was strongly influenced by Thoreau and Indian leader Mahatma Gandhi's idea of non-violent resistance. Having received a Ph. D (Doctor of Philosophy) from Boston University, he became a political and religious leader of the non-violent civil relights movement in 1955. On August 28, 1963, he led over 250,000 Americans on a march in Washington D.C. to fight for the Civil Rights Law to guarantee equality for all people, and delivered his best known speech "I Have a Dream" before the Lincoln Memorial. The "dream" is a dream of brotherly love and equality for the Black and White. Thus, he was awarded the Nobel Prize for peace in 1964, but he was murdered four years later. Though he died, he was greatly respected and loved by the Americans, both the white and the black. By vote of Congress in 1968, the third Monday of every January is now a federal holiday in Luther King's honor. He lives in people's hearts forever. 马丁•路德•金是一个黑人牧师，并成为了 20 世纪 50 年代和 60 年代的民权运动的伟大领袖。 金 1929 年 1 月 15 日出生于佐治亚州的亚特兰大。当他年轻的时候,他受到梭罗以及印度领导者甘地的非 暴力抵抗的思想的强烈影响。从波士顿大学获得博士学位，他于 1955 年成为一个非暴力组织人和宗教领袖。 1963 年 8 月 28 日，他带领超过 25 万美国人在华盛顿游行，以争取民权法，保证所有的人平等，并在林肯纪 念堂前发表他最有名的演说“我有一个梦想”。这一“梦想”是一个黑人和白人能友爱和平等的梦想。因此,他在 1964 年荣获诺贝尔和平奖，但四年后他被谋杀了。 虽然他去世了,但他很受人们的尊敬和爱戴，无论是美国白人和黑人。 1968 年国会投票通过，每年一月的 第三个星期一是马丁路德金纪念日，作为联邦假日。他永远活在人们的心中。 11. Martin Luther King was murdered when he was 39 years old. 马丁路德金在他 39 岁的时候被谋杀了。 A: T B: F 12. Martin Luther King was a black minister only. 马丁路德金只是一个黑人牧师。 A: T B: F 13. Martin Luther King's Day has been a federal holiday for more than 40 years.马丁路德金的纪念日被作为联邦假 ``` 日已经有 40 多年的历史。 A: T B: F ``` 14. The underlined word "delivered" in the second paragraph could be replaced by "gave".第二段画线单词delivered 可以被改为 gave A: T B: F 15. The best title for this passage is "Civil Rights Law". 这篇文章的最佳标题是《民权法》。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABAAB** **Passage 8** Mr. White lived in a small village. His parents hadn't enough money to send him to school. He had to help them to do something in the fields. But he didn't like to live in the poor place. When he was sixteen, he got to the town and found work in a factory. Three years later he became tall and strong. So he was sent to Africa as a soldier. He stayed there for five years and got some money. Then he came back to England and bought a shop in a small town. No people in the town went to Africa except him. And he hoped they thought he was a famous man and that they could respect him. The children often asked him to tell them some stories and his life in Africa. One day a few children asked him to tell them something about the animals in Africa. He told them how he fought with the tigers and elephants. His stories surprised them all and some policemen and workers went to listen to him. It made him happier. Just a man who taught geography in a middle school passed there. He stopped to listen to him for a while and then said, "Could you please tell us a rare animal, sir?" "Certainly," said Mr. Turner. "One day I met a rhinoceros（犀牛）by a river..." "Please wait a minute, sir," said the man. "There aren't any rhinoceros in Africa at all!" "It's rare just because there aren't any!" 怀特先生住在一个小村子里，父母以前没钱送他上学读书，他得帮父母干农活，但他不喜欢住在贫穷的地 方。 16 岁的时候，他去了城里，在工厂里找了份工作，三年后长高了，变壮了，他参了军，被送到非洲。在那 儿呆了 5 年，赚了些钱。然后他回到英格兰，在一个小镇上买了一家店。小镇上只有他去过非洲，他希望人们 认为他是个名人并尊敬他，小孩子们经常要他讲讲非洲的故事以及他在非洲的生活。 一天一些孩子要他讲讲非洲的动物。他说他曾经跟老虎和大象搏斗过，他的故事让人们很惊奇，一些警察和工 人都来听他讲，这让他更开心了。刚好一个在中学教地理的老师经过，他停下来听了会然后说：“你能讲一种 稀有动物吗？” ``` “当然可以，一天我看到河边有一头犀牛。” “等一下，”那人说，“非洲根本就没有犀牛！” “因为没有所以稀有啊！” ``` 11. Mr. White was born in a farmer's family. 怀特先生出生于农民家庭。 A: T B: F 12. Mr. White hoped to be respected because he was the richest man in their town. 怀特先生希望大家尊敬他，因为 他是镇上最有钱的人。 A: T B: F 13. The children often asked him to tell them something interesting because he knew more than any other person in the town. 孩子们经常要他讲讲好玩的事，因为他比镇上的其他人知道的多。 A: T B: F 14. All people believed Mr. White except the children. 除了孩子，所有的人都相信怀特先生。 A: T B: F 15. Mr. White wouldn't like to admit that he was wrong. 怀特先生不想承认他错了。 A: T B: F ### 答案： ABABA **Passage 9** No one is glad to hear that his body has to be cut open by a surgeon and part of it taken out. Today, however, we needn't worry about feeling of pain during the operation. The sick person falls into a kind of sleep, and when he awakes, the operation is finished. But these happy conditions are fairly new. It is not many years since a man who had to have an operation felt all his pain. Long ago, operation had usually to be done while the sick man could feel everything. Soon after 1770, Joseph Priestley discovered a gas which is now called “laughing gas”. Laughing gas became known in America. Young men and women went to parties to try it. Most of them spent their time laughing, but one man at a party, Horace Wells, noticed that people didn't seem to feel pain when they were using this gas. He decided to make an experiment on himself. He asked a friend to help him. Wells took some of the gas, and his friend pulled out one of Well's teeth. Wells felt no pain at all. As he didn't know enough about laughing gas, he gave a man less gas than he should have. The man cried out with pain when his tooth was being pulled out. Wells tried again, but this time he gave too much of the gas, and the man died. Wells never forgot this terrible event. 当一个人不得不被外科医生开刀从身体里取出一部分的时候谁也不会高兴。然而，今天我们不再害怕手术 中的疼痛。病人会处于熟睡状态，当他醒来时，手术已经结束了。而且这些好的条件已经深受大众所信任。做 手术可以不再忍受其中的痛苦。一个人经历手术时感受到所有痛苦的这一情况距现在并没有很长时间。 ``` 很久以前，手术的全过程病人都有知觉。很快， 1770 年以后，Joseph Priestley发现了一种气体，这种气体 ``` 现在被称为“笑气”。在美国，笑气被广泛流传。青年人们在参加聚会时尝试了笑气。大部分人都在笑，但是聚 会中有一个人叫Horace Wells，注意到当他们使用了笑气时，他们并没有显得痛苦。他决定在自己身上做个实 验。他叫了个朋友帮他。 ``` Wells服了些笑气，他的朋友给他拔了一颗牙，他一点也没有感到疼。 由于他对笑气的了解还不充分，他给一个人服用了比应该用的量少一些的笑气。当他给这个人拔牙时，他 ``` 因为疼痛而大叫。Wells又试了一次，但是这次他给这个人服用笑气过量，这个人死了。Wells永远都不能忘记 这次恐怖的事件。 11. It is not long since a man felt all the pain while being operated. 一个人经历手术时感受到所有痛苦的这一情况 ``` 距现在并没有很长时间。 A：T B：F ``` 12. Long ago, when the sick man was operated on, he could feel nothing.很久以前，患者接受手术时感觉不到痛 ``` 苦。 A：T B：F ``` 13. Using the laughing gas, the people seemed to feel pain during the operation. 在用了笑气后，患者在接受手术过 程中感到疼痛。 A：T B：F 14. If a man took less laughing gas than he should have when an operation went on, he still felt pain. 当患者使用笑 气量不足时，手术中仍然会感到疼痛 A：T B：F 15. One who took too much of the laughing gas would die. 当人使用太多笑气时，他会死掉。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 答案： **ABBAA** **Passage 10** Paul couldn't sleep last night. He woke up early and sat up, and then he lay down again. He felt terrible. "I must be sick," he thought. "but I must study for that test." He got up and looked for his history notebook. He finally found it under a pile of clothes on a chair. He went over his history notes, but he couldn't remember any of the facts in the notes. "What shall I do?" he thought. He felt terrible. Just then Paul's telephone rang. He put down his notebook and picked up the telephone. "Good morning," Jack's voice said, "You must be wrong about that test." "What do you mean?" Paul asked weakly. "We're not going to have the test today." Jack said. "I wrote down the date in my notebook. The test will be next Wednesday; it isn't today. How do you feel this morning?" "Fine," said Paul. "Just fine!" Suddenly he really felt fine. 保罗昨晚睡不着。他很早就醒了，坐起来。然后又躺下。他感觉糟透了。“我肯定是生病了 ”，他心想。 我必须为考试努力学习了。 他起床找历史笔记本。他终于在椅子上的一堆衣服下找到了。他复习历史笔记，但他想不起笔记本上的任 何考点。“我该怎么办？ ”他心想。他感觉很糟糕。 ``` 就在那时电话响了。他放下笔记本接电话。 “早上好 ”杰克说，“你一定是把考试弄错了” “你什么意思？”保罗弱弱的问。 ``` ### “我们今天不考试 ”杰克说。“我在笔记本上记下考试日期了。下周三考试，不是今天。你今早感觉如何？” ### “不错，”保罗说。“挺好！”他瞬间感觉真的很好。 11. Paul felt uneasy (忧虑) because he was seriously ill. 保罗感觉很焦虑因为他病得严重。 A: T B: F 12. It seemed that Paul was good at history. 保罗好像历史学的不错。 A: T B: F 13. Paul felt fine at once after the telephone call. 接完电话保罗立刻感觉很好。 A: T B: F 14. “How do you feel this morning?” From this question we can see Jack knew Paul very well. “你今早感觉如何？” ``` 从这句话我们能知道杰克很了解保罗。 A: T B: F ``` 15. We can guess from the passage that Jack is more careful than Paul. 从文章中我们得知杰克比保罗更细心。 A: T B: F 答案： **BBAAA** **Passage 11** Peter wondered why he didn't have many friends. The reason was he was always taking, never giving. One day Peter told Bill, “I'd like to give a party on Saturday; I’d like you to come and bring Martha, too.” “Thanks Peter. We'd be happy to come.” “Perhaps you'd like to bring your violin. You and Martha sing well together. I'm sure everyone will want you to sing for us.” That was how Peter began to plan his party. Next he asked another friend, Betty, to bring a cake. “You make the best cake in the world, Betty, and I like to eat your cake better than have one from the bakery.” Peter invited a few other friends to come to his party. He didn't forget to ask something from each one of them. He even asked Jim and Mary Jackson to let him give the party at their house! They agreed. The party was a big success. However, as the guests were leaving, they said “Thank you ” to Bill and Martha for the music, Betty for the cake, the Jacksons for the use of the house and to others for their hard work. To Peter they just said, “Thanks for the invitation.” 彼得想知道他为什么没有很多朋友。原因是他总是去索取，从来不付出。 一天彼得告诉比尔：“星期六我想开个聚会；我希望你能来，也把玛莎带来。”“谢谢彼得。我们很愿意来 参加。”“也许你会想带来你的小提琴。你和玛莎一起唱歌很好听。我确信大家都希望听到你们为我们唱歌。” 这就是彼得如何开始计划他的聚会的。接着他让另一个朋友贝蒂带来一块蛋糕。“你做的蛋糕是世界上最好吃 的，贝蒂，我觉得你的蛋糕比任何一家蛋糕房做的都好吃。”彼得要求了其他几个朋友来参加聚会。他对每个 人都要了点东西。他甚至问吉姆和玛丽·杰克逊能不能在他们家开这个聚会。他们同意了。 这个聚会很成功。然后，当客人们离开的时候，他们对比尔和玛莎感谢他们唱的歌，谢谢贝蒂做的蛋糕， 谢谢杰克逊夫妇提供了房子，以及其他人的辛劳。对彼得他们只是说：“谢谢邀请。” 11. The party was held at Peter's house. 这次聚会是在彼得家举行的。 A：T B：F 12. Betty made the best cake. 贝蒂的蛋糕做得最好吃。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 13. All his friends liked Peter. 彼得的所有朋友都喜欢他。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 14. Peter did everything to give the party. 彼得为了这个聚会做了一切事情。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 15. From the story, we can see Peter was a selfish man. 从这个故事我们可以看出彼得是个很自私的人。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 答案： **BABBA** 11. The party was held at Peter’s friend’s house. 这次聚会是在彼得的朋友家举行的。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 12. The Jacksons did hard work for the party. 杰克逊夫妇为聚会付出了辛苦。 A：T B：F 13. All his friends liked Peter. 彼得的朋友们都喜欢他。 A：T B：F 14. Peter tried his best to give the party. 彼得尽全力举办这次聚会。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 15. From the story, we can see Peter was a selfish man. 从这个故事我们可以看出彼得是个自私的人。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 答案： **ABBBA** **Passage 12** Sixteen-year-old Maria was waiting in line at the airport in Santo Domingo. She was leaving her native country to join her sister in the United States. She spoke English very well. Though she was very happy she could go abroad, she was feeling sad at leaving her family and friends. As she was thinking all about this, she suddenly heard the airline employee asking her to pick up her luggage and put it on the scales（称）. Maria pulled and pulled. The bag was too heavy and she just couldn’t lift it up. The man behind her got very impatient. He, too, was waiting to check in his luggage. “What’s wrong with this girl?” He said, “Why doesn’t she hurry up?” He moved forward and placed his bag on the counter, hoping to check in fist. He was in a hurry to get a good seat. Maria was very angry, but she was very polite. And in her best English she said, “Why are you so upset? There are enough seats for everyone on the plane. If you are in such a hurry, why can’t you give me a hand with my luggage?” The man was surprised to hear Maria speak English. He quickly picked up her luggage and stepped back. Everyone was looking at him with disapproval. 16 岁的玛利亚正在圣多明各（多米尼加共和国的首都）机场排队等候。她正准备离开自己的国家前往美 国和姐姐会合。她的英文非常好，尽管可以出国令她非常高兴，但要离开家人和朋友她还是感到难过。正当她 满脑子考虑这一切的时候，机场工作人员要她把行李放在秤上。玛利亚提了又提，但包太重了，她拿不起来。 排在她后面的那个人开始不耐烦了。他也在等候办理登机手续。 “这个女孩儿怎么了？”他问道。“她为什么不能快一点儿呢？”他走到前面，把自己的包放在了柜台上，想 要抢先办理手续。他分秒必争就是为了弄到一个好座位。 玛利亚非常生气，但是她还是非常礼貌。她用纯正的英语说道：“你为什么如此不安呢？飞机上的每位乘 客都有座位。如果你这么着急，为什么不帮我搬一下行李呢？” ``` 那个人听到玛利亚说英语感到很惊讶。他马上拿起了她的行李，然后走了回来。大家都很鄙视地看着他。 ``` 11. Maria’s story happened on her way back to Santo Domingo. Maria的故事发生在她回圣多明各的路上。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 12. You believe that the worker of the airline employee mentioned in the story is to check people’s luggage at the airport. 你认为故事中提到的机场工作人员的工作是检查人们的行李。 A：T B：F 13. “Why are you so upset?” Maria said to the man. She wanted to tell him that he should not be unhappy and worried. “你为什么如此不安呢？”玛利亚对那个男人说。她想要告诉他不应该那么不高兴、那么烦躁。 A：T B：F 14. “Everyone was looking at him with disapproval.” This sentence means that the people around felt sorry for Maria’s manners. “大家都很鄙视地看着他。”这个句子的意思是周围的人们为玛利亚的行为感到很遗憾。 A：T B：F 15. The author mentioned Maria’s age at the beginning of the story in order to show that she was young but behaved properly. 作者在故事的开头提到了玛利亚的年纪为了表明她很年轻但是行为很得体。 A：T B：F 答案： **BAABA** **Passage 13** The French Revolution broke out in 1789. At the time France was in a crisis. The government was badly run and people’s lives were miserable. King Louis XIV tried to control the national parliament and raise more taxes. But his effort failed. He ordered his troops to Versailles. The people thought that Louis intended to put down the Revolution by force. On July 14, 1789, they stormed and took the Bastille, where political prisoners were kept. Ever since that day, July 14 has been the French National Day. Louis tried to flee the country in 1792 to get support from Austria and Prussia. However, he was caught and put in prison. In September 1792, the monarchy was abolished. In the same year, Louis was executed. A few months later his wife, Marie also had her head cut off. The Revolution of France had frightened the other kings of Europe. Armies from Austria and Prussia began to march against France. The French raised republican armies to defend the nation. The Revolution went through a period of terror. Thousands of people lost their lives. In the end, power passed to Napoleon Bonaparte. 法国大革命爆发于 1789 年。当时法国处于危机当中。政府腐败混乱，民不聊生。国王路易十六试图操纵 国民议会并增加赋税。然而他的努力未能如愿。他命令部队进发凡尔赛。人民认为路易十六企图用武力镇压革 命。 1789 年 7 月 14 日，人民袭击并占领了囚禁政治犯的巴士底狱。从那天起， 7 月 14 日就成了法国国庆日。 路易十六企图于 1792 年 9 月逃离法国，君主制瓦解了。同一年，路易十六被处决。数月之后，王后玛利亚也 被送上了断头台。法国大革命令欧洲的其他国王大为恐惧。奥匈帝国和普鲁士的军队开始向法国开拔。法国招 募了共和军队保卫国家。大革命经历了一个恐怖时期。成千上万的人丢掉了性命。最终，权利被移交给了拿破 仑•波拿巴。 11. The passage is about the French Revolution. 本文主要是关于法国大革命。 A：T B：F 12. The national economy was developing rapidly in 1789. 1789 年法国经济发展迅速。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 13. The political prisoners kept in Prussia. 政治犯被关押在普鲁士。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 14. The underlined word “abolished” means “ended”. 划线词汇“废除”意思是“终止”。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 15. The effect of the Revolution was that the King tried to control the national parliament. 法国大革命产生的结果是 ### 国王想控制议会。 ### A：T B：F ### 答案： ABBAB **Passage 14** There was once an ant that was very thirsty. It ran here and there looking for some water but could not find any. Then suddenly, when the ant was almost ready to die of thirst, a large drop of water fell on it. The ant drank the water, which saved its life. The water was actually a tear from a young girl who was crying. Because of her sadness, the tear had magical qualities and suddenly the ant could speak the language of human beings. The ant looked up and saw the young girl sitting in front of a huge pile of seeds. "Why are you sad?" asked the ant. "I'm the prisoner of a giant." the girl told the ant. "He won't let me go until I've made three separate heaps of grain, barley（大麦）and rye（黑麦）out of this huge pile of seeds in which they are all mixed together." "That will take you a month!" the ant said, looking at the huge pile of seeds. "I know," the girl cried, "and if I haven't finished by tomorrow, the giant will eat me for his supper!" "Don't cry," the ant said, "my friends and I will help you." Soon thousands of ants were at work, separating the three kinds of seeds. The next morning, when the giant saw that the work had been done, he let the girl go. Thus it was one of her tears that saved her life. 曾经有一只蚂蚁，它很渴，为了寻找水到处跑，但没找到。当蚂蚁几乎要渴死的时候，一大滴水掉了下来。 蚂蚁喝了这点水，挽救了他的生命。那些水实际上是来自一位正在哭泣的小姑娘。因为她太伤心了，眼泪变得 很神奇，突然蚂蚁开始说人类的语言了。 ``` 蚂蚁抬起头，看到这个年轻的姑娘坐在一大堆的种子前面。 “你为什么伤心？”蚂蚁问。 “我是一个巨人的囚犯。”女孩告诉蚂蚁。他让我把混合在一起的谷子、大麦、黑麦种子都分开，才让我走。 “这得需要一个月的时间！”蚂蚁看了看这一大堆种子说。 “我知道，”女孩哭了，“如果我明天还没有完成，巨人将把我作为他的晚饭吃掉！” “不要哭了，”蚂蚁说，“我和我的朋友会帮助你的。” 很快，成千上万的蚂蚁为了分离这三种种子一直在工作中。 第二天当巨人看到这项工作已经做了，他让这个女孩走了。 因此，正是她的眼泪挽救了她的生命。 ``` 11. The ant was playing when it ran here and there. 蚂蚁到处跑是在玩。 A：T B：F 12. The drop of water fell on the ant when it was nearly dying. 蚂蚁快要死的时候，一滴水落到了它身上。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 13. The young girl was crying because she wanted to have supper. 这个女孩那会儿在哭因为她想吃晚餐。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 14. The giant would eat the girl if she failed to do the work. 如果小女孩没能完成工作，巨人将会吃掉她。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 15. The ant's friends saved the girl's life. 蚂蚁的朋友挽救了这个女孩的生命。 A：T B：F 答案 **: BABAA** **Passage 15** There were once many sheiks（阿拉伯的酋长）who wanted to marry Queen Maura, for she was one of the most beautiful and powerful queens of Arabia. However, she did not like most of the sheiks, and soon there were only three left on her list of possible husbands. These three sheiks were all equally young and handsome, rich and strong. It was very hard for the Queen to choose the best one. One evening, she disguised herself and went to where the three sheiks were having their evening meal. She asked them to give her something to eat. The first sheik gave her some stale（不新鲜的）food left over from the day before. The second sheik gave her a tough piece of old camel's tail. The third sheik, whose name was Hakim, gave her some of the most tender（嫩的）and tasty meat. After the meal, Queen Maura left the sheiks' camp. The next day, she invited the three sheiks to dinner at her palace. She told her servants to give each sheik what he had given her the evening before. Hakim, who received a plate of tender and tasty meat, would not eat it unless the other two sheiks could share it with him. Queen Maura was now certain which of the sheiks she wanted to marry. "Hakim is the most generous of you," she told them, "so I want to marry him and he will become king." 曾经有许多酋长都想娶皇后毛拉，因为她是一个最美丽和强大的阿拉伯皇后。 然而，大多数酋长她都不喜欢，最后选择下来，只有三位酋长可能会成为她的丈夫。 ### 这三位酋长都同样年轻英俊、富有和强大的，所以，这是个很艰难的选择。 ### 一天晚上，她把自己伪装起来，在吃饭的时候，到三个部落去找这三个酋长。 ### 她请求他们给她一些东西吃。 ### 第一个酋长给了她一些不新鲜的、前一天吃剩的食物。 ### 第二酋长给了她很难吃的，像给动物吃的食物。 ``` 第三位酋长，他的名字叫Hakim，给她一些新鲜、很好吃的肉。 餐后，女王毛拉离开酋长的营地。 第二天，她邀请了三位酋长在她的宫殿吃晚饭。 她告诉她的仆人，把昨天三个酋长给她的食物分别给三个酋长。 Hakim收到一盘新鲜、很好吃的肉，并和其他两位酋长和他一起分享他的食物。 女王毛拉现在确定了结婚的对象就是Hakim。 “他是最慷慨的人，”她说，“所以我想嫁给他，他将成为国王。” ``` 11. The queen was looking for a husband. 女王是寻找一个丈夫。 A：T B：F 12. The Queen disguised herself because she didn't want to be recognized by the sheiks. 王后伪装自己是因为她不 想被三个酋长认出来。 A：T B：F 13. She gave the sheiks some stale food to eat the next evening. 她给酋长们吃一些前天晚上吃剩的食物。 A：T B：F 14. Hakim wanted to eat his meal because it was very tasty. Hakim想吃这个食物，因为很美味。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 15. The Queen finally decided to marry Hakim the next evening after the meal. 在三位酋长就餐后的第二天晚上， ``` 王后终于决定嫁给Hakim。 A：T B：F ``` 答案： **AABBA** ## 第二部分 阅读理解（第二篇）全部 26 篇文章都是重点 ### 题型二：四选一 ## 注意：阅读二的 26 篇文章在考试时抽中几率为 100% 。其中灰色底纹的题目（如 ## 第 1 篇）为必须掌握的题目，考试时出现几率很大，复习时间实在有限的话也要保 ## 证至少把灰色底纹的题目记牢。答案顺序会变，需要记忆答案内容。 **Passage 1** A characteristic of American culture that has become almost a tradition is to respect the self-made man — the man who has risen to the top through his own efforts, usually beginning by working with his hands. While the leader in business or industry or the college professor occupies a higher social position and commands greater respect in the community than the common laborer or even the skilled factory worker, he may take pains to point out that his father started life in America as a farmer or laborer of some sort. This attitude toward manual（体力的）labor is now still seen many aspects of American life. One is invited to dinner at a home that is not only comfortably but even luxuriously（豪华地）furnished and in which there is every evidence of the fact the family has been able to afford foreign travel, expensive hobbies, and college education for the children; yet the hostess probably will cook the dinner herself, will serve it herself and will wash dishes afterward, furthermore the dinner will not consist merely of something quickly and easily assembled from contents of various cans and a cake or a pie bought at the nearby bakery. On the contrary, the hostess usually takes pride in careful preparation of special dishes. A professional may talk about washing the car, digging in his flowerbeds, painting the house. His wife may even help with these things, just as he often helps her with the dishwashing. The son who is away at college may wait on table and wash dishes for his living, or during the summer he may work with a construction gang on a highway in order to pay for his education. 16. From paragraph 1, we know that in America _______. **_A. people tend to have a high opinion of the self-made man_** B. people can always rise to the top through their own efforts C. college professors win great respect from common workers D. people feel painful to mention their fathers as labors 17. According to the passage, the hostess cooks dinner herself mainly because _______. A. servants in American are hard to get **_B. she takes pride in what she can do herself_** C. she can hardly afford servants D. It is easy to prepare a meal with canned food 18. The expression “wait on table” in the second paragraph means “_______”. A work in a furniture shop B keep accounts for a bar C wait to lay the table **_D serve customers in a restaurant_** 19. The author’s attitude towards manual（体力的）labor is _______. **_A. positive_** B. negative C. humorous D. critical 20. Which of the following may serve as the best title of the passage? A. A Respectable Self-made Family. **_B. American Attitude toward Manual Labor._** C. Characteristics of American Culture. D. The Development of Manual Labor. 美国文化中一个几乎已成为传统的特色是尊重那些自我成就者，即通过个人努力，通常靠双手起家上升到 顶峰的人。虽然工商业精英或大学教授们在社会上比普通劳动者，甚至工厂的技术能手占据较高的社会地位， 但他们仍不遗余力地指出父辈们在美国开始营生时曾是农民或者某种体力劳动者。 ``` 这种对体力劳动的态度至今仍可见于美国生活的方方面面。如果你接受邀请到这样一家中赴宴：家居舒适 ``` 且装修豪华；事实清楚地表明此家人家境殷实，能出国旅游，兴趣奢侈，孩子上得起大学。但是，女主人会亲 自下厨，亲自上菜、洗碗，而且，此宴还不会是又快又容易做的各种罐头食品的大杂烩，或是从附近面包店采 买的糕点、馅饼。相反，女主人常常引以自豪地精心准备一桌大餐。一位职业工作者会对洗车、刨花坑、刷房 子津津乐道。而妻子甚至会帮着一起做，就如同丈夫帮助她洗碗一样。在外上大学的儿子也许会为了谋生去端 盘子、洗碗。或暑假跟一帮修路工在高速路上干活挣学费。 16. 从第一段中，我们了解到在美国 人们喜欢高看自我成就者。 17. 根据本文内容，女主人亲自做饭的主要原因是 她以自力更生为骄傲。 18. 第二段中的词组“wait on table”意思是 在餐馆端盘子。 19. 作者对体力劳动的态度是 肯定的。 20. 下列哪个说法可以做本文的标题？ 美国人的劳动观。 答案 **: A B D A B** **Passage 2** A foreigner's first impression of the U.S. is likely to be that everyone is in a rush-often under pressure. City people always appear to be hurrying to get where they are going restlessly, seeking attention in a store, and elbowing others as they try to complete their errands(任务). Racing through daytime meals is part of the pace of life in this country. Working time is considered precious. Others in public eating places are waiting for you to finish so that they too can be served and get back to work within the time allowed. Each person hurries to make room for the next person. If you don’t, waiters will hurry you. You also find drivers will be abrupt and people will push past you. You will miss smiles, brief conversations, and small courtesies with strangers. Don't take it personally. This is because people value time highly, and they resent someone else "wasting" it beyond a certain courtesy point. The view of time affects the importance we attach to patience. In the American system of values, patience is not a high priority. Many of us have what might be called “a short fuse.” We begin to move restlessly about if we feel time is slipping away without some returns in terms of pleasure, work value, or rest. Those coming from lands where time is looked upon differently may find this matter of pace to be one of their most difficult adjustments in both business and daily life. Many newcomers to the States will miss the opening courtesy of a business call, for example, they will miss the ritual interaction that goes with a welcoming cup of tea or coffee that may be a convention in their own country. They may miss leisurely business chats in a café or coffee house. Normally, Americans do not assess their visitors in such relaxed surroundings over prolonged small talks. We seek out evidence of past performance rather than evaluate a business colleague through social courtesies. Since we generally assess and probe professionally rather than socially, we start talking business very quickly. 16. Which of the following statements is wrong? _________ ``` A. Americans seem to be always under pressure. B. Americans attach less importance to patience. C. Americans don’t care much about ritual socializing. D. Americans are impolite to their business colleagues. ``` 17. In the fourth paragraph, “a high priority” means _________ ``` A. a less important thing B. a first concern C. a good business D. an attractive gift ``` 18. Americans evaluate a business colleague ___________ ``` A. through social courtesy B. through prolonged business talks C. by establishing business relations D. by learning about their past performance ``` 19. This passage mainly talks about ___________ ``` A. how Americans treasure their time B. how busy Americans are every day C. how Americans do business with foreigners D. what American way of life is like ``` 20. We can infer from the passage that the author’s tone in writing is _______________ A. critical B. ironical **_C. appreciative_** D. objective 外国人对于美国的第一印象可能会是每个人都行色匆匆，经常处于压力之下。城里人看上去总是匆匆忙忙 赶往要去的地方。为了尽快完成工作，在商场时会积极地招呼店员关注自己，为了完成自己的任务不惜推挤他 人。在这个国家白天人们吃饭争分夺秒，已经成为生活节奏当中的一部分。 工作时间被认为十分珍贵。在公众用餐地点人们排队等待用餐以便在允许时间之内吃完好回去工作。大家 都为了给别人腾地方而抓紧时间。如果你不快吃，服务员会来催你。 你也许会感觉司机们很莽撞，人们会从你身边挤来挤去。你会怀念微笑、简单的对话和与陌生人交流的礼 节。用不着往心里去，这一切都是因为人们十分珍惜时间，讨厌别人超出礼貌的界限浪费时间。 时间观念会影响人们对耐心的重视程度。在美国人的价值观体系当中，耐心不是首要的。我们当中许多人 都是“小气包”。当感觉时间流逝却一无所获时，无论是为了娱乐、工作价值还是休息，我们就开始不安地跑来 跑去。 ``` 那些来自时间观念不同的国家的人会发现，无论在工作还是日常生活中，时间节奏是最难适应的事情。 许多刚到美国的人都会怀念商务会谈中的礼节性开场白。比如，他们会怀念例行的寒暄，表示欢迎的咖啡 ``` 或茶等等在本国很传统的习俗。他们还会怀念在小饭馆或咖啡馆悠闲地谈生意的模式。通常美国人不会与来访 者在如此随便的环境里长时间地聊。我们会通过对方过去的业绩表现而不会通过社会礼节来评价一个业务伙 伴。由于我们通常从专业的角度而不是社交的角度去进行评价和调查，我们会迅速地切入主题。 16. 以下哪项陈述是错误的？ 美国人对他们的同事不礼貌 17. 第四段中的“a high priority”是什么意思？ 要首要考虑的 18. 美国人评价他们的同事是根据 他们过去的表现 19. 本文主要讲了 美国人是怎样珍惜时间的 20. 从本文我们可以看出作者写作的口吻是 欣赏的 答案： **DBDAC** **Passage 3** Britain and France are separated by the English Channel, a body of water that can be crossed in as few as 20 minutes. But the cultures of the two countries sometimes seem to be miles apart. Last Thursday Britain and France celebrated the 100th anniversary（周年纪念）of the signing of a friendship agreement called the Entente Cordiality. The agreement marked a new beginning for the countries following centuries of wars and love-hate partnership. But their relationship has been ups and downs over the past century. Just last year, there were fierce disagreements over the Iraq war-which British Prime Minister Tony Blair supported despite French President Jacques Chirac speaking out against it. This discomfort is expressed in Blair and Chirac’s body language at international meetings. While the French leader often greets German Chancellor Gerhard Schroeder with a hug（拥抱）, Blair just receives a handshake. However, some political experts say the war in Iraq could in fact have helped ties. The history of divisions may well be because of the very different ways in which the two sides see the world. But this doesn’t stop 12 million Britons taking holidays in France each year. However, only 3 million French come in the opposite direction. Surveys（调查）show that most French people feel closer to the Germans than they do to the British. And the research carried out in Britain has found that only a third of the population believes the French can be trusted. Perhaps this bad feeling comes because the British dislike France’s close relationship with Germany, or because the French are not happy with Britain’s close links with the US. Whatever the answer is, as both sides celebrate 100 years of “doubtful friendship”, they are at least able to make jokes about each other. Here’s one: What’s the best thing about Britain’s relationship with France? The English Channel. 16. For centuries, the relationship between Britain and France is ____________. A. friendly B. impolite C. brotherly **_D. a mixture of love and hate_** 17. The war in Iraq does ____________ to the relationship between France and Britain. A. good B. harm C. neither good nor harm **_D. both good and harm_** 18. The British are not so friendly to ____________ and the French are not so friendly to ________. **_A. Germany; America_** B. America; Germany C. Germany; Germany D. America; America 19. ____________ are more interested in having holidays in ____________. A. American people...Britain B. British people ... Germany C. French people ... Britain **_D. British people ... France_** 20. What does the last sentence mean? A. As long as the English Channel exists, no further disagreement will form between France and Britain. B. The English Channel can prevent anything unfriendly happening in both France and Britain. **_C. France and Britain are near neighbors, and this will help balance the relationship between them._** D. The English Channel is the largest enemy between France and Britain. 英国和法国被英吉利海峡分隔，人们可以在短短二十分钟之内就跨越这个水域。然而两国的文化有时候却 显得有天壤之别。上周四英国和法国一起庆祝了两国友好协定签署 100 周年纪念日。这项协议标志着经历了几 个世纪的战争以及爱恨交织的伙伴关系之后两国开始双边关系的崭新一页。但是，在上个世纪，两国的关系曾 经经历了起起伏伏。就在去年，两国间就伊拉克战争产生了严重的分歧，尽管法国总统希拉克公开反对，但英 国首相托尼•布莱尔却表示支持。这种不愉快甚至体现在了国际会谈中两个人的身体语言。法国领导人经常以 拥抱来问候德国总理施罗德，然而却只和布莱尔握手。然而某些政治学家声称伊拉克战争实际上有可能促进了 两国关系的发展。 分歧的历史或许是由于两个国家完全不同的世界观。但是这并不能妨碍每年 1200 万英国人到法国度假。 不过，只有 300 万法国人到英国度假。调查显示大多数法国人认为他们和德国而不是跟英国的关系更加密切。 在英国的研究显示只有三分之一的英国人认为法国人是可以信赖的。也许这种糟糕的感觉是因为英国人厌恶 法国同德国友好，又或者法国人讨厌英国和美国的亲密关系。无论答案究竟是什么，当双方庆祝前途未卜的友 好关系 100 周年的时候，他们至少可以互相开开玩笑了。下面就是一个例子：英法两国关系的最大好处是什 么？英吉利海峡。 16. 几个世纪以来，英法之间的关系是 爱恨交织的 17. 伊拉克战争对英法之间的关系 既有好处也有坏处 18. 英国人对＿不是太友好；法国人对＿不是很友好。 德国；美国 19. ＿更有兴趣在＿度假。 英国人...法国 20. 最后一句的意思是什么？ 英法两国是近邻，这将有助于平衡两国关系。 答案 **:** ＤＤＡＤＣ **Passage 4** By definition, heroes and heroines are men and women distinguished by uncommon courage, achievements, and self- sacrifice made most for the benefits of others-they are people against whom we measure others. They are men and women recognized for shaping our nation's consciousness and development as well as the lives of those who admire them. Yet, some people say that ours is an age where true heroes and heroines are hard to come by, where the very idea of heroism is something beyond us-an artifact of the past. Some maintain, that because the Cold War is over and because America is at peace, our age is essentially an unheroic one. Furthermore, the overall crime rate is down, poverty has been eased by a strong and growing economy, and advances continue to be made in medical science. Cultural icons are hard to define, but we know them when we see them. They are people who manage to go beyond celebrity (明星), who are legendary, who somehow manage to become mythic. But what makes some figures icons and others mere celebrities? That's hard to answer. In part, their lives have the quality of a story to tell. For instance, the beautiful young Diana Spencer who at 19 married a prince, renounced marriage and the throne, and died at the moment she found true love. Good looks certainly help. So does a special indefinable charm, with the help of the media. But nothing confirms an icon more than a tragic death-such as Martin Luther King, Jr., John F. Kennedy, and Princess Diana. 16. The passage mainly deals with ____________. A. life and death B. heroes and heroines **_C. heroes and icons_** D. icons and celebrities 17. Heroes and heroines are usually ____________. A. courageous B. good examples to follow C. self-sacrificing **_D. all of the above_** 18. Which of the following statements is wrong? ____________ A. Poverty in America has been eased with the economic growth. B. Superstars are famous for being famous. C. One's look can contribute to being famous. **_D. Heroes and heroines can only emerge in war times._** 19. Beautiful young Diana Spencer found her genuine love ____________. A. when she was 19 B. when she became a princess **_C. just before her death_** D. after she gave birth to a prince 20. What is more likely to set an icon's status? ____________ A. Good looks. **_B. Tragic and early death._** C. Personal attraction. D. The quality of one's story. ``` 按照定义，英雄们都具有不同寻常的勇气、成就、为他人利益着想的自我牺牲精神。我们衡量他人时会以 ``` 他们（为榜样）作对照。他们被公认为是塑造我们民族意识、发展和人人羡慕的人生。但是，有人说在我们这 个时代，真英雄很难再有，英雄主义已远离我们，它是旧时代的典型产物。有些人声称，因为冷战已经结束， 美国也处于和平时期，我们这个时代已经根本不是产生英雄的时代。还有，总体犯罪率下降了，贫困也因为不 断增长的经济而有所减轻，医学方面也继续取得进步。 文化偶像很难定义，但是当我们看见他们时就会知道。他们是一些超越明星的人，是传奇，在某种程度上 已成为神话。但是, 是什么使一些人成为偶像而另一些人只成为了明星呢？很难来回答这个问题。在某种程度 上，他们的生活都可以写成故事来卖。例如，美丽的戴安娜•斯宾塞 19 岁时嫁给了一位王子，后来宣布放弃婚 ### 姻和王位，最后在找到真爱的那一刻却香消玉陨了。俊俏的相貌当然会有用, 加之媒体的推波助澜，就有了一 ### 种难以说明的特殊魅力。但是, 没有什么比悲剧性的死亡更能证实偶像了— 像马丁•路德•金、约翰•肯尼迪和 ### 戴安娜王妃。 ### 16. 这篇文章主要讨论 英雄和偶像 ### 17. 男女英雄通常是 以上都是(A. 勇敢的 B.模仿的好榜样 C.自我牺牲的) ### 18. 下列哪个选项是错误的？ 英雄只出现在战争年代 ### 19. 美丽又年轻的戴安娜·斯宾塞___遇到她的真爱 死前刚刚 ### 20. 什么更容易建立偶像地位？ 悲剧和过早离世 ### 答案： CDDCB **Passage 5** Community service is an important component of education here at our university. We encourage all students to volunteer for at least one community activity before they graduate. A new community program called “One On One” helps elementary students who’ve fallen behind. Your education majors might be especially interested in it because it offers the opportunity to do some teaching, that is, tutoring in math and English. You’d have to volunteer two hours a week for one semester. You can choose to help a child with math, English, or both. Half-hour lessons are fine, so you could do a half hour of each subject two days a week. Professor Dodge will act as a mentor to the tutors — he’ll be available to help you with lesson plans or to offer suggestions for activities. He has office hours every Tuesday and Thursday afternoon. You can sign up for the program with him and begin the tutoring next week. I’m sure you’ll enjoy this community service ... and you’ll gain valuable experience at the same time. It looks good on your resume, too, showing that you’ve had experience with children and that you care about your community. If you’d like to sign up, or if you have any questions, stop by Professor Dodge’s office this week. 16. What is the purpose of the talk? A. To explain a new requirement for graduation. **_B. To interest students in a new community program._** C. To discuss the problems of elementary school students. D. To recruit elementary school teachers for a special program. 17. What is the purpose of the program that the speaker describes? A. To find jobs for graduating students. B. To help education majors prepare for final exams. **_C. To offer tutorials to elementary school students._** D. To provide funding for a community service project. 18. What does Professor Dodge do? **_A. He advises students to participate in certain program._** B. He teaches part-time in an elementary school. C. He observes elementary school students in the classroom. D. He helps students prepare their resumes. 19. What should students who are interested in the tutorials do? A. Contact the elementary school. B. Sign up for a special class. C. Submit a resume to the dean. **_D. Talk to Professor Dodge._** 20. Whom do you think the speaker addresses? A. Faculty. **_B. Students._** C. Residents D. Graduated students. 在我们大学，社区服务是教育的一个很重要的组成部分。我们鼓励所有学生在毕业前都自愿参加至少一项 社区活动。一个叫做“一对一”的新的社区项目帮助一些在成绩上落后的小学生。你们以教育为专业的学生可 能会特此特别有兴趣，因为这个项目提供了教书的机会，那就是，指导数学和英语。 ``` 你需要在一个学期内自愿每周工作两个小时。你可以选择帮助一个小孩学习数学、英语或者两者都教。半 ``` 小时的课就可以了，因此你可以一周两天每门课教半小时。 道奇教授会作为指导者的导师，他将会在课程计划上帮助你们或者为你们的活动提供建议。他的办公时间 为每周二和日周四下午。你可以在他那里报名这个项目并且于下周开始指导。 我确信你会十分享受这次的社区服务并且同时获得珍贵的经验。这对你的简历当然也有帮助，展现了你和 孩子教学经历以及你关注你的社区。如果你想报名或者还有任何疑问，本周可以去道奇教授的办公室。 16. 这次谈话的目的是 让学生们对一项新的社区项目感兴趣 17. 讲话者描述项目的目的是 为小学生提供辅导课 18. 道奇教授是做什么的？ 他向参加项目的学生提供建议 19. 对这个辅导课感兴趣的学生应该做什么？ 跟道奇教授谈一下 20. 你认为这次谈话的对象是谁？ 学生们 答案： **BCADB** **Passage 6** How men first learnt to invent words is unknown; in other words, the origin of language is a mystery. All we really know is that men, unlike animals, somehow invented certain sounds to express thought and feelings, actions and things, so that they could communicate with each other; and that later they agreed upon certain signs, called letters, which could be combined to present those sounds, and which could be written down. Those sound, whether spoken or written in letters, we call words. The power of words, then, lies in their associations-the thing they bring up before our minds. Words become filled with meaning for us by experience; and the longer we live, the more certain words recall to us the glad and sad events of our past; and the more we read and learn, the more the number of words that mean something increases. Great writers are those who not only have great thoughts but also express these thoughts in words which appeal powerfully to our minds and emotions. This charming and telling use of words is what we call literary style. Above all, the real poet is a master of words. He can convey his meaning in words which sing like music and which by their position and association can move men to tears. We should therefore learn to choose our words carefully and use them accurately, or they will make our speech silly and vulgar. 16. The origin of language is _______. A. a legend handed down from the past B. a matter that is hidden or secret C. a question difficult to answer **_D. a problem not yet solved_** 17. What is true about words? A. They are used to express feelings only. B. They can not be written down. **_C. They are simply sounds._** D. They are mysterious. 18. The real power of words lies in their _______. A. properties B. characteristics C. peculiarity **_D. representative function_** 19. By “association”, the author means _______. A. a special quality **_B. a joining of ideas in the mind_** C. an appearance which is puzzling D. a strange feature 20. Which of the following statements about the real poet is NOT true? **_A. He is no more than a master of words._** B. He can convey his ideas in words which sing like music. C. He can move men to tears. D. His style is always charming. 人类如何学会造字不得而知；换句话说，语言的起源是个未解之谜。我们所知道的是人类与动物不同，以 某种方式发明了特定的声音来表达思想、感情、动作和事情。所以人类可以相互交流。之后，人们就某些特定 符号，文字，达成一致，认为它可以组合来表达声音，也可以书写下来。那些可说出来或可用字母写下来的声 音被称作文字。 文字的力量在于组合之中，即为我们大脑准备的东西。文字通过使用对我们有了意义。我们活得越长，就 有更多的文字让我们回忆起过去的快乐和悲伤。我们读得越多，学得越多，代表某种意义的词也越多。 伟大的作家不仅具有伟大的思想，而且能够运用文字表达这些思想并能强烈吸引我们的头脑和感情。这种 具有魅力的、以叙述方式运用文字的方法就是我们所说的文学风格。总之，真正的诗人是语言大师。他可以用 文字传递意义，吟之如乐，动静之中可引人哭泣。因此我们运用文字时应该学会精挑细选，准确无误，否则我 们的表达就会显得可笑而平庸。 16. 语言的起源是 未解答的问题。 17. 关于词语正确的说法是 他们只是声音。 18. 词语真正的力量在于他们有 代表功能。 19. 作者使用的“association”一词的意思是 头脑中想法的组合。 20. 关于真正的诗人的下列哪个叙述是不对的？ 他只不过是一个词语大师。 答案 **:** Ｄ **C D B A** **Passage 7** In the United States, it is not customary to telephone someone very early in the morning. If you telephone him early in the day, while he is shaving or having breakfast, the time of the call shows that the matter is very important and requires immediate attention. The same meaning is attached to telephone calls made after 11:00 p.m. If someone receives a call during sleeping hours, he assumes it’s a matter of life or death. The time chosen for the call communicates its importance. In social life, time plays a very important part. In the U.S.A. guests tend to feel they are not highly regarded if the invitation to a dinner party is extended only three or four days before the party date. But it is not true in all countries. In other areas of the world, it may be considered foolish to make an appointment too far in advance because plans which are made for a date more than a week away tend to be forgotten. The meaning of time differs in different parts of the world. Thus, misunderstandings arise between people from different cultures that treat time differently. Promptness is valued highly in American life, for example. If people are not prompt, they may be regarded as impolite or not fully responsible. In the U.S. no one would think of keeping a business associate waiting for an hour, it would be too impolite. A person who is 5 minutes late, will say a few words of explanation, though perhaps he will not complete the sentence. 16. What is the main idea of this passage? __________ A. It is not customary to telephone someone in the morning and in sleeping hours in the U.S. **_B. The role of time in social life over the world._** C. If people are not prompt, they may be regarded as impolite or not fully responsible in the U.S. D. Not every country treats the concept of time as the same. 17. What does it mean in the passage if you call someone during his or her sleeping hours? __________ A. A matter of work. **_B. A matter of life or death._** C. You want to see him or her. D. You want to make an appointment with him or her. 18. Which of the following time is proper if you want to make an appointment with your friend? __________ A. at 7: 00 am. **_B. at 4:00 pm._** C. at the midnight. D. at 4:00 am. 19. Which of the following statements is true according to the passage? __________ A. In the U.S.A guests tend to feel they are highly regarded if the invitation to a dinner party is extended only three or four days before the party date. B. There is no misunderstanding arising between people from different cultures about the concept of time. ``` C. It may be considered foolish to make an appointment well in advance in the U.S.A.. D. Promptness is valued highly in American life. ``` 20. From the passage we can safely infer that __________. A. it’s a matter of life or death if you call someone in day time **_B. the meaning of time differs in different parts of the world_** C. it makes no difference in the U.S. whether you are early or late for a business party D. if a person is late for a date, he needn’t make some explanation 在美国，人们通常不习惯在大清早就给人打电话。如果你在大清早给人打电话，比如在别人刮胡子或吃早 饭的时候，表明事情紧急需要马上处理。这种假设同样适用于晚上 11 点之后，如果有人在睡眠时间接到电话， 就会认定事情一定性命攸关。打电话的时间表达了事情的重要性 在社交生活中，时间的作用至关重要。在美国，客人如果在聚会之前三四天才接到邀请会觉得不受重视。 但这种情况并不是所有国家都适用。在世界其他地方，提前太久的预约被认为是不明智的。因为提前一周以上 的计划很容易被遗忘。时间在不同的国家意味不同。来自不同文化背景的人常采用截然不同的方式对待时间， 因此误会也就在所难免。准时在美国人生活中很受重视。比如，如果人们不准时，就可能被认为无礼或没有责 任感。在美国，没有人会考虑让商业伙伴等待一个小时，因为那样非常无礼。如果迟到 5 分钟，人们通常会用 几个字来略作解释，尽管也许不用把话说完。 16. 这篇文章的中心思想是什么？ 在全世界的社会生活中时间所起的作用。 17. 如果你在某人睡觉的时候打电话，在文章中这意味什么？ 是生死攸关的事情。 18. 如果你想和朋友约会，下列哪个时间是合适的？ 下午四点。 19. 根据文章，下列哪个陈述是正确的？ 在美国社会，人们十分看重做事准时。 20. 从文中我们可以准确推断 时间的含义在世界不同地方是有区别的。 答案 **: B B B D B** **Passage 8** It has been reported that in colleges across the United States, the daytime serial drama known as the soap opera has suddenly become “in”. Between the hours of 11 a. m. and 4:30 p. m., college television lounges are filled with soap opera fans who can’t wait to see the next episode in the lives of their favorite characters. Actually, soaps are more than a college favorite; they’re a youth favorite. When school is out, high-school students are in front of their TV sets. One young working woman admitted that she turned down a higher paying job rather than give up watching her favorite serials. During the 1960’s, it was uncommon for young people to watch soap operas. The mood of the sixties was very different from now. It was a time of seriousness, and talk was about social issues of great importance. Now, seriousness has been replaced by fun. Young people want to be happy. It may seem strange that they should turn to soap opera, which is known for showing trouble in people’s lives. But soap opera is enjoyment. Young people can identify with the soap opera character, who, like the college-age viewer, is looking for happy love, and probably not finding it. And soap opera gives young people a chance to feel close to people without having to bear any responsibility for their problems. 16. What is soap opera? A. Plays based on science fiction stories. B. Plays based on non-fiction stories. **_C. The daytime serial dramas on TV._** D. Popular documentary films on TV. 17. What can be the best title of the passage? A. College student viewers. B. Favorite TV serials. **_C. Soap opera fans._** D. College-age viewers. 18. Which are not the reasons why the soap opera suddenly becomes “in” according to the passage? A. Because the viewers want to be happy and to enjoy themselves. B. Because the soap opera makes young people feel close to their people. C. Because the viewers can find themselves in the soap opera characters. **_D. Because the young people have to bear the responsibilities for their troubles._** 19. What can learn from the passage? A. College students like soap operas more than any other social groups. B. Young people of sixties like soap operas more than people today. **_C. Young viewers have turned themselves from the seriousness of sixties to enjoyment now._** D. The young as a whole are trying to look for happy love but in vain. 20. What message does the author want to convey to us? A. The people’s favorites to drama works have been changed for a long time. **_B. The people’s favorites to drama works change along with the times._** C. The people’s favorites to drama works is changed by the soap opera. D. The people’s favorites have changed the drama works. 有报道称在美国的各个大学，白天播出的连续剧，也就是我们知道的肥皂剧，突然变得非常流行。在上午 11 点到下午 4 点半之间，大学的带电视的休息室里挤满了肥皂剧迷。他们迫不及待地等着看下一集中自己喜 欢的剧中人物的生活。事实上，肥皂剧不只是大学生的最爱，它是青年人的最爱。一放学，高中生们就坐在电 视前。一位已经工作了的年轻女性说自己宁愿拒绝一份高薪的工作也要看她喜欢的连续剧。在二十世纪 60 年 代，年轻人看肥皂剧的并不多见。 60 年代的人的心态和现在相差很大。他们的时代是严肃认真的时代，人们 谈论的都是社会重大问题。现在，严肃被娱乐代替。年轻人想要的是开心。看起来奇怪的是，他们竟去看往往 表现人们生活问题的肥皂剧。但是肥皂剧可以愉悦心情。年轻人能在肥皂剧的角色中找到自我。剧中角色就像 这些大学生观众一样寻找着快乐的爱情，或许无法找到。肥皂剧还能给年轻人一次近距离接触他人的机会，而 又不用为他人的问题负任何责任。 ### 16. 肥皂剧是什么？ 白天在电视上播出的连续剧。 ### 17. 此篇文章最好的题目是什么？ 肥皂剧粉丝。 ### 18. 根据文章的内容，下面哪个不是肥皂剧突然流行的原因？ 因为年轻人不得不为任何麻烦承担责任。 ### 19. 从此文章中我们能了解什么？ 年轻观众从六十年代的严肃转变为现在的娱乐。 ### 20. 作者想向我们传达什么信息？ 人们对剧作的喜好随时代变迁。 ### 答案 : C C D C B **Passage 9** Laws have been written to govern the use of American National Flag, and to ensure proper respect for the flag. Custom has also governed the common practice in regard to its use. All the armed services have precise regulations on how to display the national flag. This may vary somewhat from the general rules. The national flag should be raised and lowered by hand. Do not raise the flag while it is folded. Unfolded the flag first, and then hoist it quickly to the top of the flagpole. Lower it slowly and with dignity. Place no objects on or over the flag. Do not use the flag as part of a costume or athletic uniform. Do not print it upon cushions, handkerchief, paper napkins or boxes. A federal law provides that the trademark cannot be registered if it comprises the flag, or badgers of the US. When the flag is used to unveil a statue or monument, it shouldn’t serve as a covering of the object to be unveiled. If it is displayed on such occasions, do not allow the flag to the ground, but let it be carried high up in the air to form a feature of the ceremony. Take every precaution to prevent the flag from soiled. It should not be allowed to touch the ground or floor, nor to brush against objects. 16. How do Americans ensure proper respect for the national flag？ **_A. By making laws._** B. By enforcing discipline. C. By educating the public. D. By holding ceremonies. 17. What is the regulation regarding the raising of the American National Flag? A. It should be raised by soldiers. **_B. It should be raised quickly by hand._** C. It should be raised only by Americans. D. It should be raised by mechanical means. 18. How should the American National Flag be displayed at an unveiling ceremony? A. It should be attached to the status. B. It should be hung from the top of the monument. C. It should be spread over the object to be unveiled. **_D. It should be carried high up in the air._** 19. What do we learn about the use of the American National Flag? A. There has been a lot of controversy over the use of flag. B. The best athletes can wear uniforms with the design of the flag. **_C. There are precise regulations and customs to be followed._** D. Americans can print the flag on their cushions or handkerchiefs. 20. What is Americans’ attitude towards their National Flag? A. Arbitrary. **_B. Respect._** C. Happy. D. Brave. 法律规定了美国国旗的使用方法，以确保人们对国旗的尊重。海关也对其用途做了规范。陆海空三军对升 旗仪式也有明确规定。这些规定会与一般的规定略有不同。国旗应该手动升降旗。当国旗还折叠状态时，不可 升起。首先打开国旗，然后快速升上旗杆顶端。降旗要缓慢庄重。国旗上不得放任何物品。不可把国旗用于服 装或运动服的一部分。不可将其印在垫子、手帕、纸巾以及盒子上。联邦法规定如果商标上有国旗或国徽时是 不可以注册的。当国旗用在雕塑或纪念碑的揭幕仪式上，不可作为覆盖物。如果在这样的场合国旗用于展示， 不要让国旗落到地上，而是要把它高高举在空中成为典礼的标志。特别注意不要弄脏国旗。国旗不允许落地或 是被物品刮破。 16. 如何确保美国人对国旗的尊敬？ 通过立法。 17. 在升美国国旗的时候有什么规定？ 国旗应被亲手快速升起。 18. 在揭幕仪式上美国国旗该如何展示？ 它应该被高高举在空中。 19. 关于美国国旗的使用我们了解到什么？ 有精准的规定和习俗。 20. 美国人对国旗的态度是什么？ 尊敬。 答案 **:** Ａ **B D C B** **Passage 10** Many people who work in London prefer to live outside it, and to go in to their offices or schools every day by train, car or bus, even though this means they have to get up early in the morning and reach home late in the evening. One advantage of living outside London is that houses are cheaper. Even a small flat in London without a garden costs quite a lot to rent. With the same money, one can get a little house in the country with a garden of one’s own. Then, in the country one can really get away from the noise and hurry of busy working lives. Even though one has to get up earlier and spend more time in trains or buses, one can sleep better at night and during weekends and on summer evenings, one can enjoy the fresh, clean air of the country. If one likes gardens, one can spend one’s free time digging, planting, watering and doing the hundred and one other jobs which are needed in a garden. Then, when the flowers and vegetables come up, one has got the reward together with those who have shared the secret of Nature. Some people, however, take no interest in country things: for them, happiness lies in the town, with its cinemas and theatres, beautiful shops and busy streets, dance-halls and restaurants. Such people would feel that their life was not worth living if they had to live it outside London. An occasional walk in one of the parks and a fortnight’s (two weeks) visit to the sea every summer is all the country they want: the rest they are quite prepared to leave to those who are glad to get away from London every night. 16. Which of the following statements is NOT true? ``` A. People who love Nature prefer to live outside the city. ``` ``` B. All the people who work in London prefer to live in the country. C. Some people enjoying city life prefer to work and live inside London. D. Many nature lovers, though working in London, prefer to live outside the city. ``` 17. With the same money needed for _______, one can buy a little house with a garden in the country. A. getting a small flat with a garden B. having a small flat with a garden **_C. renting a small flat without a garden_** D. buying a small flat without a garden 18. When the garden is in blossom, the one _______ has been rewarded. A. living in the country **_B. having spent time working in the garden_** C. having a garden of his own D. having been digging, planting and watering 19. People who think happiness lies in the city life would feel that _______ if they had to live outside London. **_A. their life was meaningless_** B. their life was invaluable C. they didn’t deserve a happy life D. they were not worthy of their happy life 20. The underlined phrase “get away from” in the 3rd paragraph refers to _______. A. deal with B. do away with **_C. escape from_** D. prevent from 许多人工作在伦敦而更喜欢住在伦敦郊区。他们每天上班上学乘坐火车、汽车或是公交，虽然这意味着他 们要很早起床，晚上很晚到家。 ``` 住在伦敦郊区的一点好处是房子比较便宜。即使是一个不带花园的小公寓在伦敦的租金也要很多。同样的 ``` 价钱，你可以在乡村买幢带花园的房子。 在乡村呢，人们可以远离噪音和忙碌快速的工作环境。即使人们必须早点儿起床，花更多时间在火车或公 车上，你也可以晚上睡得更好，周末和夏天的晚上享受乡村新鲜干净的空气。如果你喜欢花园，你可以业余时 间挖坑、种树、浇水、做许多园艺工作。然后，当花开菜熟，你可以既得到回报又分享了自然的神秘。 然而有些人对乡村的事情毫无兴趣：对于他们来说快乐在城市中，在电影院、剧院、漂亮的商店和繁忙的 街道、舞池以及饭店之中。这样的人认为如果不得不去伦敦郊区住的话，他们的生活会失去价值。他们所想要 的乡村生活只是偶尔在公园散步和每个夏天花两个礼拜去海边：至于其他的，他们更愿意把它留给那些每天晚 上都乐于逃离伦敦的人。 21. 下列哪个陈述不正确？ 所有工作在伦敦的人更喜欢住在乡村 22. 如果租一个没有花园的小公寓，用同样的钱你 可以在乡村买一幢带花园的房子 23. 当花园鲜花盛开，_______得到了回报。 花时间在花园工作的人 24. 那些认为快乐生活在城市的人会感到如果他们住到伦敦以外 他们的生活毫无意义 25. 第三段划线词组“get away from”意思是 远离 答案 **: B C B A C** **Passage 11** Morgan Rees has always been a good businessman. He used to own three petrol stations and was busy most of the time. When he was 65, the normal retirement age, he decided that he didn't want to stop, so he carried on working for another two years. Eventually, when he was nearly 68, his wife, Dolly, asked him to retire because she wanted to enjoy their old age together. Reluctantly, he handed over the business to his son. But he was unhappy. He didn't know what to do with himself. Although he read a lot of books and he went on holiday to interesting places with his wife, he was bored and began to get depressed because he hated being retired. Then one day he saw an advertisement in the newspaper and, without telling his wife, he bought a small crockery (陶 器) factory. The next week he told his family. They were horrified and worried. They thought he was too old at 71 to start work again. He is now 76 and he has expanded the company considerably. He has increased the number of staff from 6 to 24 and he has found many new customers for the products. He has developed the export market and has improved profits by 200%. He has opened a new design office and employed three young designers. They have been all over the world to get new ideas, and one of them has gone to France this week to a major trade fair. Most importantly, he hasn't been bored since he bought the factory. 16. The topic sentence of Para. 1 is ________. **_A. Morgan Rees has always been a good businessman_** B. he used to own three petrol stations and was busy most of the time C. when Morgan Rees was 65, he retired D. reluctantly, he handed over the business to his son 17. The topic sentence of Para. 2 is _________. A. He didn't know what to do with himself B. He went on holiday to interesting places with his wife **_C. He was unhappy after he retired_** D. none of them 18. Which of the following statements can best express the main idea of Para. 3? A. One day he saw an advertisement in the newspaper. **_B. He bought a small crockery factory in secret and started work again._** C. He told his family he bought a small crockery factory. D. His family was horrified and worried when they learned he bought the small factory. 19. What is the central idea of the last paragraph? A. Morgan Rees has worked until he is 76. B. Morgan Rees has developed the export market and improved the profits by 200%. C. Morgan Rees hasn't been bored since he bought the factory. **_D. Since he started working again, Morgan Rees has expanded the company considerably, which has enriched his retired life._** 20. The passage mainly deals with ________. A. why Morgan Rees bought a small crockery factory **_B. how Morgan Rees lived his retired life more happily by turning to work again_** C. how Morgan Rees became a good businessman D. how Morgan Rees expanded the company considerably 摩根·里斯一直是一位不错的生意人。他曾拥有过三个加油站，大多数时间都很忙。当他 65 岁时, 也就是 正常的退休年龄时，他决定不想停止工作，所以他又接着工作了两年。结果在他快 68 岁的时候，他妻子多莉 让他退休，因为她希望能和他一起共度晚年的时光。他不情愿地把业务交给了自己的儿子。 但是他并不高兴。他不知自己该怎么办。尽管他读了很多的书，而且也和妻子一起去一些好玩的地方去度 假，但是他感到很无聊，并且由于讨厌退休而开始变得压抑沮丧。 在这之后的一天，他在报纸上看到了一则广告，也没有告诉他妻子，他就买下了一家小陶器厂。一周后他 才告诉家里人。他们为此感到惊讶，而且有些担心。大家认为他不能以 71 岁高龄再重新开始工作了。 ``` 现在他 76 岁，已经将他的公司规模显著地扩大了。公司的员工人数从 6 人增加到 24 人，而且他还为他的 ``` 产品开发了很多新客户。他也开拓了出口市场，利润增长200%。他还开办了一家新的设计室，并且聘用了三 名年轻的设计师。他们一直世界各地四处发掘新的信息，其中的一位本周已经去了法国参加一次重大的商品交 易会。最为重要的是，自从他收购了这家工厂后，他便不再感到没事可做。 16. 第一段的中心句是 摩根·里斯一直是一位不错的生意人 17. 第二段的中心句是 他退休后就一直不开心 18. 下面哪句话可以最好地表达第三段的主体思想？ 他秘密地买了一家小陶器厂并开始工作 19. 最后一段的中心思想是什么？ 摩根·里斯再次工作以后，已经将他的公司规模显著地 ``` 扩大了，这使他的退休生活丰富起来 ``` 20. 这篇文章主要讲的是 摩根·里斯如何通过再次投入工作而度过他的退休时光的 答案 **: A C B D B** **Passage 12** Mr. Tom Forester lived by himself a long way from town. He hardly left his home, but one day he went into town to buy some things in the market. After he had bought them, he went into a restaurant and sat down at a table by himself. When he looked around, he saw several old people put glasses on before reading their newspapers, so after lunch he decided to go to a shop to buy himself some glasses too. He walked along the road, and soon found a shop. The man in the shop made him try on a lot of glasses, but Tom always said, "No, I can't read with these." The man became more and more puzzled (迷惑的) , until finally he said, "Excuse me, but can you read at all?" "No, of course I can't!" Tom said angrily. "If I was already able to read, do you think I would have come here to buy glasses?" 16. Mr. Forester lived ______. ``` A with his family in a city B with his family in the countryside C alone in a city D alone in the countryside ``` 17. Tom ________ went into town. A often B always **_C almost never_** D everyday 18. The old people in the restaurant read their newspapers ________. **_A with glasses on_** B with glasses off C with glasses of beer in front of them D with glass pipes in their mouths 19. The shop Tome went into sold ________. A drinking glasses and cups B glass for windows and doors C glasses for people who could not read **_D glasses for people who could not see well_** 20. What kind of mistake did Tom make? A He went to the wrong kind of shop. B He didn’t try on all the glasses in the shop. **_C He thought that a person who had not learned to read would be able to do so if he wore glasses._** D He left his money in the restaurant. 汤姆·福雷斯特先生独自一人居住在距小镇很远的地方。他几乎没离开过家，但是有一天他去镇上的市场 买一些东西。买完东西后，他来到一家饭店，独自坐在桌子旁。他向四周看了看，看见一些老人戴着眼镜读报 纸，所以饭后他决定去商店给自己买一副眼镜。他沿着路走，很快就找到一家商店。 ``` 店员让汤姆在商店里试了很多眼镜，但汤姆总是说。“不，带上眼镜我还是不能读懂。” 店员越来越迷惑不解，最后他说。“打扰您一下。您认识字吗？” “我当然不识字！”汤姆生气地说。“如果我已经能识字了，你认为我会到这里来买眼镜吗？” ``` 16. 福雷斯特先生 独自一人居住在村边 17. 汤姆_______去镇上。 几乎从来不 18. 饭店的老人们_______读报纸 戴着眼镜 19. 汤姆走进去的商店_________ 为视力不好的人提供眼镜 ### 20. 汤姆犯了什么错误？ 他以为不识字的人戴上眼镜就能识字了 ### 答案 : DCA DC **Passage 13** Once James Thornhill, a famous English painter, was asked to paint some pictures on the walls of the king's palace in English. Then workers were sent for and a big platform(平台) was made. With the help of a worker, Thornhill started painting on the platform. They worked for a whole year and at last the pictures were ready. Thornhill was happy when he looked at the pictures, for they were really beautiful. He looked at them for a long time, and then took one step back and looked again. Now the pictures were even more beautiful. He took another step, then another. Finally he was at the very edge of the platform, but he did not know it because he was thinking of his pictures. The worker saw everything. "What should I do?" he thought. "Thornhill was at the very edge of the platform. If I cry out, he will take another step, fall off it and surely be killed." So the worker quickly took some paint(漆) and threw it at the picture. "What are you doing?" cried the painter, running quickly forward to his pictures. 16. James Thornhill was an English ______. A. worker **_B. artist_** C. king D. writer 17. He was ordered to ______. A. paint the wall of the king's palace in England **_B. paint some pictures on the wall of the palace_** C. build a big platform in front of the palace D. put up some new pictures on the old wall 18. It took them ______ to finish the pictures. A. a month B. a week **_C. twelve months_** D. half a month 19. James Thornhill felt that the ______ he was from the pictures, the ______ they were. A.nearer...more beautiful B.farther...more ugly **_C. farther...more beautiful_** D. higher above...more good-looking 20. The worker threw some paint at the pictures in order to ______. **_A. save James' life_** B. destroy the picture C. make the picture more beautiful D. make the king angry 英国著名画家James Thornhill曾受邀在英国王宫的墙壁上作画。 找好工人之后，工人们搭建了一座大平台。 在一位工人的帮助下，Thornhill开始在平台上作画。他们忙了一整年，最终完成了所有的画。 Thornhill看着那些画，非常高兴，因为这些画实在太美了。他看了很长时间，然后后退了一步，继续看。 现在看上去，这些画甚至更美了。他又后退了一步，又后退了一步。最后，他已经站在平台的边缘，但他却丝 毫没有察觉，因为他正在考虑那些画。 这一切都被那位工人看在眼里。“我该怎么办？”他想。“Thornhill站在平台的边缘。如果我大叫提醒，他 就又会后退一步，摔下平台，一定会没命的。”因此那位工人迅速拿起一些颜料泼在画上。 ``` “你干什么？”Thornhill叫道，同时迅速向他的画跑去。 ``` 16. 詹姆斯·桑希尔是一个英国______ 画家 17. 他被要求______ 在宫殿的墙壁上作一些画 18. 完成这些画花费了他______的时间。 一年 19. 詹姆斯·桑希尔感觉他离画越______画越_______ 远 / 漂亮 20. 那个工人向画上泼漆是为了 救詹姆斯的命 答案 **: BBCCA** **Passage 14** One day a bookseller (书商) let a big box of books fall on his foot. “Go to see the doctor,” said his wife. “No”, he said, “I’ll wait until the doctor comes into the shop next time. Then I’ll ask him about my foot. If you I go to see him, I’ll have to pay him. ” On the next day the doctor came into the shop for some books. When the bookseller was getting him ready, he told the doctor about his bad foot. The doctor looked at it. “You must put that foot in hot water every night. Then you must put something on it, ” said the doctor. He took out a piece of paper and wrote on it. “Buy this and put it on the foot before you go to bed every night,” he said. “Thank you,” said the bookseller. “And now, sir, here are your books.” “How much?” said the doctor. “Two pounds.” “Good,” said the doctor. “I shall not have to pay you nothing.” “Why?” asked the bookseller. “I told you about your foot. I want two pounds for that. If people come to my house, I ask them to pay one pound for a small thing like that. But when I go to their houses, I want two pounds. And I came here, didn’t I?” 16. What happened to the bookseller one day? A. He lost a box of books. **_B. His foot was wounded by a box of books._** C. He lent the doctor a box of books. D. He sold out all his books. 17. The bookseller’s wife asked him ____________. ``` A. to go out of some medicine B. to send somebody for a doctor C. to go to see the doctor D. to wait for the doctor to come ``` 18. The bookseller didn’t take his wife’s advice because ____________. A. He was afraid of the doctor B. He didn’t take to take medicine C. He couldn’t walk by himself **_D. He didn’t want to pay the doctor_** 19. The doctor paid ____________ for the books. A. one pound B. two pounds **_C. nothing_** D. something 20. The bookseller paid ____________ money for seeing the doctor in the end. **_A. more_** B. less C. the same amount of D. no 有一天，有个书商的一个大书箱子落到了他的脚上。“去看医生吧”他老婆说。“不”他回答。我要等到下次 医生来我们书店再让他看。然后我再让他看看我的脚。如果我去找他，我要花钱的。” ``` 第二天，医生真的来书店买书了。书商为他拿好书后，告诉医生他脚伤的事儿。医生看了看他的脚。 “你必须每晚把脚泡到热水里。然后还得在上面敷些东西。”医生说。 医生拿出一张纸，并在上面写了什么。“买这种药并在每晚睡觉前敷在你的脚上。”他说。 “谢谢你，”书商说，“先生，这是你的书。” “多少钱？”医生问。 “2 镑。” “好的，”医生说。“我今天不会付你钱的。” “为什么？”书商问。 “我已经为你看脚了，为此我要收 2 镑。如果病人去我家看病的话，像你这种小毛病我只收 1 镑。但是如 ``` 果我上门医治的话，我通常收 2 镑，就像今天我来你这里一样，不是吗？” 16. 有一天书商发生了什么事情？ 他的脚被一箱书砸伤了 17. 书商的妻子让他 去看医生 18. 书商没有接受妻子的建议是因为 他不想付钱给医生 19. 医生支付了____________ 买书。 什么都没有 20. 书商最后支付了____________ 钱来看病。 更多 答案： **BCDCA** **Passage 15** Paper is one of the most important products ever invented by man. Wide spread use of written language would not have been possible without some cheap and practical material to write on. The invention of paper meant that more people could be educated because more books could be printed and distributed. Together with the printing press, paper provided an extremely important way to communicate knowledge. How much paper do you use every year? Probably you cannot answer that question quickly. In 1990 the world’s use of paper was about one kilogram for each person a year. Now some countries use as much as 50 kilograms of paper for each person a year. Countries like the United States, England and Sweden use more paper than other countries. Paper, like many other things that we use today, was first made in China. In Egypt and the West, paper was not very commonly used before the year 1400. The Egyptians wrote on a kind of material made of a water plant. Europeans used parchment for many hundreds of year. Parchment was very strong; it was made from the skin of certain young animals. We have learnt of the most important facts of European history from records that were kept on parchment. 11. What’s the meaning for the word “parchment”? ____________ A. The skin of young animals. **_B. A kind of paper made from the skin of certain young animals._** C. The paper used by European countries. D. The paper of Egypt. 12. Which of the following is not mentioned about the invention of paper? ____________ **_A. More jobs could be provided than before._** B. More people could be educated than before. C. More books could be printed and distributed. D. More ways could be used to exchange knowledge. 13. When did the Egyptians begin to use paper widely? ____________ **_A. Around 1400._** B. Around 1900. C. Around 400. D. Around 900. 14. Which of the following countries uses more paper for each person a year? ____________ A. China **_B. Sweden_** C. Egypt D. Japan 15. What is the main idea of this short talk? ____________ ``` A. More and more paper is being consumed nowadays. B. Paper enables people to receive education more easily. C. The invention of paper is of great significance to man. D. Paper contributes a lot to the keeping of historical records. 纸张是人类最重要的发明之一。如果没有廉价且实用的书写材料，书面语言的广泛应用是根本无法实现的。 ``` 纸张的发明意味着更多的人可以接受教育。因为人类可以印刷和销售更多的书籍。纸张和印刷机一起提供了一 种极其重要的传播知识的方式。你每年使用多少纸张呢？也许你无法马上回答这个问题。在 1900 年全世界的 纸张使用量是每人每年一公斤。如今在某些国家每人每年使用多达 50 公斤的纸。像美国、英国、瑞典都是使 用纸最多的国家。如同我们现在使用的很多东西一样，纸张最初也是在中国制造的。在埃及和西方世界直到 ### 1400 年才开始广泛使用纸。埃及人在一种用水生植物制成的材料上书写。而欧洲人用羊皮纸有数百年的历史。 ### 羊皮纸质地非常结实，是用某种动物幼仔的皮制成的。我们就是从羊皮纸上的记载了解了欧洲最重要的史实。 16. 单词“parchment” 的意思是什么？ 一种由某种动物幼仔的皮制成的纸张。 17. 下列哪一个叙述并未在纸张的发明里提及？ 纸张的发明提供了更多工作机会。 18. 埃及人是从什么时候开始广泛使用纸张的？ 大约在 1400 年。 19. 下列哪一个国家每年每人使用更多纸张？ 瑞典。 20. 这篇文章的大意是什么？ 纸张的发明对于人类而言是至关重要的。 答案 **: B A A B C** **Passage 16** Places to stay in Britain are as varied as the places you visit. Whatever your budget is the choice – from basic barn to small hotel, from tiny cottage to grand castle - is all part of fun. **Hostels** Cheap, good-value hostels are aimed at all types of like-minded travelers, who prefer value over luxury and you don't have to be young or single to use them. Britain's independent hostels and backpackers hostels also offer a great welcome. Facilities and prices vary, especially in rural areas, where some hostels are a little more than a bunkhouse (临时住房) while others are remarkably comfortable – almost like bargain hotels. **Yo u t h H o t e l s** Founded many years ago to "help all, especially young people of limited means, to a greater knowledge, love and care of the countryside", the Youth Hotels Association is still going strong in the 21st century. The network of 230 hotels is a perfect gateway for exploring Britain's towns and countryside. **B&Bs** The B&B (bed and breakfast) is a Great British institution. In essence you get a room in somebody's house, and small B&Bs may only have one guest room, so you'll really feel like part of the family. Larger B&Bs may have four or five rooms and more facilities, but just as warm as a welcome. In country areas your B&B might be in a village or an isolated farm surrounded by fields. Prices reflect facilities: and usually run from around ￡12 to ￡20 per person. City B&Bs charge about ￡25 to ￡30 per person, although they're often cheaper as you go further out to the suburbs. **Pubs & Inns** As well as selling drinks and meals, Britain's pubs and inns sometimes offer B&B, particularly in country areas. Staying a night or two can be great fun and puts you at the heart of the local community. Rates range from around ￡ 15 to ￡ 25 per person. Pubs are more likely to have single rooms. 16. In this passage the author mainly ________. ``` A. tells us where to stay while visiting Britain B. advises readers to pay a visit to Britain C. introduces the wonderful public services in Britain D. gives us some information about British life ``` 17. ________ are mainly built for young visitors. ``` A. Pubs & Inns B. Youth Hotels C. Hostels D. B&Bs ``` 18. If you travel alone and want to know better about family life in Britain, you'd better stay in ________. ``` A. Pubs & Inns B. Youth Hotels C. Hostels D. B&Bs ``` 19. If you are interested in travelling with your friends but only with limited means, where is the better place for you to ``` stay? _________. A. Pubs & Inns B. Youth Hotels C. Hostels D. B&Bs ``` 20. Which of the following is NOT true according to the last part of the passage? __________ A. Pubs and inns usually provide visitors bed and breakfast. **_B. all pubs and inns offer visitors bed and breakfast._** C. Pubs and inns charge a visitor ￡25 at the most. D. If you want a single room, you are more likely to get one in pubs. 在英国住宿的地方会因你旅游地不同而有所区别。无论你的预算是多少，选择住宿 – 从基本的谷仓到小 旅馆、从小村舍到大城堡 – 是乐趣的一部分。 旅社 ``` 便宜、优质的旅社定位各种想法类似的旅行者，他们跟奢华相比更注重品质，你并不需要是年轻人或者单 ``` 身才能住旅社。英国独立的旅社和背包客旅社也欢迎游客。提供的设施和价格各不一样，尤其是在乡下，那里 的一些旅社基本就是临时主房，还有一些相当舒适 – 基本就像便宜的旅馆一样。 青年旅社 ``` 青年旅社协会成立于多年前，宗旨是“帮助所有的、尤其是资源有限而又知识丰富、富有爱心和对乡村关 ``` 爱的年轻人”，它在 21 世纪依然风头很盛。 230 家青年旅社形成的网络是你探索英国城镇和乡村的完美起点。 **B&Bs** ``` B&Bs (床和早餐)是一个英国机构。本质上来说，你在某人家入住一间房间，小的B&Bs可能仅有一间客 ``` 房，所以你会觉得是家里的一份子。大点的B&Bs可能有 4 、 5 间房间和更多的设施，但是一样热情好客。 ``` 在乡下，你的B&Bs可能位于乡村或一个被田野环绕的农场里。价格会反映出设施的水平：通常是一个人 ``` 12 到 20 英镑。城市的B&Bs每个人的价格是 25 到 30 英镑，不过如果临近郊区的价格会更便宜些。 酒馆和酒吧 ``` 除了售卖饮料和食物以外，英国的酒吧和酒馆有时也会提供B&Bs，特别是在乡下。住上一两天能给你带 ``` 来很多乐趣，也能让你领略当地文化的精髓。 ``` 每个人的价格是 15 到 25 英镑。酒馆更有可能有单人房。 ``` 16. 在这篇文章里作者主要 告诉我们在英国旅游可以在哪里住宿 17. ______主要是为年轻旅行者建造的 青年旅社 18. 如果你一个人旅游，希望更了解英国家庭的生活，最好住在 B&Bs 19. 如果你想跟朋友一起旅游但是资源有限，最好住在哪儿？ 旅社 20. 根据文章最后一段，下列选项哪个不正确？ 所有酒吧酒馆都给旅游者提供床和早餐 答案： **ABDCB** **Passage 17** Shyness is the cause of much unhappiness for a great many people. Shy people are anxious and self-conscious; that is, they are excessively concerned with their own appearance and actions. Worrisome thoughts are constantly occurring in their minds: what kind of impression am I making? Do they like me? Do I sound stupid? Am I wearing unattractive clothes? It is obvious that such uncomfortable feelings must negatively affect people. A person’s conception of himself or herself is reflected in the way he or she behaves, and the way a person behaves affects other people’s reactions. In general, the way people think about themselves has a profound effect on all areas of their lives. Shy people, having low self-esteem, are likely to be passive and easily influenced by others. They need reassurance that they are doing “the right thing.” Shy people are very sensitive to criticism; they feel it confirms their feelings of inferiority. They also find it difficult to be pleased by compliment with a statement like this one, “You’re just saying that to make me feel good. I know it’s not true.” It is clear that while self-awareness is a healthy quality, overdoing it is harmful. Can shyness be completely eliminated, or at least reduced? Fortunately, people can overcome shyness with determined and patient efforts in building self-confidence. Since shyness goes hand in hand with a lack of self-esteems, it is important for people to accept their weakness as well as their strengths. Each one of us is a unique, worthwhile individual, interested in our own personal ways. The better we understand ourselves, the easier it becomes to live up to our full potential. Let’s not allow shyness to block our chances for a rich and fulfilling life. 16. What does the author try to prove by citing “what kind of impression am I making?” A. Shy people benefit from their caring about their appearance. **_B. People’s shyness made them care too much about their appearance and actions._** C. It’s natural that shy people don’t believe other’s compliments. D. Shy people think they are different from others. 17. According to the writer, self-awareness is _______. **_A. a good quality_** B. the cause of unhappiness C. harmful to people D. a weak point of shy people 18. That shy people react to a compliment in such a way is _______. A. good B. unreal C. very reasonable **_D. harmful_** 19. Which of the following statements is true according to the passage? A. Shyness helps us to develop our potential. B. Shyness enables us to understand ourselves better. **_C. Shyness can block our chances for a rich life._** D. Shyness has nothing to do with lack of self-esteem. 20. It can be inferred from the passage that shy people _______. A. should find more of their weakness **_B. should understand themselves in the right way_** C. had better ignore their weakness D. can get rid of their shyness while maintaining low self-esteem 对许多人来说，害羞引起很多不愉快。害羞的人焦虑，关注自我。也就是说，他们基本上关心自己的外表 和行为。他们头脑中时不时会出现担心：我该留下什么印象？他们喜欢我吗？我听起来很傻吗？我穿的衣服不 够吸引人吗？显然这些不舒服的感受一定会给人产生负面影响。人的自我定义是通过他的行为方式，而他的行 为方式又影响别人的反应。总之，人们对的自我评价的方式对其生活的方方面面都有深远影响。害羞的人，自 我评价很低，他们更被动，容易被别人影响。他们需要确信自己做的是“正确的事情。”害羞的人对批评很敏感。 他们认为批评确定了他们的自卑感。听到恭维的话他们也很难感到高兴。比如“你这样说只是为了让我感到高 兴。我知道这不是真的。”很明显，自我反省是个好品质，但是过头了就有害。害羞能被彻底清除或至少减轻 吗？幸运的是，人们用决心和耐心努力建立自信是可以克服害羞的。既然害羞是由于缺少自我欣赏，人们既要 接受优点，也要接受弱点，这是很重要的。我们每一个人都是独一无二有价值的个体，有自己的方式。我们越 了解自己，就能更容易挖掘所有潜质。不要让害羞阻挡我们追求丰富和有价值的生活。 16. 作者引用“我该留下什么印象？”试图证明 害羞使人太在乎自己的外表和行动。 17. 根据作者的观点，自我反省是 一种好的品质。 18. 当被表扬时，害羞的人这样反应的做法是 有害的。 ### 19. 根据文章内容，下列陈述哪个是正确的？ 害羞会阻止我们追求丰富生活的机会。 ### 20. 从文章可以推断害羞的人 应该用正确的方法了解自己。 ### 答案 : B Ａ D ＣＢ **Passage 18** Sixteen-year-old Maria was waiting in line at the airport in Santo Domingo. She was leaving her native country to join her sister in the United States. She spoke English very well. Though she was very happy she could go abroad, she was feeling sad at leaving her family and fiends. As she was thinking all about this, she suddenly heard the airline employee asking her to pick up her luggage and put it on the scales（称）. Maria pulled and pulled. The bag was too heavy and she just couldn’t lift it up. The man behind her got very impatient. He, too, was waiting to check in his luggage. “What’s wrong with this girl?” He said, “Why doesn’t she hurry up?” He moved forward and placed his bag on the counter, hoping to check in fist. He was in a hurry to get a good seat. Maria was very angry, but she was very polite. And in her best English she said, “Why are you so upset? There are enough seats for everyone on the plane. If you are in such a hurry, why can’t you give me a hand with my luggage?” The man was surprised to hear Maria speak English. He quickly picked up her luggage and stepped back. Everyone was looking at him with disapproval. (224 words) 16. Maria’s story happened ________. ``` A. when she was leaving America B. on her way back to Santo Domingo C. before she left the USA D. when she arrived at the airport ``` 17. You believer that the work of the airline employee mentioned in the story is to ____ ___ at the airport. A. help carry people’s luggage B. ask people to pick up the luggage **_C. check people’s luggage_** D. take care of people’s luggage 18. “Why are you so upset?” Maria said to the man. She wanted to tell him that he should not be. A. surprised B. sad **_C. unhappy_** D. sorry 19. “Everyone was looking at him with disapproval.” This sentence means that the people around felt _. A. worried about Maria B. worried about the man C. sorry for Maria’s manners **_D. sorry for the man’s manners_** 20. The author mentioned Maria’s age at the beginning of the story in order to show that _________. ``` A. she was young but behaved properly B. she would not have left home alone C. everyone around her was wrong D. it was not good that nobody offered to help her 16 岁的玛利亚正在圣多明各（多米尼加共和国的首都）机场排队等候。她正准备离开自己的国家前往美 ``` 国和姐姐会合。她的英文非常好，尽管可以出国令她非常高兴，但要离开家人和朋友她还是感到难过。正当她 满脑子考虑这一切的时候，机场工作人员要她把行李放在秤上。玛利亚提了又提，但包太重了，她拿不起来。 排在她后面的那个人开始不耐烦了。他也在等候办理登机手续。 “这个女孩儿怎么了？”他问道。“她为什么不能快一点儿呢？”他走到前面，把自己的包放在了柜台上，想 抢先办理手续。他分秒必争就是为了弄到一个好座位。玛利亚非常生气，但是她还是非常礼貌。她用纯正的英 语说道，“你为什么如此不安呢？飞机上的每位乘客都有座位。如果你这么着急，为什么不帮我搬一下行李呢？” 那个人听到玛利亚说英语感到很惊讶。他马上拿起了她的行李，然后走了回来。大家都很鄙视地看着他。 16. 玛利亚的故事发生在 她到达机场的时候。 17. 你认为故事中提到的航空公司工作人员的职责是在机场 检查人们的行李。 18. “你为什么如此不安呢？”玛利亚对那个男人说。她想要告诉他不应该 不开心。 19. “大家都很鄙视地看着他。”这个句子的意思是周围的人们觉得 那个人的举止可耻。 20. 作者在故事的开头提到了玛利亚的年纪为了表明 她很年轻但是行为很得体。 答案 **: D C C D A** **Passage 19** The French Revolution broke out in 1789. At the time France was in a crisis. The government was badly run and people’s lives were miserable. King Louis XIV tried to control the national parliament and raise more taxes. But his effort failed. He ordered his troops to Versailles. The people thought that Louis intended to put down the Revolution by force. On July 14, 1789, they stormed and took the Bastille, where political prisoners were kept. Ever since that day, July 14 has been the French National Day. Louis tried to flee the country in 1792 to get support from Austria and Prussia. However, he was caught and put in prison. In September 1792, the monarchy was abolished. In the same year, Louis was executed. A few months later his wife, Marie also had her head cut off. The Revolution of France had frightened the other kings of Europe. Armies from Austria and Prussia began to march against France. The French raised republican armies to defend the nation. The Revolution went through a period of terror. Thousands of people lost their lives. In the end, power passed to Napoleon Bonaparte. 16. What’s this passage about? ``` A. France. B. King Louis. C. The French Revolution. D. Europe. ``` 17. Which did not happen in 1789? A. The French Revolution broke out. **_B. The national economy was developing rapidly._** C. The government wasn’t well run. D. King Louis XIV was in power. 18. Where were the political prisoners kept? ``` A. In Versailles. B. In Austria. C. In Prussia. D. In Bastille. ``` 19. What does the underlined word “abolished” mean? A. Put off. B. Established. C. United. **_D. Ended._** 20. What was NOT the effect of the Revolution? A. July 14 has become the French National Day. B. It brought some impact on the other European Kings. C. Louis’s wife, Marie was killed. **_D. The king tried to control the national parliament._** 法国大革命爆发于 1789 年。当时法国处于危机当中。政府腐败混乱，民不聊生。国王路易十六试图操纵 国民议会并增加赋税。然而他的努力未能如愿。他命令部队进发凡尔赛。人民认为路易十六企图用武力镇压革 命。 1789 年 7 月 14 日，人民袭击并占领了囚禁政治犯的巴士底狱。从那天起， 7 月 14 日就成了法国国庆日。 路易十六企图于 1792 年 9 月逃离法国，君主制瓦解了。同一年，路易十六被处决。数月之后，王后玛利亚也 被送上了断头台。法国大革命令欧洲的其他国王大为恐惧。奥匈帝国和普鲁士的军队开始向法国开拔。法国招 募了共和军队保卫国家。大革命经历了一个恐怖时期。成千上万的人丢掉了性命。最终，权利被移交给了拿破 仑•波拿巴。 16. 这篇文章主要讲了什么？ 法国大革命 17. 以下哪件事不是发生在 1789 年？ 国家经济快速发展 18. 那些政治犯被关押在哪里？ 巴士底狱 19. 划了下划线的“abolished ”这个词是什么意思？ 废除(终止) 20. 以下哪个不是法国大革命产生的效果？ 国王试图控制议会 答案： **CBDDD** **Passage 20** The residents of 24 Acacia Grove were dissatisfied with the condition of the property, so John Preston called a meeting to discuss things last week. At the meeting John suggested setting up a residents' committee. Everyone was so worried and angry about the agent's inactivity that they agreed, and they elected John as Chairman of the committee. Many residents said that they were tired of telephoning the agent and tired of complaining about the flats. Although the agent was responsible for the flats, they thought that he didn't do enough. Therefore John was asked to write to the agent and say that they were disappointed with the management of the flats. The next service payment was due at the end of the month. However, they agreed not to pay it until they were happy with the plans to improve the property. They decided to tell the agent that he must start the work within one month. They all went away very pleased with themselves. 16. Why did John Preston call a meeting last week? ``` A. Because the residents were dissatisfied with the present residents' committee. B. Because the residents were dissatisfied with the bad management of the flats. C. Because some residents requested to change the present residents' committee. D. Because he wanted to become Chairman of the committee. ``` 17. Who elected John as Chairman of the committee? ``` A. The agent. B. The residents. C. The committee. D. Acacia Grove. ``` 18. What does the word "inactivity" mean in the third sentence in Para. 1? ``` A. Weakness B. Progress C. State D. Lack of actions ``` 19. What does the word "due" mean in the first sentence of Para. 2？ **_A. to be paid_** B. proper C. owed D. large 20. When did they agree to pay the next service payment? A. At the end of the month. B. Within one month. **_C. When they were happy with the plans to improve the property._** D. The agent would tell them. Acacia Grove 24号的居民对他们住房条件不满意，所以John Preston上周召开了一次会议来讨论这些事 情。会议上John建议设立一个居民委员会。大家都对物业中介缺乏行动表示担忧和愤怒，因此他们都同意设 立居民委员会并选举John成为委员会的主席。很多居民说他们已经厌倦了给中介打电话和埋怨了。尽管物业 中介负责这些公寓，居民们认为他做的还不够。因此人们要求John给中介写封信表达他们对公寓管理的不满。 下一次的服务费需要在月底缴纳。然而居民们都同意只有他们对住房条件改善规划满意后才会缴纳。他们 决定告诉中介这一工作一个月内必须启动。（会议后）居民们都满意地离开了。 16. 为什么John Preston上周召开一次会议？ 因为居民们对公寓的管理不善很不满意 17. 谁选举John为委员会主席？ 居民们 18. 第一段第三句里的 “inactivity”什么意思？ 缺乏行动 19. 第二段第一句里的 “due”什么意思？ 需要缴纳 20. 他们同意什么时候缴下次服务费？ 当他们对住房条件改善规划满意的时候 答案 **: B B D A C** **Passage 21** The United States covers a large part of the North American continent. Its neighbors are Canada to the north and Mexico to the south. Although the United States is a big country, it is not the largest in the world. In 2000, its population was over 222 million. When this land first became a nation, after winning its independence from England, it had thirteen states. Each of the states was represented on the American flag by a star. All these states were in the eastern part of the continent. As the nation grew toward the west, new states were added and new stars appeared on the flag. For a long time, there were 48 stars. In 1959, however, two more stars were added to the flag, representing the new states of Alaska and Hawaii. Indians were the first people of the land which is now the United States. There are still many thousands of Indians now living in all parts of the country. Sometimes it is said that the Indians are “the only real Americans”. Most Americans come from all over the world. Those who came first in greatest numbers to make their homes on the eastern coast of North America were mostly from England. It is for that reason that the language of the United States is English and that its culture and customs are more like those of England than those of any other country in the world. 16. Which of the following is TRUE? ``` A. America is the largest country in the world. B. The United States lies next to Canada and Mexico. C. America covers most part of the North American continent. D. Mexico is to the north of Canada. ``` 17. After winning its independence, the United States _______. A. had nothing to do with England B. made India part of its land **_C. mainly developed westward_** D. took over parts of Canada and Mexico 18. The United States didn’t have _______ states until ________. A. thirteen; 1959 **_B. fifty; 1959_** C. fifty; this land first became a nation D. fifty; 1964 19. Why is English the language of America? ``` A. Because English is the native language of the Indians. B. Because most Americans come from all over the world. C. Because Canada is America’s nearest neighbor. D.Becausemost of the people who first settled in America were from England. ``` 20. The best title for the passage is “_____________”. ``` A. The States of America B. The Language of America C. The United States of America D. The Culture and Customs of America 美国占北美大陆很大一部分土地。它北邻加拿大，南接墨西哥。虽然美国是一个大国，但它不是世界上最 ``` 大的。在 2000 年，它的人口超过2.22亿。 这片土地刚从英国独立出来，第一次成为一个国家的时候，只有十三个州，每个州在美国国旗上由一颗星 来代表。这些州都在东部。当这个国家不断向西扩大，就增加了新的州，同时它们也出现在国旗上。很长一段 时间，美国有 48 个州，可是，到 1959 年，国旗上又多了两颗星，分别代表阿拉斯加和夏威夷。 ``` 印地安人是如今叫做美国的这块土地上的最初居民。现在全国各地仍然居住着许多这些原始居民的后裔。 ``` 有时人们说印安人才是“真正的美国人”。不过，大部分美国人是来自世界各地。那些最早大批来到北美东海岸 建立家园的人大部来自英格兰，也是由于这个原因，美 国 的 国 语 为 英 语 ，而 它 的 文 化 习 俗 也 与 英 国 的 更 为 相 像 。 16. 以下选项哪个是正确的？ 美国邻近加拿大和墨西哥。 17. 在赢得了独立之后， 美国主要向西部发展。 18. 美国在 1959 年前没有 50 个州。 19. 为什么美国的国语是英语？ 大部分美国人来自英格兰。 20. 这篇文章最好的标题是 “美国”。 答案 **: B C B D C** **Passage 22** There are three kinds of goals: short-term, medium-range and long-term goals. Short-term goals are those that usually deal with current activities, which we can apply on a daily basis. Such goals can be achieved in a week or less, or two weeks, or possibly, months. It should be remembered that just as a building is no stronger than its foundation, long-term goals cannot amount to very much without the achievement of solid short- term goals. Upon completing our short-term goals, we should date the occasion and then add new short-term goals that will build on those that have been completed. The intermediate goals build on the foundation of the short-term goals. They might deal with just one term of school or the entire school year, or they could even extend for several years. Any time you move a step at a time, you should never allow yourself to become discouraged or overwhelmed. As you complete each step, you will enforce the belief in your ability to grow and succeed. And as your list of completion dates grow, your motivation and desire will increase. Long-term goals may be related to our dreams of the future. They might cover five years or more. Life is not a static thing. We should never allow a long-term goal to limit us or our course of action. 16. Our long-term goals mean a lot ____________. A. If we cannot reach solid short-term goals **_B. If we complete the short-term goals_** C. If we have dreams of the future D. If we put forward some plans 17. New short-term goals are built upon ____________. A. a daily basis B. your achievement in a week C. current activities **_D. the goals that have been completed_** 18. When we complete each step of our goals, ____________. A. we will win final success B. we are overwhelmed **_C. we should build up confidence of success_** D. we should have strong desire for setting new goals 19. What is the main idea of this passage? ____________ A Life is a dynamic thing. B. we should set up long-term goals **_C. Different kinds of goals in life._** D. The limitation of long-term goals. 20. Which of the following statements is wrong according to the passage? ____________ A. The long-term goals cannot amount to very much without the achievement of solid short-term goals B. The intermediate goals build on the foundation of the short-term goals. **_C. Life is a static thing, thus we should never allow a long-term goal to limit us or our course of action._** D. We should often add new short-term goals to those which have been completed. 目标一共分为三种：短期，中期和长期目标。 短期目标是指和当下活动相关并且可以日常应用的的目标。这类目标可以在一两周或者几个月里达成。需 要牢记的是就如同建筑物地基的重要性一样，如果不能切实实现短期目标，长期目标也也就无法实现多少。每 当短期目标实现的时候，我就应该记载这个日期然后在已经完成的目标基础上制定崭新的短期目标。 中期目标是建立在短期目标基础之上的。这样的目标或许和一个学期、一个学年有关，或者也可能延长到 几年。每一次采取行动，绝不能允许自己灰心丧气或者被压垮。当你完成每一个步骤，你对自己成长与成功的 能力的信心也就无形中加强了。随着完成日期列表的不断添加，你的动机和愿望也会更加强烈。 长期目标可以和未来梦想有关。这类梦想可能包含五年甚至更久。生命不是静态的。永远也不要让一个长 期目标限制我们或我们行动的进程。 16. 如果我们完成了短期目标， 我们的长期目标就意味着很多。 17. 新的短期目标建立在 已经完成的目标基础上。 18. 当我们完成了目标的每一步 我们就应该建立成功的自信。 19. 这篇文章的大意是什么？ 生活中不同类型的目标 20. 根据原文下列哪个叙述是错误的?生活是静止的，因此永远不要让一个长期目标限制我们或我们行动进程。 答案 **: B D C C C** **Passage 23** Today Newton is a very clean place. Many years ago, however, there were millions of rats in it. They attacked the cats and dogs. Sometimes a great number of them knocked down a man or woman walking home at night. The rats were very large in size and they harmed many people. The government ordered everybody to kill rats. Most people were very lazy, so they did not kill many. Then the government promised to pay some money for each dead rat. That made the people very happy. They killed thousands of rats everyday. A government officer put all the dead rats in a big pile. Sometimes a man brought hundreds in one day. After two weeks there were not many rats in the city, but people still brought rats to the government officer. The government officer thought that people were stealing dead rats from the pile. He ordered his men to dig a deep hole and put the rats in it. Soon there were no more rats, and the government didn’t pay any more money. 16. Newton is a place which________. A. used to be very clean B. is no longer a city **_C. is very clean_** D. will be very clean 17. When the government first ordered the people to kill rats, the people________. A. asked for some money for each dead rat B. stole dead rats from the pile **_C. were too lazy to kill many rats_** D. killed nearly all the rats quickly 18. The people killed rats ________. **_A. to get money from the government_** B. to help the government make the city clean C. to make the government officer happy D. to protect(保护)their cats and dogs 19. A deep hole was dug so that ________. A. the rats couldn’t come out to attack people at night. B. people could take rats from it easily C. people would kill more rats **_D. nobody could take any rats from the pile_** 20. What is the best topic for this passage? ``` A. How to Kill Rats B. Newton – A City of Rats C. How Newton Became a Very Clean Place D. How Newton Became a Famous City 如今，纽顿市是一个很干净的地方。然而，许多年前，那儿数以百万计的老鼠。它们袭击猫和狗。有时， ``` 大量的老鼠会撞倒晚上走在回家路上的人。这些老鼠个头非常大，它们伤害了很多人。 政府下令每个人都要灭鼠。大多数人很懒惰，所以他们没有杀死多少老鼠。然后，政府承诺每杀死一只老 鼠就支付一些钱。这使得人们很高兴。他们每天都杀掉上千只老鼠。一位政府官员把所有的死老鼠堆成一大堆。 有时一个人在一天能带来数百只死老鼠。 两周后，城市里没有多少老鼠了，但人们仍然给政府官员带来老鼠。这个政府官员认为人们从那堆里偷来 死老鼠。他命令部下挖一个深洞，把老鼠都埋进去。很快就没有更多的老鼠送来了，政府也没有支付更多钱了。 16. 纽顿市是一个________的地方。 很干净 17. 当政府初次下令市民灭鼠，人们 太懒所以没有大量灭鼠 18. 人们灭鼠 为了从政府领到赏金 19. 挖深坑的目的是 没有人能从死老鼠堆里拿走老鼠 20. 本文最佳标题是什么？ 纽顿市如何成为一个干净的地方 答案 **: CCADC** **Passage 24** What makes a person a scientist? Does he have ways or tools of learning that are different from those of others? The answer is "no". It is not the tools a scientist uses but how he uses these tools that makes him a scientist. You will probably agree that knowing how to use a power is important to a carpenter. You will probably agree, too, that knowing how to investigate, how to discover information, is important to everyone. The scientist, however, goes one step further, he must be sure that he has a reasonable answer to his questions and that his answer can be confirmed by other persons. He also works to fit the answers he gets to many questions into a large set of ideas about how the world works. The scientist’s knowledge must be exact. There is no room for half right or right just half the time. He must be as nearly right as the conditions permit. What works under one set of conditions at one time must work under the same conditions at other times. If the conditions are different, any changes the scientist observes in a demonstration must be explained by the changes in the conditions. This is one reason that investigations are important in science. Albert Einstein, who developed the theory of relativity, arrived at this theory through mathematics. The accuracy of his mathematics was later tested through investigations, Einstein’s ideas were shown to be correct. A scientist uses many tools for measurements. Then the measurements are used to make mathematical calculations that may test his investigations. 16. What makes a scientist according to the passage? A. The tools he uses. **_B The way he uses his tools._** C. His ways of learning. D The various tools he uses. 17. “The scientist, however, goes one step further...” The author says this to show _________. A the importance of information B the importance of thinking **_C the difference between scientists and ordinary people_** D the difference between carpenters and people with other jobs 18. A sound scientific theory should be one that ____________. **_A works not only under one set of conditions at one time, but also under the same conditions at other times_** B does not allow any changes even under different conditions C can be used for many purposes D leaves no room for improvement 19. The author quotes the case of Albert Einstein to illustrate _____________. A that measurements are keys to success in science B that accuracy of mathematics **_C that the investigations are important in science_** D that the mathematical calculations may test his investigations 20. What is the main idea of the passage? ``` A. The theory of relativity. B. Exactness is the core of science. C. Scientists are different from ordinary people. D. Exactness and ways of using tools are the keys to the making of a scientist. 是什么使一个普通人成为科学家？他有与从不同的学习方法和工具吗？答案是否定的。不是因为科学家 ``` 使用的工具，而是因为他使用工具的方法使他成为科学家。你也许认同怎么用力对一名木匠来说很重要。你也 许也认同如何研究调查，如何发现信息对每个人来说都很重要。然而，科学家比这更进一步，他必须确定对自 己的问题给出了一个合理的答案，并且他的答案通过别人也可以得到证实。同时，他还要让自己得出的许多答 案符合关于世界如何运作的理论之中。 科学家的知识必须是精确地。不能出现半错半对或者只有一半机会对的情况。他必须在条件允许的情况下 尽可能正确。在某个时间某个条件下成立的理论或公式必须在其他时间相同的条件下都能成立。如果条件发生 了变化，科学家在证明过程中观察到的任何变化都由条件的变化来解释。这就是调查在科学研究中十分重要的 其中一个理由。爱因斯坦通过数学方法提出了相对论。其数学方法的正确性被后人的调查研究所证实，从而证 明该理论是正确的。一个科学家会用很多方法来进行调查研究。然后用数学来计算这些结果，从而测试这些调 查结果是否正确。 16. 根据这篇文章的观点科学家是如何来的？ 他使用工具的方法。 17. “然而，科学家比这更进一步......”作者这么说是为了说明什么？ 科学家与普通人的区别 18. 一项伟大的科学理论应该是怎么样的？ 不仅只在一种条件下一次可行，而要在同样的条件下一直可行。 19. 作者引用爱因斯坦的例子是为了证明什么？ 科学研究中调查很重要。 20. 这篇文章的主要内容是什么？ 成为科学家的关键是精确和使用工具。 答案 **: B C A C D** **Passage 25** When I was a little girl, my brothers and I collected stamps for many years. My mother didn't use to work during the week, but she worked in the post office near our house on Saturday, and she used to bring home all the new stamps as they were issued (发行). On the day of the World Cup football final in London in 1966, we were very excited because England were playing West Germany in the final. When we were having lunch, my mother told us to go to the post office straightaway after the match if England won, but she didn't tell us why. At 2 o'clock my mother went back to work as usual, while the rest of the family were watching the football on TV at home. Although she wasn't watching the match, she was listening to it on the radio. England won 4:2 and so my brothers and I ran to the post office. As we burst in, my mother was standing behind the counter. She was waiting to sell us a very special limited edition with ENGLAND WINNERS on each stamp. We were over the moon. We still have it today, and perhaps it is worth a lot of money. 16. This passage mainly tells us__________ A. the author and her brother used to like stamps very much B. the author had a very kind mother **_C. the author and her brothers had got an unforgettable experience in collecting stamps_** D. their mother used to support them by working in the post office 17. According to the passage, her mother worked in the post office__________ A during the week **_B on Saturdays_** C on Sundays D for six days 18. Their mother told them to go to the post office straightaway after the match if England won, but she didn't tell us ``` why. Why do you think she did that? A. She wanted to give them a surprise B. She doubted if she would get the stamps C. She forgot to do that D. She thought it unnecessary to tell them the reason ``` 19. What does the sentence “We were over the moon.” mean? A We jumped high **_B We were extremely happy about it_** C We watched the moon for a long time D We couldn’t sleep the whole night 20. What is the best title for this passage? A My Childhood B My Mother C A Precious Stamp **_D A Memorable Experience in Collecting Stamp_** s 当我是个小女孩的时候，我和我的兄弟们收集了好多年的邮票。我的妈妈平时不上班，但是她周六在我家 附近的邮局上班，她经常从邮局带回发行的所有新邮票。 ``` 1966 年伦敦举办世界杯的决赛那天，我们十分兴奋，因为英格兰在决赛对阵西德。我们吃午饭的时候， ``` 妈妈告诉我们如果英格兰赢了赛后就直接去邮局，但是她没告诉我们为什么。 2 点钟妈妈像往常一样去上班了， 其他家人在家里看电视足球直播。虽然妈妈没有观看比赛，她在广播里听着赛况。 英格兰以 4 比 2 的比分赢得了比赛，所以我和兄弟们跑到邮局，当我们冲进去的时候，妈妈正站在柜台 后。她在等着卖给我们一款印有“英格兰冠军”字样的限量版邮票。我们高兴极了。 ``` 这些邮票我们现在还留着，也许它很值钱。 ``` 16. 这篇文章主要告诉我们 作者和她的兄弟们在集邮方面有一次难忘的经历 17. 根据文章，她妈妈______在邮局工作 周六 18. 他们的妈妈告诉他们如果英格兰赢了赛后就直接去邮局，但是她没有说为什么。你认为她为什么这样做？ ``` 她想给他们一个惊喜 ``` 19. “We were over the moon.”这句话什么意思？我们高兴极了 20. 这篇文章的最佳标题是什么？ 关于集邮的一次难忘经历 答案 **: C B A B D** **Passage 26** When John and Victoria Falls arrived in New York City for one-year stay, they did not bring very many things with them. They had planned either to live in a furnished apartment or to buy used furniture. But they soon learned about a new system that more and more people are using. The renting of home furnishings (bed, tables, dishes, and so on) has become one of America’s fastest growing businesses. What kinds of people rent their home furnishings instead of buying them? People who are international business or government officials, foreign students, airline workers, young married couple – people whose job or business may force them to move frequently from one city to another. They save a lot of trouble and the cost of moving their furniture each time. They simply rent new furniture when they reach their new homes. Young people with little money do not want to buy cheap furniture that they may soon dislike. They prefer to wait until they have enough money to buy furniture that they really like. Meanwhile, they find they can rent better quality furniture than they could afford to buy. One family, who now have a large, beautiful home of their own, liked their rented furniture so much that they decided to keep renting it instead of buying new things. But usually people don’t like to tell others about it. The idea of renting home furnishings is still quite new, and they are not sure what their neighbors might think. 16. Which of the following has become one of America’s fastest growing businesses? ____________ A. Selling home furnishings. B. Renting furnished apartments. C. Selling used furniture. **_D. Renting home furnishings._** 17. Why do some people prefer to rent furniture? ____________ A. Because the furniture they get in this way is new. B. Because it saves them a lot of money. **_C. Because it saves them much trouble and money._** D. Because they can always get better quality furniture in this way. 18. What can you infer from the passage? ____________ ``` A. The idea of renting furniture is not acceptable. B. Renting furniture is not popular in the couple’s home town. C. Only those who don’t have enough money to rent furniture. D. People usually grow to like the furniture they have rented. ``` 19. Which of the following can best serve as the title of the passage? ____________ A. Rent or Buy? **_B. A New Way of Getting Home Furnishings._** C. Furnished Apartments. D. A New Idea. 20. Young people liked renting home furniture in that __________. A. They have less money B. They don’t want to buy old furniture C. The new furniture is of good quality. **_D. They don’t have much money and don’t want to buy the cheap furniture_** 约翰和维多利亚·福斯到达纽约市准备待一年的时候，他们并没有携带太多物品。他们原本计划要么住进 带家具的公寓或者买二手家具。但他们很快了解到一个越来越受欢迎的全新系统，家具（床、桌子、盘子等等） 租赁已经成为美国发展最为迅速的产业之一。 究竟是哪一类人群去租赁家具而不是购买家具呢？跨国商人或政府官员、海外学生、航空公司职员、年轻 夫妇，即那些由于工作或生意的原因而不得不频繁从一座城市搬到另一座城市的人们。这样他们就可以省去大 量每次搬运家具的麻烦和开支。他们入住新家之后只是租赁新家具就可以了。经济拮据的年轻人往往不愿意去 购买他们很快就会不喜欢的廉价家具。他们宁可等到以后有足够经济实力的时候再去购买他们真正喜欢的家 具。同时，他们也发现刚够买家具的钱可以租到更优质的家具。 有一家人现在已经拥有了属于自己的宽敞、漂亮的房子，却非常中意租来的家具以至于决定继续租赁而不 是购买新家具。但通常人们并不愿意将这一切告诉他人。租赁家具仍然是新鲜事物，他们还无法确定邻居会如 何看待这个问题。 16. 下列哪一项已经成为美国发展最为迅速的产业之一？ 家具租赁。 17. 为什么有些人更喜欢租赁家具？ 因为这样可以为他们省去大量麻烦和钱。 18. 你从文章中可以推断出什么？ 家具租赁在那对夫妻的家乡并不太流行。 19. 下列哪一个选项作为文章的标题最适合？ 一种全新的获得家具的方式。 20. 年轻人喜欢租赁家具是因为 他们经济拮据而且并不喜欢廉价家具。 答案 **: D C B B D** ## 第三部分 词汇与语法 —— 重点题目 ## 注意：灰色底纹的题目（如第 3 题）为必须掌握的题目，考试时出现几率很大。 1. **A large number of people ______ present at the meeting yesterday afternoon.** 很多人昨天下午出席了会议。 ``` A was B were C are D have ``` 2. **A new theory is ________ in his latest book.** 他最新的书中提出了一个新理论。 ``` A put up B put on C put off D put forward ``` 3. **A pair of spectacles _______ what I need at the moment.** 我现在需要的是一副眼镜。 ``` A is B are C has D have ``` 4. **A police officer claimed that he had attempted to_______ paying his fare.** 警官说这个年轻人试图拒付费用。 ``` A avoid B reject C refuse D neglect ``` 5. **A sudden noise of fire-engine made him_______to the door.** 消防车突然发出的声音使他匆忙走到门口。 ``` A hurrying B hurried C hurry D to hurry ``` 6. **All ________ they have done is good for us all. We should understand them.** 他们做的都是为了我们所有人 ``` 好。我们应该理解他们。 A what B which C that D as ``` 7. **Although they are twins, they have nothing in _________.** 虽然他们是双胞胎，他们没什么共同点。 ``` A usual B common C always D fact ``` 8. **As I know, there is ________ car in this neighborhood.** 据我所知，这附近没有这样的车。 ``` A no such B no a C not such D not such a ``` 9. **As the bus came round the corner, it ran _______a big tree by the roadside.** 汽车开到转角时撞到了路边的一 ``` 棵大树。 A into B on C over D up ``` 10. **At first I showed great interest in the play, but soon I ______ it.** 一开始我对这部戏挺感兴趣，但很快就厌 ``` 烦了。 A tired B got tired of C was tired from D was tired with ``` 11. **At that time, she_______on a journey with her friends.** 那个时候，她在和她的朋友旅行。 ``` A is B was C has been D is being ``` 12. **Australia is one of the few countries _______ people drive on the left of the road.** 澳大利亚是人们在道路左 ``` 侧驾驶的少数几个国家之一。 A which B that C where D on which ``` 13. **Both the kids and their parents_________English, I think. I know it from their accent.** 我认为这些小孩和他 ``` 们的父母亲都是英国人，我从他们的口音中知道的。 A is B been C are D was ``` 14. **Could you show me where the ______ shoes are?** 你能给我指一下女鞋在哪儿吗？ ``` A women B womens C woman D women's ``` 15. **Did you notice the guy______ head looked like a big potato?** 你注意到那个头看上去像个大土豆的家伙吗？ ``` A who B which C whose D whom ``` 16. **– Do you want to wait?** 你想等么？ - Five days _________ too long for me to wait. 5 天时间对我来说太久。 A was B were **_C is_** D are 17. **Don’t forget _______ the window before leaving the room.** 在离开房间之前，不要忘记关上窗户。 ``` A to have closed B to close C having closed D closing ``` 18. **Don’t laugh _______people when they are_______trouble.** 当人们处在困境中时，不要嘲笑他们。 ``` A in, at B at, at C at, in D on, in ``` 19. **Eggs, though rich in nourishments, have_______of fat.** 尽管鸡蛋营养丰富，但它含有大量的脂肪。 ``` A a large number of B the large number C a large amount D the large amount ``` 20. **Farmers use water in many ways. _______, they use water to grow crops.** 农民在许多方面使用水。例如， ``` 他们使用水来种植作物。 A In fact B For example C Beside D Because of this ``` 21. **Had you come five minutes earlier, you_______the train to Birmingham. But now you missed it.** 要是你早来 ``` 五分钟，你就能赶上那班去伯明翰的火车了。但现在你错过了。 A would catch B would have caught C could catch D should catch ``` 22. **He _______driving me home, even though I told him I lived nearby.** 即使我告诉他我就住在附近，他仍坚持 ``` 开车送我回家。 A insisted on B insisted at C insisted that D insisted in ``` 23. **He _______ lives in the house where he was born.** 他仍然住在他出生的房子里。 ``` A already B yet C still D ever ``` 24. **He asked the waiter _______ the bill.** 他向服务员要账单。 ``` A on B of C for D after ``` 25. **He is not a child________.** 他不再是个孩子了。 ``` A no more B no longer C any much D any more ``` 26. **He is not seriously ill, but only a _______ headache.** 他病得并不严重，只是有些轻微头痛。 ``` A obvious B delicate C slight D temporary ``` 27. **He was drinking pop _______ the rest of us drank whisky.** 我们都在和威士忌的时候他在喝汽水。 ``` A while B as C since D when ``` 28. **His mother _______ alone since his father died.** 自从他父亲去世后，他母亲一直独自生活。 ``` A lived B lives C has lived D is living ``` 29. **His salary as a driver is much higher than_______.** 他当司机的薪水比当搬运工的薪水要高的多。 ``` A a porter B is a porter C as a porter D that of a porter ``` 30. **How _____ you say that you really understand the whole story if you have covered only part of the article?** ``` 如果你只看了文章的一部分，怎么能说你真的了解整个故事？ A can B must C need D may ``` 31. **How can he_________if he is not _________?** 如果他不去听 **,** 怎么能听到呢？ ``` A listen; hearing B hear; listening C be listening; heard D be hearing; listened to ``` 32. **I ________ writing the article by the time you get back.** 等你回来的时候我将会写完文章了。 ``` A shall finish B must have finished C have finished D shall have finished ``` 33. **I am going to _______ the meal, I insist.** 我坚持由我来为这一餐付账。 ``` A pay B pay for C pay about D pay on ``` 34. **I am not used to speaking_________ public.** 我不习惯在公共场合讲话。 ``` A in B at C on D to ``` 35. **– I am very _______ with my own cooking. It looks nice and smells delicious.** 我对自己做的菜很满意。看上 ``` 去很好，闻起来很美味。 ``` - Mm, it does have a _______ smell. 嗯，确实闻起来很香。 A pleasant; pleased B pleased; pleased C pleasant; pleasant **_D pleased; pleasant_** 36. **I didn’t expect you to turn _______ at the meeting yesterday.** 我没有期望你会在昨天的会议上出现。 ``` A up B to C out D over ``` 37. **I didn’t know what to do, but then an idea suddenly _______ to me.** 我本来不知道该做什么，但是突然间想 ``` 到一个主意。 A appeared B happened C occurred D emerged ``` 38. **I don’t know _______to deal with such matter.** 我不知道该怎么处理这种事情。 ``` A what B how C which D \ ``` 39. **I don’t know the park, but it’s _______to be quite beautiful.** 我不了解这个公园，但据说它很美。 ``` A said B old C spoken D talked ``` 40. **I fell and hurt myself while I ________basketball yesterday.** 昨天当我打篮球的时候，我跌倒并弄伤了自己。 ``` A was playing B am playing C play D played ``` 41. **I have been looking forward to ______from my parents.** 我一直盼望着收到父母的来信。 ``` A hear B being heard C be heard D hearing ``` 42. **I had’t seen him for years, but I_________his voice on the telephone.** 我多年没见他，但在电话里听出了他 ``` 的声音。 A realized B recognized C discovered D heard ``` 43. **I like the teacher _________ classes are very interesting and creative.** 我喜欢那种上课非常有趣且有创造性 ``` 的老师。 A which B who C whose D what ``` 44. **I often see _________ the road on his way home.** 我经常看见他在回家的路上穿过那条马路。 ``` A he cross B him cross C him crossed D he crossing ``` 45. **I tried to put ________ a telephone call to him, but his line was always busy.** 我想打电话给他，但总占线。 ``` A over B into C away D through ``` 46. **I won’t make the _________mistake next time.** 下次我不会犯同样的错误了。 ``` A like B same C near D similar ``` 47. **I would like to do the job ________ you don’t force me to study.** 只要你不强迫我学习，我愿意做那个工作。 ``` A in case B although C though D as long as ``` 48. **If she wants to keep slim, she must make a ____in her diet.** 如果她想保持身材（瘦），必须在她的饮食中有 ``` 所变化。 A change B turn C run D go ``` 49. **If you don’t want to get wet, you had better__this umbrella with you.** 如果你不想被淋湿，最好带上这把伞。 ``` A take B to take C taken D for taking ``` 50. **It is because she is very devoted to her patients ________ she is loved by them.** 正是因为她对待她的病人十 ``` 分尽心，因此他们都很爱她。 A that B which C what D who ``` 51. **It is not easy _______ the answer to this problem.** 找出这个问题的答案不容易。 ``` A to figure out B figuring out C figure out D being figured out ``` 52. **It is said that she will go abroad _________this month.** 据说这个月她就出国了。 ``` A some time B some times C sometime D sometimes ``` 53. **It’s _________ that he was wrong.** 这很清楚，他是错的。 ``` A clearly B clarity C clear D clearing ``` 54. **– It’s a good idea. But who’s going to _________ the plan?** 是个好主意。但是谁会去执行计划？ **- I think John and Peter will.** 我认为会是John和Peter。 **_A carry out_** B get through C take in D set aside 55. **It’s bad_________for you to smoke in the public places where smoking is not allowed.** 对你来说在禁止吸烟 ``` 的公共场所吸烟是一个不好的行为。 A behavior B action C manner D movement ``` 56. **It’s time we_________the lecture because everybody has arrived.** 大家都到了，我们该开始讲课了。 ``` A will start B shall start C start D started ``` 57. **It took me a long time to ________ the disappointment of failing the exam.** 我花了很长时间才从考试不及格 ``` 的失望情绪中恢复过来。 A get over B get up C get into D get down ``` 58. **It was because of the heavy rain last night _________ I didn’t go home before 10 o’clock.** 因为昨晚下大雨， ``` 所以我没有十点以前回家。 A that B when C which D how ``` 59. **It was well known that Thomas Edison_______the electric lamp.** 众所周知，托马斯 **·** 爱迪生发明了电灯。 ``` A discovered B invented C found D developed ``` 60. **Jane’s dress is similar in design_________her sister’s.** 简的裙子和她妹妹的在设计上很相似。 ``` A like B with C to D as ``` 61. **“Let me_________you,” said my boss, “you should call me immediately after you arrive at the airport.”** ``` “我提醒你，”我的老板说，“你到达机场后应该立即打电话给我。” A ask B advise C remember D remind ``` 62. **Mathematics _______study of science of number.** 数学是一门研究数字的科学。 ``` A is B are C was D were ``` 63. **Measles (** 麻疹 **) _______a long time to get over.** 麻疹需要很长一段时间才能恢复。 ``` A spend B spends C take D takes ``` 64. **Mike is better than Peter _________swimming. Mike** 比 **Peter** 更擅长游泳。 ``` A for B at C on D in ``` 65. **Modern machinery__been installed in this newly-built factory.** 这间新建的工厂已经安装了现代化的机器。 ``` A has B have C is D are ``` 66. **My uncle _______ until he was 45.** 我叔叔 **45** 岁才结婚。 ``` A married B didn't marry C has married D would marry ``` 67. **Nancy is considered to be _____the other students in her class.** 南希被认为和她班上其他学生一样聪明。 ``` A less intelligent B the most intelligent C intelligent as well D as intelligent as ``` 68. **Nancy works in a shop and ______.** 南希在一个商店工作，爱伦也是。 ``` A so does Alan B so Alan too does C that does Alan too D that Alan too does ``` 69. **Neither Bill nor his parents ________ at home.** 比尔和他的父母都不在家。 ``` A is B has C are D was ``` 70. **Neither John _______his father was able to wake up early enough to catch the morning train.** 约翰和他父 ``` 亲都没能早点起来赶上早班火车。 A nor B or C but D and ``` 71. **Never before _______see such a terrible car accident on the road.** 我从来没有在马路上看到过这么可怕的交 ``` 通事故。 A I have B have I C I did D did I ``` 72. **No matter_______, the little sisters managed to round the sheep up and drive them back home safely.** 不管雪 ``` 下的多大，两个小姐妹还是安全地把羊聚拢起来赶回了家。 A it was snowing hard B hard it was snowing C how it was snowing hard D how hard it was snowing ``` 73. **Not until the meeting was over _______ that he had made a mistake in his speech.** 直到会议结束他才意识 ``` 到他在讲话中犯了一个错误。 A he realized B did he realize C he has realized D has he realized ``` 74. **On average, a successful lawyer has to talk to several________a day.** 一般来说，一个成功的律师一天要和好 ``` 几个客户交流。 A customers B supporters C guests D clients ``` 75. **Once environmental damage _______, it takes many years for the system to recover.** 一旦环境遭到破坏，则 ``` 需要花费很多年才能恢复。 A is to do B does C had done D is done ``` 76. **Our house is about a mile from the railway station and there are not many houses________.** 我们家离火车站 ``` 大概一英里左右，而且在这中间房子不多。 A in between B far apart C among them D from each other ``` 77. **People at the party worried about him because no one was aware________ he had gone.** 晚会上的人都为他 ``` 担忧，因为没人知道他去哪儿了。 A of where B of the place where C where D the place ``` 78. **Professor Smith promised to look________my paper, that is, to read it carefully before the defense.** 史密斯教 ``` 授已经答应帮我看一下我的论文，也就是说要在答辩前再仔细看一下。 A after B over C on D into ``` 79. **Samuel Clemens, ________ as Mark Twain, was one of the most famous American writers.** 塞缪尔 **·** 克莱门 ``` 斯，也被称作马克 · 吐温，是美国最著名的作家之一。 A to know B to be known C known D knowing ``` 80. **Shanghai is really a fascinating city and we've decided to stay for ______ two weeks.** 上海真是一个迷人的 ``` 城市，我们决定再待两周。 A another B other C the other D other's ``` 81. **She _______ 100 pages of the book today.** 她今天已读完这本书的一百页了。 ``` A has already read B already reads C already read D was already read ``` 82. **She is not only my classmate ________ also my good friend.** 她不仅是我的同学，还是我的好朋友。 ``` A or B but C and D too ``` 83. **She's had her hair________ really short, but she likes it off.** 她的头发被剪的很短，但是她能应付得来。 ``` A being cut B cuts C having cut D cut ``` 84. **She wonders _______will happen to her private life in the future.** 她想知道将来的私人生活将会发生什么。 ``` A that B it C this D what ``` 85. **– Smoking is bad for your health.** 吸烟有害健康。 - Yes, I know. But I simply can't ________. 是的，我知道。但我就是戒不掉。 **_A give it up_** B give it in C give it out D give it away 86. **Sunday is the day ________people usually don’t go to work.** 星期天是人们通常不用去工作的时间。 ``` A when B which C in which D that ``` 87. **The atmosphere________certain gases mixed together in definite proportions.** 大气是由多种气体以一定的 ``` 比例混合而成的。 A composes of B is made up C consists of D makes up of ``` 88. **The boy is not happy at the new school. He has _________friends there.** 这个男孩在新学校并不开心，他在 ``` 那儿没什么朋友。 A few B a few C little D a little ``` 89. **The Chinese government has taken ________ to prevent the spread of the bird flu.** 中国政府采取措施防止禽 ``` 流感传播。 A step B steps C measure D something ``` 90. **The computer system_________suddenly while he was searching for information on the internet.** 他上网查 ``` 找资料的时候计算机系统突然瘫痪了。 A broke down B broke out C broke up D broke in ``` 91. **The explorers sailed on the ocean for two weeks and ________ found the mysterious land.** 探险家们在海上航 ``` 行了两周，最终找到了神秘的陆地。 A generally B eventually C extremely D gradually ``` 92. **The football match had to be ______ owing to the bad weather.** 由于天气很糟糕，足球赛不得不被取消了。 ``` A cancelled B advanced C arranged D held ``` 93. **The girl is________of a film star.** 这个女孩有点像位电影明星。 ``` A somebody B something C anybody D anyone ``` 94. **The grey building is the place where the workers live, and the white building is the place where the spare** ``` parts _________. 灰色的建筑是工人们工作的地方，白色的建筑是生产备件的地方。 A are producing B are produced C produced D being produced ``` 95. **The harder you study, _________ you will learn.** 你学习越努力，学到的就越多。 ``` A much B many C the more D much more ``` 96. **The higher the temperature, _________ the liquid evaporates.** 温度越高，液体蒸发的越快。 ``` A the faster B the more fast C the slower D the more slower ``` 97. **The manager will not_________us to use his car.** 经理不准我们用他的车。 ``` A have B let C agree D allow ``` 98. **The reason I did not go abroad was _________ a job in my home town.** 我没有出国的原因是我在家乡找到 ``` 一份工作。 A because B due to C that I got D because of getting ``` 99. **The red flower goes from one to _______in the class.** 在班级里，这朵红花从一个人手中传到另一个人手中。 ``` A the other B others C another D other ``` 100. **The students were all entertained in a Mexican restaurant, at Professor Brian’s_________.** 布朗教授在一家 ``` 墨西哥餐厅请学生吃饭。 A money B pay C expense D loss ``` 101. **The top of the Great Wall is _______ for five horses to go side by side.** 长城的顶部足够得宽可以让 **5** 匹马并 ``` 排通过。 A wide B so wide C wide enough D enough wide ``` 102. **The workers are busy _________ models for the exhibition.** 工人们正忙着为展览制作模型。 ``` A to make B with making C being making D making ``` 103. **The young lady coming over to us _______ our English teacher; the way she walks tells us that!** 那个正朝 ``` 我们走来的年轻女子肯定是我们的英语老师；她走路的样子就告诉我们了。 A must be B can be C would be D could be ``` 104. **There _________ a book and some magazines on the desk.** 桌子上有一本书和一些杂志。 ``` A is B be C have D has ``` 105. **Therefore, other things_________equal, the number of workers that employers want decreases.** 因此，在其 ``` 他方面都相同的前提下，雇主需要的工人数量减少了。 A is B are C being D having ``` 106. **There have been many _________in their marriage but they still love each other.** 他们的婚姻一直起起伏伏， ``` 但他们仍然爱着对方。 A right and wrong B back and forth C ups and downs D right and left ``` 107. **There’s lots of fruit____ the tree. Our little cat is also in the tree.** 树上长了许多果实。我们的小猫也在树上。 ``` A in B at C under D on ``` 108. **They got there an hour _________ than the others.** 他们比其他人早 **1** 小时到达那里。 ``` A early B much early C more early D earlier ``` 109. **They have done ________work these days.** 他们这些天已经做了太多工作。 ``` A too much B much too C too many D many too ``` 110. **This kind of material expands _________the temperature increasing.** 这种材料随温度的升高而膨胀。 ``` A to B for C with D at ``` 111. **Tom ______more than twenty pounds on the novel.** 汤姆花了 **20** 多镑买这部小说。 ``` A spent B paid C cost D took ``` 112. **Tom is so talkative. I'm sure you'll soon get tired _______ him.** 汤姆非常健谈。我敢肯定很快你会厌烦他。 ``` A of B with C at D on ``` 113. **Tom, what did you do with my documents? I have never seen such a_______ and disorder.** 汤姆，你对我的 ``` 文件做了什么？我从来没见到这么乱过。 A mass B mess C guess D bus ``` 114. **Twenty people were _______ wounded in the air crash. 20** 个人在空难中严重受伤。 ``` A quickly B wrongly C bitterly D seriously ``` 115. **Two days is not enough for him to finish the work. He needs_________day.** 两天时间他完成不了这项工作， ``` 还需要一天。 A other B the other C the third D a third ``` 116. **We are next-door_________.** 我们是邻居。 ``` A neighborhoods B neighbor C neighborhood D neighbors ``` 117. **We came finally ______ the conclusion that she has been telling lies all the time.** 我们最终得出的结论是她 ``` 一直在说谎。 A of B into C to D at ``` 118. **We looked everywhere for the keys, but they are nowhere ______.** 我们到处寻找钥匙，但是哪儿都找不到。 ``` A to find B to have found C to be found D being found ``` 119. **We should not look down ________ the poor people.** 我们不应该瞧不起穷人。 ``` A upon B at C to D of ``` 120. **We've ________ paper and ink. Ask Mr. Howard to lend us some.** 我们的纸和墨水都用完了。去找霍华德 ``` 先生借我们一些。 A run away with B run out of C run off D run down ``` 121. **We've looked _______ for the keys we lost.** 我们到处寻找丢失的钥匙。 ``` A in all places B at all places C over all D everywhere ``` 122. **We’ve missed the last bus. I’m afraid we have no _______but to take a taxi.** 我们已经错过了末班巴士。除 ``` 了打车之外，我恐怕我们没有其他选择了。 A way B choice C possibility D selection ``` 123. **We worked hard and completed the task _______.** 我们工作很努力，并且提前完成了任务。 ``` A in the time B on the time C ahead of time D before time ``` 124. **What is the train _______to Birmingham?** 去伯明翰的火车费用是多少？ ``` A fee B tip C fare D cost ``` 125. **When Lily came home at 5 p.m. yesterday, her mother _______ dinner in the kitchen.** 莉莉昨天下午 **5** 点到 ``` 家时，她的妈妈正在厨房做饭。 A cooked B was cooking C cooks D has cooked ``` 126. **When you find it difficult to communicate with others in English, please don't ______ trying to learn the** ``` language. 当你发现用英语与他人交流有困难时，请不要放弃尝试学这门语言。 A give up B pick up C put up D take up ``` 127. **While I was in the university, I learned taking photos, _______ is very useful now for me.** 我在大学里学会了 ``` 照相，这一技能现在对我很有用。 A it B which C that D at ``` 128. **Who’s ________, Jim, Jack or John?** 谁最高， **Jim, Jack** 还是 **John** ？ ``` A tall B taller C much taller D the tallest ``` 129. **Will you ______me a favor, please?** 你愿意帮我个忙吗？ ``` A do B make C bring D give ``` 130. **With the _______of Mary, all the girl students are eager to go to the party.** 除了 **Mary** 之外，所有的女生都 ``` 渴望参加派对。 A exhibition B exception C except D reception ``` 131. **Would you let ______to the park with my classmate, Mum?** 妈妈，让我和同学一起去公园好吗？ ``` A me go B me going C I go D I going ``` 132. **– Write to me when you get home.** 到家后给我写信。 - OK, I _______. 好的，我会的。 A must B should **_C will_** D can 133. **Ye s t e r d a y w a s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ d a y t h a t w e d e c i d e d t o g o s w i m m i n g.** 昨天天气很好，我们决定去游泳。 ``` A such beautiful B so beautiful C such a beautiful D a so beautiful ``` 134. **Yo u h a d b e t t e r _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a d o c t o r a s s o o n a s p o s s i b l e.** 你最好尽快去看医生。 ``` A seeing B saw C see D seen ``` 135. **Yo u h a v e c a u g h t a b a d c o l d s o y o u _ _ _ _ _ _ _ s t a y i n b e d n o w.** 你得了重感冒，现在必须卧床休息。 ``` A must B need C have D shall ``` 136. **Yo u s h o u l d n ’ t _ _ _ _ _ _ _ y o u r t i m e l i k e t h a t , B o b ; y o u h a v e t o f i n i s h y o u r s c h o o l w o r k t o n i g h t.** 鲍勃，你不应 ``` 该像这样消磨时间，你今天晚上必须完成你的学校作业。 A cut B do C kill D kick ``` 137. **_______her and then try to copy what she does.** 留心观察她，然后照她的样子做。 ``` A Mind B See C Stare at D Watch ``` 138. **– ______ is your girl friend like?** 你的女朋友是什么样的？ - She is very kind and good-looking. 她人很好，也很漂亮。 A How **_B What_** C Which D Who 139. **_______ she survived the accident is miracle.** 她在车祸中幸存是一个奇迹。 ``` A What B That C As D Which ``` 140. **_______the War of Independence, the United States was an English colony.** 在独立战争之前，美国是英国的 ``` 殖民地。 A Before B At C In D Between ``` 141. **_______these honors he received a sum of money.** 除了这些荣誉，他还得到了一笔钱。 ``` A Except B But C Besides D Outsides ``` 142. **_______ with you, I have a long way to go.** 与你相比，我还有很长的路要走。 ``` A Compared B Comparing C To compare D Compare ``` 143. **_______ you are leaving tomorrow, we can have dinner together tonight.** 既然你明天要走了，我们可以今 ``` 晚一起吃饭。 A Since B While C For D Before ``` 144. **_______ you know, David has been well lately.** 你知道的， **David** 最近一直很好。 ``` A Which B As C What D When ``` ## 第四部分 选词填空 —— 模拟系统里的题目 ### 注意：选词填空的题库范围太大、每次考试出现新题很多，资料里的题目考试时抽中的机会很小。建议按照学 ### 院辅导视频讲解的技巧去答题，资料里列出的文章为配合视频讲解的示例文章，而不是说只看这几篇就够了。 ### 考前 2 周左右群文件可能会上传选词填空预测题，考中几率比较大，建议尽量掌握。 **Passage 1** 1. An old man died and left his son a lot of money. But the son was a foolish young man, and he quickly spent 21 money, so that he had nothing left. Of course, when that happened, all his friends 22 him. When he was quite poor and alone, he went to see Nasreddin, who was a kind, clever old man and often helped people when they had troubles. "My money has finished and my friends have gone," said the young man. "What will 23 to me now?" "Don't worry, young man," answered Nasreddin. "Everything will soon be all right again. Wait and you will soon feel 24 happier." The young man was very glad. "Am I going to get rich again then?" "No, I 25 mean that," said the old man. "I meant that you would soon get used to being poor and having no friends." 21 – 25 A. left B. all the C. happen D. much E. didn't 答案： **BACDE** 2. An old man died and left his son a lot of money. But the son was a foolish young man, and he quickly spent 21 money, so that he had 22 left. Of course, when that happened, all his friends left him. When he was quite poor and alone, he went to see Nasreddin, who was a kind, clever old man and often helped people when they had troubles. “My money has finished and my friends have gone,” said the young man. “What will 23 to me now?” “Don't 24 , young man,” answered Nasreddin. “Everything will soon be all right again. Wait, and you will soon feel much happier." The young man was very glad. “Am I going to get rich again then?” “No, I 25 mean that,” said the old man. “I meant that you would soon get used to being poor and having no friends.” 21 — 25 A. happen B. didn't C. nothing D. all the E. worry 答案： **DCAEB** 一个老人去世了，留给他的儿子很多钱。但这个儿子是个很傻的年轻人，他很快就花光了这些钱，什么也 没有了。当然，他没钱后，他的朋友们离开了他。当他很穷又孤单时，他去见了 Nasreddin，他是一位善良、 智慧的老人，经常帮助遇到麻烦的人。“我的钱花光了，我的朋友都离我而去了”，这个年轻人说。“我现在会 怎么样呢？”“别担心，年轻人,” Nasreddin 说。“一切不久就会变好的。等一下你不久就会变得更快乐的。”年 轻人很开心，“我是不是又要变富了？”“不，我不是那个意思，”老人说。“我的意思是你不久就会习惯贫穷和没 有朋友了。” **Passage 2** Dick was a sailor on a big ship．It went to Japan and Australia, 21 Dick was often on the ship for several months at a time．When he woke up in the morning and looked out, he only saw the sea, 22 sometimes a port． When he was twenty-six, Dick 23 and bought a small house with a garden in his wife's town．It was far away from the sea, then he had to go back to his ship and he 24 home for two months. He went from the port to town by bus, and was very happy to see his wife again． The next morning he slept until 9 o'clock．Then he woke up suddenly and looked out of the window．There were trees a few feet 25 ．He was very frightened and jumped out of bed, shouting, “We've hit land!” 21 – 25 A. or B. did not come C. so D. got married E .away 答案 **: CADBE** 迪克是一艘大船上的水手。这艘船去日本和澳大利亚，所以迪克经常在船上一呆就是几个月，当他早上醒 ### 来向外望时，他只看到大海，有时是港口。 ### 当迪克 26 岁时，他结婚了，并在他妻子家乡买了一座带花园的小房子。房子远离大海。那时他不得不离 ### 开家回到船上两个月。两个月后，他从港口乘公共汽车回到小镇，很高兴又见到他妻子。第二天早上，他一直 ### 睡到 9 点。然后他突然醒来望向窗外。几英尺外是树木。他害怕得跳下床，大喊道：“我们搁浅了”。 **Passage 3** Did you sleep well last night? Maybe many people will answer: No. In fact, in the world about one in three people do not have good sleep. 21 you say you do not have good sleep, it means waking early and not getting back to sleep, often interrupted short period of sleep, or hours of wakefulness. You 22 get tired, worried, and anxious. Your memory and ability to remember things will be affected. Then what should you do when you have the trouble? Do not worry about it too much. First, let’s see whether you can sleep yourself. The ways are as follows: First, 23 that your bedroom isn’t too cold or too hot. Keep it dark and quiet. Second, check your lifestyle: Do not drink tea, coffee, cola or chocolate four hours before going to bed. Drink less liquid so that you can have no or fewer visits to the toilet. Set your body clock well by getting up and going to bed at the fixed time every day. You 24 take any daytime naps. Develop a relaxing bedtime habit. Read or listen to music, then take a warm bath. If you really can not sleep, try some bread, rice or milk. They will help you fall asleep. Go for a daily walk. Natural light helps you to put your body clock into correct habit, 25 do exercise outdoors if you can. Forget the worries of the day. Write down any worries, thoughts or questions before you go to bed. With these written down, you will have less to think about and your sleep will become easier. 21 – 25 A. make sure B. may C. If D. had better not E. so 答案： **CBADE** 你昨晚睡得好吗？也许很多人会回答：不好，实际上，世界上大约有三分之一的人没有好的睡眠，这意味 着早醒后无法再入睡，睡觉的时间断断续续，或数小时保持清醒。你可能会很累、担心、焦虑。你的记忆力会 受到影响。 然后当你碰到问题的时候你应该做什么呢？不要担心。首先，让我们看看你是否可以自己入睡。方法如下： 首先，确保你的床不是太冷或太热的。保持黑暗和安静。 第二，检查你的生活方式： 睡前四小时不要喝浓茶，咖啡，可乐或巧克力。少摄入液体可以不去或少去厕所。 通过固定睡觉和起床的时间来调整你的生物钟。你最好白天不要小睡。 养成睡前放松的习惯。阅读或者听音乐，然后洗个热水澡。如果你真的不能入睡，吃点面包、米饭或喝点 牛奶。它们会帮助你入睡。 ``` 每天散步。自然光有助于你纠正你的生物钟，所以如果可以的你应该做些户外运动。 忘掉一天的烦恼。在你睡觉之前写下所有的担忧、想法或问题。把这些写下来，你就会有忧虑会减少，你 ``` 的睡眠会变得更加容易。 **Passage 4** Eagle has the longest life-span of its’ species. Eagle can 21 up to 70 years, but to reach this age, the Eagle must make a hard decision. In it's 40’s, its long and flexible talons (爪) can no longer grab prey (掠食) which serve as food, its' long and sharp beak (鸟嘴, 喙) becomes bent. Its old-aged and heavy wings, due to their thick feathers, become stuck to its’ chest and make it 22 to fly. Then Eagle is left with only two options: die or go through a painful process of change which lasts 150 days for survival. The process requires that Eagle fly to a mountain top and sit on its’ nest. There the Eagle knocks its' beak 23 a rock until it plucks (拔去) it out. After plucking it out, Eagle will wait for a new beak to grow back. When its’ new talons grow back, the eagle starts plucking its' old-aged feathers and after five months, eagle can take its' flight of rebirth and lives for thirty 24 years. Many times, in order to survive, we have to start a change process. We sometimes need to 25 old memories, habits and other past traditions. Only freed from past burdens, can we take advantage of the present. 21 – 25 A. against B. difficult C. get rid of D. live E. more 答案： **DBAEC** 鹰是世界上寿命最长的鸟类，一生的年龄可达 70 岁。要活这么长的寿命，鹰必须做出艰难却重要的决定。 因为鹰活到 40 岁的时候，它的长而灵活爪子无法为它掠食了；它的长而尖喙变弯，它的翅膀也越加老化 和沉重，由于厚重的老羽毛，翅膀和胸粘在一起，使得飞翔十分吃力。这时，它只有两种选择：一是等待死亡； 二是经历 150 天痛苦的重整后再生。 选择重整后再生的鹰要飞到山顶，在悬崖筑巢，这段时间，要用力将又长又弯的喙击打岩石，直到完全脱 落，然后等候新的喙长出来；再用长出的新爪子将老羽毛一片一片地拔掉。五个月后，鹰得以重生，又可以翱 翔于广阔的天空，继续后 30 年的生命旅程。 许多次，为了生存，我们必须开始经历变化。有时，我们需要遗弃旧的记忆、习惯和一些老传统。只有从 ### 过去的负担中解脱，我们才能更好地把握现在。 **Passage 5** 1. Fire can help people in many ways. But it can also be very harmful. Fire can keep your house 21 , give light and cook food. But fire can burn things, too. Big fire can burn trees, houses, animals or people. Nobody knows how people began to use fire. But there are 22 interesting old stories about how a man or woman started a fire. One is 23 a man. The man lived a very long time ago. He went up the sun and took fire down. Today people know how to make a fire with matches. Children sometimes 24 to play with them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn a piece of paper, and then it could burn a house. A small fire can turn into a big fire very quickly. So you 25 be careful with matches. Be careful with fire, and it will help you. But if you aren't careful with fire, it may hurt you. 21 – 25 A. many B. like C. warm D. must E. about 答案： **CAEBD** 2. Fire can help people in many ways. But it can also be very harmful．Fire can keep your house warm, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things 21. Big fire can burn, trees, houses, animals or people. Nobody knows how people began to use fire. But there are many interesting old stories about how a man or woman started a fire. One is 22 a man .The man lived a very long time ago. He went up to the sun and brought fire down. Today people know how to make a fire with matches. Children sometimes 23 to play with them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn a piece of paper. And then it could burn a house. A small fire can turn a big fire very quickly, So you 24 be careful with matches. Be careful with fire, and it will 25 you. But if you aren’t careful with fire, and it may hurt you. 21 – 25 A. too B. about C. must D. help E. like 答案： **ABECD** 3. Fire can help people in many ways. Fire can heat water, 21 your house, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things too. Nobody knows how people began to use fire. One story from Australia tells about a man a very long time ago. He 22 the sun by a rope and brought fire down. Today people know how to make a fire with matches. Children sometimes like to play with them. But matches can be very 23. Fire kills people every year. So you must be careful about matches. You should also learn to 24 fires. Fires need oxygen. Without oxygen they die. There is oxygen in the air. Cover a fire with fire with water, sand, or in an emergency, with your coat or a blanket. This keeps the air 25 a fire and kill it. Be careful with fire, and it will help you. Be careless with fire, and it might hurt you. 21 – 25 A. dangerous B. warm C. went up to D. put out E. from 答案： **BCADE** 4. Fire can help people in many ways. Fire can heat water, 21 your house, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things too. Nobody knows 22 people began to use fire. One story from Australia tells about a man a very long time ago. He went up to the sun by a rope and brought fire down. Today people know how to 23 a fire with matches. Children sometimes like to play with them. But matches can be very dangerous. Fire kills people every year. So you must be careful about matches. You should also learn to 24 fires. Fires need oxygen. Without oxygen they die. There is oxygen in the air. Cover a fire with water, sand, or in an emergency, with your coat or a blanket. This keeps the air 25 a fire and kills it. Be careful with fire, and it will help you. Be careless with fire, and it might hurt you. 21 – 25 A：make B：warm C：how D：put out E：from 答案： **BCADE** 火能够以很多方式帮助人们。但是它也十分可怕。火能够让你的房屋保持温暖，带来光明，烹饪食物。但 是火也能烧毁许多事物。大火能够烧毁树木，房屋，动物以及人们。没有人知道人们是如何开始使用火的。有 个澳大利亚的故事，说的是很久以前有个人顺着绳子到了太阳上，把火种带了下来。 如今，人们知道如何用火柴点火。有时候孩子们喜欢玩火。但是火柴可能很危险。 每年都有人死于火灾。所以你必须小心对待火柴。你也应该知道如何灭火。火需要氧气。没有氧气火就会 熄灭。空气中有氧气。用水、沙子，或者危急时刻用你的大衣或是毯子盖住火苗。这样可以让火苗得不到空气 而熄灭它。 **Passage 6** It’s very interesting to study names of different countries. Chinese names are different 21 foreign names. Once an English lady came to visit me. When I was introduced to her, she said, “Glad to meet you, Miss Ping.” Then she gave me her name card with three words on it: “Betty J. Black”. So I said, “Thank you, Miss Betty.” We looked at each other and laughed heartily. Later I found that the English people 22 their family names last and the given names first, while their middles are not used very much. I explained to her that the Chinese family name comes first, the given names last, so she 23 never call me Miss Ping. She asked if we Chinese had a middle name. I told her we didn’t. But people may often find three words on a Chinese name card. In this case the family name still comes first and the other words after it 24 a two-word given name. It is quite usual in China. My sister is Li Xiaofang. She has two words in her given name instead 25 just one like mine． 21 – 25 A. put B. from C. should D. of E. are ### 答案： BACED ### 学习不同的国家的取名是一件很有趣的事。中国人的取名不同于外国人的取名。曾经，有一个英国女士来 访问我。我做完自我介绍后，她打招呼道：“萍小姐，很高兴见到你。”然后她给我她的名片，上面写着“Betty J. Black”。因此我回道：“谢谢，贝帝小姐。”我们看着彼此，不禁笑起来。之后，我发现了原来英国人的姓在 名之后，而中间的名字并不常用。我向她解释道，中国人的名字姓在前，名在后，所以她不应该叫我萍小姐。 她问我们中国人是否有中间名。我告诉她我们没有。但是人们通常会发现在中国人的名片上有时候会出现三个 字。在这种情况下，姓放在首位，把具有两个汉字的名跟在后面。这在中国是很常见的。我的姐姐叫李晓芳。 她姓李名晓芳，名有两个汉字，而不像我的只有一个。 **Passage 7** It is always interesting to visit another country, especially for those who have never traveled a great deal. Foreign 21 can be very educational for anyone if he is interested enough to make preparations beforehand. Learning the language of the new country would be difficult for the traveler, 22 the benefits of such an effort would become obvious immediately on his arrival. It may not seem important to him when he comfortably stays at home, but knowing how to order a meal or book a room is necessary for the newcomer in a strange country. Without knowing the language, it is very difficult 23 the stranger to understand the people of the new country and their customs．Of course, in our small world it is often possible to find someone who understands our own, but this is only second–best for the traveler．To be sure，he can see places and things 24 the use of a language，but places and things are not the heart of any country. To get the greatest benefit from a trip 25 another country, it is how important for the visitor to have an understanding of the language． 21 – 25 A. travel B. are C. for D. but E. to 答案： **ADCBE** ``` 去外国旅行是一件很有趣的事，尤其是对那些很少旅行的人来说。如果他对所去之国感兴趣并且事先有足 ``` 够准备的话，去国外旅行对任何人来说都是一件很具有教育意义的事。学习该国的语言对游客来说是一件很困 难的事，但是努力的成果在游客抵达该国的时候就能立即体现。当他舒舒服服呆在家里的时，或许这看起来并 不重要，但是对于去一个陌生国度的游客来说，语言是很必要的，可以帮助他们订餐或是订房间。要是不懂该 国语言，要理解该国的人或习俗就会变得很困难。当然，或许我们有可能找到一个能理解我们的人，但这始终 是退而求其次的选择。可以肯定的是，即使不用该国语言，外国游客也可以欣赏名胜，但是经典和事物不是该 国的精髓。要想从国外旅行中大获裨益，掌握该国的语言是很重要的。 **Passage 8** 1. Last night, a fire broke out in Ann's house in Manchester. Ann's parents were out of town for the weekend when something wrong in the room caused the fire to 21 in the middle of the night. The girl was waken up by the family dog, Danny, who was barking loudly in the back garden. Ann smelled something 22 .She got up and at once ran through the smoke-filled house to wake her old brother, Frank. When Frank would not wake up, Ann got some help from the dog. Frank's unconscious body was far too 23 for the little girl to move alone , but the clever girl brought the dog inside and 24 the dog's leash（牵狗的皮带）to Frank's left ankle. She then held her brother's right ankle, and together the girl and the dog 25 Frank to safety. The 10-year-old girl, Ann, saved her big brother from death. 21 – 25 A. heavy B. burning C. start D. pulled E. tied 答案： **CBAED** 2. Last night, a fire broke out in Ann’ s house in Manchester. Ann' s parents were out of town for the weekend when something wrong in the room caused the fire to start in the middle of the night. The girl was 21 up by the family dog, Danny, who was barking loudly in the back garden. Ann smelled something burning. She 22 up and at once ran through the smoke-filled house to wake her old brother, Frank. When Frank would not wake up, Ann got some help from the dog. Frank' s unconscious body was far 23 heavy for the little girl to move alone, but the clever girl brought the dog inside and 24 the dog' s leash (牵狗的 皮带) to Frank' s left ankle. She then held her brother’s right ankle, and together the girl and the dog 25 Frank to safety. The 10 year-old girl, Ann, saved her big brother’s life. 21 – 25 A. too B. got C. waken D. pulled E. tied 答案 **: CBAED** 昨晚，在曼彻斯特的安的家发生了一场火灾。 安的父母周末外出了。半夜房间里的某个问题引发了火灾。这个女孩被家里的叫丹尼的狗叫醒了，它在后 花园大声的叫。安闻到东西烧焦的味道。她爬起来，马上穿过烟雾缭绕的房子去叫醒她哥哥弗兰克。 ``` 当弗兰克无法醒来的时候，安去叫狗帮忙。弗兰克的无意识的身体对于一个弱小的女孩独自来搬太重了， ``` 但是聪明的女孩把狗带进来，把弗兰克的左脚踝拴在狗的皮带上。然后她拉着她哥哥的右脚踝，和狗一起将弗 兰克拖到了安全的地方。 ``` 10 岁的女孩安救了她哥哥的命。 ``` **Passage 9** Man has always wanted to fly. Even as long as eight hundred years ago, an Englishman had tried. He made a 21 of wings from chicken feathers and fixed them to his shoulders. Then he jumped from a tall building. As you can imagine, he did not fly very far. 22 , he fell to the ground and broke several bones. The first real attempt at flying took place in France in 1783. The two Mongolian brothers knew that hot air rose. If they could fill a large balloon 23 hot air, they thought it would rise into the air and fly. They were right. They made a very large hot air balloon of cloth and paper. It measured ten meters in diameter. They filled it with hot air and the balloon got two hundred meters into the air. It fell to earth about three kilometers away. At the next attempt, they 24 for passengers use a balloon to rise into and fly. We do not know what the passengers felt about the trip as they were a cock, a duck, and a sheep. But we 25 know that the trip lasted eight minutes and the animals landed safely. 21 – 25 A. Instead B. pair C. do D. arranged E. with 答案 **: BAEDC** 人类总想飞行。甚至早在 800 年以前，就有个英国人尝试过。他用鸡毛做了一双翅膀，把翅膀固定在肩膀 上。然后从一个很高的建筑物上跳下去。你能够想得到，他没有飞多远。相反，他掉到了地上，摔断了几个骨 头。第一次真正意义上的试飞发生在 1783 年的法国。两个蒙古的兄弟了解到热的空气可以上升。如果他们能 把一个大的气球装满热气，他们认为热气球就会飞到空中。他们是正确的。他们用纸和布做了一个很大的热气 球，直径有 10 米。他们把气球充满热气，气球就飞到空中 200 米的高度。在 300 米以外的地方着陆。 第二次试验的时候，他们转载了很多乘客。因为乘客是一只公鸡，一只鸭和一只绵羊，所以我们不知道它 们对于那次旅行有什么感受。但是，我们知道的是那次旅行持续了 8 分钟并且动物都安全着陆了。 **Passage 10** 1. Many people would agree that stress is a major problem in modern life. It is certainly true that worry and quarrel can cause all kinds of illnesses, 21 backache to severe headaches, or even more serious complaints such as high blood pressure. Many of us think 22 stress as something that other people impose on us. We often complain about how other people put us 23 pressure. But we should try not to let such pressure affect us. We should not forget that we are largely responsible for some of the stress ourselves. We sometimes take 24 more work than our bodies and our minds can handle. We should learn to 25 our limitations. We should be aware of which things are really important and which are not. 21 – 25 A. of B. under C. accept D. from E. on 答案： **DABEC** 2. Many people would agree that stress is a major problem in modern life. It is certainly true that worry and quarrel can cause all kinds of illnesses, 21 backache to severe headaches, or even more serious complaints such as high blood pressure. Many of us think of stress as something that other people 22 on us. We often complain about how other people put us under pressure. But we should try not to let such pressure affect us. We should not forget that we are largely 23 for some of the stress ourselves. Sometimes we take 24 more work than our bodies and our minds can handle. We should learn to accept our limitations. We should be aware of 25 things are really important and which are not. 21 – 25 A. impose B. responsible C. which D. from E. on 答案 **: DABEC** ``` 很多人认同压力是现代生活的一个主要问题。很正确的是：担忧和争吵会导致各种疾病，从背疼到严重的 ``` 头痛，甚至是更严重的问题，比如高血压。 我们中有很多人认为压力是别人强加给我们的东西。我们经常抱怨别人如何给我们压力。但我们应该试图 使这些压力不影响我们。我们不应忘记我们很大程度上自己在为自己制造压力。我们有时候接受了超过我们的 身体和心理所能应付的工作。我们要学会接受自己的有限性。我们应该知晓什么真正重要，什么不重要。 **Passage 11** Many students find the experience of attending university lectures to be a confusing and frustrating experience. The lecturer speaks for one or two hours, perhaps 21 the talk with slides, writing up important information on the blackboard, distributing reading material and giving out assignment．The new student sees the other students continuously writing on notebooks and wonders what to write. Very often the student leaves the lecture with notes which do not catch the main points and 22 become hard even for the students to understand. Most institutions provide courses which assist new students to develop the skills they need to be effective listeners and note-takers. If these are unavailable, there are many useful study-skills guides which 23 learners to practice these skills independently. In all cases it is important to 24 the problem before actually starting your studies. It is important to acknowledge that most students have difficulty in acquiring the language skills required in college study．One way of 25 these difficulties is to attend the language and study–skills classes which most institutions provide throughout the academic year．Another basic strategy is to find a study partner with whom it is possible to identify difficulties，exchange ideas and provide support． 21 – 25 A. which B. enable C. overcoming D. tackle E. illustrating 答案： **EABDC** 很多学生发现听大学的课程是一个很令人沮丧的经历。讲师连续讲一、两个小时，可能是配着幻灯片讲， 写一些重要信息到黑板上，发一些阅读材料，布置一些作业。新生看见其他的学生不停地在笔记本上记着东西， ### 很想知道他们到底在写什么。下课后，学生经常是带着抓不到重点、无法理解的笔记离开教室。大多数学校都 ### 会提供一些课程，以帮助学生培养关于听课和记笔记的技能。如果没有这些课的话，也会有很多有用的学习技 ### 巧指南，以帮助学生独立训练这些技能。任何情况下，在真正开始学习之前，解决这类问题是至关重要的。不 ### 得不承认，大多数学生在掌握大学要求的语言技能上，存在一定困难。其中克服这些困难的一种方式是参加一 ### 整年语言和技能学习培训课。另一种基本策略就是找一个学习同伴，可以互相指出困难，交流想法，互相帮助。 **Passage 12** Michel is a young girl who works for the police as a handwriting expert (专家). She has helped catch many criminals (罪犯) by using her special talents (天才). When she was fourteen, Michel was already 21 interested in the differences in her friends’ handwriting that she would spend hours studying them. After finishing college she went to France for a special two-year class 22 handwriting at the School of Police Science. Michel says that it is 23 for people to hide their handwriting. She can discover most of what she needs to know simply by looking at the writing with her own eyes, but she also has machines that help her make out different kinds of paper and ink. This knowledge is often of great help to the police. Michel believes that handwriting is a good 24 of what kind of person the writer is. "I wouldn’t go out with a fellow if I didn’t like his handwriting.” She says. But she adds she fell in love with her future husband, a young policeman, 25 she studied his handwriting. It is later proved to be all right, however. 21 – 25 A. in B. so C. impossible D. sign E. before 答案： **BACDE** 米歇尔是一个为警方工作的年轻的笔迹鉴别专家，她用她的天赋帮忙抓到了很多罪犯。 当她 14 岁的时候，米歇尔已经对她的朋友们的笔迹不同之处很感兴趣，而且花很多时间研究。大学毕业 后，她去了法国警察科学院专门学习了两年笔迹学的课程。 米歇尔说笔迹很难替人撒谎。她只要简单地通过眼睛观察笔迹就能得到她想要知道的。她也有仪器帮助她 分辨各种纸张和墨水。这个科技对警方帮助很大。 米歇尔相信一个人的笔迹可以很好的显示他是哪种人。“我不会跟一个我不喜欢的笔迹的人约会”，她说。 但是她在研究她未来的丈夫（一位年轻的警官）的笔迹之前就爱上他了。虽然这件事后来证实也没问题。 **Passage 13** 1. Modern zoos are very different from zoos that were built fifty years ago. At that time, zoos were places 21 people could go to see animals from many parts of the world. The animals lived in cages that were made 22 concrete with iron bars, cages that were easy to keep clean. Unfortunately for the animals, the cages were small and impossible to hide in. The zoo environment was anything but natural. 23 the zoo keepers took good care of the animals and fed them well, many of the animals did not thrive; they behaved in strange ways, and they often became ill. In modern zoos, people can see animals in more natural habitats. The animals are given more 24 in large areas so that they can live more comfortably as they would in nature. Even the appearance of zoos has changed. Trees and grass grow in the cages, and streams of water flow 25 the areas that animals live in. 21 – 25 A. of B. Although C. where D. over E. freedom 答案： **CABED** 2. Modern zoos are very different from zoos that were built fifty years ago. At that time, zoos were places 21 people could go to see animals from many parts of the world. The animals lived in cages that were made 22 concrete with iron bars, cages that were easy to keep clean. Unfortunately for the animals, the cages were small and impossible to hide in. The zoo environment was anything 23 natural. Although the zoo keepers took good care of the animals and fed them well, many of the animals did not thrive; they behaved in strange ways, and they often became ill. In modern zoos, people can see animals in more natural habitats. The animals are 24 more freedom in large areas so that they can live more comfortably as they would in nature. Even the appearance of zoos has changed. Trees and grass grow in the cages, and streams of water flow__25__the areas that animals live in. 21 – 25 A. of B. but C. where D. over E. given 答案： **CABED** ``` 现代动物园与 50 年前的很不一样。 50 年前，动物园是可以看到世界各地动物的一个地方。动物们住在钢 ``` 筋混凝土建造的笼子里，笼子容易清理。 对于动物们很不幸的是，笼子太小无处可藏。动物园的环境一点也不天然。虽然动物园的员工照顾和喂养 动物都很好，但动物们还是不能茁壮成长。它们行为怪异，常常生病。 ``` 在现代动物园中，人们能够看到动物表现出更多天然的习性。人们给动物提供广阔的场地和更多的自由， ``` 所以动物们可以像在自然环境中一样舒适地生活。甚至连动物园的外观也进行了改善。笼子中种了树和草，小 溪流过动物们居住的地方。 **Passage 14** 1. “Mom, can I have some money?” Those are the words my mother used to hear all the time. In return, I heard, “Why don't you get a job? Not to make me happy, but so that you have your own money and gain a bit more responsibility.” So last year I got a job working about 25 hours a week. For $5 an hour, working as a salesman in a photo studio. After I got this 21 , I had to do football, homework and job at the same time. It was really hard for me. I was burning out, falling asleep at school and failing 22 many courses. My teachers were mad at me and yelled at me: why have a job? I missed a lot practice in football team and could only 23 back down at the match. My coach was cold at me with an unasked question: why have a job? I told them it was for the things I need, when actually it was for the things I wanted. Needing and wanting are different. Needing something is like your only shoes have holes in them. But wanting is to have every new brand sneaker just because you 24 it. I start to think about if I did a wrong thing. Slowly, I learnt to manage my money better so that I could have more time for school and football. I learnt to make a wise 25 on what I need and what I want. 21 – 25 A. decision B. like C. sit D. in E. job 答案： **EDCBA** 2. “Mom, can I have some money?” those are the words my mother used to hear all the time. In return, I heard, “Why don’t you get a job? Not to make me happy, but so that you have your won money and gain a bit more responsibility.” So last year I got a job working about 25 hours a week. For $5 an hour, working as a salesman in a photo studio. After I got this job, I had to do football, homework and job 21. It was really hard for me. I was burning out, falling asleep at school and failing in many courses. My teachers were mad 22 me and yelled at me: why have a job? I missed a lot practice in football team and could only 23 back down at the match. My coach was cold at me with an unasked question: why have a job? I told them it was for the things I need, when actually it was for the things I wanted. Needing and wanting are different. Needing something is like your only shoes have holed in them. But wanting is to have every new brand sneaker just because you like it. I start to think about if I did a wrong thing. Slowly, I learnt to 24 my money better so that I could have more time for school and football. I learnt to make a wise decision 25 what I need and what I want.. 21 – 25 A. on B. manage C. sit D. at E. at the same time 答案 **: EDCBA** ``` “妈妈，能给我一些钱吗？”这是我母亲过去经常听到的话，作为回应，我听到的是，“你为什么不找个工 ``` 作？虽然不快乐，但你可以有自己的钱，同时会获得一些尊重。”所以一年后，我找到工作。一周工作 25 小时。 5 美元一小时，在一家摄影工作室做推销员。 我得到这份工作后，我不得不同时踢足球、做作业和做工作，这对我来说真的很难。我太疲倦了，学习上 耽误了，很多功课不及格，我的老师对我很生气，并责骂我，为什么找工作？足球队上，我也缺少很多训练， 表现在比赛中垫底。我的教练很生气，又不禁问到，为什么我要工作？我告诉他们，这是我想要一些事情时， 我需要做的。需要和想要是不同的。需要是不同的。需要的东西就像是，你只有一双鞋子，可这个鞋子上还有 一些洞。想要就是你因为喜欢，就想要很多鞋子。我开始思考，我是不是错了。慢慢地，我学会了更好管理钱， 以便我有足够的时间做好学校的事情和踢足球。我学会了正确处理需要和想要之间的关系。 **Passage 15** More and more teachers and parents have noticed another kind of pollution, which came from the printed papers sold on streets. These printed things look like newspaper but have hardly anything to do with them. You can only find reading materials badly 21 there. Some are too strange for anyone to believe, 22 are frightening stories of something even worse. However, many of the young students are getting absorbed in such poisonous reading, which costs them what they should pay for their breakfast and bring them nightmares and immoral ideas in return. Homework is left undone, daily games lost. These sellers shout on streets selling their papers well. The writers, publishers and printers, 23 they are, we never know, are making their silent money. The sheep skinned wolf’s stories seem to have been forgotten once again. Why not forbid this kind of things at school? Yes, both teachers and parents have asked each other for more strict control of the young readers. Yet unfortunately, 24 you want to forbid it, the more they want to have a look at it. Sometimes you may even find several children share one patched paper, which has traveled from one hand to another driven by the curious nature. It really does harm to our society. It has already formed a sort of moral pollution. The 25 teachers and parents need more powerful support. Meanwhile, the young readers need more interesting books to help them get rid of these ugly papers. 21 – 25 A. others B. made up C. worried D. whoever E. the more 答案： **BADEC** 越来越多的老师和家长已经注意到了另一种污染，来自街道上出售的印刷报纸。 这些印刷品看起来像报纸，但几乎与他们无关。你能发现阅读材料的严重危害。有些内容太离奇了简直让 人不敢相信，有些内容是更糟糕的恐怖故事。然而，许多学生却迷上了这种有毒的阅读材料，他们花费了应该 买早餐的钱，却给他们带来的恶梦和不健康的思想。家庭作业不做，日常锻炼丧失。 这些小贩在街头叫卖这些材料，生意很好。那些作家、出版商和印刷者，不管他们是谁，我们都不知道， 正在悄悄地赚着钱。披着羊皮的狼的故事似乎又一次被遗忘了。 ``` 为什么这种事情在学校不禁止呢？是的，老师和家长都对年轻读者严格控制。然而不幸的是，你越想禁止， ``` 他们就越想看一看。有时你甚至发现好几个孩子分享着同一张满是补丁的报纸，好奇心驱动他们把这种报纸传 来传去。 它确实对我们的社会造成危害。它已经形成了一种道德污染。这些忧虑的教师和家长需要更有力的支持。 与此同时，年轻的读者需要更多有趣的书来帮助他们摆脱这些丑陋的报纸。 **Passage 16** Mr. and Mrs. Smith were singers, and they travelled to a lot of countries. When they went 21 plane, people checked them and their belongings, because they did not want them to take guns on to the plane with them. One day Mr. Smith came to 22 the plane, and the men searched him and his things first. When he was ready 23 on the plane, Mrs. Smith arrived. She was late and in a hurry, but the people searched her and her bag carefully. Mr. Smith heard her laugh and said 24 the men happily, “Oh, that's very good! I've for those scissors here and there 25 several days, and now you have found them for me! Thank you very much!” 21 – 25 A. to get B. to C. take D. for E. by 答案： **ECABD** ``` 斯密夫妇两人都是歌手，他们去过很多国家。当他们坐飞机去时，人们会检查他们和他们的东西，因为他 ``` 们不希望他们带着枪上飞机。有一天斯密先生去坐飞机，有人搜他和他的东西。当他准备登上飞机时,斯密夫 人到了。她来晚了，匆匆忙忙地，但是当人们检查她和她的包时，斯密先生听见她笑了，她开心地对他们说： “哦，太好了，我找这把剪刀找了好几天了，现在你帮我找到了！非常感谢你！” **Passage 17** Mr. Black had two cats. One was very big and 21 was quite small. He liked them very much. One day, Mr. Green, a friend of his, came to see him. When he saw two holes 22 the door – a large hole and a small one, he was surprised and said, "My dear friend, why 23 two holes in your door?"" 24 why are there two holes? 25 can the big cat go through the small hole?" he said. 21 – 25 A But B in C the other D How E are there 答案： **CBEAD** 布莱克先生养了两只猫。一只很大，另一只很小。他很喜欢这两只猫。有一天，布莱克的一位好友，格林 先生来看他。当他看到门上有两个洞，一大一小，他很惊讶，问道：我亲爱的朋友，你为什么要在门上挖两个 洞呢？他说：但是为什么门上有两个洞？大猫怎么能从小洞进出呢？ **Passage 18** One day a woman got into her car and started driving home after work. Suddenly, she saw a yellow car behind her. The driver was a man. When she turned left, the yellow car turned left. When she turned right, the yellow car turned right, __21__. When she stopped at the traffic lights, the yellow car stopped __22__her. The woman was afraid, so she drove quickly to the police station. She was very surprised when she found the car stopped behind her. At that time, a young man was standing outside the police station. The woman was very happy to see him. She knew that he was a policeman because he was__23__a police uniform. She jumped out of her car and ran to the policeman. She asked him to arrest the man in the yellow car, so the policeman walked to the man. The man didn't try to run __24__when he saw the policeman. He just smiled and said to the woman, “I want to give this purse back to you, madam. I think you__25__it on the street.” 21 – 25 A. wearing B. behind C. too D. dropped E. away 答案： **CBAED** ``` 一天，一个女人下班回家。突然她看到有一辆黄色的车跟在她后面。司机是个男人。当她向左转，那辆黄 ``` 色的车子也向左转。她向右转，那辆黄色的车子也转向右转。当她等红绿灯的时候，那辆黄色的车停在她身后。 她很害怕，所以她迅速开车去警察局。当她发现这辆车停在她身后，她很惊讶。在那个时候，一个年轻人站在 警察局外面。这个女人非常高兴地看到他。她知道这是个警察，因为他穿着警察制服。她跳出车跑到警察面前。 让这个警察把黄色汽车的司机逮捕，所以警察向黄色车走过去。 看到警察后，开黄色车的人没有试图逃跑。他只是笑了笑，对女人说，“女士，我只是想把这个钱包还给 你，我想这是你丢的。” **Passage 19** The ancient Olympic Games were part of a religious festival in honor 21 the Greek god Zeus, the father of all Greek gods and goddesses. The festival and games were held in Olympia, a religious sanctuary (圣地). In the ancient games, athletes received prizes worth large amounts of money. In fact the word "athlete" is an ancient Greek word, 22 "one who competes for a prize". The marathon was not an event of the ancient Olympic Games. The marathon is a modern event that was first 23 in the Olympic Games in 1896. It was 24 a village called Marathon where the Persians were defeated by a small Greek army. The news of the victory was brought to Athens by a soldier, who ran the 26 miles from the village of Marathon to the capital. 26 miles was 25 adopted as the distance of the modern marathon race. 21 – 25 A. introduced B. named after C. of D. meaning E. therefore 答案： **CDABE** 古代奥运会是向希腊神宙斯——希腊所有神的父神——致敬的宗教仪式的一部分。仪式和比赛在奥林匹 亚举行，那是一个宗教圣地。 ``` 在古代奥运会中，运动员的奖励很丰厚。事实上，“athlete”一词是个古希腊词，意思是“为奖品竞争的人”。 马拉松不是古代奥运会的项目。马拉松是一个现代项目，第一次是于 1896 年引入奥运会。它是以一个叫 ``` 马拉松的小村庄命名的，在这里波斯人被一小队希腊军队打败。胜利的消息由一个士兵带到雅典，他从马拉松 村到首都跑了 26 英里。因此 26 英里就被采用作为现代马拉松赛的长度。 **Passage 20** The last patient left his office. Mr. South had a look at the 21 on the wall. It was a quarter to six. It meant that he had to stay there for fifteen minutes. A friend of his asked him to dinner that evening. Of course he should 22 some flowers for her. He brought out the purse and counted the money in it. He had sixty dollars and it was enough to do that. And then he remembered he bought a newspaper on his way to the hospital after lunch. He was too busy to read it. Now he brought it out, but then came in a man 23 forty. He looked at him carefully. The man looked strange. Mr. South didn't know what he came for. "What's wrong with you?" asked Mr. South. "Nothing, Mr. South," said the man, "But..." The man began to smile and said, "Don't you 24 me, Mr. South? You cured (治愈) my rheumatism(风湿病) three years ago." "Mr. Bell?" "Yes. Did you 25 me not to get myself wet?" "Yes, I did," answered the doctor. "Well. I come here to ask you if you think it's OK for me to take a bath now?" 21 – 25 A．clock B. buy C. tell D. about E. remember 答案： **ABDEC** 最后一个病人离开了他的办公室，South先生看了一眼墙上的钟，差一刻钟到六点了。这意味着，他还要 在这呆 15 分钟。他的一个朋友叫他去吃晚饭，当然他需要给她买一些花，他拿出钱包，数数钱，他有 60 元， 足够买花了。这时，他想起午饭后回医院的路上买了份报纸，因为太忙了，还没来得及看。现在他拿出来，准 备看，这时，进来一个大约 40 岁左右的男人，他很仔细地看着他，这个人看起来很奇怪，South先生不知道他 来要做什么。 ``` “你那里不舒服？”South先生问道。 “没有什么不舒服，South先生”，这个男人回答道，“但是...” 这个男人笑了一下说道：“你不记得我了吗？South先生，三年前你治愈了我的风湿病。” “贝尔先生？” “是的，你是不是告诉我不要把自己弄湿？” “是的，我说过。”South医生回答道。 “那么，我回到这儿，是想问你，我现在可以洗澡了吗？” ``` ## 第五部分 英译汉 ——重点句 ## 注意：灰色底纹的题目（如第 2 题）为必须掌握的题目，考试时出现几率很大。个 ## 别题目中某个英文单词后面括号里有另一个单词是说明这两个单词意思相同、考 ## 试时会出现其中一个（如第 155 题）。 ### A **1. A dog is always well-known as a clever and friendly animal.** 在动物中，狗素以其聪明与和善而著称。 **2. A friend of mine from high school is working in England now.** 我高中的一个朋友正在英格兰工作。 **3. A good memory is a great help in learning a language.** 好的记忆力有助于语言的学习。 **4. A lot of natural resources in the mountain area are to (will) be exploited and used.** 那个山区有许多自然资 ``` 源有待于开发利用。 ``` **5. A teacher should have patience in his work.** 当老师应当有耐心。 **6. About half of the fruit is ripe.** 大约有一半的水果已经成熟了。 **7. Air pollution is more serious than water pollution.** 空气污染比水污染更为严重。 **8. All that glitters is not gold.** 闪光的未必都是金子。 **9. Although very important, intelligence is not necessarily the key to success.** 尽管聪明十分重要，但它未必是 ``` 成功的关键。 ``` **10. Apples here like water and sunshine.** 这里的苹果喜欢水和阳光。 **11. Are you fond of music?** 你喜欢音乐吗？ **12. Are you willing to donate more money for the poor people?** 你愿意为穷人捐赠更多的钱吗？ **13. As is known to all, China is the largest developing country in the world today.** 众所周知，中国是当今世 ``` 界上最大的发展中国家。 ``` **14. As long as there is water, plants won’t die quickly.** 只要有水，植物就不会很快死亡。 **B** **15. Because there was heavy traffic, we were ten minutes late.** 由于交通拥挤，我们晚了十分钟。 **16. Beijing Olympic Games can make Chinese people work harder.** 北京奥林匹克运动会使得中国人民更加努 ``` 力工作。 ``` **17. Bill hit his car into a wall last night.** 昨晚比尔开车撞到了墙上。 **18. Both Ann and Mary are suitable for the job.** 安妮和玛丽都适合干这项工作。 **19. But competitive swimming is just over one hundred years old.** 但游泳比赛不过只有一百余年的历史。 **20. But it looks like something I would never buy.** 但它看起来就像是我绝不会买的。 **21. But I’ve got room for only two of you in the house.** 但是我家里只能住下你们其中的两个人。 **22. But little Smart is not really that smart.** 但是小灵通并不是真的很灵通。 **23. Business success depends on hard work.** 事业上的成功依靠努力工作。 **24. By 1900, states had laws against selling cigarettes to young people.** 到 **1900** 年，大部分州已经颁布了禁止向 ``` 青少年出售香烟的法律。 ``` **C** **25. Can I download this material without paying any money?** 我可以免费下载这份资料吗？ **26. Can you express yourself clearly in English?** 你能用英语清楚地表达自己的意思吗？ **27. China will build up a space station in ten years.** 在十年内，中国将建一个太空站。 **28. Could you tell me where the post office is?** 请问邮局在哪里？ **D** **29. Did you go fishing with your friends last Sunday?** 上周日你跟朋友去钓鱼了吗？ **30. Do you have access to the Internet?** 你能上网吗？ **31. Do you often do your washing in the evening?** 你经常晚上洗衣服吗？ **32. Do you think students should do a part-time job?** 你认为学生应该做兼职吗？ **33. Do you think you can do it by yourself?** 你认为你能自己做这件事吗？ **34. Do you mind my smoking here?** 我在这里吸烟你介意吗？ **35. Do you still have anything that you don’t understand?** 你还有什么不明白的吗？ **36. Don't you mind my opening the window?** 你不介意我打开这扇窗户吧？ **37. Don’t you think smoking is harmful to your health?** 你不认为吸烟有害健康吗？ **38. Does the computer have instructions on it?** 电脑上面有使用说明吗？ **E** **39. Each time history repeats itself, the price goes up.** 历史每重演一次，代价就增加一分。 **40. Each year some of his money is given to the best scientists and writers of the world.** 每年他的一部分钱都会 ``` 奖给世界上最优秀的科学家和作家。 ``` **41. Every student has free access to all the sources in the library.** 每位学生都可以自由使用图书馆的所有资源。 **42. Everyone was in bed except me.** 除了我，所有人都上床睡觉了。 **43. Excuse me. Could you tell me how to get to the cinema?** 请问去电影院怎么走？ **F** **44. Fewer high school students are smoking now than a few years ago.** 相比若干年前，现在吸烟的高中生少了。 **45. Fires may do more damage than the earthquakes.** 火灾造成的损失可能比地震还严重。 **46. Fred (** 人名有可能变化为 **Tom) was such a hardworking student that he soon came out first in the class.** 弗 ### 莱德 ( 汤姆 ) 是一个学习十分用功的学生，以至于不久就成了班里学习最好的学生。 **47. From the East Coast to the West Coast it is about 3,000 miles wide.** 海岸线东西相距约三千英里。 **G** **48. Give us a few more minutes to decide.** 再给我们一点时间来做决定。 **49. Go down this street until you reach the second street lights.** 沿着这条街一直走到第二个交通灯处。 **H** **50. Have you seen Tom recently?** 你最近有没有看见汤姆？ **51. He asks me to stay in the room till he comes back.** 他让我呆在屋里等他回来。 **52. He called the doctor and made sure they would meet at five.** 他打电话和医生确认他们将在五点见面。 **53. He didn’t need to attend the meeting.** 他没必要参加那个会议。 **54. He doesn’t know what life means to him.** 他不知道人生的意义。 **55. He doesn't like the way you talk to him.** 他不喜欢你和他说话的样子。 **56. He had to leave early yesterday.** 昨天他不得不早些离开。 **57. He has a foreign friend who lives in America (the Untited States).** 他有个住在美国的外国朋友。 **58. He has been learning English for years.** 多年来他一直在学英语。 **59. He has sympathy for all poor people.** 他对所有的穷人都有一个同情心。 **60. He has taught English in this university ever since he moved to this city.** 自从移居到这座城市以来，他就一 ``` 直在这所大学教英语。 ``` **61. He has the habit of making notes while reading.** 他有阅读时记笔记的习惯。 **62. He is a world famous pop star.** 他是一位著名的世界流行音乐明星。 **63. He is a worldwide famous scientist.** 他是一位世界著名的科学家。 **64. He is always making excuses for being late.** 他总为他的迟到找借口。 **65. He is always very active in student activities.** 他在学生活动中一直非常积极。 **66. He’s growing more like his father now.** 他现在长的越来越像他爸爸。 **67. He is leaving China for Britain tomorrow.** 他明天将离开中国去英国。 **68. He is sweating all over.** 他出了一身汗。 **69. He is the only Chinese who has ever won the award.** 他是唯一获得过这个荣誉的中国人。 **70. He is thinking about moving to a new place.** 他正在考虑搬到一个新的地方。 **71. He keeps looking at himself in the mirror.** 他总是照镜子。 **72. He knew the time of the meeting.** 他知道开会时间。 **73. He lives in a small room with only one small window.** 他住在一间只有一个小窗户的小房间里。 **74. He often went from town to town giving lectures.** 他经常奔波于各个城镇作演讲。 **75. He offered to help us with our work.** 他主动帮助我们工作。 **76. He prefers coffee to tea.** 和茶相比 **,** 他更喜欢咖啡**. 77. He stopped smoking.** 他戒烟了。 **78. He stopped to smoke.** 他停下来，开始吸烟。 **79. He tried many times to pass the examination, and in the end he succeeded.** 他多次尽力通过考试，最后成功 了。 **80. He was pleased with the fine weather.** 他因天气好而感到快乐。 **81. He was satisfied with his new car, and drove to work in it the very next day.** 他对自己的新车感到很满意， ``` 第二天就开着去上班了。 ``` **82. He was too tired to go on reading.** 他太困了，无法再阅读了。 **83. He was very happy to hear from his old friend.** 他很高兴收到老朋友的来信。 **84. How are you doing these days?** 这些日子你过得怎样？ **85. How do you spell your last name?** 你的姓是如何拼写的？ **86. How long have you collected your stamps?** 你集邮有多久了？ **I** **87. I am very familiar with his name.** 我很熟悉他的名字。 **88. I am wondering / I’m wondering / I don’t know who broke the window.** 我想知道是谁打坏了窗户。 **89. I am writing this letter to complain about the service in your hotel.** 我此刻写这封信的目的是要投诉贵酒店 ``` 的服务。 ``` **90. I’m certain he’ll go to see the film, because he’s bought a ticket.** 我确信他会去看电影，因为他已经买票了。 **91. I’m finishing my second year of studies.** 我即将完成第二年的学习。 **92. I’m going to buy a monthly ticket tomorrow.** 我想明天买张月票。 **93. I'm going to visit a friend of mine this Sunday.** 这周日我要去拜访一位朋友。 **94. I'm having a headache now.** 我现在有点头疼。 **95. I'm looking forward to your visit to China.** 我在盼望你对中国的访问。 **96. I’m sure we’ll have a good time.** 我确定我们会过得很愉快。 **97. I’m thinking about a visit to Paris.** 我在考虑去巴黎旅游。 **98. I'm very much eager to improve my oral English.** 我非常渴望改进我的英语口语。 **99. I came back because of the rain.** 因为下雨我就回来了。 **100. I can’t go with you today because I’m too busy.** 今天我不能跟你一块儿去了，因为我太忙了。 **101. I can't remember where I left my English book** 我想不起我把英语书放在哪儿了。 **102. I could hardly agree to what you said just now.** 我不能同意你刚才说的话。 **103. I do want to know what really happened.** 我确实想知道到底发生了什么事。 **104. I don't think he can operate the new type of computer.** 我认为他不会操作这种新型计算机。 **105. I don't want to spend five dollars on a cup of water.** 我不想花五美元买一瓶水。 **106. I expect she will have changed her mind by tomorrow.** 我预料到明天为止她会改变她的想法。 **107. I feel lonely without you.** 没有你，我感到孤单。 **108. I feel satisfied with my life.** 我对自己的生活很满意。 **109. I got married ten years ago.** 十年前，我结了婚。 **110. I had no choice.** 我别无选择。 **111. I have a pain in my back.** 我的背部很疼。 **112. I have no idea about it.** 对此我一点都不知道。 **113. I have no interest in what they say about me.** 我对别人怎么说我不感兴趣。 **114. I’ve been so busy lately. I haven’t had time to call anybody.** 我最近一直很忙都没有时间给别人打电话。 **115. I’ve got accustomed to the weather in Shanghai.** 我已经适应了上海的这种天气。 **116. I’ve lost interest in my work** 我已经对我的工作失去了兴趣。 **117. I've never heard such a good music in a game.** 我在游戏里从未听过这样好的音乐。 **118. I hope we can have some snow this winter.** 我希望今年冬天能下雪。 **119. I hurried to my office.** 我匆忙赶到了办公室。 **120. I knocked on his door but nobody came to answer it.** 我敲了他的门，但没人来开门。 **121. I look forward to hearing from you.** 我期待着收到你的信。 **122. I looked for the book on the desk but it was nowhere.** 我寻找桌上的书，但没找到。 **123. I need to buy some 50-cent stamps.** 我需要买一些 **50** 美分的邮票。 **124. I need you to fill out the top portion of the form first.** 我需要你先填写表格的上半部。 **125. I picked up the bag to protect my face from the smoke and heat.** 我捡起包捂在脸上挡住烟和热。 **126. I prefer tea to coffee.** 比起咖啡，我更喜欢茶。 **127. I promise you that I will do everything I can to help him.** 我保证尽一切努力帮助他。 **128. I rang your house last night, but your mother answered the phone.** 我昨晚给你家打电话，但接电话的是你 ``` 母亲。 ``` **129. I read the local newspapers with great interest every evening.** 我每天晚上抱着极大的兴趣阅读当地报纸。 **130. I saved the baby and became a hero.** 我因救了这个婴儿而成了英雄。 **131. I slept soundly all night.** 我整夜睡的很香。 **132. I think she will change her mind tomorrow.** 我想她明天将会改变主意的。 **133. I think our dream will become true.** 我认为我们的梦想会实现的。 **134. I think the picture shows us how fruit is necessary to life.** 我认为这幅图告诉我们水果在生活中不可缺少。 **135. I used the bag to protect my face from the smoke and heat.** 我用包捂在脸上挡住烟和热。 **136. I was born in the city which you visited last year.** 我就出生在去年你参观过的那个城市。 **137. I was having a nap when suddenly the telephone rang.** 我正睡觉时，电话铃突然响了。 **138. I was too excited to say a word in front of him.** 我当时太兴奋了，以至于在他面前什么也说不出来了。 **139. I will continue my learning, though I am tired of learning English.** 尽管我很烦英语，我还是要学它。 **140. I will finish reading this book in a week.** 我将在一周内读完这本书。 **141. I’ll be waiting for you at the library this time tomorrow.** 我明天这个时间在图书馆等你。 **142. I’ll call you as soon as I arrive.** 我一到就给你打电话。 **143. I'll have to try using the search engines.** 我得试着用这个搜索引擎。 **144. I’ll write to you as soon as I get there.** 我一到那儿就给你写信。 **145. I would appreciate it if you would just let me deal with this case.** 如果你能让我独自处理这桩案件，我将不 ``` 胜感激。 ``` **146. If you decided to learn a new language, you would have to dedicate yourself wholeheartedly to the cause.** ``` 如果你决定学一门新的语言，你必须全身心地投入。 ``` **147. If you travel by ship across the pacific, you cross the International Date Line.** 如果你乘坐轮船横渡太平洋， ``` 你会穿越国际日期变更线。 ``` **148. In an age of plenty, we feel spiritual hunger.** 在这个物质财富充裕的时代，我们精神上感到饥渴。 **149. In Foreign Language Department, a checking machine is used to correct the students’ test papers.** 外语系 ``` 用阅卷机给学生批卷。 ``` **150. In most country, animals are in a worse position than human being.** 在大多数国家，动物比人类位于更糟 ``` 糕的处境。 ``` **151. In no other country in the world can you find such plants as this one.** 像这种植物在世界上其他任何一个 ``` 国家都找不到。 ``` **152. In spite of his inborn disability, Eddie seems to have a good sense of music.** 尽管安迪天生残疾，但是他对音 ``` 乐似乎悟性很好。 ``` **153. In the eighteenth century young ladies in Italy knew history and geography little.** 在十八世纪，意大利少女 ``` 的历史知识、地理知识一般来说非常贫乏。 ``` **154. In the modern Western world, many people are too busy to think about eating properly.** 如今在西方，人们 ``` 过于忙碌，无暇考虑如何合理饮食。 ``` **155. In the past few days, news of victory has kept pouring in.** 在过去的几天里胜利的消息不断传来。 **156. In the world, soccer or football is the most popular sport.** 在世界上，足球是最受欢迎的体育运动。 **157. Is this the magazine which you want to borrow?** 这就是你要借的那本杂志吗？ **158. It has not been decided yet whether they will take part in our experiment.** 他们是否参加我们的试验还没有 决定。 **159. It is certain that we shall produce this kind of engine.** 我们将生产这种发动机，这是肯定无疑的。 **160. It is known to all that exercises are good for health.** 众所周知，锻炼有益于健康。 **161. It is necessary to take medicine on time.** 按时吃药是必要的。 **162. It is no good hoping to read all these books.** 指望能够读完所有这些书是毫无意义的。 **163. It is not necessary to do this work.** 没有必要做这项工作。 **164. It’s never too late to learn.** 活到老，学到老。 **165. It's raining all day!** 雨下了一整天。 **166. It’s very important to maintain your current weight through exercise and healthy eating.** 通过锻炼和健康 ``` 饮食来保持你目前的体重是非常重要的。 ``` **167. It normally takes a semester for a college freshman to adjust to his college life.** 大学新生一般需要花一个学 ``` 期来适应大学生活。 ``` **168. It takes a lot of time to learn a foreign language.** 学一门外语需要很长时间。 **169. It was a hard job, but he did not mind.** 这项工作很艰苦，但他并不在乎。 **J** **170. Jane has told me a lot about her trip.** 珍妮告诉了我好多关于她旅行的事。 **171. Jenny is fond of reading and often borrows books from the city library.** 珍妮喜欢读书，经常从市图书馆借 ``` 书。 ``` **172. Jim was intelligent, but he hated hard work.** 吉姆很聪明，但工作不努力。 **173. Jim will go to his teacher whenever he has questions.** 吉姆一有问题就找他的老师。 **174. John and his brother differ in personality even if their differences in age are not significant.** 尽管约翰和他 ``` 哥哥在年纪上相差不大，但他们的个性却不尽相同。 ``` **175. John has been teaching English here since he came to China in 2003.** 约翰 **2003** 年来到中国后就一直在这 ``` 儿教英语。 ``` **176. Just because you like it, it doesn’t mean I will.** 你喜欢它，并不意味着我也会喜欢。 **L** **177. Let’s find a place to shelter before the rain or we’ll get wet.** 我们找个地方躲雨吧，不然就淋湿了。 **178. Let’s sit over here until it’s time for you to board.** 我们就在这儿坐到你上飞机的时间。 **179. Li Bai is one of the greatest poets that have ever lived in China.** 李白是中国有史以来最伟大的诗人之一。 **180. Life is meaningless without a purpose.** 没有目标的生活是毫无意义的。 **181. Li Ming is a friend of mine whom I have known since childhood.** 李明是我从小就认识的一位朋友。 **182. Look out the window it’s still raining today!** 看窗外，今天还在下雨！ **M** **183. Many changes are taking place in the United States.** 在美国正发生着许多变化。 **184. Many schools will not open for lessons until the beginning of September.** 很多学校到九月初才开学。 **185. Many young people want to be volunteers for Beijing Olympic Games.** 许多年轻人想做奥运会的志愿者。 **186. Most students feel satisfied with the progress they’ve made.** 大多数学生对自己所取得的进步感到满意。 **187. My classmate is much cleverer than I.** 我的同学比我聪明多了。 **188. My grandpa is used to getting up early.** 我爷爷习惯早起。 **189. My idea is that this experiment should be called off.** 我的意见是这个实验应该取消。 **190. My problem is that I don’t have much time to do the work.** 我的问题在于我没有多少时间来做这项工作。 **N** **191. Never had he thought that the project would have been completed so fast.** 他从来没预料到这项工程会完 ``` 成得这么快。 ``` **192. No matter how much it cost, he had to get the car fixed.** 无论费用多高，他也不得不去修车。 **193. Nothing in the world moves faster than light.** 世界上没有什么东西比光走得更快。 **194. Not all Americans are interested in sports, of course.** 当然，并非所有美国人都对运动感兴趣。 **195. Not all the machines here are produced by our factory.** 这里的机器并不全是我厂生产的。 **O** **196. Okay, and I need a pen to fill out the address.** 好的，我还得借支笔来填地址。 **197. On that flight were a mother and her four-year-old son, whose name was Jeffrey.** 那个航班上有一个母 ``` 亲和她叫杰弗瑞的四岁的儿子。 ``` **198. On their way they came to a shop where bread was sold.** 他们在途中来到一家面包店。 **199. Once all the information is completed, you sign here.** 所有内容都填完之后，你就在这儿签名。 **200. One can never succeed without enough confidence in himself.** 一个人如果对自己没有足够的信心就无法成 ``` 功。 ``` **201. Only on weekends, Central Park is closed to cars.** 只有在周末，中央公园禁止汽车入内。 **202. Only those who work hard will be in a better position in the competition.** 只有勤奋者才能在这场竞争中 ``` 处于更为有利的地位。 ``` **203. Open the window and let the fresh air in.** 打开窗户让新鲜空气进来。 **204. Our teacher always encourages us to speak English bravely.** 我们的老师总是鼓励我们大胆讲英语。 **205. Our textbooks are very different from theirs.** 我们的教材与他们的教材有很大不同。 **P** **206. People all over the world are trying to help the people in the quake-stricken areas.** 全世界的人们都在竭 ``` 尽全力帮助遭受地震的灾区人民。 ``` **207. People usually hate mice, but one mouse has won the hearts of the people all over the world—the famous** **Mickey Mouse.** 人们通常是憎恨老鼠的，但是有一只老鼠赢得了全世界人的心 **—** 著名的米老鼠。 **208. People use science knowledge to understand and change nature.** 人们利用科学知识去了解自然，改造自然。 **209. Playing the sport you like is considered an essential part of a person's life.** 进行一项自己喜欢的体育运动 ``` 被认为是人生中重要的一部分。 ``` **210. Please call me back when you are free.** 请你有空的时候给我回个电话。 **211. Please give this book to whomever comes first.** 请把这本书给最先来的人。 **212. Please move your chair to the window.** 请把你的椅子移到窗边。 **213. Please ring me up tomorrow morning.** 请在明天早上给我打电话。 **214. Promise me never to be late again.** 答应我以后再也不要迟到了。 **R** **215. Riding bicycles can save energy.** 骑自行车能够节约能源。 **S** **216. Scientists think (assume) that there is no life on the Mars.** 科学家们认为火星上没有生命。 **217. She always laughs at a good joke.** 她听到了好的笑话，总是要笑的。 **218. She begins cooking as soon as she gets home.** 她一到家就开始做饭。 **219. She could not follow me when I spoke to her.** 我跟她讲话的时，她听不懂我的话。 **220. She is used to living in the countryside.** 她习惯住在乡下。 **221. She likes Mike a lot, but she doesn’t want to get married so early.** 她很喜欢迈克，但她不想那么早就结婚。 **222. She likes to help anyone who is in difficulty.** 她喜欢帮助任何一个有困难的人。 **223. She looks lovely when she is happy.** 她高兴的时候看起来很可爱。 **224. She was the only daughter and the youngest child of five.** 她是家里唯一的女儿，也是五个孩子中最小的。 **225. Since the earth looks like a ball, the sun can shine on only half of it at a time.** 由于地球看起来像个球，太 ``` 阳在同一时刻只能照到它的一半。 ``` **226. Some football teams will have games there.** 一些足球队将在那儿比赛。 **227. Some of her pictures were shown in an art exhibition in Shanghai when she was 4 years old.** 她 **4** 岁的时， ``` 她的一些画就在上海的一个艺术展览中展出过。 ``` **228. Some parents even stop their children from meeting their good friends.** 有些父母甚至不让自己的孩子去见 ``` 他们的好朋友。 ``` **229. Some people find it difficult to ask for help.** 有些人发现向他人求助有困难。 **230. Stay here before I get back.** 待在这儿等我回来。 **231. Students can study by themselves through school network.** 学生可以通过学校网络自学。 **232. Success in business depends on hard work.** 事业上的成功取决于努力工作。 **T** **233. Talking for a long time makes me tired.** 长时间的谈话使我感到疲倦。 **234. Ted and William have lived under the same roof for five years.** 泰德和威廉已经在同一个屋檐下生活五年 ``` 了。 ``` **235. That team withdrew from the match as a protest against the unfair referee.** 那个球队退出了比赛，来抗议 ``` 那个不公正的裁判。 ``` **236. The car accident was caused by carelessness.** 这起车祸是由于粗心造成的。 **237. The cause of the fire was carelessness.** 起火的原因是不小心。 **238. The doctor had no choice but reach out to their colleagues across the nation.** 那个医生别无选择，只能向全 ``` 国的同行求助。 ``` **239. The doctor is very patient with his patients.** 这个医生对他的病人很有耐心。 **240. The doctor performed an operation on him as soon as he was sent to the hospital.** 他被送到医院后，医生 ``` 立即给他做了手术。 ``` **241. The doctor told me to have more water.** 医生告诉我多喝水。 **242. The earth on which we live is shaped like a ball.** 我们居住的地球形状像一个大球。 **243. The earthquake in Sichuan made Chinese people unite as one.** 发生在四川的地震使中国人民团结一心。 **244. The friend saw everything but did not say a single word.** 这位朋友目睹了一切，却一言不发。 **245. The girls are busy making preparations for the weekend party.** 女孩们正忙着准备周末的聚会。 **246. The glass was broken into pieces.** 玻璃碎成碎片。 **247. The jury (** 陪审团 **) was composed of eight white people and four black people.** 陪审团由八位白人和四位黑 ``` 人组成。 ``` **248. The little boy wanted to exchange his toy car for my cake.** 这个小男孩想用他的玩具汽车换我的蛋糕。 **249. The man-made satellite (** 卫星 **) made by China is working very well.** 这个中国制造的人造卫星运行良好。 **250. The moon looks much bigger than any other stars in the sky.** 月亮看起来比天空中任何其他的星星都要大 ``` 得多。 ``` **251. The more I study, the less I seem to learn.** 我读的书越多，好像学到的东西越少。 **252. The more money I make, the happier I will be.** 挣的钱越多，我就会越快乐。 **253. The more passions we have, the more happiness we are likely to experience.** 我们的激情越多，我们就有可 ``` 能体验到越多的快乐。 ``` **254. The most common samples of inorganic materials are the gases of the atmosphere, water, rocks, etc.** 大气 ``` 中的气体、水、岩石等都是无机物中最普通的实例。 ``` **255. The old man is in his late sixties.** 老人近七十岁。 **256. The old man was knocked down by a taxi when he was crossing the street.** 老人在过马路时被一辆出租车 ``` 撞倒了。 ``` **257. The Olympic Games is an international sports event that takes place every four years.** 奥林匹克运动会是 ``` 国际性的体育盛事，每四年举办一次。 ``` **258. The pen that I’m writing with is a birthday present from my sister.** 我正在用的这支钢笔是我姐姐送给我 ``` 的生日礼物。 ``` **259. The People's Republic of China (PRC), founded on October 1, 1949, covers an area of 9.6 million square** ``` kilometers. 中华人民共和国成立于 1949 年 10 月 1 日，国土面积约 960 万平方公里。 ``` **260. The plane took off very smoothly.** 飞机很平稳地起飞了。 **261. The polluted air becomes poisonous and dangerous to health.** 污染的空气变得有毒，对人的健康有害。 **262. The price of gasoline will come down in Chinese market.** 中国市场上的汽油价格将会下降。 **263. The prices of vegetables are different from place to place.** 蔬菜的价格因地而异。 **264. The reason why he failed is that he relies on others too much.** 他失败的原因是他太依赖别人了。 **265. The school therefore plans games and matches for its pupils.** 因此学校为学生们安排游戏和比赛。 **266. The school management must be improved.** 学校管理必须改进。 **267. The students are encouraged by their teacher to do more listening, reading and writing.** 老师鼓励学生多 ``` 听、多读、多写。 ``` **268. The teacher came earlier than expected.** 老师比预期来得早。 **269. The traffic jams during morning and afternoon rush hours are a headache in big cites now.** 上下班高峰期 ``` 的交通拥堵问题是大城市目前面临的一个棘手问题。 ``` **270. The whole process required a great deal of effort, skill and luck.** 整个过程需要很大的努力，需要高度的技 ``` 巧，还需要运气。 ``` **271. Their parents don’t know them as well as their friends do.** 他们的父母不像朋友那样了解他们。 **272. There is a large amount of energy wasted due to friction(** 摩擦 **).** 由于摩擦而损耗了大量的能量。 **273. There’s a party at my house this Friday.** 这周五在我家有个聚会。 **274. There is only some old furniture in the room.** 这个房间里只有几件旧家具。 **275. There is something urgent for you to do right now.** 有件急事要你立即去做。 **276. These five boys failed in their English exam last term.** 这五个男孩上学期的英语考试没过。 **277. These goods are not up to standard.** 这些商品未达到标准。 **278. These two students from our school have been admitted to Beijing University.** 我们学校这两个学生已经 被北京大学录取了。 **279. They are ordinary people, but did a great job.** 他们都是普通人，却做了件不平凡的工作。 **280. They are working hard to turn dreams into reality.** 他们正在努力把梦想变成现实。 **281. They enjoyed themselves on the party.** 他们在聚会上过得很愉快。 **282. They questioned both men but neither of them could speak English.** 他们审问了这两名男子 **,** 但这两个人 ``` 都不会说英语。 ``` **283. They thought that there must be something wrong with their TV set.** 他们认为他们的电视机一定坏了。 **284. They were sitting in the park, playing cards.** 他们坐在公园里玩扑克牌。 **285. Think it over before you speak.** 先考虑一下再说。 **286. This box can hold more books than that one.** 这个箱子比那个箱子能装更多的书。 **287. This custom has a long tradition** 这个习俗历史悠久。 **288. This is the most wonderful day of my life, because I’m here with you now.** 今天是我生命中最美好的一天， ``` 因为我此刻和你在一起。 ``` **289. This is the worst hospital I have ever seen.** 这是我见过的最差的医院。 **290. This new country hopes to establish friendly relations with all its neighbors.** 这个新成立的国家希望和所 ``` 有邻国建立友好关系。 ``` **291. This one is pretty, but it costs too much.** 这个很漂亮，但太贵了。 **292. This pair of shoes cost me 260 Yuan.** 这双鞋花了我 **260** 元钱。 **293. This place has plentiful material resources.** 这个地方有丰富的物质资源。 **294. This TV channel has too many commercials.** 这个电视台频道广告太多了。 **295. Though it was late, they kept on working.** 尽管已经很晚了，他们还在继续工作。 **296. Three hundred dollars is not enough to buy this typewriter.** 用 **300** 美元来买这台打字机可不够。 **297. Tom likes playitng basketball but he can’t play well.** 汤姆喜欢打篮球，但他打得不好。 **298. Transistors are small in size and light in weight.** 晶体管的体积小、重量轻。 **299. Travel broadens the mind.** 旅行可以开阔眼界。 **300. Traveling by train is slower than by plane, but it has its advantages.** 乘火车旅行比乘飞机慢一些，但是它 ``` 也有自己的优势。 ``` **301. Trees need water to grow.** 树木需要水才能生长。 **302. Try hard or you'll fail the test.** 努力点，否则你考试及不了格。 **V** **303. Various substances differ widely in their magnetic(** 磁性的 **) characteristics.** 各种材料的磁性有很大的不同。 **W** **304. Wait here for further information.** 在此等待进一步消息。 **305. Wang Li’s** （人名有可能变化） **father has taught English here since he graduated from Peking University.** ``` 王丽的父亲从北京大学毕业后就一直在这里教英语。 ``` **306. We all like her because she is very helpful.** 我们都喜欢她，因为她乐于助人。 **307. We are from mainland China.** 我们来自中国大陆。 **308. We are getting ready for our English examination.** 我们正在为英语考试做准备。 **309. We are more convinced than ever that the reform and open-door policy is correct.** 我们比任何时候都坚信 ``` 改革开放政策是正确的。 ``` **310. We are short of time and money.** 我们缺时间和资金。 **311. We're running behind schedule by about 15 minutes.** 我们大约误点 **15** 分钟。 **312. We cannot tell when an earthquake is coming.** 我们不能断定地震什么时候发生。 **313. We enjoyed ourselves very much at the party.** 我们在晚会上玩的很愉快。 **314. We must take some measures to control the pollution.** 我们必须采取措施来控制污染。 **315. We should adapt ourselves to the new surroundings.** 我们应当使自己适应新的环境。 **316. We should encourage him to have confidence in himself.** 我们应该鼓励他要有自信心。 **317. We should make best use of time.** 我们要充分利用时间。 **318. We used to live near a big park.** 我们曾经住在一个大公园附近。 **319. Were there any phone calls for me while I was out?** 我不在时，有人打电话给我吗？ **320. What did I say to cause you to do that?** 我说了什么使你这样做？ **321. What do you think of my corporation?** 你觉得我的公司怎样？ **322. What kind of life do most people enjoy?** 大部分人都喜欢什么样的生活？ **323. What's your nationality, sir?** 先生，您是哪国人？ **324. What time do you go swimming every day?** 你每天几点去游泳？ **325. When are you going to get your hair cut?** 你打算什么时候去理发？ **326. When I just gone out of the building, it began to rain.** 我刚走出大楼，天就下雨了。 **327. When I was young, I'd listen to the radio, waiting for my favorite songs.** 我小时候常听收音机，等我最喜 ``` 欢的歌。 ``` **328. When she got back home, she showed her new beautiful hat to her husband.** 她回到家后给她丈夫展示了她 ``` 漂亮的新帽子。 ``` **329. When she got home that evening, she showed her husband the beautiful hat she had bought.** 那天傍晚她 ``` 回家后，给丈夫看她买的那顶漂亮的帽子。 ``` **330. When she left school, she went first to Britain.** 在她离开学校后，她一开始去的是英国。 **331. When were the Olympic Games founded?** 奥运会是何时创办的？ **332. Who's going to answer the phone?** 谁去接电话？ **333. Who's going to answer the door?** 谁去开门？ **334. Who can help me clean the room?** 谁能帮我打扫这个房间？ **335. "Why does the parrot cost so much?” the man asked.** 这个人问道： **“** 这只鹦鹉为什么这么贵？ **” 336. Why, do you want me to change the channel?** 怎么了，你要我换个频道吗？ **337. Without water, there is no life on the earth.** 没有水，地球上就没有生命。 **338. Wisdom is much more important than knowledge.** 智慧比知识重要的多。 **339. Would you like some mineral water?** 你想要矿泉水吗？ **340. Would you mind closing the window for me?** 你能帮我关一下窗户吗？ **341. Would you mind turning down the radio?** 你介意把收音机声音调低点吧？ **342. Would you mind waiting outside?** 你介意在外面等吗？ **343. Would you please help me with this heavy box?** 你能帮我抬一下这个很沉的箱子吗？ **Y** **344. Ye a h , b u t t h e y p l a y t h e s a m e s o n g s o v e r a n d o v e r a g a i n.** 没错，但他们总重复播放同一首歌。 **345. Yo u a n d y o u r t e a m c a n d i s c o v e r t h e a n s w e r t o p ro b l e m s t o g e t h e r.** 你和你的团队能够共同发现问题的答案。 **346. Yo u ’ d b e t t e r d o t h a t a g a i n.** 你最好再做一次。 **347. Yo u ’ l l f i n d i n E n g l i s h s o m e w o r d s c a n b e re m e m b e re d m o re e a s i ly than the others.** 你会发现英语里有些 ``` 词比其他的词容易记忆。 ``` **348. Yo u m u s t a l w a y s re m e m b e r n o t t o c h e a t i n e x a m s.** 你们必须时刻牢记考试时不要作弊。 **349. Yo u n e e d n ' t g o t h e re a n y m o re. H e a l re a d y k n o w s a b o u t i t.** 你不必去了，他已经知道那件事了。 **350. Yo u s h o u l d l o o k a ro u n d b e f o re y o u c ro s s t h e s t re e t.** 过马路前，你应该向四周看看。 **351. Yo u ought not to smoke so much.** 你不应该抽这么多烟。 **352. Yo u n g p e r s o n s u n d e r 2 5 m a k e u p h a l f o f t h e A m e r i c a n p o p u l a t i o n. 2 5** 岁以下的年轻人占到美国人口的一 ``` 半以上。 ``` **353. Yo u r c o m p o s i t i o n i s w e l l w r i t t e n , b u t t h e re i s s t i l l ro o m f o r i m p ro v e m e n t.** 你的作文写得很不错，但是还有 ``` 改进的余地。 ``` ## 第六部分 写作 注意：灰色底纹的题目（如第 **1** 题我的老师）为必须掌握的题目，考试出现几率很大。 示例一 Instructions:建议你在 30 分钟内，根据下面所给的题目和提纲用英语写出一篇不少于 80 词的短文。 My Hometown 1.简述你的家乡；2.你对家乡的印象。 示例二 Instructions:建议你在 30 分钟内，根据下面所给的题目和提纲用英语写出一篇不少于 80 词的短文。 Advantages and Disadvantages of the Mobile Phone 1.手机的好处； 2.手机带来的问题。 万能写作模板：（模板具体使用方法见学院网站 **[http://www.bitsde.com——](http://www.bitsde.com——)** 统考专栏——统考资料——辅导视频） 第一段 1. 抄题目然后加个问号? + Well, today let me tell you something about it. 2. (I think it is a very interesting topic.) 写出自己对题目的态度，或总体意见或感觉。 第二段 1. 对自己的态度进行反问? (In my opinion, we should understand it like this. ) I have three reasons / points. 2. Firstly, / **First of all** ,/To begin with,/ To start with自己的意见 1 或者情况 1 3. Secondly,/Besides,/Furthermore,/What’s more / **In addition** 自己的意见 2 或者情况 2 4. Lastly, /Finally, / **Last but not least** 自己的意见 3 或者情况 3 第三段 1. From above/ In sum,/ **To sum up** , you see +自己的态度/意见/感觉(重申自己的观点） 2. (let’s pay more and more attention to this together from now on.) 写作范文 **1. My teacher of English** （我的英语老师） **/ My Teacher in High School** （我的高中老师） **My Teacher / A (good)** **teacher to remember** （我的老师 **/** 难忘的老师） 范文 **1**. My high school English teacher was Miss Huang. She is a sweet and talented person. She is beautiful and there is always a smile on her face. She likes dogs very much and her favorite color is blue, because blue is the color of the sky and the sea. Miss Huang is quite talented that she likes singing and she is good at playing the piano, too. She always sits in front of the piano and plays nice music in the evenings. She is a good dancer, too. Sometimes she teaches us dancing. In one word, she is my favorite teacher. 范文 **2.** My favorite teacher is my English teacher, whose name is Mrs. Zhang. She's very pretty and very nice to us. She has long/short hair and big brown eyes. Not like other teachers, she always tries to make friends with the students and she is kind and patient with her students, both in and after class. She gives me a lot of help with my English study. Whenever I meet difficulties and become upset, she is always there to encourage me to keep on. With her help, I make great progress in my English study. I like her very much! **2. My mother** （我的母亲）要求： **1.** 介绍你的母亲。 **2.** 描述一件母亲做过的事情和你对此的感受。 My mother is a kind and gentle woman as well as a hardworking teacher. I always feel proud of her. As a mother, she takes good care of me and gives me every comfort. When I was a little child, I used to sit on my mother’s knees, listening to her stories. She always patience of tell me how to do the difficult things. As a teacher she works hard and efficiently. She teaches English in a middle school. She loves her students. She treats them with patience and teaches them well. She is always praised and respected by both her students and colleagues alike. I always feel proud of my mother. And I love her forever. **My father** （我的父亲）要求： **1.** 介绍你的父亲。 **2.** 描述一件父亲做过的事情和你对此的感受。 The man I love most in my life is my father. He is very caring and a good friend. When I was a little child, I used to sit on my father’s knees, listening to his stories. When I was seven years old, I started my primary school. I was so young that my father picked me up from school every day. On the way, I told him everything that happened at school. He listened carefully and always smiled happily. He is always proud of me. I’m sure my father’s love will lead me to my success and I will love him forever. **The man I love most in my life** （我最爱的人） Whenever others asked who you love most, I would say my grandfather without the least hesitation. My grandfather is over sixty. He looks younger than his real age. He was a policeman before his retirement. He has a positive attitude towards his later years of life. He does physical exercises every morning. He can read books without wearing glasses. He is so strong that he is able to lift heavy things by himself. He loves children very much. Every Monday afternoon he is invited to a nearby school to tell stories to the children about the life and work of the policemen. All the young pupils love him very much. To sum up, you see why I love my grandfather so much. **My beloved grandparents** （我亲爱的祖父母） My grandparents are important people in my life. I was brought up by them when I was young. My parents used to work in another city. It was my grandparents who took care of me. My grandmother cooked delicious food for me and taught me how to read and write. My grandfather sent me to school and picked me up every day. My grandmother is now 75 years old and my grandfather is 76 years old. They are now living with us. They are always proud of me. Now it’s my turn to take good care of them. I love my grandparents so much. **3. My Best Friend** （我最好的朋友） 要求： **1.** 介绍你的一位好朋友。 **2.** 描述你们的友谊。 I have a best friend named Li Ning, whose English name is Wilson. He is 25 years old now. We’ve been friends since we were in primary school. He is a nice person who is always ready to help others. He now works with a joint-venture company, which has cooperative relations with the company I serve. Therefore, we have many opportunities to meet each other frequently to talk about both our work and our life. Because we both like traveling very much, if we are free, we will travel together at least once a year. I hope we will be good friends forever. **My best schoolmate** （我最好的同学） **/My Classmates** （我的同学） **/ My Colleague** ### 要求： 1. 介绍你的一位同事或同学。 2. 你这位同事 / 同学有什么特点。 范文1Liu Kai is my schoolmate. He is a good student and always ready to help others. One day on his way to school, he saw a little girl crossing the road when a car nearly hit her. Just then Liu Ka rushed up to her and caught her by the arm. The little girl was saved. She told him where she lived, and he took her home. When Liu Kai hurried into school, the teacher had already started the lesson. He told the teacher why he was late. He was then praised for what he had done. So, you see why he is my best friend and I am really proud of him. 范文2. Lu Tao is one of my best friends. He is an easy –going, kind and upright man. He will accompany me when I am lonely, listen to me when I need someone to talk to, and help me when I need a helping hand .Moreover, we have nearly the same hobbies I am really fond of sports and he enjoys playing many of the games I do. Although we are very busy with our jobs, we often stay in touch by regular email and telephone calls. I believe we will be best friends forever. 范文2 My best workmate is a very lovely girl. Her name is Lucy. We cooperate with each other very happily. When we have a new task, both of us will express our opinions of how to do it. Then we will have a discussion and make a detailed plan of what she and I should do separately to finish the task. Afterwards, we will try our best to do our own job. Lucy is really hardworking and careful. She will always finish her task perfectly. I will try my best too. We always do a good job in our cooperation. To work with her is quite a happy thing. **4. Do physical exercise** （锻炼身体） **/About physical exercise(** 体育锻炼 **)** 要求： **1.** 从事体育运动有哪些好处？ **2.** 你常做的体育运动。 范文1. Everyone hopes to live happily in the world. Physical exercise is important to a happy life. To begin with, there is a famous saying: "Life lies in exercise." Although you will not necessarily die without regular physical exercises, they'll certainly help you live longer and more healthily. Second, exercise is good for us to build our bodies and mind, as exercise can also train us to response quickly. Finally, exercise can help improve our mood and make our life interesting. In a word, exercise is healthy, recreational and very interesting. 范文2. The benefits people gain from doing physical exercise are far more than they can imagine. It is essential for those people who want to be healthy and stronger. For me, playing basketball is my favorite exercise. I have played basketball for about ten years. It is not only my hobby but also best way to keep me healthy. By playing basketball, I can forget everything bothersome around my brain and make a lot of friends at the same time. I think no matter how busy you are, it is essential to doing physical exercise regularly. There are too much exercise that you can do everywhere and every time. **5. My Favorite Sport** （我最喜爱的运动） **/ The sports activities I like best(** 我最喜欢体育活动 **)** 要求： **1.** 你特别喜欢的运动。 **2.** 你喜欢这项运动的理由。 范文1. Just as lots of young people like pop music, I love basketball. It’s part of my life. I began to play basketball in my childhood. I still remember the good old days when I played with my classmates after school. As I grew up, almost everything changed, but this sport - playing basketball remained and my love of it grew even stronger. I love this sport because it brings joys and health to my life. When I get tired from office work, I go to the sports ground and I will feel refreshed. It is basketball that keeps me in good shape and mood. 范文2. Just as lots of teenagers take to pop music, I love basketball. It's part of my life. I began to play basketball in my childhood．I still remember the good old days when l played with my classmates after school. Later on, as I grew up, almost everything changed, this sport--playing basketball remained and my love of it grew even stronger. I love this sport because it brings joys and health to my life. When I got tired from office work, I went to the sports ground and felt refreshed. If there were worries and cares from daily life, I went to the sports ground. There everything went away except basketball. It is basketball that keeps me in good shape and mood. **6. My Hobbies** （我的爱好） **/ My Interests** （我的兴趣爱好） **/How I spend my spare time** （我如何度过闲暇时 光） **/My Favorite Hobby** （我最喜欢的爱好 **/My hobby** （我的爱好） **/My activities in leisure time(** 我的休闲生活 **)** 要求： **1.** 你业余时间的娱乐活动有哪些？ **2.** 描述其中一项业余活动。 范文1.I have many hobbies, such as sports, singing, playing the violin and keeping a diary. I like sports. I go running at five o'clock in the morning. After classes in the afternoon, I play football with my friends. These sports can keep me healthy. At home, I like to sing and play the violin. I practice singing and playing the violin every day. Busy as I am, I am quite happy. Of all my hobbies I like reading books best. In my bedroom there are nearly six hundred books. There are story books, textbooks, magazines, and others. All these books have enriched my knowledge. 范文2. Just as lots of teenagers take to pop music, I love basketball. It's part of my life. I began to play basketball in my childhood．I still remember the good old days when l played with my classmates after school. Later on, as I grew up, almost everything changed, this sport--playing basketball remained and my love of it grew even stronger. I love this sport because it brings joys and health to my life. When I got tired from office work, I went to the sports ground and felt refreshed. If there were worries and cares from daily life, I went to the sports ground. There everything went away except basketball. It is basketball that keeps me in good shape and mood. **How I spend my spare time** （我如何度过闲暇时光） **/My activities in leisure time(** 我的休闲生活 **)** The most important duties of college students are studying. But besides studying, we should also enjoy a good life in our leisure time. There are many ways of spending the spare time. My ways are as follows. First of all, I spend about half of my leisure time is listening to music. In this way, I can thoroughly relax myself both physically and mentally; thus, I am able to study well in the future. Secondly, I consume part of my spare time by doing some exercises. Basketball is my favorite sports game. Jogging will keep me fit. Finally, reading is necessary. A good book can take me to a mysterious place where I have never been to. These are the major ways I spend my spare time. Of course, I won't forget "Time is money". After my spare time, I will come to study at once. **How I spend my spare time(** 怎样安排我的业余时间 **)** Studying hard is very important for college students. But besides studying, we should also enjoy a good life in our leisure time. There are many ways of spending one’s spare time. My ways are as follows. First of all, I spend about half of my leisure time is listening to music. In this way, I can relax myself both physically and mentally; thus, I am able to study well in the future. Secondly, I consume part of my spare time by doing some exercise. Basketball is my favorite sports game. Jogging will keep me fit. Finally, reading is necessary. A good book can take me to a mysterious place where I have never been to. These are the major ways I spend my spare time. **7. My Favorite Season** （我最喜欢的季节） There are four seasons in a year. But spring is my favorite. Spring is the most pleasant season of the year. The weather is usually warm. The sky is often clear and blue. This weather is perfect for outdoor activities. We often have picnics and go hiking. We also go cycling and camping when the weather is fine. In spring it often rains, too. I think it’s a great fun to walk in the fine rain. Spring is pleasant. The birds are singing and the flowers are smiling. The children are playing happily in the playground. I like spring very much. I’m sure you will enjoy this nice season too. **8. My Favorite Book / The Book I Like Best** （我最喜爱的书） 要求： **1.** 你最喜欢哪本书。 **2.** 说明理由。 My favorite book is A Dream of Red Mansions. It was written by Cao Xueqin. The book tries to tell us that there are different kinds of love, only one kind which should be considered as True Love. In our life, we should marry the true love instead of wealth or good looks. From this book, we also get to know a part of the noble people’s life in Qing Dynasty and find some life knowledge from it. This book is very helpful to people. I have learnt a lot from this book. So it is my favorite book. **9. My Favorite Music (** 我最喜欢的音乐 **)** There are many kinds of music, such as folk music, pop music, rock music and so on. But my favorite music is classical music. First of all, they are full of enthusiasm and motivation and they can copy the joy and soothe grief. It let us know that even we are in despair, we still have hope. When I am sad, I will listen to the classical music, I feel relaxed and forget all the unhappy things at that moment; Moreover, unlike pop music, classical music have its real meaning and we can learn something from it. What about you? Do you like classical music? **10. My Favorite Food** （我最喜欢的食物） 要求： **1.** 你特别喜欢的食物。 **2.** 说明理由。 I like many different kinds of foods. Among them, egg is my favorite. Eggs can commonly be found in almost any part of the world, and they contain a lot of essential nutrients needed by the human body. Egg is the basic ingredient to many dishes, like omelet and French toast. You can easily get eggs at any supermarket, and they are sold for a very cheap price too. Besides its low price, egg contains lots of nutrients and is a very good source of energy. In a word, I like egg most. It is my favorite food. **11. The Job I Like** （我喜欢的工作） **/My Ideal Job** （我理想的工作） 要求： **1.** 你喜欢的工作。 **2.** 说明理由。 范文1. As we often say that teacher is the engineer of our soul, teaching is my ideal job. Why I like to be a teacher. There are several reasons. First, teaching is learning. To make my lectures more constructive and stimulating, I have to read more books, explore new knowledge and gain a better understanding of the world, which is the very thing I enjoy in my life. Second, teaching means freedom and independence. As a teacher, I’m free to use my own ideas and make my own decisions. Finally, I like teaching because it offers certain peace of mind. All in all, the reasons above make me like teaching best. 范文2. Everybody has his dream for his career in the future. He or she might want to be a teacher, a doctor, a scientist, a sportsperson and so on. To tell you the truth, my ideal job is in business, to be a businessman. The idea came into being when I was a child. With the development of market economy, there are many prosperous opportunities in business. I like reading stories about some successful businessmen such as Bill Gates, Li Jiacheng etc. I believe I will be a man like them some day. Now, I am majoring in Computer Science. I must study hard to get myself qualified for my future job. **12. Choosing a job (** 找工作 **)** Everyone needs to work. Different people have different requirements of choosing a job. Some think a decent salary is the most important factor while others regard training and experience to be the key factor. As far as I’m concerned, it’s more important to accumulate experience than get high salary. Rich experience offers people more opportunities to earn money. Besides, the more working experience you gain, the more competitive you will become. It makes people more confident. Therefore, it’s important to know yourself and find a job which brings you bright prospects. **13. Television** （电视） 要求： **1.** 列举电视的优点。 **2.** 列举电视的缺点。 范文1. Television has its good as well as bad sides. It makes us informed of daily news, lets us know the outside world, provides lessons for learners, and it brings joys and interests into people’s lives. Unfortunately, some television programs have been extremely harmful to the young. Violent movies are show on TV. Children regard the murders as heroes or models, so they imitate. Therefore there happened many killers or shooting cases in American campuses. What a big harm. So young people should learn to get rid of the bad influences of TV and learn to make use of the advantages that TV brings us. 范文2. Television is one of the most wonderful inventions in human history and it has a big influence on our life. First, television is an effective medium of information. We get to know what’s going on in the word without going outside. Beside, television is a popular means of entertainment. We get pleasure from various kinds of TV programs. Despite its great role in our daily life, television also has negative effects. For instance, many people spend too much time watching programs and become couch potatoes. They develop health problem for the lack of exercises. Modern people can’t live without television. But it’s important not to let it rule our leisure time. **14. My Favorite TV program** 我最爱的电视节目 要求： **1.** 介绍你最喜欢的电视节目。 **2.** 说明为什么喜欢这个电视节目。 范文1. News Report has always been my favorite TV program. First, News Report contains a large amount of information ranging from the international political situation to the latest football game. Second, the most important character is its fast pace. Because of this fast pace, news programs can contain much information in a short time. Finally, in my opinion, News Report is more than a TV program. It is a way of communication. From this program, people can know and understand world affairs. I especially appreciate this benefit of watching the news. 范文2. CCTV today offers a great variety of programs to meet different needs and tastes. For example, the weather forecast, serials, sports and so on. My favorite TV program, however, is the news. There are two points that are worth mentioning. For one thing, it covers news about important events both at home and abroad in the evening during the so-called “golden time”. For anther thing, it saves me much time reading through newspapers for current affairs. In short, watching the news on CCTV has become part of my daily life. **15. TV Ads** （论电视广告）要求： **1.** 电视广告的优缺点。 **2.** 介绍一个你喜欢的电视广告。 With the development of advertising, our television programs are flooded with numerous advertisements every day. In my opinion, advertising on television is a negative force in society because they create all kinds of impossible fantasies and they are often dishonest and offensive. In the first place, ads always show happy, rich people, and they make life look easy. However, life is not always easy; on the contrary, it is often very difficult. Not all people live in big and beautiful houses and dress in fashionable clothes. Secondly, television programs are constantly interrupted by ads, which is annoying and offensive to the majority of audience. All in all, advertisement on television is a form of pollution. They invade our visual space and they are a great nuisance. **My view on the Negative Effects of Some Advertisements** （广告的负面影响） Nowadays there are a lot of false advertisements (ads) in society. They have done much bad to society. Generally, their negative effects can be as follows. First, they exaggerate the functions of the goods they advertise and mislead consumers. Second, some advertisements contain bad contents and bring about mental pollution. Third, they seriously damage the reputation of businesses because the shops which sell those goods will be distrusted by consumers. In conclusion, false advertisements must be got rid of in our society. **16. Why I study English?** （我为什么学习英语**?** ） **/** 或者 **:Why do students like learning English? (** 为什么学生喜 欢学习英语？ **)Why I Like Learning English (** 为什么我喜欢学英语 **)** 要求： **1.** 你学习英语的主要原因。 **2.** 说明学习英语给你带来的好处。 范文1. Why do I study English? There are three reasons in my opinion. First, English is the most widely used language in the world. If we make a visit to foreign countries or do business with foreigners, we need to talk with them in English. Second, we can know the English-speaking countries much better if we know English. With China becoming stronger and stronger, we have more chances to go to other countries. Above all, learning English makes me a global person. As learning English can bring me a lot, I must learn English as hard as I can. 范文2. Why I like learning English? Firstly, English is very useful. English is the most widely used language in the world. If we make a visit to foreign countries or do business with foreigners, we need communicate with them in English. Secondly, with China becoming stronger and stronger, we have more chances to go abroad. We can know the English- speaking countries much deeper if we know English. Both China and English-speaking countries have realized the importance of the culture exchanging. Above all, English is useful and important, we must master English. **17. My Favorite course** （我最喜欢的课程） **/ The course I like best of the long-distance education (** 我最喜欢的 远程教育课程 **)** Among all the courses I have taken, I like English courses best. The reasons are as follow： First of all, there are many online courses and learning materials which enable me to study anywhere and anytime I like. I can download many useful materials from the website and practice them all the time. What’s more, English is one of the most useful languages in the world. My job is also related to English. Therefore, English learning helps me to do my job better. Last but not least, our school has many good English teachers, who are willing to help us whenever we meet with difficulties. In short, English is my favorite course, but I also have to work hard to learn other courses. **18. How to learn English well?(** 如何学好英语**?** ） **/My English study** （我的英语学习） **/My Study Plan(** 学习计划 **)** 要求： **1.** 学习方法对英语学习的重要性。 **2.** 你的英语学习方法。 English is always my favorite subject and I am good at it Learning English was the most important thing in my school life. In order to learn English well, I make a study plan. First of all, I remember 20 new words a day and never give up. Moreover, I go over grammar points I have learnt in English class regularly. Last but not least, I read an English article in China Daily every day and write an English composition every week and ask teacher to revise that for me to improve the writing level. If you do the things above, I am sure your English will be improved. **19. The course I hate most of the long-distance education** （我最讨厌的远程教育课程） **// Difficulty in Studying** **English** 英语学习的困难 Nowadays it’s important to have a good command of English. But English learning has never been easy for me. English is the course that I hate most of the long distance education and I am bad at English. English is really very hard for me, as it is so different from Chinese. First, I can’t remember a lot of new words. Second, I’m weak in grammar. Third, my listening is poor. Fourth, I can’t speak English very well, and I don’t have any chance to talk with foreigners. With so many difficulties, I am afraid of learning English and hate learning this course very much. However, there’re many ways to overcome these difficulties, I think practice makes perfect. I should take every opportunity to learn English. I believe if I work, I’ll be rewarded with success in English. **How to Overcome Difficulties in My English Studies** （怎样克服我学习英语的困难） 要求： **1.** 你在英语学习中遇到过的困难。 **2.** 你如何克服这些困难的？ Nowadays it’s important to have a good command of English. But English learning has never been easy for me. I encountered many difficulties in vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing. There’re many ways to overcome these difficulties, I think. Firstly, I should make a detailed study plan about how many words to memorize each day, how much time to spend reading and doing exercises. Secondly, it’s important to stick to my plan no matter how busy I am. As out teacher says, one day an article keeps bad English far away. Finally, practice makes perfect. I should take every opportunity to speak in English. I believe if I work, I’ll be rewarded with success in English. **20. My first year in college(** 大学生活的第一年 **)/ (My) School life** （我的学校生活） We will never forget our freshman year at college. In general it is a time filled with anticipation, some anxiety, and wonderful discoveries. The first thing I notice is the workload. It is heavier and more intense than I ever experienced before. I have made a lot of new friends. I am sure college friendships will be among the most satisfying and long-term in my life. It's always exciting to discover how wonderfully the college relationships can be. I am enjoying my newfound freedom. Stay up until dawn talking about my ideals and ambitions with my roommates. I even start to think about my future. Going to college is as much about finding out who am I as it is about getting the degree. **My Study Plan(** 我的学习计划 **)** A new semester is coming, in order to study English well, I made a study plan. First, try to remember 20 words from dictionary everyday. Second, go over grammar points I have learnt in English class regularly. Third, form a habit of reading an English article in China Daily every day. Fourth, write an English composition every week and ask teacher to revise that for me to improve the writing level. Fifth, listen to English radio as often as possible to improve my listening. Thus, my English will improve rapidly. In a word, study plan is very important. **21. My expectation of the long-distance education** （我对远程教育的期望） Now, I am a student in Beijing TV University which means I am doing long distance learning. I have a lot of expectations of my distance education. Firstly, I hope to improve my spoken English. I work in a foreign-invested company. My boss is a foreigner. I need to talk with him in English every day. So I would like to improve my spoken English very much. Secondly, I hope to improve my English writing ability. I need to receive and answer emails in English every day, but I don’t know enough English words. These above are my expectations of the long-distance education. **Self-study** （自学） **/ How to achieve success of distance learning** （如何在远程学习中获得成功） 范文1. Distance learning is for those who cannot study full time for some reasons. Many of them have a job, and some have to take care of a family. So, self-study becomes very important. I have several tips for self-study. First, I always make a study plan at the beginning of a new semester. Second, preview every unit before the lesson. Then, try to finish the homework after class. Finally, go over what I have learnt in class regularly at home. Without review, you will absolutely forget what you’ve learnt as quickly as possible. This is how I have achieved success of distance learning by self-study after work and class. 范文2. Distance learning is for those who cannot study full time for some reasons. Many of them have a job, and some have to take care of a family. But they can study and meanwhile work or do other things. Distance learners study alone in most of the time. They do not meet their teachers or classmates very often. But they can study with the help of the teachers and contact the teachers or other learners when having difficulties. They can study at any time and anywhere. Autonomous learning is an important learning style and an essential skill in distance education. I am a distance learner. I work in a company during the day, and I am taking a course in law in the evening. I have to do most learning tasks by myself. I have found this form of learning is very helpful and suitable for me. **22. Interest is the best teacher** （兴趣是最好的老师） Albert once said “Interest is the best teacher”. I believe so for three reasons. Firstly, if you are interested in something, you will think of it every day. Secondly, if you are interested in something, you will study hard to be good at it. Thirdly, if you are interested in something, you will be happy to overcome the difficulties you meet when doing it. Finally, if you are interested in something, you will get more joys and happiness from it. And you will get bigger success. Therefore, interest is the best teacher in your life. **23. How to use a dictionary** （如何使用字典） When you are reading something in English, you may often come across a new word. What's the best way o know it? We should choose a good English-Chinese dictionary. It tells us the meaning of the English words n Chinese. When you meet a new word, don't use the dictionary at once. Try your best to think about what it means before you look it up in the dictionary. If you can't guess the meaning, look it up in the dictionary. If you use the dictionary as often as possible in your English learning, it will become your good friend. **24. Should the University Campus Be Open to Tourists?** （大学校园应该对游人开放吗？） University is commonly called the tower of ivory. On university campus, especially in some famous ones, such as Peking University and Qinghua University, tourists are always seen walking around everywhere. Although most of them visit with hope and respect, I think university campus should not be open to tourists. First, tourists’ visit will disturb the normal teaching. They always get into teaching buildings, libraries and so on. They will make noise and throw rubbish everywhere. Second, some tourists trample grass to take photos, and sculpture on trees to leave words. These will affect the environment of the campus badly. The university is a place for study, not for tourism. So it should not be open. **25. Failure is the mother of success** （失败是成功之母） All of us face failure now and then. Although some people will try to avoid failure at all costs, some people welcome it. I believe it is the mother of success. First, failure can be a good teacher. It always teaches us to be better at the second time. As they say, the more you try, the more you'll succeed. Second, there is some wisdom to learn from failure. If we can learn to turn a failure to our advantage, we will have learned another secret to success. Finally, if we have ever failed, we can learn to get ready to get away with possible dangers. To me, success that comes after failure is even sweeter. **26.The way to success** （成功的方法） As we all know, not all people can make success in their lives. Most people will meet with failures on the way to success. Why do some people get successful in their lives? I think there are three reasons. Firstly, they have strong willpower. Once they decide to do something, they will never give up. Secondly, they work hard. Once they set up a goal, they will work hard to achieve it. Thirdly, they never easily quit. They always stick to their aims. I believe that where there is a will there is a way, and that success belongs to those who can make constant efforts. **27. Is stress a bad thing?** （压力是坏事吗？） Quite a number of men and women choose to do things less competitive. They are afraid that the stress of work will rob them of joy and happiness. In fact, however, stress isn’t a bad thing as it is often supposed to be. Unless it gets out of control, a certain amount of stress is vital to provide motivation and challenge. Furthermore, people under stress tend to express their full range of potential and to achieve their own personal worth. Finally, Stress is a natural part of everyday life and there is no way to avoid it. All in all, stress is not a bad thing if we can learn to deal with it rather than to escape from it. **28.(On/ About) Competition (** 竞争 **)** Competition makes people creative. Competition is a product of the development of society and gives people a sense of the pursuit of excellence. First, it is people’s inborn nature. Nothing can stop them from bringing their intelligence into full play in competition. In addition, competition produces better things. This is the guarantee of enterprises’ existence. They have to turn out better things. Otherwise, they will have no customers, and their workers will get lower wages. So in fact they produce better thing for their own benefit. Finally, society, through competition, has developed a lot. But for competition, people would remain idle and create nothing. Therefore, without competition there would be no progress. **29. Plant more trees** （种更多的树） April is the best time for green work. It is time to plant trees. There many reasons for us to plant more trees. Firstly, trees are more and more important to the earth. Planting trees is the basic thing to provide a green and healthy environment. Secondly, trees, as they are green in color, can make a city or place look more beautiful. Finally, it is also valuable in reducing noises, sandstorms and deserts. All in all, it can bring us back a beautiful earth. So, everyone, if you want to make the air clean, please protect the environment and plant more trees. **30. Water Pollution** 水污染 Everybody knows that water pollution is a serious problem in the world. Lots of rubbish or chemical pollutants have been thrown in the rivers, lakes and seas. Many of them are getting dirtier and dirtier. Fish have died in the water, and people get sick after drinking polluted water. My grandfather says, when he was very little, the water in the river was very clean. He often swam in the river with his friends. But now we can’t see such clean rivers. Let’s protect the water from pollution, because we can’t live without water. The water is really important to us all. **31. Water and Life** （水与生活） 范文1. Water is very important for human beings. There is a saying that “No water, no life”. According to a report, a man can only live for 7 days without water. But now there is a serious problem with our water: pollution. As too many factories are producing wastes, our rivers and lakes have been greatly polluted. A lot of fish have died due to water pollution. In order to keep our planet alive, every one of us should try our best to protect water. We should not throw wastes into clean water and we can find ways to reuse dirty water. 范文2. Just as sunshine is a necessity to life, so is fresh water. Without fresh water, our human society would come to a stop. As fresh water is such an important resource to the human society, we need to treasure it as we treasure our life, but how? First, our government should have a good plan for the use of fresh water and develop industries that consume less water. Second, waste water must be recycled. Finally all of us should do our best to save water. As the source of life, water is indispensable to human beings. People consume much water in production and daily life. Agriculture and industry account for most of mankind’s water usage. Without adequate water supplies, human future is threatened. **32. On money** （关于金钱） **/Money is not everything** （金钱不是万能的） 要求： **1.** 你对“金钱不是一切”的看法。 **2.** 举例说明你的看法。 范文1. A famous saying goes that “money is a good servant but a bad master.” I think we should be the masters of money and never be controlled by money. As we all know, money is necessary for a happy life, for we need money to make a living in the society. But money is not equal to happiness and a lot of rich people live a painful life. Money is important, but it is not everything. We should think of money in a correct way and never do anything wrong in order to get money. In a word, we should be the masters of money and get or spent money in the way that can bring us happiness. 范文2. Money is regarded by some people as the most important thing in life. In my opinion, money can both benefit people and do harm to them. On the one hand, we can't deny that money is useful. We need money to buy food, buy a house or pay our education cost. On the other hand, some people try to get money by dishonest means, for example, they often cheat and gamble, even rob and kill people. **33. Ways to keep fit (** 保持健康的方法 **)/How to keep healthy** （如何保持健康） **/Health and eating habits** （健康 及饮食习惯） 范文1. Nowadays more and more people are concerned about their health, but how to keep healthy? First, it is necessary to do some sports every day. Research shows that getting plenty of exercise makes the heart beat faster and the lungs work more effectively. Second, eat more fruits, vegetables and less meat. At last, getting rid of bad habits like smoking and drinking is also an important way to keep healthy. Smoking and alcohol drinking harm one's health a great deal, and therefore should be given up. If people follow these three ways of keeping fit, they’ll greatly improve their health. 范文2. Good health is the most valuable possession a person can have. It is important to remember that the body needs proper care in order to be healthy. There are three things that a person can do to stay in good health: one should eat the right foods, get enough sleep, and exercise regularly. First, proper nutrition is important for good health. Avoid foods with lots of sugar and fat. Eat plenty of high protein foods, vegetables and fruits. Do not overeat. Second, getting the proper amount sleep is also important. Without enough sleep, you feel tired and irritable. Allow yourself eight hours of sleep each night. Third, get plenty of exercise. Exercises improve your heart and lungs, and prevent you from gaining weight. If everybody were to do so, there would be much less complaining about poor health. **34. Which is More Important, Health or Wealth? (** 健康与财富，哪个更重要 **)** 要求： **1.** 介绍你对健康与财富的看法。 **2.** 简述你的理由。 Which is more important, wealth or health? Different people have different opinions. As far as I am concerned, I value the health more. Some people prefer wealth, holding that money can not bring everything, but without it, one can do nothing. In order to get more money they can do anything. However, other people regard health as more important. Once health is lost, it is no use having a lot of money. Maybe no one will agree that a wealth people without good health can be happy. All in all, I think health is more important for me than wealth. Just do our best to keep fit. **35.Smoking is harmful** （吸烟有害） ``` Although a lot of people still go on smoking and can not give it up, smoking is harmful to health. Lung cancer is mainly caused by cigarettes. Smoking is not only harmful to the smokers but also the people around ``` them. This second-hand smoking may cause the same lung damage. At present, more and more young men even students start smoking at an early age, and this is not a good phenomenon. Therefore, I want to advise those people to give up smoking. Only by giving it up can we keep healthy. **36. An Unforgettable Day** （难忘的一天） **/ A Day to Remember /An Unforgettable Experience** （一次难忘的经 历） 范文1. When people ask me which day you always remember in your life, my answer is it is March 12th, 2009. Our teacher Mr. Zhu led us to a park near our school on that day. We went there to do voluntary（志愿者）work. We got there at 9 a.m. Mr. Zhu divided us into three groups and then we began working. Group One was planting trees and water flowers. Group Two was busy collecting rubbish left by the tourists. I was in Group Three. We cleaned the children’s playground. We worked very hard. After a day’s work, I felt tired but very happy because I worked for others. I will never forget the day in my memory. 范文2. Among my many exam experiences, I still remember what happened in a final exam two years ago. I felt nervous in the exams and because of this, I never performed the best. But in that exam, when I got the paper, I was surprised to see some warm words on the paper. “Hi, everyone, believe in yourself and you will do best. Good luck.” At the sight of the words, I became very relaxed and confident. At last, I performed very well in that time. Ever since then, whenever I have exams, those simple but warm words always encourage me to do my best. **36. Happy Things in my Childhood (** 童年趣事 **)** There are many happy things in my Childhood. I still remember the good old days when I play with my family. When I was 10 years old, my father took me to Hong Kong to visit my aunt. This was my first visit to Hong Kong. During my staying there, I went to the famous Ocean Park and the Hong Kong Disneyland. I was very excited when I saw the Mickey mouse and Donald Duck. I took many pictures with them. My father bought me a Walt Disney cartoon there. We all had a good time that day. The travel to Hong Kong Disneyland became the happiest things in my childhood. **37. My view of the country life and town life** （乡村生活和城市生活） **/ Where to live** （住在哪里） 要求： **1.** 有人喜欢住在城市。 **2.** 有人喜欢住在农村。 **3.** 你的看法。 范文1. Different people have different views on country life and town life. Some people prefer to live in the country while others prefer to live in town. It is true that town life is convenient. There are restaurants, supermarkets, shopping malls in your neighborhood. You can easily buy any stuff you need. In the contrary, living in the country is quite different. It offers fresh air and beautiful scenery and the most important thing is its quietness. For me, I like to live in town because of the colorful life and convenience for working. 范文2. When I am asked about my view of the country life and town life, I will prefer the country life. As we know, there is a big difference between town life and country life. In the country, everybody knows everybody else. They know what time you get up, what time you go to bed and what you have for dinner. If you want help, you will always get it and you will be glad to help others. In a large town, however, it can sometimes happen that you have never seen your next door neighbor and you do not know his name or anything about him. People in town are often very lonely. This is because people are busy working at daytime and go to different places in the evenings and at weekends. One is sorry for old people living on their own. They could die in their homes and would not be discovered for weeks or even months. **3 8. Living in a big city** （城市生活）要求： **1.** 住在大城市的优点**. 2.** 住在大城市的缺点 Nowadays more and more people want to live in big cities. Living a big city has many advantages. Firstly, living in a big city is more convenient. If I live in a big city, I can go shopping at night if I want, because there’re so many shops open for 24 hours; I can go to the cinema with my friends at weekends; I can go to a perfect restaurant to have a big dinner. Secondly, I can learn more knowledge in a big city, for there are many book shops and libraries. But every coin has two sides. Living in a big city also has many disadvantages. Big cities are too crowded. There is lots of pollution and traffic jam is a big problem. In a word, I would like to live in a big city because there’re really so many opportunities and fun. **39. East, west, home is the best** （金窝银窝，不如自家的草窝） **/My Family** （我的家） 范文1. As the old saying goes, “East, west, home is the best”. Whenever I’m tired, I can have a good rest at home. Whenever I feel sad, my parents will come to comfort me. Whenever I’m happy, I can share my joy with my family members. I live in Shanghai. There are two bedrooms and a living room in my home. The flat is not big, but I feel comfortable to live there. It is near my company, so I can ride a bike to work every day. During the weekends, I will do some housework and study English at home. I love my home. It is the best place ever. 范文2. Easy or west, home is best. I think so, because home is the most caring place. Home is a place where we feel a sense of belonging especially when you are far away from it. When you get hurt, you need it where you can feel safe. When you are tired or sick, you need it where you can take a break. When you are frustrated, the first thought through you mind is home. Home is a place you belong to, safe and relaxing. So it is sweeter than any other place for a person. **40. My family life** （我的家庭生活） **/ Living in a big family** （生活在一个大家庭） 范文1. I have a happy family. There are four people in my family. They’re my father, my mother, my sister and I. My father is a teacher. He teaches English. He loves his student, and often plays with them. My mother is a doctor. And she is always patient with her patients, because she thinks it’s a great job and doctors can save people’s lives. Besides, she cooks meals and cleans the house every day. My sister is a student. She wants to be a singer, and she likes dancing. I’m working in a company and studying in TV University. I love my family and enjoy living in a big family. 范文2. A typical Chinese family in the past was extremely large-with many children, aunts and uncles living under the same roof. It’s reported that more than 70% of the traditional Chinese families were extended families, consisting of three or more generations living in one household. There are advantages to have a big family living together. For example, the elder can take care of their grandchildren when the parents are busy with work, and at the same time they may derive a lot of pleasure and satisfaction from this. To maintain a harmonious atmosphere in a big family, one should always remember that a good relationship is set up on the basis of mutual understanding and respect. **41. My hometown(** 我的家乡 **)** My hometown is Lishui. It is a beautiful town. It has a long history. There are many big supermarkets, beautiful gardens and good factories here. It is very easy to go shopping. You can see green hills, big trees and nice flowers. There are many restaurants in Lishui. You can enjoy Lishui goat. It tastes very delicious. Many visitors come here to enjoy it. There are many good places to visit. There is a park and a big Shopping Mall. You can see films in Renmin Theatre. My school is one of the best schools in my hometown. I love my hometown. Welcome to my hometown! **42. My dream(** 我的梦想 **)** 要求： **1.** 你的梦想是什么？ **2.** 如何实现你的梦想。 A dream is to a man what wings are to a bird. It is dream that adds fullness, variety, and spice to our life and makes it worth living. I have a dream. I dream that one day in the word there would be no conflicts and people of all origins would live in harmony and peace. As we can see, we are now not far away from violence, poverty, diseases, and even wars. Most people are in need of what they have never enjoyed. However, I still stick to my innermost dream that there will be a day when we are surprised to find that the word poverty has long been out of our memories. When my dream comes true, all men will be truly equal, happy, and free. **My dream house (** 我梦想的房子 **)** I dream to have a house in Shanghai. My dream house should be very big. There should be three bedrooms in the house, because I would like to live with my parents. I would like my parents to live in a bedroom, my wife and I live in another bedroom and my son live in the third room. There should be a big kitchen. I like eating very much. With a big kitchen, I can cook a lot of good food to eat and enjoy my life in Shanghai. **43. Talking About Yourself** （谈谈你自己） My name is LiHua. I was born and brought up in Shanghai. I am 25 years old. I live with my parents in a flat in the northern part of the city. I work as a salesperson in a foreign trade company. My job is not so easy as I have to write e- mails and talk with my clients all the time. Sometimes I have to go on a business trip. I also go to TV University to study English because I think English is quite helpful to my work. During my spare time, I’d like to play basketball and go swimming with some of my friends. **44. Changes in My life** （我生活的变化） There have been many changes in my life. With the development of economy, my life is better off. For clothing, I have spare money to buy all sorts of pretty clothes. But in the past, there were fewer clothes in my wardrobe. For food, I usually had traditional Chinese food for every meal, rice, noodles or a steamed bun. Nowadays, I can afford any delicious food, including western food. For housing, I moved from a cramped and gloomy room to a big and bright flat. For getting around, I rode an old bike on my way to work a year ago. At present, I drive my private car to travel. I believe my life will become better and better in the near future. **45. My view on luck** （关于运气）要求 **:1.** 一些人把成功归于运气。 **2.** 另一些人把运气看作是努力的结果。 **3.** 我的看法。 When one got an opportunity or made success, others often said she/he was lucky. Can good luck really bring opportunity or success? Nowadays many people believe in luck. They think luck can bring them everything. If they have good luck, they will be successful without hard work. But this is a wrong idea. As we all know, good luck does not come alone（独自）. Luck goes hand in hand with hard work. When a good chance comes to you, but you don’t work hard to finish the task, then you can’t use the chance, so good luck passes you by. Therefore, people should work hard instead of depending on luck. **46. Honesty is the best policy** （诚实乃上策） 要求： **1.** 写出你对“诚实乃上策”的看法。 **2.** 举例说明你的观点。 There goes the saying "Honesty is the best policy." It tells us the importance of honesty. What are the benefits of honesty? If you are honest to others, they will also be honest to you. When you are sad, they will comfort you. When you are in trouble, they will help you. It is usually better to be honest than dishonest. Sometimes honesty may get you in trouble or hurt someone, but telling the truth is less harmful than lying. In a word, honesty not only brings us friendship, but also material gains. we should remember in heart that honesty is the best policy. **47. Parents are the best teachers** （父母是最好的老师） We all have parents, who are the ones loves us most in the world. Parents are out best teachers. Firstly, parents stay with children every day. Children will think them as examples and learn from them. If the parents are polite, the children will be polite. Secondly, parents influence children with their words and behaviors. If parents always are nice to others and say good words about others, their children will also be kind to other children. If parents are good to old people, when the parents are getting older, the children will be good to them too. To sum up, from what has been talked above we can say that parents are our best teachers. **48. My favorite means of transportation** （我最喜欢的交通方式） **/Which means of transportation do you prefer?** （你最喜欢哪一种交通方式？） 范文1. There are so many means of transportation, such as bus, taxi, and subway. My favorite means of transportation is subway. Subway is cheap, convenient and not so expensive. It saves my money as well as my time. In contrast, bus is cheap but a little slow. Every time I should go out early to wait for some time, and it takes a longtime to get to the destination. Taxi is fast but a little expensive. It costs much money to get to the destination. So my favorite means of transportation is subway. 范文2. Which kind of public transportation do I prefer? Well, let me tell you something about it. As far as I am concerned, I like to take train best. There are three reasons for my choice. Firstly, taking train is the cheapest way for traveling, which costs much less than using airplane and private cars. Secondly, taking train is the safest way for traveling, which causes much less traffic accidents than any other means of transportation. Thirdly, taking train is the most convenient way for traveling, which saves you a lot of troubles of parking or going to the airport, as you can go to the railway station more easily. But it takes the longest time for traveling, and sometimes it is very difficult for you to get the ticket. Anyway, I like traveling in my own way and take train as the means of transportation. **49. Private Cars in China** 中国私家车 **/ Buy a car or not?** （买不买车？） **/On private cars** （关于私家车） Today, people’s living standard is improving rapidly. As a result, some people have bought cars of their own, and others are planning to buy cars. There are some advantages and some disadvantages in owning cars. First, a car allows one to move freely. With a car, there is no need to wait for the bus in the cold or under the burning sun. Second, a car makes it easier and more comfortable to travel. One can set out whenever he likes. There are, on the other hand, some disadvantages in owning a car. First, it may cause more traffic jams if the road conditions cannot be improved. Second, more cars will result in more serious pollution. Finally, parking will be a problem since there is not much space in large cities. In a word, if conditions permit, owning a car can make us work more efficiently and life will become more enjoyable. **50. The Computer** 电脑 **/the digital products(** 数码产品 **)** 范文1. Nowadays, computers are becoming more and more popular（流行）. It has become a very important part in people’s life. It can help people a lot in different ways in many fields and greatly improve the efficiency of work and study. With a computer, we can read articles, surf on line to get new information and even chat with your friends. However, many children and students often attack your computer and even make it break down. In a word, I think we are the owners of computers, and we must also be the owners of ourselves. It is important to know when to use computers. That means to control computers but not to be controlled by computers. 范文2. Nowadays, we can find the digital products everywhere; cell phones are one kind of them. Cell phones do play an important role in people’s daily life, but every coin has its two sides. To start with, as a wireless mobile phone, it’s convenient for the user at any time to contact others. Secondly, it’s a helpful companion. With a multifunctional cell phone in hand, one can easily surf the net, downloading what he needs. However, the cell phone has many disadvantages. For one thing, the machine itself is very expensive and its local service is very costly, not to mention its global service. For another, the radiation from the mobile phones might do harm to the user’s health. In a word, its advantages are far out—weigh its disadvantages. **51. About Internet** （论因特网） **1.** 关于因特网的弊端 **2.** 因特网对我的影响 **3.** 因特网带来的益处 Internet has its good as well as bad sides. Internet can help people a lot, but it also has many disadvantages. For example, there are some sexy news and pictures on the website which will not do well to the young people. So young people should learn to get ride of the disadvantages of internet and learn to make use of the advantages that internet brings to us. On the other hand, Internet can let me know the outside world, make me informed of daily news, and it has brought joy and interest into my lives. So we should make good use of the internet. **My View on the Internet(** 互联网之我见 **)** Internet plays an important role in our daily life. First, the world gets smaller and communication becomes easier and faster, because from the Internet we can get to know people from all over the world. Besides, we can work at home by sending email and accessing online information. Finally, online shopping makes our life more convenient. But as many other modern inventions, Internet has its problem. For instance, here is too much junk information on the net, and it wastes our time. Even worse, some evil persons commit crimes using the Internet technology. Thousands of people have fallen in love with the Internet. It is necessary to adapt stricter administration measures so that it will serve us better. **52. Will Computers Replace Us (** 电脑将取代我们吗 **)** Computers are workers for all kinds of wonders. They seem to be clever and can solve such complicated problems that some people think sooner or later they will replace us. But I doubt whether there is such a possibility. My reason is computers are machines, not humans. Our tasks are far too various and complicated for any one single machine to perform. Probably the greatest difference between man and computer is that the former can do things wittingly while the latter can do nothing without being programmed. In my opinion, computers will remain nothing but an extension of our human brains, no matter how complicated they may become. **53. My favorite means of getting information** （我最喜爱的获取信息的手段） 要求： **1.** 列举现代社会获取信息的方式。 **2.** 我最喜欢的获取信息的方式。 Nowadays we have a great number of means of getting information. Libraries provide us with books, while Internet offers us information resources. My favorite means of getting information is surfing the Internet. It is very convenient, which enables me to search what I want within just a few seconds at home. In addition, when we meet with some problems, we can go to Baidu for help, and we can often get satisfying answers. Internet helps me really a lot. It’s my favorite way of getting information. I enjoy searching information through Internet. **54.(About) Newspapers** 论报纸 要求： **1.** 介绍你熟悉的报纸。 **2.** 介绍你喜欢看的报纸并说明理由。 Nowadays there are a large number of people who enjoy reading newspapers that it has become a part of our daily life. Newspapers can tell us the latest news concerning polities, economics and military affairs at home and abroad. fu, by reading newspapers, we can obtain more knowledge and broaden our outlook so that we can make greater progress toward the future. According to their different publishing time, there are daily papers, evening papers, weekly papers, and so on. For example, 21st Century is an English language newspaper published in Beijing each week. It has sections of different kinds, including News of the week, the Word Today, Language Class, Sports and Music and Students Report. There are plenty of beautiful pictures and interesting articles in it. **55.Advantages and Disadvantages of the Mobile Phone** （手机的利与弊） 范文1. Like everything else, mobile phones have both favorable and unfavorable aspects. First, it's useful. As a wireless mobile telephone, it's easy and handy to call wherever one goes and call the one however far away he is. Second, it's convenient. Whenever one meets trouble or something urgent, one can make a call immediately. However, the mobile phone also has some disadvantages. It's easy to lose and the microwaves in it might do harm to people's health. I believe its advantages will far outweigh disadvantages soon. 范文2. Cell phones do play an important role in people’s daily life, but every coin has its two sides. A mobile phone has many advantages. First, calls can be made quickly from almost any place. Second, it is very convenient for social or business purposes. Third, a mobile phone can also serve as a connection to the Internet. However, the disadvantages of a mobile phone are also obvious. For one thing, that a person can be contacted at any time it is a disadvantage. For another, using the mobile phone frequently will do harm to people’s health. A further disadvantage is that it makes noises in the classroom, during the meeting or at the theatre. In my opinion, the advantages outweigh the disadvantages. As long as we use it properly, it will do a lot of good to us. **56. Friendship** （友谊） **/ A Friend in Need is a Friend Indeed** （患难见知己） Friendship is a kind of human relation. Friends are very important to us. It is human nature to make friends. When we are in trouble, we need friends to offer us support, encouragement and help. When we made success, we also need friends to share our joys. It’s hard to imagine life without friendship. Real friends are those who can help us in difficulties. However, we do have different kinds of friends. Some are only friends in words; if we meet with difficulties, they will escape at one. And some want to make full of their friends for the purpose of their own benefits. In short, when we have built friendship, we ought to cherish and value it. Only thus, can we develop real friendship. **57.My Plan for the National Day Holiday** （我的国庆假期计划） National Holiday is coming. There are 7 days, so I need to plan it in advance. Firstly, I plan to have a good rest for the first 2 days when I can have a good sleep and don’t worry to get up late, and then do a good cleaning of the home. Secondly, I would go to Hangzhou for a2 days’ trip. On the first day, we’ll set off in the morning and spend the whole afternoon walking around the lake so that we can be close to the whole afternoon walking around the lake so that we can be close to the nature and relax ourselves. On the second day, we’ll visit four spots, Tiger-running Spring, the Ling Yin Monastery, Spring Dawn at Su Causeway and the Moon Reflected in Three Pools. After that, I would fly to Beijing to attend my classmate’s wedding. These above are my plans for the National Holiday. **58. My plan for summer vacation** （我的暑假计划） **/ How to spend summer holiday? (** 如何过暑假？ **)/ My travel** **plan** （我的旅行计划） 范文1. I like the summer holiday so much. I look forward to summer holiday every year. If you ask me what my favorite summer holiday will be like, traveling around is the answer. I hope that one day I could meet different people visit different places of interest. This summer, I’m going to San Ya for my holiday, which is also a city of seashore. The sky is blue, the air is fresh. Wherever you go, you can always see the green trees, the neat grasses the colorful flowers. They are really wonderful. I enjoy having a walk along the beach after supper or having a swim in the afternoon. Volleyball is always my favorite, so I am planning to form a small team play it on beach together. We may have a match against some other teams. I do enjoy the sense when we win the game. I wish I could have two long holidays in a year, what about you? 范文2. I’m planning on a journey to the West Lake with my parents at this weekend. The West Lake is the most famous lake, thought to be pearl in East China near the mouth of Hangzhou. We’re going to have a two-day trip. On the first day, we’ll set off in the morning and spend the whole afternoon walking around the lake so that we can be close to the whole afternoon walking around the lake so that we can be close to the nature and relax ourselves. On the second day, we’ll visit four spots, Tiger-running Spring, the Ling Yin Monastery, Spring Dawn at Su Causeway and the Moon Reflected in Three Pools. After that we’ll boat on the lake, feeling the soft wind kissing our face, gentle and comfortable. The scenery must be charming. I’m sure we’ll have a most unforgettable experience. **59.My Plan for the Spring Festival (** 我的春节计划 **)** 范文1. Spring festival is the most important festival for Chinese people. Many people will prepare many things for the spring festival. Now this is my plan for the spring festival. Firstly, I will visit my friends and my relatives. Furthermore, I will make a big snow man with my daughter and my wife. Last but not least, I will stay with my parents, because I have no more time to stay with them at peacetime. This is my plan for the spring festival. I hope all of you have a good time in the spring festival. 范文2. Spring Festival is coming, I have many thing to do in the seven-day holiday. First, I will have a good sleep because I’m every tired getting up early to work. Then I visit my parents and enjoy some nice food cooked by my mother. And if possible, wash dishes for my mother. Finally I Will call my former classmates to have a get –together .we have been too busy to see each other, and I do miss them. Many young people have traveling plans, but I don’t like it. It’s too crowded and dirty outside. All I want to do is to sleep, eat and talk to my friends. Just relax myself for the whole holiday. **60. The Chinese New Year** （中国新年） 要求： **1.** 简单介绍中国新年（即春节）。 **2.** 你最喜欢的新年庆祝活动。 范文1. “New Year” is a time for celebrations. In China men and women, boys and girls, all look forward to a happy year. It is time for rest and refreshment. Business is suspended in this moment. Young fellows lay aside their schoolwork and give themselves up to merriment and joy. Each family has its members together for reunion. Friends call on one another. Public places are filled with all kinds of cheerful people. Children with lucky money in their new clothes have a delightful time playing games. The Chinese New Year lasts about a fortnight. It gives sufficient recreation to people. 范文2. The Chinese New Year is also called the Spring Festival. It is Lunar New Year Day. People will have a family reunion dinner on this day. “Jiao Zi” and “Chun Juan” are the kind of traditional Chinese food for the New Year. In order to drive the devil “Sui “away people will light firecrackers and fireworks. Nowadays, all the family member will get together to watch gala performances on TV on New Year’s Eve. And on the first day of New Year, people will pay New Year calls to each .children are very happy because they can get lucky money from their parents and grandparents. **61.On Compliments** （关于恭维） When you compliment somebody you say something good to or encouraging him or her. Everybody, old and young, needs compliments because they make us feel fine and self-confident. Compliments play an important role in our daily life. At social gatherings, compliments can create a light and pleasant atmosphere and ease tensions among strangers. At workplace, compliments can help the employees start a long workday in a happy mood and do their work efficiently. It is good to offer and accept compliments in this sense. **62. Bad Manners in Public** （公共场所的不良举止） 范文1. Although we consider ourselves as highly advanced beings living in a civilized society, bad manners can still be found here and there. For example, some cyclists run the red traffic lights, many passengers litter waste papers and plastic bags in public places, and some tourists scrabble in tourist attractions, let alone spit on the street. In the cinema, some audiences talk loudly on cell phones in front of others. I’m strongly against talking loudly in the cinema, for this behavior shows no respect at all to others; what’s worse, it upsets the audience who are in the mood of having fun. Let’s avoid bad manners so as to be a respected person. 范文2. Bad manners in public include making noise, throwing wastes everywhere, breaking traffic laws and so on. We should try to avoid bad manners in public. Among all the bad manners, I hate breaking traffic laws most. I have two reasons to say. The first reason is that breaking traffic laws may cause traffic accidents. According to a government report, 10 million people are killed in traffic accidents of this kind. The second reason: breaking traffic laws will set a bad example for young people. If you often break traffic laws, your children may also do this. So you see, it is really important for us to keep traffic laws and avoid bad manners. **63.** 假如你叫张琳，你昨天（ **4** 月 **7** 日）在放学回家的路上发生了交通事故。你从自行车上摔了下来，被好心 人及时送到了医院，医生叫你卧床休息三天，特此请假 **( ask for a sick leave)** 内容提示：。要求： **1.** 请根据以 上内容，向班主任张老师写一张请假条； **2.** 以第一人称写，不能逐字翻译； **3.** 词数 **80** 左右。 **To: Mrs. Zhang, Head teacher** **From: Zhang Lin** **Date: 7th, April** **Subject: Sick Leave** Mrs. Zhang, I would like to know if I could ask for a sick leave from April 8th to 10th. Yesterday I had a car accident on my way home. I was riding a bike to turn right when a motorcycle suddenly rushed towards me. I was hit by it and fell down from the bike. The driver left soon. Luckily, some warm-hearted women sent me to the nearby hospital. My arms and legs still hurt, but my bones were not hurt. The doctor asked me to lie on bed for three days. Therefore, I ask for a sick leave for three days. Thank you！ **64.** 你应邀到一位好友家吃晚饭。事后给朋友写信表示谢意。题目： **A Thank You Note.** 你的信应包括下列内 容： **1.** 表达谢意； **2.** 表达想回请的意愿； **3.** 期待朋友的光临。 Dear Amy, Thanks for your invitation to your home to have dinner last week. I enjoy the meal very much, especially the sea food, it’s very fresh and delicious. I will hold a big party for my birthday on November 12th, and I will invite a lot of friends to have dinner at my home, would you like to join us? I know that you are fond of music. There will also be a band to perform live music. We can dance together, and I think it will be exciting to dance to the live music. Please be sure to come. I am looking forward to your coming. Yours, Cynthia **65.** 作文，通知，英语老师举行晚会 Notice There is an English Party held in the Classroom 102 at 6 p.m. this Friday. Our English teacher invites all the members of the class to give and watch performances like singing, short plays, jokes, etc. There is also fruit and snacks offered. Each person or team has to prepare a performance like singing an English song or telling a joke. The preparation for the party includes listing the programs, buying the food and decorating（装饰） the classroom. Every team is asked to complete the work before the party, and please get to the classroom on time. **66. Notice of the Lost Book** （寻物启示） Lost Ladies and gentlemen, My name is Xiao Ming, a student from TV University. Yesterday I had an English class in Room 229 of the Foreign Language Building. After class, I went for lunch in a hurry and left my English book in the classroom. When I hurried back after lunch, it was gone! I feel very sad about the loss. The book is very helpful to my English study. And it’s also a gift from a close friend. So it means a lot to me. If you happened to pick up my book, would you please give me a call? My cell phone number is 13798989123.. I shall be very grateful to your kindness. Yours, Xiao Ming **67. Letter of Apology (** 致歉函 **)** Dear friend, Please accept my apologies for making you angry yesterday afternoon. I know I was being very rude at the moment, but I really didn’t mean to hurt you. But you know, I have a bad temper, and sometimes I just can’t control myself. Now I understand I was wrong. And I’m very sorry for the bad words I said to you in a hot temper. Will you forgive me and accept my apology? If you are free tonight, will you come to dinner at my house .I’ve cooked something nice, and maybe we can have a nice talk over the meal and forget about the whole thing. Yours, Li Lei **68.A get-together on may 1st** （五一聚会） April15, 2010 Dear Wang Hong, How is everything getting along with you? It’s almost one year since we graduated from university. I miss you very much. What have you been doing all these days? I have been a middle school teacher in my hometown since graduation. Teaching always keeps me busy, but I like my students and I love teaching, you know. So everything is fine here. There will be a former classmates’ getting together during this May Day holiday at my school. You are my best friend. I never forget those happy days we spent together. I hope you can come to my school when the time is due if you are free. I am looking forward to your reply. Yours, Li Hua **69. Help Me to Buy a Spoken English Book/English-Chinese Dictionary** 写信请朋友帮忙买英语口语书 **/** 英汉词 典 ``` Oct 16, 2010 ``` Dear Li Hua, How time flies! It’s long time we haven’t seen each other. I miss you very much. How’s everything going on with you? I am busy preparing for PETS 4 right now. I would be grateful if you could help me buy PETS 4 English oral textbook which was issued by the Beijing Press, because the books were sold out here. Please come to visit my hometown when you are free. I often think of those happy days we spent together when we were at University. We were so happy at that time. Please let me know as soon as possible (尽可能快) once you get the book. My best wishes. Yours, Wang Lei **70.** 明天（星期五）全班同学将去参观科学博物馆（ **the Science Museum** ） **,** 由你 **(** 班长 **)** 通知全体同学。（通知的 开头和结尾已给出）。具体内容如下： **1.** 早上 **8** 点钟在校门口集合，步行前往。 **2.** 参观时要认真听，仔细看， 并记下有趣的东西。 **3.** 不可在博物馆内大声喧哗及拍照。要求： **1.** 不要逐句翻译； **2.** 词数 **80** 个左右。 **Fellow students,** We are going to visit the Science Museum on this Saturday. We will get together at 8 o’clock at the front gate of the school. Since it is not far from our school, we will go there on foot. Make sure not to be late. During the visit, you’d better take some notes while listening to the guide and watch carefully to the things you are interested in. Therefore, you need to bring your pen and notebook. We need to write a report about the visit and hand in (提交) next Monday. Remember not to shout, talk loudly or take pictures in the museum. Have a good time! **Thank you!** **71.** 英语外籍老师在暑假开了家西餐店要招工，假如我叫李华，愿意应聘？ Dear Mr.xxx， I’ve seen the ads. about your restaurant recruitment. I would like to work in your restaurant as a waiter. The summer vacation is around the corner, I think it's time for me to do a part time job, so I would like to take this job. The working experience is becoming more and more important for our college student to find a job after graduation. Besides, I used to work in my parents' restaurant last summer, I worked as a waiter and I am familiar with the job. So don’t worry about my working skills, I can do it very well. Looking forward to hearing from your reply. Thank you very much. Yours, Li Hua **72.** 假如你是李明，遗失了一本书。你应包括下列内容： **1.** 书在哪里遗失的； **2.** 这本书对你很重要； **3.** 拾到者 应该如何和你联系。 Lost Dec. 30th Dear All， I lost a book at 5 pm on December 29th in room 210 of Wenxin Building. The title of the book is English Grammar. This book is very important and helpful to me, for I am busy preparing for PETS 4 right now and I am bad at grammar. What’s more, the examination is getting nearer and nearer and I am worried about my English exam very much. Anyone who finds the book please call Li Ming on 13774336899. I will be very grateful to you and your kindness. I am looking forward to your calls. Li Ming **73.** 你的朋友邀请你参加他 **/** 她的生日聚会，告诉对方你不能接受他 **/** 她的邀请。你应包括下列内容： **1.** 告诉对 方你不能接受他 **/** 她的邀请； **2.** 对对方的邀请表示感谢； **3.** 说明无法接受邀请的原因。 Dear Lisa, I have received your invitation (letter) to go to your birthday party, but I am sorry that I am afraid I am not able to go to your birthday party. You know, our company will hold an important meeting in our Paris branch to solve the recent trouble in business. I am the one who is in charge of it and needs to make a presentation. I am terribly sorry for that. Anyway, I hope everything goes well in your birthday party. I’ll bring you a gift from Paris for your birthday. Remember to show me the pictures taken in the party when I come back from business trip. Best regards! Yours, Susan **74.** 上星期天你打电话叫 **Jack** 和你去公园。在公园你们看见 **......** ，你们玩得很高兴。（要用如下词汇： **get up** **late, call, get to, many people, do exercise, read, lake, fly** ） Last Sunday, I got up late. It was such a beautiful day. I had nothing to do, so I called Jack to go to the park with me, which is near our school. We got there on foot. The park was big and there was a large manmade lake. Near the lake, we saw many people there. Some old people were doing exercise. Some middle-aged couples were dancing. Some young people were sitting on the bench, reading. Some children were flying kites. I’m good at flying kites, so Jack and I also joined them. It was so much fun. ``` We enjoyed ourselves very much that day. ``` **75.** 假如你叫李华，你的同学正在开展一场讨论，主题是学生要不要参加体育锻炼。请根据下面所提供的信息， 给某英语报社写一封信，介绍讨论情况。 **60** ％的学生 **40** ％的学生 **1.** 应该每天进行体育锻炼 **1.** 锻炼浪费时间 **2.** 做早操、打乒乓、打篮球、但不要时间过长 **2.** 锻炼使人疲劳 **3.** 锻炼能增强体质，减少疾病 **3.** 锻炼以后很兴奋，较长时间不能投入学习 注意： **1.** 信的开头已为你写好，但不计入总词数。 **2.** 词数： **80** 字左右 **3.** 参考单词： **reduce vt.** 减少 **Dear Editor, I'm writing to tell you about a discussion we've had about whether the students should take physical exercise.** After the discussion we found that 60% of the students think they should take all kinds of exercise every day but not spend too much time, such as doing morning exercise, playing table tennis and basketball. They think exercise builds body and reduce the chance of disease. Sports also let them have a good rest so that their study will be more effective. On the other hand 40% students believe taking exercise is tiring and it’s a waste of time. They say that after having sports they are too excited for a long time to focus on their lessons. And it’s possible to get hurt during exercise. In short, it’s good to exercise everyday, but overdoing it will bring harm to us. It’s a very interesting discussion and I am on the majority group for I love sports and can learn faster after doing sports. ``` Yours, Li Hua ``` **76.** 假如你叫李华，在因特网上找到一个叫 **David** 的网友，请根据下列要点给 **David** 写个 **e-mail** ，介绍你自己 的一些情况。 **1.** 李华，在职学生，家住上海。 **2.** 喜欢既有和运动。 **3.** 对英语很感兴趣，会唱不少英文歌曲。 **4.** 班里同学也 很想找网友，希望得到帮助。 **5.** 想去英国看看。 Dear David, How are you? It’s so nice chatting with you online. Let me introduce myself to you. My name is Li Hua. I was born and brought up in Shanghai. I am now working in a trade company and studying in TV University at the same time. I like collecting stamps and sports very much. I’m especially interested in English and I can sing several English songs such as “I believe I can fly”, “My heart will go on”, “I love you more than I can say” and so on. Many other students in my class also want to find online pen pals. We can become language partners so that we can help each other. When I have enough money and time, I’d like to go to Britain to have a look. And welcome to Shanghai too. ``` Yours, Li Hua ``` **77.** 选择一个你想旅游的地点，并安排旅行计划。你应包括下列内容： **1.** 说明你想旅游的地点； **2.** 说明你为 什么选择这个地点； **3.** 描述你的旅行计划。 Dear Amy, I plan to make a journey to Jiu Zhaigou in Si Chuan province. It’s a beautiful place with fresh air, beautiful natural scenery like waterfall, lake and high mountains. Because many films and TV series have been made here, it is very famous. What’s more, I am very busy and exhausted this year, so I want to go for a relaxation. I plan to stay there for a week and travel with a tour group. I believe I will enjoy myself there. Yours, Tim **78. A letter to A Foreign Friend** 你的一位外国朋友来信，打算到中国旅游。你给他回信，提出旅游建议。回信应包括下列内容： **1.** 接到朋友的来信。 **2.** 你的旅游安排计划及理由。 **3.** 表达你希望见到这位朋友的心愿。 Dear Mary, I'm so glad to hear from you. You said in the letter you are going to visit China next week. There are many famous historic, cultural and natural sites in my hometown, Zhejiang. First of all, I will introduce a good place for you, the West Lake. It locates at the east of the city. Around the lake, there are many beautiful trees and birds everywhere. But the most interesting thing is that we can see the whole city from the top of the Leifeng Tower. Then, you can’t miss another scenery, Qiandao Lake. There are 1,078 large islands in the lake and a few thousand smaller ones. Its more popular attractions include Bird Island, Snake Island and Monkey Island. I’m looking forward to seeing you here soon. Yours, Li Lei **79.** 工作申请 要求： **1.** 写明申请的职位。 **2.** 陈述你的相关学习、工作经历。 **3.** 练习方法。 Dear Sir or Madam, I would like to apply for the position of a translator in your company which was advertised in 21st Century. I graduated from the English Department of Beijing TV University in 2013. I have been teaching English in a middle school since then as well as a part-time translator. I believe that my ability and experience will fully qualify me for the position. I am enclosing my resume as you required. I look forward to hearing from you. If you can offer me an interview, please contact me through the following call number:13888888888. Yours faithfully, Li Lei ## 次重点题目 ## 第一部分 交际英语 —— 次重点题目 1. – Are you doing anything this evening? 你今天晚上要做什么事吗？ - _________ 我想没有。 A Thank you for the invitation. B How about you? C I can do nothing about it. **_D I don't think so._** 2. – Bring me the bill, please. 请拿给我账单，谢谢。 - _________ 先生请稍等。 A You are welcome. **_B Please wait for a moment, sir._** C I'll hurry up. D Be quick. 3. – Can I borrow your digital camera for a couple of days? 我能借你的数码相机用几天吗？ - _______ 当然可以，给你。旅途愉快。 ``` A Yes, you may not borrow. B Yes, go on. C Sure, here you are. Enjoy your journey. D It doesn't matter. ``` 4. – Can I get you a cup of tea? 我给你倒杯茶吧？ - _________ 十分感谢。 **_A That's very kind of you._** B Thank the tea. C With pleasure. D You can, please. 5. – Can I help you? 能为您效劳吗？ - _________ 我想试穿这双鞋。 A Sorry, I don't need your help. B What help can you give us? **_C I'd like to try on these shoes, please._** D Thanks. You are welcome. 6. – Can I help you, sir? 先生，我能为您效劳吗？ - _________ 是的，我想取些钱。 A No, I don't need your help. **_B Yes. I'd like to withdraw some money._** C Well, leave me alone. D Don't bother me! 7. – Can I help you with the baggage? 我能帮你拿一下行李吗？ - _______ 谢谢你。 A No, no. I can help it myself. **_B Thank you._** C Sorry, you can't. D No, I don't need you. 8. – Can I speak to Mr. Brown, please? 我能找布朗先生通话吗？ - Yes, _________ 可以，我就是布朗。 A this is me. B I am Mr. Brown. **_C Brown is speaking._** D please speak. 9. – Can I speak to Mr. Tang, please? 我能找唐先生通话吗？ - _________ 请讲。 A Who are you? B I'm Wang. **_C Speaking._** D Are you John? 10. – Can you help me clear up the mess? 你可以帮我收拾一下吗？ - _________ 没问题。 A. Yes, it doesn't matter. B. No, that's OK. C. Yes, help yourself. **_D. No problem._** 11. – Come and see me if you have time. 有空的话就来看看我。 - _________ 我会的。 A I can't. B I'll think it over. C Thank you. **_D I will._** 12. – Could I borrow your bike? 我可以借用一下你的自行车吗？ - _________ 对不起，自行车现在不在这儿 A. I'm not sure. **_B. I'm sorry, it's not at hand now._** C. It's very kind of you. D. Thank you very much. 13. – Could I borrow your car, please? 我能借一下你的车吗？ - ___________ 很乐意。 A Good idea. B No hurry. **_C With pleasure._** D No surprise. 14. – Could I see your ticket please? 我能看一下你的票吗？ **-** __________ 在这儿。 A I am not sure yet. B I'd love one. C I might be. Why? **_D Here you are._** 15. – Could I speak to Jane, please? 我可以和简通话吗？ - _________ 你打错了。 A. Sorry, I am not Jane. B. Yes, speak please. **_C. I'm afraid you've got the wrong number._** D. Can I help you? 16. – Could I use your reference book / bike for a moment? 我能用你的参考书/自行车一会儿吗？ - _______ 当然可以。 A It's well. B It doesn't matter. **_C By all means._** D I have no idea. 17. – Could I use your telephone, please? 请问，我可以用一下你的电话吗？ - _________ 当然可以。 A. Who are you going to phone? B. I don't know. **_C. Yes, of course._** D. No, here it is. 18. – Could you give me a helping hand? 你可以帮我一下吗？ - _________ 当然可以，我能帮你做什么？ - I want to clean my garage. 我想打扫我的车库。 A. How's that. **_B. Sure. What can I do for you?_** C. Not at all. D. Which one? 19. – Could you pass me the salt and pepper? 你可以把盐和胡椒递给我吗？ - ________ 好的，给你。 A Sorry, I didn’t know what you mean **_B Ok, here you are_** C No, I won’t D I don’t know 20. – Could you tell me where the nearest parking lot is? 您能告诉我最近的停车场在哪吗？ **-** _________ 对不起，我是外地人。 A Don't ask me. B Parking is very difficult. **_C Sorry, I'm a stranger here._** D Sorry, you can't park here. 21. – Did you have a good time at the party? 你在聚会上玩得愉快吗？ **-** ___________ 是的，我们玩得很愉快。 **_A Yes, we had a wonderful time._** B I will have fun tomorrow. C Yes. Did you work at home last night? D I ate from twelve to one. 22. – Did you see the ad on the bulletin board? 你看到公告栏上的广告了吗？ - _________ 没有。它讲什么了？ **_A No. What's it about?_** B Yes. What's it about? C It's still there. D That's a good idea. 23. – Did you win the 100 metre race? 你赢了 100 米赛跑吗？ - Yes, I did. 是的，我赢了。 - Really? __________. 真的吗？祝贺你。 **_A Congratulations_** B Best wishes C Good luck D Right 24. – Do you have to have that TV on quite so loud? 你必须把电视开这么大声吗？ **-** _______Is it bothering you? 哦，对不起。吵着你了吗？ **_A Oh, I'm sorry._** B Oh, excuse me. C Yes, I don't. D No, I have to. 25. – Do you have twenty dollars with you? 你有二十美元吗? - _________ 要钱干什么呢？ - I want to buy a notebook. 我想买个笔记本 A How do you want it? B How much? **_C What for?_** D When can you pay me back? 26. – Do you know the girl over there? 你认识那儿的那个女孩吗？ - _________ 她是Sam, 我老师的女儿。 A How can I know? B Yes, I remember it now **C** **_It's Sam, my teacher's daughter._** D She is a good girl. 27. – Do you know who called Tom? 你知道谁给汤姆打电话了吗？ - _________ 哦，是我打的。 **_A. Yes, I called him._** B. Yes, I know Tom well. C. Yes, he called me. D. Yes, he knows me well. 28. – Do you mind if I read the text aloud here? 你介意我在这儿大声读课文吗？ - _________ 不，我不介意。 A Yes, I do allow. **_B No, I don't._** C Yes, I don't. D No, I do. 29. – Do you mind if I sit here? 你介意我坐在这儿吗？ - ___________ 不介意。请坐。 A No, it's already occupied. **_B No. Take a seat please._** C Don't mention it. D Yes. I am busy. 30. – Do you mind if I smoke here? 你介意我在这儿吸烟吗？ - _________ 当然不。 A That's all right. **_B Of course not._** C OK. D Yes, please. 31. – Do you mind my opening the window? 你介意我开窗户吗？ - _______ 不介意，开吧。 A Yes. You can open it. **_B No, please go ahead._** C It's cool here. D No. You can't open it. 32. – Do you prefer tea or coffee? 你想喝茶还是咖啡？ - _________ 咖啡，谢谢。 ``` A Milk. B Yes, I like tea. C Coffee, please. D None. ``` 33. – Do you think I can borrow your bike for a few hours? 我能借你的自行车用几个小时吗？ - _________ 对不起，但是我这个下午很需要它。 A I'm afraid you can. **_B I'm sorry, but I really need it this afternoon._** C Yes, I don't think so. D I'll think about it later. 34. – Do you think it's going to rain over the weekend? 你认为周末会下雨吗？ - _________ 我认为不会。 A I don't believe. B I don't believe it. C I believe not so. **_D I believe not._** 35. – Do you think this is a nice place? 你觉得这地方好吗？ - _________ 我觉得挺好。 A That's all right. B You're well. C No, it's not here. **_D Yes, I think so._** 36. – Do you think Tom is ill? 你认为汤姆病了吗？ - _________ 不，我不这样认为。 ``` A No, I don't think so. B Yes, he's very well. C Yes, I like him very well. D No, I was ill yesterday. ``` 37. – Does No.20 bus stop at our school? 20 路公交车在咱们学校有站吗？ - _________ 恐怕没有。 A I go to school by bus. **_B I'm afraid not._** C You are welcome. D I'll not take No.20 bus. 38. – Don't forget to come to my party this evening! 别忘了今晚来参加我的聚会。 - _____________ 不会忘的。 A I can't. **_B I won't._** C I don't. D I will. 39. – Excuse me, but can you tell me the way to the airport/post office?打扰一下，你能告诉我去机场/邮局的路怎 ``` 么走吗？ ``` - _________. 对不起，我是外地人。 ``` A Don’t ask that B Sorry, I’m a stranger here C No, I can't say that D No, you’re driving too fast ``` 40. – Excuse me, can I have a seat here? 打扰一下，我能在这儿坐一个座位吗？ - _______ 可以，请坐。 A Be hurry. B Come on. **_C Yes, please._** D Do you mind? 41. – Excuse me, can you tell me the way to the bus stop? 打扰一下，你能告诉我去公交车站的路怎么走吗？ **-** _________ 可以，沿着这条路一直走到头。 **_A Yes, go straight down this way to the end._** B Why do you ask me the way? C Yes, I will. D No, I can't tell you that. 42. – Excuse me, can you tell me the way to the post office? 打扰一下，你能告诉我去邮局的路怎么走吗？ **-** _______ 对不起，我是外地人。 **_A Sorry, I'm a stranger here, too._** B The office is new C I don't like it. D It' very nice. 43. – Excuse me, can you tell me where the nearest internet bar is, please?打扰一下，能告诉我最近的网吧在哪吗？ **-** ______ Oh yes! It's past the office, next to the shopping mall. 嗯，我想一下。噢，对了！走过办公楼，在商 场旁。 **_A Mm, let me think._** B Oh, I beg your pardon? C You're welcome. D What do you mean? 44. – Excuse me, could you help to find my son? 打扰一下，你能帮我找我儿子吗？ **-** _______ 当然可以。 **_A Certainly._** B Why? C No, I can't. D Where is he? 45. – Excuse me. How do I get to Porter Street from here? 打扰一下。我从这儿怎么去波特街？ - _______ You'd better ask someone else. 我不是这儿的人。你最好问一下别人。 A Well, it's not too far away. B Do you ask me? **_C I'm not from around here._** D Pleased to meet you. 46. Excuse me. I don't want to interrupt you but_______ 打扰了。我不想打扰你，但是需要我帮忙吗？ **_Acan I help you?_** Bcertainly, how dare you? Cit's quite all right. Dyes, you did. 47. – Excuse me, I'm afraid you've overcharged me. 打扰一下，恐怕你多收费了。 **-** ________________ 哦，真的吗？ **_A Oh, really?_** B That's all right. C That's fine. D You're welcome. 48. – Excuse me, is this the right direction for the school library?打扰下，请问这是去学校图书馆的正确方向吗？ ### – _______ 嗯，不对，你走错方向了。 ``` A Well, no, you're going in the wrong direction. B No, don't ask me. C No, I don't know. D Don't go this way. ``` 49. – Excuse me, is this the Sale's Department? 打扰了，这是销售部吗？ **-** _________ 恐怕你打错了。 **_A I'm afraid you have the wrong number._** B You are wrong. C What's wrong with you? D What are you talking about? 50. – Excuse me, sir, could you tell me the way to People's Square?打扰了，先生，你能告诉我人民广场怎么走吗？ **-** _______ 对不起，我是外地人。 A Don't bother me. **_B Sorry, I'm a stranger here, too._** C I don't understand you. D Why don't you take a taxi? 51. – Excuse me, sir. (I'm writing a research paper on Chinese culture.) Do you mind answering me a few questions? 先生，打扰了。（我在写一篇关于中国文化的研究论文。）您介意回答我几个问题吗？ - _________ 当然不介意。 A. Certainly. **_B. No, of course not._** C. No, thank you. D. Yes, please. 52. – Excuse me, when will the 17:15 train arrive? 打扰一下，17:15的火车什么时候到？ - _________ 它晚点了一小时。 AI don't tell you. **_BIt's been delayed one hour._** CYou have to be patient. D Don't ask me. 53. – Good afternoon. Can I help you? 下午好，有什么能为您效劳的吗？ - _________ 我得给我的儿子买件生日礼物。 ``` A No. I don't think so. B Thank you. C I need to buy a birthday present for my son. D Yes. I think so ``` 54. – Good afternoon. Can I help you with something? 下午好。有什么我能为您效劳的？ **-** _________ 是的，我想买个手提包。 A Yes, it is a pleasure. **_B Yes, I'm interested in a handbag._** C No excuse. D Don't bother. 55. – Good morning, sir. May I help you? 早上好，先生。我能为你效劳吗？ - _______. 是的，我需要一些白糖。 A Yes, I don't buy anything. B No, I don't need your help. **_C Yes, I need some sugar._** D Oh, no. That's OK. 56. – Good night and thanks again. 晚安，再次感谢。 - _______ 晚安。 A You can't say that. B No, no. It's what I can do. C How can you say that. **_D Good night._** 57. – Great party, isn't it? 很棒的聚会，不是吗？ - _________ 是啊，确实是。 **_A Yeah, really._** B My friends are great. C Have we met before? D Glad to meet you again. 58. – Have a good day! 过得愉快！ - ___________. 你也是！ ``` A You got it too B The same to you C Yes, thank you D The same as you ``` 59. – Happy New Year to you and your parents! 祝你和你父母新年快乐！ - ________________. 也祝你新年快乐。 A.No,thank you B.You are happy, too C.Yes, we are happy **_D.The same to you_** 60. – Happy Teachers’ Day to you, Mr. Wang! 祝你教师节快乐，王老师！ - ________. 谢谢。 ``` A Thank you B All the same C Me, too D The same to you ``` 61. – Have a nice holiday! 假期愉快！ - Yes. _________ 你也是。 **_A The same to you._** B You do too. C Same as you. D You have it too. 62. – Have a nice weekend! 周末愉快！ - _______ 你也是。 **_A The same to you._** B I like weekends. C Do you? D You have it too. 63. – Have you installed the new software? 你装了新软件吗？ - _________ 没，还没有装。 A Installed. B Uninstalled. **_C No, not yet._** D Yes, not yet. 64. – Hello, Amy. How's everything? 你好，艾米。一切都好吗？ **-** _________ 还行。 **_A Just so-so._** B That's right. C How are you? D Good to see you. 65. – Hello, I’d like to speak to Mark/Jack, please. 你好，我想跟马克/杰克通话。 - ________ 我就是马克/杰克。 ``` A. Yes, I’m Mark/ Jack. B. This is Mark/Jack speaking. C. It’s me here. D. This is me. ``` 66. – Hello, I’m David Chen. Nice to meet you. 你好，我叫David Chen。见到你很高兴。 - ________ 我也很高兴见到你。 ``` A. Are you? B. Nice to meet you, too. C. Yes. D. Very nice! ``` 67. – Hello. Is Jim there? 你好，吉姆在吗？ - ________ 我是吉姆，您是哪位？ ``` A This is Jim. Who’s speaking, please? B I’m afraid I won’t be free. C This is the right number. D There’s no hurry. ``` 68. – Hello, is Tom in? 你好，汤姆在吗？ - ________ （请讲）请问你是哪位？ ``` A Who’s speaking, please? B How’s everything going? C Who’s this? D Hold on, please. Wrong number! ``` 69. – Hello, may I speak to Mike? 你好，我能跟迈克通话吗？ **-** _________ 请稍等。 A You are wanted on the telephone. B Who are you? **_C Just a second, please._** D Can I take a message for him? 70. – Hello, who is calling? 你好，是哪位？ - _________ 你好，我是IBM的威廉。 A Mary is out. **_B Hello, this is William from IBM._** C It's me. D Can you guess? 71. – Hey, Linda. You look so pale. What's the matter? 嗨，琳达。你看上去脸色苍白。怎么了？ - _________ 我正从流感中恢复过来。 A Thank you. B Are you OK? **_C I'm just getting over the flu._** D I'm feeling well. 72. – Hi! George. How are you? 嗨，乔治。你好吗？ - ________ 很好，谢谢。 A That's all right. B Don't mention it. C How are you? D **_Fine, thanks. And you?_** 73. – Hi, (Shirlly) haven't seen you for ages! You look fine. 嗨，（雪莉）好多年没见了。你看上去很好。 - _______. You look well, too. 谢谢。你看上去也很好。 A Great **_B Thanks_** C Oh, no D Not at all 74. – Hi, I'm Liz. 嗨，我叫利兹。 - _________ 嗨，很高兴见到你。 **_A.Hi, nice to see you._** B.What do people call you? C.Fine, and you? D.How do you do? 75. – Hi, is Thomas there? 嗨，托马斯在吗？ - _________ 别挂断。我去叫他。 A Who are you? B Sorry, I'll call him. **_C Hold on. I'll get him._** D Yes, Thomas is me. 76. – How about going for a drive? 去开车兜风怎么样？ - ________ 好主意。 ``` A. It's too fast. B. Yes, we shall. C. Yes, let's go by bike. D. A good idea. ``` 77. – How are you? 你好吗？ - ____________ 我很好，谢谢。 A How are you? B Good morning. **_C Fine, thank you._** D And you? 78. – How are you feeling now? 你现在觉得怎么样？ - ___________ 好多了。 **_A Much better._** B It's far away. C Thank you. D He's all right. 79. **–** How are you? You look nice! 你好吗？你看上去很好！ **-** ____________. 谢谢，你也是。 A Thanks, so are you **_B Thanks, so do you_** C Yes, I do D Yes, you are too 80. – How did Mr. Jones get to the cinema? 约翰先生怎么去的电影院？ - _________ 坐车去的。 A At 10 o'clock. B To Mrs. Jones. **_C By car._** D To the Grand Theater. 81. – How did Tom learn French (Arabic)? 汤姆怎么学的法语（阿拉伯语）？ - _________ 上课学的。 A In the morning. B. Very well. C. In the library. **_D. By taking a course._** 82. – How do I transfer calls? 我如何转接这些电话？ - _________ 我演示给你。 A. Do as you like. B. It is a bit difficult. **_C. Let me show you._** D. Not at all. 83. – How do you like our city? (So how do you find our city?) 你觉得我们的城市怎样？ ### – _________ 哦，我爱这个城市，它很令人兴奋。 A. I came here by plane. **_B. Oh, I love it. It's so exciting._** C. It's quite difficult to answer. D. What do you think of it? 84. – How do you like the movie we saw yesterday? 你觉得我们昨天看的电影怎么样？ - _________ 我从来没看过比它还好的电影。 A You are welcome. B How about you? **_C I've never seen a better movie than it._** D It is popular among young people. 85. – How do you like this dress? 你觉得这条裙子怎么样？ - ________. 价格很合理。 A I am fine, thank you. **_B The price is reasonable._** C I bought this dress at a sale. D It's my sister's 86. – How good the news is for you! 这个消息对你来说真是太好了！ - ______________. 谢谢你。 A.You are kind to tell me B.I'm glad to see that **_C.It's kind of you to say so_** D.It's nice to hear from you 87. – How is your headache? 你的头疼怎么样了？ - _________ 没什么严重的。 A Not at all. **_B Nothing serious._** C It's quite all right. D Nothing special. 88. – How is it that you are late for class again? 你怎么会又一次上课迟到呢？ - ________________. 因为我没赶上公交车。 **_A.Because I missed the bus_** B.By bus and then on foot C.Yes, it is quite wrong D.It is far from school 89. – How many languages does Peter speak? 皮特会说几门语言？ **-** _________ 四门 A. Many languages. B. Pretty well. **_C. Four languages._** D. With his roommates. 90. – How's your mother doing? 你的母亲怎么样？ - _________ 她很好。 A She is very kind. **_B She is very well._** C She is not very old. D She is doing shopping now. 91. – How soon will your father fly to New York? 你父亲什么时候坐飞机去纽约？ - ________ 三天后。 A At 7.00 am. B Last week. **_C In three days._** D Twice a year. 92. – How was your journey to Paris? 你在巴黎的旅行如何啊? - _________ 很好。 **_A It went very well._** B I flew there. C I love Paris. D Thank you for asking. 93. – How would you like your hair done? 你的头发想怎么剪？ - _________ 剪短点。 A Can you do it? B Cut down. C Fell down. **_D Cut short._** 94. – I am so sorry to interrupt you again. 我很抱歉又打扰你了。 - _________ 没关系。 A That's good. **_B It's all right._** C I don't think so. D No way! 95. – I am terribly sorry! I broke the vase. 我太抱歉了。我把花瓶打破了。 - _________ 没关系。 A I don't want it. **_B Don't worry._** C You meant to do it. D You buy one for me. 96. – I beg your pardon? 请你再说一遍。 - ___________ 我是说：“你认为这部电影怎么样？” **_A I said, "What do you think of the movie?"_** B Sorry, I didn't say it clearly. C I will repeat. D It's my pleasure. 97. – I bought this $200 skirt at a 25% discount. 我以 75 折的价格买了这条 200 美元的裙子。 **-** _________ 这条裙子很漂亮。你很幸运。 A But I think it's ugly. B Don't tell me this. **_C It's a good skirt. You are lucky._** D You are welcome. 98. – I bought this painting in my country. I hope you like it. 我在我们国家买的这幅画。希望你能喜欢。 **-** _________ 那正是我想要的。 A It's a pity. B You are welcome. **_C That's just what I want!_** D Is it expensive? 99. – I'd like to book a flight to Hong Kong, please. 我想订一趟去香港的航班，谢谢。 **-** _______ 好的，先生，单程还是往返的？ A No, of course not. B Do you mind if I said no? **_C Yes, sir, single or return?_** D You can't. We are busy 100. – I’d like to book a room, please. 麻烦你，我想预定一个房间。 - ________? 单间还是双人间？ **_A Single or double_** B Good or bad C Which room D We don’t have books here. 101. – I'd like to invite you to dinner this Saturday, Mr. Smith. 史密斯先生，我想邀请您这个周六吃饭。 ### – _________ 对不起，我有其他安排了。 A Oh, no. let's not. B I'd rather stay at home. **_C I'm sorry, but I have other plans._** D Oh, no. That'll be too much trouble. 102. – I'd like to open a current account. 我想开个活期存款账户。 **-** _________ 请填一下这些表格。 A Please jump the queue. B Please open an account. **_C Please fill out these forms._** D You are slow. 103. **–** I didn't know my identity card was needed, sir. 先生，我不知道需要我的身份证。 **-** _________ 对不起，但是这不是借口。 A That's sorry. B I don't believe you. **_C Sorry, but that's no excuse._** D How dare you say that. 104. – I do apologize for not being able to attend your birthday party. 我要为不能参加你的生日聚会而抱歉。 - ________. We'll get together later. 没关系。我们以后再聚。 A Go ahead **_B Don't worry_** C That's right D Don't mention it 105. – I feel sick. 我觉得不舒服。 - _______ 你发高烧吗？ - I'm not sure, but I have got a bad headache. 我不确定，但是我头疼过。 A I'm sorry to hear that. B How are you feeling now? **_C Do you have a high temperature?_** D How long have you been away? 106. – I have an appointment with Dr. Edward. 我和爱德华医生有预约。 - ________ 请稍等。 ``` A Please wait for a minute. B Are you sick? C. Tell me about your appointment. D Dr. Edward didn’t tell me. ``` 107. – I heard you got a full mark in the English exam. Congratulations! 我听说你英语考试得了满分。祝贺你！ - _________ 谢谢。 A Oh, no, no. B No, I didn't do very well. **_C Thanks._** D Don't praise me. 108. – I hope you have a most happy and prosperous new year! 我希望你新的一年快乐顺利！ - _________ 你也是！ A You are welcome! B How smart you are! **_C The same to you!_** D Nice going! 109. – I hope you'll succeed in everything! 我希望你事事顺利！ - _________ 我也是。 A I'm sorry to hear that. B It's a pity. **_C So do I._** D You're welcome. 110. – I'll fly to Shanghai on business next Friday. 我下周五坐飞机去上海出差。 - ________. 旅途愉快。 ``` A That's very nice of you. B I don't think so. C Can't you go? D Have a good trip. ``` 111. – I’ll go camping this weekend. 我这个周末要去露营。 - ________. 玩得愉快。 ``` A. Can you go fishing, too B. Don’t give it up C. Have a good time D. Glad to hear it ``` 112. – I'm awfully sorry. 非常抱歉。 - _________ 没关系。 A. I’m sorry, too. B. That's right. C. All right. **_D. That's all right._** 113. – I'm engaged! 我订婚了！ - _______on your engagement! 祝贺你订婚了！ **_A Congratulations_** B Pleasure C Welcome D Cheers 114. – I'm glad you like the show. 很高兴你喜欢这场演出。 - _________ 很感谢你邀请我。 **_A Thank you so much for inviting me._** B Yes, I'm glad you like it, too. C No, not really. D I'll go again next time. 115. – I'm going to Beijing next week, you know it's one of the most beautiful cities in China. 我下周去北京，你知道 ``` 的，它是中国最漂亮的城市之一。 ``` - ____________. 玩得愉快。 **_A Enjoy yourself_** B It's a pleasure C Good luck D very good 116. – I'm looking for a shirt for my father. 我在为我父亲找一件衬衫。 - _________ 你父亲穿多大号码的？ A What size do you wear? B What can I do for you? C How about this one. **_D What size does your father wear?_** 117. – I’m sorry. Bob is not in his office. 很抱歉，鲍勃不在办公室。 - ________? 可以帮我带个口信吗？ **_A Can you take a message for me_** B Are you sure for that C Would you like to leave a message D Can you phone me – I haven’t seen Belly for 10 years. 118. – I'm sorry I broke your glass. 对不起我把你的玻璃打碎了。 - Oh, really? _________. 哦，真的吗？没关系。 A It's OK with me **_B It doesn't matter_** C Don't be sorry D I don't care 119. – I'm sorry I'm late. 很抱歉我迟到了。 - _________ Come earlier next time. 没关系。下次早点来。 A No trouble. B All right. **_C It doesn't matter._** D I don't matter. 120. – I'm sorry I'm calling you so late. 很抱歉这么晚给你打电话。 - __________Okay. 没关系。 A This is B You're **_C That's_** D I'm 121. – I’m sorry to trouble you. 很抱歉给你添麻烦了。 - ________. 没关系。 ``` A The same to you B What a pity! I’m sorry to hear that C It doesn’t matter D Thanks a lot ``` 122. – I'm terribly sorry that I broke your precious vase. I'll pay for it.很抱歉把你珍贵的花瓶打碎了。我会赔偿的。 - ________ 没关系。 A Can't complain. **_B Never mind._** C Relax yourself. D Take care. 123. – I missed yesterday's football final. 我错过了昨天足球赛决赛。 - __________ 太可惜了！ A It's a good idea. **_B What a pity!_** C Remember to bring it next time. D I'm glad to hear that. 124. – I must apologize to you for the delay. 我必须为这次延误向你道歉。 **-** _________ 没关系。 **_A That's all right._** B No trouble at all. C All the best. D You are welcome. 125. – I must be going now. 我现在必须得走了。 - _________ 这么早！我希望你玩得开心。 **_A So soon! I hope you've enjoyed it._** B Have a cup of tea. C How about a coffee. D Not at all. 126. – I need to go to the library today. Do you know what time it closes? 我今天要去图书馆。你知道几点关门吗？ **-** _________ 大概五点半 A No, thanks. B I'm very busy now. **_C At about 5:30._** D I don't need to go there. 127. – I really don’t know how to thank you enough. 我真的不知道如何感谢你。 - ________. 这没什么。 ``` A No problem B Think nothing of it C Not at all D It doesn’t matter ``` 128. – I think digital dictionaries are very useful. 我认为电子词典很有用。 **-** _________ 是的，我也这么认为。 **_A Yes, so do I._** B It's a good idea. C Neither do I. D I get one, too. 129. – I think the reference book is very helpful. 我觉得这本参考书很有用。 - _________ 我也觉得是。 A Good idea. **_B So do I._** C With pleasure. D No problem. 130. – I've heard that you are going to Thailand? 我听说你要去泰国？ - Yes, I'll leave on Sunday. 是的，我周日出发。 - That's great! _______ 太好了！旅途愉快！ - Thank you! 谢谢！ **_A Have a nice journey!_** B Watch out! C How are you! D You are so smart! 131. – I've passed the examination. 我考试通过了。 - _______ 祝贺你。 A What a pity. B I hate the exam. **_C Congratulations._** D Come on. 132. – I was worried about my math, but Mr. Brown gave me an A.我本来担心数学成绩，但是布朗老师给我个A。 - __________ 祝贺你！那是科很难的课程。 A Don't worry about it. **_B Congratulations! That's a difficult course._** C Mr. Brown is very good. D Good luck to you！ 133. – I wish you success in your career. 希望你事业有成。 - _________ 希望你也一样。 A You are welcome. B I think so. C Yes, please. **_D The same to you._** 134. If a strange person says “Excuse me!” to you in the street, the suitable answer is _________ 如果一个陌生人在 ``` 街上跟你说“打扰了”，合适的回答是“什么事？” A Excuse me. B I'm sorry. C Yes? D OK. ``` 135. – Is it OK if I take this seat? 我可以坐这个座位吗？ - Sorry, _________ 对不起，这个座位有人坐了。 ``` A here you are B take it C it’s taken D never mind ``` 136. – Is Julie’s husband wearing a suit? 朱莉的丈夫穿着西装吗？ - ________. 是的。 A He has just come back from the office. **_B Yes, he is._** C Yes, he wears. D He went swimming yesterday. 137. – Is that a Japanese car? 那是辆日本车吗？ - __________ 是的，它是日本车。 A It's a sports car. B Yes, that is. **_C Yes, it is._** D It's a lovely car. 138. – Is there a room available for tonight? 今晚有空房间吗？ - Yes, Sir. May I help you? 有的，先生。有什么能为你效劳的吗？ - _________ 我想订一间双人间。 A Thank you. **_B I'm hoping to book a single room._** C I want to go for a walk. D No, that's fine. 139. – It is cold today. What would you like to do this afternoon? 今天很冷。今天下午你想做什么？ - _________ 是的，太冷了，所以我今天不想出去。 A I don't think so. B Yes, it's cold. But spring is coming. C I need my coat, please. **_D Yes, it's too cold, so I don't feel like going out today._** 140. – Jill, you look tired. Let's go for a walk. 吉尔，你看上去很累。我们去散步吧。 - _________ 好主意。 A Thank you, I'm really hungry. **_B That's a good idea._** C I'm going to have a day off tomorrow. D You're wrong. 141. – Jim, please don't put your head out of the window on the bus. It's dangerous! 吉姆，不要把头伸出公交车窗 ``` 户外面。很危险！ ``` - ___________ 对不起，我不做了。 A Good idea. **_B Sorry, I won't do it again._** C It doesn't matter. D It's good. 142. – Let me give you a lift. 我来捎上你一程吧。 - _________ I prefer to walk on such a lovely day. 不用了，谢谢。在这样好的天气里我更想走路。 A Thank you. **_B No, thanks._** C You are welcome. D No, you can't. 143. – Let me help you carry the suitcase. 我帮你拿公文包吧。 - _________ 没事，我自己可以拿。 **_A It's OK. I can manage._** B It's not very light. C I can help you with it. D Put it down on the ground. 144. – Let's go for a drive. 咱们开车去兜兜风。 - _________ 好的，走吧。 A I'm busy. B It drives me mad. **_C All right. Let's go._** D I don't say anything. 145. – Let's have a picnic by the West Lake. 让我们去西湖边野餐吧。 - __________ 好主意。 A Never mind. B That's all right. **_C Good idea._** D You're lucky. 146. – Many thanks. 非常感谢。 - _________ 不客气。 A It doesn't matter. B I like it. **_C It's my pleasure._** D The same to you. 147. – Mary, we should get together some time. 玛丽，我们应该什么时候聚一下。 - _________ 是啊，下周怎么样？ **_A Yes, what about next week?_** B I will miss you. C I'm afraid I can wait. D You think about it. 148. – May I borrow your umbrella for a moment? 我能借你的伞用会儿吗？ - _________ 呃，恐怕我自己得用。 ``` A No, you can't do it B Sorry, but you may not C Well, I am afraid I am going to use it myself D Of course not. I'm going to need it myself ``` 149. – May I speak to Dr. Brown? 我能找布朗博士通话吗？ - _________ 可以，我就是布朗。 A Yes, he is not in at the moment. B No, you can't. **_C Yes, this is Brown speaking._** D Sorry, speaking. 150. – May I take your order now? 我现在能为你点餐了吗？ - _________ 是的，我想来份鸡肉。 A No, I'm in trouble now. B Yes, we take orders. **_C Yes, I'd like a dish of chicken._** D No, I don't have an order. 151. – Mike, I am going to ski in the mountains tomorrow. 麦克，我明天将去山里滑雪。 - Oh, really? ________. 真的吗？玩得愉快。 A Good luck. B Great. C **_Have a good time._** D Congratulations! 152. – Morning, sir.______ 先生，早上好。有什么能为您效劳的吗？ - I've learnt that silk is famous here. Can I get some? 我听说这儿的丝绸很有名。能买点吗？ A.Can you help me? B.What's the matter with you? C.Can you give me a hand? **_D.Anything I can do for you?_** 153. – Mr. Jones, this is Sean, an English teacher from the United States. 琼斯先生，这是西恩，美国来的英语老师。 - _________ 很高兴见到你。 A What can I do for you? **_B Nice to meet you._** C Please keep in touch. D Haven't seen you for ages. 154. – Must I be home before seven? 我必须 7 点前到家吗？ - __________ 不，用不着。 **_A No, you needn't_** B No, you mustn't C Yes, you will D No, you won't 155. – Must we come earlier tomorrow? 我们明天必须早点来吗？ - _________ 不必。 **_A No, you needn't._** B No, you mustn't. C Will you? D No problem. 156. – My son won the first prize in the writing contest! 我的儿子在写作竞赛中获了一等奖。 - _________ 祝贺你！ **_A Congratulations!_** B Are you sure of that? C What a pity! D It's terrible. 157. – Nice to meet you. 很高兴见到你。 - __________ 我也很高兴见到你。 A Fine, thank you. B How are you? **_C Nice to meet you, too._** D Thank you. 158. – Nice to see you again, Mr. Smith. How are you? 史密斯先生，很高兴又见到你了。你好吗？ **-** _________ 很好，谢谢。你呢？ A I miss you. **_B Fine. Thank you._** And you? C Are you OK? D This way, please. 159. – Oh dear! I've just broken a window. 哦，天啊！我刚打碎了一扇窗户。 **-** ___________! It can't be helped. 没关系。避免不了的。 A Great **_B Never mind_** C That's fine D Not at all 160. – Oh, sorry to bother you. 哦，很抱歉打扰你。 **-** __________ 没关系。 **_A That's Okay._** B No, you can't. C That's good. D Oh, I don't know. 161. – Our apartment is dirty. 我们的公寓很脏。 - _________ 这周谁值日？ A It is hot today. B I think it is not my business. **_C Who is on duty this week?_** D let me have a try. 162. – Our class won the girls' relay race in our school's sports meeting. 我们班在学校运动会上赢了女子接力赛。 **-** __________ 祝贺你们！ A That's right. B Thanks a lot. **_C Congratulations!_** D It's a pleasure. 163. – Our team will play against the Rockets this weekend. I'm sure we'll win!我们队这个周末跟火箭队比赛。我相 ``` 信我们一定会赢的！ ``` - _________ 祝你们好运！ A Cheers! **_B Good luck!_** C Congratulations! D Go ahead! 164. – Paul, this is my friend, Ann. 保罗，这是我的朋友安。 **-** _________ 安，很高兴见到你。 A Very well, thank you. B How do you like the party? C Glad to meet you, Jack. **_D Glad to meet you, Ann._** 165. – Pleased to meet you! 很高兴见到你！ **-** ____________ 我也很高兴见到你。 **_A Pleased to meet you, too._** B How do you do? C I've heard about you. D The pleasure is mine. 166. – Shall we have a cup of coffee? 我们喝杯咖啡怎么样？ - _______. 好主意。 **_A Good idea_** B Thank you C That's OK D Me too 167. – She is running a fever, but now it is under control. 她正发着烧，但是现在病情在控制中。 - _________ 我下班后会去看她。 A She is running fast. **_B I will go and see her after work._** C Her mother does not run. D She is running away from home. 168. – Sorry, I couldn’t come to the party. I was sick that day. 很抱歉我没来参加聚会。我那天病了。 - ________. 没关系。 ``` A I don’t know that B That’s all right C Yes, we’ll have another party D No, the party wasn’t held ``` 169. – Sorry I'm late. 对不起我迟到了。 - _________ 没关系。 A You are welcome. B It's a pleasure. C Take care. **_D Don't worry._** 170. – Sorry. I have taken your sports shoes by mistake. 对不起，我错拿了你的运动鞋。 - _________. 没关系。 A.That's right B.You're welcome **_C.It doesn't matter_** D.All right 171. – Sorry to give you so much trouble. 很抱歉给你带来这么多麻烦。 - _________ 没关系。 A I think so. B Oh, I'm sorry. **_C It's OK._** D You are busy. 172. – Take these pills three times a day. Come back and see me in a week. 这些药一天服用三次。一周后来复诊。 - _________ 真是很感谢你了。 **_A Thank you very much indeed._** B I can't make it. C I haven't decided yet. D Good idea! 173. – Thanks for inviting me, John, but I've already made other plans. 约翰，谢谢你邀请我，但是我已有其他计 ``` 划。 ``` **-** _________. Maybe another time. 哦，很遗憾，也许下次能再会。 A I hope you enjoy it B That's good **_C Oh! I'm sorry to hear that_** D Great! I really had a good time 174. – Thanks for the lovely party and the delicious food. 谢谢你举办的这么好的聚会及美味的食物。 **-** _________ 谢谢你能来。 A No, thanks. B Never mind. **_C Thank you for coming._** D That's all right. 175. – Thank you for giving me so much help. 谢谢你给我这么多帮助。 - _________ 乐意效劳。 **_A My pleasure._** B Never mind. C Yes, I should do. D It doesn't matter. 176. – Thank you for the wonderful meal, Mrs. Hanson. 谢谢您做的美味的一餐，汉森夫人。 - ________ 我很高兴您满意。 A Oh, I don’t think you ate well. B I’m not a good cook in fact. C Be careful next time. **_D I’m glad you enjoyed it._** 177. – Thank you for your nice gifts. 谢谢你的漂亮礼物。 - ____________ 很高兴你喜欢它。 **_A I'm glad you like it._** B No thanks. C It's very kind of you D I'm sorry to hear that. 178. – Thank you very much for giving me so much help. 很感谢你给予我这么多帮助。 - ___________. 不客气。 A No thank you **_B You're welcome_** C OK D Thanks 179. – Thanks a lot. You've gone through so much trouble. 十分感谢，给你添了很多麻烦。 - _________ 没什么。 **A** **_It's no trouble at all._** B That's good. C I don't think it's a trouble. D That's very kind of you. 180. – That's a beautiful cat. I wonder who it belongs to. 那是一只漂亮的猫。我想知道它是谁的。 - _________ 它是布朗家的。 **_A It belongs to the Browns._** B The cat is my favorite too. C Mind your own business. D I can't say anything more. 181. – This book is really excellent / interesting. I enjoy it very much. 这本书真棒/有趣。我很喜欢它。 - _________ 它是关于什么内容的？ A I have just finished a novel. **_B What is it about?_** C I found it in a small bookstore. D When did you start reading? 182. – This box is too heavy._______. 这个盒子太重了。我来帮你搬。 - Thanks a lot. 十分感谢。 A Could you help me, please? **_B Let me help you with it._** C Is it really? D Can you carry it? 183. – This is a challenging job. Who wants it? 这是一份有挑战的工作。谁想做？ - ________. 我来做。 ``` A I'll take it. B It's a good idea. C You bet! D No sweat! ``` 184. – This is Bill speaking. May I speak to Mr. Smith? 我是比尔。我能找史密斯先生接电话吗？ - _________. Here he comes. 别挂断。他来了。 A Yes, speaking. B Don't go away. C Go ahead. **_D Hold on._** 185. – This is Mr. Green and this is Mr. Brown. 这位是格林先生，这位是布朗先生。 - _____________. 你们好吗？ **_A.How do you do_** B.How are you C.Fine, thank you D.Hi, how are you getting on 186. – Tom told me that you collect stamps. 汤姆告诉我你在集邮。 - _________ 是啊，你也集邮吗？ A What do you mean? B I don't think so. C Why did he tell you? **_D Yes, I do. Do you?_** 187. – We are planning an outing. ________. 我们正计划一次远足。想加入我们吗？ - Sure. 当然了。 ``` A. Where are you going? B. When will you leave? C. How is everything? D. Do you want to join us? ``` 188. – We need some toothpaste. - ______ A.Let's go to the bookstore. **_B.Let's get some._** C.Let's buy them. D.Let's go. 189. – We really enjoy ourselves at the party. Thanks again, Mr. and Mrs. Brown. 我们在聚会上玩得很开心。再次 ``` 感谢，布朗先生和夫人。 ``` - _______. Just drop in whenever you feel like it. 你们能来这儿真好。只要想来随时来。 A Our great honor **_B Nice having you here_** C Nice you are here D With pleasure 190. – We'll have a basketball match this afternoon. 我们今天下午有个篮球赛。 - ___________. 祝你们好运。 **_A Good luck_** B Never mind C Yes, please D It's nothing 191. – Welcome to the party! _________ 欢迎来参加聚会。你今天真漂亮！ - Thank you! 谢谢你！ A Excuse me! B I totally agree with you. **_C How pretty you are today!_** D Which one do you prefer? 192. – Welcome to Unitex International. I hope you will enjoy your work here. 欢迎来到Unitex国际公司。希望你 ``` 喜欢在这儿工作。 ``` - _________ 我确信我会的。 A I can earn a lot. B Is this a good firm? **_C I am sure I will._** D You are very kind. 193. – Well done and _________. 干的好，祝贺你！ - Thank you very much! 十分感谢！ A not at all **_B congratulations_** C that's right D you are welcome 194. – Well done, Jim. You did very well in the high jump. 干得好，吉姆。你在跳高比赛中表现真棒！ - _________. 谢谢。 A.I'm glad to hear that B.That's right **_C.Thank you_** D.The same to you 195. – What a beautiful dress you've got! 你的裙子好漂亮！ - _____________ 哦，谢谢你。 A I agree with you. B That's all right. C That's great. **_D Oh, thank you._** 196. – What a beautiful ring you are wearing! 你戴的戒指好漂亮啊！ - _________ 谢谢。这是我妈妈送我的礼物。 A No, I don't think so. B Really? I can't believe it. C Are you joking? **_D Thank you. It's a gift from my mom._** 197. – What about having a drink? 喝点东西怎么样？ - _______ 好主意。 **_A Good idea._** B Help yourself. C Go ahead, please. D Me, too. 198. – What are you going to do? 你打算做什么？ - ________. 我打算跟我的朋友去看电影。 A **_I’m planning to go to the cinema with my friend._** B No, I’m not going to do it. C Thank you for asking me about it. D Yes, I’ll go. 199. – What can I do for you? 有什么我可以为你效劳的吗？ - ________. 能把这块表给我看看吗？ ``` A Let me have a watch. B Could you show me the watch? C Yes, you can. Give me the watch. D The watch, please don't give me the ``` 200. – What can I do for you? 有什么能为你效劳的吗？ - _________. 不用了，谢谢。 **_A.No, thanks_** B.Of course not C.I agree not D.Sorry 201. – What can I do for you, madam? 女士，有什么我可以为你效劳的吗？ - _______ 我想买一公斤苹果/梨。 **_A I want a kilo of apples /pears._** B You can go your own way. C Thanks. D Excuse me, I'm busy. 202. – What can I do for you, madam? 女士，有什么我可以为你效劳的吗？ - ____________ 我想买一台相机。 A Thank you. B You can't help me. **_C I want to buy a camera._** D I'm glad to hear that. 203. – What date is today? 今天是几号？ - __________. 今天是 3 月 25 日。 **_A Today is March 25th_** B Today is Saturday C Today is fine D Today is cold 204. – What do you think of the new mobile phone model? 你认为这款新手机怎么样？ ### – _________ 它很贵。 ``` A It goes very fast. B It travels very fast. C It is very expensive. D It walks very slowly. ``` 205. – What do you think of your new teacher? 你觉得你们的新老师怎样？ - _________ 他很好。 A He came to teach us last week. B He teaches us English. C He has two children. **_D He is very nice._** 206. – What do you want, Mary? 玛丽，你想要什么？ - _________ 我想来点红酒，谢谢。 A No, I want some water. B Yes, I plan to go shopping. **_C I'd like some red wine, please._** D No, I don't eat. 207. – What does Peter do? 皮特是做什么工作的？ - _________ 他教语言。 A He's good at fixing things. B He can speak good German. C He does the washing-up after supper. **_D He's a language teacher._** 208. – What’s the date today? 今天几号？ - ________ 七月二日。 ``` A It’s October B It’s Monday C It’s not the right time D The second of July ``` 209. – What's the matter with you? 你怎么了？ - _________ 我不舒服。 A It doesn't matter. B Not too bad. **_C I don't feel well._** D That's all right. 210. – What's the most popular sport in your university? 你们大学里最受欢迎的运动是什么？ - _______ 我想是足球吧。 **_A Football, I suppose._** B China against Japan. C It's a close match. D It's my favorite. 211. – What's this in English? 这个用英语怎么说？ - __________ 是“map”。 **_A It's a map._** B That is a map. C Yes, it's a map. D No, it isn't. 212. – What's your plan this weekend? 你这个周末有什么安排？ - _______. 我宁愿睡觉。 A It's obvious. B It's interesting. **_C I'd prefer to sleep._** D You'd better go. 213. – What is she? 她是做什么的？ - _________ 她是一个打字员。 **_A She is a typist._** B She is talking to her friend. C She is having a holiday. D She is my sister. 214. – What is your eldest sister like? 你的大姐是什么样子的？ - ______________. 她个头很高。 A.She is happy B.She is ill **_C.She is tall_** D.She is at home 215. – When did you move to America? 你什么时候搬去美国的？ - _______ 三年前。 **_A Three years ago._** B About three years. C Next year. D This year. 216. – Where is Kate? 凯特在哪儿？ - ___________ 她在英格兰。 **_A She's in England._** B She's from London. C She's a nurse in England. D She is English. 217. – Where is Miss Smith? 史密斯小姐在哪？ - _________ 她在家。 A She's from England. **_B She's at home._** C She's not back. D She's very well. 218. – Where is the Loan Department, please? 请问贷款部在哪儿？ - ________. 请走这边。 ``` A Who are you? B This way, please. C I don’t want to say anything. D What can I do for you? ``` 219. – Which would you rather have? Tea or coffee? 你更想要哪一个？茶还是咖啡？ - _________ 都不要，谢谢。 A Sure, I would. B Yes, pleasure. C Yes, thank you. **_D Neither, thank you._** 220. – Would you like some more coffee? 要再来点咖啡吗？ - ________. 不要了，谢谢。 ``` A Yes. I would B No, I wouldn’t C No, thank you. D I’ve had enough. ``` 221. – Would you like to join us for Sunday dinner? 你愿意来参加我们周日的晚宴吗 - _________ 你真是太好了，邀请我参加。 **_A It's nice of you to invite me._** B How about the food? C I like onion soup. D I'm sorry I missed the fun last time. 222. – Will you be able to finish writing the report this afternoon? 你今天下午能写完报告吗？ - _______ 我觉得写不完。 A I am afraid of so. B I am not sure so. C I don't hope so. **_D I don't think so._** 223. – Will you be at home next Sunday? 你下周日会在家吗？ - ____________ 是的，不过有什么事儿？ A How can I help you? B You are welcome. C What about me? **_D Yes, but why?_** 224. – Would you like a coffee? 你想喝咖啡吗？ - _________ 好啊。 ``` A Yes, please. B Yes, I prefer tea. C It's a pleasure. D It doesn't matter. ``` 225. – Would you like to go to a concert this evening? 今晚你想去听音乐会吗？ **-** _________ 好的，走吧 **_A OK. Let's go_**. B You are welcome. C But I have nothing else to do. D Not bad. 226. – Would you like to have some coffee? 你想来点咖啡吗？ **-** _________ 不了，谢谢你。 A No, please. B Yes, I like. C It is a pleasure. **_D No, thank you._** 227. – Would you mind if I borrowed your dictionary? 你介意我借用一下你的字典吗？ - _________ 当然不介意。 A Yes, I don't mind. **_B Not at all._** C Certainly. D Of course. 228. – Would you please show me your bankbook? 你能给我看一下你的银行存折吗？ **-** _________ 给你。 A Sorry, I have no idea. **_B Here you are._** C Come with me. D Yes, I'd like to. 229. – Would you rather come on Friday or Saturday? 你愿意周五来还是周六来？ **-** _________ 周五。 A Yes, of course B No, thanks C It doesn't matter **_D Friday_** 230. – You are late! The discussion started 30 minutes ago. 你迟到了。讨论 30 分钟前就开始了。 - _________ 我很抱歉。 A Well, I don't care. B Don't blame me. **_C I am really sorry._** D That's great. 231. – You have such a nice cozy house! I do envy you. 你的房子好温馨啊。我太羡慕你了。 - _________. 谢谢你这么说。 A No, you needn't. **_B It's very kind of you to say so._** C No, it is not. D Don't mention it. 232. – You haven't paid for it yet. 你还没付款呢。 - _________ 哦，我很抱歉。 **_A Oh, I'm really very sorry._** B Thank you. C Not at all. D Of course, I know. " 233. – You've been busy, haven't you? 你一直很忙，是吧？ - _________ 是的，我一直努力写论文。 A I was busy last week. **_B Yes, I've been working hard on my paper._** C I will get busy with my English studies. D I'd like to get busy like our teachers. 234. – You've given us a wonderful Chinese dinner, Mrs. Li. 李太太，你给我们做了如此美味的一顿中餐。 - _______ 你们喜欢我很高兴。 A Oh, I'm afraid I didn't cook very well. **_B I'm glad you enjoyed it._** C Come again when you are free. D It's not necessary for you to say so. 235. – You've got the first prize in the dancing contest. 你在舞蹈比赛得了一等奖。 - _______ 哦，真的吗？我不敢相信我的耳朵！ A You are welcome. **_B Oh, really? I can't believe my ears!_** C Please accept my congratulations. D It's very kind of you. 236. – Your garden is very beautiful. 你的花园非常漂亮。 - __________. 谢谢你。 **_A.Thank you_** B.Congratulations C.Yes, it is D.No, it isn't 237. – _________? 有什么能为您效劳的吗？ - Do you have a toy horse? 你这儿有玩具马吗？ A What do you want to sell B Shall I help you **_C What can I do for you_** D Do you like a toy horse 238. – _________ 你好吗？ - Fine, thanks. 还好，谢谢。 A.How do you do? B.Hello! C.Nice to meet you. **_D.How are you?_** ### 239. – _______? 他长什么样子？ - He's a tall man with short hair. 他是一个留着短发的高个儿男人。 ``` A How is he B What does he like C What is he D What does he look like ``` 240. **–** _________? 他怎么样？ **-** He is not very well. 不太好。 A Who is he B What is he **_C How is he_** D Who he is 241. – _______ 你怎么了？ - I'm suffering from a stomachache. 我胃疼。 A Are you feeling better? B Why are you here? C Are you pleased? **_D What's the matter with you?_** 242. – _______ 能为你效劳吗？ - No, thanks. I'm just looking around. I'll let you know if I want anything. 不用了，谢谢。我就是随便看看。 需要什么的话会告诉你的。 A Could you help me? B What will you buy? **_C Can I help you?_** D Do you like to look around? 243. – _________ 很抱歉我跟不上。 - Oh, well, I'll speak a little slower. 哦，好吧，我说的慢点。 A What do you mean by that? B Would you please see that again? C Do you speak English? **_D I'm sorry I can't follow you._** 244. – _______ 我该怎么称呼你？ **-** Please call me Mary. That's my first name. 请叫我玛丽。那是我的名字。 A How can I name you? **_B How shall I address you?_** C What is it called? D Are you Mary? 245. – __________ 圣诞节快乐！ - You too! 你也是！ **_A Merry Christmas!_** B What a beautiful day! C Help yourself! D It's very kind of you! 246. – _________ I think you have given me the wrong change. 打扰一下，我想你给我找的钱数目不对。 - I'm sorry about that. 很抱歉。 A Pardon, **_B Excuse me,_** C Good idea, D How are you, 247. – __________, Tom? 汤姆，你怎么了？ - I fell off my bike and hurt me legs. 我从自行车上摔下来把腿摔伤了。 **_A.What's the matter_** B.What's going on C.What did you do D.What have you done ### 补充题目：以下 26 题为 19 年 9 月批次统考出现的新题，有余力的同学可以看一下。 1. – Could you please open the window? 你能把窗户打开吗？ - _________ 当然了。 A.I can't. B.Go ahead. **_C.Sure._** D.It's really very kind. 2. – Are you going to have a holiday? 你打算去度假吗？ - _________ 下周才去。 **_A.Not until next week._** B.Three weeks ago. C.To Beijing. D.I'm pleased to hear that. 3. – How long have you worked here? 你在这儿工作多久了？ - _________ 大概两年了。 A.Since about two years. B.I do not know. **_C.For about two years._** D.Who knows. 4. – Excuse me, could you tell me the time? 打扰一下，能告诉我一下时间吗？ - _________ 我的表显示是3:30. A.You'd better buy a watch. **_B.It's three thirty by my watch._** C.Can you see the clock? D.It's late I think. 5. – What do you think of the movie we saw last night? 你觉得我们昨晚看的电影怎么样？ - _________ 特别棒！ A.The actress is bad. **_B.Terrific!_** C.The theatre is bad. D.Nobody was there. 6. – Hello, Peter. What do you do? 你好，彼得。你是做什么的？ - _________ 我是一名伯恩大学的学生。 A.I am fine. B.I am not sick. **_C.I am a student from Bonn University._** D.I came from Bonn University. 7. – What do you do on Sunday? 你周日做什么？ - _______ 我踢足球。 ``` A.I 'm a teacher. B.I play football. C.You are a student. D.They clean rooms. ``` 8. – I am afraid I can't return the book to you before Friday. 恐怕周五前我没法把书还给你了。 - ______. 不着急（慢慢看）。 A.Don't be afraid B.Be careful C.Not at all **_D.Take your time_** 9. – I'm sorry to hear that you failed in the exam. 听说你考试不及格我感到很遗憾。 - ___________. 哦，谢谢你。谢谢你这么说。 A.Not at all **_B.Oh, thank you.That's very kind of you_** C.You are welcome D.Yes, I'm really sorry 10. – If you need me, jut let me know. 如果你需要我（的帮忙），就跟我说。 - I will,___________. 我会的，谢谢你。 A.that's all right **_B.thank you_** C.all right D.not at all 11. – Hello, may I speak to Zhao Hua? 你好，我能找赵华通话吗？ - __________. 我就是赵华。 A.My name is Zhao Hua B.I'm Zhao Hua **_C.This is Zhao Hua speaking_** D.Zhao Hua is me 12. – _________? 哪位？ - This is Mr Smith speaking now. 我是史密斯先生。 A.Who are you **_B.Who is that_** C.Who are you calling D.What do you want to say 13. – I was born in Boston, but I studied in New York._________? 我出生在波士顿，但是我在纽约上学。你呢？ - I was born in New York, but studied in Boston. 我出生在纽约，但是在波士顿上学。 A.What do you do **_B.And you_** C.Where were you D.Do you 14. – Would you go to the concert with me? 你想跟我一起去听演唱会吗？ - _____________, but I'm very busy now. 我想去，但是现在很忙。 **_A.I'd like to_** B.Sure C.No problem D.Certainly 15. – I'll be away on a business trip. Would you mind looking at my cat?我要离开出差几天。你介意帮我照看一下 我的猫吗？ - Not at all. ____________. 一点也不介意。我很乐意。 A.I have no time B.I'd rather not C.You can leave **_D.I'd be happy to_** 16. – Hi, Jim! Nice to meet you. 嗨，吉姆！很高兴见到你。 - _________. 见到你我也很高兴。 A.Certainly B.Many thanks C.OK **_D.Nice to meet you, too_** 17. – Will you please give the note to him? 你能把这份笔记给他吗？ - ______________. 当然了。我会给他的。 **_A.Certainly, I'll give it to him_** B.No, please not C.Sorry, I don't D.Yes, please do 18. – Hello, may I speak to Mike? （注意：本题与次重点 69 题不同）你好，我能找麦克通话吗？ - __________ 对不起，他不在。 A.Who are you? **_B.Sorry, he isn't in._** C.Thank you very much. D.Yes, here you are. 19. – Will you join us for lunch? 你能和我们一起吃午饭吗？ - _________. 好啊，很高兴（一起去）。 A.No, I won't **_B.Yes, with pleasure_** C.Yes, please D.Yes, help yourself 20. – I heard Susan surprised her teacher by working hard. 我听说苏珊学习努力，这让她的老师很吃惊。 - Yes, ______ 是的，苏珊学习很努力。 A.her teacher worked hard. **_B.Susan worked hard._** C.the teacher was surprising. D.Susan was surprised. 21. – Peter, don't step on the grass. 彼得，别踩到草地上。 - ____________. 对不起，我不会再这样做了。 A.It doesn't matter B.I can't do it C.Don't worry **_D.Sorry, I won't do it again_** 22. – I'm sorry for being late, Mr Li. 李先生，很抱歉我迟到了。 - ___________. 没关系。 A.All right B.That's right C.Not at all **_D.Never mind_** 23. – Have a cup of tea, _________? 来杯茶吧，好吗？ - Thanks a lot. 十分感谢。 A.don't you B.haven't you C.shall we **_D.will you_** 24. – We ordered 20 boxes of your products, but we have only got 19. 我们订购了 20 箱你们的产品，但是只收到 了 19 箱。 - _________ 我们明天再发一箱。 A.You do not have to. B.It does not matter. **_C.We will send another tomorrow._** D.Nothing serious. 25. – Excuse me. Could you spare me a few minutes? 打扰一下，能耽误你几分钟时间吗？ - _________ 当然可以。 **_A.Of course._** B.Of course not. C.I am sorry to hear that. D.Yes. I'm busy now. 26. – It's very thoughtful of you to give me a ride. 你能让我搭个便车真是考虑周到啊。 - _________ 我很乐意（帮忙）。 **_A.It's my pleasure._** B.Take it easy. C.Sure. D.Never mind. ## 第二部分 阅读理解第一篇 —— 次重点题目 **Passage 1** A bag is useful and the word “bag” is useful, too. Here is an interesting phrase, i.e., “to let the cat out of the bag”. In meaning it is the same as “to tell the secret”. And there is an old interesting story about it. Long ago, when farmers wanted to sell chickens at the market, most of the time they would just throw the chickens in cloth bags. But cats were cheaper than chickens, so many farmers would put cats into the cloth bags instead of chickens. One day, a woman asked a man for a chicken. The man gave her a cloth bag in which there was a cat. The woman begged to see the chicken. When the man opened the cloth bag, a big black cat ran out. Not a chicken! The man’s secret was out and everyone knew it. Now when we say someone lets out (泄露) a secret, he “lets the cat out of the bag”. And that is the story where the interesting phrase comes from. 袋子是很有用的，同样的，“袋子”这个词也是很有用的。有一个有趣的短语就是“把猫放出袋子”。它的意 思等同于“泄密”。关于这个短语，有一个古老而有趣的故事。 很久以前，当农民们在市场上卖鸡的时候，大多数情况下他们会把鸡扔到布袋里。但是猫比鸡便宜，于是 很多农民把猫放到袋子里来替换鸡。一天，一个妇女向一个男人买一只鸡。这个男人给了她一个装着一只猫的 布袋。这个妇女请求看看这只鸡。当那个男人打开布袋时，一只大黑猫跑了出来了。并不是一只鸡！于是这个 男人的秘密就被泄露了，大家都知道了。 现在，当有人泄露了秘密时，就说他“把猫放出了袋子”。这就是这个有趣的短语的由来。 6. The phrase “to let the cat out of the bag” came from an old interesting story.“把猫放出了袋子”这个短语来自于 一个古老而有趣的故事。 A：T B：F 7. The woman wanted to buy a black cat. 这个妇女想买一只黑猫。 A：T B：F 8. The farmers put cats into their cloth bags instead of chickens because cats were cheaper than chickens.农民把猫 ``` 而不是鸡放进布袋里是因为猫比鸡便宜。 A：T B：F ``` 9. In “... everyone knew it” at the end of the second paragraph, “it” refers to “the cloth bag”. 第二段最后“... everyone knew it”里“it”指的是布袋子。 A：T B：F 10. John “lets the cat out of the bag” means that he makes everyone know a secret. 约翰“lets the cat out of the bag” 的意思是他向大家泄露了一个秘密。 A：T B：F 答案： **ABABA** **Passage 2** A dolphin(海豚)is always well-known as a clever and friendly animal. Recently another amazing (令人惊奇的) discovery made by the British marine(海洋的)biologist (生物学家) Alexis shows that dolphins, to our surprise, keep in touch with each other by calling each other's names among themselves, something like human beings. Alexis recorded over 1700 different kinds of dolphins' calls and made a careful analysis of them. The analysis shows each dolphin has his own sound signal referring specially to himself and used all the time when he gets in touch with others. What's more, one dolphin is even able to imitate another's cry in more or less the same way as sometimes human beings do while talking with birds, which is believed to be an important step towards language from animals’ calls. 海豚一直被公认为是一种聪明、友善的动物。最近英国海洋生物学家亚力克西斯的一项令人惊奇的发现显 示让我们惊讶的是海豚彼此联系是通过叫对方的名字，这就像人类一样。 亚力克西斯记录了 1700 多种不同的海豚叫声，并仔细分析了这些叫声。分析显示每个海豚有自己独特的 声音信号来称呼自己，并且在和其他海豚联系时总是使用这个信号。此外，海豚甚至能模仿另一只海豚的叫声， 这点有些像人类和鸟聊天的声音，这一发现被认为是动物叫声向语言迈进的重要一步。 6. Alexis's new discovery about dolphins is that they are famous.亚力克西斯的关于海豚的新发现是它们很著名。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 7. A dolphin is able to talk with birds. 海豚能够和鸟类交谈。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 8. Imitating others' cries is thought to be a step from animals' calls to language. 模仿别的叫声被认为是动物叫声 ``` 向语言迈进的一步。 A：T B：F ``` 9. A dolphin is like a human being by speaking in a certain language. 海豚能说一种语言，这一点像人类。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 10. The main idea of the text is a new discovery about the dolphin. 本文的主要内容是关于海豚的一项新发现。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 答案： **BBABA** **Passage 3** A driver stopped his car on a street side to have a rest. As he lay down in the seat and closed his eyes, a man came up and knocked at the window to ask the time. The driver opened his eyes and looked at his watch. “It’s 8:05,” he said. Then he went to sleep again. But soon he was waken up again because a second person was knocking at the window. “Sir, do you know the time?” he asked. The driver looked at his watch again, and told him it was half past eight. In this way, the driver thought he could not have a good rest, so he wrote a short note (纸条) and stuck (贴) it on the window for all to see. It said, “I don’t have the time.” Again, he lay down in the seat for his sleep. A few minutes later, a third person came and began to knock at the window. “Hey, sir,” he said, “It’s a quarter to nine.” 一个司机把汽车停在路边休息。当他躺在座椅上闭上眼睛时，一个人走过来敲了敲车窗问他时间。司机睁 开眼睛看了看表：“8:05”,司机说。说完后，再次入睡。但是不一会儿第二个人又敲他的车窗：“现在几点了,先 生?”那人问道。司机又看了看表并告诉他已经八点半了。 如此一来，司机想他不能好好休息一下了，于是他写了张小纸条贴在车窗上让大家都能看的。上面写着： “我没带表。” ``` 司机再次躺下来准备睡觉。过了几分钟，第三个人走过来敲了车窗，“嗨，先生”，他说：“现在是八点四 ``` 十五分。” 6. He was woken up again by the second person a few minutes later. 他几分钟后被第二个人吵醒了。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 7. The driver stopped his car because he was very tired. 司机停下车，因为他很累。 A：T B：F 8. The driver had a good rest in his car. 司机在车里睡了个好觉。 A：T B：F 9. Two persons asked the driver about the time. 两个人问司机几点了。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 10. The third person knocked at the window to tell him what time it was.第三个人敲司机的窗户是为了告诉他时 ``` 间。 ``` A：T B：F 答案： **AABAA** 注意：本篇文章可能出现题目和答案不同的情况 6. He was woken up again by the second person a few minutes later. 他几分钟后又被第二个人叫醒了。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 7. The driver stopped his car because he was very tired. 这个司机把车停下来因为他很累。 A：T B：F 8. The driver had a very good rest after he put up the note on the window.这个司机把纸条贴在窗上后休息得很好。 A：T B：F 9. The third person came to knock at the window to tell him the time. 第三个人过来敲窗户是为了告诉他时间。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 10. According to this passage, we know that the driver didn't have his own house. 根据这篇文章我们知道这个司机 ``` 没有自己的家。 A：T B：F ``` 答案： **AABAB** **Passage 4** A famous writer was visiting Japan last year. He went to a school to talk to a large group of students. Most of them could not understand English, so he had to have an interpreter (翻译员). In his talk, he told an interesting story. He spoke for a long time and then stopped for the interpreter to put it into Japanese. But he was very surprised that the interpreter did this in a very few words, and all the students began to laugh. After the talk, the writer thanked the interpreter for his good work, and then he said to him, "Now, please tell me how you could put my long story into a very short, Japanese one." “I didn't tell the story at all,” the man answered with a smile. “I only said ‘Our American friend has just told a very interesting story. Now please laugh!” 一位著名的作家在去年访问了日本。他去了一所学校给一大群学生做演讲。他们中的大多数人都不懂英语， 所以他配了一个翻译员。 在演讲中，他讲了一个有趣的故事。他讲了很长时间，然后停下来让翻译员翻译。但是令他吃惊的是，翻 译只说了很少的几个词，所有学生就大笑起来。 演讲结束后，作家感谢翻译出色完成了工作，然后作家对他说：“现在，请你告诉我，你如何用日语那么 短的句子说完了我这么长的笑话的？” ``` “我并没有翻译你的笑话，”翻译微笑着说，“我只是跟他们说‘我们的美国朋友刚讲了个很有趣的故事，请 ``` 你们大笑！” 6. The famous writer talked to the students in their language. 这位著名作家用当地语言跟学生谈话。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 7. The interpreter helped the students to understand a few of the writer's words. 翻译员帮助学生理解了作家说了 ``` 的一些话。 A：T B：F ``` 8. The students laughed because the interpreter told them to do so. 学生们笑了是因为翻译员告诉他们要笑。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 9. So the students knew nothing of the story. 学生对这个笑话一无所知。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 10. An interpreter must know all the languages. 翻译员需要掌握所有语言。 A：T B：F 答案： **BBAAB** **Passage 5** A film crew was at the Circle Five Ranch to film a Marlboro commercial. This was in 1868, before they prohibited cigarette ads from American television. Darrell Winfield was watching the crew set up the equipment. The scene included an actor crossing a river on horseback, but when the time came to shoot, the man was too drunk to ride. Someone from the crew saw Winfield and asked him if he would ride the horse for 50 dollars. “Hell,” said Winfield, “for 50 bucks, I'll jump that damn horse over the moon!” To people in many countries, Winfield is just a familiar but nameless face, a simple cowboy with an advertising message about a connection between the West and a brand of cigarettes. Few people know that he is 55, a family man who's been married to the same woman for 37 years and has 5 children and 7 grandchildren. Most surprisingly, he's a real, working cowboy who raises horses in his ranch in Wyoming. One of the most striking things about the Marlboro Man is that success hasn't changed him much. He says that complete strangers sometimes come up to him and say, “I've met you, know you from somewhere.” Whenever it happens, he says that he gets embarrassed. 一个影片摄制组在圆五牧场拍摄一部万宝路的商业广告。这是在 1868 年，美国电视还还没有禁止播放香 烟广告。达雷尔·温菲尔德正在观看摄制组搭建设备。场景包括一个演员骑着马过河，但到拍摄时刻，该名男 子喝醉得不能骑马了。摄制组一个人看到温菲尔德，问他是否肯为挣 50 美元骑马拍这个广告。 “见鬼，” 温 菲尔德说， “为 50 美元，我能骑着这匹该死的马跳过月亮！ ” 对于很多国家的人来说，温菲尔德仅仅是一张熟悉但无名的脸，是一个将西部和香烟品牌连接起来的平凡 牛仔。很少有人知道他是一个 55 岁并且已经结婚 37 年的人，他有 5 个孩子和 7 个孙儿女。最令人惊讶的是， 他是一个地道的牛仔，在怀俄明州的牧场里养马。 ``` 关于这个万宝路男人的最惊人的一件事情是成功并没有怎么改变他。他说有时陌生人对他说， “我见过你， ``` 不知道在哪儿认识你。”不论什么时候这样的事情发生，他说他都会感到尴尬。 6. Marlboro commercials were allowed on television in America before 1868. 万宝路商业广告在 1868 年以前电 ``` 视上是允许播放的。 A：T B：F ``` 7. The word “prohibited” in the first paragraph means "forbidden".第一段里的“prohibited”一词是“禁止”的意思。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 8. When they filmed the ad, Winfield was too drunk. 当他们拍摄广告的时候，温菲尔德喝得大醉。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 9. From the passage, we know that Winfield was a rich man. 从文章可以看出温菲尔德很富有。 A：T B：F 10. When people recognized Winfield, he felt uncomfortable. 当人们认出温菲尔德的时候，他很不安。 A：T B：F 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 6** A friend of mine was fond of drawing horses. He drew horses very well, but he always began at the tail. Now it is the Western rule to begin at the head of the horse. That is why I was surprised. It struck me that it could not really make any difference whether the artist begins at the head or the tail or the belly or the foot of the horse, if he really knows his business. And most great artists who really know their business do not follow other people's rule. They make their own rules. Every one of them does his work in a way strange to himself; and the peculiarity means only that he finds it easier to work in that way. Now the very same thing is true of literature. And the question, “How shall I begin?” only means that you want to begin at the head instead of beginning at the tail or somewhere else. That is, you are not yet experienced enough to trust your own powers. When you become more experienced you will never ask the question, and I think that you will often begin at the tail – that is to say, you will write the end of the story before you have even thought of the beginning. 我的一个朋友喜欢画马。他画马画的很好，但是他总是从马尾开始画。现在西方人的习惯是从马头开始画。 这就是我惊奇的地方。这件事让我意识到，无论艺术家从马头还是马尾巴或是马肚子还是马蹄开始来画马，都 没有任何区别，只要他知道自己在做什么。许多著名的艺术家都不会跟着别人的规定做。他们自己制定规则。 他们每个人都是用奇特的方式做自己的工作，并且只有他们自己的发现的这个奇特方法更有效。 在文学中也是一样。“我应该怎样开始?”这 个 问 题 只 是 意 味 着 你 想 从 头 部 开 始 而 不 是 尾 部 或 其 他 地 方 开 始, 也就是说，你还不够经验去相信自己的能力。当你更有经验的时候，你就不会问这个问题了。而且我认为你将 从尾巴开始——也就是说，你甚至会在你思考故事的开始之前就去写故事的结局。 6. A friend of the writer's drew horses in the way of his own rule. 作者的一个朋友用自己的规则来画马。 A：T B：F 7. The writer was surprised because the artist followed other people's rule. 作者很惊讶，因为那个画家按照别人 ``` 的规则来做。 A：T B：F ``` 8. You are not yet experienced because you do not trust your own powers. 因为你不信任你自己的能力，所以你 还不够有经验。 A：T B：F 9. When you become more experienced you will write the end of the story. 当你更有经验了，你就可以写故事的 结局了。 A：T B：F 10. The passage is about how to make your own rules. 这篇文章是关于如何制定自己的规则的。 A：T B：F 答案： **ABAAB** **Passage 7** A group of frogs were traveling through the woods, and two of them fell into a deep pit. When the other frogs saw how deep the pit was, they told the two frogs that they were as good as dead. The two frogs ignored the comments and tried to jump up out of the pit with all their might. The other frogs kept telling them to stop, that they were as good as dead. Finally, one of the frogs took heed of（倾听）what the other frogs were saying and gave up. He fell down and died. The other frog continued to jump as hard as he could. Once again, the crowd of frogs shouted at him to stop the pain and just die. He jumped even harder and finally made it out. When he got out, the other frogs said, "Didn't you hear us?" The frog explained to them that he was a little deaf. He thought they were encouraging him the entire time. This story teaches us two lessons: 1. There is power of life and death in the tongue. An encouraging word to someone who is down can lift him up and help him make it through the day. 2. A destructive word to someone who is down can be what it takes to kill him. Be careful of what you say. The power of words is sometimes hard to understand because an encouraging word can go such a long way. Anyone can speak words that tend to rob another of the spirit to continue in difficult times. Special is the individual who will take the time to encourage another. 一群青蛙穿过树林，其中两只掉进了一个深坑。当其他青蛙看到这个坑有多深的时候，它们告诉这两只青 蛙死定了。两只青蛙不理睬它们的话，用尽全力试图跳出深坑。其他青蛙让它们别跳了，它们死定了。最后， 一只青蛙听信了其他青蛙说的话，放弃了。它摔了下来死掉了。 另一只青蛙继续尽力地跳。又一次，这群青蛙向它大喊，让它停止痛苦的挣扎，甘愿去死。它跳得更努力 了，最终跳了出来。当它出来后，其他青蛙说：“你没听到我们说的吗？”这只青蛙说它有点聋。它还以为它们 一直在鼓励它呢。 这个故事给我们上了两堂课: 语言有生与死的力量。鼓励的话能把逆境中的人拉起来，帮助他熬过这一天。 毁灭性的语言对于逆境的人来说就是致命的。 你说话的时候要谨慎。语言的力量有时候很难让人理解，因为一句鼓励的话能有如此深远的影响。任何人 说的话都能夺走另一个人的精神让他不能熬过困难的时候。特别的人能花时间去鼓励另一个人。 6. The expression "as good as" (in line 2, paragraph 1) means almost, practically. “as good as”(在第一段第二行)的 ``` 表述意思是几乎、事实上。 A：T B：F ``` 7. When other frogs told the two frogs there was no hope, the two frogs gave up their efforts immediately. 当其 ``` 他青蛙告诉这两只青蛙没有希望的时候，这两只青蛙马上放弃了努力。 A：T B：F ``` 8. One of the frogs fell down and died because he was so tired. 一只青蛙摔了下来死掉了，因为它很累。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 9. The other frog managed to jump out of the pit because he was very strong physically. 另一只青蛙成功地跳了出 ``` 来，是因为它身体很强壮。 A：T B：F ``` 10. People should avoid saying destructive words to those who are in trouble. 人们应该避免对处于困境的人说毁 ``` 灭性的语言。 A：T B：F ``` 答案： **ABBBA** **Passage 8** A guide dog is a dog especially trained to guide a blind person. Dogs chosen for such training must show good disposition, intelligence, physical fitness, and sense of responsibility. At the age of about fourteen months, a guide dog begins an intensive course that lasts from three to five months. It becomes accustomed to the leather harness and stiff leather handle it will wear when guiding its blind owner. The dog learns to watch traffic and to cross streets safely. It also learns to obey such commands as “forward”, “left”, “right” and “sit” and to disobey any command that might lead its owner into danger. The most important part of the training course is a four-week program in which the guide dog and its future owner learn to work together. However, many blind people are unsuited by personality to work with dogs. Only a tenth of the blind find a guide dog useful. 导盲犬是一种经过特别训练来引导盲人的狗。被选来进行这种训练的狗必须表现出很好的性情、智商、体 力以及责任感。 ``` 大概 14 个月大的时候，导盲犬会开始进行一项长达 3 到 5 个月的密集课程。它要对用来引导其眼盲的主 ``` 人所要佩戴的皮带和硬皮把手熟悉起来。导盲犬学着观察交通并安全地穿过街道。它还要学会听从如“前进”、 “向左”、“向右”和“坐下”的命令，并对能为其主人带来危险的命令置之不理。 培训课最重要的一个环节是为期 4 周的训练，导盲犬和它未来的主人要学习如何一起相处。然而，很多盲 人因为性格原因不适合与狗一起工作。只有十分之一的盲人认为导盲犬是很有帮助的。 6. A guide dog is a dog trained to help the blind. 导盲犬是为帮助盲人而被训练的。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 7. A guide dog begins its training course at the age of fourteen months. 导盲犬在 14 个月大的时候开始训练。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 8. Learning not to guide its owner in the street is included in the training course. 在街上不为主人进行引导也包括 在训练课程中。 A：T B：F 9. The most important part of the training course is to teach the dog how to cooperate with its future owner. 最重要 ``` 的课程是教会狗如何与它的主人相处。 A：T B：F ``` 10. Guide dogs are not popular because it’s hard to train a guide dog. 导盲犬不受欢迎，因为它们很难训练。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 答案： **AABAB** **Passage 9** A man got into a train and found himself sitting opposite a woman who seemed to be about thirty-five years old. Soon they began talking to each other, and the man said to her, "Do you have a family?" "Yes, I have one son," the woman answered. "Oh, really?" said the man. "Does he smoke?" "No, he's never touched a cigarette," the woman replied. "That's good," the man continued. "I don't smoke either. Tobacco is very bad to one's health. And does your son drink wine?" "Oh, no," the woman answered at once. "He's never drunk a drop of it." "Then I congratulate you, ma'am," the man said. "And does he ever come home late at night?" "No, never," his neighbor answered. "He goes to bed immediately after dinner every night." "Well," the man said, "he's a wise young man. How old is he?" "He's six months old today. But he will grow up to be a gentleman," the woman replied proudly. 一位男士上了火车，发现自己坐在一位看起来有 35 岁的女士对面。很快他们开始聊了起来。男士问她， “你成家了吗？” “是的，我有一个儿子，”女士回答。 “真的吗？”这个男士说。“他抽烟吗？” “不，他从来没有碰过香烟，”女士回答。 ### “好极了。”男士继续说：“我也不抽烟。香烟对人的健康影响很大。那么你儿子喝酒吗？” ### “啊，不，”妇女马上答道。“他滴酒未沾。” ### “那么我要恭喜你了，女士。”这个男士说。“他有没有晚上回家很晚的时候？” ### “不，从来不。”旅客回答。“他吃完晚饭马上就睡觉。” ### “那么，”男人说，“他是个明智的小伙子。他多大了？” ### “他今天正好六个月了。但是他会成长成一个绅士的。”妇女骄傲地回答。 6. The man and the woman are talking about the woman's son. 这个男士和女士在讨论女士的儿子。 A: T B: F 7. The woman thinks her son will be a gentleman. 这位女士认为她的儿子会成为一个绅士。 A: T B: F 8. The conversation took place on a train. 这段对话发生在一列火车上。 A: T B: F 9. The word "disappointed" probably best describes the man's feeling at the end of the conversation. “失望”这个词可能最好地描述了谈话结束时这位男士的感觉。 A: T B: F 10. The woman is so proud of her son that she does not really understand what the man's questions mean. 这位女 ``` 士是如此地为她的儿子自豪，以至于她没有真正明白男士的问题是什么意思。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **AAABB** **Passage 10** A man was travelling abroad in a small red car. One day he left the car and went shopping. When he came back, its roof was badly damaged. Some boys told him that an elephant had damaged it. The man did not believe them, but they took him to a circus which was near there. The owner of the elephant said, “I am very sorry! My elephant has a big, round, red chair. He thought that your car was his chair, and he sat on it!” Then he gave the man a letter, in which he said that he was sorry and that he would pay for all the damage. When the man got back to his own country, the customs officers would not believe his story. They said, “You sold your new car while you were abroad and bought this old one!” It was only when the man showed them the letter from the circus man that believed him. 一个人在国外开着一辆红色的车旅游。一天他把车停在外面去购物了。他回来后发现车的顶棚损坏得很严 重。一些男孩子告诉他是一头大象把它弄坏的。这个男人不相信他们，但是他们把他带到一个附近的马戏团。 大象的主人说：“我很抱歉！我的大象有一把大的红色圆椅子。它以为你的车是它的椅子，就坐上去了！“然后 他给这个男人一封信，里面写着他很抱歉，并愿意赔偿所有损失。当这个男人回到自己的国家，海关官员不相 信他所说的。他们说：“是你在国外卖了你的新车买了这辆旧车！”当这个男人给他们看了马戏团的人写的信， 他们才相信了他。 6. The car was damaged because there was a traffic accident. 因为交通事故，这辆车才损坏的。 A: T B: F 7. A man was traveling abroad in a red car. 这个男人开着一辆红色的车在国外旅行。 A: T B: F 8. The circus man said that he would pay for all of the damage. 马戏团的人说他会赔偿所有损失。 A: T B: F 9. When the man got back to his country, the customs officers didn’t believe his words. 当这个男人回到自己的国 ``` 家，海关官员不相信他所说的话。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The letter from the police made the officers believe him. 警察写来的信使海关官员相信了那个男人的话。 A: T B: F 答案： **BAAAB** **Passage 11** A poor boy, who had not enough money to buy a meal, stopped one hot summer at noon before an eating-house. The boss of the restaurant told him several times to go away，but the boy could not leave the wonderful smell. At last, the cook came out of the restaurant. Taking hold of his arm, he declared that the boy had been feeding upon the smell of their food. He asked the boy to pay half the price of a meal. The poor fellow said that he neither could nor would pay. At that moment, a police happened to pass. He said to the boy, “You have been feasting one of senses with the good smell of this man's meat, you should satisfy one of his senses. How much money do you have?” “I have only two pence in all the world, sir, and I must buy some bread.” “Never mind,” answered the policeman, “Take your two pence between your hands. Now rattle them loudly.” The boy did so, and the officer, turning to the cook, said, “Now, sir, I think he had paid you the smell of your delicious food. The smell of your food rewarded his nostrils（鼻孔）and the sound of his money rewarded your ears.” This decision gave more satisfaction to the bystanders than to the cook, but it was the only payment he could get. 在一个炎热的夏天中午，一个很贫穷得没有钱吃饭的男孩停在一家饭店前。饭店的老板多次让他离开，可 是这个男孩就是抵抗不住食物的香味。最后，饭店厨师出来了，他抓住男孩的胳膊，声称因为男孩闻到了食物 的香味，让这个男孩付一半的餐费。可怜的男孩说他不可能也不会付钱的。 这时候，一个警察恰巧路过这里。他对那个男孩说:“你已经闻到了饭菜的香味，感官上得到了满足。你也 ### 应该让他得到满意。你有多少钱？” ### “我全部家当只是两个便士，我必须用它买面包。” ### “没关系”，警察说，“把你的两个便士拿在手里，现在大声地摇晃它们。” ### 这个男孩照做了，然后这个警察对厨师说：“先生，我想他已经为他闻了你的饭菜而付过钱了，饭菜的味 ### 道满足了他的鼻孔，现在他的钱的声音也满足了你的耳朵。” ### 这个做法赢得了路人的赞赏，而厨师当然很不高兴，但是这是他能获得的唯一付钱的方式了。 6. The cook asked the boy to give him some money for feeding on the smell of the food. 这个厨师让男孩为闻到食 物的味道而付钱。 A: T B: F 7. The boy reported what happened to the police in the police station. 男孩在警察局向警察报告了发生的事。 A: T B: F 8. The police asked the boy to make noises with the two pence. 警察让这个男孩用两个便士发出声音。 A: T B: F 9. The cook finally got some money. 这个厨师最后得到了一些钱。 A: T B: F 10. The policeman was not satisfied with the solution. 警察对这个解决方法不满意。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABABB** **Passage 12** A story is told about a soldier who was finally coming home after having fought in Vietnam. He called his parents from San Francisco. "Mom and Dad, I'm coming home, but I've a favor to ask. I have a friend. I'd like to bring home with me." "Sure," they replied, "we'd love to meet him." "He was hurt pretty badly in the fighting. He lost an arm and a leg. He has nowhere else to go, and I want him to live with us." "I'm sorry to hear that, son. Maybe we can help him find somewhere to live." "No. Mom and Dad, I want him to live with us." "Son," said the father, "you don't know what you're asking. Someone with such a handicap would be a terrible burden (负担) on us. We have our own lives to live, and it's very hard for us. I think you should just come home and forget about this guy. He'll find a way to live himself." At that point, the son hung up the phone. The parents heard nothing more from him. A few days later, however, they received a call from the San Francisco police. Their son had died after falling from a building, they were told. The police believed he killed himself. The parents flew to San Francisco but to their surprise they discovered something they didn't know — their son had only one arm and one leg. 有一个故事讲的是一个战士在越战结束后即将回家，他在旧金山给他的父母打了一个电话。“爸爸、妈妈， 我要回家了，但是我有个请求。我有一个朋友。我想带他一起回家。” ``` “当然可以。”父母说：“我们很欢迎他。”“他在这场战争中受到了严重的伤害。他失去了一条胳膊和一条 ``` 腿。他无处可去了，所以我想让他和我们住在一起。”“我很遗憾听到那个消息，儿子。但我们也许能够帮他找 个别的地方住。” ``` “不，爸爸妈妈，我想他和我们住在一起。” “儿子，”父亲说：“你不知道你在要求什么。让这样一个残疾的人和我们住到一起会给我们造成很大的负 ``` 担的。我们有自己的生活方式，这对我们来说会很困难。我认为你应该马上回来并且忘了那个人。他会找到方 法来养活他自己的。” ``` 那个时候，儿子挂断了电话，父母此后再也没有听到任何有关儿子的消息。然而几天以后，他们接到了旧 ``` 金山警察局的电话，他们被告知他们的儿子已经坠楼身亡了。并且警察认为那是自杀。悲痛欲绝的父母飞到旧 金山，但让他们震惊的是他们发现一件事——他们儿子的尸体上只有一条胳膊和一条腿！ 6. The soldier called his parents from San Francisco after having fought in Vietnam. 这个士兵从越南战斗回来后 ``` 在旧金山给他的父母打电话 A: T B: F ``` 7. The soldier told his parents that he wanted them to meet his friend in the army. 这个士兵告诉他地父母他想让 ``` 他们见见他在部队的一个朋友。 A: T B: F ``` 8. His father considered his plan unacceptable. 他的父亲认为他的计划不能被接受。 A: T B: F 9. A few days later the parents were told by the police that their son had killed himself. 几天后这对父母被警察告 ``` 知他们的儿子自杀了。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The son killed himself because he was unable to find a job. 这个儿子自杀是因为他无法找到工作。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABAAB** **Passage 13** A tourist comes out of the airport. There are a lot of taxis, but the tourist asks every taxi-driver his name. He asks the third taxi. It costs￡5 from the airport to the hotel. “How much does it cost for the whole day?” the tourist asks. “￡100,” says the taxi-driver. This is very expensive, but the tourist accepts the price. The taxi-driver takes the tourist everywhere. He shows him all the monuments and all the museums. In the evening, they go back to the hotel. The tourist gives the driver￡100 and says: “What about tomorrow?” The taxi-driver looks at the tourist, “Tomorrow? It's another￡100.” But the tourist says: “That's O.K. If that's the price, that's the price. See you tomorrow.” The taxi-driver is very pleased. The next day the taxi-driver takes the tourist everywhere again. They visited all the museums and the monuments again. And in the second evening they go back to the hotel. The tourist gives the taxi-driver another￡100 and says: “I'm going home tomorrow.” The taxi-driver is very sorry. He likes the tourist and, above all, ￡100 a day is good money. “So you're going home. Where do you come from?” he asks. “I come from New York.” “New York!” says the taxi-driver, “I have a sister in New York. Her name is Susanah. Do you know her?” “Of course I know her. She gave me￡200 for you.” 一个游客从机场走了出来。那儿有很多出租车，但是这个游客问每一个出租车司机的名字。他问了第三个 出租车（司机），从机场到酒店要花费 5 英镑。“（包出租车）一整天的话要多少钱？”这个游客问。“100英镑。” 出租车司机说。这个价格很高，但是游客接受了。 ``` 出租车司机带着游客到处游览。他带着游客参观了所有的纪念碑和所有博物馆。晚上，他们回到酒店。这 ``` 个游客给了司机 100 英镑，问：“明天呢？”出租车司机看着游客说：“明天？还要 100 英镑。”但这名游客说“没 关系。如果价格是这样，那就是这个价格了。明天见。”出租车司机很高兴。 第二天出租车司机又带着游客到处游览。他们又参观了所有的纪念碑和所有博物馆。第二天晚上他们回到 酒店。游客又给了出租车司机 100 英镑，说：“我明天要回家了。”出租车司机很遗憾。他喜欢和这名游客游览， 更重要的是，一天挣 100 英镑很不错。“那么你要回家了。你是哪里人？”他问。 ``` “我来自纽约。” “纽约！”司机叫道。“我有个姐姐在纽约。她叫苏珊娜。你认识她吗？” “我当然认识她。她让我带给你 100 英镑。” ``` 6. The story takes place in New York. 这个故事发生在纽约。 A: T B: F 7. The tourist is an American. 这个游客是美国人。 A: T B: F 8. The tourist asks every taxi-driver his name because he is afraid of being cheated.这个游客问每一位出租车司机 ``` 的名字，因为他怕被骗。 A: T B: F ``` 9. The taxi-driver is very pleased with the tourist for the good price. 这位出租车司机对游客付的价格很满意。 A: T B: F 10. We can conclude that the tourist is a cheat. 我们可以得到这个结论：这个游客是个骗子。 A: T B: F 答案： **BABAB** **Passage 14** A traveler came out of the airport. There were a lot of taxis. He asked every taxi driver about his name. Then he took the third one. It cost 5 dollars from the airport to the hotel. “How much does it cost for the whole day?” The man asked. “100 dollars,” said the taxi driver. This was very dear (昂贵的), but the man said it was OK. The taxi driver took the man everywhere. He showed him all the parks and museums in the city. In the evening they went back to the hotel. The traveler gave the taxi driver 100 dollars and said, “What about tomorrow?” The taxi driver looked at the man and said, “Tomorrow is another 100 dollars.” And the man said, “That’s OK! See you tomorrow.” The taxi driver was very pleased. The next day the taxi driver took the traveler everywhere again. They visited all the parks and museums again. And in the evening they went back to the hotel. The man gave the taxi driver 100 dollars again and said, “I’m going home tomorrow.” The driver was sorry because he liked the traveler and 100 dollars a day was a lot of money. “So you are going home. Where do you come from?” He asked. “I come from New York.” “New York,” the taxi driver said, “I have a sister in New York. Her name is Susan. Do you know her?” “Of course I know her. She gave me 200 dollars for you!” 有个游客从机场出来。外面有很多出租车。他问每位出租车司机的姓名。然后他乘了第三辆。从机场到宾 馆他花了五美元。“包车一天多少钱？”这个人问道。“一百美元”出租车司机答道。这挺贵的，但这个人说可以。 出租车师傅载着这个人到处转，并告诉他市里所有的公园和博物馆。晚上他们到达宾馆。这个人给了出租 车师傅一百美元，问到：“明天呢”出租车师傅说：“明天还是付一百”。这个人说：“可以，明天见”。出租车师 傅很高兴。 第二天出租车师傅由带着这个人到处转。他们又把所有公园和博物馆看一遍。晚上他们返回宾馆。这个人 又给出租车师傅付了一百说：“我明天要回家了”。出租车师傅感到很遗憾，因为他喜欢这个乘客，一天一百是 很可观的。“那你要回家了。你从哪儿来啊？”出租车师傅问。“纽约，”出租车师傅说：“我有个姐姐也住在纽 约。她的名字叫苏珊。你认识她吗？”“我当然认识她了，她让我捎给你两百元” 6. The traveler came from America. 游客来自美国。 A: T B: F 7. The traveler took the third taxi, because the third taxi-driver was a kind-hearted man. 游客乘了第三辆出租车， ``` 因为第三辆的师傅心地善良。 A: T B: F ``` 8. Usually the cost of traveling one day by taxi may be less than ＄100. 通常包一天出租车不到一百美元。 A: T B: F 9. The traveler’s sister asked the traveler to give the money to the taxi-driver.游客的姐姐让他把钱给出租车师傅。 A: T B: F 10. The driver was unhappy when he heard the traveler’s last words. 出租车听到游客的最后一句话很不开心。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABABA** **Passage 15** A very old lady won a million dollars in a lottery（彩票）. Her son and her husband heard the news on the radio. "How are we going to tell your mother?" the man asked. "The news might kill her." "That's true." said the son. "Perhaps we'd better speak to her doctor about it. He will know how to bring the news to her gently." They told the old lady's doctor about this. "I'm glad you told me," he said, "A shock even a happy one could give her heart attack (打击). Leave it to me. I'll find a way of bringing the news to her." The doctor thought about the problem for several days. Then decided what he would say. He called on the old lady and sat by her. He took her hand in his. "let's play a game ,my dear," "A Let's Pretend Game (一个假装游戏)." "Oh, yes," said the old lady.” I love playing it." "Good, I'll ask you a question first" the doctor said. "Then you can ask me one." He pretended to think for a few moments. Then he said, "Tell me, what would you do if you won a million dollars in the lottery?" "Oh. That's an easy one," the old lady said. "I'd give most of it to you, Doctor. Because you have been so good to me all these years. Doctor!" But the doctor was lying on the floor. He had died of shock. 一个岁数很大的老妇人彩票中了 100 万。她的儿子和他丈夫在收音机上听到了这个消息。 “我们怎么告诉你母亲这个消息？”她丈夫问到：“这样震惊的消息可能会杀了她！” “对啊。”她的儿子说道：“也许我们最好告诉她的医生这件事。他会知道怎么将这个消息温和地告诉她。” 他们将这件事告诉老妇人的医生。 “我很高兴你们将这个消息告诉我，”他说：“一个令人震惊的消息，就算是开心的事，也可能使她的心脏 病突发。将这件事交给我吧。我会找一个办法来告诉她这个事情。 他对这件事考虑了好几天。最终决定了他该怎么说。 他去拜访了这个老妇人，坐在她旁边。他将她的手握住，说：“让我们来玩个游戏吧，亲爱的。”他说：“一 个‘让我们来假装’的游戏。” “哦，好的。”老妇人说：“我喜欢玩这个游戏。”“很好。我先会问你一个问题。”医生说：“接着你问我一个。” 他假装想了一会儿。接着他说：“告诉我，如果你赢了一张 100 万元的彩票你会怎么做？” “哦。这个问题很简单。”老妇人说：“我将会将其中大部分给你，因为你这几年对我实在是太好了，医生。” 但是，这个医生倒在了地上。由于这个震惊的消息,他死了。 6. The son and his wife didn’t want his mother to die of shock.这个老妇人的儿子和他妻子不希望妈妈死于震惊。 A: T B: F 7. The doctor was worried that the news would make her sad. 这个医生担心这个消息会让她很伤心。 A: T B: F 8. The doctor went to the old lady’s house to tell her the news. 这个医生去老妇人家告诉她这个消息。 A: T B: F 9. The doctor was sleeping on the floor. 这个医生在地板上睡觉。 A: T B: F 10. The doctor envied the old lady’s money and was killed by her. 这个医生嫉妒老妇人的钱，被她杀死了。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABABB** **Passage 16** A young boy was playing with a ball in the street. He kicked too hard, and it broke the window of a home and fell inside. A lady came to the window and shouted at the young boy, so he ran away, but he still wanted his ball back. A few minutes later he returned and knocked at the door of the house, and when the lady answered it, he said, “My father is going to come and fix your window very soon.” After a few minutes a man came to the door with tools in his hand, so the lady let the boy take his ball away. When the man finished fixing the window, he said to the lady, “That will cost you ten dollars.” “But aren't you the father of that boy?” the woman asked, looking surprised. “No,” he answered, equally surprised, “Aren't you his mother?” 一个小男孩在街上玩球。他踢得太猛了，球打破一栋房子的窗户掉了进去。一位女士走到窗前冲着这个小 ### 男孩大喊，所以他跑掉了，但是他仍然想把球要回来。几分钟后他回来了，敲了那栋房子的门。当那位女士来 ### 开门的时候，他说：“我的父亲很快就会来给你修窗户的。” ### 几分钟后一个手上拿着工具的男人来到门口，所以这位女士就让男孩把球拿走了。 ### 当这个男人修好了窗户，他对女士说：“你需要支付十美元。”“可是你不是那个男孩的父亲吗？”这个女士 ### 惊讶地问。“不，”他回答，同样惊讶：“你不是他的妈妈吗？” 6. One day a boy played with a ball near his house. 一天一个男孩儿在他家附近玩球。 A: T B: F 7. The lady shouted at the boy because the boy kicked the ball too hard. 这位女士冲着这个男孩儿喊是因为他踢 球踢得太猛了。 A: T B: F 8. The boy ran away and brought his father when the lady shouted at him. 当这位女士冲着他喊时，这个男孩儿 ``` 跑掉了，并带着他父亲过来。 A: T B: F ``` 9. The lady gave the ball back to the boy because she thought the boy’s father came to repair the window. 这位女士 ``` 把球还给男孩，因为她以为男孩得父亲来修窗户。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The repairman thought that the lady was the boy’s mother.修理工以为这位女士是男孩的母亲。 A: T B: F 答案： **BBBAA** **Passage 17** A young man who refused to give his name dived into the river yesterday morning to save a twelve-year-old boy. The boy was in danger in the river. He had been swimming in the river and caught his foot between two concrete posts under the bridge. He shouted out for help. At the time a young man was riding across the bridge on his bicycle. He quickly got down and dived into the river. He then freed the boy's foot and helped him to the river bank where a small crowd had collected. The boy thanked his rescuer sincerely, then ran off down the road. He was last seen climbing over a gate before disappearing over the top of the hill. The young man who was about 20 years of age said, "I don't blame the boy for not giving his name. Why should he? If he wants to swim in the river, that's his business. And if I want to help him, that's mine. You can not have my name either." He then ran back to the bridge, got his bicycle and rode away. 一个拒绝透露姓名的年轻人昨天早上跳入河里去救一个 12 岁的男孩。这个男孩在河里很危险。他在河里 游泳，脚卡在桥下的两根混凝土柱子。他喊叫着求救。这时一个年轻人骑着自行车路过这座桥。于是他把男孩 的脚拉出来，带他游到河岸，这是河岸上已经聚集了一小群人了。这个男孩由衷地感谢他的救命恩人，然后沿 着马路向下跑。他最后被看到爬过一扇大门，消失在山顶了。这个大约 20 岁的年轻人说：“我不会因为这个男 孩没有说他的名字而责备他。他为什么要说呢？如果他想在河里游泳，这是他的事儿。如果我想帮助他，这是 我的事儿。我也不会告诉你们我的名字的。”然后他就跑回到桥上，找到他的自行车，骑走了。 6. The young man jumped into the river immediately when he saw the boy in danger. 这个年轻人一看到小男孩有 ``` 危险就马上跳进河里了。 A: T B: F ``` 7. The 12-year-old boy had his foot caught between two concrete posts in the river. 那个小男孩的脚卡在了河上的 ``` 两根混凝土柱子之间。 A: T B: F ``` 8. The little boy thanked the young man after being rescued. 获救后小男孩感谢了这个年轻人。 A: T B: F 9. The young man heard "help" when he was running across the bridge. 这个年轻人跑步路过这座桥的时候听到 ``` 了“救命”声。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The young man was about 24 years old. 这个年轻人大概 24 岁左右。 A: T B: F 答案： **AAABB** 注意：下面这篇文章开头与上面文章相同但内容、题目及答案都不同，需要注意具体内容。 ``` A young man who lived in London was in love with a beautiful girl. Soon she became his fiancée （未婚妻）. The ``` man was very poor while the girl was rich. The young man wanted to make her a present on her birthday. He wanted to buy something beautiful for her, but he had no idea how to do it, as he had very little money. The next morning he went to a shop. There were many fine things there: gold watches, diamond... but all these things were too expensive. There was one thing he could not take his eyes off. It was a beautiful vase. That was a suitable present for his fiancée. He had been looking at the vase for half an hour when the manager of the shop noticed him. The young man looked so pale, sad and unhappy that the manager asked what had happened to him. ``` The young man told him everything. The manager felt sorry for him and decided to help him. A bright idea struck ``` him. The manager pointed to the corner of the shop. To his great surprise the young man saw a vase broken into many pieces. The manager said: "When the servant enters the room, he will drop it." ``` On the birthday of his fiancée the young man was very excited. Everything happened as had been planned. The ``` servant brought in the vase, and as he entered the room, he dropped it. There was horror on everybody's face. When the box was opened, the guests saw that each piece was packed separately. ``` 一位住在伦敦的年轻人爱上了一位漂亮的姑娘。很快她成为了他的未婚妻。这个年轻人非常穷，而这位女 ``` 孩很富有。女孩过生日的时候年轻人想为她做一份礼物。他想给她买件漂亮的东西，但是他不知道怎么买，因 为他没有什么钱。有很多漂亮的东西：金表、钻石...但是这些东西都太贵了。有件漂亮的让人挪不开眼睛的东 西，那是一个漂亮的花瓶。这是一个对他的未婚妻很合适的礼物。他看着这个花瓶足足有半个小时，这时店经 理注意到了他。这个年轻人看上去脸色苍白而又悲伤，店经理问他怎么了。 ``` 这个年轻人把事情原原本本地都告诉了他。经理为他感到难过，决定帮助他。他想到一个好主意。经理指 ``` 着商店的角落。让这个年轻人很惊讶的是，他看到一个碎成很多片的花瓶。店经理说：“当仆人进入房间时， 他会把这个花瓶摔掉的。” ``` 未婚妻生日的当天，这个年轻人很兴奋。一切都像计划的那样进行着。当仆人拿着花瓶走进房间时，他把 ``` 箱子摔到了地上。每个人的表情都是惊恐万分的。当打开箱子的时候，客人们看到每片碎花瓶都是单独包装好 了的。 6. The story took place in the United States. 这个故事放生在美国。 A: T B: F 7. The young man's family was poor while the beautiful girl is rich, according to the passage. 根据这篇文章可以知 ``` 道这个年轻人的家庭很贫穷，而这个漂亮姑娘很富有。 A: T B: F ``` 8. The young man wanted to buy a present as a Christmas gift for the girl. 这位年轻人想为这个女孩买一件圣诞 ``` 节礼物。 A: T B: F ``` 9. The shop manager came to talk to the young man, because he was poorly dressed. 这位店经理过来跟年轻人说 ``` 话，因为他衣衫褴褛。 A: T B: F ``` 10. On the birthday of his fiancée, the young man was excited because the girl was in love with him. 在他的未婚妻 生日当天，这个年轻人很兴奋，因为这个女孩爱上了他。 A: T B: F 答案： **BABBB** **Passage 18** Agnes Miller was one of the earliest leaders of the women's liberation movement in the United States. She was born on a farm in Missouri in 1892. She had a very happy life as a child. She was the only daughter and the youngest child of five. Her parents and her brothers always treated her as their favorite. In 1896 the family moved to Chicago. Three years later they moved back to St. Louis where Agnes spent the rest of her childhood. She enjoyed her years in school and was a very good student of mathematics. She was also quite good as a painter. It was when Agnes went off to college that she first learned that women were not treated as equals. She didn't like being treated unequally but she tried not to notice it. After graduating from college she tried to get a job in her major field, physics. She soon found it was almost impossible for a woman. Agnes spent a full year looking for a job. Finally she gave up in anger. She began writing letters to various newspapers. An editor in New York liked her ideas very much. He specially liked her style. He asked her to do a series of stories on the difficulties that women had in finding a job. And there she began her great fight for equal rights for women. 艾格尼丝·米勒是美国妇女解放运动中最早的领导人之一。她于 1892 年出生在密苏里州的一个农场里。 作为一个孩子，她有一个非常幸福的生活。她是唯一的女儿，是家里 5 个孩子中最小的。她的父母和她的哥哥 们始终把她当作他们最喜欢的人。 1896 年，他们举家迁往芝加哥。三年后，他们搬回圣路易斯，在那里艾格尼丝度过了她童年剩余的时光。 她喜欢她的校园时光，是一个数学十分优秀的学生。她还是一个相当优秀的画家。 史沫特莱是上大学的时候才第一次听说妇女被不公正对待的。她不喜欢受到不平等对待，但她试图不注意 到它。大学毕业后，她试图在她的专业领域——物理界——找份工作。她很快就发现这对一个女人几乎是不可 能的。 艾格尼丝花了整整一年找工作。最后，她愤怒地放弃了。她开始给各种报纸写信。纽约一位编辑很喜欢她 的想法。他特别喜欢她的风格。他让她关于妇女找工作遇到的困难写一个专栏。从此她为妇女的平等权利开始 了斗争。 6. Agnes’ parents treated her as their favorite, which made her brothers sad. 艾格尼丝的父母把她视为最喜欢的孩 ``` 子，这让她的哥哥们很伤心。 A: T B: F ``` 7. The Millers moved back to Chicago in 1896. 米勒一家 1896 年搬回了芝加哥。 ### A: T B: F 8. Agnes studied mathematics when she was in college. 艾格尼丝上大学时学习数学。 A: T B: F 9. Agnes first came to realize that women were treated unequally when she started her college life. 艾格尼丝开始 ``` 上大学的时候第一次意识到女性受到不平等的待遇。 A: T B: F ``` 10. An editor in New York liked both the ideas in her letters and her writing style. 纽约的一位编辑喜欢她信里的想 法和她的写作风格。 A: T B: F 答案： **BBBAA** **Passage 19** Albert Einstein had a great effect on science and history, greater than what only a few other men have achieved. An American university president once commented that Einstein had created a new outlook, a new view of the universe. It may be some time before the average mind understands fully the identity of time and space and so on – but even ordinary men understand now that the universe is something larger than ever thought before. By 1914 the young Einstein had gained world fame. He accepted the offer to become a professor at the Prussian Academy of Science in Berlin. He had few duties, little teaching and unlimited opportunities for study, but soon his peace and quiet were broken by the First World War. Einstein hated violence. The misery of war affected him deeply, and he sat unhappily in his office doing little. He lost interest in his research. Only when peace came in 1918 was he able to get back to work. In the years following World War I honors were increasingly heaped on him. He became the head of the Kaiser Whihem Institute of Theoretical Physics. In 1921 he won the Noble Prize, and he was honored in Germany until the rise of Nazism when he was driven from Germany because he was a Jew. 艾伯特·爱因斯坦对有科学和历史很大影响, 他的影响大于只有少数其他几人所取得的成就。一位美国大 学校长曾经评论说,爱因斯坦创造了一个新的面貌，关于宇宙的一种新观点。一个普通人的头脑来完全理解时 间、空间等等的同一性可能还需要一段时间。但现在即使普通人也能理解宇宙比以往任何时候想象的都要大。 1914 年前年轻的爱因斯坦就已经获得了世界声誉。他接受了在柏林普鲁士科学院的邀请，成为了一名教 授。他的职责和教学任务很少，有无限的机会去做研究，但很快他的和平与平静就被第一次世界大战打破了。 爱因斯坦痛恨暴力。战争的痛苦给他留下深刻影响，他坐在他的办公室里郁郁寡欢，无所事事。.他失去了研 究的兴趣。只有在 1948 年和平到来地时候，他才能够恢复工作。 在第一次世界大战之后的几年荣誉越来越多地堆积在他身上。他成为凯泽威姆理论物理研究所的所长。在 1921 年他获得了诺贝尔奖，在纳粹主义抬头之前他在德国都获得尊敬。那时他被德国驱逐，因为他是犹太人。 6. The main idea of Paragraph 1 is the change in human thought produced by Einstein. 第一段的主要内容是爱因 ``` 斯坦对人类思想的改变。 A: T B: F ``` 7. According to the American university president, The theory of relativity can be quickly learned by everyone. 根 据美国大学校长所说，相对论可以很快被每个人所理解掌握。 A: T B: F 8. According to Paragraph 2, Albert Einstein headed a research institute. 根据第二段所说，艾伯特·爱因斯坦是一 个研究所的所长。 A: T B: F 9. According to the passage Einstein did his greatest work when he was young. 根据文章，爱因斯坦在年轻时作 出的贡献最大。 A: T B: F 10. It may be concluded that Albert Einstein was forced to serve in the German army. 可以得到这样的结论：艾伯 特·爱因斯坦被迫为德国军队服务。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABBAB** **Passage 20** Ali, who was working a long way from home wanted to send a letter to his wife, but he could neither read nor write, and he had to work all day, so he could only look for somebody to write his letter late at night. At last he found the house of a letter writer whose name was Nasreddin. Nasreddin was already in bed. “It is late,” he said. "What do you want?" "I want you to write a letter to my wife, "said Ali, Nasreddin was not pleased. He thought for a few seconds and then said, "Has the letter got to go far?" "What does that matter?" answered Ali. "Well, my writing is so strange that only I can read it, and if I have to travel a long way to read your letter to your wife, it will cost you a lot of money." Ali went away quickly. 有个离家很远在外工作的叫阿里的人想写封信给他的妻子，可他不会读也不会写，而且他白天需要全天工 作，所以他只有在深夜的时候找个人帮他写信。最终他来到了一个叫纳斯雷丁的写信人的家. 纳斯雷丁已经睡了。“现在很晚了。”他说：“你想做什么?”“ 我 想 让 你 写 封 信 给 我 的 妻 子 。” 阿 里 说 。 纳 斯 雷丁不太高兴。他想了一下，然后说道：“这封信要送到很远的地方么?”“ 这 有 关 系 么?”阿里回答。“嗯，我 的字迹非常特别，只有我才能够读懂，而如果我要走很远去给你的妻子读这封信，这会花掉你很多钱的。”阿 ### 里立刻走了。 6. Ali wanted to have a letter written to his wife. 阿里想找人给他的妻子写封信。 A: T B: F 7. At last he found the house of a letter-writer. 最后他找到了一个写信人的家。 A: T B: F 8. When Ali told Nasreddin what he wanted to do, Nasreddin was excited. 当阿里告诉纳斯雷丁他想做什么时， ``` 纳斯雷丁很兴奋。 A: T B: F ``` 9. Nasreddin said that his writing was too strange for anyone to write. 纳斯雷丁说他的字迹太特别了谁都不会写。 A: T B: F 10. This story tells us not to trouble others at night. 这个故事告诉我们不要在晚上麻烦别人。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 21** All over the world people enjoy sports. Sports help to keep people healthy, happy and help them to live longer. Sports change with the season. People play different games in winter and summer. Games and sports often grow out of people's work and everyday activities. The Arabs use horses or camels in much of their everyday life; they use them in their sports, too. Some sports are so interesting that people everywhere go in for them. Football, for example, has spread around the world. Swimming is popular in all countries near the sea or in those with many rivers. Some sports or games go back to thousands of years ago, like running or jumping. Chinese boxing, for example, has a very long history. But basketball and volleyball are rather new. Neither one is a hundred years old yet. People are inventing new sports or games all the time. People from different countries may not be able to understand each other, but after a game they often become good friends. Sports help to train a person's character. One learns to fight hard but fight fair, to win without pride and to lose with grace. 全世界的人都喜欢体育。体育帮助人们保持健康、快乐和长寿。 体育随着季节而变化。人们在冬天和夏天进行的体育运动不同。体育比赛经常是由人的工作和每天活动衍 生出来的。阿拉伯人日常生活中大量使用马和骆驼：他们在他们的体育运动中也使用它们。 一些运动如此有趣，以至于全世界地人们都玩它。例如，足球已经遍布全球。游泳在所有临海的或是由很 多河流的国家都很受欢迎。 一些体育运动可以追溯到几千年之前，例如跑步和跳高。比如，中国武术历史悠久。但是篮球和排球的历 史很短。这两项运动的历史都不到 100 年。人们总是在发明新的运动。 不同国家的人也许不能理解彼此，但是一场比赛之后他们通常就成为了好朋友。运动有助于锻炼人的性格。 一个人学习努力拼搏，但是要公平竞争，胜不骄败不馁。 6. According to this passage we know that people began to play about one hundred years ago. 根据本文，我们知 道人们大概 100 年前开始进行体育运动。 A: T B: F 7. The writer didn't tell us in this passage that basketball was invented in America. 本文中作者并没有告诉我们篮 球发源于美国。 A: T B: F 8. People all over the world enjoy sports because sports are interesting. 世界上的人们都喜欢体育运动因为它们 很有趣。 A: T B: F 9. From this passage we can see that according to the author sports and games are significant to our life in many respects. 从本文我们能看出体育对我们生活的很多方面都很重要。 A: T B: F 10. The writer's attitude towards sports is positive. 作者对体育的态度是正面的。 A: T B: F 答案： **BABAA** **Passage 22** Americans, like many people elsewhere in the world, like to invite friends to their homes for an evening of food, drink and conversation. Formal dinners in fine homes and hotels in the United States are much the same as formal dinners anywhere in the world. But as most people in the United States have no servants, their dinner parties at home are decidedly informal. As many new small homes have no separate dining room or just have very small dining space, guests can also serve themselves and eat in the living room, holding their plates or trays on their knees. A more enjoyable form of entertainment is the picnic. Americans are great picnickers, and almost every family has a picnic basket. Summer invitations are often for a picnic at a park or in the open countryside. Unless hamburgers or hot dogs are cooked over a fire, picnic food is usually cold － sandwiches, salads, potato chips, pickles. Watermelon is a favorite dessert, followed very often by baseball for the young and active, and naps for the old and weary. 美国人就像世界上其他地方的人一样，喜欢邀请朋友去他们家吃饭、喝酒聊天来度过一个晚上。美国人在 家里和酒店里的正式晚宴和世界上其他地方的正餐一样。但是由于美国的大多数人没有仆人，很明显他们在家 ### 里的晚宴不那么正式。由于很多新建的小房子里没有单独的餐厅，或是只有很小的就餐区域，客人也可以自己 ### 招待自己，在客厅里吃饭，把盘子和托盘放在他们的膝盖上。 ### 一个更有趣的款待方式是野餐。美国人很喜欢野餐，几乎每个家庭都有野餐篮。夏天的邀请通常都是在公 ### 园或是乡下户外野餐。除了汉堡和热狗要在火上烤之外，野餐的食物通常是凉的—三明治、沙拉、薯条、腌黄 ### 瓜。西瓜是人们最喜欢的甜点，吃完之后年轻人和喜爱运动的人通常会打棒球，岁数大的和疲惫的人会睡午觉。 6. Americans like to invite their friends over to dinner at their homes.美国人喜欢邀请他们的朋友在家里吃晚餐。 A: T B: F 7. Most Americans prefer informal parties because they cannot afford formal ones. 大多数美国人喜欢非正式的聚 会，因为他们支付不起正式的晚宴。 A: T B: F 8. Guests sit and eat at an informal dinner, in the dining room or in the living room. 在非正式的晚宴里，客人们在 ``` 餐厅或是客厅里坐着用餐。 A: T B: F ``` 9. According to the passage, people seldom have hot food at a picnic. 根据文章，人们野餐时很少吃热的食 ``` 物。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The picnic is considered a more enjoyable form of meal because a dessert is always served. 野餐被认为是一种 ``` 更让人愉快的进餐方式，因为总是会有甜点。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **ABAAB** **Passage 23** An English traveler found himself in Norway with only enough money to buy the ticket for him to go back home. As he knew that it would take him only two days to get to England, he decided that he could easily spend the time without food. So he bought a ticket and got on the ship. The man closed his ears to the sound of the lunch bell. When dinnertime came, he didn't go to dining room, saying that he was not feeling very well. The next morning he still didn't have breakfast and at lunchtime he again stayed in his room. But at dinnertime he was so hungry that he went to the dining room and ate everything the waiter put in front of him. He got ready for the quarrel (争执). "Bring me the bill," he said. "The bill, sir?" said the waiter in surprise. "There isn't any bill. On our ship meals are included (包括) in the money for the ticket," said the waiter. 一个英国旅行者发现自己在挪威的钱只够买回家的票了。当他知道回到英国只需要两天的时候，他认为他 没有食物也能轻松地度过这段时间。所以他买了张票上了船。他对午餐铃声充耳不闻。晚饭时间到了，他没有 去餐厅，说他感觉不是很舒服。 第二天早晨他没吃早饭，午餐的时候又呆在自己的房间里。但是在晚餐时，他是如此的饿，以至于走进了 餐厅把服务员放在他面前的所有食物都吃光了。他为了争执已经做好了准备。 “把账单给我，”他说。“账单？先生。”那个侍者惊讶地说。“没有账单。在我们的船上三餐都包含在船票钱 里了，”侍者说。 6. The story happened on a ship from Norway to England. 这个故事发生在从挪威到英国的一艘船上。 A: T B: F 7. The traveler didn’t go to the dinning room first, because he had no money.这个旅行者一开始没有去餐厅，因为 ``` 他没有钱。 A: T B: F ``` 8. The traveler went to the dinning room to eat something because his friend had given him some money. 这个旅 ``` 行者去了餐厅吃了些东西，因为他的朋友给了他一些钱。 A: T B: F ``` 9. The traveler had two meals on the ship. 这个旅行者在船上吃了两餐。 A: T B: F 10. After the traveler finished eating, he came to know that travelers on the ship had free meals.这个旅行者吃完了知 ``` 道，才了解到船上的旅客用餐是免费的。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 24** An old woman walked into a clothes shop. She asked the salesgirl to let her have a look at a new dress on display, but the girl stood still behind the counter, taking no notice of the request (要求).The old woman spoke to the girl again, raising her voice a bit, but still received no answer. The old woman looked at the girl and said to herself: “I am too old to see well, I can't even tell a plastic model from a real girl!” On hearing this the rude salesgirl shouted at the old woman, “What? Did you call me a plastic model?” The old woman was greatly surprised. “Oh, dear me.” she said, “the model can speak! Then it must be a robot of a new type!” 一个老婆婆走进了服装店里。她要求女销售员让她看一下展出的一条新款连衣裙，但是女销售员却站在柜 台后一动也不动，无视她的请求。那个老婆婆提高音量，又说了一遍，但女销售员还是无动于衷。老婆婆看着 ### 销售员，自言自语地说：“天啊!我老了,老花眼了!一个假模特竟然被我看成真的了!” ### 这位没有礼貌的女销售员听到了，对老婆婆大喊：“什么?你说我是假模特儿?”那位老婆婆惊讶不已：“天 ### 哪!”她说：“假模特儿可以说话呀!那一定是新款的机器人!” 6. The shop sells vegetables. 这家商店是卖蔬菜的。 A: T B: F 7. The old woman walked into the shop to buy a dress. 老婆婆走进这家商店是为了买裙子的。 A: T B: F 8. The salesgirl is kind to the customer. 这位销售员对这位顾客很和善。 A: T B: F 9. The old woman asked the salesgirl for help twice. 老婆婆两次向售货员寻求帮助。 A: T B: F 10. From the passage, we know the salesgirl is a new robot. 从文中我们可以看出这个售货员是个新型的机器人。 A: T B: F 答案： **BABAB** **Passage 25** As price and building costs keep rising, the "do-it-yourself" (DIY) trend in the U.S. continue to grow. "We needed furniture for our living room," says John Ross, "and we just didn't have enough money to buy it. So we decided to try making a few tables and chairs." John got married six months ago, and like many young people these days, they are struggling to make a home at a time when the cost of living is very high. The Rosses took a 2-week course for $ 280 at a night school. Now they build all their furniture and make repairs around the house. Jim Hatfield has three boys and his wife died. He has a full-time job at home as well as in a shoe-making factory. Last month, he received a car repair bill for $ 420. "I was deeply upset about it. Now I've finished a car repair course, I should be able to fix the car by myself." John and Jim are not unusual people. Most families in the country are doing everything they can to save money so they can fight the high cost of living. If you want to become a "do-it-yourselfer", you can go to DIY classes. And for those who don't have time to take a course, there are books that tell you how you can do things yourself. 由于价格和建筑成本不断上涨，“自己动手”的（DIY）在美国的趋势继续增长。 “我们需要为我们的客厅添家具，” 约翰·罗斯说：“我们恰好没有足够的钱购买。所以我们决定尝试做几张 桌子和椅子。”约翰 6 个月前结婚了，和许多年轻人一样，如今他们正努力在一个生活成本非常高的时代组建 一个家庭。 罗斯夫妇花了 280 元在夜校学了一个为期 2 周的课程。现在，他们所有的家具都是自己做的，而且也能维 修房子。 吉姆·哈特菲尔德有三个儿子，他的妻子去世了。他在家里全天照顾孩子，并在制鞋厂上班。上个月，他 收到了一张 420 美元得汽车修理账单。 “我为此感到非常不开心。现在我已经上完了汽车修理课程，我应该能 够自己修车了。” 约翰和吉姆并不是不寻常的人。该国的大多数家庭正在尽一切所能去省钱，使他们能够战胜高昂的生活费 用。如果你想成为一个“自己动手做事情的人”，你可以去上自己动手课程。对于那些没有时间上课的人，有书 可以告诉你如何自己做事情。 6. We can learn from the passage that many newly married couple find it hard to pay for what they need. 从文章我 ``` 们可以得知很多新婚夫妇觉得为买他们需要的东西付款很难。 A: T B: F ``` 7. John and his wife went to evening classes to learn how to run a DIY shop. 约翰和他妻子去学夜校课程来学习 ``` 如何开一间自己动手的店。 A: T B: F ``` 8. When the writer says that Jim has a full-time job at home, he means Jim makes shoes in his home. 当作者说作者 ``` 在家里全职工作，他的意思是吉姆在家里做鞋子。 A: T B: F ``` 9. Jim Hatfield decided to become a "do-it-yourselfer" when his car repairs cost too much. 当修车费用太高的时 ``` 候，吉姆·哈特菲尔德决定做一名“自己动手做事情的人”。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The possible title for the passage is "You Can Do It Too". 这篇文章可能用的标题是“你也能自己做”。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABBAA** **Passage 26** As she walked round the huge department store, Edith reflected how difficult it was to choose a suitable Christmas present for her father. She wished that he was as easy to please as her mother, who was always delighted with perfume. Besides, shopping at this time of the year was a most unpleasant experience: people trod on your toes, poked (戳) you with their elbows and almost knocked you over in their haste to get a bargain ahead of you. Partly to have a rest, Edith paused in front of a counter where some attractive ties were on display. “They are real silk”, the assistant assured her, trying to tempt her. “Worth double the price.” But Edith knew from past experience that her choice of ties hardly ever pleased her father. She moved on reluctantly and then quite by chance, stopped where a small crowd of men had gathered round a counter. She found some good quality pipes on sale － and the prices were very reasonable. Edith did not hesitate for long: although her father only smoked a pipe occasionally, she knew that this was a present which was bound to please him. When she got home, with her small well-chosen present concealed in her handbag, her parents were already at the supper table. Her mother was in an especially cheerful mood, “Your father has at last decided to stop smoking.” She told her daughter. 当伊迪丝在大型百货商店游逛的时候，她才意识到给自己的父亲选择一件合适的圣诞礼物有多么的难。她 多么希望他能像她的妈妈那样容易取悦，送给她香水她就会很高兴。 另外，在一年的这个时间购物是一件非常令人不愉快的经历：人群踩着你的脚，用胳膊肘戳你，为了抢着 赶在你前面买到减价商品时几乎把你撞倒。 ``` 为了休息一下，伊迪丝在一个展示着一些很吸引人的领带柜台前停住了。“这些真丝绸的。”营业员向她保 ``` 证道，试图打动她,“值两倍的（标价这么多）钱。”但是以前的经验告诉伊迪丝，领带很少获得他父亲的喜爱。 她很不情愿的走开了，然后很偶然地停在了一小堆男人聚集的柜台前。她发现那儿在卖一些质量很不错的 烟斗——价钱也非常合理。伊迪丝没有犹豫太久：尽管她父亲仅仅只是有时候用烟斗抽烟，她知道这肯定是可 以打动他父亲的礼物。 ``` 当她到家的时候，手袋里装着她小小的、精心挑选的礼品，她的父母已经在餐桌前等她了。她的妈妈特别 ``` 愉快："你的父亲终于决定戒烟了。"她告诉她的女儿。 6. It is difficult to choose a suitable present for Edith's father. 为伊迪丝的父亲选一件合适的礼物很困难。 A: T B: F 7. The assistant spoke to Edith because she seemed interested in ties. 导购跟伊迪丝交谈，因为她看上去对领带 ``` 感兴趣。 A: T B: F ``` 8. Edith stopped at the pipe counter purposely. 伊迪丝特意停在了烟斗柜台前面。 A: T B: F 9. Edith's father smoked a pipe on social occasions. 伊迪丝的父亲社交场合下抽烟斗。 A: T B: F 10. Shopping was very unpleasant at that time of the year because it was too crowded. 一年的这个时候购物是很 ``` 令人不悦的，因为太拥挤了。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 27** Australia is nearly as large as the United States, but most of it is too dry for people to live in. Around this dry part are large sheep and cow farms. A few of them are as large as the smallest states in America. Often the nearest neighbours are several hundred kilometers away. The two-way radio is very important to people who live on these great Australian farms. It works much like a telephone. A person can listen to someone else talk and then give an answer. For example, people on the large farms could talk to a doctor far away. They could tell the doctor about someone who was ill, and the doctor could let them know how to look after the sick person. As the large farms were so far from towns, the children could not go to school. Radio schools were started for them in some places. At a certain time each day, boys and girls turn on their radios and listen to teachers in cities far away. Families on the large farms wanted to give news to their neighbours. The programme "Round Robin Talks" by radio was started to keep families in touch with each other. They could talk about who was going away and who was ill. The men could talk about their sheep and cows and how much money the markets would pay for them. In many ways the radio became a newspaper for the farm people of Australia. 澳大利亚跟美国的面积几乎一样大，但是它的大部分地区太过干燥不适合人类居住。在这片干燥的地区周 围是大片的养着羊群和牛群的农场。它们中的几个跟美国最小的州一样大。通常情况下最近的邻居间距离好几 百公里。 ``` 双向无线电对于居住在这些大型澳大利亚农场的人们来说特别重要。它的工作原理跟电话类似。人们可以 ``` 听到别人说话，然后做出回答。例如，住在大型农场的人们可以跟一位远处的医生交谈。他们可以告诉医生病 人的情况，医生可以告诉他们如何去照顾这位患者。 由于这些大型农场离城镇太远了，孩子们不去上学。一些地方为孩子们开办了无线电学校。男孩女孩们每 天在的固定时间打开收音机听远方城市的老师上课。 ``` 居住在这些大型农场的家庭希望给邻居们传递信息。“圆滚滚的知更鸟谈话节目”起初创办的目的就是让 ``` 家人们联系在一起。他们可以谈谈谁离开了、谁生病了。男人们可以说说他们的羊和牛、它们的市场价格是多 少。从很多方面来说，无线电成了澳大利亚农场人们的报纸。 6. From the first paragraph, we know there are some very large farms in Australia. 从第一段来看，我们知道澳大 ``` 利亚有一些大型农场。 A.T B.F ``` 7. "The two-way radio" in the 2nd paragraph is useful for children only. 第二段提到的双向无线电只对儿童有用。 ### A.T B.F 8. The "the sick person" in the second paragraph means the person who is ill. 第二段的“the sick person”的意思 ``` 是生病的人。 A.T B.F ``` 9. The children on the large farms far away could have lessons on the radios. 距离遥远的农场上生活的孩子们可 ``` 以通过无线电听课。 A.T B.F ``` 10. All the Australians live on dry places, and they use radios in many ways. 所有的澳大利亚人都生活在干燥的 ``` 土地上，他们通过很多方式来使用无线电。 A.T B.F ``` 答案： **ABAAB** **Passage 28** Babies love chocolate and sometimes they also eat the paper around it. My cat enjoys a meal of good, thick paper, old letters, for example. She doesn't like newspapers very much. Of course, the best paper comes from wood. Wood comes from trees, and trees are plants. Vegetables and fruit and plants too, and we eat a lot of them. So can we also eat wood and paper? Scientists say, “All food comes in some way from plants.” Well, is that true? Animals eat grass and grow fat. Then we eat their meat. Little fish eat little sea-plants; then bigger fish swim along and eat the little fish. Chickens eat bits of grass and give us eggs. Think for a minute. What food does not come from plants in some way? Scientists can do wonderful things with plants. They can make food just like meat and cheese. And they can make it without the help of animals. It is very good food too. Now they have begun to say, “We make our paper from wood. We can also make food from wood. The next thing is not very difficult." What is the next thing? Perhaps it is－food from paper. Scientists say, “We can turn paper into food. It will be good, cheap food too; cheaper than meat or fish or eggs.” So please keep your old books and letters. (Don't feed them to your cat.) One day，soon，they will be on your plate. There is nothing like a good story for breakfast. 宝宝喜欢吃巧克力，有时他们会把巧克力的包装纸也吃掉。我的猫非常喜欢吃又好又厚的纸，例如旧的信 件。她不是很喜欢吃报纸。 当然，最好的纸是由木材加工出来的。木材来自树木，树木是植物。水果和蔬菜也是植物，我们吃许多水 果和蔬菜。因此我们也能吃木材和纸吗？ ``` 科学家说,“所有的食物都是从植物的某种形式转变而来的。”那么，这是真的吗？动物吃草然后变胖。然后 ``` 我们吃动物的肉。小鱼吃小的海洋植物，大鱼吃小鱼，鸡吃草然后生出鸡蛋。想一下，有什么食物不是从植物 转变而成的呢？ 科学家可以利用植物做一些奇妙的事情。他们能做出像肉和奶酪一样的食物。他们可以在没有动物帮助的 情况下成功地做成这件事。它也会成为很好的食物。现在他们开始说：“我们用木材来制造纸，我们同样也可 以用木材来制造食物。下面要做的事情不会很难。”那么下一件事是什么呢？也许是用纸来做食物。科学家说： “我们可以把纸变成食物。它将会成为又好又便宜的食物。比肉、鱼、蛋都便宜。” 因此,请收好你的旧书和旧的信件（不要把它们给你的猫）。在不久后的某天，它将会出现在你的盘子中。 什么也比不上早饭时吃掉一个好的故事了。 6. The best paper comes from wood. 最好的纸来自木头。 A: T B: F 7. From the passage, we can infer (推断) that few kinds of food do not come from plants in some way. 根据文章， 我们可以推断极少有食物不是由某种方式从植物变来的。 A: T B: F 8. The main idea of the passage is all food comes from plants in some way. 本文的主要观点是所有的食物都是由 某种方式从植物变来的。 A: T B: F 9. The writer asks us to keep our old books and letters because we can make food from them soon. 作者让我们留 ``` 好旧书和旧信件，因为我们很快就能用它们制造食物了。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The best title for the passage is “Food from Plants”. 本文的最佳标题是“食物来自植物”。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABAB** **Passage 29** Benjamin Franklin was born in 1706 in Boston, Massachusetts. His mother and father were of Puritan (清教徒的) religion. They left England and moved to the English colony of Massachusetts in order to escape persecution (迫害) for their religion. In Boston, Franklin left school when he was ten years old and worked for his father for two years. Then he went to work on his brother's newspaper. He became the editor of this paper when he was sixteen. Because he wanted to be independent, he went to Philadelphia. There he bought his own newspaper. He worked hard and saved his money. And by the age of 24 he was one of the most successful men in Philadelphia. In 1732 Franklin published a book POOR RICHARD'S ALMANAC(历本). Most almanacs contained information for farmers, such as information about the days and weeks of the year and about the weather. To his almanac, Franklin added wise sayings, his observations about life, some of these sayings are still famous today. For example, "Early to bed, early to rise makes a man healthy, wealthy and wise," and "Waste not, want not," and "A penny saved is a penny earned." 本杰明·富兰克林于 1706 年出生在马萨诸塞州的波士顿。他的父母是是清教徒。为了逃离对他们宗教的 迫害，他们离开英国，来到马萨诸塞州的英国殖民地。在波士顿，富兰克林 10 岁时离开学校，给他的父亲打 了两年工。然后他去他哥哥的报社工作。他 16 岁时成为了这家报纸的编辑。因为他想获得独立，他去了费城。 在那儿他买下了自己的报社。他辛勤工作，攒了一些前。到 24 岁时已经成为费城最成功的男人之一。 1732 年富兰克林出版了一本名为《可怜的理查德的历本》的书。多数历本内容是为农民提供信息的，例 如一年的日子和星期，以及关于天气的信息。富兰克林在他的历本里加入了一些名言警句和他对生活的观察， 其中一些警句在如今还很有名。例如，“早睡早起，神清气爽”、“俭以防匮”和“省一文等于挣一文。” 6. Benjamin Franklin was of English origin. 本杰明·富兰克林祖籍是英国。 ``` A: T B: F ``` 7. His parents moved to Massachusetts because they wanted to make a fortune. 他的父母搬到马萨诸塞州是因为 ``` 他们想发财。 A: T B: F ``` 8. At the age of 11, he worked for his brother. 11 岁的时候他为他的哥哥打工。 ``` A: T B: F ``` 9. He moved to Philadelphia because he wanted to be dependent. 他搬到费城是为了依靠别人。 A: T B: F 10. Franklin's almanacs contained information for farmer and wise sayings. 富兰克林的历本包含了提供给农民 的信息和一些警句。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABBBA** **Passage 30** Bill and Fred are students, and they're good friends. They don't have much money, so when it is time for their holidays, Bill says, “Let's take our holidays in a trailer, Fred. It's cheaper than a hotel. I can borrow my father's trailer.” Fred is very happy, and so they begin their holidays. They want to get up early the next day to go fishing, but they don't have a clock. “That's all right, Bill.” Fred says, “I put these small pieces of bread on the roof (房顶) of the trailer at night and they will wake us up in the morning.” Bill is very surprised, but he doesn't say a word. Fred is right. Early the next morning, some small birds come down on the roof to eat the bread and they make a lot of noise. Bill and Fred get up when they hear the noise. 比尔和弗莱德是学生，他们是好朋友。他们没多少钱，所以当要放假的时候，比尔说：“我们在房车里度 假吧。这比住酒店要便宜。我可以跟我爸爸借他的房车。”弗莱德很高兴，所以他们就开始度假了。 ``` 他们第二天想起早去钓鱼，但是他们没有钟。 “没关系，比尔。”弗莱德说:“我晚上把这些小面包片放在房车的房顶上，它们早市会叫醒我们的。“ 比尔很惊讶，但是他什么也没说。弗莱德是对的。第二天一大早，一些小鸟落在房顶上吃面包，它们发出 ``` 了很多声音。比尔和弗莱德听到声音就起床了。 6. A trailer is something like a house. 拖车是一种像房子一样的东西。 A: T B: F 7. Bill and Fred take their holidays in a trailer because they don’t have enough money. 比尔和弗莱德在一辆房车 里度假，因为他们没有足够多的钱。 A: T B: F 8. Their first problem is to find a place for their holiday. 他们遇到的第一个问题是要找到度假的地方。 A: T B: F 9. Bill thinks out a good way to get up early. 比尔想到一个早起的好办法。 A: T B: F 10. The birds come down to eat the bread. 鸟落下来吃面包。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 31** Bob was happy. He was at a new school, and the other students were friendly. "Hi, Bob!" they said. But some students said, "Hi, Peter!" Bob didn't understand. He asked another student, "Why do some students call me Peter?" "Oh, that's easy to answer," the students said. "Peter was a student here last year. Now he goes to a different school. You look like Peter. Some students think that you're Peter." Bob wanted to meet Peter. He got Peter's address from a student and went to Peter's house. Peter opened the door. Bob couldn't believe his eyes. He looked really like Peter! Bob and Peter had the same color eyes and the same smile. They had the same black hair. They also had the same birthday. And they both were adopted (领养) by two different families. Bob and Peter found out that they were twin brothers. Soon after the boys were born, one family adopted Bob, and another family adopted Peter. Bob's family never knew about Peter, and Peter's family never knew about Bob. Bob and Peter's story was in the newspaper. There was a photo of Bob and Peter next to the story. A young man named John saw the photo in the newspaper. John couldn't believe his eyes. He looked really like Bob and Peter! He had the same color eyes and the same smile. He had the same black hair. He had the same birthday. And he, too, was adopted by another family. Later John met Bob and Peter. When Bob and Peter saw John, they couldn't believe their eyes. John looked really like them! Why did John look really like Bob and Peter? You can guess. Bob and Peter are not twins. Bob, Peter and John are triplets (三胞胎). ``` 鲍勃很高兴，他去了一个新学校，其他学生很友善。他们说：“嗨！鲍勃！”但是有些人说：“嗨！彼得！” ``` 鲍勃不明白为什么。他问一个学生：“为什么有些人叫我彼得？” “哦，这很容易回答。”这个学生说。“彼得去年是这儿的一名学生。现在他去了另一所学校。你看上去很 像彼得。一些学生以为你是彼得。” 鲍勃想见见彼得。他从一个学生那儿得到了彼得的地址，去了他的家。彼得开了门。鲍勃不敢相信他的眼 睛。他和彼得长得很像！鲍勃和彼得眼睛的颜色一样，笑容也一样，还有一样的黑头发。他们的生日也是同一 天。而且他们都是被不同的家庭领养的。 彼得和鲍勃发现他们是双胞胎兄弟。在他们出生后不久，一个家庭领养了鲍勃，另一个家庭领养了鲍勃。 鲍勃的家庭从来不知道彼得，彼得的家人也从来也不认识鲍勃。 鲍勃和彼得的故事登上了报纸。在报道旁边配了一张他们的照片。一个叫做约翰的年轻人看到了报纸上的 照片。约翰根本不相信自己的眼睛。他看上去和鲍勃和彼得很像。他也有一样颜色的眼睛和笑容。他也有一样 的黑头发。他的生日跟他们是同一天。而且他也是被一个家庭收养的。 后来约翰见到了鲍勃和彼得。当鲍勃和彼得见到约翰，他们不相信自己的眼睛。约翰跟他们长得很像。为 什么约翰和鲍勃、彼得长得很像呢？你可以猜猜看。鲍勃和彼得不是双胞胎。他们三个是三胞胎。 6. Bob was happy at a new school. 鲍勃在新学校很开心。 A: T B: F 7. Some students thought Bob was Peter. 一些学生以为鲍勃就是彼得。 A: T B: F 8. Bob saw Peter at school. 鲍勃在学校见到了彼得。 A: T B: F 9. John knew the story from a book. 约翰从一本书上知道了这个故事。 A: T B: F 10. Bob, Peter and John were triplets. 鲍勃、彼得和约翰是三胞胎。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 32** Calvin Coolidge, the thirtieth president of the United States of America, was a person who hated talking nonsense （废话）; he had no time for small talk. The following two stories clearly show how Coolidge enjoyed talking little. When he was vice-president, Coolidge had plenty of chances to take part in Washington's social life, especially many dinner parties. Because of his knowing nothing about the art of conversation, he was not in any way popular among the ladies at the parties. One lady felt she could help with the problem. She placed him next to Alice Roosevelt Longworth, daughter of former president, Theodore Roosevelt. Miss Longworth, who was very good at making conversations, began to chat in her usual attractive manner, but her efforts were far from being able to make the vice-president become interested. In the end, she said, "I'm sure that going to as many dinners as you do, you must feel terrible not being talked to." Without lifting his eyes from his plate, Coolidge answered in a low voice, "Well, a man has to eat somewhere." Later, when he was president and again at the dinner party, Coolidge was seated next to a most clever society woman, who seemed to take delight in trying to change the life of every one she met. "Oh, Mr. President," she said, "You are always so quiet. I made a bet today that I could get more than two words out of you." The president became angry and then said, "You lose." 卡尔文·柯立芝是美国第 13 任总统，是个讨厌说废话的人。他没有时间闲聊。下面的两个故事清楚地说明 了柯立芝是如何不爱多说话的。 当他是副总统的时候，柯立芝有很多机会参与华盛顿的社交生活，尤其是要参加很多晚宴。 由于他不懂谈话的艺术，他在宴会上的女士中一点都不受欢迎。一位女士认为她能解决这个问题。她安排 他坐在前总统西奥多·罗斯福的女儿爱丽丝·罗斯福·隆沃斯的旁边。隆沃斯小姐很擅长谈话，用她惯用的、吸引 人的方式开始了谈话，但是她的努力远远不能让这位副总统感兴趣。最后，她说：“我相信像您这样参加了这 么多宴会，没人跟您谈话您一定感觉糟透了。” 柯立芝眼睛都没有从他的盘子上挪开，低声回答：“嗯，一个男人总得有地方吃饭才行。” 后来，他当上了总统，又是在宴会上，柯立芝坐在一位最聪明的、擅长社交的女性旁边，她看上去像是很 喜欢去试着改变每一个她遇到的人的生活一样。“噢，总统先生。”她说：“您总是如此沉默。我今天打了个赌， ### 我赌我能让你说 2 个单词以上。” ### 总统生气了，说：“徒劳。” 6. Calvin Coolidge was a man of few words. 卡尔文·柯立芝是个话很少的人。 A: T B: F 7. The ladies did not like Calvin. 女人们不喜欢柯立芝。 A: T B: F 8. Miss Longworth was interested in Calvin. 隆沃斯小姐对卡尔文很感兴趣。 A: T B: F 9. From the text, we can see that Coolidge had a sense of humor. 从文中我们可以看出柯立芝有幽默感。 A: T B: F 10. Coolidge said that the woman lost her bet because she was not clever enough. 柯立芝说这位女士打赌输了，因 ``` 为她不够聪明。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **AABAB** **Passage 33** Careful and careless are as different as fire and water. But it is strange that quite a few scientists have both these qualities. They are both careful and careless. Newton (牛顿), the famous English scientist, was such a person. Once Newton invited a friend to dinner at home. When they were ready to eat, Newton left to get a bottle of wine. But after his friend had waited for a long time, Newton still didn't come back. At last his friend found Newton was in the lab. When Newton was going to get the bottle of wine, he suddenly had a new idea for his experiment. So he forgot his friend and the dinner. Another time, Newton was leading a horse up a mountain, and held the rein (缰绳) in his hand. While he was walking, he kept thinking about problems. When he got to the top of the mountain, he found the rein was not in his hand and that the horse was missing. Einstein (爱因斯坦) was another example. Once he was waiting for a friend at a bridge. While waiting, he became lost in thought. It started to rain. The rain kept on for some time. When he took out a piece of paper to write something down, the paper was wet and then he knew that it was raining. But after he put the paper into his pocket, he again forgot he was standing in the rain again. 细心与粗心的差别就像火与水一样的不同。然而奇怪的是，许多科学家都有这两种特点。他们既粗心，也 细心。英国著名的科学家牛顿就是这样一个人。 曾经有一次，牛顿邀请一位朋友到家吃饭。当他们准备好吃饭时，牛顿离开饭桌去拿一瓶酒。可是他朋友 等了好久，也没有见牛顿回来。最后他朋友发现牛顿在实验室里。原来牛顿去拿酒时，突然对他做的实验产生 了一个新的想法，因此，他把他朋友和饭全忘了。还有一次，牛顿赶着一匹马上山，手里抓着缰绳。他边走， 边想着他在研究中所遇到的问题。当到山顶时，他发现缰绳已不在手里，马也不见了。 爱因斯坦也是这样。有一次，他在桥上等一位朋友。等待的时候，他陷入了沉思。天开始下雨了，雨下了 一段时间。当他拿出一张纸准备写下想法的时候，纸湿了，他才知道下雨了。但是他将纸放进口袋后，他又忘 了他还站在雨里呢。 6. When Newton and his friend began to eat, Newton had a new idea for his experiment. 当牛顿和他朋友开始吃 ``` 饭的时候，牛顿对他的实验有了个新想法。 A: T B: F ``` 7. Newton was riding his horse up to the mountain top. 牛顿骑着马上了山顶。 A: T B: F 8. Einstein kept thinking in the rain. 爱因斯坦在雨中思考问题。 A: T B: F 9. Newton and Einstein were careless about their lives, and careful in their studies. 牛顿和爱因斯坦在生活中 粗心，在研究中很细心。 A: T B: F 10. All scientists are both careful and careless like Newton and Einstein. 所有科学家都像牛顿和爱因斯坦一样既 粗心又细心。 A: T B: F 答案： **BBAAB** **Passage 34** Chess must be one of the oldest games in the world. An Arab traveller in India in the year 900 wrote that it was played “long, long ago”. Chess was probably invented in India, and it has been played everywhere from Japan to Europe since 1400. The name “chess” is interesting. When one player is attacking the other's king, he says, in English,“check”. When the king has been caught and cannot move anywhere, he says“check mate”. These words come from Persian (波斯 语).“Shah mat”means “the king is dead”. That is when the game is over, and one player has won. Such an old game changes very slowly. The rules have not always been the same as they are now. For example, at one time the queen could only move one square at a time. Now she is the strongest piece on the board. It would be interesting to know why this has happened! Chess takes time and thought, but it is a game for all kinds of people. You don't have to be a champion in order to enjoy it. It is not always played by two people sitting at the same table. The first time the Americans beat the Russians was in a match played by radio. Some of the chess masters are able to play many people at the same time. The record was when one man played 400 games! It is said that some people play chess by post. This must make chess the slowest game in the world. 国际象棋肯定是世界上最古老的竞技了。一位阿拉伯旅行者公元 900 年在印度的时候就曾写到：这个项目 在“很久很久以前”就开始进行了。国际象棋很可能是印度人发明的，并且它自从 1400 年前就开始陆续出现在 从日本到欧洲的很多地区了。“chess”这个名字很有趣。当一方攻击另一方的国王时，棋手会用英语说“check（将 军）”。当国王被包围并且再也无处移动时，他会说“check-mate（将死）”。这些词来自于波斯语。“Shah mat” 这个单词意味着“国王死了”。这时游戏就结束了，其中一方获胜。 这样一款古老的游戏发展是很缓慢的。规则也并不全是它们现在的样子。举个例子来说，曾经皇后一次只 能移动一个格。现在她是棋盘上最具威力的一个。去了解这个变化其中的原因将会很有趣！国际象棋需要消耗 时间和思考，但是却是一个适合所有类型的人的游戏。你不必非要成为胜者才可以享受其中的乐趣。两个人进 行比赛也不总是需要坐在同一张桌子上才可以进行。第一次美国人打败俄罗斯人是用无线电进行的一次比赛。 一些人可以和不同的人在同一时间进行比赛。有项纪录是一个人同时进行了 400 场比赛！据说有一些人以写信 的方式下国际象棋。这就使得国际象棋成为了世界上进行的最缓慢的游戏。 6. Chess was played in India long before 900. 公元 900 年前的很久以前印度人就下国际象棋了。 A: T B: F 7. One player has won the game when he attacks the other player's king. 一个棋手向另一位棋手的国王进攻就赢 ``` 了比赛。 A: T B: F ``` 8. Chess is a game for all sorts of people. 国际象棋是一项适合各种人的运动。 A: T B: F 9. Only two people can play chess sitting at the same table. 只有两个人坐在同一张桌前才能下象棋。 A: T B: F 10. According to the old rules of the game, the king could not move anywhere. 根据这项运动的古老规则，国王不 能移动。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABABB** **Passage 35** Chinese New Year, which is also called the Spring Festival (节日), is the most important festival in China. The holiday begins on the first day of the new cycle (循环) of the moon, which occurs in late January or early February. The celebration will last 2 weeks. In the week before the New Year, families clean their houses in order to sweep away all the bad lucks. On the evening before the New Year, families gather for a big feast (盛宴). They prepare all kinds of dishes and dumplings (饺子). At midnight, they set off fireworks (焰火). On the first day of the New Year, people put on new clothes and then they take gifts to friends and relatives. The adults (成年人) usually give new year bonus (压岁钱) to their children. During the Spring Festival, the most special activity is the dragon and lion dances. As many as 50 or more people support special dragons and lions which are made of cloth, while dancing down the street. The celebrations end with the Lantern Festival (元宵节) on the 15th day of the 1st month of the lunar year. 中国新年，也被叫做春节，是中国最重要的节日。这个节日开始于月亮的一个新循环的第一天，时间是在 一月底或二月初。庆祝会持续两周。 ``` 在春节前的一周，人们会打扫房屋把所有的坏运气都赶走。 在新年前一天的晚上，家人们团聚在一起吃一顿盛宴。他们做各种菜肴和饺子。午夜时人们燃放焰火。 新年的第一天，人们穿上新衣，带上礼物去拜访朋友和亲戚。成年人通常给孩子们新年的压岁钱。 春节期间，最独特的活动是舞龙和舞狮。 50 多人举着特制的布制龙和狮子，在街上起舞。 春节庆祝仪式在元宵节结束，元宵节是农历年第一个月的第 15 天。 ``` 6. The most important festival in China is the Spring Festival. 中国最重要的节日是春节。 A: T B: F 7. The celebration of the Spring Festival will last 2 weeks. 春节的庆祝活动持续两周。 A: T B: F 8. In order to get away the bad lucks in the old days, in the week before the Spring Festival, people light fireworks. 为了摆脱不好的运气，人们会在春节前燃放焰火。 A: T B: F 9. On the first day of the Spring Festival, the children are given some money. 春节的第一天，小孩子们能收到压 ``` 岁钱。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The dragons and lions which people use in the dances are made of metal. 人们在舞蹈中用的龙和狮子是由金属 ``` 制成的。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **AABAB** **Passage 36** Chinese Premier Wen Jiabao has visited the "left-behind" (留守) children whose parents are working in cities before Children's Day. During a visit to northwest China's Shanxi Province, Wen visited the home of Yang Saike, a primary school boy in a village of Xingping City. Yang, whose parents were working in Fujian, thousands of kilometers away, was cared for by his grandparents. His parents fail to go home even once a year. The premier held Yang in his arms and looked through his exercise book and praised him for his hard work. Wen talked with many children and asked them many questions about their schooling and life. "You are so pretty," Wen said to Liu Mengqi, a seven-year-old girl living with her grandmother. Liu's parents were also working in the city. "Have you been to school yet?" Wen asked two other girls. "We are going to the pre-school class," said one. "Mom and dad at home?" Wen asked. The children shook their heads. "Children cannot see their parents very often, which is a new problem in the countryside. We should give them more care and love," said the premier. With fast economic (经济) development, more people in the country chose to work in cities and left their children with grandparents or relatives back home, said Wen. The premier asked local governments to do something to protect and care for such children at home and freeing (解 除)their parents in cities from worries about their children. ``` 中国总理温家宝在儿童节前夕去看望了留守儿童，他们的父母在城市里工作。 在中国西北部的陕西省的访问过程中，温总理去走访了位于兴平市村庄一个叫杨赛克的小学生的家。 杨赛克的父母在远在几千公里外的福建打工，他由他的爷爷奶奶照顾。他的父母甚至一年都不能回家一次。 温总理抱着杨赛克，看着他的练习册，表扬他学习努力。 温总理跟很多孩子交谈，问了很多关于他们学校和生活的问题。 “你真漂亮。”温总理对刘梦琪说，她是一个 7 岁的小女孩，跟她的爷爷奶奶住在一起。她的父母也在城市 ``` 打工。 “你们上学了吗？”温总理问另两个女孩。 “我们要上学前班了。”其中一个女孩说。 “爸爸妈妈在家吗？”温总理问。孩子们摇摇头。 “孩子们不能经常看到他们的父母，这是农村的一个新问题。我们应该给他们更多的照顾和关爱。”总理 说。 “随着经济的快速发展，越来越多的农村人选择去城里打工，把他们的孩子留给家里的祖父母或亲戚照顾。” 温总理说。 ``` 总理让当地政府采取措施保护和关爱这些留守儿童，让他们在城市里打工的父母们不必为他们担心。 ``` 6. Wen says a new problem in the country is that “left-behind” children can’t do well in school like others. 温 ``` 总理说农村面临的一个新问题是留守儿童在学校的表现不能像其他学生一样好。 A: T B: F ``` 7. Children whose parents have moved to work in cities are probably looked after by their neighbors.父母在城市打 ``` 工的孩子们很可能是他们的邻居照顾他们。 A: T B: F ``` 8. According to Wen, more country people go to work in cities because of economic development.温总理说，去城 ``` 市里打工的农村人口越来越多是因为经济发展。 A: T B: F ``` 9. Wen Jiabao requires local governments to do more for ‘left-behind’ children and their parents.温家宝要求当地政 府为留守儿童和他们的父母多做一些事情。 A: T B: F 10. The proper title for this passage is “Wen: Give poor children more love”. 这篇文章的适当的标题是：“温总理： 给贫穷的孩子更多关爱”。 A: T B: F 答案： **BBAAB** **Passage 37** Computers are very important to modern life．Many people think that in the future computers will be used in lots of aspects of everyday life．It is thought that we won’t have to go shopping because we will be able to get most things which are sold in shops on the Internet. There will be no more books because we will be able to get all texts from computers. The Internet will be used to play games, see films and buy food. Most telephone calls will be made by computers． Some people are glad about these new ways of shopping and communicating. Others do not think that computers will replace our old ways． Let’s look at books, for example. Some people think that one day we will not read books made of paper. Instead, we will buy and read books using computers. We will read texts on small pocket computers. The computers will keep many different books in them at the same time. We won’t need to turn lots of pages and paper will be saved. Computerized(电 脑化)books will be used more and more． Is Internet shopping such a pleasure as going to the shop? Many people say it is not. It is a pleasure to go into shops and look at things you want to buy. Also probably people won’t like to read large texts on our computers. Because paper books seem to be more friendly. Maybe computers won’t change these two habits． 电脑对现代生活起着至关重要的作用。很多人认为在未来电脑将使用在很多日常生活方面。人们认为，我 们不需要去购物，因为我们将能够在互联网上的商店里买得到大多数的东西。将来不会有书籍了，因为我们将 能够从电脑上获取所有文本。互联网将用来玩游戏、看电影、买食物。大多数电话将通过电脑来拨打。 有些人对于这些购物和沟通的新方式感到很高兴。其他人则认为电脑不会取代我们旧的生活方式。 让我们看看书这个例子。有些人认为有一天我们不会看纸质书了。相反，我们将使用电脑来购买和阅读书 籍。我们将会在小型的便携式电脑上读书。电脑可以在同一时间保存许多不同的书。我们不需要翻很多页，纸 张就被节省下来了。电脑化的书将会被用的越来越多。 ``` 互联网购物和去商店购物的快乐一样吗？很多人说不是。去商店里看看你想要买的东西是一种乐趣。并且， ``` 很有可能人们不会喜欢在电脑阅读大量的文字。因为纸质书读起来似乎更舒服。也许电脑不会改变这两个习 惯。 6. In the first paragraph it is thought that people will use computers to play games, go shopping and make telephone calls.第一段说的是人们将会用电脑来玩游戏、购物和打电话。 A: T B: F 7. Computerized books won’t be very expensive is NOT mentioned in the passage.文章没有提到电脑化的书不会 很贵。 A: T B: F 8. The underlined sentence in the last paragraph means people like to read paper books. 最后一段划线的句子意思 ``` 是人们更愿意读纸质书籍。 A: T B: F ``` 9. The last paragraph tells us internet shopping is a great pleasure. 最后一段告诉我们：网上购物让人愉快。 A: T B: F 10. The best title of this passage could be “Computers Are the Future”. 文章最好的题目是：电脑就是未来。 A: T B: F 答案： **AAABB** **Passage 38** Computers can injure you. Most other injuries happen suddenly. For example, if you fall off a bike and break your arms, it happens very quickly. But computer injuries happen slowly. You probably know how to ride a bike safely. Now learn to use a computer safely. **Yo u r e y e s** Too much light can injure your eyes, so never sit too close to a computer screen. Your eyes should be at least 50cm from the screen. Remember to look away from it sometimes. This gives your eyes a rest. When you use a computer, the window should be on your left or your right. If it is behind you, the light will reflect on (反射) the screen. If the window is in front of you, the sun and the screen will both shine into your eyes. **Yo u r h a n d s a n d w r i s t s** Hand and wrist injuries can happen because the hands and wrists are moved in the same way hundreds of times. If you use a keyboard for a long time, follow these three rules:1) Rest your wrists on some thing. 2) Keep your elbows (肘) at the same height as the keyboard. 3) Stop sometimes and exercise your hands, wrists and fingers in a different way. **Yo u r b a c k** Some people sit for many hours in front of a computer. If you sit in the wrong way, you can injure your back or your neck. So you should sit with your back straight. The top part of the screen should be in front of your eyes. Your forearms, wrists, hands and the upper part of your legs should all be parallel (平行) to the floor. If you are sitting for a long time, get up every 30 minutes and exercise your arms, legs and neck. Enjoy your computer, but use it safely. 电脑可能会伤害你。大多数其他的伤害是突然发生的。例如，如果你从一辆自行车摔下来、摔断你的手臂, 它很快就发生了。但是电脑的伤害发生缓慢。 ``` 你可能知道如何安全地骑自行车。现在学一下如何安全地使用电脑。 你的眼睛 太多的光可以伤害你的眼睛，所以不要坐得太靠近电脑屏幕。你的眼睛应该距屏幕至少 50 厘米。记得要 ``` 经常让眼睛离开屏幕一会儿。这样可以让你的眼睛休息一下。 当你使用电脑的时候，窗户应该在你的左边或右边。如果它是在你后面，光就会反射在屏幕上。如果窗口 是在你的面前，太阳和屏幕都将照耀到你的眼睛。 ``` 你的手和手腕 手和手腕可能受伤是因为手和手腕以同样的方式移动了上百次。如果你使用键盘很长一段时间，遵循以下 ``` 三个规则：1)在某个东西上休息你的手腕。2)保持肘部与键盘的高度相同。3)经常停下来换一个不同的方式活 动你的手、手腕和手指。 ### 你的背 ### 有些人在电脑前坐几个小时。如果你坐的方式错误，你会伤害到你的背部或你的脖子。所以你应该坐直背。 ### 屏幕的顶部与你的眼部平行。你的前臂、手腕、手和腿的上方都应当与地面平行。如果你坐了很长时间，每 30 ### 分钟应站起来并活动你的手臂、腿和脖子。 ### 享受你的电脑，但是要安全使用它。 6. A computer screen may injure your eyes if your eyes are too close to it. 如果你的眼睛离电脑屏幕太近，它会 ``` 伤害你的眼睛。 A: T B: F ``` 7. Hand and wrist injuries are caused when you get plenty of exercise. 你的活动太多会造成手和手腕的伤害。 A: T B: F 8. Your eyes and hands will be safe if you often take rests from working. 工作中经常停下来休息的话你的眼睛和 ``` 手就会安全。 A: T B: F ``` 9. It is good for your back and neck if you sit in the right way. 如果你的坐姿正确，对你的背和脖子有好处。 A: T B: F 10. The best title for the text is “How to Protect Your Eyes”. 本文地最佳标题是“如何保护你的眼睛”。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABAAB** **Passage 39** Dear Professor Liu, Please accept my greeting from New York. I am just beginning my graduate (研究院) studies here at this university. It is the third week of classes now. My roommate, Tom, is also a graduate student like me. He is studying biology (生 物学). He is from Houston. We are now on good terms. Our dormitory(学生宿舍) is well equipped(配备). There are all kinds of electric home appliances (电器). But we don't have a TV set. I am going to buy one this afternoon. The view on the window is pleasant, and the weather is hot in the summer right now. It is about 38 degrees outside the room. But we have air conditioning in the room, so I feel OK. How are you getting on? Are you still working on your paper now? Please say "Hello" to those who have taught me. I miss all of you very much. Love Wang Hui 尊敬的刘教授： ``` 请接收我来自纽约的问候。我刚刚在这个学校开始了我的研究生学习。现在是开学的第三周。我的室友汤 ``` 姆跟我一样，也是一名研究生。他在学习生物学。他来自休斯顿。我们相处得很好。 学生宿舍装备很好，有各种电器。不过我们没有电视。我打算今天下午去买一台。窗外的景色很好，现在 是夏天，天气很热，室外大概 38 度。不过我们房间里有空调，所以感觉还不错。 您现在好吗？还在写论文吗？ 请向教过我的老师问个好。我很想念你们大家。 爱您的， 王辉 6. Wang Hui is writing to her former teacher. 王辉在给她以前的老师写信。 A: T B: F 7. From the passage, we know that Wang Hui is a new graduate student in New York. 从这篇文章可以看出，王辉 ``` 是纽约大学的一名新的研究生。 A: T B: F ``` 8. Tom is from Houston. 汤姆来自休斯顿。 A: T B: F 9. Wang Hui thinks her dormitory is too big. 王辉认为她的宿舍太大了。 A: T B: F 10. Wang Hui is going to move to another room. 王辉要搬到另一个房间去。 A: T B: F 答案 **: AAABB** **Passage 40** Dieting to lose weight has become very popular in recent years. People have become more health conscious and try to take better care of their bodies by eating more nutritiously（有营养）and exercising more regularly to lose any unnecessary fat that they may have. Not only are people being more careful about what they eat, they are also concerned with how they eat and how their meals are prepared. People are taking more time for each meal. Many avoid the so-called “plastic” fast-food hamburgers and choose to eat a salad or a sandwich of more healthful ingredients（成分） in a quiet restaurant with a more leisurely atmosphere. At home, they also try to take enough time to eat a relaxed dinner without phone or TV interruptions. While dieting may be viewed as beneficial, it has also become a serious problem for Americans, particularly for young women. Dieting for them has actually become a psychological addiction（依赖）. They eat so little that they can lose as much as fifty percent of their total body weight, and although they look like skeletons, they still insist that they are fat. The current wave of exercising, dieting and the problems produced has caused many organizations to begin educating the public. Many schools, hospitals, health organizations, newspapers and magazines, for example, are offering classes, printing booklet articles, etc. to inform the public of the way to exercise and diet, of the dangers of dieting too rapidly, and of the places people can go for medical help if they find themselves on the road to "diet addiction". 近年来，节食减肥变得非常流行。人们的健康意识也增强了，并且人们在努力通过食用更有营养的食品和 进行更规律的锻炼来更好得照顾自己的身体，减去多余的脂肪。 ``` 人们不仅更加关心自己的饮食，而且还关心如何饮食，以及食物是如何准备好的。人们会花更多的时间来 ``` 准备每一顿饭。许多人舍弃所谓的快餐店汉堡包，而是去一个安静的饭店，在一种更为舒适的气氛下选择沙拉 或者富有更多健康成分的三明治。在家里，他们也会非常放松，不受电话或电视的干扰地吃一顿晚餐。 ``` 虽然节食被视为有益的做法，它已经成为许多美国人、尤其是许多年轻妇女面临的一个严重的问题。节食 ``` 对于他们来说已经成为了一种心理上的依赖。他们吃很少的东西，以便于能够减去多达百分之五十的总体重， 尽管他们看起来像骷髅了，但他们仍然坚持认为自己很胖。 目前的锻炼、节食减肥浪潮以及由此产生的问题已经引起许多组织的关注，它们开始教育公众。例如，许 多学校、医院、保健机构、报纸和杂志通过提供课程，印刷宣传小册子等方式来向公众宣传锻炼及饮食方式、 过快节食的危险，以及如果人们发现自己“节食成瘾”可以去寻求医疗帮助的地点。 6. These days people are dieting more because they have become more health conscious. 如今人们更注意节食因 ``` 为他们对健康的意识增强了。 A: T B: F ``` 7. They are taking less time for each meal now. 现在人们每餐花的时间变少了。 A: T B: F 8. "They look like skeletons" in the third paragraph most probably means they are too thin. 第三段“They look like skeletons”的意思很可能是他们太瘦了。 A: T B: F 9. The main idea of the last paragraph is about what kind of mediums can be used to educate the public. 最后一段 ``` 的主要意思是有哪些媒介可以教育公众。 A: T B: F ``` 10. According to this passage the atmosphere of eating has something to do with health. 根据本文得出吃饭的氛围 ``` 跟健康有关。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **ABABA** **Passage 41** Do you forget to turn off the lights and heaters when you go out of a room? In 2040 it will not matter. They will turn themselves off and on again when you return. A sensor will detect the presence of a human and turn the systems on, and when the humans leave it will turn them off again. The sensors will work through the central home computer, and they will do much more than just turn the fires and lights on and off for you. They will detect faulty electrical appliances, isolate them so that they cannot harm anyone, and then warn you that they need repair. They will detect fire and if you are out of the house, the computer will call the firemen. It will also call the police, should the sensors detect an intruder (非法闯入者). You will open the door using your personal card — the one you use for shopping — maybe using a number known only to you. 当你离开房间时，你会忘记关掉灯和加热器吗？在 2040 年时，这就没关系了。它们会自动关掉，而当你 回来时它们又会自动开启。传感器会检测到人的存在，并打开系统，人离开时它又会把它们关掉。 这些传感器将通过中央家用电脑进行工作，它们能做的还不止是为你关火和灯。它们会检测出有故障的电 器，把它们隔离，这 样 它 们 就 不 会 对 任 何 人 造 成 伤 害 ，并 且 会 警 告 你 这 些 电 器 需 要 修 理 。传 感 器 会 检 测 到 火 灾 ， 如果你不在家，电脑会给消防员打电话。如果传感器检测到非法闯入者，电脑也会给警察打电话。你可以用你 的个人卡开门，它就是你用于购物的卡片，开门时可能使用一个只有你自己知道的数字。 6. The author intends to tell the readers that in year 2040 there will be no switches for lights and heaters. 作者想告 ``` 诉读者到了 2040 年灯和加热器都没有开关了。 A: T B: F ``` 7. According to the passage, people will save much trouble with the help of advanced technology. 根据此文所 ``` 说，人们在高科技的帮助下就可以省去不少麻烦。 A: T B: F ``` 8. According to the author, in 2040, new technology will free us from the keys we use today. 据作者所说， 2040 年 时新技术可以让我们省去使用现在的钥匙带来的麻烦。 A: T B: F 9. Thanks to computers, in 2040 people will be controlled by computers.多亏了电脑， 2040 年时人会被电脑控制。 A: T B: F 10. The best title for the passage is "The Development of Science and Technology".本文最佳标题是“科技的发展”。 A: T B: F 答案： **BAABB** **Passage 42** Elvis Aron Presley, often called “the king of rock music”, died on August 16th, 1977, at the age of forty-two. He left a great influence on popular music, and millions of fans. During his lifetime, Elvis sold more than four hundred million records. After Presley died, many of his records rose quickly. When Presley died, many mourners journeyed to Memphis, Tennessee, Presley's home, to pay their last respects. While most of these fans knew a lot about the songs of Elvis, few of them knew the story of how Elvis had his first record which was for his mother. He paid four dollars to a small Memphis recording shop, and recorded two songs. The songs were “My Happiness” and “That's Where Your Heartaches Begin”. Sam Philips, who owned the shop where Elvis made the record, liked Presley's songs. He said he would call him some day. About a year later, Philips did call and asked him to cut a record. This first record had “Blue Moon of Kentucky” on one side, and “That's All Right, Mama” on the other. 埃尔维斯·亚伦·普雷斯利经常被称为“摇滚音乐之王”于 1977 年 8 月 16 日去世，享年四十二岁。他对流行 音乐和数百万的歌迷产生了很大的影响。在他的一生中，埃尔维斯卖了超过四亿的唱片。普雷斯利死后，他的 许多唱片销量迅速上涨。普雷斯利去世时，许多人前往普雷斯利位于田纳西州孟菲斯市的家去悼念他。虽然大 多数的歌迷关于埃尔维斯的歌曲知道很多，很少人知道埃尔维斯的第一张唱片是为他的母亲所做的。他花了四 美元在孟菲斯市的一家小唱片店录制了两首歌曲。这两首歌曲是“我的幸福”和“这就是你心痛的开始”。山姆·菲 利浦斯是埃尔维斯录歌的那家店的店老板，他喜欢普雷斯利的歌。他说他会打电话给他，大约一年后，菲利浦 斯真的打电话来问他能否灌制唱片。这第一张专辑里的一面是“肯塔基的蓝月亮”，另一面有“没事儿，妈妈”。 6. The passage is mainly about how Elvis Presley began his career. 这篇文章主要讲埃尔维斯·普雷斯利如何开始 ``` 他的演唱生涯。 A: T B: F ``` 7. Mourners are usually record-producers. 哀悼者通常是唱片制作者。 A: T B: F 8. Without the record for his mother, Elvis might not have become a star. 没有为他母亲制作的唱片，埃尔维斯可 能不会成为一名巨星。 A: T B: F 9. When Presley died, people went to Memphis for his mother's story of life. 当普雷斯利去世时，人们去孟菲斯 ``` 市去了解他母亲的故事。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The passage shows that many people loved Elvis's songs. 这篇文章表示出很多人热爱埃尔维斯的歌。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABABA** **Passage 43** E-mail is one of the biggest threats（威胁）to your home computer. By understanding how E-mail works, and by taking some steps in how you deal with reading and writing messages, you can keep this threat out of your computer. When you exchange E-mail with someone else, the messages sent between you and that person pass through several computers before they reach their places. Imagine this conversation as it is taking place in an Internet “room”, a very, very big room. Anyone, or more exactly, any program can probably understand what is being said, because most Internet conversations are not hidden（隐藏）in any way. As a result, others may be listening in, capturing what you send, and using it for their own good. E-mail-borne viruses（病毒）often arrive in attractive, fantastic appearances, much like the beautiful ads we receive by way of traditional mail that is made to sell us something. By beautiful appearances, an infected（感染）E-mail message seems to be something we want to read from someone we know, not a mean virus ready to destroy or damage our computers. There are some steps that you can take to help you decide what to do with every E-mail message with an attachment （附件）that you receive. You should only read a message that passes all of these tests: ``` 1 ）The Know Test: Is the E-mail from someone that you know? 2 ）The Received Test: Have you received E-mail from this sender before? 3 ）The Expect Test: Were you waiting for E-mail with an attachment from this sender? 4 ）The Meaning Test: Do the topic line of the E-mail massage and the name of the attachment both have meanings? 5 ）The Virus Test: Is the E-mail infected? 电子邮件是你的家用电脑最大的威胁之一。通过了解电子邮件的工作原理，以及通过在读写信息时采取一 ``` 些措施，你就能使你的电脑免受威胁。当你跟别人发邮件时，这些邮件在到达目的地之前会通过几个电脑。想 象这是在一间很大很大的网络“房间“里进行的一个对话。任何一个人，或者更准确地说，任何一个程序都很可 能会明白说的是什么，它会截获你发的信息，并将信息为他们所用。 植入电子邮件的病毒经常伪装得很吸引人，很像我们通过传统邮件得到的漂亮的广告，其目的是卖给我们 商品。通过精美的外表，一封感染了病毒的邮件看上去像是我们希望读到的认识的人发的消息，而不是一种卑 鄙的、能毁掉我们电脑的病毒。 ### 有些你可以采取的措施帮助你决定你收到一封带有附件的电子邮件后该怎么做。你应该只读那种能通过 ### 下面所有测验的邮件： l 了解测验：这封邮件是你认识的人发的吗？ l 收到测验：你以前从这个发件人收到过邮件吗？ l 期望测验：你之前是否盼望从这个发件人处收到带有附件的邮件？ l 意思测验：邮件的标题和附件名称都有实际意义吗？ l 病毒测验：这个邮件感染病毒了吗？ 6. The main idea of the first paragraph is that we should learn how E-mail works to take care of our computers. 第 ``` 一段的主要意思是我们应该了解电子邮件是如何工作的，以便照顾好我们的电脑。 A: T B: F ``` 7. The underlined word "capturing" probably mean "Taking". 划线的"capturing"一词的意思很可能是“获得”。 A: T B: F 8. As the Internet is open to anyone, we should not read and write messages in our home computers. 因为网络是向 任何人开放的，我们不应该在家用电脑上读写信息。 A: T B: F 9. The passage is mainly talking about The Safety of Home Computers. 这篇文章主要关于家用电脑的安全。 A: T B: F 10. E-mail-borne viruses can infect human body 植入邮件的病毒可以感染人体。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABAB** **Passage 44** Everybody talks about the weather, but nobody does anything about it. It is true. People usually begin their talks with "Isn't it a nice day?" "Do you think it will rain?" "What a fine day!" etc. Many people think they can tell what the weather is going to be like. But they hardly agree with each other. One man may say, "Do you see how cloudy it is in the east? It's going to rain tomorrow." Another man will say, "No, it's going to be fine tomorrow. " People often look for the weather they want. When a farmer needs water, he looks for something to tell him it's going to rain; he won't believe anything else. When friends have a travel, they are sure the weather is going to clear up very quickly. Almost everyone listens to what the weather man says. But he doesn't always tell us what we want, and once in a while he makes a mistake. Still, he probably comes closer to being correct than anyone else. 每个人都谈论天气，但是没有人能改变它。这是真的。人们通常用这样的话来开始他们谈话：“今天天气 真好啊”“你觉得会下雨吗？”“多晴朗的一天啊！”等等。 很多人认为他们能看出天气会变成什么样子的。但是他们很难会认同其他人的观点。一个人可能会说：“你 看到东边那么多云了吗？明天会下雨的。”另一个人会说：“不，明天会是个晴天。” ``` 人们经常会找他们想要得到的天气。当一个农民需要水的时候，他会寻找告诉他将要下雨的证据，他不会 ``` 相信其他信息。朋友们要去旅行的时候，他们确信天气很快会晴朗起来。 几乎每个人都会听天气预报员的预测。但是他不会告诉我们所希望得到的内容，而且他偶尔也会出错。不 过他仍然比其他人的预测更加准确。 6. “Nobody does anything about the weather” means nobody can change weather. “Nobody does anything about the weather”这句话的意思是没有人能改变天气。 A: T B: F 7. Talking about the weather is a common way to start a talk. 谈论天气是开始一次谈话的常见方式。 A: T B: F 8. Many people hope the weather will be like what they like it to be. 很多人希望天气能像他们想要的方向发展。 A: T B: F 9. A weatherman probably is a man who can change weather. 天气预报员很可能是可以改变天气的人。 A: T B: F 10. The weatherman always gives correct information. 天气预报员总是给出正确的信息。 A: T B: F 答案： **AAABB** **Passage 45** Everyone knows what a needle is. Of course there are needles for sewing machines, needles for injection, you name it. But few people think of the wonder a needle works in the hands of those who practice acupuncture. During the past ten years or so, I have been suffering from terrible headache. It seems to be getting from bad to worse these days. Last night I got a sudden pain in my head. It was so terrible that I could hardly bear it. Although I swallowed all kinds of pain-killers, I didn’t feel any better. It seemed that there was nothing I could do but phone for a doctor. One of our neighbors happened to be with us. He was not a doctor, but he timidly offered his help, saying “Do you mind if I tried acupuncture on you? These needles may possibly do you some good.” I agreed. In a moment, he had taken out a few needles from his purse. Without a moment’s delay, he fixed a few needles into the skin on my head here and there. Before long, I felt thoroughly relieved. Just then, the doctor sped through my house and said, “Where is our patient?” ``` “Sorry, Doctor, You are too late. It’s killed!” I answered in delight. It’s a miracle, isn’t it? 大家都知道针是什么。当然有缝纫机的针、注射用的针，你来说吧。但是很少有人考虑一根针在针灸人的 ``` 手里能产生什么奇迹。 在过去的十来年中，我一直患有严重的头痛。这几天似乎病情加重了。昨天晚上我的头突然疼起来。疼的 太厉害了，我几乎无法忍受。尽管我吞下各种止痛药，还是没有觉得好转。看上去没有别的办法，只能给大夫 打电话了。 我们一个邻居恰巧在旁边。他不是医生，但是他怯怯地提出要帮助我，他说：“你介意我给你试试针灸吗？ 这些针可能能让你好些。”我同意了。马上，他从他的包里拿出几根针。然后毫不迟疑地在我头上用针扎来扎 去。很快，我就完全放松下来了。 就在那时，大夫冲进我的家，问：“病人在哪儿？” “对不起，大夫，你来晚了。我的病好了。”我高兴地回答。 这是个奇迹，不是吗？ 6. The word “name” in the first paragraph means to give a name to the needles. 在第一段里“name”的意思是给针 ``` 一个名称。 A: T B: F ``` 7. The underlined phrase “from bad to worse” in the second paragraph refers to the state of the man’s health. 在第 ``` 二段划线的“from bad to worse”意思是指这个人的健康状况。 A: T B: F ``` 8. According to the passage, soon after the acupuncture, the man was completely recovered. 根据文章知道，针灸 后很快这个人就恢复了。 A: T B: F 9. “You are too late. It’s killed.” means that the pain was killed because the doctor came late. “You are too late. It’s killed.”的意思是疼痛消失是因为医生来迟了。 A: T B: F 10. The passage tells us that the effect of acupuncture on the patient was unbelievable. 这篇文章告诉我们针灸对病 人的效果是难以置信的。 A: T B: F 答案 **: BAABA** **Passage 46** For several years, Americans have enjoyed teleshopping－watching TV and buying things by phone. Now teleshopping is starting in Europe. In a number of European countries, people can turn on their TVs and shop for clothes, jewelry, food, toys, and many other things. Teleshopping is becoming popular in Sweden, for example. The biggest Swedish company sells different kinds of things on TV in 15 European countries, and in one year it made $100 million. In France there are two teleshopping channels, and the French spend about $20 million a year to buy things through those channels. In Germany, until last year teleshopping was only possible on one channel for 1 hour every day. Then the government allowed more teleshopping. Other channels can open for telebusiness, including the largest American teleshopping company and a 24-hour teleshopping company. German businesses are hoping this new teleshopping will help them sell more things. Some people like teleshopping because it allows them to do their shopping without leaving their homes. With all the problems of traffic in the cities, this is an important reason. But at the same time, other Europeans do not like this new way of shopping. They can do teleshopping "junk on the air". Many Europeans usually worry about the quality of the things for sale on TV. Good quality is important to them, and they believe they cannot be sure about the quality of the things on TV. The need for high quality means that European teleshopping companies will have to be different from the American companies. They will have to be more careful about the quality of the things they sell. They will also have to work harder to sell things that the buyers cannot touch or see in person. 几年来，美国人一直喜欢电视购物——看电视然后通过电话购物。现在电视购物已开始在欧洲流行了。在 一些欧洲国家，人们可以打开电视，购买衣服、珠宝、食品、玩具，以及许多其他的东西。 例如在瑞典电视购物已经很受欢迎了。瑞典最大的公司在 15 个欧洲国家销售不同种类的商品。一年赚了 10 亿美元。在法国有两个电视购物频道，法国人一年花费约 2 亿美元通过这些频道购物。 在德国，直到去年电视购物每天只在一个频道播放一小时。后来政府允许更多的电视购物。其他频道也可 以开放给电视购物企业，包括最大的美国电视购物公司和一个 24 小时播放的电视购物公司。德国的企业期望 这种新的电视购物方式能帮助它们销售更多商品。 对高品质的需要意味着欧洲电视购物公司将不得不区别于美国公司。他们将必须更注重销售商品的质量。 他们也将更加努力地工作以卖出买家不能亲自接触或看到的东西。 6. Teleshopping is cheap in Europe. 电视购物在欧洲很便宜。 A: T B: F 7. People like teleshopping because it is easier. 人们喜欢电视购物，因为它更容易。 A: T B: F 8. Some Europeans don't like teleshopping because they don't watch TV. 一些欧洲人不喜欢电视购物，因为他们 ``` 不喜欢看电视。 A: T B: F ``` 9. In Germany, teleshopping may have fewer buyers. 在德国，电视购物的顾客可能更少。 A: T B: F 10. The best title of this passage is "Teleshopping in Europe". 本文的最佳标题是“欧洲的电视购物”。 A: T B: F 答案： **BABBA** **Passage 47** Fred was a young soldier in a big camp. During the week they always worked very hard, but it was Saturday, and all the young soldiers were free, so their officer said to them, "You can go into the town this afternoon, but first I am going to inspect（检查）you." Fred came to the officer, and the officer said to him, "Your hair is very long, go to the barber（理发师） and then come back to me again." Fred ran to the barber's shop, but it was closed because it was Saturday. Fred was very sad for a few minutes, but then he smiled and went back to the officer. "Are my boots clean now, sir?" he asked. The officer didn't look at Fred's hair. He looked at his boots and said, "Yes, they're much better now. You can go out, and next week, first clean your boots, and then come to me!" 弗雷德是一个大军营的年轻士兵。在这一周时间里他们总是很努力地操练，但今天是星期六，所有的年轻 战士都是放假了，所以他们的长官对他们说：“你们今天下午可以到城里去，但首先我要检查你们。” 弗雷德来到了长官面前，长官对他说：“你的头发太长了，去理发，然后再回来找我。” 弗雷德跑到理发店，但它是关门了，因为今天是星期六。弗雷德伤心了几分钟，但然后他笑了，回到官员 面前。“我的靴子现在干净吗，先生？”他问。 该长官没有看弗雷德的头发。他看了看他的靴子，说：“是的，它们现在已经好多了，你可以出去了。下 周，先清理你的靴子，然后再来找我！” 6. In the first paragraph "during the week" means from Monday to Friday. 在第一段"during the week"是指从星期 一到星期五。 A: T B: F 7. You can go into the town this afternoon before I inspect you. 在我检查你之前，下午你可以进镇里玩儿。 A: T B: F 8. The officer asked Fred to have his hair cut short. 警官让Fred去剪短头发。 A: T B: F 9. Fred smiled because his boots were very clean. 弗雷德笑了是因为他的靴子很干净。 A: T B: F 10. The officer made a mistake. He should have inspected his boots instead of hair. 官员犯了一个错误。他应该检 ``` 查他的靴子，而不是头发。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **ABABB** **Passage 48** Gladys Holm was a secretary(秘书). She worked in an office all her life. Gladys earned (挣) about $15,000 a year. She died when she was 86 years old. And she left a big surprise---$18 million! She gave the money to a children's hospital. Gladys Holm never got married or had any children. But she always liked children, and she wanted to help them. When her friend's daughter was ill in hospital. Gladys brought her a toy bear. After that, she visited the hospital many times. Every time she visited, she brought toy bears for those children. After that, people started to call Gladys the "Toy Bear Lady." Gladys always gave toys and presents to her friends and family but no one knew she had a lot of money. She lived in a small house outside Chicago. Everyone was very surprised when they learned she was a millionaire. A family friend said, "She always gave us nice presents and things, but we didn't know she was rich." How did Gladys get so much money? She asked her boss how to make more money, and she listened to what he said. She brought the stocks(股票) that he told her to buy, and she got very rich. Before she died, she talked to her friends about "giving something to the children's hospital." No one knew that the "something" was $18 million! 格拉迪斯·霍尔姆是一名秘书。她一辈子都在一个办公室工作。她每年大概挣 15000 美元。她去世的时候 86 岁，并留下一个大大的惊喜—— 1800 万美元！她把钱都捐给了一家儿童医院。 格拉迪斯·霍尔姆从未结婚，也没有孩子。但是她一直喜欢孩子，她想帮助他们。当她的朋友的女儿生病 住院，格拉迪斯给她带来一只泰迪熊。之后，她多次去医院。每次去的时候，都给孩子们带泰迪熊。从那以后， 人们开始叫她“泰迪熊女士”。 格拉迪斯总是送给她的朋友以及他们的家人玩具和礼物，但是没有人知道她很有钱。她住在芝加哥外的一 栋小房子里。当人们得知她是一个百万富翁的时候，所有人都很惊讶。一个家族朋友说：“她总是送我们精美 的礼物和东西，但是我们不知道她很富有。” 格拉迪斯是如何变得这么富有的？她问她的老板如何能挣更多的钱，并且听从他的建议。她买了他让她买 ### 的股票，然后变得很富有。她去世之前，她跟朋友们谈过“送给儿童医院一点东西”。没有人知道这个“一点东 ### 西”是 1800 万美元！ 6. Gladys Holm often gave children teddy bears because she liked children very much. 格拉迪斯·霍尔姆经常送孩 ``` 子们泰迪熊，因为她非常喜欢孩子。 A: T B: F ``` 7. Gladys was called the “Teddy Bear Lady”. 格拉迪斯被叫做“泰迪熊女士”。 A: T B: F 8. Everyone was surprised that Gladys lived such a long life. 每个人都惊讶格拉迪斯活了那么久。 A: T B: F 9. She got rich as she did another job in the hospital. 她富有的原因是她在医院有另一份工作。 A: T B: F 10. When Gladys Holm became a millionaire, she still lived in the same way.当格拉迪斯·霍尔姆成为一个百万富翁 后，她的生活方式没有变化。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 49** Great changes have been made in family life because of science and industry. In the past, when more Americans lived on farms, the typical family had many children. In a farm family, parents and their children often lived with grandparents. Often, too, uncles and aunts lived nearby. But when industry became more important than agriculture in American life, families became smaller because industry requires workers who are ready and able to move off the land and to move again whenever necessary. And large families can not be moved from place to place as smaller families can. So, at present people tend to have smaller families. In the future, because of industrialization, a typical family will be required to move even more often than now, so families will be even smaller. The typical family may remain childless and consists only of a man and a woman. A small number of families may take child raising as their chief work. At the same time they may also raise other people's children, leaving those families free to move from job to job. 由于科技和工业的发展，家庭生活发生了巨大变化。 从前,更多的美国家庭生活在农场，那时候典型家庭里的孩子都很多。在农场主家里，家长和孩子常常与 祖父母住在一起。往往孩子的叔叔和姑姑也住在附近。但当工业在美国人的生活中变得比农业更重要的时候， 家庭变小了，因为工业需要工人能随时随地的，如果有必要的话，可以多次搬迁。人口众多的家庭就不能像小 家庭那样反复搬家。因此，目前人们倾向于小一些的家庭。 在未来，由于工业化，典型的家庭会比现在的家庭搬家次数还要多，所以家庭规模会更小。这种典型的家 庭也许不要孩子,只有一个男人和一个女人。少数家庭可能把抚养孩子当作是他们的首要工作。同时,他们很可 能也会养育别人的孩子，让孩子的父母可以无牵无挂地更换工作。 6. The passage discusses influence of science and industry on American families. 这篇文章讨论的是科学和工 ``` 业对美国家庭带来的影响。 A: T B: F ``` 7. Families of the past, the present and the future are described in the passage.文章描述过去、现在和将来的家庭。 A: T B: F 8. People no longer want to have children. 人们不再想生孩子了。 A: T B: F 9. Grandparents will take the chief responsibility of raising children in the future. 在未来祖父母会承担主要的养 ``` 育孩子的责任。 A: T B: F ``` 10. Large families cannot fit in with a highly industrialized society. 大家庭不适合于高度工业化的社会。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 50** Have you ever felt your mind getting confused after a sleepless night and you couldn't come up with an original thought no matter how hard you tried? You were probably right if you thought that was caused by a lack of sleep. Dr. Home, a sleep researcher in England, studied 24 college students. One group got their normal eight hours of sleep. The other group didn't get the smallest amount of sleep — they stayed awake all night. The next day, Dr. Home tested the students. He asked them questions that required creative and original thinking. One of the questions was "How many uses can a cardboard box be put to?" The results? The wide-awake students did well on the tests. The tired students did poorly. Research has already shown that tired people can do okay on tests of routine thinking, like simple addition. But Dr. Home tested creative thinking only. As part of his study, he offered an amount of money as a reward to the tired students if they did well. But even this encouragement wasn't enough to help the students overcome their tiredness. They still did poorly. Dr. Home believes that the cerebral cortex – the part of the brain where thinking takes place – may get worn out during waking hours. Sleep may help to repair the brain overnight. Without any sleep, he emphasizes, "even if you think harder, you cannot do better." ``` This study gives people something to think about, especially people like hospital workers and airplane pilots, who ``` must stay awake all night and then make emergency decisions. 经过一个无眠的夜晚，你是否感到你的头脑陷入了混乱？不管你怎么努力，你都不能想出一个原创的想法? 如果你认为这是由于缺乏睡眠造成的，你很可能是对的。一位英国的睡眠研究者赫姆博士研究了 24 名大 学生。一组学生拥有八小时的正常睡眠。另一组学生一点睡眠时间都没有，他们整夜都没有合眼。次日，赫姆 博士测试了这些学生。他向他们提出一些问题，这些问题需要创造性和创造性思维。其中的一个问题是“一个 纸板箱有多少用途？” 结果怎么样呢？睡醒后很清醒的学生考得很好，疲惫的学生成绩不好。研究已经表明，疲劳的人在测验常 规性思维的测试中表现尚可，如简单的加法。但是，赫姆博士只测试了创造性思维。 作为他的研究的一部分，他提供了一定数额的钱，如果那些困倦的学生测验结果好的话就把钱作为奖励给 他们。但即使是这种鼓励也不足以帮助学生克服疲劳。他们依然做的很差。霍恩博士认为大脑皮层——产生思 维的那部分大脑——在醒着的时候会磨损。睡眠可能有助于大脑在夜间修复。没有任何睡眠的话，他强调，“即 使你想得再努力，你也不能做得更好。” ``` 这项研究给人们一些思考，特别是像医院工作者的工作人员和飞机飞行员，他们必须整晚保持清醒，并做 ``` 出紧急决定。 6. According to the passage, the confusion of your mind is possibly due to the lack of sleep. 根据该文章，头脑的 ``` 困惑很可能是因为缺乏睡眠。 A: T B: F ``` 7. Tired people can do everything EXCEPT telling other people their names. 劳累的人可以做所有事，除了说出 ``` 其他人的名字这件事之外。 A: T B: F ``` 8. The purpose for Dr. Home to offer a lot of money to the sleepy students is to encourage them to do better. 赫姆博 ``` 士给困的学生很多钱的目的是鼓励他们做的更好。 A: T B: F ``` 9. Students might be better instructed in their work after reading this passage. 读完这篇文章学生在他们的学习中 ``` 会得到更好的指导。 A: T B: F ``` 10. A foolish man with good sleep may answer creative question well. 一个睡眠充足的蠢人可能很好地回答出创 新性的问题。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABABB** **Passage 51** Have you ever listened to young children talking in the playground? They are always boasting. They say things like, "My Dad's car is bigger than your Dad's, "and "My Mom is smarter than yours." They particularly like to boast about their families. There were three little boys, Harry, Ted and Gavin, who were always boasting. Gavin was the worst. Everything about his family was always the best or the biggest or the most expensive. Whatever the others said, he could always go on better. One day when they were walking to school, Harry said, "My father had a bath twice a week," Ted spoke next. “That’s nothing," he said. "Having a bath twice a week is dirty. My father has a bath every day, sometimes twice a day.” Ted looked at Gavin. Now it was his turn. But what could he say? “This time,” Ted thought,” I'm going to win." Gavin didn't know what to say. He couldn't say that his father had a bath three times a day. That was silly. He walked on in silence. Ted smiled at Harry, and Harry smiled back. They were sure that for once they had beaten Gavin. They reached the school gates. Still Gavin said nothing. They went into class. Morning break，lunch time and afternoon break all passed. Still Gavin said nothing. "We've won,” Ted said to Harry, but he spoke too soon. On the way home, Gavin said, "My Dad is so clean that he doesn't have to bathe at all." 你听过操场上小孩子们的对话吗？他们总是在攀比吹擂。比如说：“我爸爸的车比你爸爸的大”，或者 “我 妈妈比你妈妈更聪明”。他们尤其喜爱攀比自己的家庭。 有三个小男孩，哈里、泰德和加文，他们总是爱吹牛。加文尤其严重，他家里的一切总是最好的、最大的 或者最贵的。 不论其他孩子说什么，他的东西总是比别人的更好。一天，他们正在上学的路上，哈里说，“我爸爸一周 洗两次澡。”泰德接着说，“那算什么！一周洗两次澡，太不卫生了吧。我爸爸每天都洗一次澡，有时还一天洗 两次呢。”泰德说着，看了看加文。现在轮到加文了。但他能说什么呢？“这次，”泰德想，“我会取胜的。”加文 不知道该说些什么，他总不能说自己的爸爸一天洗三次澡吧，那太愚蠢了。他沉默地走着，而泰德则对着哈里 偷笑，哈里也对着泰德笑。他们确信这次他们打败加文了。接着他们走到了学校的大门，而加文还是一言不发。 “我们赢了。”泰德对哈里说。但此话说得还太早了。在他们放学回家的路上，加文说，“我爸爸他太干净了， 所以他根本就不需要洗澡！” 6. According to the passage, the meaning of the word "boast" is " to talk big ".根据这篇文章，“boast”这个词的意 思是“说大话”。 A: T B: F 7. Harry boasted about the number of times his father had a bath every week.哈利关于他爸爸每周洗澡的次数而 ### 吹擂。 ### A: T B: F 8. Gavin boasted the most. 加文吹牛最多。 A: T B: F 9. Ted's father often had a bath twice a day. 泰德的父亲经常一周洗两次澡。 A: T B: F 10. "He spoke too soon" in the last paragraph means he was wrong.最后一段中"He spoke too soon"意思是他错了。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 52** He has done what Mohammed Ali did for boxing, Michael Jordan for basketball, Roger Federer for tennis and Tiger Woods for golf. Twenty-three-year-old Michael Phelps has become a phenomenon in swimming. At the 2008 Summer Olympic Games, he won eight gold medals. That was more than the whole Australian team could put together. He beat Mark Spitz's 1972 record of seven wins in the pool at the one Games. Phelps has put his name next to seven world records. Nine days, 17 games, morning and night he competed and won. He had to beat former world record-holders and gold medalists. He had to turn their wins into old news. "I'm just lucky to have the drive that I have, the talent that I have and the excitement for the sport," Phelps said after winning his last medal. After the Olympics, swimming will not be in the news so much. But Phelps has decided to keep working to popularize it. "I don't want this sport to be an every-four-years sport," Phelps said. "Over the past four years, it's skyrocketed. I'm honored to help this sport for the next generation of swimmers who will have it better than I have." 他已经做到了，正如拳击界的穆罕穆德·阿里、篮球界的迈克尔·乔丹、网球界的罗杰·费德勒，以及高尔夫 球界的泰格·伍兹。 23 岁的迈克尔·菲尔普斯已经成为泳坛的奇迹。 2008 年夏季奥运会上，他赢得 8 块金牌。这比整个澳大利亚队获得金牌加在一起还要多。他打破了马克·施 皮茨于 1972 年创下的一届奥运会上游泳比赛获得 7 枚金牌的纪录。菲尔普斯把他的名字和七项纪录联系在了 一起。 9 天、 17 场比赛，他从早到晚去拼搏并赢得比赛。他需要击败前世界纪录保持者和金牌获得者，他要将他 们的胜利变成历史。 ``` “我很幸运拥有我所拥有的动力、天赋和对这项运动的激情。”菲尔普斯在获得最后一块金牌后如是说。 奥运会结束后，游泳不再是新闻了。但是菲尔普斯决定继续努力让这项运动变得受人欢迎。 “我不希望这项运动成为一项四年（流行）一次的运动。”菲尔普斯说：“在过去四年间，它（的受欢迎程 ``` 度）一路飙升。我很荣幸能帮助这项运动的下一代游泳运动员，他们将超越我。” 6. Phelps is a swimmer. 菲尔普斯是一名游泳运动员。 A: T B: F 7. Roger Federer is famous for tennis. 罗杰·费德勒因为网球而著名。 A: T B: F 8. "竞争"is closest in meaning to the underlined word "phenomenon".划线的"phenomenon"一词的意思最接近于 “竞争” A: T B: F 9. Phelps wants to change swimming to an every-four-years sport.菲尔普斯想将游泳变成一项每四年（流行）一 次的运动。 A: T B: F 10. "Swimming is going to be popular" can be the most suitable title for this article.这篇文章最合适的标题是“游泳 将变得受欢迎”。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABBB** **Passage 53** Here is a story told about an American general (将军) who was a very important figure in the American army during the First World War. Everybody in the Untied States knew him and many people wished to have a picture or something of his in their homes. Soon after the war the general returned to Washington. One day he went to a dentist (牙医) and had six teeth pulled out. A week later the general heard that his teeth were being sold in curiosity shops (古玩店) at $5 each. On each of the teeth there was a label (标签) with the name of the general and words, “Buy these teeth and show them to your friends at home.” The general got angry. He rushed to his office and ordered six officers to go around the city and buy all his teeth. The officers went out and visited every curiosity shop in the capital. They were away from the office all day. In the evening they returned and put on the table in front of the general the teeth they had bought. They had collected 175 teeth. ‘ 这是一个关于一位美国将军的故事，这位将军在第一次世界大战期间在美国军队里是个很重要的人物。每 个美国人都知道他，很多人希望在家中拥有一张他的照片或是他的什么物品。 ### 战争一结束这个将军就回到了华盛顿。一天他去看牙医，拔了六颗牙。一周后这位将军听说他的牙齿在古 ### 玩店以一颗 5 美元的价格出售。每颗牙都有一个标签写着将军的名字和说他说的话“买这些牙齿，在家中可以 ### 展示给你的朋友们。”这位将军十分生气。他冲回自己的办公室，命令六名军官在市内寻找并买下他的牙齿。 ### 晚上他们回来了，把他们买到的牙放在将军面前的桌子上。他们一共买到 175 颗牙齿。 6. Many families wanted to have a signature of the general. 很多家庭都想得到这位将军的签名。 A: T B: F 7. The general came back to Washington after the First World War. 一战后将军回到华盛顿。 A: T B: F 8. The general ordered his men to look for all his teeth and buy all of them. 将军命令他的下属寻找到他的牙齿 ``` 并把它们都买回来。 A: T B: F ``` 9. The fact that the general's name was on the label of each tooth shows that the general was famous. 每颗牙的标签 ``` 上标着将军的名字这件事说明这位将军很有名。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The teeth they collected most probably cost $1150. 他们收集到的牙齿可能花费了 1150 美元。 A: T B: F 答案： **BAAAB** 6. The general's teeth were sold in the museum. 将军的牙在博物馆里出售。 A: T B: F 7. In the evening, the officers went back with all the teeth which cost $175. 晚上，军官们带回来花了 175 美元购 买的牙齿。 A: T B: F 8. The general felt angry when he heard his teeth were sold. 当听说牙齿被卖掉的时候，将军很生气。 A: T B: F 9. There was the general's picture on the label of each tooth. 每颗牙上都标上了将军的照片。 A: T B: F 10. The general ordered his men to look for his teeth and buy all of them. 将军命令手下去找他的牙齿并都买回来。 A: T B: F 答案： **BBABA** **Passage 54** Herman had worked for the bank of Ruritania for ten years and was still only a clerk. He was not satisfied with the position and wanted to find something better. Yet he did not want to lose his position in bank before he had got another one, so he prepared a letter about himself, with the words “BANK OF RURITANIA!” in big letters across the top. Then he sent it to several other banks, asking them for a job. A few days later, one of these letters came into the hands of Herman's boss at the bank; someone had given it to him at a party. The next morning, Herman's boss asked him to come into his room and said, "Herman, I have some very good news for you. The bank of Ruritania is setting you free!” 赫尔曼在鲁里坦尼亚银行已经工作了十年，仍然只是一个办事员。他不满意现在的职位，希望找到更好的 工作。然而，他不想在他找到另一个工作之前失去他在银行的工作，所以他准备了关于自己的介绍信，信的顶 端用大写字母写着：“鲁里坦尼亚银行!”然后他把信寄给了其他几家银行来求职。 ``` 几天后，其中有一封信到了乔治的银行老板手中：有人在一个聚会把信给了他。第二天早晨，赫尔曼的老 ``` 板让他去他的房间说：“赫尔曼，我有好消息告诉你。鲁里坦尼亚银行给你自由!” 6. Herman was not happy because he was in prison in the bank. 赫尔曼不开心因为他在银行里坐监狱。 A: T B: F 7. Herman did not want to leave the Bank of Ruritania immediately because he had not found a better job yet. 赫尔 ``` 曼不想马上离开鲁里坦尼亚银行因为他还没找到一份更好的工作。 A: T B: F ``` 8. He wished some other bank to give him a better job. 他希望别的银行给他一份更好的工作。 A: T B: F 9. A few days later, Herman's boss found one of these letters in his office. 几天后赫尔曼的老板在他的办公室发 现了一封求职信。 A: T B: F 10. The boss asked Herman to come into his room as he decided to fire him. 老板让赫尔曼去他办公室因为他决定 开除他。 A: T B: F 答案： **BAABA** **Passage 55** Hi, dear boys and girls! Do you know how to be a healthy kid? Here are some rules you should follow. First, eat different foods, especially fruit and vegetables. You may have a favorite food, but you’d better eat something different, if you eat different foods, you will probably get more nutrients (营养物质) your body needs. Second, drink water and milk as often as possible. When you’re really thirsty, cold water is the No. 1 choice. Milk is a great drink that can give you more calcium (钙) your body needs to grow strong bones. Third, listen to your body. How do you feel when you are full? When you are eating, notice how your body feels and when your stomach feels comfortably full. Eating too much will not make you feel comfortable and make you fat. Fourth, limit screen time. Screen time is the time you watch TV, DVDs and videos, or using computers. It is good to take more exercise such as basketball, bike riding and swimming. You can’t watch TV for more than two hours a day. Fifth, be active. One thing you’d like to do as a kid is to find out which activity you like best. Find ways to be active every day. Follow these rules and you can be a healthy kid. 嗨，亲爱的男孩儿和女孩儿！你们知道如何成为一个健康的孩子吗？这里有一些你们应该遵循的规则。 首先，吃不同的食物，尤其是水果和蔬菜。你可能有最喜欢的食物，但是你最好吃些不同的东西。如果吃 不同的食物，就很可能得到身体需要的更多的营养物质。 ``` 第二，尽可能多喝水和牛奶。当你真的渴了，冷水是第一选择。牛奶是一种很好的饮料，可以给你带来更 ``` 多的钙，它可以让你的骨头更强壮。 第三，听从你的身体。当你饱了的时候感觉如何？吃饭的时候注意你身体的感觉。当你的胃感觉舒服的时 候，吃的正好。吃太多不会让你感到舒服，只会让你变胖。 第四，限制屏幕时间。屏幕时间是你看电视、DVD和视频或是使用电脑的时间。最好多做运动，比如打 篮球、骑自行车和游泳。每天看电视不要超过 2 小时。 ``` 第五，活跃起来。作为孩子要做的一件事就是找到你最喜欢的活动。每天都要找到办法让自己活跃起来。 遵循这些原则，你就会成为一个健康的孩子。 ``` 6. You should eat different foods especially fruit and vegetables. 你需要吃不同的水果和蔬菜。 A: T B: F 7. Juice can give you more calcium. 果汁会给你更多的钙。 A: T B: F 8. According to the passage, you should follow five rules if you want to be healthy. 根据这篇文章，如果想健康就 ``` 需要遵循这五条原则。 A: T B: F ``` 9. When you’re eating, you don’t have to notice how your body feels. 当你吃饭的时候，不需要注意身体的感受。 A: T B: F 10. The best title for the passage is “How to be a healthy kid”. 文章的最佳标题是：怎样做个健康的孩子。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABABA** **Passage 56** High in the Swiss Alps many years ago, there lived a lonely shepherd (牧羊人) boy who longed for a friend to share his evenings. One night he saw three old men, each holding a glass. The first old man said: “Drink this liquid and you shall be victorious in battle.” The second old man said: “Drink this liquid and you shall have countless riches.” The last old man said: “I offer you the happiness of music—the horn (号角). ” The boy chose the third glass. The next day, he came upon a great horn, ten feet in length. When he put his lips to it, a beautiful melody (旋律) floated across the valley. He had found a friend. So goes the legend (传说) of the horn. First known in the ninth century, the horn was used by herdsmen to call cattle, for its deep tones echoed across the mountainsides. Even today, on a quiet summer evening, its music can be heard floating among the peaks. 很久以前在瑞士阿尔卑斯山上住着一个孤独的牧羊人，他渴望有个朋友能跟他共度夜晚的时光。有天晚上， 他遇到三个老人，每个人都拿着一个杯子。 ``` 第一个老人说：“喝了这杯水，你将会在战争中战无不胜。” 第二个老人说：“喝了这杯水，你将会无比富有。” 第三个老人说：“我能给你音乐的快乐——号角。” 这个男孩选择了第三个礼物。第二天他碰到一个巨大的号角，有 10 英尺长。当他把嘴唇放上去时，一段 ``` 美妙的旋律回响在整个山谷。他找到朋友了。 这就是关于号角的传说。号角最初出现在 9 世纪，牧人用它来呼唤牛群，因为它低沉的声音可以响彻群 山。即使是现在，在夏日宁静的夜晚，山间也回响着它的音乐。 6. The passage tells us his lonely job about the shepherd boy. 这篇文章告诉我们那个牧羊人的孤独的工作。 A: T B: F 7. The boy chose to drink the glass offered by the last old man because the boy was thirsty. 这个男孩选择了最后 ``` 一个老人提供的东西，因为他渴了。 A: T B: F ``` 8. After the shepherd boy found the horn, he discovered it was like a new-found friend. 这个牧羊人找到了号角后， ``` 发现它像一个新朋友一样。 A: T B: F ``` 9. Today the horn is heard in the Swiss Alps when it rains. 如今每当下雨，阿尔卑斯山上就能听到号角的声音。 ### A: T B: F 10. The Legend of the Horn would be the best title for the passage. 文章的最佳标题是：号角的传说。 A: T B: F 答案 **: ABABA** **Passage 57** Hobbs was an orphan. He worked in a factory and every day he got a little money. Hard work changed him thin and weak. He wanted to borrow a lot of money to learn to paint pictures, but he did not think he could pay off the debts. One day a lawyer said to him, “One thousand dollars, and here is the money.” As Hobbs took the package of notes, he was very dumbfounded（惊呆了的）. He didn’t know where the money came from and how to spend it. He said to himself, “I could go to find a hotel and live like a rich man for a few days; or I give up my work in the factory and do what I’d like to do: painting pictures I could do that for a few days, or I give up my work in the factory and do what I’d like to do: painting pictures. I could do that for a few weeks, but what would I do after that? I should have lost my place in the factory and have no money to live on. If it were a little less money, I would buy a new coat, or a radio, or give a dinner to my friends. If it were more, I could give up the work and pay for painting the pictures. But it is too much for one and too little for the other.” “Here is the reading of your uncle’s will,” said the lawyer, “telling what is to be done with this money after his death. “Yes, I see. I will do that,” said the young man. 霍布斯是一个孤儿。他在工厂做工，而每天只挣到一点钱。繁重的工作让他变得又瘦又弱。他想借一大笔 钱来学习绘画，但他认为他不可能还清借款。 一天一个律师对他说，“一千美元，给你的。”当霍布斯拿过一大包钱的时候，他惊呆了。他不知道这钱来 自哪里，又怎么去花掉它。他对自己说，“我可以找一家旅馆，在那儿过几天富人的日子；或者我放弃工厂的 工作，去做我愿意做的事：绘画。我可以这样过几个星期，但是这之后我怎么办呢?我可能会失去了我在工厂 的位置，没有钱继续生活。如果钱的数目少一点，我可以买一件新外套，或一个收音机，或请我的朋友吃一顿 大餐。如果钱更多一些，我可以放弃工作，付钱学习绘画。但是这些钱用于干这件事就太多了，用于干另一件 事又太少了。” “这里是你叔叔遗嘱”律师说，“在他死后要说明这笔钱是怎们花掉的。我必须请你记住一点。你叔叔说了 你一花钱，你就必须给我写一个说明，准确地写出你用他的钱干了什么。” ``` “好的，我知道了。我会那么做的，”年轻人说。 ``` 6. He wanted to borrow money because he wanted to learn to paint pictures. 他想借钱是因为他想学习绘画。 A: T B: F 7. With the money he got, Hobbs first planned to have a happy life for a few days.用他得到的这笔钱，霍布斯首先 想过几天幸福生活。 A: T B: F 8. What Hobbs was asked to do was nothing but to buy some pictures. 霍布斯被要求做的只是购买一些画。 A: T B: F 9. What Hobbs really loved to do was painting pictures. 霍布斯真正喜欢做的事是绘画。 A: T B: F 10. The best title for the passage is “The Will Can Make You Rich”.这篇文章的最佳标题是“该遗嘱能让你富有”。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABAB** **Passage 58** I began to smoke when I was in high school. My parents didn't care much. They both smoked, and my elder brother did, too. In school, the teachers talked against smoking, but the cigarette advertisements were so exciting. The men in the ads were so good-looking and so successful, and the women were, well, they were beautiful and sophisticated. I read a book called How to Stop Smoking. The writer said that smoking wastes time, and that cigarettes cost a lot of money. Ten years later, everyone began to hear about the negative effects of cigarette smoke: lung disease, cancer, and heart problems. After that, there was a health warning on every pack of cigarettes. Then two events made me think of giving up smoking. First, I started to cough. I thought it was just a cold, but it didn't get better. Second, my brother got lung cancer. He got sicker and sicker. My brother and I used to smoke cigarettes together over twenty years ago, and we smoked our last cigarettes together the day before he died. I sat with him in his hospital room, and I decided to quit. “No more cigarettes, ever." I said to myself. However, it was very hard to stop. I tried several times to quit on my own–without success. Finally, I ran out of excuses –I might say my excuses went up in smoke. I joined the "Stop Smoking" program at the local hospital, which also ended up in failure. 我高中的时候开始吸烟。我父母并不是很在意，他们俩都吸烟，我的哥哥也吸烟。在学校里，老师反对吸 烟，但是香烟广告是如此令人兴奋。广告里的男人是如此帅气、如此成功，女性是如此美丽和老练。 ``` 我读了一本书叫做《如何戒烟》。作者说吸烟浪费时间，还会花费很多金钱。十年后，每个人都开始挺多 ``` 吸烟的负面影响：肺部疾病、癌症和心脏问题。在那以后，每包烟上都印上了“香烟有害健康”的警示语。 后来有两件事使我考虑戒烟。第一，我开始咳嗽。我以为只是感冒了，但是一直没有好转。第二，我的哥 哥得了肺癌。他病得越来越厉害。我和我哥哥 20 多年前常常一起吸烟，他去世的前一天我们一起吸了最后一 支烟。我坐在他的病房里，决定戒烟。“永远再也不抽烟了。”我对自己说。 ``` 然而，烟很难戒掉。我自己试了好几次——并没有成功。最后，我没有借口了——可以说我的借口都随着 ``` ### 烟雾消失了。我参加了本地医院的“戒烟”计划，也没有帮助我成功戒烟。 6. The cigarette advertisement did not tell the audience that smoking is dangerous. 香烟广告没有告诉人们吸烟是 危险的。 A: T B: F 7. The author’s main problem is that he tried to give up smoking but failed.作者的主要问题是他想戒烟却失败了。 A: T B: F 8. The disadvantage of smoking in the book the author read do NOT include that it wastes time. 作者读的关于香烟 的书中提到吸烟的危害没包括浪费时间。 A: T B: F 9. The author did all he could to give up smoking EXCEPT joining the “Stop Smoking” program. 作者做了所有的 努力，除了加入戒烟项目。 A: T B: F 10. The last paragraph indicates that smoking is hard to stop. 最后一段指出戒烟是很困难的。 A: T B: F 答案 **: AABBA** **Passage 59** I felt very sad not to be able to get the ticket for the film Titanic last Friday. I learned in the newspaper that ticket could be bought at the cinema box office (售票处) in Richland Hill every day between 10:00 and 4:00. Because I work from 9:00 to 5:30, the only time I could go to the cinema was during my 45-minute lunch time. It is a pity that the cinema is on the other side of the town, and the bus service between my office and Richland Hills is not very good. But if you are lucky, you can make the round trip in 45 minute. Last Monday I stood at the bus stop for fifteen minutes, waiting for a bus. By the time I saw one come around the corner, there was not enough time left to make the trip – so I had to go back to the office. The same thing happened on Wednesday. On Thursday my luck changed, I got on a bus right away and arrived at the cinema in twenty minutes. But when I got there, I found a long line of people at the box office. I heard one man say he had been waiting in line for fifty-five minutes. I found that I would not have enough time to wait in line, I caught the next bus and went back across the town. By Friday I understood my only hope was to make the trip by car. It was not cheap, but I felt it would be worth to see the film. The trip by car only took 10 minutes, but it felt like one hour to me. When I reached the cinema, I was delighted to see that nobody was waiting in line. But quickly found out that it was because they had already sold all the tickets. 我因为没买到上周五的泰坦尼克号电影票而感到很伤心。我从报纸上得知，电影票可以在任何一天的早 10 点到下午 4 点之间在Richland Hills的电影院售票处买到。由于我从早 9 ： 00 到下午 5 ： 30 工作，唯一可以去 电影院的时间就是 45 分钟的午餐时间。很可惜电影院在镇上的另一边，从我办公室到电影院之间的公交车业 务不大好。但是幸运的话，可以在 45 分钟内往返。 上周一我在公交车站等了 15 分钟。到我看到一辆公交车开到街角，已经没有足够的时间完成这次旅程了 — 所以我只好回到办公室。周三发生了同样的事情。到了周四我时来运转了。我马上就坐上了一辆车， 20 分 钟后就到了电影院。但当我到了那儿，我看到售票处前排了很长的一队人。我听到一个人说他已经拍了一个多 小时的队了。我发现没有足够的时间排队了，赶上下一趟公交车就穿过镇子回去了。 到了周五我意识到唯一的希望就是坐出租车了。这样很昂贵，但我觉得为了看电影是值得的。做出租车只 用 10 分钟，但让我觉得好像过了一小时。当我到了电影院，我很高兴地看到没有人在排队。但我很快发现这 是因为所有的票都卖光了。 6. He tried to go to the cinema every day but he only got there three times. 他试图每天都去电影院，但是只去了 ``` 三次。 A: T B: F ``` 7. It seems that the writer of the story works in a small town. 看上去作者在一个小镇上工作。 A: T B: F 8. The underlined word “delighted” may be replaced (替换) by “surprised”. “delighted”这个词可以被“surprised”一 词替换。 A: T B: F 9. The writer could buy the tickets neither before nor after work hours. 作者在工作时间之前和之后都买不到票。 A: T B: F 10. The best title of the story is “Ticket sold out”. 这篇文章的最佳标题是“票已售完”。 A: T B: F 答案： **BABAA** **Passage 60** I never used to go anywhere without the car. I regarded it as an essential part of myself. But when the price of gas doubled this year, I decided not to use the car except when absolutely necessary. For example, I always used to take the car when I went to fetch the papers on Sunday mornings, although our newsagent's is only 10 minutes' walk away. Now I go on foot. I tell myself that I'm not only saving the gas but keeping fit at the same time. It's all a question of habit really. I'm sure you can get used to anything if you try and already feel that I rely on the car less than I used to. Besides, now that we live in the suburbs, I can walk down the road and catch a bus to the office or to any part of the town. We used to live in the country about 15 miles from town and then I would frequently drive to and from twice in one day. That meant I would use 15 gallons of oil or more in a week. Now I only need half that amount. The trouble is that I am also getting used to the gas prices. They don't seem very high to me any more. Perhaps it is easier to get used to expensive gas than it is to doing without the car. 之前我从来都不会不开车出行。我把它作为自己生活的一个重要组成部分。但是，当今年汽油价格翻了一 倍，我决定除了绝对必要情况之外不开车了。 例如，我总是习惯开着车去买星期天早晨的报纸，虽然我们的报摊是只有 10 分钟的步行路程。现在我徒 步去。 我告诉自己，我不仅节省了汽油，同时还强身健体。这是其实都是习惯地问题。我敢肯定，如果你去尝试 你能习惯任何事，我已经觉得我对车子的依赖比我以前少多了。 ``` 另外，既然我们住在郊区，我可以走过去，搭乘巴士到办公室或这个镇的任何一部分。我们住在大约离镇 ``` 有 15 英里的乡村，然后我就经常一天两次开车来回。这意味着我一个星期会用 15 加仑或更多的汽油。现在， 我只用一半的量。 麻烦的是，我也习惯了汽油的价格。它似乎对我来说不再显得那么高了。也许跟不开车的生活相比，更容 易习惯贵的汽油。 6. When the prices of gas doubled this year, the author decided to use the car only when he had to. 当今年汽油价格 ``` 翻倍的时候，作者决定只有不得已的时候才开车。 A: T B: F ``` 7. In the sentence “It's all a question of habit really”, the pronoun “It” refers to keeping fit. “It's all a question of habit really”这句话里“It”指的是保持健康。 A: T B: F 8. To go to the newsagent's to get his newspaper, the author used to drive his car. 作者过去经常开着车去买报纸。 A: T B: F 9. We know from the passage that the author is getting used to living in the country about 15 miles from town. 从文 ``` 章我们知道作者渐渐习惯住在据镇子 15 英里的乡下。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The last sentence of the passage suggests that the author thinks it difficult to get used to doing without the car. 文 ``` 章最后一句话说明作者认为习惯于没有车这件事比较难。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **ABABA** **Passage 61** I was born in the late twenties on Auburn Avenue in Atlanta, Georgia. I went through the public schools of Atlanta for a period, and then I went to study at what was then known as the Atlanta University Lab High School for two years. After that school was closed, I went to Booker T. Washington High School. The neighborhood in which I was born was quite ordinary: no one was very rich. Most of the blacks in the neighborhood who had some money lived in a section of the town known as "Hunter Hills". It was a very nice area to be in. I have a wonderful mother and father. I can hardly remember a time that they ever argued. It is quite easy for me to think of love all over the world because I grew up in a family where love was central and where lovely relationships were ever present. It is quite easy for me to develop optimism (乐观主义) about human nature mainly because of my experiences when I was a child. In my own life I have put together in my character both my father's and my mother's characters. My father has strong determination for good things and my mother is gentle and sweet. Because of the influence of my mother and father, I guess I always have a strong wish to serve the interests of people. I thought I could probably do it better as a lawyer or doctor, but I was slow to make up my mind. But six months of working with my father after graduation from college gave me all the determination for entering the missionary (牧师工作). 我与二十年代末出生在佐治亚州亚特兰大市的奥本大道。我在亚特兰大公立学校读过一段时间，然后就在 当时被称作亚特兰大大学实验高中的学校里学习了两年。之后学校被关闭了，我又去了布克华盛顿高中。周围 的邻居都很普通：没有很富有的人。大多数有钱的黑人住在“猎人山”镇，这是一个很好的地区。 我有一对很好的父母，他们几乎从不吵架。因为我生活在一个充满爱的家庭里，因此我认为爱是遍布世界 的。因为我儿时的经历，我很容易就对人性抱着乐观的态度。 在我的生命中，我秉承着父母的品质。我的父亲对于做善事很有决心，我的母亲温柔又善良。因为父母的 影响，我想我一直就有一种强烈的愿望要为别人谋取利益。我如果当一个医生或律师的话可能会做的更好，但 是迟迟没有下定决心到底做什么。但大学毕业后跟父亲一起工作了六个月，我决定做一个牧师。 6. The writer most probably was born between 1925 and 1929. 作者很有可能出生在 1925 年到 1929 年之间。 A: T B: F 7. It seems that the writer liked the place in which he was born. 看上去作者喜欢他出生的地方。 A: T B: F 8. The writer's family was a center of love. 作者的家庭充满了爱。 A: T B: F 9. The writer's experiences in his childhood taught him how to put together his parents' characters.作者儿时的经历 ### 教会他如何把父母的品质结合在一起。 ### A: T B: F 10. The writer thought that being a lawyer or doctor was not an easy decision.作者认为当律师或医生不是一个容易 下的决心。 A: T B: F 答案 **: AABBB** **Passage 62** I was very disappointed not to be able to go to the jazz concert last Friday. The advertisement in the paper said that you could buy tickets at the theatre（剧院）box office in Richland Hills any day between 10:00 and 4:00. Since I work from 9 o'clock to 5:30, the only time I could go to the theater was during my 45-minute lunch break. Unluckily, the theatre is on the other side of the town, and the bus service between my office and Richland Hills is not very good. But if you are lucky, you can make the round trip in 45 minutes. Last Monday, I stood at the bus stop for 15 minutes waiting for a bus. By the time I saw one come around the corner, there was not enough time left to make the trip, so I gave up and went back to the office. The same thing happened on Tuesday, and again on Wednesday. On Thursday, my luck changed, I got on a bus right away and arrived at the theatre in exactly 20 minutes. When I got there, however, I found a long line of people at the box office. I heard one man say he had been waiting in line for over an hour. Realizing I would not have enough time to wait in line, I caught the next bus and headed back across the town. By Friday I realized my only hope was to make the trip by taxi. It was not cheap, but I felt it would be worth it to hear the concert. The trip by taxi only took 10 minutes, but it felt like an hour to me. When I got to the theatre, I was relieved to see that nobody was waiting in line. The reason, I quickly discovered, was that they had already sold all the tickets. 我因为没能去看上周五的爵士乐音乐会而感到很沮丧。报纸上的广告说，你可以在任何一天的早 10 点到 下午 4 点之间在Richland Hills的剧院售票处买到演唱会票。由于我从早 9 ： 00 到下午 5 ： 30 工作，唯一可以 去剧院的时间就是 45 分钟的午餐时间。很可惜剧院在镇上的另一端，从我办公室到剧院之间的公交车业务不 大好。但是幸运的话，可以在 45 分钟内往返。 上周一我在公交车站等了 15 分钟。到我看到一辆公交车开到街角，已经没有足够的时间完成这次旅程了 — 所以我只好回到办公室。周三发生了同样的事情。到了周四我时来运转了。我马上就坐上了一辆车， 20 分 钟后就到了剧院。但当我到了那儿，我看到售票处前排了很长的一队人。我听到一个人说他已经拍了一个多小 时的队了。我发现没有足够的时间排队了，赶上下一趟公交车就穿过镇子回去了。到了周五我意识到唯一的希 望就是坐出租车了。这样很昂贵，但我觉得为了听演唱会是值得的。坐出租车只用了 10 分钟，但让我觉得好 像过了一小时。当我到了剧院，我很放心地看到没有人在排队。但我很快发现这是因为所有的票都卖光了。 6. The writer may be a salesman. 作者可能是个销售人员。 A: T B: F 7. He learned that there would be a concert last Friday over the radio. 他是从收音机上发现上周五会有一场演唱 会的。 A: T B: F 8. He tried to go to the theatre every day but only managed to get there one time. 他试着每天都去剧院，但是只有 ``` 一天成功到了那儿。 A: T B: F ``` 9. He failed to get the ticket on Friday because the tickets had been sold out. 他周五没买到票，因为票都卖光了。 A: T B: F 10. The underlined word "relieved" means "pleased". 划线的词“放心的”意思是“高兴的”。 A: T B: F 答案： **BBBAA** **Passage 63** If you are like most people, your intelligence varies from season to season. You are probably a lot sharper in the spring than you are at any other time of the year. A noted scientist Ellsworth Huntington (1876-1937) concluded from other men's work and his own among peoples in different climates that climate and temperature have a definite effect on our mental abilities. He found that cool weather is much more favorable for creative thinking than summer heat is. This does not mean that all people are less intelligent in the summer than they are during the rest of the year. It does mean, however, that the mental abilities of large numbers of people tend to be lowest in the summer. Spring appears to be the best period of the year for thinking. One reason may be that in the spring man's mental abilities are affected by the same factors that bring about great changes in all nature. Fall is the next-best season, then winter. As for summer, it seems to be a good time to take a long vacation from thinking! 如果你跟大多数人一样，你的智力是随着季节变化而变化的。的头脑可能在春季比其他季节要更加敏锐。 一个著名的科学家Ellsworth Huntington (1876-1937)通过自己及他人研究人在不同的气候下的工作表现得出结 论：气候变化对我们的智能的确有影响。 他发现：凉爽的天气比夏天的炎热更利于创造性思维。这并不意味着所有人都在夏天比他们在一年的其他 季节智力要低，而是意味着大多数人的智能在夏天往往是最低的。 ``` 春天往往是一年中最利于思考的时候，一个重要的原因可能是因为春天时人们的智能受到的影响，其影响 ``` ### 因素和给万物带来巨大影响的因素是相同的。 ### 秋天是第二好的季节，接下来是冬天。至于夏天，它似乎是个让思维好好休个长假的好时节。 6. Huntington based his conclusion on work with peoples in different climates. Huntington的结论是建立在对人们 ``` 在不同气候下的表现的研究上的。 A: T B: F ``` 7. Ellsworth Huntington decided that climate and temperature have a great effect on everyone’s intelligence. Ellsworth Huntington认为气候和温度对每个人的智力影响都很大。 A: T B: F 8. One possible reason why spring is the best season for thinking is that all nature, including man, is growing then. 关于春天为什么对思维来说是最好的季节，可能原因是春天是万物、包括人类生长的季节。 A: T B: F 9. The two best seasons for thinking seem to be winter and summer. 对于思维最好的季节是冬天和夏天。 A: T B: F 10. According to the conclusion, vacations from thinking should be taken during the summer. 按照这个结论，思维 ``` 放个假的最好时间是在夏天。 A: T B: F ``` 答案 **: ABABA** **Passage 64** If you ask most Americans, they would say their favorite season of the year is summer. The weather is warm. They do not have to wear heavy clothes to keep warm. Young people do not have to go to school. They can do many activities outside, like playing sports and swimming at the beach or the pool. They like the sunshine during the day and the warm summer nights. People have written and recorded hundreds of songs about summer. These are some of our favorites. One of the most famous songs about summer is from George Gershwin's opera “Porgy and Bess.” He wrote the music in nineteen thirty-five. The opera takes place in the southern United States. It opens with these words: “Summertime and the livin' is easy. Fish are jumpin' and the cotton is high.” Leontyne Price sings the song. The nineteen fifties and sixties produced many songs about teenagers enjoying their summer vacation from school. The songs are about having fun, swimming in the ocean, driving in cars. However, for some teenagers, summer vacation was not all fun and games. Some of them had to work to earn money. 如果你问大多数美国人，他们会说四季中他们最喜欢夏季。天气是温暖的。他们不必穿厚重的衣服来御寒。 年轻人不必去上学。他们可以做很多的户外活动，例如体育运动，或在海滨或游泳池游泳。他们喜欢白天的阳 光和夏夜的温暖。人们已经创作并录制了数百首关于夏天的歌曲。这是一些深受我们喜爱的歌曲。 其中最著名的一首关于夏天的歌曲来自乔治·格什温的歌剧《波吉与贝丝》。他于 1935 年创作了这首曲子。 歌剧故事发生在美国南部。开场白是：“夏季生活很轻松。鱼儿在跳，棉花也长得很高。” 蕾昂泰茵·普莱斯演 唱了这首歌曲。 20 世纪 50 年代和 60 年代的很多歌曲都歌唱了青少年享受他们走出学校的暑假生活。歌曲内容有开心地 玩耍，在大海中游泳和驾驶汽车。然而，对于一些青少年来说，暑假并不都是开心玩耍和游戏。他们中一些人 不得不打工挣钱。 6. Americans like summer because the weather is warm. 美国人喜欢夏天因为天气温暖。 A: T B: F 7. People wrote and recorded so many songs about summer. 关于夏天人们创作并录制了很多歌曲。 A: T B: F 8. "Porgy and Bess" was written by Leontyne Price. 《波吉与贝丝》是蕾昂泰茵·普莱斯创作的。 A: T B: F 9. There are 1950 or 1960 songs about teenagers enjoying their summer vacation from school. 关于年轻人享受走 出校园的暑假生活有 1950 或 1960 首歌。 A: T B: F 10. An appropriate title for the passage is "Songs about Summer". 本文合适的标题是“关于夏天的歌”。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 65** If you've been joining in chat room conversations, or trading e-mail with net pals, you have become one of the millions who write in a special, short form of English. Throughout the world, every night children and their elders are "talking" online– many of them are talking at the same time. It’s fast: trying talking to six people once. It’s convenient: three or four words per exchange. It takes cleverness, concentration and quick fingers. And it requires very simple language. There's neither time nor space for explanations. Why waste precious time telling six friends you have to leave for a moment to take care of your little brother when BRB (=be right back) will do? Want to enter a conversation? Just type PMFJI (= pardon me for jumping in). Interested in whom you're talking to? Type A/S/L, the common request to know your pal's age, sex and location. You may get 15/M/NY as a reply from your pal. If something makes you laugh, say you're OTF (=on the floor), or LOL (= laughing out loud), or join the two into ROTFL (=rolling on the floor laughing). And when it's time to get back to work or go to bed, you type GTG (=got to go) or TTYL (= talk to you later). People want to write as fast as possible, and they want to get their ideas across as quickly as they can. Capital letters are left in the dust, except when expressing feeling, as it takes more time to hold down the "shift" key and use capitals. Punctuation is going too. 如果你在聊天室里加入网友谈话或与网友进行电子邮件往来的话，那么你和数百万网民一样进行特殊但 简短的英语书写。 每天晚上，世界各地的孩子都是通过网络和长辈进行“交谈”的，其中，很多人的交谈几乎是同时进行的。 这样很快速：试着同时和六个人进行对话。这样很方便：一次性可以说三、四个词。这样做需要头脑聪明、 注意力集中、动手快。 同时，也需要使用简单的语言，因为网上没有足够的时间和空间加以解释。为何可以使用花费宝贵的时间 告诉六位朋友你得暂时离开去照顾弟弟呢？而事实上只要输入BRB(代表马上就回来)就可以了。 ``` 想加入谈话么?如是，则只需输入PMFJI(请容我插一句)。 对你的交流对象感兴趣吗？输入A/S/L是常见的向网友提出了解其年龄、性别和位置的请求，得到的网友 ``` 回复可能是15/M/NY。 如果因某事儿开怀大笑，这时可输入OTF(心情很嗨)，或LOL(放声大笑)，或将两者一起输入构成 ROTFL(笑死人了)。 ``` 如果该回去工作或睡觉了，可输入GTG(得走了)或TTYL(一会儿聊)。 人们都希望能够提高打字速度，争取在最短时间内传达自己的思想。如果不是为了表达特殊情感的话，人 ``` 们在打字聊天的过程中往往都会省去大写字母，因为人们觉得按住“shift”键进行大写字母输入很费时间，此外， 输入标点符号也是很费时的一件事情。 6. When people are online, they talk by using body language. 当人们在网上时，他们用身体语言交谈。 A: T B: F 7. The Internet makes many people in the world talking at the same time. 网络使世界上的很多人可以同时聊天。 A: T B: F 8. The sentence "There's neither time nor space or explanations" means that people online express themselves in a simple way. “There's neither time nor space or explanations”这句话的意思是网上的人们用一种简单的方式 来表达自己。 A: T B: F 9. 1f you get 19/M/HK as an answer your A/S/L, it means you are talking to 19 boys from Hong Kong at the same time. 如果你得到19/M/HK作为A/S/L的答案，这意味着你同时在跟 19 个香港男孩聊天。 A: T B: F 10. People seldom use capital letters or punctuation marks in order to save online time. 人们很少使用大写字母或标 ``` 点符号是为了节约上网时间。 A: T B: F ``` 答案 **:BAABA** **Passage 66** In 1626, Manhattan Island was purchased (购买) from the Indians by Peter Minuit. It cost about $2,400. At first, it was called New Amsterdam by the Dutch settlers. Later it was renamed New York by the English. The city grew rapidly. There were several reasons for this, but the most important one is its location. New York is situated on the best American harbor on the Atlantic Ocean. It also lies on the Hudson River, which allows water transportation into the middle of the United States. Today New York has a population of approximately eight million. The city has groups from many races. It is famous for its Chinatown. It also has the largest Jewish population of any city outside Israel. After the blacks were released from slavery, a large number of them moved into cities like New York, Philadelphia, and Washington. More recently, people from Puerto Rico have done the same thing. New York is made up of five boroughs (行政区). The Bronx is the only one located on the mainland, with Brooklyn, Richmond, and Queens being on islands. It is a large manufacturing center because factories can be located near good water transportation. Two of the main businesses are the clothing industry and the printing industry. Most large publishing companies have their headquarters there. 在 1626 年，曼哈顿岛被彼得·米纽伊特从印第安人手中购买而来。它的价格大概是 2400 美元。起初它被 荷兰殖民者叫作新阿姆斯特丹。后来，被英国人重命名为纽约。 这个城市发展迅速。有几个原因，但其中最重要的一个原因是它的地理位置。纽约位于美国在大西洋海岸 上最好的美国港口。它也位于哈德逊河岸，哈德逊河将水路运输带进了美国中部。 如今纽约的人口近 800 万。这个城市的人口民族众多。它以其唐人街著称。它也拥有除以色列外最多的犹 太人。黑人摆脱了奴隶制后，很多黑人搬到了纽约、费城和华盛顿等城市。最近，波多黎各人也同样这样做了。 ``` 纽约由 5 个行政区组成。布朗克斯是唯一一个位于美国大陆的区，布鲁克林、里士满、皇后区都在岛上。 ``` 它是一个很大的制造业中心，因为工厂周围有很好的水路运输。纽约的两大产业是服装业和印刷业。大多数大 型的印刷公司都将总部设在那儿。 6. Manhattan was bought by Peter Minuit. 曼哈顿是被彼得·米纽伊特购买的。 A: T B: F 7. The Indians named the city New York. 纽约这个名字是印第安人起的。 A: T B: F 8. New York grows so rapidly, because of its people. 纽约发展很快是因为它的人口。 A: T B: F 9. New York borough Bronx is not on an island. 纽约的行政区布朗克斯不在岛上。 A: T B: F 10. The printing industry and the clothing industry are two of the main businesses of New York. 服装业和印刷业是 纽约的两大主要产业。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABBAA** **Passage 67** In 1933 an unknown American called Clarence Nash went to see the film-maker Walter Disney. He had an unusual voice and he wanted to work in Disney's cartoon (动画片) film for children. When Walter Disney heard Nash's voice, he said, "Stop! That's our duck!" The duck was the now-famous Donald Duck, who first appeared in 1934 in the film The Wise Little Hen. Donald lived in an old houseboat and worn his sailor jacket and hat. Later that year he became a star after an eight-minute Mickey Mouse film. The cinema audiences liked him because he was lazy and greedy, and because he lost his temper very easily. And they loved his voice when he became angry with Mickey's eight nephews. Soon Donald was more popular than Mickey Mouse himself, probably because he wasn't a goody-goody, like Mickey. In the 1930s, 40s and 50s, Donald and his friends Mickey, Goofy and Pluto made hundreds of Disney cartoons. He also made educational film about the place of the USA in the world and safety in the home. Then in 1966 Donald Duck and his voice disappeared --- there were no more new cartoons. Clarence Nash died in February, 1985. But today's children can still see the old cartoons on the television and hear that famous voice. 1933 年，一个名叫纳什克拉伦斯的普通美国人去拜访电影制作人迪斯尼沃尔特。他拥有与众不同的声音， 想在迪斯尼卡通电影公司工作。迪斯尼沃尔特听到他的嗓音时，说：“停下，这就是我们的鸭子（的声音）”。 这只鸭子就是现在著名的唐老鸭，它第一次出现在影片“聪明的小母鸡”中。唐老鸭住在一艘破旧的船上， 它穿着海员服，戴着水手帽。第二年，在一部八分钟的电影“米老鼠”上映之后，纳什成为了明星。观众喜欢唐 老鸭的懒惰和贪婪，也因为它很容易发脾气。观众喜欢它的声音，特别是当它和米老鼠的八个侄子生气的时候。 很快，唐老鸭变得比米老鼠还要受欢迎，可能是因为它不像米老鼠那样虚伪。 在二十世纪三十、四十和五十年代，唐老鸭和它的朋友米老鼠、Goofy和Pluto演绎了几百部卡通片。他 还制作了关于美国在世界上地位以及关于家庭安全问题的教育影片。 1996 年后，唐老鸭和它的声音从荧屏上 消失了，再也没有演绎新的卡通片。纳什克拉伦斯在 1985 年 2 月去世了。但是现在的孩子仍能在电视上看到 他以前的卡通片听到他那著名的声音 6. Walt Disney made Donald Duck film. 沃尔特•迪斯尼制作了唐老鸭的电影。 A: T B: F 7. The first Donald Duck film was made in 1934. 第一个唐老鸭电影是 1934 年制作的。 A: T B: F 8. Clarence Nash was a film-maker. 克拉伦斯•纳什是一个电影制作人。 A: T B: F 9. The underlined word "audience" in the second paragraph means readers. 第二段下划线的单词“观众”意思是“读 ``` 者”。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The underlined word "goody-goody" in the second paragraph means a person who likes to appear to be faultless in behavior. 在第二段下划线的单词“伪善”意味着一个人似乎是完美无缺的行为。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 68** In the eighteenth century young ladies in Italy knew history and geography little. Once the French officer in Rome was giving a ball to which many important people were invited. The Italian Minister （大臣） came very late. A young lady, who knew him, saw him enter the ball-room and asked why he was so late. "Oh, nothing important," answered the Minister. "Our head forgot to take his letters with him and went back to his hotel to bring them. If he had left them in Brazil we should have had to wait at least six months for them." "Is Brazil so far from Rome?" asked the lady, who knew very little geography. "It is in the New World," said the Minister. "In the New World?" repeated the lady in great surprise. "Yes, in the New World, which was discovered by Christopher Columbus." When the young lady heard this, she rushed into the middle of the ball-room and shouted as loud as she could: "Ladies and gentlemen, have you heard the latest news? A new world has just been discovered by a certain Christopher Columbus." 在 18 世纪，意大利的年轻女性的历史和地理知识很少。 有一次一个在罗马的发过关于给很多重要人物举行了一个舞会。意大利的大臣来的很晚。一个认识他的年 轻女士看到他走进舞厅，就问他为什么来得这么晚。 ### “哦，没什么要紧的。”这个大臣回答。“我们的头儿忘了带着他的信了，就回酒店去拿。如果他把它们落 ### 在巴西，我们得至少等他六个月。” ### “巴西离罗马这么远吗？”这个女士问，她的地理知识很少。 ### “那是一个新世界”大臣说。 ### “在新世界？”这个女士惊讶地重复道。 ### “是的，在新世界，克里斯托弗·哥伦布发现的。” ### 当这个年轻女士听到这些，她冲到舞厅中央，用最大的声音喊道：“女士们先生们，你们听到最新的消息 ### 了吗？一个叫做克里斯托弗·哥伦布的人刚刚发现了一个新世界。” 6. The head left his letters in the hotel. 头儿把他的信落在酒店里了。 A: T B: F 7. The minister left his letters in his office. 这个大臣把他的信落在他的办公室里。 A: T B: F 8. The young lady shouted because she knew the Minister. 这个年轻的女士大喊是因为她认识这个大臣。 A: T B: F 9. Her shouting showed she was lack of knowledge. 她的喊叫说明了她的知识贫乏。 A: T B: F 10. The best title for the passage is 'An Ignorant Italian Woman'.这篇文章最佳标题是“一个无知的意大利女人”。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABBAA** **Passage 69** In the high mountain country outside the city of Toluker, there stands a prison. This prison is quite different from other prisons in the world. The guards, except for two at the main gate, are not armed. There are many remarkable things about Toluker prison. For example, of the 15,000 individuals who have been in prison at Toluker, less than two percent have got into trouble again with the law. Men in the open prison are free to find work outside, but go back to prison each night. On weekends they are allowed to go home. When most other prisons are still sending criminals back into society, Toluker is returning people who stand on their own feet and contribute to society. In 1974, a prisoner called Bob Crook moved to the open prison. A year later, he left Toluker for the last time. He was then nearly forty-six and had been in prison for fourteen years. He got a job as construction worker in the city, remarried and was regarded as a useful person of his community. If you ask Barb why Toluker works, he would say, "Because they believed in me when I was at my worst." 在Toluker市外面的高山乡村里，有一个监狱。这个监狱与世界上其他的监狱不同。除了监狱大门口的两 个门卫之外，其他的看守都没有带枪。有许多关于Toluker监狱的了不起的事情。例如，在监狱里的 15000 人 中，再次犯罪的人不超过2%。在开放监狱的人可以在外面自由找工作，但是每天晚上会回到监狱里。周末的 时候他们可以回家。当其他多数监狱仍然把罪犯送回到社会上的时候，Toluker正在把自食其力、对社会有贡 献的人送回到社会上去。 1974 年，一个名叫Bob Crook的犯人搬进了这个开放监狱里。一年后，他最后一次 离开这个监狱。他那时候快 46 岁了，在监狱里待了 14 年。他在城市里找到一份建筑工的工作，再婚了，被他 所在的社区认为是个有用的人。如果你问Barb为什么Toluker能起到作用，他会回答：“因为他们在我最糟糕 的时候相信我。” 6. Toluker prison stands in the high mountain country. Toluker监狱位于一个高山乡村里。 A: T B: F 7. Toluker prison is called an open prison because it has no armed guards. Toluker监狱被称为开放式监狱因为它 ``` 没有武装的守卫。 A: T B: F ``` 8. On weekends the prisoners in the open prison are allowed to go home. 周末的时候开放监狱里的犯人可以获准 回家。 A: T B: F 9. Bob Crook stayed in the Toluker prison for thirteen years. Bob Crook在Toluker监狱里待了 13 年。 A: T B: F 10. The speaker's attitude toward this type of prison is positive. 作者对这种监狱的态度是积极的。 A: T B: F 答案 **: ABABA** **Passage 70** In the UK, in business situations, when you meet someone for the first time you shake hands and say, "How do you do?" This is not really a question, and the reply to it is another greeting such as “How do you do?” or “Hello” or “I’m very pleased to meet you” or, if you have met the person sometime before, “It's good to see you again". You don't shake hands every time you meet someone, you just greet them. If you are invited to someone's house for dinner, it is usual to take a present – some chocolates or flowers or, if you know them quite well, a bottle of wine. If you do not know the host well, don't be the last person to leave. Telephone the next day to thank the host for the meal. English people don't like to talk about personal things, and tend to avoid religion, politics and money. Good topics for small talk (闲谈) are the weather, holidays, weekend activities, gardens and architecture (建筑), especially houses and homes. When you go to a pub or bar, it's usual to take turns to buy a drink for everyone in your group and pay for the drinks when you get them from the bar and before you drink them. 在英国，在商务环境中，当你第一次遇到某人时，你要握手并说：“你好吗？”这并不是一个真正的问题， 它的回答也是一种问候，例如“你好吗？”或“你好”或“很高兴见到你。”或者如果你们以前见过面，就说“很高兴 再次见到你。” 遇到别人时并不是每一次都要握手，仅仅是问候他人就可以了。如果你被邀请去某人家吃晚饭，通常要带 去一份礼物——一些巧克力或者鲜花，如果你跟他们很熟悉，带一瓶酒。如果你跟主人不太熟，不要成为最后 一个离开主人家的人。第二天要打电话去感谢主人的邀请。英国人不喜欢讨论私人事情，比较容易避谈宗教、 政治和金钱。 闲谈的好话题是天气、假期、周末活动、花园和建筑，尤其是房子和家。当你去酒吧的时候，通常轮流给 一起来的所有人买杯酒，在酒吧里买酒喝之前就要付账。 6. The first paragraph tells us how to greet someone in business situations.第一段告诉我们如何在商务场合问候 ``` 别人。 A: T B: F ``` 7. If you are invited to someone's house for dinner, it's better to leave before the last guest leaves if you don't know the host quite well. 如果你受邀去别人家吃晚饭，如果跟主人不是很熟，最好不要成为最后一个离开的人。 A: T B: F 8. English people don't like talking about money and marriage. 英国人不喜欢谈论钱和婚姻。 A: T B: F 9. In the last paragraph the sentence “..., it's usual to take turns to buy a drink for everyone in your group...” means it's usual to go Dutch (平摊费用). 最后一句话的意思是平均承担费用。 A: T B: F 10. The subject matter of the passage is British way of greeting people. 文章的标题是：英国式打招呼。 A: T B: F 答案 **:AAABB** **Passage 71** In the USA, there are many types of restaurants. Fast food restaurants are very famous. You can find McDonald's and Kentucky Fried Chicken in many countries around the world. You look at a menu above the counter, and say what you'd like to eat. You pay the person who serves you. You take your food and sit down or take it away. There's no need to leave a tip. In a coffee shop you sit at the counter or at a table. You don't wait for the waitress to show you where to sit. She usually brings you coffee when you sit down. You tell her what you'd like to eat and she brings it to you. You pay the cashier as you leave. In a family restaurant the atmosphere is casual, but the waitress shows you where to sit. Often the waitress tells you her name, but you don't need to tell her yours. If you don't eat everything, your waitress gives you a doggy bag to take your food home. You add an extra fifteen percent to the bill as a tip. In top class restaurants, you need a reservation and you need to arrive on time. The waiter shows you where to sit. If you have wine, he may ask you to taste it. You can only refuse it if it tastes bad, not if you don't like it. When you get your bill, check it and then add fifteen to twenty percent to it as a tip for the waiter. 在美国有各种各样的餐厅。快餐厅很有名。你在世界各地很多国家能看到很多麦当劳和肯德基。你在柜台 前看菜单，说出你想要吃什么。你将钱付给为你服务的人。你拿好餐坐下来或者带走。不需要付小费。 在咖啡店里，你坐在柜台前或者桌子旁。你不需要等着服务生给你指点坐在哪儿。通常是你坐下后她给你 端来咖啡。你告诉她想吃什么，她就为你端来。离开的时候你将钱交给收银员。 ``` 在家庭餐厅里，氛围很随意，但是服务生会为你指点坐在哪儿。通常服务生会告诉你她的名字，但是你不 ``` 需要告诉她你的名字。如果你吃不完，服务生会给你一个外带袋把你的剩菜带回家。你在账单金额上多付15% 作为小费。 在高级的餐厅里，你需要提前预订，还得准时到达。服务生为你指点坐在哪里。如果你要喝酒，他可能会 让你尝一下。只有当它喝起来很难喝的时候你才能拒绝，而不是你不喜欢它。当你得到账单时，检查一下，然 后加上15%或者20%作为服务生的小费。 6. There are three types of restaurants mentioned here. 这篇文章提到了三种餐厅。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 7. We should sit at a counter in a coffee shop. 在咖啡厅里我们可以坐在柜台旁。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 8. In a coffee shop the waitress often tells you her name. 在咖啡厅里通常服务生会告诉你她的名字。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 9. In a top class restaurant you need to add fifteen percent as a tip. 在顶级餐厅里你需要多付15%作为小费。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 10. The writer takes Mcdonald's as fast food restaurant. 作者将麦当劳作为快餐厅。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 答案： **BABAA** **Passage 72** In the water around New York city is a very small island called Liberty Island. On Liberty Island there is a very special statue called the Statue of Liberty. It is one of the most famous sights in the world. The Statue of Liberty was a gift from the people of France to the people of the United States. The statue was made by a French sculptor named Frederic Auguste Bartholdi. The inner support system was designed by Gustave Eiffel, the same man who made the famous Eiffel Tower in Paris. Liberty, of course, means freedom, and the Statue of Liberty was given to the United States to celebrate the one- hundredth anniversary of U.S independence from England. The statue was built in France, taken apart piece by piece, and then rebuilt in the United States. It was opened for the public on October 28, 1886. As you might expect, the statue is very big. Visitors can ride an elevator from the ground to the bottom of the statue. If they want, they can then walk up 168 steps to reach the head of the statue where they can look out and enjoy the beautiful sight of the city of New York. 纽约市附近的海域有个小岛叫“自由岛”，在自由岛上有一座非常特殊的雕像叫自由女神像。这是一个世界 著名的名胜之一。 自由女神像是法国人民送给美国人民的礼物。这座雕像是由法国一位名叫Frederic Auguste Bartholdi的雕 塑家制作的，内部设计是Gustave Eiffel完成的，他就是巴黎著名的埃菲尔铁塔的设计者。 ``` 自由当然意味着独立，它是为了庆祝美国从英国独立 100 周年而送给美国的。雕塑在法国做好，然后被拆 ``` 开，最后在美国重建，于 1886 年 10 月 28 日向公众开放。 你能想象得到，这个雕塑十分大，参观者需要乘电梯从底层坐上去。如果他们愿意，然后可以走 168 阶台 阶到达雕塑的顶端，在那里就可以欣赏到纽约的美景。 6. A good title for this selection is “The Statue of Liberty”. 文章的一个好标题可以是“自由女神像”。 A: T B: F 7. The word “sights” in the first paragraph means the power of seeing.第一段的sight的意思是“看到东西的能力”。 A: T B: F 8. The statue was built on Liberty Island. 自由女神像建在自由岛上。 A: T B: F 9. We may conclude that the elevator does not go to the top. 我们可以推测，电梯不能运行到顶部。 A: T B: F 10. The man who made the part of the statue that we can see on the outside was Bartholdi.雕像的外部是Bartholdi设 计的。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABBAA** **Passage 73** In the world, soccer or football is the most popular sport. This is because many countries have wonderful teams for the World Cup. The World Cup is held every four years. To remember 2002 FIFA World Cup, children from different countries and more than 60 children from Japanese schools came together and spent three weekends drawing a big picture called "Dream World Cups "in Japan. The children drew animals, flowers and people playing soccer under a blue bright sky. They wished each football team good luck by drawing the flags of all the countries that will take part in the World Cup in Japan and South Korea. The picture was put up in a park near a playground in Yokohama. Some football teams will have games there. Are you a football fan？The World Cup makes more and more people interested in football. Teenagers like playing and watching football. Many of them love some football stars so much that they get the pictures of their favorite players on the walls of their rooms. That is the way to show their love for the World Cup as children in Japan. 足球是世界上最受欢迎的运动。这是因为许多国家都有自己特别厉害的足球队。世界杯每四年举行一次。 要（更好的）记住 2002 个国际足联世界杯，来自不同国家的儿童和超过 60 名来自日本学校的孩子一起在 日本度过了三个周末，画了一幅画叫做“梦想世界杯”。孩子们画了动物、花和人在蓝天下踢足球。通过绘制将 在日本和韩国参加世界杯的所有国家的国旗，他们希望每一个足球队好运。这幅画是在横滨足球场附近的一个 公园里画的。一些足球队将在那里举行比赛。 你是一个足球迷吗？世界杯让越来越多的人对足球感兴趣。青少年喜欢玩和看足球。他们中的很多人都如 此喜欢一些足球明星，以至于他们把自己喜欢的球员的照片放在他们房间的墙上。这是在日本的孩子们表达对 世界杯喜爱的表现。 6. The World Cup is held every four years. 世界杯每四年举行一次。 A: T B: F 7. From the passage, children drew flags of all countries in the picture. 从这篇文章中，儿童在这幅画里画 ``` 了所有国家的旗帜。 A: T B: F ``` 8. In “Dream World Cup”, the purpose of the children's drawing the flags is to show their good wishes for the football teams. 在“梦想世界杯”中，孩子们的绘画的目的是为了展现他们对足球队的良好祝愿。 A: T B: F 9. Many teenagers own the pictures of some football stars, because they are football fans. 很多青少年都拥有一些 足球明星的照片，因为他们是足球迷。 A: T B: F 10. The best title for the passage is 'FIFA World Cup is more and more popular among teenagers'. 最好的标题为“国 ``` 际足联世界杯在青少年中越来越流行”。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **ABAAA** **Passage 74** It was very cold last Sunday. Paul and his friends Allan, Bill and Betty went to the lake after breakfast. They began to skate on the ice. Paul skated better than his three friends. He skated fast and didn't know a piece of ice was broken. He fell into the water. His friends were afraid and called for help. Just then two workers walked there and heard them. They ran there quickly and helped the boy come out of the water. Then they took him to a hospital. Paul and his parents thanked them very much. 上周日天非常冷。保罗和他的朋友艾伦、比尔和贝蒂吃完早餐后去湖边。他们开始在冰上滑冰。保罗比其 他三个朋友滑冰滑得更好。他滑得很快，不知道有块冰破了。他掉进了水里。他的朋友们很害怕，大声呼救， 就在这时两名工人走到那儿，听到了呼救声。他们很快地跑过来帮助那个男孩爬出来。然后他们把他送到医院。 保罗和他的父母都非常感谢他们。 6. The children went skating after breakfast. 孩子们吃完早饭后去滑冰。 A: T B: F 7. Five children skated on the lake. 五名孩子在湖上滑冰。 A: T B: F 8. Paul skated best of all the children. 保罗是这些孩子里滑冰滑的最好的。 A: T B: F 9. Paul fell into the water because he skated fast. 保罗掉进水里是因为他滑得很快。 A: T B: F 10. Two workers helped Paul. 两名工人帮助了保罗。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABABA** **Passage 75** It was very difficult to find jobs in the north of England at that time. When John lost his job, he found that he could not get a new one. He soon spent all his money, so he went to the south of the country, as people said it was easier to find work there. The easiest way to go there was to take a train. Soon John got on a train. The train started. There were not many people on the train. Suddenly a man with a gun came in. He went up to John and said, “Your money, or your life!” “But I’ve got no money, sir,” John answered. He looked sad. “Then why are you so afraid?” asked the man with a gun angrily. “I thought you wanted to see my ticket, and I had no money to buy one.” said John. 那个时候很难在英格兰北部找到工作。当约翰失去他的工作时，发现很难再找到一份新工作了。他很快就 花光了所有的钱，于是去了国家的南部，因为人们说在那儿找工作容易些。去那儿最容易的方法是坐火车。很 快约翰坐上了一趟火车。 ``` 火车开动了。车上没多少人。突然一个带着枪的人进来了。他走到约翰面前说：“要钱还是要命？” “但是我没有钱，先生。”约翰回答。他看上去很伤心。 “那你为什么这么害怕？”这个带枪的人生气地问。 “我以为你想看我的票呢，我没钱买票。”约翰说。 ``` 6. John went to the south of England when he spent all his money. 当约翰花光了所有的钱就去英格兰南部了。 A: T B: F 7. John thought he could get a new job in the south. 约翰认为他在南部能得到一份新工作。 A: T B: F 8. When a man with a gun came, John was afraid because he had no ticket. 当带着枪的人进来时，约翰很害怕， ``` 因为他没有票。 A: T B: F ``` 9. The man with a gun wanted to see John’s ticket. 带着枪的人想看约翰的票。 A: T B: F 10. All the people on the train wanted to travel to the south to get a job. 火车上的所有人都想去南方找工作。 A: T B: F 答案： **AAABB** **Passage 76** Jack Brown, an office worker, lives in Washington. He inherited (继承) a million dollars when he was 23, but he wasn't happy at all. When his college friends were looking for their jobs, he didn't have to. Jack decided to live a simple life like everyone else. He gave $l0,000 of his money to a charity (慈善机构) to help poor children live a better life. Today he is 36. He still wears cheap shoes and clothes and drives a small car only, but he is very happy. Up to now Jack has helped some children from poor countries all over the world, by sending them each $200 a month. The money was used for the children's study, food, medicine and clothing. Jack receives a report each year on the children's progress. They can write to each other. but usually the children do not speak English. When Jack first heard about these children, he wanted to help them. “It was nothing special,” he said. “Until I went to these countries and met the children I was helping, I didn't know anything about their life.” Once Jack went to meet a little girl in Africa. He said that the meeting was very exciting. “When I met her. I felt very, very happy.” he said. “And I saw that the money was used for a good cause. It brought me happiness. I want to do everything I can to go on helping those children.” 杰克·布朗是一个上班族，住在华盛顿。他 23 岁的时候继承了 100 万美元，但他一点都不快乐。当他的 大学朋友在找工作时候，他却不必找工作。杰克决定和其他人一样过简单的生活。他向一个慈善机构捐献了 10,000美元用来帮助贫困儿童过上更好的生活。现在他 36 岁了。他仍然穿着廉价的鞋子和衣服，仅仅开着一 辆小车，但他非常快乐。 到现在为止杰克帮助了来自世界各地的一些贫穷国家的儿童，给他们每人每月 200 元。这些钱被用于儿童 的学习、食物、药品和衣物。杰克每年收到一份关于孩子们进步的报告。他们可以互相写信，但通常孩子们不 会说英语。 当杰克第一次知道这些孩子时，他就想帮助他们。“这没什么特别的。”他说。“当我去这些孩子们所在的 国家并见到这些我帮助的孩子以前，我对他们的生活一无所知。”有一次，杰克去非洲见一个小女孩。他说那 次见面让他非常兴奋。“当我遇到她，我感到非常非常高兴。”他说。“我看到这些钱用于一个很好的用途。它 给我带来了快乐。我要尽我所能，去继续帮助那些孩子。” 6. Jack didn't need to look for a job before he went to college. 杰克上大学前不需要去找工作。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 7. Jack has sent them each $200 a month to help some poor children only in Africa．杰克通过每个月送 200 美元 ``` 的方式只帮助非洲的贫困孩子。 A.T B.F ``` 8. Jack learned about the children's progress by getting a report every year. 杰克每年收到一份关于孩子们进步的 ``` 报告。 A.T B.F ``` 9. The underlined (划线的) words "for a good cause" means "行善" in Chinese．下划线"for a good cause"的中文 ``` 意思是“行善”。 A.T B.F ``` 10. The main idea of the story is help others, and you will feel happy. 这篇文章大意是帮助他人你就会感到快乐。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 答案： **BBAAA** **Passage 77** Jack worked in an office in a small town. One day his boss said to him, “Jack, I want you to go to London to see Mr. Brown in his office.” Jack went to London by train. He left the station, and thought, “The office isn't far from the station. I'll find it easily.” But after an hour he was still looking for it, so he stopped and asked an old lady. She said, “Just go along the street, turn to the left at the end, and it's the second building on the right.” Jack went and found it. A few days later he went to the same city to visit the same person. But again he did not find the office, so he asked someone on his way. It was the same old lady! She was surprised and said, “Are you still looking for the place?” 杰克在一个小城镇的办公室工作。有一天他的老板对他说：“杰克，我要你去布朗先生在伦敦的办公室找 他。” ``` 杰克坐火车到了伦敦。他出了站，想到：“这个办公室离车站不远。我很容易就能找到它。” 但是一个小时后他还是在找。于是他停下来向一位老妇人问路。她说：“就沿着这条街，在尽头左转。右 ``` 手的第二栋建筑就是。”杰克去了，也找到了办公室。 几天后，他又到了同一个城市去找同一个人。然而他又找不到那个办公室了。于是他在路上问路人。这是 同一个老妇人！她很惊讶，说：“你还在找那个地方吗？” 6. Jack worked in a small town. 杰克在一个小镇上工作。 A: T B: F 7. Jack went to the office in London to see his boss. 杰克去伦敦见他的老板。 A: T B: F 8. Mr. Brown’s office was near the station. 布朗先生的办公室在火车站附近。 A: T B: F 9. Jack went to the office by plane. 杰克坐着飞机去那个办公室。 A: T B: F 10. The old lady was surprised to see Jack again. 这个老妇人很惊讶再次见到杰克。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABABB** **Passage 78** Jean-Michael Lourdis was a promising young pianist. But when the young man played, it seemed to him, as if his hands were iron. He worried so much about his playing that he became oversensitive (过度敏感的) to the comments of his playing. Unfortunately, in those days, a critic（批评家） was not considered a critic, unless he found something wrong. This attitude of the critics would often leave the young man ready to give up his dream and return home. He was invited to play in Helsinki. The rich, the famous, the leaders of State were all there. Jean-Michael had one of those days when everything went wrong. That night as he played, he felt as if it were the worst concert of his young life. The next day, in the newspapers, some of the comments were so unkind. The young musician was painful. That day, as he sat in his hotel room in total despair（绝望）, there came a knocking at his door. He had a visitor. The famous Finnish composer（作曲家） Jean Sibelius had come by to congratulate the young pianist on his performance. Jean-Michael asked how he thought of that and began to quote some of the newspaper critics. "Hands of iron. No imagination. Little skill, no joy. Don't you hear what they say?" he asked. Jean Sibelius looked at young Jean-Michael and said, " Remember, son, there is no city in the world where they have erected a statue（雕像） for a critic." ``` 让·迈克尔·卢尔德是一个有前途的年轻钢琴家。但是，当这个年轻人演奏时，在他看来他的双手像铁一样。 ``` 他如此担心他的演奏效果，以至于他对他得到的评论过度敏感。不幸的是，在那些日子里，评论家不被视为一 个批评家，除非他发现不对劲。这种批评的态度往往会使得这个年轻人准备放弃自己的梦想而回家了。 他被邀请在赫尔辛基演奏。这个国家的有钱人、名人和政要都到场了。让·迈克尔正好处在什么事情都做 不好的状态下。那天晚上他演奏的时候，他觉得那是他一辈子里演奏的最差的一次音乐会了。第二天，在报纸 里刊登的一些评论很不友善。这个年轻的音乐家很痛苦。 那天，他坐在酒店房间里绝望万分，这是传来敲门声。来了一个来访者。著名的芬兰作曲家让·西贝流士 来恭喜这位年轻的钢琴家演出成功。让·迈克尔问了他的想法是什么，并引述了一些报纸上的评论：“钢铁一样 的手。没有想象力。几乎没有技巧，没有愉悦感。您难道没听到他们说的是什么吗？”他问。 让·西贝流士看着年轻的让·迈克尔说：“记住，孩子，世界上没有一个城市是竖着批评家的雕像的。” 6. According to the passage, Jean-Michael Lourdis cared too much about what the critics had said. 根据这篇文章， ``` 让·迈克尔·卢尔德太在意批评家的评论了。 A: T B: F ``` 7. A critic in those days usually said kind and encouraging words to musicians. 那个时候的评论通常对音乐家的 ``` 态度都是和善和鼓励的。 A: T B: F ``` 8. The young musician was painful because some of the comments were so unkind. 这个年轻的音乐家很痛苦，因 ``` 为一些评论很不友善。 A: T B: F ``` 9. The comments mentioned all EXCEPT little skill. 这些评论唯独没提到“几乎没有技巧”。 A: T B: F 10. Jean Sibelius came to visit the young musician because he wanted to tell the young man his performance was great. 让·西贝流士来拜访这个年轻的音乐家因为他想告诉这个年轻人他的表演很棒。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABABA** **Passage 79** John Parker is an English language teacher. He was always good at languages at school, so he decided to take his degrees in French and German. When he finished his university studies, he began teaching in a secondary school in England. Two years later, however, he met someone by chance who offered him a job teaching English to foreign students during summer holidays. His students were adults and he enjoyed the work enormously. He soon found he was more interested in teaching his own language to foreigners than in teaching foreign languages to English schoolboys. Since then he has specialized in this work. He has found that one of the advantages of the job is that it enables him to find work almost everywhere in the world. First he went to Africa for two years and then he spent a year in Asia. After this he went to Italy where he has worked for the last two years. He hasn’t been to Arabia yet, but he intends to go there next. He has taught men and women of all ages and of various nationalities. He has also learned to get on with all kinds of people and to get used to different ways of life. He likes this way of life and has never regretted his decision to follow this career. 约翰·帕克是一名英语教师。他在上学的时候很擅长语言学习，因此他决定拿到法语和德语的学位。当他 大学毕业后，他开始在英格兰的一所中学教书。然而，两年后他偶然遇到一个人，这个人给了他一份在暑假给 外国学生教英语的工作。他的学生是成年人。他很喜欢这份工作。他很快发现与教英国学生外语相比，他对给 外国人教自己的母语更感兴趣。 从那以后他就开始专门从事这项工作了。他发现这份工作能让他在世界上几乎任何一个地方都能够找到 工作。起初他去非洲工作了两年，然后他在亚洲待了一年。之后他去意大利工作了两年。他还没去过阿拉伯半 岛，不过他打算下一站就去那儿。他的学生有男有女，有着不同的年龄和国籍。他已经学会了如何和各种人打 交道以及不同的生活方式。他喜欢这种生活，也从来没有后悔选择这种职业。 6. From the passage, we know for sure that John Parker worked very hard at French and German at school. 从文章 可以看出：约翰·帕克在学校时很努力地学习法语和德语。 A: T B: F 7. John Parker enjoyed teaching adult students. 约翰喜欢教成年学生。 A: T B: F 8. In the first paragraph, the sentence “...he met someone by chance...” means he met someone he knew. 第一段的 ``` “...he met someone by chance...”的意思是“他偶然遇到一个认识的人”。 A: T B: F ``` 9. The first sentence in the second paragraph “Since then he has specialized in this work.” means that John Parker has focused on teaching English to foreigners. 第二段的第一句的意思是“从此他开始专门教外国人英语”。 A: T B: F 10. John Parker gets on well with men and women of all ages and of various nationalities. 约翰与各国的所有年龄 段的男士女士都相处很好。 A: T B: F 答案： **BAAAA** **Passage 80** “John. You can’t stay in bed all day.” John’s mother said. John turned over in bed. He did not want to get up. He turned off the light. “Don’t go back to sleep,” She turned the light on again. Fifteen minutes later John came into the kitchen and sat down at the table. “Eat your breakfast quickly,” Alice said. “It’s almost eight thirty.” “There’s no hurry,” John told his mother. “I’m not going to school today.” “Why not?” his mother asked. “Don’t you have classes today?” John shook his head. “No, we have classes.” Alice sat down next to her son and took his hand. “John,” she said, “Tell me what’s wrong. Why don’t you want to go school?” For several minutes John said nothing. Then he said, “The teachers bully (欺负) me and the students don’t like me.” “John,” his mother said, “I’m sorry about that, but you can not stay at home.” “Why not?” he asked. “There are two very good reasons why you must go to school.” His mother said, “First, you are thirty-five years old. Second, you are the school principal (校长).” “约翰，你不能整天都待在床上。”约翰的妈妈说。约翰在床上翻了个身。他不想起床。他关了灯。“不要 再睡了。”约翰的妈妈把灯重新打开。十五分钟后约翰来到厨房，坐在饭桌旁边。“快吃早饭。”爱丽丝说，“快 八点半了。”“不着急”约翰告诉妈妈。“我今天不去学校。”“为什么不去？”他妈妈问。“你今天没有课吗？”约翰 摇了摇头。“不，我们有课。”爱丽丝坐在她儿子旁边，握住他的手。“约翰，”她说，“告诉我怎么了。你为什么 不想去学校？”约翰沉默了几分钟，然后他说：“老师们欺负我，学生们不喜欢我。”“约翰，”他妈妈说：“对此 我很遗憾，但是你不能待在家里。”“为什么不能？”他问。“有两个你必须去学校的好理由，”他妈妈说：“第一， 你都 35 岁了。第二，你是学校的校长。” 6. Alice worried about her son, because that he couldn’t do his homework.爱丽丝担心她儿子，因为他不会做功 ``` 课。 A: T B: F ``` 7. John was the school headmaster. 约翰是校长。 A: T B: F 8. John didn’t want to go to school, because that he was not happy there. 约翰不想去学校，因为他在那儿不快乐。 A: T B: F 9. Alice may be thirty-eight. 爱丽丝大概 38 岁了。 A: T B: F 10. Before we read the last two sentences of the story, we think that John was a teacher. 在我们读到故事的最后两 句之前，我们以为约翰是个老师。 A: T B: F 答案 **:BAABB** **Passage 81** Johnny Kelley is 86 years old. He has just run the last eleven kilometers of the Boston Marathon. It took him one hour and fifteen minutes. After his running, he went to the hospital center. The nurse was surprised and pleased to see his blood pressure was 139 over 84. She told him that his blood pressure was very good. Then she said, “I wish mine were that good.” Johnny Kelley is known as the great grandfather of the Boston Marathon. He ran all the 42 kilometres of the marathon 61 times. This year was the second time that he ran only part of it. Kelley holds the record (保持记录) for running more Boston Marathon than anyone else. Thousands of people cried, “Come on” (加油) to him as he ran. Today an 11-year-old boy called out to Kelley, “Hey, Kelley. You are great man.” Kelley smiled and thanked people as he ran. “It is wonderful.” he said, “People come out to shake my hand. I am welcomed by thousands of people. I think a lot of them thought I ran the whole race. And maybe they congratulate because they know me after all these years and they don't know the other runners. 约翰尼·凯利今年 86 岁。他刚刚跑完波士顿马拉松赛最后的 11 公里，用时 1 小时 15 分钟。他跑完之后去 了医院，护士很惊讶也很欣喜地看到他的血压是139/84。她告诉他他的血压很正常，然后她说：“我希望我的 血压也像你的一样好。” 约翰尼·凯利被认为是波士顿马拉松赛的曾祖父。他 61 次跑完 42 公里的马拉松比赛。今年是第二次他只 跑完一部分的赛程。凯利保持着跑波士顿马拉松最多次的记录。 当他在跑马拉松的时候，成千上万的人对他喊“加油”。今天，一名 11 岁的男孩向凯利大喊：“嘿，凯利,你 是一个伟大的人。”凯利一边跑一边向人们微笑致谢。“这是很美妙的。”他说,“人们走出来与我握手。我得到成 千上万人的欢迎。我想他们中的很多人以为我跑了整场比赛，也许他们表示祝贺是因为过了这么多年他们了解 我，而并不认识其他的选手。” 6. Kelley is known as the great grandfather of Boston Marathon. Kelley ran all the 42 kilometers of Boston Marathon 61 times. 凯利被认为是波士顿马拉松的曾祖父。凯利 61 次跑完 42 公里的马拉松比赛。 A: T B: F 7. When Kelley said it was wonderful, he meant that his blood pressure was so good. 当凯利说“这是很美妙的”， ``` 他的意思是他的血压很好。 A: T B: F ``` 8. Kelley holds the record for running more Boston Marathon than anyone else. 凯利保持着跑波士顿马拉松最多 次的记录。 A: T B: F 9. Kelley went to the hospital center after the race to see if his blood pressure was good. 凯利跑完马拉松之后去了 医院检查他的血压好不好。 A: T B: F 10. Johnny Kelley was very old but quite healthy. 约翰尼·凯利岁数很大了，但是十分健康。 A: T B: F 答案 **: ABAAA** 6. Kelley is known as the great grandfather of Boston Marathon because Kelley ran all the 42 kilometres of Boston Marathon 61 times. 凯利被认为是波士顿马拉松的曾祖父。凯利 61 次跑完 42 公里的马拉松比赛。 A: T B: F 7. When Kelley said it was wonderful, he meant that he was welcomed by thousands of people. 当凯利说“这是很 ``` 美妙的”，他的意思是他受到数千人的欢迎。 A: T B: F ``` 8. Kelley holds the record for running the fastest. 凯利保持了跑步最快的纪录。 A: T B: F 9. Kelley went to the hospital center after the race to have a good rest. 比赛结束后凯利去医院好好休息一下。 A: T B: F 10. Johnny Kelley was very old but quite healthy. 约翰·凯利岁数很大了但是很健康。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 82** Large modern cities are too big to control. They impose their own living conditions on the people who live in them. City-dwellers（居住在城市的人）have to adopt an unnatural way of life. They lose touch with the land and the rhythm of nature so that they are hardly conscious of the seasons. A few flowers in a public park may remind people that it is spring or summer and a few leaves on the roadside may remind them that it is autumn. Beyond that, what is going on in nature seems totally unrelated to them. All the simple, good things of life, such as sunshine and fresh air are far away. Tall buildings blot out（把...遮住） the sun, and waste gases from cars pollute the air. Even the distinction between day and night is lost. In the night, it is almost as bright and noisy as it is in the day and people are busy with what they hope to deal with. The funny thing about it all is that city-dwellers pay dearly for living in the city. The prices for houses are so high that it is often impossible for ordinary people to buy a house of their own. High rents must be paid for small flats which even country hens would dislike to live in. Moreover, the cost of living is very high. Everything you buy is likely to be more expensive than it would be in the country. 大型的现代化城市太大以至于无法控制。它们把它们自己的生活环境强加于住在里面的人。在城市居住的 人不得不接受一种非自然的生活方式。他们失去了与土地和自然节律的联系，过这样一种生活可能让人们几乎 不知道季节变化。 一些公立公园里的花可能会提醒你现在是春天或夏天，一些路边的树叶可能提醒你现在是秋天。除此之外， 自然中正发生着什么似乎跟人们完全没有关联。所有生活中简单、美好的事物都遥不可及。高楼大厦遮蔽了太 阳。汽车尾气污染大气。甚至连白天和黑夜的区别也消失了。晚上几乎和白天一样有亮光和噪音，人们忙着做 着需要处理的事情。 有趣的是在城市里居住的人们为住在城市而付出昂贵的代价。房价如此之高，普通人通常不可能买得起自 己的房子。那些小的连农村的母鸡都不愿居住的狭小公寓也要支付高昂的租金。此外，生活成本很高。你购买 的每件物品都可能比在农村的要更贵。 6. It can be seen from the passage that the author doesn't like living in the city. 从文章可以看出作者不喜欢住在 城市里。 A: T B: F 7. According to the 1st paragraph, city-dwellers don't have a natural way of life. 根据第一段，居住在城市里的人 没有自然的生活方式。 A: T B: F 8. The phrase “the rhythm of nature” in the 1st paragraph refers to the change of seasons.第一段里“the rhythm of nature”的意思是指季节的变化。 A: T B: F 9. The cost of living in large modern cities is very low. 在大型现代化城市里的生活成本很低。 ### A: T B: F 10. It can be inferred from the passage that the author loves nature and hopes to be close to it. 从文章可以推断作者 喜欢自然，希望接近自然。 A: T B: F 答案： **AAABA** **Passage 83** Last Friday a storm tore through two villages in the New Territories destroying fourteen homes. Seven others were so badly damaged that their owners had to leave them, and fifteen others had broken windows or torn roofs. One person was killed, several were badly injured and taken to hospital, and a number of other people received smaller injuries. Altogether over two hundred people were homeless as a result of the storm. A farmer, Mr. C. Y. Tan, said that the storm began early in the morning and lasted for over an hour. “I was in the kitchen with my wife and children,” he said, “when we heard a loud noise. A few minutes later our house fell down on top of us, we managed to climb out but then I saw that one of my children was missing. I went back inside and found him, safe but very frightened.” Mrs. Woo Mei Fong said that her husband had just left for work when she noticed that her house was shaking. She rushed outside immediately with her children. “There was no time to take anything,” she said. “A few minutes later, the roof came down.” Soldiers helped to bring people out of the flooded area and the Welfare Department provided food, clothes and shelter. 上周五暴风雨在新界区席卷了两个村庄，摧毁了十四间房屋。还有七间损坏严重，它们的主人不得不离开 它们。还有十五间的窗户和屋顶破损了。一人死亡，数人受重伤被送往医院，其他一些人受了轻伤。总共超过 二百人风暴之后无家可归。 一个叫谭先生的农民说暴风雨在清晨开始，持续了一个多小时。 “我和我的妻子、孩子们在厨房,”他说：“那时我们听到一声巨响。几分钟后,我们的房子砸在我们身上。我 们尽力爬了出来，但我发现我的一个孩子失踪了。我回到屋里找到了他，他很安全但是非常害怕。” ``` 吴美芳女士说,她的丈夫刚刚离开工作时，她觉得她的房子下陷了。她立刻和她的孩子跑到外面。 “没有时间带上任何东西,”她说,“几分钟后，屋顶就塌下来了。” 士兵们帮助把人从被淹的地区解救出来，救济机构给他们提供了食物、衣服和住所。 ``` 6. Some of the people were taken to hospital because they had been badly injured. 一些人被送往医院，因为他们 ``` 受了重伤。 A: T B: F ``` 7. When the storm first began, Mr. Tan was inside his house. 暴风雨刚开始的时候，谭先生在房子里。 A: T B: F 8. When Mr. Tan's house fell down, only one of his children was inside it. 谭先生的房子倒下来时，只有一个孩 ``` 子在里面。 A: T B: F ``` 9. Mrs. Woo and her family escaped injury because her husband had gone to work. 吴女士和她的家人幸免于难是 因为她的丈夫上班去了。 A: T B: F 10. The best title for the passage would be “A Terrible Storm.” 本文的最佳标题是“一场可怕的风暴”。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 84** Li Qiu is a boy of fifteen and studying in Grade Three at Oak school. His family lives outside the town. His parents have a farm and grow a lot of vegetables on it and they often sell them in the town. These years they’ve built a new building and bought a tractor, a motorbike, a color television, a fridge and other things. Two yeas ago, Li Qiu began to study in a middle school. He does well in all his lessons and now he’s becoming more and more interested in science. He likes to try out new ideas and hopes to be an inventor. This term he’s learned electricity (电学). He always watches TV carefully. Last Saturday, when he came back home, his parents were working in the fields. He looked at the new color TV for a while. Then he began to take apart (拆) it. Three hours later his mother came in and saw him fixing the TV set. She was surprised and asked, “What are you doing here, Li Qiu?” “I took apart the TV just now.” “Don’t worry about it, Mummy,” said the boy. “I only want to know how it works.” “Have you refixed it together?” asked Mum. “No, Mum,” the boy said in a hurry. “Look, there are some parts left. I don’t know where to put them.” 李秋是一个十五岁的男孩，在橡树学校三年级学习。他家住在城外。他的父母拥有一个农场，种了很多蔬 菜。他们经常在镇上卖蔬菜。这些年他们盖了一栋新房子，买了拖拉机、摩托车、彩电、冰箱和其他的东西。 两年前，李秋上了中学。他的成绩很好，现在对科学越来越感兴趣了。他总是仔细观察电视。上周六，他 回到家时父母正在田里干活。他看了一会儿那台新的彩电，然后开始动手拆它。三个小时后，他的母亲进来看 到他正在装电视。她很惊讶，问：“李秋，你在做什么？” “我刚才把电视机拆了。”“妈妈，别担心，”他说。“我只是想知道它是如何工作的。” “你把它装回去了吗？”妈妈问。 “没有，妈妈。”男孩急忙说。“你看，有些零件剩下来了。我不知道把它们装到哪儿。” 6. Li Qiu’s house is outside the town. 李秋家在城外。 A: T B: F 7. Li Qiu is in Grade Two now. 李秋现在在上二年级。 A: T B: F 8. Li Qiu becomes interested in science because he wants to be an inventor. 李秋对科学很感兴趣，因为他想成为 一个发明者。 A: T B: F 9. Li Qiu thought he could refix a television. 李秋认为他能组装电视。 A: T B: F 10. In fact, Li Qiu has broken their TV down. 实际上他弄坏了电视。 A: T B: F 答案 **: ABAAA** **Passage 85** Lily was sitting in her living-room. She was looking out of the window. There was a man in the street. He had a black hat and a black jacket. He walked to the house with the glass door. He knocked at the door. And the door wasn't open. Then he walked away from the house. "Who is that? And what is he doing?" Lily said to herself. The man walked to the house again. He had a ladder. He went up the ladder. The bedroom window was open. The man went to it. "He must be a thief!" Lily thought and telephoned the police. Lily looked out of the window again. The ladder was there, but the man wasn't there. He was in the house. Lily went to the house and knocked on the glass door. But the man was in the bedroom. He was not coming to the door. Lily went up the ladder. She went to the bedroom window. The man was there. "Who are you? What are you doing on my ladder?" the man said. "What are you doing in this house?'' "It's my house, but my wife has the key." Just then, the police car came. "Why are you standing on that ladder? Is that your house?'' a policeman asked. "No," answered Lily. "Ah! You are the thief." 莉莉坐在她的客厅里。她向窗外望去。街上有个男人。他戴着黑色的帽子，穿着一件黑夹克。他走向一栋 带着玻璃门的房子。他敲了敲门。门没开。然后他离开了房子。 “那是谁？他在做什么？”莉莉对自己说。 那个男人再次走向房子。他带了一架梯子。他爬上梯子。卧室窗户是开着的。这个男人进去了。 “他一定是个小偷！”莉莉想，然后她给警察打了电话。 莉莉又向窗外望去。梯子还在那儿，但是男人不见了。他在房子里。莉莉走向那栋房子，敲了敲玻璃门。 但是那个男人在卧室里。他不过来开门。莉莉爬上梯子。她钻过卧室窗户。那个男人在那儿。 ``` “你是谁？你站在我梯子上干什么？”男人问。 “你在这个房子里干什么？” “这是我的房子，但是钥匙在我妻子那儿。” 就在那时，警车来了。“你在梯子上干什么？这是你的房子吗？”一位警察问。 “不是。”莉莉回答。 “啊！你就是那个小偷。” ``` 6. One day when Lily was in her living-room, she saw a man in black walk to a house with a glass door. 一天莉 ``` 莉坐在客厅里的时候，她看到一个穿黑衣服的男人走向一栋带玻璃门的房子。 A: T B: F ``` 7. The man had a ladder when he walked to the house again because he was a policeman. 当再次走向房子的时候， ``` 这个男人带了一架梯子，因为他是个警察。 A: T B: F ``` 8. The man went into the house through the bedroom window. 这个男人从卧室窗户进了房子。 A: T B: F 9. Lily thought he was a thief and telephoned to the police. 莉莉以为他是个小偷，就给警察打了电话。 A: T B: F 10. At last, the policeman thought there was no thief. 最后，警察认为没有小偷。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABAAB** **Passage 86** Long ago, there was a rich man. He had a very big house with a lot of treasures. He had many servants to look after it for a few days. One day, two silver saucers were stolen from the cupboard. After a few days, another two saucers were stolen again. The rich man was very angry. He thought, "Someone must have stolen them. I must catch the thief, or another two saucers would be stolen in a few days." Then he had an idea. He called in all his servants and said, "Some of my silver saucers have disappeared. Someone among you must have taken them. Who has taken them?" The servants looked at one another and kept quiet. The rich man said," I shall catch the thief myself. I am giving each of you a stick. Look, all the sticks are of the same length. Keep the sticks. Bring them back tomorrow. The thief's stick will grow two centimeters longer." That evening, Salleh, one of the servants, went home sadly. His wife asked him, "Why are you so sad this evening?" "This stick will grow two centimeters longer tomorrow because I have taken the silver saucers," he said. "Oh, don't worry. Cut off two centimeters from the stick," his wife said. "In other words, your stick will be of the same length as any of the other sticks." When Salleh heard this, he was very happy. At once, he cut off two centimeters from the stick with a knife. The next day, each of the servants brought back his stick. The rich man then measured each of the sticks. He found Salleh's stick shorter by two centimeters, Salleh was the thief. He was caught and put into prison. The rich man got back the stolen saucers. 很久以前，有一个有钱人。他有一栋很大的房子和很多财宝。他有很多仆人照看它。一天，橱柜里的两个 银碟子被偷走了。过了几天，又有两个碟子被偷了。这个有钱人很生气。他想：“肯定是有人偷了它们。我必 须抓住这个小偷，不然过几天又会有两个碟子被偷走的。” ``` 然后他有了一个想法。他把所有仆人叫来，说：“我的一些银碟子不见了。你们中肯定有人拿走了它们。 ``` 是谁拿的？” 这些仆人互相看看，都没有说话。这个有钱人说：“我自己会抓住这个小偷的。我给你们一人一根棍子。 看，这些棍子都一样长。留着这些棍子。明天拿给我。小偷的棍子会长长 2 厘米。” 那天晚上，其中一个叫沙烈的仆人悲伤地回到家。他的妻子问他：“你今晚怎么这么悲伤？” “这根棍子明天会长长 2 厘米，因为我拿走了那些银碟子。”他说。 “哦，别担心。从棍子上截掉 2 厘米。”他的妻子说：“换句话说，你的棍子就会和其他的棍子一样长了。” 沙烈听到这些，很开心。他马上就用一把刀从棍子上砍掉了 2 厘米。 第二天，每个仆人都带回了自己的棍子。这个有钱人于是测量每个棍子的长度。他发现沙烈的棍子短了 2 厘米，沙烈就是那个小偷。他被抓了起来关进了监狱。这个有钱人拿回了被偷的碟子。 6. The silver saucers were kept in a box. 这些银碟子放在一个盒子里。 A: T B: F 7. The rich man found six silver saucers were stolen. 这个有钱人找到了被偷的六个银碟子。 A: T B: F 8. The rich man gave each of his servants a stick of the same length.这个有钱人给每个仆人一根一样长度的棍子。 A: T B: F 9. The next day, the rich man knew that Salleh was the thief because Salleh's stick was shorter by two centimeters. 第二天，这个有钱人知道沙烈就是小偷因为他的棍子短了 2 厘米。 A: T B: F 10. Salleh did as what his wife told him. 沙烈是按照他的妻子说的做的。 A: T B: F 答案： **BBAAA** **Passage 87** Man is a land animal, but he is also closely tied to the sea. Throughout history the sea has served the needs of man. The sea has provided man with food and a convenient way to travel to many parts of the world. Toady, nearly two-thirds of the world's population live within eighty kilometers off the sea coast. In the modern technological world the sea offers many resources to help mankind survive. Resources on land are beginning to be used up. The sea, however, still offers hope to supply many of man's needs in the future. The riches of the sea yet to be developed by man's technology are impressive. Oil and gas explorations have been carried out for nearly thirty years. Valuable amounts of minerals such as iron, copper and so on exist on the ocean floor ready to be mined. Fishing farming promises to be a good way to produce large quantities of food. The culture of fish and shellfish is an ancient skill practiced in the past mainly by Oriental people. Besides oil and gas, the sea may offer new sources of energy. For example, warm temperature of the ocean can be used in a way similar to the steam in a steamship. Ocean currents and waves may also offer a source of energy. Technology is enabling man to explore even more deeply under the sea. It is obvious that the technology to harvest the sea continues to improve. Experts believe that by the year 2050 the problems to explore the food, minerals and energy resources of the sea will be largely solved. 人类是一种在陆地上生存的动物，但是他们跟海洋的关系也很紧密。有史以来海洋都在满足人类的需求。 海洋为人类提供食物，还提供了一种到世界各地旅游的舒适的方式。如今，将近2/3的世界人口住在距海边 80 公里以内的地方。 在现代科技的世界里，海洋提供了很多资源帮助人类生存。陆地上的资源开始耗尽了。然而海洋仍然为将 来满足人类的需求带来希望。 海洋的富饶仍待人类科技的开发，这一前景很可观。石油和天然气的勘探已经进行了大约 30 多年了。海 床上有宝贵的如铁、铜等矿藏等待被开采。 ``` 鱼类养殖有希望成为一种带来大量食物的好办法。过去主要是东方人使用鱼类和贝类养殖这一古老技术。 除了石油和天然气以外，海洋也许会带来新能源。例如，海洋的温暖能被一种像蒸汽船使用蒸汽的方式来 ``` 利用。洋流和海浪也可能提供一种新能源。 ### 科技可以让人类更深入地去探索海底。很明显从海洋索取财富的科技一直在改进。专家们相信到 2050 年， ### 从海洋探求食物、矿物质和能源的问题将大部分会被解决。 6. The major things that the sea offers man are the food, energy sources, and minerals.海洋给人类带来的主要东西 ``` 是食物、能源和矿物质。 A: T B: F ``` 7. The sea serves the needs of man because it offers minerals to man.海洋满足人类需求因为它给人类提供矿藏。 A: T B: F 8. We can conclude from this passage that the sea, in a broad sense, has not yet been explored fully.我们可以从文章 ``` 得到这样的结论：从广义来讲，海洋还没有被充分开发。 A: T B: F ``` 9. The underlined words "Oriental people" in the 4th paragraph probably mean "Asian people". 第四段划线的词 ``` “Oriental people”很可能意思是“亚洲人”。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The best title for this passage is "Use of the Sea for Man's Profit". 文章的最佳标题是“为了人类的利益对海洋 ``` 的利用”。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **ABAAB** **Passage 88** Manners are much more than just saying "Please" and "Thank you". They are ways of showing kindness. My husband, Bob, is a pilot, and one day we were invited to a potluck (百乐餐) at his flying squadron (飞行中队). The noisy room was filled with mouthy kids and their chatting moms and dads. Our son, Daniel, was only two years old. We let him play with the other kids because it was a safe environment. After a while he came back with a package of peanut butter crackers and proudly held them out to us. A pilot who asked “Do you know whose this little boy is?” followed him. "He is mine," I answered, wondering what Daniel might have done. "Well," replied the pilot, "I have been passing out crackers to the kids for almost two hours, and your son is one of the youngest guys I gave them to. He’s the only one who said ‘thank you’. What he did makes me pleased." Daniel smiled and proudly repeated, “Thank you.” 礼貌远不止是说一声“请”或者“谢谢”，它还是表示友好的方式. 我的丈夫鲍勃是一名飞行员。一天我们应邀去参加他空军中队举办的百乐餐。房间里很吵，孩子们都在说 话，爸爸妈妈们也在聊天。我们的儿子丹尼尔才两岁。我们让他和别的孩子在一起玩，因为很安全。 过了一会儿，他拿着一包花生黄油饼干回到我们身边，得意地给我们看。一位飞行员跟着他走来问：“谁 知道这是谁的孩子?”我回答说：“我的。”我不知道丹尼尔做了什么。 那位飞行员说：“嗯，我这两个小时一直在给孩子们发饼干，你儿子是这群最小的孩子之一，他是唯一一 个跟我说谢谢的人。他的做法让我觉得很高兴。 ``` 丹尼尔笑了，自豪地再次说了声“谢谢。” ``` 6. Pilots and their family were invited to the potluck. 飞行员们和他们的家人被邀请参加百乐餐。 A: T B: F 7. Daniel felt very excited when he showed his crackers to his parents. 丹尼尔向他父母展示饼干时很激动。 A: T B: F 8. For nearly two hours at least, the pilot served at the party when he found Daniel. 至少大概两个小时，飞行员给 ``` 小朋友们发饼干，他发现了丹尼尔。 A: T B: F ``` 9. Only one kid sad “Thank you” to the man when he gave the kids crackers. 当他给孩子们发饼干时，只有一个 孩子说了“谢谢”。 A: T B: F 10. The pilot felt surprised when he heard the boy said “Thank you”.飞行员听到小男孩说“谢谢”时，感到很惊讶。 A: T B: F 答案 **: ABAAB** **Passage 89** Many people believe they are supposed to drink eight glasses of water a day, or about two liters. Why? Because that is what they have been told all their life. But a new report offers some different advice. Experts say people should obey their bodies; they should drink as much water as they feel like drinking. The report says most healthy people meet their daily needs for liquid by letting thirst be their guide. The report is from the Institute of Medicine, part of the National Academies. This organization provides scientific and technical advice to the government and the public. The report contains some general suggestions. The experts say women should get about two-point-seven liters of water daily. Men should get about three-point-seven liters. But wait － in each case, that is more than eight glasses. There is an important difference. The report does not tell people how many glasses of water to drink. In fact, the experts say it may be impossible to know how many glasses are needed to meet these guidelines. This is because the daily water requirement can include the water content in foods. People do not get water only by forcing themselves to drink a set number of glasses per day. People also drink fruit juices and sodas and milk. They drink coffee and tea. These all contain water. As you might expect, the Institute of Medicine says people need to drink more water when they are physically active. The same is true of those who live in hot climates. Depending on heat and activity, people could need two times as much water as others do. 很多人相信他们应该每天喝八杯水或者二升水。为什么？因为那个观点是他们一辈子一直被灌输的。但是 一份新的报告给出了不同的建议。专家说人们应该遵从他们的身体意愿，应该喝他们想喝水的量。 ``` 这份报告说多数健康人通过用口渴作为指导而满足了每日液体需求量。这份报告是全国学会的一个叫医 ``` 学研究所的分支作出的。这个机构向政府喝公众提供科学和技术建议。 这份报告包含一些大致建议。专家说女性一天应该摄入2.7公升水。男性每天应摄入3.7公升水。但是等 等——这两种情况下的建议量都多于 8 杯水。 有一个重要的差别。报告没有告诉人们要喝多少杯水。事实上，专家说不可能知道为了满足这些指导每天 需要喝多少杯水。因为每日的水需求量包括了食物里的水。人们不能只是强迫他们每天喝几杯水来满足水的需 求。人们可以喝果汁、苏打水和牛奶。他们也喝咖啡和茶。这些都含有水。你可能会猜到，医学研究所说人们 在精力旺盛的时候应该喝更多的水。在炎热的气候下也一样。根据气温和活动量，人们需要喝正常人两倍的水。 6. According to the passage, experts advise people to drink as much water as they feel like drinking. 根据文章，专 家们建议人们根据自己的身体需求喝他们想喝的量的水。 A: T B: F 7. Most healthy people meet their daily needs for water by drinking when they are tired. 大多数健康的人都是通过 在疲乏时喝水来满足他们对水的日需求。 A: T B: F 8. The Institute of Medicine usually changes some traditional ideas. 医学研究所通常改变一些传统观点。 A: T B: F 9. People's daily water requirement can include the water content in foods. 人们日饮水需求也包括了食物中所含 的水分。 A: T B: F 10. People need to drink more water when they live in hot climates. 居住在炎热气候下的人需要喝更多的水。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABBAA** **Passage 90** Many people go to school to receive an education. They learn languages, history, physics, chemistry, and math. Others go to school to learn a skill so that they can make a living. School education is very important and useful. Yet, no one can learn everything from school. A teacher, no matter how much he knows, can not teach his students everything they want to know. The teacher’s job is to show his students how to learn. He teaches them how to read and how to think. So, much more is to be learned outside school by the students themselves. It is always more important to know how to study by oneself than to know only some facts or formulas (公式). It is in fact quite easy to learn a certain fact in history or a formula in math. But it is very difficult to use a formula in working out a math problem. Great scientists before us didn’t get everything from school .Their teachers only showed them the way. But they were all so successful and invented so many things for us. The reason for their success is that they knew how to study. They read books that were not taught at school and they asked many questions. They worked hard all their lives, never wasting time. Above all, they knew how to use their brain. 很多人去学校接受教育。他们学习语言、历史、物理、化学和数学。还有些人去学校学习一种技能，这样 就能以此谋生。学校的教育非常重要和有用。然而，没有人能从学校学到一切。无论一个老师知道的有多么多， 都不可能教授给学生想了解的一切知识。教师的任务是教给学生如何去学习。他教他们如何阅读和思考。因此， 学生自己在校外学到的东西更多。 跟仅仅知道一些事实或公式相比，知道如何自己学习更为重要。事实上知道历史的某一事件或数学中的一 个公式很容易。但是用公式来解决一个数学问题就很难了。在我们之前那些伟大的科学家并不是从学校学到所 有东西的。他们的老师只是为他们指路。但是他们都很成功，并为我们创造了如此多的发明。他们成功的原因 是他们知道如何去学习。他们读课外书，并且问很多问题。他们终生都努力工作，从不浪费时间。最重要的是， 他们知道如何使用头脑。 6. A student learns new things from school only. 学生仅仅从学校学习新知识。 A: T B: F 7. A teacher should teach his students how to learn. 老师应该教学生如何去学习。 A: T B: F 8. Great scientists learned everything from school. 伟大的科学家从学校学习到所有的知识。 A: T B: F 9. The sentence "Their teachers only showed them the way" means that their teachers taught them how to learn. “老 ``` 师只是为他们指路”这句话的意思是他们的老师教他们如何学习。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The text talks about the importance of schooling. 这篇文章讨论了学校教育的重要性。 A: T B: F 答案 **: BABAB** **Passage 91** Many people now keep animals as pets. Numerous people have cats and dogs in their houses. Other people like fish, caged birds, tortoises and even snakes, monkeys or lions. Millions of dollars and much time are spent every year on pet food, equipment, taming and medical treatment. Of course, there are some people who do not look after their pets properly or are even cruel to them. For this reason a royal society was created in 1824 in Britain to prevent cruel treatment of animals. In contrast to the love of pets is the fact that blood sports still exist in most countries. People go hunting foxes, elephants, pandas, ducks, rabbits, and other animals, or go fishing, not because they need the meat to eat, but just for pleasure. In some countries, blood sports like bull fighting and cock fighting are common and hunting rare animals for commercial purposes has brought about an even more serious problem in the protection of the ecosystem. It is strange that people love certain animals, but enjoy killing others, in cruel ways, too. 如今,许多人把动物当作宠物来养。很多人在家里养猫养狗。还有人喜欢养鱼、观赏鸟、乌龟，甚至是蛇、 猴子还有狮子。每年上百万美元的金钱和大量的时间花在养宠物所需的食物、设施、驯养以及医疗保健上。 当然有些人并不善待动物，甚至虐待它们。为此， 1824 年英国成立了皇家动物保护协会，防止人们虐待 动物。 与人们对宠物的热爱相反，血腥的运动仍然存在于大多数国家。人们捕猎狐狸、大象，熊猫、野鸭、野兔 和其他动物，或是去钓鱼，并不是因为要吃肉，而是仅仅为了寻开心。在有些国家，斗牛、斗鸡等血腥运动还 非常普遍，而捕猎珍惜动物以获取商业利益更是在生态系统的保护方面带来了非常严峻的问题。 奇怪的是人们喜爱某些动物，却又乐于以残酷的方式残杀另一些动物。 6. Most people spend a large amount of money and time taking care of their pets. 大多数人在照料他们的宠物方 ``` 面花了大量的钱和时间。 A: T B: F ``` 7. Horse racing is a blood sport. 赛马是一种血腥的运动。 A: T B: F 8. The speaker's attitude toward blood sports is that they are cruel. 作者对于血腥运动的态度是认为这很残忍。 A: T B: F 9. Illegal killing of rare animals seems to affect the earth's ecosystem most seriously. 非法猎杀珍惜动物似乎对地 ``` 球的生态系统影响最严重。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The passage mainly implies that rare animals should be killed for profits. 这篇文章主要暗示珍惜动物是因为利 ``` 益而被杀害的。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **ABAAB** **Passage 92** Many teenagers feel that the most important people in their lives are their friends. They believe that their family members, especially their parents, don't know them as well as their friends do. In large families, it is quite often for brothers and sisters to fight with each other and then they can only go to their friends for advice. Of course, it is important for teenagers to have a nice and warm family. It is also very necessary for them to have one or several good friends. Even when they are not with their friends, they usually spend a lot of time talking among themselves on the telephone. This communication is very important in children's growing up, because friends can discuss something difficult to say to their family members. However, parents often try to choose their children's friends for them. Some parents may even stop their children from meeting their good friends. The question of "which friends to choose" is an interesting one. Have you ever thought of the following questions? -- Who chooses your friends? -- Do you choose your friends or your friends choose you? -- Have you got a good friend your parents don't like? -- Why do parents want to choose friends for you? ... You can always discuss these questions with your friends. 许多青少年觉在他们生命中最重要的人是他们的朋友。他们相信他们的家庭成员尤其是他们父母并不像 他们的朋友那样了解他们。在大家庭中，兄弟姐妹间争吵是很常见的，他们只能向他们的朋友寻求建议。 当然，青少年有一个温暖的家庭是非常重要的。他们也很有必要有一个或几个好朋友。即使他们没有跟朋 友在一起，他们通常也会花很长时间跟朋友们打电话。这种沟通儿童的成长中是非常重要的，因为跟朋友可以 讨论一些很难跟家庭成员说的东西。 然而，父母经常会试着为青少年选择他们的朋友。一些家长甚至直至他们见他们的好朋友。“该选哪些朋 友”是个有趣的话题。你有没有思考过下列问题？ ``` 谁来选择你的朋友？ 你选择你的朋友还是你的朋友选择你们？ 你有没有你父母不喜欢的朋友？ 为什么父母想为你选择朋友？等等 你可以跟你的朋友讨论这些问题。 ``` 6. Many teenagers think their family members know them better than their parents do. 很多青少年认为他们的家 ### 庭成员比他们父母更了解他们。 ### A: T B: F 7. When brothers and sisters fight with each other, their friends are able to help them. 当兄弟姐妹间互相争吵时， ``` 他们的朋友能帮助他们。 A: T B: F ``` 8. When teenagers stay alone, the usual way of talking together is to discuss something with their family members. 当青少年独处时，互相交谈的常见方式是跟他们的家人讨论事情。 A: T B: F 9. To the teenagers, friends are different from their parents in that they can talk to their friends about something that they won't tell their parents. 对于青少年来说，朋友跟父母不同因为他们能跟朋友谈那些不告诉父母的事。 A: T B: F 10. The writer himself is not very sure how teenagers should choose friends. 作者自己不是很确定青少年该如何选 ``` 择朋友。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **BABAA** **Passage 93** Many years ago, there lived a very rich man who wanted to do something for the people of his town. But first he wanted to find out whether they deserved (值得) his help. So he placed a very large stone in the center of the main road into town. Then he hid behind a tree and waited. Soon an old man came along with his cow. “Who put this stone in the center of the road?” said the old man, but he did not try to remove the stone. Instead, with some difficulty he passed around the stone and continued on his way. Another man came along and did the same thing; then another came, and another. All of them complained (抱怨) about the stone in the center of the road, but not one of them tried to remove (移开) it. Late in the afternoon, a young man came along. He saw the stone and said, “The night will be very dark. Some neighbor will come along later in the dark and will fall against the stone.” The young man then began to move the stone. He pushed and pulled with all his strength to move it to one side. But imagine his surprise when under the stone he found a bag full of money and this message: “This money is for the thoughtful person who removes this stone from the road. That person deserves help.” 很多年前，有一个非常富有的人，他想为他镇上的百姓做点事。不过，首先他想了解他们是否值得他的帮 助。所以他把一块非常大的石头放在去镇上的要道中间。然后他躲在树的后面等待。不久，一个老人牵着他的 牛经过了。“谁把这个石头放在道路的中间？”老人说道，但他没有去搬掉石头。相反，他费劲地绕过了石头， 继续往前走。另一个人经过也和老者一样，随后而来的人也都一样，他们都抱怨道路中间的石头，但他们没有 一个人试图搬走它。傍晚时分,一名年轻男子路过了这里，他看到石头,说道：“晚上天很黑，要是邻居在黑夜中 经过会被石头绊倒的。” 这个年轻人便开始去搬石头。他又推又拉，用尽全身力气把石头移到一边。但让他吃惊的是，他发现石头 底下有一个装满钱的包和一张字条：“这钱是给搬开道路中的石头的那个体贴的人的，这样的人才值得得到帮 助。” 6. The rich man placed a large stone in the road because he wanted to play a joke on other people. 这个有钱人在路 中间放一块大石头因为他想跟其他人开个玩笑。 A: T B: F 7. The rich man hid behind a tree while people passed by. 当人们走过的时候，这个有钱人躲在树后面。 A: T B: F 8. Most people tried their best to work out a plan when they found the stone. 多数人发现石头时都尽力解决问题。 A: T B: F 9. The young man walked by without doing anything when he saw the stone. 这个年轻人看到石头时什么事儿都 ``` 没做就走开了。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The young man felt angry when he found a bag under the stone. 这个年轻人发现石头下有个包感到很生气。 A: T B: F 答案 **: BABBB** 6. The rich man wanted to find out whether the people of the town were worthy of his help. 这个有钱人想确定是 否镇上的人值得他去帮助。 A: T B: F 7. The man put a sack of rice in the center of the road. 这个人在路中央放了一袋大米。 A: T B: F 8. Most people tried to move the stone away. 大多数人试着把这块石头挪走。 A: T B: F 9. The young man found a bag of money and a letter under the stone. 年轻人在石头下发现了一袋钱和一封信。 A: T B: F 10. A very rich man wanted to do something for the poor people of the city. 一个很有钱的人想为城里的穷人做点 ``` 事儿。 A: T B: F ``` ### 答案： ABBAB **Passage 94** ``` Mark Twain was famous as a writer, but he was also famous as a public speaker and teller of funny stories. He often ``` went from town to town giving lectures. ``` One day he was walking along the street of a small town where he was going to give a lecture that evening. He met ``` a young man who said, "Mr. Twain, I'd like to talk to you for a minute, please. I have an uncle that I'm fond of. The problem is he never laughs or smiles. Can you do anything?" ``` "Bring your uncle to my lecture this evening, young man. I guarantee that he'll laugh and smile." That evening the young man and his uncle sat in the first row. Mark Twain spoke directly at them. He told some funny ``` stories, but the old man never smiled. Then he told the funniest stories he knew, but the old man's face still remained blank（茫然的）. At last, Mark Twain left the platform almost exhausted. ``` Later Mark Twain was talking with a friend about this. "Oh!" said the friend, "I know that old man. He has been deaf for years." 马克·吐温是位著名的作家，但是他也是一位著名的演说家，讲有趣的故事。他经常去各个城市演讲。 一天他在一个小城镇里沿着一条街走，当晚他要进行一个演讲。他遇到一个年轻人，年轻人说：“吐温先 ``` 生，我向跟你谈一分钟。我有一个我很喜欢的叔叔。问题是他从来不笑。你能帮忙吗？” ``` “今晚带你的叔叔来听我的演讲，年轻人。我保证他会笑的。” 那天晚上那个年轻人和他的叔叔坐在第一排。马克·吐温直接对着他们说话。他讲了些有趣的故事，但是 ``` 那位老人一直没有笑。然后他讲了些他所知的最有趣的故事，但是老人的脸仍然很茫然。最后，马克·吐温几 乎是筋疲力尽地离开了讲台。 ``` 后来马克·吐温跟一位朋友说起这件事。 “哦！”那位朋友说：“他聋了好多年了。” ``` 6. Mark Twain often went form town to town because he was fond of traveling. 马克·吐温经常去各个城市因为 ``` 他喜欢旅游。 A.T B.F ``` 7. The young man asked Mark Twain to do something to make his uncle laugh and smile. 年轻人请求马克·吐温 ``` 做些事让他的叔叔笑起来。 A.T B.F ``` 8. That evening the young man and his uncle sat in the first row. 那天晚上年轻人和他叔叔坐在第一排。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 9. When Mark Twain told the funniest stories in the lecture, the young man and his uncle left halfway. 当马克·吐 ``` 温在演讲中讲了最好笑的故事时，年轻人和他叔叔中场离开了。 A.T B.F ``` 10. The old man didn't laugh in the lecture because he had been unable to hear for years. 老人在演讲中没有笑因为 ``` 他已经好多年听不到声音了。 A.T B.F ``` 答案： **BAABA** **Passage 95** Mobile phone has become a problem for middle schools. Some middle schools in Australia have stopped students from carrying mobile phones during school hours. Mobile phone use among children has become a problem for the school this year. Several children have got mobile phones as Christmas presents, and more students will want them. Mary Bluett, an official, said: “Mobile phone use is a distraction (分心的事) to students during school hours and it also gives teachers so much trouble in their classrooms. Teachers were also saying that sometimes students might use phone messages to cheat during exams.” She said that some schools tried to ban (禁止) mobile phones. Some parents felt unhappy because they couldn't get in touch with their children. Many teachers said that students should not have mobile phones at school, but if there was a good reason, they could leave their phones at school office. They also said there were many reasons why the students should not have mobile phones at school: they were easy to lose and were a distraction from studies. Many people say that they understand why parents would want their children to have phones, but they think that schools should let the students know when they can use their mobile phones. 对于中学来说手机已经成为了一个问题。在澳大利亚的一些中学已经禁止学生上课期间携带手机。 今年手机的使用在孩子们当中已经成为了一个问题。一些孩子得到了手机作为圣诞礼物，而且更多的孩子 ### 想要得到它。 ### 一名叫玛丽·布鲁特的官员说：“在上课期间使用手机会使学生分心，也会给老师课堂上带来麻烦。老师也 ### 说学生有时会用手机信息在考试时作弊。” ### 她说学校应该尝试禁止学生使用手机。一些家长就不高兴了，因为他们觉得这样就不能联系到他们的孩子 ### 们了。 ### 许多老师说在学校的学生不应该有手机，但是如果有一个好的理由的话，他们可以将手机放在办公室里。 ### 他们也说学生不应该有手机有很多原因。因为学生很容易在学习上分心。 ### 许多人说他们理解为什么父母愿意他们的孩子有手机，但是他们认为学校应该让学生知道什么时候使用 ### 手机才是最合理的。 6. We know from the passage that some children get mobile phones from their parents and friends. 从文章可以知 道一些孩子是从他们的父母和朋友那儿得到的手机。 A: T B: F 7. Some middle schools in Australia have banned students from carrying mobile phones when they are at school. 澳大利亚的一些中学已经禁止学生在学校的时候携带手机了。 A: T B: F 8. The underlined word “cheat” means “核对”. 划线的单词“cheat”的意思是“核对”。 A: T B: F 9. Some parents felt unhappy because they couldn’t get in touch with their children during school hours. 一些家长不高兴，因为这样他们就无法跟在学校上学的孩子们取得联系了。 A: T B: F 10. The passage tells us that students shouldn’t have mobile phones at school except for some special reasons. 这篇文章告诉我们学生在学校不应该用手机，除非有些特殊的原因。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABAA** **Passage 96** Modern life is impossible without traveling. The fastest way of traveling is by plane. With a modern airliner you can travel in one day to places which it takes a month or more to get to a hundred years ago. Traveling by train is slower than by plane, but it has its advantages. You can see the country when you are traveling through. Modern trains have comfortable seats and dining-cars. They make even the longest journey enjoyable. Some people prefer to travel by sea when possible. There are large liners and river boats. You can visit many other countries and different parts of your country on them. Ships are not so fast as trains or planes, but traveling by sea is a very pleasant way to spend a holiday. Many people like to travel by car. You can make your own timetable. You can travel three or four hundred miles or only fifty or one hundred miles a day, just as you like. You can stop wherever you wish - where there is something interesting to see, at a good restaurant where you can enjoy a good meal, or at a hotel to spend the night. That is why traveling by car is popular for pleasure trips, while people usually take a train or plane when they are traveling on business. 现代生活没有旅行是不可能的。最快的旅行方式是搭乘飞机。坐飞机的话,你可以在一天内去那些一百年 前要花费一个月或者更长时间才能到达的地方。 坐火车旅行比坐飞机慢，但是它有它的优点。你可以欣赏沿途经过的国家。现代火车有舒适的座椅和餐车。 这使得再漫长的旅途也变得很舒适。 如果可以的话,一些人更喜欢乘船旅行。有很大的游轮和河上船只。你可以在船上游览许多其他的国家和 你国家的不同地方。船舶不像火车或飞机那么快，但是在海上乘船旅行是非常美妙的度假方式。 许多人喜欢开车去旅行。你可以安排自己的时间。你一天可以开三、四百英里或者仅仅五十或一百英里， 全凭你愿意。你可以停留在任何地方，可能是有兴趣去参观的地方、一家可以享受美味的餐馆，或者找个宾馆 度过夜晚的时光。这就是开车旅行是想享受愉快旅途受欢迎的原因。而差旅的话人们通常乘坐火车或者飞机。 6. From the passage, we know the fastest way of traveling is by plane. 从这篇文章我们得知最快的旅行方式是乘 飞机。 A: T B: F 7. The underlined word “They” in the passage refers to comfortable seats and dining-cars. 文中划线的词“They”指 ``` 的是舒适的座椅和餐车。 A: T B: F ``` 8. If we travel by car, we can make our own timetable. 如果我们开车旅行，我们可以安排自己的时间。 A: T B: F 9. When people travel on business, they usually take a plane or a car. 当人们出差的时候，通常会坐飞机或开车。 A: T B: F 10. Four ways of traveling are mentioned in the passage. 这篇文章提到了 4 种旅行方式。 A: T B: F 答案： **AAABA** **Passage 97** Mr and Mrs Jones did not often go out in the evening, but last Saturday Mrs Jones said to her husband, "There is a good film at the cinema tonight. Can we go and see it?" Mr Jones was quite happy about it, so they went, and both of them enjoyed the film. They came out of the cinema at 11 o'clock, got into their car and began driving home. It was quite dark. Then Mrs Jones said, "Look, Bill. A woman's running along the road very fast, and a man's running after her. Can you see them?" Mr Jones said, "Yes, I can." He drove the car slowly near the woman and said to her, "Can we help you?" "No, thank you," the woman said, but she did not stop running. "My husband and I always run home after the cinema, and the last one washes the dishes at home!" 琼斯先生和太太晚上不常出门，但是上个周六琼斯太太对她丈夫说：“今晚影院有场很棒的电影上映。咱 们去看啊？” ``` 琼斯先生很高兴，于是他们去了影院，两个人都很喜欢看那场电影。 他们 11 点钟走出了电影院，钻进车里开始向家里驶去。天很黑。然后琼斯太太说：“看啊，比尔。一个女 ``` 人正飞快地沿着路跑，有个男人在追他。你能看到他们吗？” ``` 琼斯先生说：“是的，我能看到。”他开着车慢慢接近那个女人，对她说：“我们能帮助你吗？” “不用了，谢谢你们。”这个女人说，但是她没有停下来。“我丈夫和我总是看完电影后跑步回家，后到家 ``` 的那个人得洗家里的盘子！” 6. Mr and Mrs Jones went out one evening because they wanted to see a film. 琼斯先生和太太一天晚上外出 ``` 了，因为他们想去看电影。 A: T B: F ``` 7. Both the husband and wife enjoyed the film. 丈夫和妻子都很喜欢那场电影。 A: T B: F 8. Mr Jones wanted to help that woman. 琼斯先生想帮助那个女人。 A: T B: F 9. The woman was running back home to wash dishes. 那个女人跑着回家去洗碗。 A: T B: F 10. So Mr and Mrs Jones needn't give help. 因此琼斯夫妇不需要帮忙。 A: T B: F 答案： **AAABA** **Passage 98** Mr. Brown was going away for a week. Before he left, he said to his son, "if anyone asks for me, you can tell him that your father has been out for doing something, and will be back in a week, then be sure to ask him to sit down for a cup of tea." "OK, Dad," said his son. But he was afraid his son couldn't remember this, he wrote these words down on a piece of paper and gave it to him. His son put it into his small pocket, took it out and looked at it every now and then. Four days passed, but no one came to see his father. The boy thought that there was no man to come and that the piece of paper was of no more use for him, so he burnt it that evening. The next afternoon, someone knocked at the door. The boy opened it. A man was standing at the door and said, "Where is your father?" The boy put his hand into his pocket at once for the piece of paper. He could not find it. He suddenly remembered he had burnt it, so he shouted, "No more." The man was very surprised. He asked, "No more? I met your father last week. When did it happen?" "Burnt yesterday evening." 布朗先生要外出一个星期。他离开前，对他儿子说：“如果有谁问起我，你就说你爸爸外出办点事，一周 以内会回来。记住，要请他到家里坐坐喝杯茶。” “好的，爸爸。”他儿子说道。但是他怕他的儿子记不住，就把那些话写在了一张纸上，并把那张纸给了他 儿子。他儿子把那张纸放在口袋了，不时地拿出来看看。 四天过去了，没人来找他爸爸。男孩以为没人会来，就想那张纸对他来说已经没用了，所以那天晚上他就 把纸给烧了。 第二天下午，有人来敲门。男孩把门开了。一个男人站在门外问：“你爸爸在哪里?”男孩立刻把收放到口 袋里找那张纸，但是他没找到。他突然想起自己昨晚烧了它，所以他叫了起来：“不在了。” ``` 那个人很诧异。他问：“不在了？我上周还遇到你爸爸，什么时候的事?” “昨晚烧（火化）了。” ``` 6. Mr. Brown told his son that he would be back in a month. 布朗先生告诉他儿子他一个月后回来。 A: T B: F 7. Mr. Brown wrote the words down on his son's pocket. 布朗先生把那些话写在儿子的口袋上了。 A: T B: F 8. A man came to visit the boy's father on the fifth day. 第五天有个人来找男孩的父亲。 A: T B: F 9. The man was very surprised because he thought the child's father was dead. 这个人很惊讶因为他以为男孩的父 ``` 亲死了。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The paper was burnt. 那张纸被烧了。 A: T B: F ### 答案： BBAAA **Passage 99** Mr Brown was very good at fixing things around the house when they broke. One day he went to another city to do some work there, and his wife was alone in the house. While Mr Brown was away, one of the faucets（自来水龙头） on the bathtub broke. Mrs Brown didn't know much about fixing broken faucets, so she telephoned a plumber（管子 工）. The plumber came to the house that afternoon and fixed the faucet in a few minutes. When he finished, he gave Mrs Brown his bill for the work. She looked at it for several seconds and then said, "Your prices are very high, aren't they? Do you know, the doctor costs less than this when he comes to the house?" "Yes, I know," answered the plumber, "I know that very well, because I was a doctor until I was lucky enough to find this job a few months ago." 布朗先生很擅长修理家里坏了的东西。一天，他去另一个城市干活，他的妻子自己在家。当布朗先生不在 的时候，浴盆上的一个水龙头坏了。布朗太太不太了解水龙头，所以她打电话给修管工。 ``` 那天下午修管工来了，几分钟就修好了水龙头。他完工时，递给布朗太太这份工作的账单。 她看了账单几秒钟然后说：“你出的价儿太高了，不是吗？你知道吗？医生来看病都花不了这么多钱。” “是的，我知道。”修管工回答。“我很清楚，因为我之前就是个医生，几个月前幸运地找到了现在这份工 ``` 作。” 6. As one of her faucets broke, Mrs Brown asked a plumber to fix it.一个水龙头坏了，布朗太太让一个修管工来 ``` 修。 A: T B: F ``` 7. It took the plumber only a few minutes to finish the work because the plumber didn't do it carefully, but very quickly. 这个修管工只用了几分钟就完工了，因为修管工没有认真修理，而是很快干完活了。 A: T B: F 8. In fact, the plumber's prices were even higher than a doctor's. 事实上，修管工开的价格比医生的还高。 A: T B: F 9. The plumber knew that very well because he went to see a doctor a few months ago. 这个修管工很清楚因为他 ``` 几个月前看了大夫。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The plumber thought he was lucky because he could get more money than before. 修管工认为他很幸运，因为 ``` 他比以前挣的多。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **ABABA** **Passage 100** Mr. Hill arrives at London Airport, at the end of a three-week holiday in France. Usually he wears a beard(留胡须). Since it has been hot there, he has taken it off. But his passport photo shows him with his beard. An officer looks at the photo for a moment, and says, “Excuse me, and please sit down. I won’t keep you long.” With this, he walks away, shows the photo to a second officer and says, “I know that face.” The second officer looks at the passport and asks where Mr. Hill has come from. When he hears that Mr. Hill has arrived back from Paris, the second officer smiles and says, “An Englishman with a beard stole a painting in Paris on Friday, and that man looks just the kind of man...” Suddenly the first officer thinks of who Mr. Hill is. He returns to him, and asks, “Did you teach at the No.2 High School?” When Mr. Hill answers, in surprise, that he did, the first officer smiles and says, “I thought so. I’m Jack Smith. You taught me French. You haven’t changed a bit.” 在结束了为期三周的法国假期后，希尔先生到达了伦敦机场。他经常留胡须，但由于那里很热，他只得将 胡须剃掉，但是他的护照上的照片是有胡须的。机场的工作人员看了一会照片，然后说：“对不起，请坐下稍 等片刻。”然后就走开了，将照片给另一个工作人员看，并说道：“我认识这张脸。”第二个工作人员看了看护 照并问希尔先生从哪里来。当听说希尔先生是从巴黎回来的，第二个工作人员笑着说：“周五的时候，有一个 留胡须的英国人在巴黎偷了一副油画，那个人看起来就是这个长相。” ``` 第一个工作人员突然想起来希尔先生是谁了。他回到希尔先生面前问道：“你曾在第二高中教书吗?”当希 ``` 尔先生吃了一惊回答说是的，第一个工作人员笑着说：“我想也是。我是杰克·史密斯。你教过我法语。你一点 都没变。” 6. Mr. Hill has been in France for three weeks. 希尔先生在法国待了三周。 A: T B: F 7. Mr. Hill has a beard on his face but not in his photo. 希尔先生脸上有胡须，但是他的照片上面没有。 A: T B: F 8. The first officer is sure a man without a beard stole the painting. 第一个工作人员确信一个没留胡须的人偷了 ``` 油画。 A: T B: F ``` 9. The second officer says that Mr. Hill stole the painting. 第二个工作人员说希尔先生偷了那副油画。 A: T B: F 10. Mr. Hill taught Jack Smith French at the No. 2 High School. 希尔先生曾在第二高中教过杰克·斯密斯。 ### A: T B: F ### 答案 : ABBBA **Passage 101** Mr. Perkin stood at the bus-stop and watched the cars go by. Many of the cars were new Beta 400s, and most of them were yellow. Mr. Perkin always wore the same clothes as other men, ate the same food as other people, and did the same things after work, and at the end of the week, Mr. Perkin did not like to be different. The following week, Mr. Perkin bought a new, bright yellow Beta 400s. He was satisfied with it, and drove to work in it the very next day. He was even more satisfied with his new car, when he saw all the other Beta 400s, in front, behind, and on both sides of him. Mr. Perkin parked his car in a big car-park near his office, and walked the rest of the way. But when he came back at five o'clock, there were so many bright yellow Beta 400s in the car-park that he did not know which car was his. He tried his key in some of the cars, but people passing by gave him a look he didn't like. So he stopped. Poor Mr. Perkin had to wait nearly two hours until his was the only yellow Beta 400s in the car-park. 珀金先生站在公交车站前看着来来往往的车。很多车都是贝塔400s型新车，而且大部分都是黄色的。珀 金先生和其他男人一样总是穿着相同的衣服，和其他人一样吃着一样的食物，下班后做着同样的事情，而这个 周末珀金先生不想变得与众不同。 ``` 接下来的那周，珀金先生买了辆崭新的黄色贝塔400s。他对这辆车很满意，并且第二天他就开车去上班 ``` 了。当他在前后左右都看到其他的贝塔400s在开着的时候，他对他的新车更满意了。 珀金先生把他的车停在靠近他办公室的一个大型停车场里，然后走完了剩下的路程。但是当他 5 点钟回来 的时候，发现这全是清一色的黄色贝塔400s车，以至于他找不到哪辆车是他的了。他用车钥匙试了几辆车， 但是路人看他的眼光让他很不舒服。所以他停下了。 可怜的珀金先生只好等了 2 个小时，直到停车场只剩下他的黄色贝塔400s车。 6. Mr. Perkin wanted a new yellow Beta 400s because he liked to do the same as other people. 珀金先生想要买一 辆新的黄色贝塔400s车，因为他想跟其他人一样。 A: T B: F 7. He drove to work in his new car the very next day. 他第二天就开着新车去上班了。 A: T B: F 8. He was satisfied with his new car because other cars were not as bright as his. 他对他的新车很满意，因为其他 车不像他的车那么新。 A: T B: F 9. People gave him a look because he had a nice new car. 人们那样看着他是因为他有一辆新车。 A: T B: F 10. Mr. Perkin had to wait until there was only one yellow Beta 400s in the car-park. 珀金先生只好等到停车场只 ``` 剩下一辆黄色贝塔400s车。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 102** Mr. Young ran his own business and worked very hard. His wife was afraid that he would get sick if he continued like that, so she often tried to get him to take a vacation. At last she managed to persuade him to do so, and she hoped that he would be able to enjoy his vacation without any disturbance, so before they left, Mrs. Young went to see her husband’s secretary. She said to her, “My husband needs a vacation very much, so whatever happens, please don’t bother him with telegrams and letters about business problems while we’re away. Just wait till we get back.” After Mr. and Mrs. Young had been away about a week, Mr. Young received a letter from his secretary which said, “Something terrible happened to your business, but I’m not going to bother you with it while you’re enjoying your vacation.” 杨先生经营着自己的企业，工作很辛苦。他的妻子担心他如果一直这样劳累会生病，于是经常试着劝他去 度假。最后终于他说服他了，她希望他能不被打扰、好好地享受假期。于是离开前杨太太去找杨先生的秘书。 她对秘书说：“我的丈夫很需要休一次假，所以无论发生什么事，请不要在我们离开时通过电报和书信用生意 方面的问题来打扰他。等我们回来再说。” 杨先生夫妇离开一周左右后，杨先生收到他秘书的一封信，信上说：“您的生意出了严重的问题，但是你 在休假时我不会打扰你的。” 6. Mr. Young was the owner of a private business. 杨先生是一家私有企业的老板。 A: T B: F 7. Mrs. Young worried about her husband's business. 杨太太担心她丈夫的企业。 A: T B: F 8. Mrs. Young was afraid that her husband's vacation might be spoilt. 杨太太担心她丈夫的假期可能会被毁了。 A: T B: F 9. The secretary didn't explain in her letter what had happened to Mr. Young's business, because she didn't want to spoil Mr. Young's vacation.秘书在信里没有解释杨先生的企业出了什么事，因为她不想毁了杨先生的假期。 A: T B: F 10. You can learn from the story that Mr. Young had a stupid secretary.从故事可以看出杨先生有个愚蠢的秘书。 ### A: T B: F ### 答案： ABAAA **Passage 103** Mrs. Weeks was reading a newspaper story to her class. The story said: "Were you ever in a hospital when you were small? How did you feel?" The doctors in Children's Hospital are asking for money for children's toys. Some children in the hospital must stay in bed for many weeks. Toys are needed to keep the sick children happy and quiet. Money for them can be sent to the hospital. After Mrs. Weeks read the story，she said，"This story gave me an idea." "You want us to bring some money for the toys." "We could bring some of our own toys for the children in the hospital, "said the boys and the girls one after another. "Well, your ideas would be nice, "Mrs. Weeks said, "but mine is different." "We could make some toys, "shouted one of them. Mrs. Weeks smiled. "Do you think you could make toys?" she asked. "Yes, yes, "the whole class answered. "Great! Let's begin to make toys tomorrow, "said Mrs. Weeks. On Saturday afternoon，Mrs. Weeks took the children to the hospital with the toys made by her students. The children in the hospital felt very happy to see the toys. So did the children in the class. A few days later，Mrs. Weeks read another newspaper story to the class: Some school pupils brought toys to Children's Hospital last week. The toys were made by the pupils of Grade Three in Green Street School. The doctors said，"We have never had so many wonderful toys. Our children are very happy with them. They say，'THANK YOU，GRADE THREE.'" 威克斯太太在给她班上的学生读报纸。故事是这样的： “你小时候去过医院吗？你感觉如何？”儿童医院的医生在筹款为孩子们购买玩具。一些在医院的孩子必 须卧床好几周。需要玩具让这些生病的孩子开心和安静下来。可以把钱送到医院。 ``` 威克斯太太读完这个故事，说：“这个故事给了我一个主意。” “你想让我们捐钱买玩具。”“我们可以为医院的孩子带一些我们自己的玩具。”孩子们一个接一个地说。 “嗯，你们的想法都很好。”威克斯太太说。“但是我的主意不太一样。” “我们可以做些玩具。”一个孩子喊道。 威克斯太太微笑地说：“你们认为你们可以做玩具吗？”她问。 “可以，可以。”全班回答道。 “太好了！明天让我们开始做玩具吧。”威克斯太太说。 周六下午，威克斯太太带着孩子们拿着他们做的玩具去了医院。医院里的孩子看到这些玩具很开心。班上 ``` 的孩子也很高兴。 ``` 几天后，威克斯太太又给班上的同学读了另一篇报道： 上周一些小学生给儿童医院带去了玩具。格林街学校三年级的学生们制作了这些玩具。医生说：“我们从 ``` 来没有过这么多精美的玩具。我们的孩子们看到它们都很开心。他们说：‘谢谢你们，三年级的学生们。’” 6. The first newspaper story was mainly about sick children in children's Hospital. 第一篇新闻报道主要是关于儿 ``` 童医院的儿童患者的。 A: T B: F ``` 7. Let the class make some toys and give them to the children in the hospital was in Mrs. Weeks’ mind. 让班上 ``` 学生制作玩具并送给医院孩子是威克斯太太的主意。 A: T B: F ``` 8. At first, the doctors in Children's Hospital wanted to get some money to buy toys for the sick children. 一开始儿 ``` 童医院的医生想得到钱来为儿童患者买玩具。 A: T B: F ``` 9. From the passage we can learn that what Mrs. Weeks really wanted to do is to ask her class to save money for toys. 从文章我们可以看出威克斯太太真正想做的是让学生们攒钱买玩具。 A: T B: F 10. The author's tone in this passage is enthusiastic. 文章作者的语气是很有激情的。 A: T B: F 答案： **AAABA** **Passage 104** My Aunt Edith was a widow of 50, working as a secretary, when doctors discovered what was then thought to be a very serious heart disease. Aunt Edith didn't accept defeat easily. She began studying medical reports in the library and found an article in a magazine about a well-known heart surgeon, Dr. Michael DeBakey, of Houston, Texas. He had saved the life of someone with the same disease. The article said his fees were very high; Aunt Edith couldn't possibly pay them. But could he tell her of someone whose fees she could pay? So Aunt Edith wrote to him. She simply listed her reasons for wanting to live: her three children, who would be on their own in three or four more years; her little-girl dream of traveling and seeing the world. There wasn't a word of self-pity－only warmth and humor and the joy of living. She mailed the letter, not really expecting an answer. A few days later, my doorbell rang. Aunt Edith didn't wait to come in; she stood in the hall and read aloud: Your beautiful letter moved me very deeply. If you can come to Houston, there will be no charge for either the hospital or the operation. Signed-Michael DeBakey.” That was seven years ago. Since then, Aunt Edith has been around the world. Her three children are happily married. For her age, she is one of the youngest, most alive people I know----all because of an open heart surgeon who knew how to honor his profession, and how to open his own heart. 当医生发现她患有在那个时候被认为是很严重的心脏病时，我的阿姨伊迪斯是个 50 岁的寡妇，是名秘书。 伊迪丝阿姨不愿意轻易被病魔打败。她开始在图书馆研究医学报告，在一本杂志的一篇文章里发现了一个 德克萨斯州休斯顿的著名的心脏外科医生迈克尔·德贝基。他挽救了一个人的生命，那个人和阿姨有同样的疾 病。这篇文章上说治疗的费用是非常高的，伊迪丝阿姨不可能支付得起。但他能告诉她有没有别人的费用是她 能够支付的起的? ``` 于是伊迪丝阿姨写信给他。她简单地列出想活下去的理由：她的三个孩子得在三、四年后自己谋生，她还 ``` 是个小女孩的时候的周游世界的梦想。没有一个字的自怨自艾，只有温暖和幽默以及生活的乐趣。她寄出了这 封信，并没有期望得到回信。 几天后，我的门铃响了。伊迪丝阿姨还没等到走进来就站在门厅大声地读道：“你美丽的信深深打动了我。 如果你可以来休斯顿，住院和手术都是免费的。签名是迈克尔·德贝基。” ``` 那是 7 年前了。自从那时候，伊迪丝阿姨一直在周游世界。她的三个孩子都婚姻幸福。对于她的年龄来 ``` 说，她是我认识的人里面最年轻最有活力的人——这都是因为一个心脏手术的医生知道如何尊重他的职业，以 及如何打开自己的心灵。 6. Aunt Edith stopped working as a secretary when she knew she had a very serious heart disease. 伊迪丝阿姨知道 自己患了很严重的心脏病时就不再当秘书了。 A: T B: F 7. From the story we can see Aunt Edith accepted defeat easily. 从这个故事我们能看出伊迪丝阿姨很轻易地被 打败了。 A: T B: F 8. In Aunt Edith's letter to the doctor, she showed she was warm, humorous and enjoying living. 在伊迪丝阿姨给 医生写的信里，她表现出她是温暖、幽默、热爱生活的。 A: T B: F 9. When Aunt Edith mailed her letter, she didn't expect the doctor would give her a reply. 当伊迪丝阿姨寄出信的 ``` 时候，她并没有盼着得到回复。 A: T B: F ``` 10. Michael DeBakey mainly told Aunt Edith in the letter that her disease was so serious that he couldn't cure her. 在 ``` 他的信里迈克尔·德贝基主要告诉伊迪丝阿姨她的病太重了没法治疗她。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **BBAAB** **Passage 105** My brother, Henry, has an excellent job at a bank. I couldn't believe him when he told me that he had decided to give it up. Though I tried to make him change his mind, I failed completely. "You should reconsider your decision," I said. "You have already spent five years in the bank and you could have a wonderful career. You might become a bank manager by the time you're thirty-five. " "I know," Henry answered. "I've got no complaints with the bank. It's a pleasant job in pleasant surroundings. The bank manager told me that my prospects（前程） were excellent. "Then why do you want to leave?" I answered. "It's the money," Henry said. "But you're getting a good salary," I answered. "I don't mean that," Henry said. "What do I do at the bank? Well, at the moment all I do is to count money. I find it very depressing（令人沮丧的）. " ``` "What's depressing about counting money?" I asked, unable to follow the logic（逻辑） of Henry's argument. "You don't understand," Henry answered. "I enjoy counting my own money, but I hate counting other people's!" 我的弟弟亨利在银行有份完美的工作。当他告诉我他打算辞职的时候，我感到难以置信。尽管我试着改变 ``` 他的想法，可是我完全失败了。 “你应该重新考虑你的决定。”我说：“你已经在银行待了 5 年了，你的职业生涯会很好。到了 35 岁你可能 会成为银行经理的。” ``` “我知道，”亨利回答：“我对银行没有什么好埋怨的。这是一份在舒适环境下的好工作。银行经理告诉我 ``` 我的前程一片光明。” “那么你为什么要离开？”我说。 “是钱的问题。”亨利说。 “但是你的工资很不错。”我说。 “我不是那个意思，”亨利说：“我在银行都做什么？好吧，我做的所有事情都是在数钱。我觉得很令人沮 丧。” ### “数钱有什么让人沮丧的？”我问，无法理解亨利的逻辑。 ### “你不明白，”亨利回答：“我喜欢数自己的钱，但是我恨数别人的钱！” 6. Henry's decision was that he would spend more time on his job. 亨利的决定是在工作上花更多的时间。 A: T B: F 7. Henry had been working in the bank for five years. 亨利在银行工作了 5 年了。 A: T B: F 8. The bank manager told Henry that Henry did a good job. 银行经理告诉亨利他工作得很好。 A: T B: F 9. Henry had no complaints with all of the following EXCEPT long working hour. 亨利除了对工作时间长这点之 ``` 外没有什么埋怨的。 A: T B: F ``` 10. Henry found his job depressing because he didn't like counting other people's money. 亨利觉得他的工作令人沮 丧，因为他不喜欢数别人的钱。 A: T B: F 答案： **BABBA** **Passage 106** My grandparents can be good fun. They are retired, so they don't work anymore. My grandfather is 68 and my grandmother is 67, but they are not too old to be active. They exercise by playing golf and they go out for meals and to the theater. Sometimes they take me out, too. We have a good time. They also go on great holidays. Last year, they went to China and walked along the Great Wall! Sometimes, my grandparents like to criticize me. They think that children today have an easy life. Life was very different when they were young and there are many things about my life that they do not understand. They tell me, over and over, how they had to start work at 16. They know that I will go on to university and won't be getting a job until I am 22! They also think that I have too many possessions, such as mobile phones, computers and PSPs. When they were young, they did not have anything like that. What they do not realize is that they cannot compare children at present time. They had the same kinds of things as the rest of people of their age, so do I. It would be very strange if I only had the possessions that they had when they were my age. 我的祖父母很有趣。他们都退休了，所以说他们都不工作了。爷爷 68 岁，奶奶 67 岁，但他们并不因为年 龄大了就不活动了。他们通过打高尔夫球锻炼，他们出去吃饭，去剧院。有时他们也会带上我。我们在一起会 玩的很开心。他们也会过重大节假日。去年，他们去了中国并且去爬了长城！ 有时候爷爷奶奶喜欢会批评我。他们认为现在的孩子生活太舒服。跟他们小时候的生活不一样，在我的生 活中有很多东西他们都无法理解。他们一遍一遍的告诉我，当他们 16 岁时是如何开始工作的。他们知道在我 22 岁之前我会继续去上大学而不会去工作！他们也认为我拥有太多财富，比如手机、电脑和PSP。他们小时候 没有那样的东西。他们不能理解的是他们不能跟我们这一代人比较。他们和他们那一代人一样拥有一样的东 西，我们这一代也一样。如果我拥有他们在我这个年纪拥有的东西的话,那太奇怪了。 6. My grandparents sometimes criticize me. One reason is that children today have an easy life. 我的祖父母有时候 会批评我。一个原因是如今的孩子生活太舒适了。 A: T B: F 7. Grandparents don't work anymore because they are tired. 祖父母们不再工作了，因为他们累了。 A: T B: F 8. Grandparents had the same kinds of things as people of their age when they were young. 祖父母和他们同龄人 在年轻时拥有的东西一样。 A: T B: F 9. The sentence "but they are not too old to be active" means that they are old, so they are not active. "but they are not too old to be active"这个句子的意思是他们老了，所以不活跃了。 A: T B: F 10. My grandparents don't understand many things about my life. 我的祖父母不理解我的生活中的很多东西。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABABA** **Passage 107** My wealthy uncle was dying. He wanted to leave me his entire fortune, which was about half a million dollars. There was, one condition: I must be married before he died. If not, I wouldn't receive a cent. I was not a greedy man, but I thought half a million dollars was a rather high price for keeping my freedom. I decided to make the great sacrifice. It was easier said than done. The doctor was certain my uncle would be dead within a fortnight(两周). That put me in a difficult position. You see, besides being forty years old, I was also ugly. I had no lady friends, I couldn't possibly advertise myself as wealthy until after my marriage. Advertise! What a good idea! I ran an advertisement in one of the popular Sunday newspapers. To my surprise and joy, I received over a thousand replies. I spent hours opening the letters. My heart sank. I couldn't possibly read all the letters. Time was running out. In despair, I burnt all the letters. No choice was better than a bad choice. In this dejected(灰心的) state of mind, I went to see a good friend. He was a waiter in a restaurant. I told him my problem. "If you are really serious," he said, I can recommend my sister. She's an excellent cook and a good housekeeper. She is all alone now. "But is she interested in marriage?" I asked. ### 我有钱的叔叔病危了。他想把他所有的财产留给我，大概有 50 万美元。有一个条件：我必须在他死前结 ### 婚。如果不结婚，我一分钱都得不到。我不是一个贪婪的人，但我想 50 万美元是我保持自由的一个昂贵代价。 ### 我决定做出巨大的牺牲。说起来容易做起来难。医生确信我的叔叔两周内会死去。这让我处境困难。你看，除 ### 了已经年满 40 了，我还很丑。我没有女性朋友，我结婚前也不能宣称（登广告说）我很富有。登广告！多好 ### 的主意啊！ ### 我在一家受欢迎的周日报纸上登了一则广告。让我惊讶又快乐的是，我收到了超过 1000 多份回复。光拆 ### 信封就花了好几个小时。 ### 我的心沉了下来。我不可能读完所有的信。时间快不够了。绝望之下，我烧光了所有的信。没有选择也比 ### 错误的选择要好。在这种灰心的状态下，我去见了一位好朋友。他是一个餐厅的服务生。我告诉他我的麻烦。 ### “如果你真的很严肃，”他说：“我可以推荐我的妹妹。她是个优秀的厨师，也是个好主妇。她现在孤身一人。”“但 ### 是她对婚姻感兴趣吗？”我问。 6. The writer wanted to marry because his uncle was dying. 作者想结婚是因为他的叔叔病危了。 A: T B: F 7. His biggest problem in finding a wife was that he was forty and ugly. 他找妻子遇到的最大问题是他 40 岁了， ``` 而且很丑。 A: T B: F ``` 8. He burnt all the letters because there were no suitable persons. 他把所有信都烧了，因为没有合适的人。 A: T B: F 9. He went to the restaurant to get advice from his friend there. 他去那家餐厅是为了向在那儿的朋友取得建议。 A: T B: F 10. The waiter at the restaurant recommended his own sister because she was a good looking girl. 餐厅的服务生推 荐了他的妹妹，因为她很漂亮。 A: T B: F 答案： **BABAB** **Passage 108** Newspapers, along with reporting the news, educate, entertain, and give opinions. An important way of reading a large, big-city newspaper is to put it into different sections. Can you find these separate sections: world news, national and local news, sports, business, entertainment, opinions, ads? Does your paper have other sections? News stories give facts, not the reporter's opinions. Some newspaper editorials (社论)come out with the writer’s name, but many newspapers only carry editorials without putting the writers’ name on. You can be a better reader if you know what to expect in a newspaper. For example, you can expect headlines to leave out unnecessary words. You can expect to find the most important facts in the leading paragraph (the first paragraph) of a news story. You can expect important news items to be on the front page. You can expect less important items to be on the inside pages. Most of all, the more you know about news of the present time, the more you will understand what is in the newspaper; important stories are generally presented one day and followed up on following days. So, an important way to read newspapers is reading one frequently. 报纸除了报道新闻之外，还有教育、娱乐和给予观点的作用。读一份厚厚的、大型城市出版的报纸的重要 方式是把它分不同部分来读。你能找到这些不同的栏目吗：世界新闻、国内及当地新闻、体育、经济、娱乐、 评论、广告？你的报纸有其他栏目吗？ 新闻是提供事实的，不是记者的观点的。一些报纸社论配有作者的名字，但是很多报纸只有社论，没有作 者的名字。 ``` 如果知道能从一份报纸得到什么信息，你就会成为一个更好的读者。例如，你会知道标题都剔除了不必要 ``` 的词语。你会知道一篇报道的标题段(第一段)里有最重要的信息。你会知道头版有重要的新闻。你会知道不那 么重要的内容会在内页上。 ``` 最重要的是，你对当前的新闻了解越多，你就越会了解报纸里有什么内容。重要的内容通常在当天以及之 ``` 后的日子里报道出来。因此，读报纸的一个重要方式就是经常阅览。 6. A good way to read a newspaper is to find separate sections and read according to your needs. 读报纸的一个好 ``` 方法是发现报纸的不同部分，然后根据自己的需要来阅读。 A: T B: F ``` 7. To design ads might NOT be a newspaper reporter’s work. 设计广告可能不是报纸记者的工作。 A: T B: F 8. From the text we know that newspaper headlines are what readers expect to read. 从这篇文章中，我们可以知 ``` 道新闻标题是读者想读的内容。 A: T B: F ``` 9. If you are reading for major facts in the news stories, you should read the front page. 如果你想阅读新闻的重要 ``` 内容，你应该阅读头版。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The writer’s suggestion to us is that we should read one newspaper frequently. 作者建议我们应该经常阅览一 ### 份报纸。 ### A: T B: F ### 答案： AABBA **Passage 109** New York, London, Paris and other big cities are exciting places to live in. There are many interesting things to see and to do. You can go to different kinds of museums, parks and cinemas. You can also go shopping to buy things from all over the world. But there are some problems in big cities, too. The cost of living is high, and there are too many people in some places of big cities. Every year many people move to the cities because there are some chances to find good jobs, to study at good schools, and to see good doctors. But sometimes these people cannot find work or a good place to live in. Also, too many people in a small place make it hard to keep the cities safe and clean. Some people enjoy living in big cities, but others do not. Before people move to big cities, they should think about the problems of living there. 纽约、伦敦、巴黎及其他大城市是令人兴奋的居住地。在这儿有很多有趣的东西可看,有很多好玩的事情 可做。你可以去参观游览各种博物馆、公园和电影院,也可以去逛街购买来自全世界各地的物品。 但是,大城市同样存在着问题。生活成本高，人口密度大。每年，很多人搬去城市，因为在那儿有能找到好 工作、好的学校读书和名医看病的机会。但有时这些人找不到工作机会或好地方居住。同时，在弹丸之地居住 太多人也不太安全和卫生。 有的人喜欢住在大城市,有的人则不喜欢。在去大城市之前，人们应想想可能存在的生活问题。 6. All people like to live in big cities. 所有人都喜欢住在大城市。 A: T B: F 7. In big cities people can go to different kinds of museums. 在大城市里人们可以参观各种博物馆。 A: T B: F 8. The writer advises people not to move to a big city without thinking about the problems there. 作者建议人们没 ``` 有思考住在大城市的问题时不要搬进去。 A: T B: F ``` 9. Big cities have problems too. 大城市也有问题。 A: T B: F 10. The best title for this passage is “Advantages of living in big cities”.文章的最佳标题是“住在大城市的优点”。 A: T B: F 答案： **BAAAB** **Passage 110** No one knows who made the first ice cream. Some people think that water ices and milk ices may have been made by the Chinese between three thousand and four thousand years ago. In time, the dish reached India. The Indians, in turn, may have passed on the secret to the Arabs and Persians. The Persians called their dish Sharbat, from which our word sherbet（冰冻果子露）comes. Marco Polo, an Italian who traveled widely in the thirteenth century, noted that he found the Chinese had long been making ices out of fruit juices and milk. From the fourteenth century on, ices became popular, first in Venice and then throughout Italy. In 1533, when Catherine de Medicis left Italy to marry the future King Henry IIof France, she took her cooks with her. They made desserts the French had never tasted before. Among them was "ice cream". For each day of the wedding festivities(庆祝活动，庆典) Catherine's cooks prepared a different flavor of her favorite dessert-"ice cream." At first ice cream was a luxury(奢侈品) in France. Only rich people had money to buy it. Then, in 1660, a young man from Sicily, Francisco Procopio, arrived in Paris. He opened a shop that sold ice cream at prices people could afford. Procopio's "ice-cream parlor(店堂)" became so popular that other shops were opened. About 1640, King Charles I introduced ice cream to England. He had heard it was popular in Italy and France. He served ice cream for dessert at a banquet(宴会). The surprise dish was a great success. The King ordered his cook to keep the recipe(制作方法) for ice cream a secret. Charles felt that only royalty(王室) should serve the dessert. But the secret soon leaked out. Ice cream quickly became popular in England too. 没有人知道是谁制作的第一个冰淇淋。一些人认为是中国人在 3000 到 4000 年前制作了水冰和奶冰的。后 来，这种食物传到了印度。印度人接着把这个秘诀传给了阿拉伯人和波斯人。波斯人把这种食物叫做Sharbat， 我们的冰冻果子露这个词就是这么来的。 马可波罗是一个在 13 世纪到处游历的意大利人，他记录了他发现中国人早就用果汁和牛奶做成冰。从 14 世纪开始，冰变得很受欢迎，首先先在威尼斯流行，接着传到整个意大利。 1533 年，当Catherine de Medicis离开意大利嫁给法国未来的国王亨利二世的时候，她带去了她的厨师们。 他们做出了法国人从来没吃过的甜点。其中就有冰淇淋。每当结婚庆典的时候，Catherine的厨师就做一种不同 口味的冰淇淋，这是她最爱的甜点。 大概在 1640 年，查理一世把冰淇淋引入到英格兰。他听说它在意大利和法国很受欢迎。在一次宴会上他 招待宾客将冰淇淋作为甜点来品尝。这个令人惊喜的食物大获成功。国王命令厨师把冰淇淋的制作方法作为秘 密。查理一世认为只有王室才能享用这种甜点。但是秘密很快就泄露出去了。冰淇淋也很快在英格兰流行起来。 6. This passage is mainly about the history of ice cream. 这篇文章主要是关于冰淇淋的历史。 ### A: T B: F 7. Marco Polo's remark shows that he traveled in India. 马可波罗的评论说明他在印度游历过。 A: T B: F 8. Ice cream was unknown in France until 1640. 直到 1640 年法国人才知道冰淇淋。 A: T B: F 9. Ice cream was introduced to England by King Charles I. 冰淇淋是查理一世引入英国的。 A: T B: F 10. Development of ice cream in France and other countries is discussed in the passage. 本文讨论了冰淇淋在法国 和其他国家的发展过程。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABBAA** **Passage 111** Now satellites are helping to forecast the weather. They are in space, and they can reach any part of the world. The satellites take pictures of the atmosphere, because this is where the weather forms. They send these pictures to the weather stations. So meteorologists（气象学家）can see the weather of any part of the world. From the pictures, the scientists can often say how the weather will change. Today, nearly five hundred weather stations in sixty countries receive satellite pictures. When they receive new pictures, the meteorologists compare them with earlier ones. Perhaps they may find that the clouds have changed during the last few hours. This may mean that the weather on the ground may soon change, too. In their next weather forecast, the meteorologists can say this. So the weather satellites are a great help to the meteorologists. Before satellites were invented, the scientists could forecast the weather for about 24 or 48 hours. Now they can make good forecasts for three or five days. Soon, perhaps, they may be able to forecast the weather for a week or more ahead. 现在卫星在帮助人们预测天气。它们在太空中，可以（将信号）发射达到世界的任何一个角落。卫星拍摄 大气层的照片，因为那里是天气形成的地方。它们把照片发送到气象站。于是气象学家可以看到世界任何地方 的天气。从照片上，科学家可以预测天气将会如何变化。 如今，在六十个国家的近五百个气象站接收卫星图片。当他们收到新的图片，气象学家将它们同以前的图 片做比较。也许他们会发现在过去几个小时云已经发生了改变。这可能意味着当地的天气也可能很快改变。在 接下来的天气预报中气象专家可以这样说。 因此，气象卫星对气象专家的帮助很大。卫星被发明之前，科学家可以预测大约 24 或 48 小时的天气。现 在他们可以很好的预测三天或五天的天气。很快，也许他们也能够预测一个星期或以上的天气。 6. Satellites travel above space. 卫星在太空之上运行。 A: T B: F 7. We use the weather satellites to take pictures of the atmosphere because the weather forms there. 我们用气象 卫星为大气层拍照因为天气在那里形成。 A: T B: F 8. Meteorologists forecast the weather after they have compared new satellite pictures with earlier ones. 气象学 ``` 家在比较新旧卫星照片后做出天气预报。 A: T B: F ``` 9. Maybe we'll soon be able to forecast the weather for five days. 可能我们很快就能预测 5 天的天气了。 A: T B: F 10. The main idea of this passage is that satellites are now used in weather forecasting. 文章的大意是卫星现在用于 天气预报。 A: T B: F 答案： **BAABA** **Passage 112** Now, you’ll be coming back here to brush up your English, so you’ll want to make as much conversation as possible. Whatever you do, don’t stay in a place full of overseas students, especially if they come from our country. This is fatal. Don’t believe all the stories you hear about how unfriendly the English are. It’s just that many of them are a little shy, and they have this idea about minding their own business. In a train, or restaurant, for example, or anywhere else they will talk to you; but you must break the ice first. Then see them talk! Any subject will do--the weather, their dogs, food. Pardon me, not any subject. Don’t be nosy (爱打听的) about their private life, their incomes and expenditures, or their ages. These English worship (尊重) their privacy. Avoid religion too. The best place to talk is in pubs, but as you are a girl, go with someone else, and don’t go to the pubs in Piccadilly, Leicester Square and so on. Find one near where you are living and go there regularly. Someone’s bound to talk to you. Oh! Make sure to let them see you are a foreigner. Pretend to have difficulty in ordering, or something. That should be easy enough. 现在你要回来提高你的英语了，所以你会想要尽可能多地去交谈。无论你做什么，不要待在一个都是留学 生的地方，尤其是如果他们来自我们国家。这是致命的。不要相信任何你听到的关于英国人多么不友好的说法。 这只是因为他们中的很多人都有点害羞，他们认为要少管闲事。例如，在火车上或者餐厅里，或者任何其他地 方，他们都会跟你聊天的，但是你必须先开口。然后就听他们说吧！任何话题都可以——天气、狗、食物。对 不起，不是任何话题都可以。不要打听他们的私人生活、收入和支出、或者他们的年龄。这些英国人尊重自己 ### 的隐私。也要避免谈论宗教。最好的聊天地点是在酒吧里，但是因为你是个女生，跟别人一起去，不要去皮卡 ### 迪利和莱斯特广场等地方的酒吧。在你住的附近找个酒吧，经常去那儿。肯定会有人跟你聊天的。哦！一定要 ### 让他们认为你是个外国人。假装点餐或是其他方面有困难。这样做就简单多了。 6. The writer suggests that they had better not stay in a place where there are a lot of young people.作者建议不要待 ``` 在年轻人多的地方。 A: T B: F ``` 7. According to the passage, we should believe the English are mostly friendly.根据这篇文章，我们应该相信英国 ``` 人多数情况都很友善。 A: T B: F ``` 8. We can talk about anything with English except their dogs.我们可以和英国人谈任何事情，除了关于他们的狗。 A: T B: F 9. According to the passage, if you want to talk with the English, usually you have to talk to them first.根据这篇文 ``` 章，如果你想跟英国人聊天，通常你得先跟他们谈话。 A: T B: F ``` 10. The best place to talk to the English is in a restaurant. 跟英国人聊天的最佳地点是在餐厅里。 A: T B: F 答案： **BABAB** **Passage 113** Nowadays, any Chinese can enjoy the luxury (奢侈) of owning a private car, if he or she has enough money to buy it. Having a car of your own means no more traveling on crowded buses or subway trains, and you can drop off the children at school on the way. What's more, it also means that you can enjoy the weekends and holidays better, because with a car you can go to places where the regular buses and trains do not go to. However, besides the advantages of owning a car, there are also disadvantages of owning a car. On one hand, with the increasing number of the private cars, the roads are becoming more and more crowded, and it often makes the journey hard and more and more traffic accidents happen. On the other hand, we know the prices of gasoline and repairs are constantly rising, so it is very expensive to run a car. You have to pay more for a license and insurance. Comparing the advantages and disadvantages of owning a car, we can make a conclusion that the advantages of owning a car outweigh (超过) the disadvantages. Therefore, it seems that China should increase its output of cars and make the private car market larger. The result would be that cars would become cheaper and cheaper. 如今，任何一个中国人都能拥有一辆私家车，只要他有足够的钱买的起车。拥有自己的车意味着不再需要 乘坐拥挤的公交车或地铁了，你可以顺路送孩子上学。此外，这也意味着你可以更好地享受周末和假期，因为 开着车你可以去常规公交车和地铁开不到的地方。 ``` 然而，拥有一辆车除了有优点之外，也有一些问题。一方面，随着私家车数量的增长，道路变得越来越拥 ``` 挤，开车越来越难，交通事故增加了。另一方面，我们知道汽油价格和维修费用在持续增长，因此拥有一辆车 的费用是很高的。为了获得驾照和保险的花费提高了。比较拥有一辆车的优点和缺点，我们能得到这样的结论： 优点超过缺点。因此，看上去中国应该增加汽车的产量，把汽车市场做大。结果就是汽车会变得越来越便宜。 6. Private cars can take you to places where the regular buses do not go. 私家车能带你去到常规公交车去不了的 ``` 地方。 A: T B: F ``` 7. The roads are crowded because of the rising number of private cars. 道路拥挤是因为私家车数量的增加。 A: T B: F 8. If the private car market becomes larger, cars will become cheaper and cheaper. 如果私家车市场扩大了，汽车 会变得越来越便宜。 A: T B: F 9. According to the writer, to take a bus is better than to drive a car. 根据作者所说，坐公交车比开车好。 A: T B: F 10. The best title for the passage is “The Market of the Private Cars”. 这篇文章的最佳标题是“私家车市场”。 A: T B: F 答案： **AAABB** **Passage 114** Oil is so important that it is sometimes called “black gold”. Almost half of our energy comes from oil. We use it to run our cars and factories and to heat our homes, offices and schools. Many everyday things are made from oil. Your shirt may have oil in the material. The soap you wash your hands with might also be made from oil. Your favorite plastic toy is made from oil. Oil is hard to find, because it is trapped deep under the earth. Once the only way people knew there was oil someplace if it leaked out of the ground. Today, however, we have many ways of finding oil. One tool measures the pull of gravity. Places where gravity is weaker are more likely to have oil. Another tool is sound waves. Sound waves travel through different kinds of rocks at different speeds. We can use them to find the rocks that have oil in them. We need a lot of oil, and we are using up the oil wells we know about. Soon we must find new ways of looking for this “black gold”. 石油是如此重要的以至于它有时被称为“黑色的金子”。我们的能源一半来自石油。我们用它来运行我们的 ### 汽车和工厂，为我们的家、办公室和学校供暖。有许多日常用品是用石油制作的。你的衬衫的原料里有可能有 ### 石油。你洗手用的香皂也可能是石油做成的。你最喜欢的塑料玩具也是石油制成的。 ### 石油是很难找到的，因为它埋藏在地球深部。曾经唯一能发现石油的方式就是它从地面渗漏出来了。然而 ### 如今我们有很多方法能发现石油。有一种工具测量引力。重力较弱的地方可能有石油。另一个工具是声波。声 ### 波以不同的速度穿过不同种类的岩石。我们可以用它们来发现石油。 ### 我们需要很多的石油，我们正在用尽我们已知的石油。很快，我们必须找到新的途径来寻找“黑色的金子”。 6. From this passage, we can know oil is a source of energy. 从这篇文章我们知道石油是一种能源。 A: T B: F 7. According to the passage, we can tell that oil is found only under water. 根据这篇文章，我们可以看出石油只 ``` 能在水下找到。 A: T B: F ``` 8. Sound waves travel through different kinds of rocks at different speeds.声波以不同速度穿过不同种类的岩石。 A: T B: F 9. Many things are made from oil. 很多东西是由石油制成的。 A: T B: F 10. The main idea of the whole story is that oil is important for us but hard to find. 这个故事的主要内容是石油对 ``` 我们很有用，但很难找到。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **ABAAA** **Passage 115** On a practical level, teachers need a wide variety of skills and abilities. They have to be ready to spend many hours at home planning their lessons and preparing homework. They have to be well organized in class, patient with students, able to appear bright and interested even if they are in fact tired or unhappy, and lively enough to control a group of young people for almost 200 days a year. Outside the classroom, they may have to prepare teaching materials, to choose books to use as texts, to help organize the work of other teachers, or to organize spare time activities for students. If you think that you have all the necessary qualities, you may feel that you would like to be a teacher. If you live in the United States, one way to decide is by joining a club for future teachers, such as Student Action for Education. Clubs like this give advice about your field, and also allow you to watch teachers at work, attend meetings and experiment with teaching methods and equipment. You could also talk with the job advisor at your school or university. Finally, you could try teaching a younger student or becoming an advisor at a summer camp for children. Any activity in which you are dealing with, children will help you decide whether you have a calling for teaching. 从实践层面来说，教师需要各种技能和能力。他们必须准备好花很多时间在家里备课和准备作业。他们在 课堂上需要组织得当，对学生耐心，即使他们实际上累了或不开心也要表现得愉快和兴趣盎然，而且一年几乎 200 天都要活泼地足以控制一群年轻人。在课堂之外，他们可能需要准备教学材料，选择作为课本的书，帮助 组织其他教师的工作，或是为学生组织课余时间的活动。 如果你认为你有这一切必要的素质，你可能觉得你想成为一名老师。如果你住在美国，有一个方法来帮助 你做决定就是加入一个未来教师俱乐部，例如学生教育活动。像这样的俱乐部会在你的领域里给你提出建议， 还可以让你观察其他教师的教学活动、参加会议、体验教学方法和设备。你也可以与学校或大学的工作顾问谈 谈。最后，你也可以尝试教一个年轻学生或成为一个夏令营里的儿童顾问。在任何一个你参与的活动里，和你 打交道的孩子们都会帮助你决定你是否有教育事业的感召。 6. A teacher should show a firm mind that is able to control tiredness and unhappiness.教师需要能展现出具有坚定 ``` 的意念来控制疲劳和不愉快的心情。 A: T B: F ``` 7. The first paragraph is mainly about how to plan lessons and prepare homework.第一段主要讲的是如何备课和 准备作业。 A: T B: F 8. The second paragraph is about ways to decide whether teaching should be one's future employment. 第二段是关 于如何决定教学是否能成为一个人未来的职业。 A: T B: F 9. Student Action for Education is an activity at a summer camp. 学生教育活动是一个夏令营的活动。 A: T B: F 10. The author suggests that talking with job advisors will help you make decisions on taking a teaching job.作者建 议说跟职业顾问探讨可以帮助你决定是否当一名教师。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABABA** **Passage 116** On Christmas Eve 1971, Julia Smith was taking a flight in Peru with her mother to join her father, a professor, who was an expert on the jungle and plants and animals living there. Unfortunately, the plane crashed in a storm. The passengers all died except Julia who only had a few cuts. She was determined to survive. She had no map, only a bag of sweets and her torn clothes. She found a stream and followed it, trying to keep in the shade as much as possible, because she had no hat. For ten days, she walked along the river, eating fruits from the trees. At night she slept near the river bank, on the ground which was wet from the rain. She often felt weak, but she refused to give up. On the 10th day, she arrived at a small hut. The three Indian hunters who visited the hut every two weeks rescued her and took her by boat to a small village from where she was flown to a hospital. She was safe at last. 1971 年的圣诞节前夕，茱莉亚·史密斯和她的母亲在秘鲁坐飞机去见她的父亲，他是一名教授，是研究 丛林和动植物的专家。不幸的是，飞机在暴风雨中坠毁了。除了茱莉亚的所有乘客都死了，她只有几处划伤。 她决心活下去。她没有地图，只有一包糖和破烂的衣服。她找到一条小溪，沿着它走，尽量待在阴凉处，因为 她没有帽子。 10 天了，她沿着河走，吃树上的水果。晚上她睡在河岸边被雨水淋湿的泥地上。她经常感到虚 弱，但是她不放弃。第十天，她走到一座小木屋前。 3 名印第安猎人每两周去一次木屋，他们救了她，用船把 她带到一个小村庄，然后又用飞机把她送到医院。她最终安全了。 6. Julia was taking a flight in Peru to be with her mother on Christmas. 圣诞节那天茱莉亚和她的母亲在秘鲁坐 ``` 飞机。 A.T B.F ``` 7. Julia survived the accident after the plane crashed. 坠机后茱莉亚幸存了下来。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 8. Julia tried to stay in the shade when she walked along the river to avoid wild animals. 沿着河走的时候茱莉亚试 ``` 着待在阴凉下为了躲开野生动物。 A.T B.F ``` 9. The three Indian hunters drove Julia to a hospital. 三个印第安猎人开车把茱莉亚送到医院。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 10. Julia Smith was taking a flight in Peru on Christmas Eve 1971. 茱莉亚·史密斯 1971 年圣诞前夕在秘鲁坐飞 ``` 机。 A.T B.F ``` 答案： **BABBA** **Passage 117** On February 14th many people in the world celebrate an unusual holiday, St. Valentine's Day, a special day for lovers. The origin of this holiday is uncertain but according to one story it gets its name from a Christian named Valentine who lived in Rome during the 3rd century A.D. His job was to perform marriages for Christian couples. Unfortunately, the Emperor of Rome didn't allow Christian marriages. So they had to be performed in secret. Finally Valentine was arrested and put into prison. While he was in prison he fell in love with the daughter of the prison guard. After one year the Emperor offered to release Valentine if he would stop performing Christian marriages. Valentine refused and so he was killed in February, 270 A.D. Before he was killed Valentine sent a love letter to the daughter of the prison guard. He signed the letter "from your Valentine". That was the first Valentine. Today Valentines are cards usually red and shaped like hearts with messages of love written in them. On Valentine's Day tens of millions of people send and receive Valentines. Whether it is an expensive heart-shaped box of chocolates from a secret admirer or a simple hand-made card from a child, a Valentine is a very special message of love. 二月十四日世界上很多人庆祝这一个不寻常的节日——情人节，它对于恋人来说是个特殊的日子。这个节 日的起源不明，但是有个故事是这样的：情人节得名于一个叫瓦伦丁的基督徒，他生活在 3 世纪的罗马。他的 工作是为基督徒们主持婚礼。不幸的是，罗马皇帝不允许基督徒们结婚。婚礼只能秘密地举行。最后瓦伦丁被 捕了，被关进监狱。他和狱卒的女儿相爱了。一年之后，罗马皇帝提出释放瓦伦丁，条件是他停止为基督徒们 主持婚礼。瓦伦丁拒绝了，因此他在公元 270 年被杀害。他死之前给狱卒的女儿写了一封情书，签名是“你的 瓦伦丁”。这是第一张情人节卡片。 如今情人节卡片通常是写有爱的信息的红色心形卡片。情人节那一天，上千万人发出和收到情人节卡片。 无论是一个暗恋者送的一盒装在心形盒子里的昂贵的巧克力，还是小孩子做的一张简单的卡片，情人节卡片是 爱的一种特殊信息。 6. The passage is mainly about a special holiday. 这篇文章主要是关于一个特别的节日。 A: T B: F 7. Valentine was put into prison because he sent a love letter to the daughter of the prison guard.瓦伦丁被关进监狱， ``` 是因为他给狱卒的女儿写了一封情书。 A: T B: F ``` 8. It is because he refused to accept the Emperor's offer that Valentine was killed.因为瓦伦丁拒绝了罗马皇帝的要 ``` 求，所以他被杀了。 A: T B: F ``` 9. Valentines are cards usually red, and shaped like hearts with messages of love written in them.情人节卡片通常是 ``` 写有爱的信息的红色心形卡片。 A: T B: F ``` 10. People send Valentines to each other nowadays to celebrate Valentine's birthday.如今人们送给彼此情人节卡片 ``` 是为了庆祝瓦伦丁的生日。 A: T B: F ``` ### 答案： ABAAB **Passage 118** Once there was a rich man who lived with his wife and child. He loved the child so much that he sent him to Oxford university for two or three years. At the end of the first year at the university, this young student came home. He wanted a change. And he also wanted to tell his parents about Oxford. It happened one night that the father, the mother and the young student were sitting at supper. They had in front of them only two chickens. Just as they were about to begin eating, the father said, "My boy, I have spent a lot of money on you to send you to Oxford. Now I want to know what you have learned. "The son smiled and said, "Father, I have studied a science which can prove(证明) that these two chickens on the plate are really three chickens." "Well," said the father, "This is something I would like very much to know." "There are two chickens on the plate, "said the student. He took one of the chickens in his hand and said, "Here is one more; and one and two makes three. So here are three chickens." Then the father took one of the chickens to himself, gave the other to his wife, and said, "I will have one of the chickens myself, your mother shall have another, and you can have the third for your supper and nothing else."The father kept his word and so the student went without his supper. 从前有一个有钱的男人和他的妻子和孩子一起生活。他非常喜欢这个孩子，他把他送到牛津去学习了两、 三年。在大学的第一年结束时，这个年轻的学生回家了。他想要改变。他还想告诉他的父母关于牛津的事情。 ``` 一天晚上，父亲、母亲和年轻的学生坐在一起吃晚饭。在他们面前只有两只鸡。他们正要开始吃，父亲说： ``` “我的孩子，我已经花了很多钱送你去牛津。现在我想知道你学到了什么。”儿子笑着说：“爸爸，我学过一门 科学，这可以证明在盘子里的这两只鸡实际上是三只鸡。”“好吧，”父亲说，“这是我很想知道的事情。”“盘子 里有两只鸡，”学生说，然后他拿起了其中一只鸡说：“这里还有一只，一加二是三。所以这里有三只鸡。”然 后，父亲拿了一只鸡给自己，另外一只给了他妻子，说：“我将吃其中的一只鸡，你的母亲会吃另一只，你可 以吃那第三只当晚餐，没有其他可以吃的了。”父亲遵守了诺言，所以学生没有吃晚饭就走了。 6. The rich man loved his son very much, so he sent him to Oxford to study.这个富翁很爱他的儿子，所以他把他 送到牛津去学习。 A: T B: F 7. The father asked his son how much money he had spent at the university.父亲问他儿子在大学里花了多少钱。 A: T B: F 8. The student said that he could prove the two chickens on the plate were really three.学生说，他能证明这两只鸡 在盘子上其实是三只。 A: T B: F 9. Both the father and the son were clever. 父亲和儿子都很聪明。 A: T B: F 10. In the end the student had nothing to eat for his supper. 最后，学生没有吃晚饭。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABABA** **Passage 119** Once there were two brothers who were twins. They looked the same. They both had the same dark brown hair, blue eyes and beautiful teeth. They were both 5 feet 10 inches tall and both weighed 150 pounds. They not only looked alike but also sounded alike on the telephone. Not even their family could tell the difference. They dressed alike, listened to the same music, and read the same books. When they were twenty-tree, they both got married and a year later both had sons. The years went by and as they began to grow old, they both wore glasses and they both became bald. Then one day, one of the brothers got sick and died. A few days later a man stopped the other twin on the street. "Excuse me for asking," he said, "but was it you or your brother who died?" 从前有一对双胞胎兄弟，他们长得一模一样。他们都有深棕色的头发、蓝色的眼睛和漂亮的牙齿。他们都 是 5 英尺 10 英寸高， 150 磅重。 他们不仅长的像，行为也像，甚至他们的家人也无法区分他们。他们穿一样的衣服，听相同的音乐，读相 同的书，甚至被同一个笑话逗笑。 ``` 他们 23 岁的时候结婚了，都有一个儿子，一年一年过去了，他们开始变老了，然后都戴上了眼镜，头发 ``` 都光秃秃了。 后来有一天，兄弟中的一人得病去世了。几天后，一个人在街上拦住了活着的那一个人问。 “请原谅我这么问”，他说，“是你死了还是你的弟弟死了？” 6. It was not easy to tell the two men from each other because they were twins. 要分辨这两个人不容易，因为他 ``` 们是双胞胎。 A: T B: F ``` 7. The twin brothers had different colored hair. 这对双胞胎兄弟的头发颜色不同。 A: T B: F 8. “They both became bald” means they got sick. “他们都秃发了”的意思是他们病了。 A: T B: F 9. The only difference between the twins was one got sick and died. 双胞胎兄弟的唯一差别是一个得病去世了。 A: T B: F 10. The man stopped the other twin on the street because he didn’t know which of the died. 这个人在街上拦住了那 ``` 个双胞胎中的一个是因为他不知道哪一个去世了。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **ABBAA** **Passage 120** One day, Mr. Black went into a restaurant. He put his coat on a chair near the door. There was nothing in the pockets of his coat. After he had his meal, he went to take his coat back. He found there was much money in one of his pockets. "Whose is this?" he thought. He saw a waiter near the door, so Mr. Black said to him, "Somebody put a lot of money in my coat. I have no time to wait for him. I have to go. Take it, please. When he comes back, give it to him." The waiter took it and went away. At the moment, another man came with a coat just like Mr. Black's. "I'm sorry," said the man. "I took your coat and you got mine. Please give me my coat and the money. "Mr. Black answered, "I gave the money to the waiter. He'll give it to you." Mr. Black called the manager, but the manager said, "We have no waiters here. We only have waitresses. He must be a thief! " 有一天，布莱克先生走进一家餐厅。他把他的外套放在门边的椅子。他的衣服口袋里没有东西。他吃完饭 以后，去把他的外套拿了回来。他发现在他的一个口袋里有多的钱。“这是谁的？”他想。他看见一个门口的男 服务生，于是布莱克先生对他说，“有人把我的衣服里放了很多钱。我没有时间去等他。我得走了。请收下吧。 当他回来后，把钱给他。” 男服务生把钱拿走了。正在这时，另一名男子带着一件和布莱克先生一样的外套过 来了。 “我很抱歉，那人说。 “我把你的外衣拿走了，你拿的是我的。请把我的衣服和钱还给我。” Black先生 回答说，“我把钱交给服务生了。他会给你的。” 布莱克先生叫来了经理，但经理说：”我们这里没有男服务生， 只有女服务生。他一定是个小偷。！” 6. Mr. Black went out to put his coat on a chair. 布莱克先生出去是为了把他的大衣放在椅子上。 A: T B: F 7. After his meal, Mr. Black didn't take back his coat. 吃完饭后，布莱克先生没有取回外套。 A: T B: F 8. Mr. Black gave the money to the waitress. 布莱克先生把钱给了女服务生。 A: T B: F 9. The two coats looked the same. 两件大衣看上去一样。 A: T B: F 10. The "waiter" is a thief. 那名“男服务生”是个小偷。 A: T B: F 答案： **BBBAA** **Passage 121** One evening a little girl was sitting with her father in the living room. They were both reading. He was reading the newspaper and she was reading a book, but every once in a while she found a word that she didn’t understand and asked him to explain it to her. “Daddy,” she said, “what’s a gossip?” “A gossip,” said her father, “is someone who repeats unpleasant things about other people, someone who talks about people behind their back.” “Oh,” she said, “you mean like Mrs. Stein.” “That’s right,” said her father, and he continued, reading his paper. A few moments later, she interrupted him again. “Daddy,” she said, “what’s a bore?” “A bore, ”said her father, trying to be patient, “is a person who is not interesting, a person who talks about himself all the time, for example.” “Oh, you mean someone like Mr. Kelly?” she asked. “Exactly,” answered her father, returning to his paper. “Daddy?” she said, with a question in her voice. “Yes?” said her father, losing his patience. “What is it now?” “Daddy,” said the little girl. “What’s a pain in the neck?” Her father put down his newspaper, looked at her kindly saying, “A pain in the neck is a girl who keeps asking her father questions while he is trying to read the newspaper.” 一个小女孩和爸爸一起坐在客厅里。他们都在阅读，爸爸在读报纸，小女孩在读书。然而，她时常会遇到 不认识的词，就让她的爸爸为她解释。 “爸爸，”她说，“饶舌者是什么？” “绕舌者，”她爸爸说，“是重复关于别人的不好事情的人，是在别人背后议论的人。” “噢，”她说，“你是说像斯泰因先生那样的人吗？” “对的。”她的爸爸说，然后他继续读报纸。 过了一会儿，小女孩又打断了他。 “爸爸，”她问，“令人讨厌的人是什么意思？” “令人讨厌的人，”她爸爸试着耐心地说，“是一种无趣的人，比如总谈论他自己的人。” “噢，你是说像凯利先生那样的人吗？”她问道。 “十分正确。”她爸爸说，然后继续看报纸。 ### “爸爸？”小女孩的声音带着疑问。 ### “干吗？”她爸爸失去耐心地问道，“又怎么了？” ### “爸爸，”小女孩问，“什么是极其讨厌的人？” ### 她的爸爸放下报纸，和蔼地看着她说：“极其讨厌的人就是一个在她爸爸想读报纸的时候不断问他问题的 ### 小女孩。” 6. The little girl asked her father new words from time to time. 小女孩不时地问她爸爸新单词。 A: T B: F 7. The little girl’s father was reading newspaper. 小女孩的爸爸在读报纸。 A: T B: F 8. When the little girl asked her father questions, he tried to answer her.小女孩问她爸爸问题时，他都尽量回答。 A: T B: F 9. The little girl asked her father two questions. 小女孩问了她爸爸两个问题。 A: T B: F 10. The phrase “a pain in the neck” means that someone hurts his neck and he feels pain. “a pain in the neck”的意思 ``` 是一个伤到了脖子、感到很痛的人。 A: T B: F ``` 答案 **: AAABB** **Passage 122** One Thursday evening Mr. Watson left his car in front of his house as usual, but when he came down next morning to go to his office, he found that his car was missing. He called the police and told them what had happened. He also asked them whether they help to find the car for him. When Mr. Watson came back from his office that evening, the car was in the usual place outside the home. He examined it carefully to see whether it was broken and found two tickets on one of the seats, and a letter which said, We are sorry we took your car because of something important. The two tickets are for you to enjoy yourselves at the weekend.” Mr. and Mrs. Watson went to the theatre with the two tickets on Saturday night and they had a good time. When they got home, they found that thieves had taken almost everything they had in their home. 周四的晚上，沃特斯先生像往常一样在他房子前下车，但是当他第二天早上下楼来准备去办公室时，发现 车不见了。他叫来了警察，告诉他们发生了什么，问他们能否帮助他找到车。 那天晚上，沃斯特先生从办公室回来的时候，车像往常一样停在他家外而。他仔细检查车子看有没有损坏 的地方。他看到座位上有两张票，还有一封信，上面写着：“我们很抱歉昨晚用了你的车，因为有很重要的事 情，这两张票是给你欢度周末的。 ``` 沃斯特夫妇周六晚上带着这两张票去了剧院，度过了一段愉快的时光。当他们回到家时，他们发现盗贼将 ``` 他们家几乎洗劫一空。 6. Mr. Watson usually went away from his car on Thursday night. 沃特森先生通常在周四晚上离开他的车。 A: T B: F 7. Mr. Watson called the police to ask them for the car. 沃特森找来警察想要回他的车。 A: T B: F 8. The car was stolen in the morning. 车是早上被偷的。 A: T B: F 9. The thieves sent back the car. 盗贼把车还回来了。 A: T B: F 10. On Friday night Mr. and Mrs. Watson went to the theatre with the two tickets. 周五晚上沃特森夫妇带着两张票 ``` 去剧院了。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **BBBAB** **Passage 123** One way that scientists learn about man is by studying animals, such as mice and monkeys. The scientists in this laboratory are experimenting on mice. They are studying the relationship between diet and health. At this time, over one hundred experiments are being done in this laboratory. In one of these experiments, the scientists are studying the relationship between the amount of food the mice eat and their health. The mice are in three groups. All three groups are receiving the same healthy diet. But the amount of food that each group is receiving is different. The first group is eating one cup of food each day, the second group is eating two cups, and the third group of mice is eating three cups. After three years, the healthiest group is the one that is only eating one cup of food each day. The mice in this group are thinner than normal mice. But they are more active. Most of the day, they are running, playing with one another, and using the equipment in their cages. Also, they are living longer. Mice usually live for two years. Most of the mice in this group are still alive after three years. The second group of mice is normal weight. They are healthy, too. They are active, but not as active as the thinner mice. But they are only living about two years, not the three years or more of the thinner mice. The last group of mice is receiving more food than the other two groups. Most of the day, these mice are eating or sleeping. They are not very active. These mice are living longer than the scientists thought - about a year and a half. But they aren’t as healthy. They’re sick more often than the other two groups. 科学家研究人类的一种办法是通过研究动物，例如老鼠和猴子。科学家正在这个实验室里在老鼠身上做试 验。他们在演讲饮食与健康之间的联系。这一次，在这个实验室里进行了 100 多项试验了。 在其中的一项试验里，这些科学家在研究老鼠吃的食物数量和健康之间的关系。这些老鼠被分成三组。这 三组老鼠都吃同样的食物，但是每组的食物数量不同。第一组老鼠每天吃一杯食物，第二组老鼠吃两杯食物， 第三组老鼠吃三杯食物。 ``` 三年后，最健康的是那组每天只吃一杯食物的老鼠。这组老鼠比普通老鼠瘦一些。但是它们更活跃。一天 ``` 内的多数时间他们奔跑、互相嬉戏、使用笼子里的仪器。而且，它们的寿命更长。老鼠通常能活两年。这组的 老鼠在试验的三年后还活着。 第二组老鼠的体重正常。它们也是健康的。它们是活跃的，但是不像瘦一些的老鼠那样活跃。它们只能活 两年左右，而不是像瘦一些的老鼠们那样能活三年甚至更久。 最后一组老鼠吃的食物比其他两组老鼠多。一天内的多数时间里它们吃东西或者睡觉。它们不活跃。这些 老鼠活得比科学家预计的长——大概一年半。但是它们不那么健康。它们比其他两组老鼠得病更频繁。 6. The scientists in the laboratory are studying the relationship between the amount of food and diet.实验室里的科 ``` 学家们在研究食物数量和饮食间的关系。 A: T B: F ``` 7. The first two groups are receiving the most food. 前两组老鼠吃的食物最多。 A: T B: F 8. The first group is the thinnest because they do not have a healthy diet.第一组老鼠最瘦因为它们的饮食不健康。 A: T B: F 9. Normal mice usually live for two years. 正常的老鼠通常能活 2 年。 A: T B: F 10. The text tells us that people who eat less and exercise more will live longer.文章告诉我们人们吃的少、多运动 就会活得更长久。 A: T B: F 答案 **:BBBAA** **Passage 124** Our child's behavior is greatly influenced by the way we react to what he has done. Our reactions help to determine whether our child will repeat his behavior or whether he will do something different. This statement is a very important part of a principle of behavioral psychology. The principle states that a behavior is influenced or affected by how the environment ---- people, places and things - --- immediately responds to the behavior. Perhaps without realizing it, you have used this principle many times. On the occasion when you told your child what a good boy he was after he cleaned up his room, you used the principle. When you sent your child to his room for fighting with his brother, you used the principle. When I gave Kim a cookie after she started to cry, I used the principle. In each of these examples, a particular behavior occurred first ---- cleaning up a room, fighting, and crying. In addition, there was a reaction to each behavior ---- the child was praised, sent to his room, or given a cookie. By these actions, we have influenced the previous behaviors and have helped to determine whether those behaviors will occur again in the future. 我们孩子的行为很大程度上是被我们对他所做事情的反应而影响的。我们的反应会帮助他们来决定我们 的孩子是会重复他的行为，还是会做出一些不同的事情。这个陈述是行为心理学原理的一个非常重要的部分。 这个原理说明了一个行为如何受环境——人、地点和事物——影响的，或者如何立即反应到行为里的。或 许不了解它，你却已经多次使用了这个原理。 ``` 当你告诉你的孩子他清理他的房间之后他是多么好的一个孩子啊，你就使用这个原理。当你因为他和他的 ``` 兄弟打架而把你的孩子赶到他的房间时，你使用这个原理。当我在金开始哭之后给了她一块饼干，我使用这个 原理。在这些每个例子里，一个特别的行为首次发生---清洁房间、打架和哭泣。 此外，对每个行为都产生了一个反应----孩子被表扬、送到他的房间里，或者是给一块小饼干。通过这些 行动，我们已经影响了之前的行为并且已经帮助去孩子去确定那些行为未来是否会再次发生。 6. The lecture is mainly about Children's behavior and our response.该讲座主要关于孩子的行为和我们的反应。 A: T B: F 7. The lecture is based on the principle in behavioral psychology. 这个讲座是基于行为心理学的原理的。 A: T B: F 8. The audience at this lecture might be social workers. 这个讲座的听众可能是社会工作者。 A: T B: F 9. According to the lecture, the child was sent to his room as a kind of reward. 根据这个讲座，孩子被关进他的房 间是一种奖励。 A: T B: F 10. People, places and things are elements of "environment" meant by the lecturer. 人、地方和事务是演讲者所说 的“环境”的要素。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 125** Our family is trying to decide where to go for our vacation this summer. Our son, Tom, wants to go to Yellow Stone Park again to see the bears. We did that last summer and what an experience it was! When we got there, we put up our tent and went to explore. As we returned, we heard our daughter Susie cry out and then we saw a bear enter our camp. Tom wanted his father to chase him away. His father said, "No, it's dangerous to chase a bear, and don't let him chase you!" Susie said "What shall we do? Maybe we ought to climb a tree." Tom said, "No, we've got to get him out of there. He might go to sleep in our tent." "Maybe we could make him leave if we put some honey outside for him to eat." Susie suggested. Then I said, "How are you going to get the honey? It's in the tent." We watched the bear enter the tent and heard him upset everything inside. "It's foolish for us to try to catch him," said my husband, "leave him alone and wait for him to come out." We waited, but the bear stayed inside. We had to sleep in the car. 我们全家都在试着决定今年夏天去哪儿度假。我们的儿子汤姆希望再次去黄石公园看熊。我们去年夏天去 了，多么令人难忘的经历！当我们到那里时，我们搭起帐篷，然后去探索。当我们回来的时候，我们听到了我 的女儿苏西哭了出来，然后我们看到一只熊进入我们的营地。汤姆希望他的父亲赶它走。他父亲说：“不，追 走熊是很危险的，也不要让它追你！”苏西说：“我们要做什么？也许我们应该爬上一棵树。”汤姆说，“不，我 们得让它离开那里。它可能会去睡在我们的帐篷里。”如果我们把一些蜂蜜放在外面给他吃，也许我们可以让 他离开。”苏西建议道。然后我说：“你怎么去得到蜂蜜？蜂蜜可都在帐篷里啊。” 我们看着熊进了帐篷，听到他在把东西翻了个遍。“我们想抓住他就太愚蠢了，”我丈夫说：“让他单独呆 着，等他出来。”。我们就在外面等着，但是熊呆在里面。我们最后不得不睡在车里。 6. The family have decided to go camping in the vacation this summer.这个家庭这个夏天已经决定去野营度假。 A: T B: F 7. Susie saw the bear first. 苏茜第一个看到熊。 A: T B: F 8. They chased the bear away when they saw a bear enter their tent.当他们看到一只熊进入帐篷时，他们就把熊 赶走了。 A: T B: F 9. The bear drank the beer in the tent. 熊在帐篷里喝啤酒。 A: T B: F 10. Tom wanted to go to Yellow Stone Park to see wolves. 汤姆想去黄石公园看狼。 A: T B: F 答案： **BABBB** **Passage 126** Paul got on the bus to go to the town. It was very crowded, and he had to stand for about five minutes. Then some of the passengers got off. Paul sat down next to a fat lady. She had several shopping bags, and Paul didn't have much room on the seat. At last the bus got to the town. All the passengers started to get off. Paul was very polite, so he stood up to let the fat lady get off before him. She said, "Thank you." Then she tried to get out of the seat with all her bags. But she couldn't move. She was stuck! Paul had to push the lady. The conductor pulled her. Finally they got her free but she wasn't pleased. "I'll write to the bus company," she said. "I'll tell them not to make buses with such small seats." 保罗坐上公交车去镇上。车上很拥挤，他站了大概 5 分钟。然后一些乘客下车了。保罗坐在一个胖女士旁 边。她拿着几个购物袋，保罗的座位上没什么地方了。最后公交车到了镇上。所有乘客开始下车。保罗很有礼 貌，所以他站起来让胖女士先下。她说：“谢谢你。”然后她试着拿着所有的袋子从座位上坐起来。但是她动不 了。她被卡住了！ ``` 保罗只能推她。售票员也推她。最后他们把她解救出来了，但是她不太高兴。 “我要给公交公司写信。”她说：“我要告诉他们不要制造座位这么小的公交车。” ``` 6. The lady couldn't get out of the seat, because the bus was very crowded. 这位女士没法从座位坐起来，因为车 ``` 太拥挤了。 A: T B: F ``` 7. Paul got a seat on the bus just before he wanted to get off. 保罗刚想下车，坐到一个座位。 A: T B: F 8. Paul was very polite and he stood up to let the lady get off before him.保罗很有礼貌，他站起来让女士先下车。 A: T B: F 9. ... and Paul didn't have much room on the seat. The word "room" here means part of a house. “room”这个词的意 ``` 思是房子的一部分。 A: T B: F ``` 10. She was stuck! In the story it means she wasn't able to move or to get out. 故事里“She was stuck!”的意思是她 ``` 动不了或是不能出去。 A: T B: F ``` 答案： **BBABA** **Passage 127** Pearl Carlson was shaken awake at 3:30 a.m. by a forceful pull. King, the family dog, was trying to pull her out of the bed. Then she smelled smoke and heard the sound of fire from her parent's room. Pearl's screams awaked her mother, Fern, and father, Howard, who had recently been in hospital for lung disease. Helping Howard to a first-floor window, Fern told him to climb out then ran to her daughter. Still inside, King appeared at Pearl's window, making squeaking (短促尖叫) sounds. When running toward Pearl's bedroom, Fern realized her husband hadn't yet escaped. She made her way back through the smoke and flames, following King's sound to where Howard lay semiconscious (半昏迷) on the floor. Fern helped him get outside. King came out only after both were safe. As day dawned, the Carlsons saw that King's paws were badly burnt, and his entire body was burnt, too. His chain collar had gotten so hot that it burnt his throat, making it impossible for him to bark (叫) normally. Only after the seven- year-old dog refused food did they find pieces of wood in his mouth and realize that King, who slept outside, had bitten through a wood door to warn his family. 凌晨 3 点 30 分，Pearl Carlson被用力的摇醒。他们家的狗King试图把她拉下床。随即她闻到了烟的味道， 听到父母的房间传来的火燃烧的声音。Pearl的惊叫把妈妈Fern和最近因为肺病住院的爸爸Howard都惊醒了。 Fern把Howard扶到了一楼窗户处，让他爬出去，随即跑向自己的女儿。 ``` King还在屋里，在Pearl窗旁发出短促的叫声。在跑向Pearl的卧室时，Fern意识到自己的丈夫还没逃出 ``` 去。于是她又穿过烟雾和火苗跑回去，顺着King的叫声跑到Howard身边，发现他正躺在地上，半昏迷的样 子。Fern把他扶了出去。直到他们俩都安全出来后，King才跑出来。 天渐亮后，Carlsons一家发现King的爪子严重烧伤，身体也多处烧伤。狗项圈被烧的很热，以致伤了它 的喉咙，它因此不能正常的叫了。而直到这只 7 岁的狗拒绝进食的时候，他们才发现原来它的嘴里有很多木 屑，这时他们才明白：睡在外面的King是咬穿了一扇木门才得以进屋喊醒主人们的。 6. According to the story, the first one who was completely out of danger could be Fern. 根据这个故事，第一个完 ``` 全脱险的人可能是Fern。 A: T B: F ``` 7. King was the family's dog. King 是这个家庭养的狗。 A: T B: F 8. When the master's room caught fire, the dog waked Pearl up.当主人的房间着火的时候，这只狗把Pearl叫醒 了。 A: T B: F 9. After reading this story, we've learnt that the dog was badly burned and not able to eat.读完这个故事我们知道这 ``` 只狗烧伤严重，无法进食。 A: T B: F ``` 10. From this story it can be inferred that the dog is man's best friend. 从这个故事可以看出狗是人类最好的朋友。 A: T B: F 答案： **BAAAA** **Passage 128** People are so busy these days that many have no time to cook. This becomes a problem, because many families love home cooking! The food tastes good and warm, and a family meal brings everyone together. In some families, meals are often the only time everyone sees each other the same time. Another reason people enjoy home cooking is that it is often a way of showing love. A parent who makes some cookies is not just satisfying a child's sweet tooth. She or he is sending a message. The message says, "I care about you enough to spend an hour making cookies that you will eat up in 15 minutes if I let you." There is also something about the smell of home cooking. The smell of home cooking pleases people of all ages. It makes most of us feel good and loved. Next time you smell a cake making, stop for a moment and pay attention to your mood（情绪）。 如今人们如此的忙，以至于很多人没有时间做饭。这就成为一个问题，因为很多家庭喜欢自家做的饭。这 种食物吃起来很美味而温暖，而且一顿家庭大餐能把所有人都聚在一起。在一些家庭里，一餐通常是唯一一个 让大家能见到彼此的时间了。 另一个人们喜爱自家做饭的原因是这通常是一种展示爱的方式。父母亲做饼干并不只是为了满足孩子爱 吃甜食的爱好。他们这样做是在传递一个信息。这个信息是：“我在乎你，可以花一个小时来做饼干，而你 15 分钟就把这些饼干吃光了。” ``` 自制食物的味道也是原因之一。这种自制食物的味道能让各年龄段的人都高兴。它让我们大多数的人感到 ``` 很高兴和感受到爱。下一次你闻到做蛋糕的味道，停下来一会儿，注意一下你的情绪。 6. Fewer people cook now because they have no time. 一些人不做饭是因为没时间。 A: T B: F 7. A parent spends an hour making cookies just to satisfy her or his child’s sweet tooth. 父母花一个小时做甜食， 是为了满足孩子对甜食的爱好。 A: T B: F 8. The writer thinks the smell of home cooking makes people happy. 作者认为家宴让人快乐。 A: T B: F 9. The main idea of this passage is that homemade cookies taste better. 文章主要观点是家里做的饼干味道更好。 A: T B: F 10. A family meal can bring the family members together. 家宴能将家庭成员聚在一起。 A: T B: F 答案： **ABABA** **Passage 129** People often say that the Englishman’s home is his castle. They mean that the home is very important and personal. Most people in Britain live in houses rather than flats, and many people own their homes. This means that they can make them individual, and change them in any way they like. Most houses have a garden, even if it is a small one, and the garden is usually loved. The house and the garden are the private space of a person. In a crowded city a person knows that he or she has a private space which is only for himself or herself and for invited friends. People usually like to mark their space. If you are on the beach you may have spread your towels around you; in the train you may have put your coat or small bag on the seat beside you; in a library you may spread your books around you. Once I was travelling on a train to London. I was on a section for four people and there was a table between us. The man opposite to me had his briefcase on the table. There was no space on my side of the table at all. I was unhappy. I thought he thought that he owned the whole table. I had been reading a book about nonverbal (非语言的) communication so I took various papers out of my bag and put them on his case! When I did this he suddenly became angry and his eyes nearly popped(瞪出)out of his head. I had taken up his space! A few minutes later I took my papers off in order to read them. He immediately moved his case to his side of the table. 人们经常说英国人的家是他的城堡。他们的意思是说家很重要，是私人化的。英国大多数人住在房子而不 是公寓里，很多人都拥有自己的家。这就意味着他们可以把房子变成个人化的东西，可以按照任何喜欢的方式 去改变它们。多数房子都有花园，即使是很小的一个花园，人们通常都很爱他们的花园。房子和花园是一个人 的私人空间。在拥挤的城市里一个人知道他或她拥有一个属于自己和邀请来的朋友的一个私人空间。 人们通常喜欢标记出他们的空间。如果你在海滩上，你可能会把周围铺上毛巾；在火车上你可能曾经把你 的大衣或小包放在旁边的座位上；在图书馆里你可能在身边铺满书。 ``` 有一次我坐火车去伦敦。我在一个坐四个人的隔间里，中间有个桌子。我对面的人在把他的公文包放在桌 ``` 子上。我这边的桌子一点地方都没有了。我很不高兴。我想他是认为他拥有整个桌子。我读过一本关于非语言 交流的书，于是从包里拿出一些报纸并把它们放在他的包上！我做了这件事时他突然变得很生气，眼睛都快瞪 出来了——我占了他的空间！几分钟后我把报纸拿下来读。他马上把他的包挪到他那边的桌子上了。 6. The home matters greatly to Englishmen. 英国人家庭观念很强。 A: T B: F 7. The British can own private space like the house and the garden.英国人可拥有像房子和花园那样的私人空间。 A: T B: F 8. According to Paragraph 2, if you spread your books around you in a library, it means you want to tell others the space belongs to you. 根据第二段，如果你在图书馆里在周围铺满书，这意味你想告诉别人这个空间是你的。 A: T B: F 9. The man opposite to the writer showed that he owned the whole table by reading a book. 作者对面那个人通过读 书的方式表现他拥有整个桌子。 A: T B: F 10. The writer tried to get back his space by moving the case off the table. 作者试图通过把公文包从桌子上拿下来 的方式夺回他的空间。 A: T B: F 答案： **AAABB** **Passage 130** People show their love for their country when they honor the flag. The bright colors of the flag stand for the country, its people, and its ideas. The flag of the United States is red, white and blue. Red stands for courage. White stands for honor. And blue stands for justice（公正）. The flag has 13 stripes（星条） of red and white. These stripes stand for the first 13 states. The top left corner of the flag is blue with 50 white stars. The stars stand for the 50 states in the United States today. We sometimes give the US flag a name, the stars and the stripes. A person carrying the flag marches at the head of the parade（游行）. When your country's flag goes by, you should stand up and salute（敬礼）. A man removes his hat. He salutes by placing his hand over his heart. A woman doesn't need to remove her hat. She salutes by placing her hand over her heart, too. It is rude not to stand when the flag of any country goes by. It is rude not to salute the flag of your own country. It is rude for a man not to remove his hat for his country's flag. Most countries have rules for honoring the flag. Here are a few rules that many countries follow: 1) You may fly the flag in the daytime. If there is a light on the flag, you may fly it at night, too. 2) Do not fly the flag in the rain. 3) Do not let the flag touch the floor. 4) Do not throw away an old flag. Burn it with care. These rules will help you honor the flag and show love for your country. 人们通过对国旗的尊重来表达他们对国家的爱。国旗鲜艳的颜色代表了这个国家、它的人们和国家的理念。 美国国旗是红色、白色和蓝色的。红色代表勇气，白色代表荣誉，蓝色代表公正。红白相间的 13 个条纹 代表最初设立的 13 个州，国旗的左上角为蓝色的， 50 颗星星代表美国如今的 50 个州。我们有时也把美国国 旗叫做星条旗。 ### 游行队伍的队首有一个人扛着国旗。当你的国家的国旗行进过来的时候，应该起立敬礼。男人要脱帽，把 ### 手放在心脏的位置上。女人不需要脱帽，她也把手放在心上来致敬。 ### 当一个国家的国旗行进过来的时候不起立是很粗鲁的行为。不对自己国家的国旗行礼也是粗鲁的。男士不 ### 对国旗脱帽也是不礼貌的。 ### 大多数国家对于尊敬国旗有自己的规定。下面列出几个很多国家都遵守的规定：1. 你可以在白天悬挂国 ### 旗，如果有光照在旗子上的时候，晚上也可以悬挂旗子；2.不要在下雨天悬挂国旗；3.不要让旗子落在地上； ### 4.不要将旧旗子扔掉，要小心焚烧。 ### 这些规定会帮助我们尊重国旗、表达对国家的热爱。 6. According to the passage, the colors of the flag of the United States are red, white and blue. 根据这篇文章，美国 ``` 国旗是红色、白色和蓝色的。 A: T B: F ``` 7. The stripes on the flag of the United States stand for the first 13 states. 美国国旗上的条纹代表最初的 13 个州。 A: T B: F 8. When you see the flag of your country, you should not stand up and salute.当你看到你国家的国旗时，不应该起 ``` 立致敬。 A: T B: F ``` 9. When you see the flag of other countries, you should applaud. 当你看到其他国家国旗时，你应该鼓掌。 A: T B: F 10. It is NOT rude to fly your country's flag in the rain. 在下雨天悬挂国旗不是粗鲁的行为。 A: T B: F 答案： **AABBB** **Passage 131** Pepys and his wife had asked some friends to dinner on Sunday, September 2nd, 1666. The servants were up very late on the Saturday evening, getting everything ready for the next day, and while they were busy they saw the glow of a fire start in the sky. By 3 o’clock on the Sunday morning, the glow had become so bright that one of the servants, Jane, woke her master to see it. Pepys went to the window to watch it. It seemed fairly far away, so after a time he went back to bed. When he got up in the morning, it looked as though the fire was dying down, though he could still see some flames. So he set to work to tidy his room and put his things back where he wanted them after the servants had cleaned everything. While he was doing this, Jane came in to say that she had heard that the fire was a bad one: three hundred houses had been burned down in the night and the fire was still burning. Pepys went out to see for himself. He went to the Tower of London and climbed up on a high part of the building so that he could see what was happening. From there, Pepys could see that it was, indeed, a bad fire and that even the houses on London Bridge were burning. Someone told him that the fire had started in a baker’s house in Pudding Lane, and then the flames had quickly spread to the other houses in the narrow lane. So began the Great Fire of London, a fire that lasted nearly five days, destroyed most of the old city and ended, so it is said, at Pie Corner. 佩皮斯和他的妻子邀请了一些朋友在 1666 年 9 月 2 日的周日聚餐。周六晚上，仆人们睡得很晚，他们要 把第二天的一切准备好。当他们忙碌的时候，看到天空有火光。周日凌晨 3 点的时候，火光变得如此的明亮， 一个叫简的仆人叫醒主人来看。佩皮斯走到窗口，它看起来很遥远，所以片刻后他又回去睡觉。当他早晨起床 后，发现那团火好像要熄灭了，但是还可以看到一些火焰。仆人们把一切都打扫干净之后，他开始打扫自己的 房间，把所有东西都摆放在合适的位置。 正在这时候，简进来了告诉他，她听说那场大火很糟糕，已经在夜里烧毁了 300 座房子，并且还在继续燃 烧。佩皮斯走出去看个究竟。他去了伦敦塔并爬到了这座建筑较高的地方，以便能够看清正在发生的一切。站 在那上面，佩皮斯看到这确实是一场糟糕的大火，就连伦敦桥上的房子也在燃烧。有人告诉他这场火源自普丁 巷的一个面包房，随后很快波及到这条窄巷里的其他房子。从而，这场持续了将近 5 天的火灾引起了伦敦的大 火，在很大程度上毁坏了这座古城，据说最后在派街角熄灭了。 6. The servants were up very late because they were watching a fire. 仆人们睡的很晚，因为他们在观看火灾。 A: T B: F 7. Pepys went back to bed because the fire was far away. 佩皮斯回到床上，因为这场火灾离得很远。 A: T B: F 8. A lot of houses were burned down in the fire. 很多房子在这场火灾中被烧毁了。 A: T B: F 9. The fire started on London Bridge. 这场火灾起源于伦敦桥。 A: T B: F 10. Pie Corner was the place where the fire ended. 派街角是大火熄灭的地方。 A: T B: F 答案： **BAABA** **Passage 132** Peter arrived home and discovered that he had forgotten his door key. He rang the bell, but nobody came to open the door. He rang again, and waited, but still there was no answer. He walked around the house to see if he could find an open window. But they were all closed. It was beginning to rain and he did not know what to do. Dorothy, his wife, had obviously gone out, and he did not know where she had gone, or when she would return. He waited for half an hour. Still nobody came. Finally feeling wet and angry, he picked up a big stone and threw it through the kitchen window and was climbing through it. When he heard the front door open, his wife came back. 彼得到了家发现忘了带门钥匙。他按了门铃，没有人来开门。他又按了一下，等了等，但是还是没有人来。 他绕着房子走，想看看能不能找到一扇开着的窗户。但是窗户都关着。开始下雨了，他不知道该怎么做。他的 妻子多茜很显然是出去了，他也不知道她去哪儿了，也不知道她什么时候回来。他等了半个小时。还是没有人 来。最后他觉得又湿又生气，于是捡起一块大石头砸向厨房窗户，爬了进去。这时他听到前门打开了，他的妻 子回来了。 21. Peter could not open the door with his key one day. 一天彼得用钥匙打不开门。 A.T B.F 22. It was raining that day. 那天下雨了。 A.T B.F 23. He threw a big stone through a window to get into his house. 他向窗户扔了一块大石头为了钻进房子。 A.T B.F 24. His wife came back when he was walking around the house. 他走进房子的时候他的妻子回来了。 A.T B.F 25. Peter walked around the house to see if he could find that somebody could help him. 彼得绕着房子走向看看能 不能找到谁来帮助他。 A.T B.F 答案： **BAABB** **Passage 133** She is a cute, quiet girl. As a daughter, she has no secrets from her mother, who is very pleased with her. But these days she has become not so open as before. She has a diary that she keeps under lock and key. Her mother cannot help worrying about her. “What will I do if she falls in love, which is too early for her age? After all she is reaching the dangerous time”. These thoughts have caused trouble in the mother’s mind. One weekend, the girl came to tell her mother that she was going to the cinema with her schoolmates and would return late. This was the first time her mother had agreed, and she couldn’t help worrying because her daughter had never been away at night before. The mother waited till nine. She decided to go out to meet her daughter. Just at that time, she heard the noise of a car parking. She went to the window and saw her daughter waving goodbye to a boy. Her heart missed a beat. When the girl came in, the mother was watching TV, pretending nothing had happened. “Mum, I’m back.” “Yeah.” “Sorry to be late. Still sitting up?” “Yes. Oh, that...Who is that boy?” The daughter got a surprise. “Ah...He is my monitor. He gave me a lift on his way home. Mum, I’m going to bed.” “All right. Go to sleep early.” The next morning, when the mother went to the daughter’s room to do some cleaning, she found her diary left on the bed. After a few minutes’ thinking, she at last opened it to the page of the night before. It read: Mum, it is love that made you ask, but it would show your understanding of me if you hadn’t. 她是一个可爱、文静的女孩。作为女儿，她跟她的妈妈间没有秘密，她的妈妈对此很高兴。但是这些天以 来她变得不像以前那么能敞开心扉了。她有一本日记，用锁锁着。她的妈妈不禁为她担心起来。“她陷入爱河 的话我该怎么做？这对于她的年纪来说太早了。毕竟她在步入一个危险的年龄。”这些想法让她的妈妈很困扰。 一个周末，这个女孩来告诉她妈妈她要跟同学去电影院，会回家晚些。这是第一次她的妈妈答应了，她不 禁为女儿担心起来，因为她以前从来没有晚上外出过。妈妈等到 9 点。决定出去迎接她的女儿。就在那时，她 听到车子停下来的声音。她走到窗边，看到她的女儿对一个男孩招手告别。她的心脏停跳了一拍。这是女孩进 来了，妈妈在看电视，假装什么都没有发生。“妈妈，我回来了。”“哦。”“对不起我回来晚了。还不睡呀？”“是 啊，嗯...那个男孩是谁？”这个女孩很惊讶。“他是我们班长。他顺路送我回来的。妈妈，我要去睡了。”“好的。 早点睡吧。” 第二天早上，当妈妈去女孩房间打扫卫生时，她看到女孩的日记放在床上。想了一会儿，她终于打开它， 找到关于前一晚的那页。上面写着：“妈妈，你问我是因为你对我的爱，但是如果你不问的话会表现出你对我 的理解。” 6. The mother worried because her daughter always went back home too late.妈妈担心是因为女儿总是很晚回家。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 7. The mother used to be pleased with her daughter. 妈妈以前对女儿很满意。 A：T B：F 8. The daughter was surprised because her mother knew she stayed with a boy that night. 女儿很惊讶，因为她妈妈 知道她那天晚上跟一个男孩待在一起。 A：T B：F 9. The mother found her daughter's diary because the girl forgot to lock her diary and left it on the bed. 妈妈找到女孩的日记，因为女孩忘了锁上日记而把它放在了床上。 A：T B：F 10. The article tells parents that children need more understanding than love. 这篇文章告诉家长跟爱相比，孩子更 ``` 需要理解。 A：T B：F ``` 答案： **BAABA** **Passage 134** Six people were travelling in a compartment (车厢) on a train. Five of them were quiet and well behaved, but the sixth was a rude young man who was causing a lot of trouble to the other passengers. At a station this young man got out with his two heavy bags. None of the other travelers helped him, but one of them waited until the rude young man was very far away. Then he opened the window and shouted to the young man, "You left something behind in the compartment!" Then he closed the windows again. The young man turned around and hurried back with his two bags. He was very tired when he arrived, but he shouted through the window, "What did I leave behind?" As the train began to move again, the passenger who had called him back opened the window and said, "A very bad impression!" 有六个人搭乘火车旅行，他们坐在同一车厢内。其中五个很安静，也很规矩，但第六个是个粗鲁的年轻人, 给其他乘客招惹了许多麻烦。 这位年轻人在一个车站带着两个沉重的皮箱下了车。没有一个旅客帮他的忙，有个人一直等到这位粗鲁的 年轻人走得很远了，才打开窗户，对着他大声喊：“你有东西落在车厢里了!”然后，他又把窗户关了起来。 年轻人转过身， 拎着两个沉甸甸的皮箱，匆匆赶了回来。他回来时显得非常疲倦，对着窗户大声喊：“我 把什么东西留在车上了?” ``` 当火车再次启动时，叫他回来的旅客打开窗户说：“一个极坏的印象!” ``` 6. One of the passengers helped the young man. 有一个乘客帮助了这个年轻人。 A：T B：F 7. The sixth young man was impolite. 第六个年轻人很不礼貌。 A：T B：F 8. Having heard the shout, the young man was frightened. 听到喊声，这个年轻人很害怕。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 9. The young man left something unpleasant in the train. 这个年轻人在火车里留了些不好的东西。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 10. The other passengers were not happy with the young man’s behavior. 其他人对这个年轻人的行为感到不高兴。 A：T B：F 答案： **BABAA** **Passage 135** Smith was a landlord. He loved money very much and never gave anything to anybody. Soon he became rich. One day the weather was fine. There wasn't a cloud in the sky and the sun was very warm. The landlord was walking along a river with his friends, when all of a sudden, he slipped and fell into it. He cried, “Help! Help!” One of his friends held out his hand and said, “Give me your hand and I will pull you out.” The landlord's head went under the water and then came up again, but he did not give his hand to his friends. Then another of his friends tried but the same thing happened. Just then a farmer came over and saw all this. He knew the landlord very well. He said to the others, “Let me try” He held out his hand and said to the landlord, “Take my hand and I will pull you out.” Hearing this, the landlord took the farmer's hand, and in a minute the farmer pulled the landlord out of the water. All the others got very surprised at this and asked the farmer, “Why did he give his hand to you but not to us?” The farmer said, “You don't know your friend very well, When you say ‘give’ to him, he does nothing, but when you say ‘take’, he takes”. 斯密斯是一个地主。他很贪财，从来不给任何人任何东西。很快他就变得很富有。 一天天气很好。天上一朵云都没有，太阳暖洋洋的。这个地主和他的朋友们在河边散步，突然，他滑了一 下，掉进了河里。他大叫：“救命！救命!”他的一个朋友伸出手说：“把你的手给我，我把你拉出来。”这个地主 的头浸进水里，又伸了出来，但是他没有把他的手伸向他的朋友。然后另一个朋友也试了一下，发生了同样的 情况。 就在这时一个农民走过来看到这个情况。他很了解这个地主。他对其他人说：“让我试试。”他伸出手对这 个地主说：“抓住我的手，我把你拉出来。”听到这些话，地主抓住农民的手，很快农民就把地主从水里拉了出 来。其他人都很惊讶，问这个农民：“为什么他把手伸给你，而不是我们呢？”这个农民说：“你们不是很了解 你们的朋友。当你们对他说‘给’，他无动于衷。但是你说‘拿’，他就会去拿。” 6. Smith was a farmer. 斯密斯是个农民。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 7. Smith became very rich, because he never gave anything to anybody.斯密斯变得很富有，因为从来不给任何人 任何东西。 A：T B：F 8. One day Smith was walking along a lake with his friends. 一天斯密斯和他的朋友一起沿着湖散步。 A：T B：F 9. The rich man held out his hand when he heard “take may hand.”当这个有钱人听到“拿我的手”的时候，伸出了 他的手。 A：T B：F 10. His friends knew the rich man very well. 他的朋友很了解这个有钱人。 ### A：T B：F ### 答案： BABAB **Passage 136** Started in 1636, Harvard University is the oldest of all the many colleges and universities in the United States. Yale, Princeton, Columbia and Dartmouth were opened soon after Harvard. In the early years, these schools were much alike. Only young men went to college. All the students studied the same subjects, and everyone learned Latin, Greek and Hebrew. Little was known about science then, and one kind of school could teach everything that was known about the world. When the students graduated, most of them become ministers or teachers. In 1782, Harvard started a medical school for young men who wanted to become doctors. Later lawyers could receive their training in Harvard's law school. In 1825, besides Latin and Greek, Harvard began teaching modern languages, such as French and German. Soon it began teaching American history. As knowledge increased, Harvard and other colleges began to teach many new subjects. Students were allowed to choose the subjects that interest them. Today, there are many different kinds of colleges and universities. Most of them are made up of smaller schools that deal with special fields of learning. There's so much to learn that one kind of school can't offer it all. 哈佛大学是美国最古老的一所大学，它建于 1636 年。耶鲁、普林斯顿等大学也随之迅速创建起来了。 在早期，这些学校有很多相似之处。只有年轻男子上大学。所有学生都学相同的科目并且每个人都必须学 习拉丁语和希腊语。鲜少有关于科学知识，也没有人意识到一所学校可以教给学生世界上所有的知识。当这些 学生毕业之后大部分都成为老师。 1782 年，哈佛建立了医学院，服务于想成为医生的学生。之后，律师可以在哈佛大学法学院接受培训。 1825 年，除拉丁语和希腊语外，哈佛开始教授现代语言，如法语和德语。很快哈佛又开设了美国历史这门课。 ``` 随着知识的增长，哈佛大学和其他大学相继开设了多门课程。学生可以选择他们感兴趣的课程。 现在，不同性质的大学与学院普遍存在。大部分学校划分成了不同的小学院以便特殊专业的教学。现在有 ``` 如此多的知识需要学习以至于一个单一的学院根本满足不了这类需求。 6. The oldest university in the US is Harvard. 哈佛大学是美国最古老的大学。 A：T B：F 7. From the second paragraph, we can see that in the early years, those colleges and universities were the same. 最 初，这些大学都是一样的。 A：T B：F 8. Modern languages the Harvard taught in 1825 were French and German. 1825 年，哈佛大学开始教法语和德语。 A：T B：F 9. As knowledge increased, colleges began to teach everything that was known. 随着知识的增长，大学开始教所 ``` 有大家知道的东西。 A：T B：F ``` 10. On the whole, the passage is about how colleges have changed. 本文主要讲述的是美国大学的教学内容的变化 及原因分析等。 A：T B：F 答案： **AAABA** **Passage 137** Swee Lin has an interesting hobby. She collects stamps. She spends a lot of time on her stamp collection after school hours. She has collected hundreds of stamps from all over the world. They are all in color. Swee Lin likes stamps with pictures of animals and birds on them. In this way, she learns the names of many animals and birds. She also borrows books on animals and birds from her school library. She learns many things about them. Sometimes Swee Lin has many stamps of the same kind. She gives them to her friends. They then give her other stamps in return. Swee Lin writes to friends in many countries. She sends them stamps of her country. In return, they send her stamps of their countries. Swee Lin's father also gives her stamps. He brings them home from his office for her. Many of Swee Lin's friends collect other things. Some collect coins and others collect matchboxes. But, all of them say that Swee Lin's collection is the most interesting of all. 思薇·林有个有趣的爱好。她收集邮票。放学后她会在集邮方面花很长时间。她收集了世界各地上百张邮 票。它们都是彩色的。 思薇·林喜欢有动物和鸟图案的邮票。这样，她就学到了很多动物和鸟的名字。她还从校图书馆借了些关 于动物和鸟的书。她学到了很多相关知识。 ``` 有时候思薇·林同类邮票有很多。她就把它们送给朋友们。他们也会回赠给她一些邮票。 思薇·林给很多国家的朋友写信。她送给他们她国家的邮票。作为回赠，他们也送给她他们国家的邮票。 ``` 思薇·林的父亲也送给她邮票。他从办公室带邮票回来给她。 思薇·林的很多朋友也收集其他东西。有些人收集硬币，有些人收集火柴盒。但是，他们都说思薇·林的 收藏是最有趣的。 6. Swee spends a lot of time on her hobby during school hours. 思薇上学的时候花了很多时间在她的爱好上。 ### A：T B：F 7. Many of her stamps are in color. 她的很多邮票是彩色的。 A：T B：F 8. She learns a lot about animals and birds from her stamps. 她通过她的邮票学到了很多关于动物和鸟的知识。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 9. Sometimes Swee Lin has many stamps of the same kind. She then sells them to her friends. 有时候思薇·林同类 ``` 的邮票有很多。然后她就把它们卖给她的朋友。 A：T B：F ``` 10. Hobby means doing things one likes. 爱好的意思就是做一个人喜欢的事情。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 答案： **BBABA** **Passage 138** Thanksgiving Day is always celebrated on the fourth Thursday of November. It is the most traditional American holiday. The first Thanksgiving Day was held in Massachusetts in 1621. After a year of great hardship, the Pilgrims(朝 圣者)wanted to give thanks to God for their first harvest. They invited their Indian friends to join them in a big feast. Today the holiday is still celebrated as a day for giving thanks. It is a day of family reunion and it is customary(惯例 的)to invite friends to share the meal. All the family members gather together and celebrate Thanksgiving Day. Everyone is glad to see everyone else and there is a very busy exchange of small talk. Then people start to prepare the dinner. Finally the perfect moment comes. The grandfather gives thanks for the blessings (祝福) they have received and then he starts to carve (切开) the turkey. It is always difficult to leave after dinner because Thanksgiving Day is one of the few days of the year when the entire family gets together. 感恩节在 11 月的第四个周四。它是美国人最传统的节日。第一个感恩节开始于 1621 年的马萨诸萨州。经 过艰苦的一年，朝圣者们想感谢上帝给他们带来的第一次丰收。他们邀请他们的印第安朋友一起举行一个盛大 的宴会。如今这个节日仍然是用来表达感谢的。它是家人团聚的日子，按照惯例要邀请朋友们共享美食。 所有家庭成员都聚在一起来庆祝感恩节。每个人都因能见到其他人而开心，大家都忙着与彼此交谈。然后 人们开始准备晚餐。最后快乐的时光到来了：爷爷辈的老人表达对收到的祝福的感谢，然后切开火鸡。晚饭之 后大家都不愿意离开，因为感恩节是一年中少数几天之一能让整个家庭聚到一起的日子。 6. Thanksgiving Day is a traditional holiday in the U.S. 感恩节是美国的传统节日。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 7. According to the author, the first Pilgrims came to the U.S. in 1622. 根据作者所述，第一批朝圣者是 1622 年来 到美国的。 A：T B：F 8. Thanksgiving Day was originally a day to give thanks to God. 感恩节最初是用来感谢上帝的。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 9. Life for the early Pilgrims was very hard. They want to see God. 最初朝圣者的生活很艰苦。他们想拜见上帝。 A：T B：F 10. From the passage，we know the whole family always gets together in America. 从文章可知，在美国一家人总 ``` 是会聚在一起。 A：T B：F ``` 答案: **ABABB** **Passage 139** The Great Wall of China winds across the country like a giant stone snake. It is 1,500 miles long. The wall crosses mountains and rivers. It reaches from the ocean on the east to the desert on the west. The Chinese began their wall more than 2,000 years ago. They worked on it for a hundred year. The Chinese wanted to keep out their enemies. At the bottom，the wall is 25 feet wide. At the top，it is about 15 feet wide. The sides of the wall are made of stones and bricks (砖), while the inside is filled with earth. Parts of the wall rise as high as a three-story building. Placed 100 yards apart are tall towers. Lookouts (看守员) could stand in the towers to watch for enemies approaching (接近). The road on top of the wall is wide enough for two wagons (四轮马车) to pass. If we were to build such a wall now, we could use modern machines. But the Chinese had to build the wall by hand. If the wall were in the USA，it would reach from the state of New York to Nebraska. The Great Wall of China is the longest wall ever built. 长城的像一条巨大的石蛇蜿蜒着横跨这个国家。它有 1500 英里长。 长城穿过山脉和河流。它从东边的海洋延伸到西方的沙漠。 中国人在 2000 多年前就开始建造他们的长城了。他们在它身上辛苦工作了一百年。中国人想阻止他们的 敌人。 在底部，墙壁是 25 英尺宽。在顶部，它是约 15 英尺宽。墙的两侧是由石头和砖做成的，而内部是用土填 ### 充的。 ### 部分墙体会像三层楼的建筑一样高。放置在 100 码外的是高大的塔楼。瞭望台看守员可以站在塔里观察接 ### 近的敌人。城墙顶部的道路足够两辆四轮马车通过。如果我们现在建这样的墙，我们可以用现代化的机器。但 ### 当时中国人不得不用手建造城墙。如果墙在美国，它将从纽约州延伸到内布拉斯加州。中国的长城是人类建设 ### 过的最长的城墙。 6. The Great Wall of China is 1,500 miles long. 中国的长城是 1500 英里长。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 7. The story does not say so, but it makes you think that the Great Wall has a gate every 100 yards. 尽管故事并没有 ``` 这样说，但这让你认为长城每隔 100 码有一个大门。 A：T B：F ``` 8. The inside of The Great Wall is filled with brick. 长城内部充满了砖块。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 9. The Great Wall of China was built by hand. 中国的长城是手工建造的。 A：T B：F 10. On the whole，this story is about The Great Wall of China. 总的来说，这个故事是关于中国的长城。 A：T B：F 答案： **ABBAA** **Passage 140** The ideal teacher may be young or old, tall or short, fat or thin. She should know her subject, but she can make mistakes if she is willing to learn. Her personality is as important as her scholarship. The ideal teacher must be enthusiastic. She must never teach anything she is not interested in. she should be a bit of an actress, and she shouldn’t be afraid to show her feelings and express her likes and dislikes. She must like her students and respect them, but she must also respect herself and take pride in her work. Otherwise, she cannot respect her students. The ideal teacher should have an understanding of her students and be able to relate to them. She should be kind, encouraging, and helpful, and she should motivate her students to want to learn. The ideal teacher should see her students as individuals and acknowledge their differences. She must know how to encourage the self-development and growth of each of her students. The ideal teacher is one who grows, learns, and improves herself along with her students. ``` 理想的老师可能是年轻或年老，高或矮，肥胖或者瘦弱。她应该了解她的学科，但如果她愿意学习的话， ``` 她也会犯错误。她的人格和她的学识一样重要。理想的老师一定要有热情。她绝不能教任何她自己不感兴趣的 东西。她应该是有一点点起到演员的作用，她不应该害怕表达自己的感情，表现自己的喜好和厌恶。她必须喜 欢她的学生和尊重他们，但她也必须尊重自己，并为她的工作感到自豪。否则，她不会尊重她的学生。理想的 教师应该对她的学生有一个了解，并能认同他们。理想的教师应该是善良、鼓励、乐于助人的，她应该激励学 生求知。理想的教师应该把自己的学生当成不同的个体，承认他们的差异。她必须知道如何鼓励学生的自我发 展和成长。理想的老师是一个成长、学习和学生一起提高自己的人。 6. His age and appearance is the least important in judging an ideal teacher according to the passage. 根据这篇文章， ``` 他的年龄和外貌对判断一个理想的教师是最不重要的。 A：T B：F ``` 7. An ideal teacher can make mistakes, but he should be willing to learn.一个理想的教师可以犯错误，但他应该愿 ``` 意学习。 A：T B：F ``` 8. Mutual respect and understanding should be set up between an ideal teacher and his students according to the pass age. 根据这篇文章，在一个理想的教师和学生之间应该建立相互尊重和理解的关系。 A：T B：F 9. An ideal teacher views his students as talented young people.一个理想的老师把他的学生视为有才华有天赋的 年轻人。 A：T B：F 10. Anyone who is trying to improve himself constantly is an ideal teacher.任何试图不断地提高自己的人都是一个 ``` 理想的老师。 A：T B：F ``` 答案： **AAABB** **Passage 141** The market is a concept. If you are growing tomatoes for sale you are producing for the market. You might sell some to your neighbor and some to the manager of the local supermarket. In either case, you are producing for the market. Your efforts are being directed by the market. If people stop buying tomatoes, you will stop producing them. If your sister looks after a sick person to make money, she is also producing for the market. If your brother is a steelworker or a bus driver or a doctor, he is producing goods or services for the market. When you spend your income, you are buying things from the market. You may spend money in stores, gas station and restaurants. Still you are buying from the market. When the local grocer hires you to drive the delivery lorry, he is buying your labor in the labor market. The market may seem to be something abstract (抽象的). But for each person or business who is making and selling something, it’s very real. If nobody buys your potatoes, it won't be long before you get the message. The market is telling you something. It’s telling you that you are wasting energies and resources in doing something that market doesn't want you to do. ``` 市场是一个概念，如果你种西红柿卖，那么你是在为市场制造产品。或许你会将一些卖给你的邻居和当地 ``` 超市的经理。但不管怎样，你是在为市场生产。你的努力被市场所左右。如果人们停止购买西红柿，你也会停 止生产。 ``` 如果你的妹妹以照顾病人来赚钱，那么她也是在为市场生产。如果你的弟弟是一位钢铁工人或公交车司机 ``` 或医生，他也是在为市场创造产品或提供服务。 ``` 当你花费你的收入时，你是在从市场购买商品。你可能会在商店、加油站和餐馆花钱，你仍然是在从市场 ``` 购买。当当地杂货店雇你来开货车时，他是在劳动力市场上购买你的劳动。 ``` 市场看上去像是抽象的东西。但是对于每个正在制造或销售东西的人和企业来说，它是很实在的。如果没 ``` 有人买你的土豆，你很快就会得到这条信息。市场是在告诉你：你在浪费精力和资源而做着市场不希望你做的 事情。 6. If your sister looks after a sick person to make money, she is working in a hospital. 如果你妹妹靠照顾病人来赚 钱，她是在医院工作。 A：T B：F 7. You are buying from the market when you do some window-shopping. 你只逛不买的时候是在向市场购买东西。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 8. The word “real” in the second sentence of the last paragraph most probably means “important”. 最后一段第二句 的“real”一词的意思很可能是“重要的”。 A：T B：F 9. You will probably get the message about how to grow your potatoes when nobody buys your potatoes. 当没有人 买你的土豆时，你很可能会得到关于如何种植土豆的信息。 A：T B：F 10. The best title for the passage would be “What Is the Market”. 本文的最佳标题可能是“市场是什么”。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 答案： **ABBBA** **Passage 142** The number of people in the U.S. who choose not to marry is growing every year. By 1996 about 25 million people over the age of 21 years were living alone. 50 years ago this number was less than 2 million. One reason for this is because people are getting married at a much later age than in the past. The average age for men is now 27 years. For women it is about 25 years. Another reason is the increase in the number of divorces. Living alone has become more acceptable in American society. In the past people sometimes think those who lived alone were a little strange. These days, however, several of the most popular TV shows tell the story of men and women who can't meet “the right person” and who plan to be single forever. Many such single people (especially women) feel that they are more free to pursue (追求) their careers (事业) than those who are married. In a way these people are married to their jobs. 在美国，选择不结婚的人的数量每年都在递增。到 1996 年，大约 2 千 5 百万超过 21 岁的人独自生活。 50 年前，这个数字小于 2 百万。其中一个原因是人们结婚的年龄比以前大得多了。现在男人结婚的平均年龄是 27 岁，女人大概 25 岁。另一个原因是离婚率增高了。 独自生活的方式在美国社会已经越来越被接受了。在过去，人们有时会认为独自生活的人有一点奇怪。然 而现在一些最有名的电视节目也反映了一些人找不到合适的对象会计划一辈子独自生活。很多这样的单身人 士（尤其是女性）觉得跟结了婚的人相比，他们更有自由追求他们的事业。从某种角度来说，这些人是与他们 的工作结了婚。 6. About 23 million people over the age of 21 were not married in America by 1996. 到 1996 年，大约有 2 千 3 百 万超过 21 岁的人没有结婚。 A：T B：F 7. Most of men usually get married at the age of 27 in America. 美国大多数男士的结婚年龄为 27 岁。 A：T B：F 8. In the past, people thought it was impossible to live alone. 在过去，人们认为独自生活是不可能的。 A：T B：F 9. Some people in America wouldn’t like to get married, because they can’t meet “the right people”. 在美国一些人 ``` 不愿意结婚时因为他们没有遇到合适的对象。 A：T B：F ``` 10. More and more people in the U.S. choose not to marry. 在美国越来越多的人选择不结婚。 ``` A：T B：F ``` ### 答案 : BABAA **Passage 143** The total area of land on earth is about 149 million square kilometers, or about 39 percent of the total area of the earth. The average height of the land is about 750 meters above the sea level. The Eurasian (欧亚的) land mass is the largest with an area of 54,527,600 square kilometers. The smallest continent is the Australian mainland, with an area of about 7,614,600 square kilometers, which together with Tasmania, New Zealand, New Guinea and the Pacific Islands, is described as Oceania. The total area of Oceania is about 8,935,500 square kilometres, including West Iran which is political in Asia The world's largest peninsula (半岛) is Arabia, with an area of about 3,327,500 square kilometers. The largest island in the world is Greenland, with an area of about 2,175,600 square kilometers. The largest island surrounded by fresh water is the Ilha de Marajo (4,022 square kilometers) in the mouth of the Amazon River, Brazil. The largest island in a lake is Manitoulin Island (2,766 square kilometers) in the Canadian section of Lake Huron. This island itself has on it a lake of 106 square kilometers called Manitou Lake, in which there are several islands. 地球上陆地总面积大约是 14900 万平方公里,或者是地球总面积的29%. 陆地的平均海拔大约为 750 米.亚欧大陆是世界上最大的板块,其面积为54,527,600平方公里。最小的大陆 是澳洲大陆,其面积约为7,615,500平方公里,和塔斯马尼亚、新西兰、新几内亚和太平洋群岛合称大洋洲。大洋 洲总面积约为8,935,300平方公里，其中包括政治上属于亚洲的伊朗西部。世界上最大的半岛是阿拉伯半岛,面 积约3,327,500平方公里。 世界上最大的岛屿是格陵兰岛,面积约2,175,600平方公里。世界最大的被淡水包围的岛是巴西亚马孙河河 口的马拉若岛(4,022平方公里)。世界最大的湖中岛是位于加拿大休伦湖中的马尼图林岛(2766平方公里)。此 岛本身拥有一个 106 平方公里的湖叫做马尼图湖,湖中又有数个岛。 6. The total area of the world is about 211 million square kilometers. 地球总面积大概是 21100 万平方公里。 A：T B：F 7. The area of Tasmania, New Zealand, New Guinea and the Pacific Islands adds up to about 1,320,900 square kilometers.塔斯马尼亚、新西兰、新几内亚和太平洋群岛的面积加在一起大约是1,320,900平方公里。 A：T B：F 8. Oceania is made up of Australia, New Guinea and the Pacific Islands.大洋洲由澳大利亚、新几内亚和太平洋群 岛组成。 A：T B：F 9. As mentioned in the passage, there are several islands in Manitoulin Island.根据文章提到的，马尼图林岛上还有 ``` 几个岛。 A：T B：F ``` 10. The largest island surrounded by fresh water is in a river. 最大的被淡水包围的岛在一条河上。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 答案： **BABAA** **Passage 144** The undersea world is very beautiful. Now more and more people want to dive in the water to find the secrets there. Scuba（戴水肺）diving is a new sport today. It can take you into a wonderful undersea world. You will find many strange animals in the sea. Some are like a school bus. Many sea animals give out light in the dark and some have sharp teeth. During the day, there is enough light. Here, under the sea, everything is blue and green. When fish swim nearby, you can catch them with your hands. When you have bottles of air on your back, you can stay in deep water for a long time. However, you can't dive too deep. And you must be very careful when you dive in deep water. The deep sea is not an easy place to live in. It is cold, and it is dark, too. The deeper it is, the less sunlight there is. At about 3,000 feet, there is no light at all. It is very dark in the sea. Many fishes have no eyes. Some have big eyes. A few have eyes on one side. Besides the coldness and the darkness, deep-sea animals face a third danger – other animals. Animals eat! They must find food to eat. Many animals eat plants. However, some animals eat meat. This means these sea animals have two big jobs. They need to find animals as food, and they have to try not to become other animals' meal. 海底世界非常漂亮，现在越来越多的人想潜入水中发现那里的秘密。戴水肺潜水是一项新的运动,它可以 带你进入一个奇妙的海底世界。 ``` 你会发现很多奇怪的海洋动物，有的像一辆校车，许多海洋动物能在黑暗中发光，有尖锐的牙齿。 白天，在这里有足够的光线，在海中，一切都是蓝色和绿色，鱼游到身边的时候，你可以用手抓住他们。 ``` 当你有瓶空气，你可以在深水中呆很长时间。然而，你不能潜得太深，在深水潜水，必须非常小心。 深海是不容易生活的地方，很深的地方没有光，又冷又黑。在大约 3000 英尺，海里很黑，许多鱼没有眼 睛。除了寒冷和黑暗，深海动物面临的第三种危险是被其他动物吃掉！ ``` 动物是需要食物的。他们必须找到吃的，很多动物吃植物。然而，一些动物吃肉，这意味着这些海洋动物 ``` 有两大工作，它们需要找到食物，以及它们不会成为其他动物的美餐。 6. People want to dive in the sea because they want to find the secrets of the undersea world. 人们想潜水是因为他 ``` 们想找到海底世界的秘密。 ``` ### A：T B：F 7. In the daytime, when you dive in the sea, you can see everything green and blue. 在白天，当你潜入海底，你可 以看到一切都是绿色和蓝色。 A：T B：F 8. Animals will meet four types of danger under the deep sea. 动物在深海下会面临四种类型的危险。 A：T B：F 9. When you do scuba diving, you can dive freely without any danger. 当你戴水肺潜水时，你自由地没有任何危 险地潜水。 A：T B：F 10. At the depth of 3,000 feet under the sea, all animals can find their way with the help of their eyes. 在 3000 英尺 深的海底，所有的动物都能得到它们眼睛的帮助。 A：T B：F 答案 **:AABBB** **Passage 145** The wheel was one of man’s first inventions and yet it has also proved one of the most useful. So wide and varied are the uses of the wheels, in machines and vehicles of all kinds, that it is difficult to imagine what the world would be like without them. It is surprising to hear it said, therefore, that the wheel’s importance will perhaps be greatly reduced by the end of the century by an invention so new as to be still unnamed. The invention is a machine that floats above any surface on a cushion of air. The cushion is formed when air is blown into this saucer, the machine rises to a height that may vary from a few inches to a few feet. Industry is already using one form of the invention to deal with heavy loads. It can lift them, with ease and since there are no wheels, and therefore no friction, they can be put into motion with the touch of a finger. The new invention, however, is having a great effect on transport. Not only does it make expensive road systems unnecessary, but it enables vehicles to travel well over land or water. This unique invention to reach most destinations has given rise to the prediction that wheeled vehicles may be uncommon at the end the century as aeroplanes were at the beginning. 轮子是人类最初的发明之一，也被证实是最重要的发明之一。轮子在各种机械和车辆上有如此广泛和多样 的应用，使得人们很难想象没有轮子世界会是什么样子的。轮子的重要性可能在本世纪末被一种崭新得尚未命 名的发明所降低，这一说法令人惊讶。 ``` 这个发明是一种可以在一个气垫的任意表面上漂浮的机器。当空气被吹入这个碟状物时就形成了气垫。机 ``` 器可以漂浮在气垫上的某一个高度，该高度可以在几英寸到几英尺间变化。 该发明的一种形式已经在工业上得到了应用，用来处理负重的问题。用它可以轻松举起重的物品，由于没 有使用轮子，也就没有摩擦，可以很轻松地控制运动。 然而，这个新发明对运输业有很大影响。它不仅可以使昂贵的公路系统变得没有意义，还可以使车辆在陆 地或水上平稳行驶。这种可以到达大多数目的地的独特方法让人们可以预测到本世纪末带轮子的车辆也许就 不再常见了，正如最初的飞机那样。 6. The first paragraph tells us that a new invention may make wheels less important. 第一段说一个新发明的出现 ``` 使得轮子的重要性下降了。 A：T B：F ``` 7. The phrase “with the touch of a finger” in the third paragraph means by hand. 第三段的“with the touch of a finger” ``` 是指“用手”。 A：T B：F ``` 8. The passage tells us that the new invention makes it possible to travel without using roads. 文章告诉我们：这个 ``` 新发明让不通过道路旅行成为可能。 A：T B：F ``` 9. At the end of the century, vehicles using the new invention will probably be rare. 本世纪末，使用新发明的车辆 ``` 可能变得很罕见。 A：T B：F ``` 10. According to the passage, the new invention can go almost anywhere. 根据文章意思：新发明可以在几乎任何 方面使用。 A：T B：F 答案 **:ABABA** **Passage 146** The word horsepower (马力) was first used two hundred years ago. James Watt had made the first widely used steam (蒸汽) engine. He had no way of telling people exactly how powerful it was, for at that time there were no units for measuring (测量) power. Watt decided to find out how much work one strong horse could do in one minute. He called that unit one horsepower. With this unit he could measure the work his steam engine could do. He discovered that a horse could lift a 3,300-pound weight 10 feet into the air in one minute. His engine could lift a 3,300 pound weight 100 feet in one minute. Because his engine did ten times as much work as the horse, Watt called it a ten-horsepower engine. “马力”这个词在 200 年前第一次用到。詹姆士·瓦特发明了第一个广泛使用的蒸汽机。他无法告诉人们它 的功率到底有多大，因为那时候没有测定功率的单位。 瓦特决心搞清楚一匹强壮的马一分钟到底能做多少功。他就把这种功率的单位叫做一马力。用这种单位他 就能测量出他的蒸汽机能做多少功了。 他发现一匹马一分钟可以 3300 磅的东西举起 10 英尺高，而他的蒸汽机能在一分钟内把 3300 磅的东西举 起 100 英尺高。 ``` 因为他的蒸汽机做的功是马的 10 倍，瓦特就把它叫做 10 马力引擎。 ``` 6. The passage says that Watt made the first widely used steam engine.文章说瓦特制造了第一个广泛使用的蒸汽 机。 A：T B：F 7. Watt made up a unit of measurement based on the strength of a horse.瓦特根据一匹马的力量制定了测量单位。 A：T B：F 8. Watt wanted to find a way to lift a 3300 - pound weight. 瓦特想找出能测 3300 磅重量的办法。 A：T B：F 9. One horsepower would equal the weight a horse could lift. 一马力等于一匹马能举起的重量。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 10. The title of the passage is "How the Term Horsepower Came into Being".文章标题是马力这个词如何产生的。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 答案 **:AABBA** **Passage 147** There are different ways in which people try to deal with the problem of energy. One way is the greater production of common energy sources, such as coal, oil and gas. The trouble with these sources, however, is that they are not renewable (可再生的). Another way is energy conservation (节能), which means using energy more efficiently. In some very cold countries, people build special houses to save energy. They place materials between the inside and outside of the walls of the house to keep the cold out and the warmth in. Finally, renewable energy sources are used even though they are often expensive to develop. One form of these is geothermal energy (地热). In certain parts of the world, the temperature of the earth increases thirty degrees centigrade (摄氏) with each kilometer down. At six kilometres, therefore, it rises to nearly two hundred degrees. Heat from the earth is already used in certain countries. 人们有不同的方法来解决能源问题。一个办法是加大常规能源的产量，如煤、石油和天然气。然而这些能 源的问题是它们是不可再生的。 ``` 另一个方法是节能，这就意味着更有效地使用能源。在一些很寒冷的国家里，人们建造特殊的房子来节能。 ``` 他们在房子的内墙和外墙之间放置特殊材料来御寒、保持屋内的暖气。 最后，使用可再生能源，尽管开发可再生能源的价格很昂贵。这种能源中的一种就是地热。在世界上的一 些地方，每进入地表一公里温度就会增加 30 摄氏度。因此，在 6 公里深度的地方温度上升到 200 度。一些国 家已经在使用地热了。 6. Four different ways of dealing with energy problems are talked about in the passage. 本文讨论了四种解决能源 ``` 问题的方法。 A：T B：F ``` 7. We can learn from the passage that coal is the most common source of energy.从本文能看出煤炭是最常见的能 ``` 源。 A：T B：F ``` 8. Special houses are built because they can save energy. 建造特殊房屋的目的是节能。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 9. According to the passage, geothermal energy is heat inside the earth. 本文表明地热就是地球内部的热量。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 10. At four km deep, the temperature of the earth rises to nearly 200°C. 在 4 公里深度的地方，地球的温度上升到 ``` 接近 200 °C。 A：T B：F ``` 答案： **BBAAB** **Passage 148** There are many kinds of ants in the world that always live in companies. They are the most hard-working creatures and most of them make their nests under ground. The small black ants that we see running back and forth in the grass are the same ants that bother us by coming to our picnics uninvited. They are not trying to be harmful, but are only doing the house-keeping job they were made for. They are nature's clean-up crew. One of these ants, scouting(搜索) in the grass, finds the trail of an injured beetle. In some mysterious way the news spreads. Soon there are two ants, then a few more. Then a dozen or more are running around the beetle. Enough ants will come to put an end to it. Then the beetle is dead, the ants carry it away to their underground nests. They leave nothing in the grass but empty shell. 世界上总是以群居生活的蚂蚁有很多种。它们是最勤劳地生物，它们大多数都在地下筑巢。我们看到地在 草地里跑来跑去的小型黑蚂蚁和我们野餐时遇到的不速之客是同一种。它们并不想对人类有害，只是在完成它 们与生俱来的使命。 它们是大自然的清理工。一只蚂蚁在草地里搜索，发现一只受伤的甲虫的踪迹。这一消息以某种神秘的方 式传播开来。很快有了两只蚂蚁，然后又来了几只。然后十几只甚至更多蚂蚁围着甲虫跑来跑去。足够多的蚂 蚁就能结束它的生命。 接着甲虫就死了。这些蚂蚁把它搬运到地下巢穴。草地上只剩下一个空壳。 6. The ants that come to our picnics are having fun. 来我们野餐捣乱的蚂蚁只是为了寻乐的。 A：T B：F 7. According to this passage, the black ants' job is to clean up the grass. 本文告诉我们黑蚂蚁的工作是为了清理 ``` 草地。 A：T B：F ``` 8. As soon as an ant finds an injured insect, it carries it away and eats it. 一只蚂蚁一找到受伤的昆虫就把它搬走 ``` 并吃掉。 A：T B：F ``` 9. More ants learn about the beetle from other ants. 更多的蚂蚁从其他蚂蚁那儿得到了关于甲虫的消息。 A：T B：F 10. The ants clean the grass by carrying away everything but the shell. 蚂蚁们除了壳把其他的都搬走清理了草地。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 答案： **BBBAA** **Passage 149** There was once a man in South America who had a parrot(鹦鹉), a pet bird that could imitate(模拟) human speech. The parrot was unique. There was no other bird like him in the whole world. He could learn to say any word except one. He could not say the name of his native town, Cotano. The man did everything he could to teach the parrot to say "Cotano" but he never succeeded. At first he was very gentle with the bird, but gradually he lost his temper. "You stupid bird! Why can't you learn to say that one word! Say 'Cotano' or I'll kill you!" But the parrot would not say it. Many times the man screamed(大声叫), "Say 'Cotano' or I'll kill you!” But the bird would never repeat the name. Finally the man gave up. He picked up the parrot and threw him into the chicken house. "You are even more stupid than the chickens!" In the chicken house, there were four old chickens waiting to be killed for Sunday's dinner. The next morning, when he went out to the chicken house, the man opened the door. He was shocked by what he saw. He could not believe his eyes and ears. On the floor lay three dead chickens, the parrot was screaming at the fourth, "Say 'Cotano' or I'll kill you!" 曾经在南美洲有一个人有一只鹦鹉，一只可以模拟人说话的宠物鸟。这只鹦鹉很特别。世界上没有像它一 样的鸟儿。它只有一个词不会说。它不会说它家乡的名字Cotano。这 个 人 做 了 他 能 做 的 一 切 事 去 教 它 说“ Cotano” 但是他从未成功过。起初，他对这只鸟很温柔，但是慢慢地就失去了耐心：“你这只笨鸟！为什么你就学不会 Cotano？快说Cotano，否则我宰了你！”但是鹦鹉就是不说。男人大声嘶叫很多次：“快说Cotano，否则我宰了 你！”但是鸟儿就是不说。那个人最后放弃了。他抓起鹦鹉，扔到鸡舍。“你比鸡还笨！” 在鸡舍里，有四只老鸡将被宰杀，成为周日早上的晚餐。次日早上，当他走到鸡舍，打开鸡舍门，他被所 看到的景象震惊了。他无法想象自己的眼睛和耳朵。地上躺着三只死鸡，鹦鹉朝第四只尖叫道：“快说Cotano， 否则我宰了你！” 6. The reason why the parrot couldn't say the name of his native town is not mentioned in the story. 鹦鹉不会说自 ``` 己家乡名字的原因在故事里没有提及。 A：T B：F ``` 7. The man lost his temper at the fact that the bird failed to say the name of the town. 男人对鹦鹉说不出自己家乡 ``` 的名字感到很生气。 A：T B：F ``` 8. The man in the kitchen killed the three chickens. 男人在厨房宰杀了三只鸡。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 9. The bird managed to escape from the chicken house. 这只鸟试图从鸡舍里逃走。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 10. The man loved his parrot very much and always treated it kindly. 男人很喜欢这只鹦鹉并且一直都对他很好。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 答案： **AABBB** **Passage 150** ``` There was once a large, fat woman who had a small, thin husband. He had a job in a big company and was given his ``` weekly wages every Friday evening. As soon as he got home on Fridays, his wife used to make him give her all his money, and then she used to give him back enough to buy his lunch in the office every day. One day the small man came home very excited. He hurried into the living-room. His wife was listening to the radio and eating chocolates there. "You'll never guess what happened to me today, dear," he said. He waited for a few seconds and then added, "I won ten thousand pounds on the lottery!" "That's wonderful!" said his wife delightedly. But then she thought for a few seconds and added angrily, "But wait a moment! How could you afford to buy the lottery tickets?" 从前有个身材庞大、肥胖的女人，她的丈夫又瘦又小。他在一家大公司里工作，每周五晚上收到每周的报 酬。周五他一到家，他的妻子就让他把所有钱都交出来，然后她只给他足够每天在办公室买午饭的钱。 一天这个瘦小的男人很兴奋地回到家。他快速走到客厅。他的妻子正在那儿一边听收音机一边吃巧克力。 “你永远猜不到今天我发生了什么事，亲爱的。”他说。 他等了几秒钟然后补充说：“我彩票中了 1 万英镑！” “太好了！”他的妻子高兴地说。但是她思考了几秒钟然后生气地说：“不过等一下！你怎么买得起彩票 呢？” 6. The small man was allowed to keep just enough to buy his lunch in the office every day. 这个瘦小的男人每天只 准留下足够买午饭的钱。 A：T B：F 7. The man won a lottery one day. 这个男人有一天赢了彩票。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 8. The woman is good-natured. 这个女人很和蔼。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 9. The woman was pleased yet suspicious when her husband won a lottery. 当听说她的丈夫赢了彩票时，这个女 人很开心但是也有所怀疑。 A：T B：F 10. The man had to give almost all his money to his wife every week. 每周这个男人得他几乎所有的钱给他的 妻子。 A：T B：F 答案： **AABAB** **Passage 151** These days, children often think of superheroes(超级英雄)as cute, cool and strong supermen．A poor, short and thin boy wearing glasses may not interest the kids today. Yet in less than 4 years, Harry Potter has taken the world by the storm. J．K．Rowling, the writer of Harry Potter, was a British single mother out of work and living on money given to her by the government. One day, when she was on a long train trip, she had the idea for this book. She wrote the first book of the seven in the café with her baby daughter sleeping beside her．Last year, the fans welcomed the birth of the fourth by lining outside the bookstores. Today these books are still popular among people．Harry Potter is something more than fantasy(幻想)．Rowling tries to tell the readers how things are not always what they seem to be．However, millions of the fans don’t care about such a lesson. They would like to spend many sleepless nights waiting in line for the fifth, the sixth and the seventh to come. For them, surprising stories of the little boy are what they want． 如今，孩子们总是认为超级英雄都是可爱漂亮的、很酷的和强大的超人。一个穷苦、矮小瘦弱的男孩戴着 眼镜可能不会引起孩子们的兴趣。然而不到 4 年的时间,哈利波特给世界带了风暴。J.K罗琳，哈利波特的作者, 曾经是个失业的英国单亲妈妈，靠着政府给的钱维持生计。一天,当她在长途火车旅行的途中，对这本书有了 想法.她在咖啡厅写了七本书的第一本，当时她的女儿还睡在她的旁边。去年，书店外排成队的粉丝们迎来了 这个系列的第四本书发行。如今这些书依旧在人们中流行着。哈利波特胜过了幻想。罗琳试着去告诉读者们事 情往往不是人们想象的样子。但是，成千上万的粉丝们不在乎这样的说法。他们愿意去付出不眠不休的排队等 着第五、第六和第七本书的上市。对他们而言，他们想要的就是小男孩令人惊讶的故事。 6. J.K. Rowling was very poor and didn't get work for herself when she wrote the first book.当初写第一本书的时 候，J.K.Rowling很贫穷、自己没有工作。 A：T B：F 7. When Rowling thought of the idea of writing her book, she was on her way to find work. 当罗琳有了写书的想 ``` 法时，她正在去找工作的路上。 A：T B：F ``` 8. Four books of the seven have come out according to this passage. 根据文章， 7 本书中的 4 本已经出版了。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 9. Rowling want to show to her readers, how things are not always what they seem to be. 罗琳想告诉读者事情是如 何不总像看上去的那样。 A：T B：F 10. Rowling wrote the first book with her daughter's help. 罗琳写第一本书的时候得到了她女儿的帮助。 ``` A：T B：F ``` ### 答案： ABAAB **Passage 152** ``` These days, more and more young people wish to be more beautiful, so they turn to plastic surgery (整形手术) for ``` help. They spend thousands of yuan on these painful surgeries to fix their nose, to change their eyelids (眼皮) or to take off weight from their stomachs. In fact, most people are not pleased with the way they look. Even the most beautiful actresses often wish they could change something about their looks. Should we live our whole lives believing we are ugly? Why can't we raise our head high and believe that we are as beautiful as others? A smile is beautiful on any face, whether fat, oily or hairy. And a kind heart is much more beautiful than a pretty look. So, let's feel grateful that we all have beautiful and healthy bodies that do not need surgeries! Today, I call on you to make an easy change: hold your head high! Smile and be kind to others. If you do these, you will be full of confidence, beauty, and warmth everywhere you go. 近年来，越来越多的年轻人希望变得更漂亮或更英俊，所以他们求助于整形手术。他们花了数以千计的钱 做痛苦的手术来修鼻子、割眼皮或通过腹部吸脂来减肥。 事实上，大多数人对他们的长相都不满意。甚至是最漂亮的女演员们都经常希望自己的面貌能有些改变。 难道我们这一生都要认为自己是丑陋的吗？为什么我们不能高昂着头、相信我们跟其他人一样美丽呢？任何 一张脸上的笑容都是美丽的，无论这张脸是胖的、油腻的还是多毛的。而且，善良的内心要比姣好的容颜更美 丽。 所以，让我们为拥有无需整形的身体和容颜而心存感激吧！现在，我号召大家来对自己做个简单的改变： 仰起头，微笑，善待别人。如果你做到这些，无论你身在何处，你都会充满信心，变得美丽，充满温暖。 6. People think they can eat less to make their dreams come true. 人们认为可以通过节食让他们的梦想实现。 A：T B：F 7. We can feel great if we hold our head up. 如果我们抬起头，我们会觉得很快乐。 A：T B：F 8. The writer suggests we should believe we are as beautiful as others. 作者认为，我们可以和别人一样美丽。 A：T B：F 9. Young people are more and more interested in plastic surgeries. 年轻人越来越对整形手术感兴趣。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 10. Actresses never worry about their looks. 女演员们从不担心她们的相貌。 A：T B：F 答案 **:BAAAB** **Passage 153** Three men traveling on a train began a conversation about the world's greatest wonders. "In my opinion," the first man said, "the Egyptian pyramids（埃及金字塔）are the world's greatest wonder. Although they were built thousands of years ago, they are still standing. And remember: the people who built them had only simple tools. They did not have the kind of machinery that builders and engineers have today." "I agree that the pyramids in Egypt are wonderful," the second man said, "but I do not think they are the greatest wonder. I believe computers are more wonderful than the pyramids. They have taken people to the moon and brought them back safely. In seconds, they carry out mathematical calculations that would take a person a hundred years to do." He turned to the third man and asked, "What do you think is the greatest wonder in the world？" The third man thought for a long time，and then he said, "Well，I agree that the pyramids are wonderful, and I agree that computers are wonderful, too. However, in my opinion, the most wonderful thing in the world is this thermos." And he took a thermos out of his bag and held it up. The other two men were very surprised. "A thermos?" they exclaimed. "But that's a simple thing." "Oh, no，it's not, "the third man said. "In the winter you put in a hot drink and it stays hot. In the summer you put in a cold drink and it stays cold. How does the thermos know whether it's winter or summer？" ``` 三个乘火车的人在谈论世界上伟大的奇观。 “我认为，”第一个人说，“埃及金字塔是世界上最伟大的奇迹。尽管它们修建于几千年，现在仍然屹立不 ``` 倒。而且要记住：当时的人们只有简单的工具，并没有我们现代化的设备和技艺精湛的工程师。” “我同意埃及金字塔是伟大的，”第二个人说，“但是我不认为它们是最伟大的奇迹。我认为电子计算机比 金字塔更为奇妙。在它们的控制下人类已经登上月球并安全返回。计算机仅用几秒的时间就可以运算出一个人 花一百年才能计算出的数据。” 他转向第三个人，问：“你认为世界上最伟大的奇迹是什么？” 第三个人想了很久，说：“嗯，我同意金字塔是伟大的，我也认同计算机也很奇妙。但是我认为保温瓶是 世界上最让人不可思议的发明。” 然后，他从他的包里拿出一个保温瓶，把它举起来。 另外两个人对他的话感到十分诧异。“保温瓶？”他们喊道，“它太简单了。” “不，不简单。”第三个人说。“冬天你把热水倒进去，它就能保温；夏天你把冷饮倒进去时，它就能保持 冰凉。它怎么知道是夏天还是冬天的？” 6. The underlined word "thermos" in Chinese means "保温瓶".有下划线的单词“thermos”在中文意思是保温瓶。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 7. That the three men could not agree on what the world's greatest wonder was because they all had different ideas. 这三个人对什么是世界上最伟大的奇迹都有不同的想法。 A：T B：F 8. The first man thought the pyramids were the most wonderful things in the world because they had been built with very simple tools. 第一位男子认为金字塔是世界上最伟大的奇迹，因为它们是用很简单的工具建造的。 A：T B：F 9. The third man thought a thermos was the most wonderful thing in the world because it cost less than a computer. 第三个人认为热水瓶是世界上伟大的奇迹，因为它的成本比电脑少。 A：T B：F 10. The third man was not very clever because he could not think of anything to say.第三个人不够聪明，因为他没 ``` 什么好说的。 A：T B：F ``` 答案 **:AAABB** **Passage 154** Today the official language of the United Sates and most of Canada is English. However, French almost became the official language because of a war. The French and Indian War was fought between 1754 and 1763. The name of this war is not accurate because the war was actually between England and France. The Indian fought on the side of the French. France and England were trying to gain control of North America. France held Canada, and England held part of what is now the United States. However, France tried to expand its land by moving southward into New York, Pennsylvania, Ohio, and Virginia. When the French built a fort on the Ohio River, the residents in Virginia sent George Washington to attack the fort in 1754. However, the French defeated Washington. The French, aided by Indians, outsmarted（更精明） the English and won many early battles. Later, the British began to do well against the French. In the final battle in Quebec, Canada, General Wolfe of England faced General Montcalm from France. Both general died in this battle, but the English outlasted（比......持久）the French and won the battle. Thus, most of North America today has the English culture and language. 如今，美国和加拿大的大部分地区的官方语言是英语。然而，之前由于一场战争，法语也是官方语言。 法国和印第安人之间的战争从 1754 年持续到 1763 年。这场战争的名字并不准确，因为这次战争事实上是 英格兰和法国之间的战争。印第安人与法国人结盟共同作战。 法国和英格兰试图控制北美。法国占领了加拿大，英格兰控制了现在美国的一部分。然而法国试图通过向 南打到纽约、宾夕法尼亚和弗吉尼亚来扩张它的领地。当法国人在俄亥俄河上建要塞的时候，弗吉尼亚的居民 派乔治·华盛顿于 1754 年去攻打这个要塞。然而法国人打败了华盛顿。 有印第安人的帮助，法国人比英国人更精明，赢了很多早期的战役。后来，英国人开始胜过了法国人。在 加拿大魁北克的最后一场战役中，英国的伍尔夫将军对战法国的蒙特卡姆将军。两个将军都战死在这场战役 里，但是英国人比法国人更持久并赢得了这次战役。因此，如今北美的大部分地区使用的是英国文化和语言。 6. A good title for this selection is The French and Indian War. 这部分的最佳标题是法国和印第安战争。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 7. Most of North America today has the English culture and language. 如今北美大部分使用英国文化和语言。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 8. General Wolfe died in France. 伍尔夫将军死于法国。 A：T B：F 9. Washington lost his battle at the fort on the Ohio River at the end of the war. 华盛顿在战争尾声时攻打俄亥 俄河要塞时输了那场战役。 A：T B：F 10. Both general died in the final battle. 两个将军死于最后的那场战役。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 155** Tom had a few days’ holiday, so he said, “I’m going to the north by train.” He put on his best clothes, took a small bag and got into the train. He had a beautiful hat, and he often put his head out of the window and looked at the hills and rivers. But the wind took his hat off. Tom quickly took up his old bag and threw it out of the window, too. The other people in the train laughed. "Is your bag going to bring your beautiful hat back?" they asked. “No,” Tom answered, “but there is no name and no address on my hat, there’s my name and address on the bag. Someone is going to find both of them near each other, and he's going to go send me the bag and the hat.” 汤姆有几天的假期，于是他说：“我打算坐火车去北方。”他穿上了最好的衣服，拿着一个小包上了火车。 他有个漂亮的帽子，他经常把头伸出窗外看山和河流。但是风把他的帽子吹掉了。 ``` 汤姆马上拿起他的旧包，把他也扔出了窗外。 ``` ### 车上的其他人都笑了，“你的包能把你漂亮的帽子带回来吗？”他们问。 ### “不会，”汤姆回答。“但是我的帽子上没有名字和地址，而我的包上面有我的名字和地址。会有人找到它 ### 们在一起，他会把我的包和帽子寄给我的。” 6. Tom looked out of the window in the train. 汤姆在火车上向窗外看。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 7. Tom went to the north to have a holiday with a hat and a bag. 汤姆戴着一顶帽子和一个包去北方度假。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 8. Tom liked to see the beautiful hills and rivers. 汤姆想看一下美丽的山和河流。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 9. Tom thought he was going to lose his hat. 汤姆觉得他的帽子会丢的。 A：T B：F 10. Tom thought he was clever to throw his bag out. 汤姆觉得把包扔出去的做法很聪明。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 答案： **AAABA** **Passage 156** Very few people were coming to eat at the White Rose Restaurant, and its owner didn't know what to do. The food in his restaurant was cheap and good, but nobody seemed to want to eat there. Then he did something that changed all that, and in a few weeks his restaurant was always full of men and their lady friends. Whenever a gentleman came with a lady, a smiling waiter gave each of them a beautiful menu. The menus looked exactly the same on the outside, but there was an important difference inside. The menu that the waiter handed to the man gave the correct price for each dish and each bottle of wine; while the menu that he handed to the lady gave a much higher price! So when the man calmly ordered dish after dish and wine after wine, the lady thought he was much more generous than he really was! 很少有人来白玫瑰餐厅用餐，它的老板不知道该怎么办。他的餐厅食物又便宜又美味，但是似乎没人愿意 在那儿吃饭。 然后他做了一件改变这一切的事情，几周后他的餐厅总是人们为何会。每当一位男士带一位女士来的时候， 一位微笑的服务生给他们送上一份精美的菜单。菜单从外面看一模一样，但是里面有个重要的区别。服务生递 给男士的菜单是每盘菜和每瓶酒的正确价格，而他递给女士的菜单价格高的多！所以当男士镇定的一盘接一盘 地点餐、一瓶接一瓶地点酒时，女士会觉得他比看上去还要绅士得多。 6. The waiter gave a beautiful menu to the guests when a gentleman and his lady friend came into the restaurant. 当 ``` 一位男士和他的女性朋友来餐厅吃饭的时候，服务生递给他们俩一份精美的菜单。 A.T B.F ``` 7. The menus for the guests were the same on the outside but different inside. 客人的菜单从外面看一样，但是内 ``` 容不同。 A.T B.F ``` 8. The male guest could remain calm when he ordered dish after dish because he was rich. 男性客人一道道菜点 ``` 餐的时候能保持镇静是因为他很有钱。 A.T B.F ``` 9. The lady thought of her friend very generous after a meal at this restaurant. 在这个餐厅吃完一顿饭后女士觉 ``` 得她的朋友很大方。 A.T B.F ``` 10. The story mainly suggests that people like to go to expensive restaurants. 这个故事主要说明人民喜欢去昂贵 ``` 的餐厅用餐。 A.T B.F ``` 答案： **BABAB** **Passage 157** Wang Yani was born in 1975 in Gongcheng, China. Even when she was a baby, she loved to draw lines everywhere. Seeing this, her father decided to help her. He gave her paint, brushes and paper. She practised hard and improved very quickly. Soon her lines became flowers, trees and animals. Some of her pictures were shown in an art exhibition in Shanghai at the age of 4. By age six, Yani had made over 4,000 paintings. She loved to draw animals, especially monkeys and cats. Although her father was good at drawing, he didn't give her any art lessons. He even stopped painting his own pictures. Instead, he often took the little girl to parks and zoos to get ideas for her work. In this way, Yani developed her own style of painting with bright colours. All her pictures were different from others. At the age of 8, one of her monkey paintings was made into a Chinese stamp. Later, she started to draw pictures of country scenery and people. And when she was just 14, she became the youngest person to have personal shows in Washington D. C. and many other cities around the world. 王雅妮于 1975 年出生于中国恭城。甚至还只是个婴儿的时候，她就喜欢到处画线。看到这个，她的父亲 ### 决心帮助她。他给她拿来颜料、画笔和纸。她努力练习，进步神速。很快她画的线条变成了花朵、树木和动物。 ### 4 岁的时候，她的一些画作就在上海的一个画展上展出了。 ### 到 6 岁的时候，雅妮已经画了超过 4 千幅画了。她喜欢画动物，尤其是猴子和猫。尽管她的父亲擅长绘 ### 画，他并没有给她上任何绘画课。他甚至停止了自己的绘画事业。取而代之的是他经常带着这个小女孩去公园 ### 和动物园去为她的绘画得到灵感。通过这种方法，雅妮用鲜艳的色彩开创了她自己的绘画风格。她的所有画作 ### 都别具一格。 ### 8 岁的时候，她的一幅猴画被做成了一枚中国邮票。后来，她开始画乡村风景和人物。当她只有 14 岁的 ### 时候，她成为在华盛顿和世界其他多个城市进行个人画展的最年轻的人。 6. Wang Yani' s pictures were first shown in Gongcheng. 王雅妮的画最初在恭城展出。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 7. She was especially good at drawing monkeys and cats before she was eight. 她 8 岁前尤其擅长画猴子和猫。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 8. Her father took her to zoos and parks because he wanted the girl to get ideas for her work. 她的父亲带她去动物 ``` 园和公园因为他想让这个女孩为绘画获得灵感。 A.T B.F ``` 9. Yani had her personal shows in Washington D. C. at the age of 14. 14岁的时候雅妮在华盛顿举办了个人画展。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 10. Yani's father often gave her art lessons. 雅妮的父亲经常给她上绘画课。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 答案： **BAAAB** **Passage 158** We spent a day in the country and picked a lot of flowers. Our car was full of flowers inside! On the way home we had to stop at traffic lights, and there my wife saw the bookshelf. It stood outside a furniture shop. "Buy it," she said at once. "We'll carry it home on the roof-rack（车顶架）. I've always wanted one like that." What could I do? Ten minutes later I was twenty dollars poorer, and the bookshelf was tied on to the roof rack. It was tall and narrow, quite heavy, too. As it was getting darker, I drove slowly. Other drivers seemed more polite than usual that evening. The police even stopped traffic to let us through. Carrying furniture was a good idea. After a time my wife said, "There's a long line of cars behind. Why don't they overtake（超车）?" Just at that time a police car did overtake. The two officers inside looked at us seriously when they went past. But then, with a kind smile they asked us to follow their car through the busy traffic. The police car stopped at our village church. One of the officers came to me. "Right, sir," he said. "Do you need any more help now?" I didn't quite understand. "Thanks, officer," I said. "You've been very kind. I live just down the road." He was looking at our things: first at the flowers, then at the bookshelf. "Well, well," he said and laughed. "It's a bookshelf you've got there! We thought it was-- er, something else." My wife began to laugh. Suddenly I understood why the police drove here. I smiled at the officer. "Yes, it's a bookshelf, but thanks again." I drove home as fast as I could. 我们在乡下呆了一天并且摘了很多花。我们的车里被花填满了！在回家的路上我们需要在交通灯处停车， 在那里我的妻子看到了一个书架，它立在一家家具店门口。“买下它，”我的妻子立刻说。“我们将把它放在车 顶架上带回家，我一直想要一个那样的书架。” 我能做什么呢? 10分钟后，我少了 20 美元，我们把书架绑在车顶架上。它很高很窄,并且很重。 因为天正在变黑，我开得很慢。那天晚上其他的司机看起来比平时更礼貌。警察甚至拦住了其他车辆让我 们先走。载着家具是一个好主意。 过了一会儿我的妻子说：“后面有一长串车。他们为什么不超车? ”这时一辆警车超车了。当他们超过我们 时，车里的两个警察严肃地看着我们。但是之后他们和蔼地对我们笑,并且让我们跟着他们的车。那辆警车停 在我们村子的教堂。其中一个警察来到我面前。 ``` “好了，先生，”他说：“你还需要其他的帮助吗? ” 我没太明白。“谢谢，警察先生，”我说。“您非常热心。我就住在这条路下面一点。 他在看我们的东西：先是花，然后是书架。“好吧，好吧。”他笑着说。“你这儿是一个暑假啊！我们还以 ``` 为....嗯，别的东西呢。” 我的妻子笑了起来。突然我明白了为什么警察把车开到这里。我对那个警察笑着说：“是的，那是个书架， 但是再次谢谢你。”我尽可能快地把车开回了家。 6. Carrying furniture was "a good idea" as other drivers would let him go first. 带着家具是个“好主意”因为其他司 机让他先走了。 A：T B：F 7. From the story we know that the writer was not very glad to buy the bookshelf for his wife. 这个故事能看出作者 不太愿意为他的妻子买这个书架。 ### A：T B：F 8. The police were rude with the writer and his wife. 警察对作者和他妻子十分粗鲁。 A：T B：F 9. The writer's wife laughed as now she knew the mistake the police had made. 作者的妻子笑了因为她明白了警 ``` 察犯的错误。 A：T B：F ``` 10. The officers began to realize they had made a mistake before arriving at the church. 警察在抵达教堂之前开始意 识到他们犯了个错误。 A：T B：F 答案： **AABAB** **Passage 159** What makes one person more intelligent than another? What makes one person a genius, like the brilliant Albert Einstein, and another person a fool? Are people born intelligent or stupid, or is intelligence the result of where and how you live? These are very old questions and the answers to them are still not clear. We know, however, that just being born with a good mind is not enough. In some ways, the mind is like a leg or an arm muscle. It needs exercise. Mental exercise is particularly important for young children. Many child psychologists (心理学家) think that parents should play with their children more often and give them problems to think about. The children are then more likely to grow up bright and intelligent. If, on the other hand, children are left alone a great deal with nothing to do, they are more likely to become dull and unintelligent. Parents should also be careful with what they say to young children. According to some psychologists, if parents are always telling a child that he or she is a fool or an idiot, then the child is more likely to keep doing silly and foolish things. So it is probably better for parents to say very positive things to their children, such as "That was a very clever thing you did." or "You are such a smart child." 是什么让一个人比另一个人聪明？是什么让一个人成为天才，像聪明的爱因斯坦那样，而另一个人变成傻 瓜？人是生来就聪明或者愚蠢，还是说聪明是你的生活地点及方式的影响结果？这些是老问题了，它们的答案 依然不明确。 然而，我们知道仅仅在出生的时候有个好的头脑是不够的。在某种程度上，头脑就像一条大腿或胳膊的肌 肉，需要训练。头脑训练对年幼的孩子十分重要。很多儿童心理学家认为父母需要多和孩子玩耍，并且给他们 提很多问题让他们去思考，这样孩子就会越来越聪明。相反的，如果孩子总是一个人待着，没有事情去做去思 考，那么他就会越来越不聪明。 父母还需要谨慎地跟年幼的孩子说话。按照一些心理学家的说法，如果父母告诉孩子他不聪明、很笨，那 么孩子就会越来越不聪明，并且会做愚蠢的事情。所以父母最好和孩子说积极的话，比如：“你做了一件很聪 明的事情”或者“你是一个很聪明的孩子”。 6. The word "intelligent" in the 1st paragraph probably mean bright. 第一段里的词“intelligent”很可能是“聪明”的 ``` 意思。 A：T B：F ``` 7. According to the context we can guess that a genius is a normal person while an idiot is a funny person.根据上下 ``` 文我们能猜出来天才是个普通的人而白痴是个有趣的人。 A：T B：F ``` 8. A person born with a good brain and putting it into active use is more likely to become a genius. 生来就有聪明的 ``` 头脑并积极使用它的人更有可能成为天才。 A：T B：F ``` 9. It is better for parents to praise and encourage their children more often. 家长最好多表扬和鼓励他们的孩子。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 10. Intelligence is obviously the result of where and how you live. 智商很显然是你生活地点和方式影响的结果。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 答案 **:ABAAB** **Passage 160** When foreigners come to China for the first time, they are always surprised by the number of bicycles on the roads. China has more cyclists than any other country in the world. Because the roads are so crowded with bicycles, it is very important for cyclists to remember the traffic rules and regulations. Before you ride your bicycle on the roads, you must register it and get a number for it. This number will be on a plate on your bicycle. Also, the traffic authorities will want to check the bicycle to make sure that it is in good condition. Young children may not ride bicycles in the streets, because there is so much traffic that is dangerous. A cyclist must keep at least one hand on the handlebars at all times, and a bicycle may not carry more than one adult person. On which side of the road should you ride? On the right, of course! If you ride on the left of the road, against the traffic, you may cause an accident. Like the driver of a car or bus, you must follow all traffic signs and signals. but you must check first to make sure that the road is clear. If you want to turn or stop, you must give a signal to the cyclists who are riding behind you. Give a signal with your hand at least ten meters before you turn or stop. When you ride past a parked car, you must be careful in case the door opens suddenly or the car starts and drives out in front of you. Remember these rules and regulations when you ride your bicycle, and help to keep China's roads safe. ### 当外国人第一次来到中国的时候，他们看到路上的自行车数量总是很惊讶。中国是世界上骑自行车人数最 ### 多的国家。因为路上的自行车十分拥挤，骑车的人记住交通规则是很重要的。 ### 你骑车上路之前，必须把你的自行车登记，得到一个车牌号。这个号码会印在自行车的车牌上。同时，交 ### 管机构也会检查自行车确保它的车况良好。 ### 儿童不能再路上骑车，因为路上的车辆很多，这很危险。骑车的人必须一直保持至少一手扶在车把上。一 ### 辆自行车最多只能载一位成年人。 ### 你应该在路的哪一边骑车呢？当然是在右边！如果你在路左边骑车逆行，你必须首先确认路上没有车。如 ### 果你想转弯或者停车，必须给后面的骑车人一个信号。至少在转弯或停车前提前 10 米用手做出信号。当你骑 ### 过一辆停着的汽车的时候，你必须小心以防车门突然打开或者车发动起来行驶到你前面。 ### 骑车的时候记住这些交通规则，一起来让中国的道路安全起来吧。 6. It is important for cyclists in China to remember the traffic rules because the roads are crowded with bicycles. 在 ``` 中国骑车人记住交通规则很重要，因为道路上挤满了自行车。 A：T B：F ``` 7. Before you take your bicycle out on the roads you must check the condition of the authorities. 在你在路上骑车前 ``` 你必须检查交管机构的状态。 A：T B：F ``` 8. It is wrong to ride with both hands off the handlebars. 双手离开车把手骑车是错误的。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 9. If you ride on the left side of the road, you will be against the traffic. 如果你在路左边骑车，你就会逆行了。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 10. At a red traffic light you must give a hand signal. 在红灯前你必须做出一个信号手势。 A：T B：F 答案： **ABAAB** **Passage 161** When friends come to visit us in the evening, they spend their time telling us they are in a hurry and looking at their watches. It isn’t that our friends are all very busy; it is just that we haven’t got a television. People think that we are very strange. “But what do you do in the evening?” they are always asking. The answer is very simple. Both my wife and I have hobbies. We certainly don’t spend our evenings staring at the walls. My wife enjoys cooking and painting and often attends evening classes in foreign languages. This is particularly useful as we often go abroad for our holidays. I collect stamps and I’m always busy with my collection. Both of us enjoy listening to the music and playing chess together. Sometimes there are power cuts(断电) and we have no electricity in the house. This does not worry us; we just light candles and carry on with what we were doing before. Our friends, however, are lost---no television! So they don’t know what to do. On such evenings our house is very full, and they all come to us. They all have a good time. Instead of sitting in silence in front of the television, everybody talks and plays games. 当朋友们晚上来我们家拜访的时候，他们会花时间告诉我们他们赶时间，并不停地看表。并不是我们的朋 友都很忙，而是我们家没有电视。人们认为我们很古怪。“可是你们晚上都做什么呢？”他们总是这样问。答案 很简单。我和我的妻子都有爱好。我们当然不会把晚上的时光花费在盯着墙这件事上。我妻子喜欢烹饪和绘画， 而且经常参加外语学习的晚课。这很有用，因为我们假期的时候经常去国外。我集邮，因此总是忙于照看我的 收藏。我们俩都喜欢一起听音乐和下棋。 ``` 有时候断电了，家里没有电。这并不会让我们担心。我们就把蜡烛点着，继续之前做的事情。然而我的朋 ``` 友们就会不知所措——没有电视！所以他们不知道该做什么。在这样的夜晚，我们的家里就很拥挤，他们都来 找我们。他们都玩得很开心。每个人都聊天和玩游戏，而不是沉默地坐在电视机前。 21. Their friends don't like to stay at the couple's house as there is not a television. 他们的朋友不喜欢待在这对夫妇 家里因为没有电视。 A：T B：F 22. The couple have not got a television, because they enjoy spending evenings in their own ways.这对夫妇没有电 ``` 视，因为他们喜欢用自己的方式来度过晚上的时光。 A：T B：F ``` 23. At night when there is no electricity, the couple can do nothing but sit in silence. 晚上当没有电的时候，这对夫 妇无事可做，只能沉默地坐着。 A：T B：F 24. The writer tries to tell us that life is enjoyable with many friends.作者想告诉我们有很多朋友的生活让人愉快。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 25. The best title for this passage may be “We Go Without Televisions”.这篇文章的最佳标题可能是“我们的生活没 ``` 有电视”。 A：T B：F ``` 答案： **AABBA** **Passage 162** When Mrs. Joseph Groger died recently in Vienna, Austria, people asked, "Why did she live to be 107?" Answers were provided by an investigation made among 148 Viennese --- men and women who had reached the age of 100. Somewhat surprising was the fact that the majority had lived most their lives in cities. In spite of the city's image as an unhealthy place, city living often provides benefits that country living may lack. One factor seems to be important to these long-lived persons. This factor is exercise. In the cities, it is often faster and less frustrating to walk short distances than to wait for a bus. Even taking public transportation often requires some walking. Smaller apartment houses have no elevators, and so tenants must climb stairs. City dwellers(居民) can usually walk to local supermarkets. Since parking spaces are hard to find, there is often no alternative to walking. On the other hand, those who live in the country and suburbs do not have to walk every day. In fact the opposite is often true. To go to school, work or almost anywhere else, they must ride in cars. 当约瑟夫·戈罗格太太最近在奥地利维也纳去世的时候，人们问：“她为什么能活到 107 岁呢？”一项在 148 名维也纳人之间开展的调查给出了答案，这个调查研究了 100 岁以上的男人和女人。有些让人惊讶的是，这些 人中大多数人都在城市里生活了大部分时间。尽管城市给人的印象是一个不健康的地方，住在城市里通常能带 来乡村生活所缺少的好处。一个因素似乎对这些长寿的人来说很重要，这个因素就是锻炼。在城市里，跟等公 交车相比，走短距离的路通常更快，也不让人那么感到沮丧。即使乘坐公共交通工具也通常需要走一些路。小 一点的公寓楼没有电梯，所以住户通常要爬楼梯。城市居民可以经常走路去当地的超市。既然停车位很难找到， 通常没有代替走路的方式了。 从另一个方面来说，住在乡下和郊区的人不用每天都走路。事实上，相反的情况通常是真实的。为了去上 学、工作或去几乎任何一个其他的地方，他们总是开车。 6. The Vienna survey may help to explain the long life of people like Mrs. Groger.这个在维也纳的调查或许能说明 ``` 像戈罗格夫人那样长寿的原因。 A：T B：F ``` 7. The purpose of the second paragraph is to list some comments made by city dwellers.第二段的写作目的是列出 一些城市居民给出的评论。 A：T B：F 8. To reach the third floor of a building, it would probably be most healthy to walk up the stairs.为了到一个建筑的 第三层，最健康的方式可能是爬楼梯。 A：T B：F 9. Suburban people probably drive rather than walk because they don't need exercises.郊区的居民可能更多驾车而 不是走路，因为他们不需要锻炼。 A：T B：F 10. We can conclude from the passage that walking is a healthy exercise.从文章可以得到这样的结论：走路是一种 ``` 健康的锻炼方式。 A：T B：F ``` 答案： **ABABA** **Passage 163** When you take a walk in any of the cities in the West, you often see a lot of people walking dogs. It is still true that a dog is the most useful and faithful animal in the world. But the reasons why people keep a dog have changed. In the old days people used to train dogs to protect themselves against attacks by other beasts. And later, they came to realize that a dog was not only useful for protection but willing to obey his master. For example, when people used dogs for hunting, the dogs would not eat what was caught without permission. But people in the city need not protect themselves against attacks of an animal. Why do they keep dogs, then? Some people keep dogs to protect themselves from robbery, but the most important reason is for companionship. For a child, a dog is his best friend when he has no friends to play with. For young couples, a dog is their child when they have no children. For old couples, a dog is also their child when their real children have grown up. So the main reason why people keep dogs has changed from protection to friendship. 当你在西部城市漫步的时候，你常会看到很多人遛狗。关于狗是世界上最有用最忠诚的动物这一说法仍然 是正确的。但是人们养狗的原因已经发生了变化。 ``` 在过去，人们训练狗来保护自己不受其他野兽的攻击。之后，人们渐渐发现狗不仅可以保护人们，还愿意 ``` 遵从主人的命令。例如，当人们用狗来打猎的时候，狗没有得到允许不会吃掉猎物。但是现在城市里的人们不 再需要狗来保护自己免受动物的侵害了。 那么为什么人们要养狗呢？一些人养狗是防止抢劫的发生，但最重要的原因是它们的陪伴。对于孩子，当 他没有朋友一起玩的时候，狗是他最好的朋友。对于年轻的夫妻来说，当他们没有孩子的时候狗就是他们的孩 子。对于老年夫妻来说，当他们的孩子都成年了，狗也是他们的孩子。所以人们养狗的主要原因已经从保护变 成了友谊。 6. It is true that a dog is the most important animal in the world. 狗是世界上最重要的动物这一说法是正确的。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 7. According to the passage, dogs were trained for protection against other animals in the past. 从文中可以看出， ``` 过去狗被训练来保护人类不受其他动物的伤害。 A：T B：F ``` 8. Dogs were used for hunting because they always obeyed their masters. 过去狗被用来打猎，因为他们总是很听 ``` 主人的话。 A：T B：F ``` 9. The most important reason for people in the city to keep dogs now is for companionship. 现在城市里的人们养狗 ``` 的最主要原因是陪伴。 A：T B：F ``` 10. The main idea of the passage is that the dog is a useful and friendly animal. 文中的主要观点是：狗是有用并且 友好的动物。 A：T B：F 答案 **: BAAAA** **Passage 164** William Henry Harrison, the ninth president of the U.S, was born in a small town. When he was a boy, he was very quiet and shy. Because he was so quiet, everyone thought that he wasn't bright (聪明). The people in the town often put a nickel (五分币) and a dime (一角银币) before him and ask him which to choose. He always chose the nickel and they laughed. One day a woman felt sorry for him. She asked, "Why do you never take a dime and always choose a nickel instead? Do you know a nickel is worth (值...钱) much less than a dime?" “Certainly I know it,” William answered slowly. “But if I choose the dime, they will not ask me to choose them any more.” 威廉·亨利·哈里森，美国的第九位总统，是在一个小镇出生的。他小时候很不爱说话很腼腆。正因为他太 内向，大家都认为脑子有问题。镇上的人把一角硬币和五分硬币放在他面前问他选哪个。他总是选五分的，人 们就大笑。 有一天一位女士感觉很内疚，她问道：“你问什么不选一角的而选五分的硬币呢？你不知道五分没一角多 吗？” ``` “我当然知道”威廉慢吞吞的答道。“但如果我选了一角的，他们就再也不会让我选了。” ``` 26. William Henry Harrison was the ninth president of the United Nations.威廉·亨利·哈里森是联合国第九位总统。 ``` A：T B：F ``` 27. When he was a boy, he liked to speak little. 他小时候不喜欢说话。 A：T B：F 28. The people thought he was not bright because he was shy and quiet. 因为他不爱说话又腼腆，人们认为他脑子 ``` 有问题。 A：T B：F ``` 29. When he always chose the nickel, the people thought he didn't know that a nickel was worth less than a dime. 他选了五分的硬币，人们以为他不知道五分没有一角多。 A：T B：F 30. He always chose the nickel because he wanted the people to believe that he didn't know the difference between a nickel and a dime. 因为他想让人们认为他不懂五分和一角硬币的区别总是选择五分的。 A：T B：F 答案： **BAAAA** **Passage 165** Younger people and older people do not always agree. They sometimes have different ideas about life, work and play. But in one special program in New York State, adults and teenagers live together in peace. Each summer 200 teenagers and 50 adults live together for eight weeks as members of a special work group. Everyone works several hours each day. The aim is not just to keep busy but rather to find meaning and enjoyment in work. Some teenagers work in the woods or on the farms near the village. Some learn to make furniture and to build houses. The adults teach them these skills. There are several free hours each day. Weekends are free, too. During the free hours some of the teenagers learn photography or painting. Others sit around talking and singing. Each teenager chooses his own way to spend his free time. When people live together, rules are always necessary. In this program the teenagers and the adults make the rules together. If someone breaks a rule, the problem goes before the whole group. The group discusses the problem. They ask, "Why did it happen? " "What should we do about it? " One of the teenagers has this to say about the experience: " You stop thinking only about yourself. You learn how to think about the group. " 年轻人和老年人不总能达成一致意见。他们有时候对生活、工作和娱乐的观点不同。但是在纽约州的一个 特别的节目里，成年人和少年们和谐地居住在一起。每个夏天 200 名少年和 50 为成年人作为这个节目组的成 员共同居住 8 个星期。每个人每天都要工作几个小时。目的不只是保持忙碌，而是在工作中找到意义和享受。 一些少年在村庄附近的小树林里或农场上工作。一些人学习制造家具和建造房子。成年人教他们这些技能。 每天有几个小时的空闲时间。周末也是空闲的。在闲暇时光里一些少年学习摄影或绘画。其他人坐在一起 聊天和唱歌。每个年轻人选择他们自己度过空闲时光的方式。 ### 当人们住在一起的时候，规则是很有必要的。在这个节目中少年们和成年人们一起制定规则。如果有人破 ### 坏规则，这个问题就摆在整个团队面前。所有人一起讨论这个问题。他们会问：“为什么发生这个问题？我们 ### 该做什么？” ### 其中一个年轻人关于这段经历有如下观点：“你不再只考虑自己了。你学着去为整个团队着想。” 6. The passage is mainly about how adults and teenagers live together in a special group. 这篇文章主要是关于成 ``` 年人和年轻人是怎样在一个特殊的群体里共同生活的。 A.T B.F ``` 7. The special program offered every winter in New York city. 这个节目每个冬天在纽约市播放。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 8. People will make more rules when someone breaks a rule. 当有人破坏规则时，人们就制定更多规则。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 9. To find a way to solve the generation gap is NOT stated directly in the passage as a purpose of the program. 文章 ``` 没有直接提到节目的目的是找到一种解决代沟的方法。 A.T B.F ``` 10. Some teenagers learn photography when they are free. 一些年轻人在有空的时候学习摄影。 ``` A.T B.F ``` 答案： **ABBAA** ## 第四部分 选词填空 —— 次重点题目 1. A boy ran towards the seaside and ________ into the water. 一个男孩跑向海边跳入水中。 ``` A dived B sank C headed D bathed ``` 2. A computer can only do _______you have instructed it to do. 计算机只能做你指示它做的事情。 ``` A how B after C what D when ``` 3. A long time ago, I _______ in London for three years. 很久以前，我在伦敦生活了三年。 ``` A had lived B have lived C lived D have been living ``` 4. A solid is different from a liquid _____ the solid has its definite shape.固体不同于液体因为固体有明确的形状。 ``` A in that B in which C in what D because of which ``` 5. About 200,000,000 people speak English ______ their own language. 大约有两亿人把英语当作自己的语言。 ``` A in B as C for D with ``` 6. After a lot of difficulty, he ______ to open the door. 经过一番周折，他总算把门打开了。 ``` A managed B succeeded C accomplished D tried ``` 7. After the liberation in 1949, people in the city built the monument _______ the heroes who died in the battle.1949 ``` 年解放后，人们在城市里建起纪念碑来纪念阵亡的英烈。 A in honor of B in spite of C in favor of D in charge of ``` 8. Alex is said ________ abroad, but I don't know what country he studied in. 据说埃里克斯曾在海外上过学，但 ``` 我不知道他在哪个国家读的。 A to have studied B to study C to be studying D to have been studying ``` 9. Alice regretted ________ to John's birthday party last Sunday. Alice后悔上个星期天没有去John的生日会。 ``` A not going B not to go C not having been going D not to be going ``` 10. All the memories of his childhood had _______ from his mind by the time he was 65. 他 65 了，童年的记忆已 ``` 经慢慢褪去了。 A faded B illustrated C confined D concerned ``` 11. All traffic has to make ______ for a fire engine. 所有车都要给消防车让路。 ``` A path B way C track D lane ``` 12. Although punctual himself, the professor was quite used ________ late for his lecture. 尽管他很守时，但这位教 ``` 授对自己学生上他的课迟到已习以为常。 A to have students B to students' being C for students to be D for students being ``` 13. Although the causes of cancer ________, we do not yet have any practical way to prevent it. 尽管我们正在找出 ``` 癌症的诱因，但仍然无法有效预防。 A are being uncovered B have been uncovering C are uncovering D have uncovered ``` 14. Although the traffic is not busy, he likes to drive at a _______ speed.尽管交通畅通，他还是喜欢开的不快不慢。 ``` A spare B fast C moderate D moral ``` 15. – Are you going to the football game? 你去看足球比赛吗？ - No. The tickets are _______ expensive for me. 不去，票太贵了。 A very much B so much **_C far too_** D highly 16. As it was going to rain, she was ________ to leave as soon as possible. 因为要下雨了，她急着尽快离开。 ``` A hurried B anxious C worried D nervous ``` 17. Be sure to write to us, ________? 一定要给我们写信哦，好吗？ ``` A won't you B don't you C can't you D aren't you ``` 18. Because of its large number of bamboo trees and comfortable climate, Sichuan is home ________ the panda. ``` 由于四川气候适宜且有大量的竹子，所以成为了熊猫的家园。 A of B to C for D by ``` 19. Bill wasn't happy about the delay, and ______. 比尔不喜欢被耽搁，我也一样。 ``` A I was neither B neither I was C I wasn't either D either I was ``` 20. By no means ________ look down upon the poor. 我们绝不应该看不起穷人。 ``` A should we B we shall C we D we should ``` 21. By no means __________ our mistakes. 我们绝不应该忽视错误。 ``` A we should ignore B we ought to ignore C ought we ignore D should we ignore ``` 22. By the time the war _______, most of the people had already left. 战争爆发时很多人已经离开了。 ``` A broke out B became widespread C spoiled the country D intervened ``` 23. Can you tune ______ Radio Beijing for me please? There is an interesting program. 你能帮我调一下北京电台 ``` 吗？有个有趣的节目。 A in B to C on D at ``` 24. Carnival, a _________ festival, is very famous and attracts visitors from all over the world.嘉年华，一个四天的 ``` 节日，非常有名，吸引了全球的旅行者。 A four days B four-days C four day's D four-day ``` 25. Children ________ their parents for food and clothing. 孩子靠父母穿衣吃饭。 ``` A ask for B depend on C think of D make use of ``` 26. David may _______, but we must go at once. David或许会呆到很晚，但是我们必须马上走。 ``` A stay lately B have stayed very late C stay a little D stay late ``` 27. Do you ______ a diary? 你写日记吗？ ``` A write down B continue C enjoy D keep ``` 28. Do you feel like _______ today? 你今天有什么特别想吃的吗？ ``` A having something special eaten B having something special to eat C to have something special eaten D to have something special to eat ``` 29. Do you know ________ in English? 你知道怎么用英语说这个词吗？ ``` A how say it B how to say it C how saying it D how to saying it ``` 30. Do you know the man ________ under the apple tree? 你认识那个躺在苹果树下的男人吗？ ``` A lay B lain C lying D laying ``` 31. Do you still remember ________? 你还记得你父亲说过的话吗？ ``` A that your father said B what your father said C did your father say that D what did your father say ``` 32. – Do you think that the labor bill will be passed? 你认为那个劳动法案将会被通过吗？ - Oh, yes. It's _______ that it will. 哦，是的，它可能会通过。 A almost surely **_B very likely_** C near positive D quite certainly 33. Don't trust him, ________ he says. 不要相信他，无论他说什么都不要信。 ``` A what B no matter whatever C no matter that D no matter what ``` 34. – Don’t you feel surprised to see George at the meeting? 你看到乔治去开会了不觉得惊讶吗？ - Yes. I really didn’t think he _________ here. 是的。我真的没想到他会去那儿。 A has been B had been **_C would be_** D would have been 35. Due to the heavy rain the spring outing has been ________. 由于暴雨春游已经被取消了。 ``` A called on B called off C called out D called for ``` 36. During the future examinations you should avoid ________ such mistakes. 在以后的考试中，你应该避免这样 ``` 的错误。 A make B to make C making D made ``` 37. Each new way of looking at a situation ________ our understanding and makes it easier to discover new possibilities. ``` 每一次面对新情况，取决于我们的理解，使得更容易发现新的可能性。 A deeps B deepens C deep D deeply ``` 38. England is a rather short ______ of farming land, so it is absolutely dependent upon other countries for her food.英 ``` 国缺少耕地，食品必须依靠从国外进口。 A offers B stores C sales D supplies ``` 39. England is an island country. ________ consists of three principal islands, and ________ climate is generally mild. ``` 英国是个岛国，由三个主要的岛屿组成，气候一般比较温和。 A It ... its B She ... her C He ... his D She ... its ``` 40. Every means _______ been tried to solve the difficult problem. 尝试了每种方法去解决那个难题。 ``` A have B has C is D are ``` 41. Every new thought or idea has to ________ what we already know. 如果我们已经知道，那就把每个新想法或 ``` 观点相互关联。 A be connect with B be connected C be connected to D be connecting to ``` 42. Every organism produces waste products no longer useful to itself and which ________ to accumulate would in ``` fact be harmful. 每种生物都会产生对自身无用的废气，事实上这些废气积聚到一定程度是有害的。 A if they allowed B if were allowed C if was allows D if allowed ``` 43. Everyone of them _______ tired and wanted a good rest. 他们每个人都看上去很疲惫，想好好休息一下。 ``` A seems B is seemed C was seemed D seemed ``` 44. Everything ________ before the experiment began. 实验开始时一切都准备好了。 ``` A has been prepared B was prepared C had been prepared D had prepared ``` 45. Extensive tests have been ________ on the patient. 在病人身上进行了大量的实验。 ``` A carried on B carried out C carried off D carried away ``` 46. Fighting had ________ between rival groups of fans. 两位对手的粉丝们已经在打架了。 ``` A broken in B broken up C broken out D broken off ``` 47. Fish can't live ______ water. 鱼离开水就会死。 ``` A with B without C in D on ``` 48. – For tonight's homework, do pages 40 and 41 in the workbook. 今晚的家庭作业是做 40 和 41 页的题。 - Professor Hones, I think that is ________ work. 洪斯教授，我觉得作业太多了。 **_A too much_** B much the more C too hard D hardest 49. Fruit is one of the most abundant, nutritious, and ________ foods a person can eat. 水果是一个人能够吃到的最 ``` 丰富、有营养的食物之一。 A delicious B too delicious C is it delicious D tastes delicious ``` 50. Generally speaking, it is unwise to give a child ________ he or she wants. 一般来说，孩子要什么就给什么是不 ``` 明智的。 A however B whatever C whichever D whenever ``` 51. Give me your telephone number ______ I need your help. 把你的电话号留给我，以防万一我有事需要你帮忙。 ``` A whether B unless C so that D in case ``` 52. Give the books to ________needs them for the writing class. 把书给那些写作课上需要的人。 ``` A whomever B whom C who D whoever ``` 53. Go away, you're always getting ________ the way. 走开，你总是挡路。 ``` A in B on C at D to ``` 54. Had he worked harder, he ________ the exams. 他要是更努力点就能通过考试。 ``` A must have got through B would have got through C would get through D could get through ``` 55. Had they have time, they ______ certainly ______. 他们要是有时间，肯定早就来了。 ``` A would... come B will... come C have... come D had... came ``` 56. He ________ me do the work. 他帮我做工作。 ``` A gives B helps C minds D cares ``` 57. He ______ to me last week. 他上周给我写信了。 ``` A is writing B writes C wrote D is written ``` 58. He didn't live up to _________ had been expected of him. 他没有达到对他期望。 ``` A what B which C that D all ``` 59. He enjoyed visiting his old friends and ______ about old times. 他喜欢拜访他的老朋友和他们聊过去的日子。 ``` A talking B talked C talk D to talk ``` 60. He has ________ on his farm. 他农场里有二十头牛。 ``` A 20 head of cattles B 20 heads of cattles C 20 heads of cattle D 20 head of cattle ``` 61. He has been writing for 3 years, but being a writer is not his ________. 他已经写了三年了，但作为一个作家 ``` 这不是他的选择。 A chance B choice C change D character ``` 62. He helped me ______ my homework. 他帮我辅导作业。 ``` A with B to C about D of ``` 63. He himself is very uncertain ________ whether it is the right job for him, although everybody else thinks he is ``` highly competent. 尽管很多人认为他很有能力，但他自己还是不确定这份工作是否适合他。 A as of B as to C as from D such as ``` 64. He is noisy sometimes, but _______ he is a good boy. 他有时很吵，但他仍然是个好孩子。 ``` A yet B otherwise C although D already ``` 65. He looked behind him to ________ there was nobody following him. 他向身后看，确保没人跟着他。 ``` A believe B find C make sure D search ``` 66. He made a living in the past _______ in a middle school. 他以前以做中学老师为生。 ``` A teaching B taught C by teaching D on teaching ``` 67. He never does his work ________ Mary. 他从来都没有像玛丽那样认真工作。 ``` A as careful as B so careful as C as carefully as D carefully as ``` 68. He opened the letter and it contained ________. 他打开信，发现里面有一些重要信息。 ``` A an important information B some important informations C many important information D some important information ``` 69. He ran away from home, ________ his sister had done the year before. 他和他姐姐去年一样，从家里跑了。 ``` A like B as C when D while ``` 70. He succeeded ______ out a lot of things entirely new in the world. 他成功做出许多世界上完全没有的新东西。 ``` A in working B to work C working D at working ``` 71. He talks as if he ________ everything in the world. 他夸夸奇谈，好像他知道世间一切事情。 ``` A knows B knew C had known D would have known ``` 72. He thought he could talk Mr. Robinson _______ buying some expensive equipment. 他认为他能说服罗宾逊先 ``` 生买昂贵的设备。 A to B about C into D on ``` 73. He turned his head aside and walked straight _______ me. 他把头扭向一边，直接从我身边走过。 ``` A pass B past C passed D passing ``` 74. He was elected chairman of ________ association. 他被选为作协主席。 ``` A the writer's B the writers' C writer's D writers ``` 75. He worked ______ hard ______ he earned a lot of money. 他工作很努力，赚了很多钱。 ``` A too, too B too, to C so, that D that, so ``` 76. He works _______ harder than us. 他比我们工作更努力。 ``` A many B much C a lot of D very ``` 77. Helen had to shout _______ above the sound of the music. 海伦大声喊以便她的声音盖过音乐声。 ``` A making herself hear B to make herself hear C making herself heard D to make herself heard ``` 78. Henry is often seen ________ English aloud every morning in the classroom. 大家看到亨利每天早上都在教室 ``` 大声读英语。 A read B reads C being read D to read ``` 79. Her parents insisted that she _______ good education for her future. 他的父母坚持认为她应该为她的未来接受 ``` 好的教育。 A received B receive C must receive D would receive ``` 80. Her suggestion that everybody ________ was not accepted. 她建议大家每人唱首歌，但没人愿意。 ``` A sing a song B sang a song C sung a song D singing a song ``` 81. – Hi, Jane. Would you like to go to the ball this evening? 嗨，简。你今晚想去舞会吗？ - Sorry, Frank .__________tomorrow’s lessons, I have no time to go out with you. 对不起，弗兰克。没有准备 好明天的课，我没时间跟你出去。 ``` A Not preparing B Not having prepared C Not to prepare D Being not prepared ``` 82. His words are ________ but the meaning is deep. 他说话言简意赅。 ``` A few B a few C little D a little ``` 83. – How much did you ________all these things? 买所有的这些东西你花了多少钱？ - More than forty dollars. 40 多美元。 A spend B cost C give **_D pay for_** 84. I ______ I were a bird. 多希望我是只小鸟。 ``` A hope B wish C expect D imagine ``` 85. I ________ my wallet/watch when I was shopping in the store. 我很可能是在购物时把钱包/手表落在商场了。 ``` A must have dropped B should have dropped C could drop D ought to have dropped ``` 86. I _______ to Shanghai once. 我去过上海一次。 ``` A went B have been C have gone D was ``` 87. I _______ when I spelt a word in a crossword puzzle. 我玩填字游戏时，有个单词不会拼。 ``` A got struck B got stuck C got sticking D become trapping ``` 88. I'm afraid the box is ________ heavy for the boy. 这个箱子太重了，恐怕那个孩子搬不动。 ``` A too very B very too C too much D much too ``` 89. I can't find my watch in the room. It ________ by somebody. 我在家里找不到我的手表，可能被别人拿走了。 ``` A must have taken B may have taken C may have been taken D should have been taken ``` 90. I can’t find the key ________the door. Maybe I lost it. 我找不到门钥匙了。可能我把它弄丢了。 ``` A to B of C with D for ``` 91. I cannot tell the ________ difference between the twins. 我无法区分这对双胞胎之间细微的差别。 ``` A secret B single C simple D slight ``` 92. I didn't go to the cinema the day before yesterday, but I do wish I ________ there. 我前天没去电影院，但我真 ``` 希望自己去过。 A were B would be C had been D will be ``` 93. I don't know ______. 我不知道他昨晚做了什么。 ``` A what did he do last night B what he did last night C he did what last night D last night he did what ``` 94. I'd like to take _______ of this opportunity to thank all of you for your co-operation. 我要借此机会感谢你们所 ``` 有人的合作。 A profit B benefit C occasion D advantage ``` 95. I'd love ________ to your party last Friday if not because of unexpected guests. 我真希望上周五能去参加你的 ``` 聚会，可惜家里来了不速之客。 A to go B going C having gone D to have gone ``` 96. I gave Grace a present but she gave me nothing ________. 我给了格蕾丝一份礼物，但是她什么都没有给我。 ``` A in return B in turn C in advance D in short ``` 97. I had ______ entered the room ______ I heard the door-bell ring. 我一走进教室就听到上课铃响了。 ``` A hardly... when B hardly... than C nearly... when D nearly... than ``` 98. I have ______ finished the book. 我基本看完这本书了。 ``` A more or less B much or less C more or few D many or less ``` 99. I have never ______ him since he wrote to me 10 years ago. 自从他十年前给我写过信后，我就再没收到他的 ``` 来信。 A heard B heard of C heard from D heard about ``` 100. I have the complacent feeling ______ I’m highly intelligent. 我很自满地认为我十分聪明。 ``` A what B which C that D this ``` 101. I have views quite different from my ________. 我和我老师的观点很不相同。 ``` A teacher view B teacher C teacher' D teacher's ``` 102. I haven't got a single ________ from Jane since last year. 去年起我就没有简的任何消息了。 ``` A advice B news C message D information ``` 103. I hope you will agree ______ me about the idea that our teacher's advice is excellent. 我希望你认同我的观点， ``` 我认为我们老师的建议很好。 A on B to C with D in ``` 104. I invited Joe and Linda to dinner, but _______of them came.我邀请了乔和琳达来吃晚饭，但她们俩都没有来。 ``` A neither B either C none D both ``` 105. I remember meeting him ______ last month. 我记得上月某个时候见过他。 ``` A two times B sometimes C some times D sometime ``` 106. I spent half an hour ________ this difficult math problem. 我花了半小时解出这个数学难题。 ``` A to work out B work out C worked out D working out ``` 107. I've worked with foreign experts before, so I know what ________ in my new job.我曾和外国专家一起工作过， ``` 因此我知道对新工作的期望。 A expected B to expect C to be expecting D expects ``` 108. I will never forget the three years ________ we both spent in the little village. 我永远不会忘记我们一起在小山 ``` 村度过的三年。 A when B during which C which D in which ``` 109. If Mary _______shopping this afternoon, please ask her to write a shopping list first. 如果玛丽今天下午去购物， ``` 请让她先写个购物清单。 A will go B goes C went D has gone ``` 110. If only she ________ the opportunity to go to university in those years. 要是这几年她有机会上大学就好了。 ``` A has B has had C will have D had had ``` 111. If they hadn't saved us we ______ of hungry. 如果他们没有救我们，我们早就饿死了。 ``` A died B would die C would have died D had died ``` 112. If you _______ in your rent again, you may get thrown out. 如果你再不交租金，就会被赶出去。 ``` A fall behind B account for C charge for D come to ``` 113. If you _______ your work, you can go there first. 如果你的工作完成了，可以先去那儿。 ``` A will finish B finished C finishing D have finished ``` 114. Important ________ his discovery was, it was regarded as a matter of no account in his time.尽管他的发现很重 ``` 要，在他那个时代它被认为是无关紧要的。 A when B until C as D although ``` 115. In_________, the northerners have a particular liking for dumplings while the southerners are fond of rice. 总体 ``` 来说，北方人特别喜欢饺子，而南方人喜欢米饭。 A common B total C general D particular ``` 116. In copying this paper, be careful not to leave ________ any words. 抄写这篇论文时要仔细，不能漏掉一个词。 ``` A out B alone C off D behind ``` 117. In fact, Peter would rather have left for San Francisco than ________ in New York. 事实上，皮特宁愿离开圣弗 ``` 朗西斯科也不愿意呆在纽约。 A to stay B stayed C staying D having stayed ``` 118. In Shanghai, city planners have made many places for green belts and garden ________. 在上海，城市规划者已 ``` 经做成好多绿化带和绿地。 A places B lots C spaces D strips ``` 119. In the evening we smoked and talked and never _________ going out except for exercise.晚上我们边聊天边吸 ``` 烟，除了锻炼，从没想过出去。 A dreaming B dreamed in C dreamed of D have dreamed ``` 120. – Is the library ________ now? 图书馆现在开放吗？ - No, it’s ________. 不，它闭馆了。 A open; close B opening; closing **_C open; closed_** D opened; closed 121. It is because he is kind and modest ________ he wins the respect of all presents.正是因为他很谦虚友善，他赢 ``` 得了在场所有人的尊重。 A what B which C why D that ``` 122. It is considered bad ________ to stare at people. 盯着别人看被认为是失礼的。 ``` A manner B manners C politeness D way ``` 123. It is desirable that the airplane _________ as light as possible. 飞机要尽可能轻。 ``` A is B were C be D had been ``` 124. It is not serious illness, I guess she will _________ soon. 她病得不严重，我想她很快就能恢复。 ``` A remove B recover C replace D reduce ``` 125. It is possible to tell the time in day light _____ looking into a cat's eyes. 白天通过看猫的眼睛可能知道时间。 ``` A with B for C by D from ``` 126. It is said that ________ boys in your school like playing football in their spare time, though others prefer basketball. ``` 据说你们学校里很多男孩喜欢在业余时间踢足球，而其他人更喜欢打篮球。 A very little B quite a few C quite a bit D quite a little ``` 127. It is said that Britain has the highest ________ of road traffic in the world－over 60 cars for every mile of road. ``` 据说英国是世界上交通最拥堵的国家—每一英里路上超过六十辆车。 A density B popularity C intensity D prosperity ``` 128. It is said that the best time to visit the city is June or July, ________ the South American winter cools the city.据 ``` 说去这个城市的最佳时间是六月或七月，这个时候南美洲的冬天让这个城市很凉爽。 A where B which C on which D when ``` 129. It is said that the patient has recovered ______ heart disease, this kind of medicine has a good effect ______ him. ``` 据说那个病人的心脏病好了，这种药在他身上起效了。 A /; on B from; on C out of; in D of; at ``` 130. It's _____to interrupt the others while they are talking. 别人谈话时打断他们是很粗鲁的。 ``` A rough B rude C polite D troublesome ``` 131. It seems very difficult ________. 让孩子停止哭闹似乎是很困难的。 A to stop the child to cry B restraining the child to cry **_C to keep the child from crying_** D holding the child's crying 132. It was a great pleasure ________ me to be invited to the party. 很荣幸被邀请参加这个聚会。 ``` A for B on C to D of ``` 133. It was difficult to guess what her ________ to the news would be. 很难猜出她对这个消息的反应。 ``` A impression B comment C reaction D opinion ``` 134. It was not ________ midnight that they discovered the children were not in their bedroom. 直到半夜他们才发现 ``` 孩子不在卧室。 A before B at C after D until ``` 135. It was six o'clock in the afternoon _______ they arrived at the hotel. 他们是下午六点到了旅馆的。 ``` A since B before C when D that ``` 136. It was the best night we had ever had, said Mary, who ________ an French restaurant. 玛丽开了家法国餐厅，她 ``` 说这是我们度过的最美好的夜晚。 A takes B runs C carries D gets ``` 137. Jane’s cap is red. But_________is blue. 简的帽子是红色的。但是他的是蓝色的。 ``` A her B him C his D it’s ``` 138. －Jim is ________ late for school. 吉姆上学从不迟到。 ``` －Neither am I. 我也不迟到。 A always B often C ever D never ``` 139. Jim takes the medicine ________the doctor says. 吉姆按医嘱服药。 ``` A as B like C what D because ``` 140. Jimmy wanted to ride his bicycle in the street, but his mother told him _______.吉姆想骑车上街，但妈妈不让。 **_A not to_** B not to do C not do it D do not to 141. John speaks German as if he ________ a German. 约翰说德语好像德国人一样。 ``` A is B was C has been D were ``` 142. Last year I earned ______ my wife. 去年我挣的是我妻子的两倍多。 ``` A much as twice as B twice as much as C as twice much as D as much twice as ``` 143. Let's finish our homework in a few seconds; it's time we _____. 咱们几秒钟内完成作业，踢足球的时间到了。 ``` A played football B will play football C play football D are playing football ``` 144. Life insurance, ________ available only to young, healthy persons, can now be obtained for old people. 以前只 ``` 有年轻人和健康的人可买保险，现在老年人也可以买。 A before B after C former D previously ``` 145. Linn said that it was not right for the South to ________ from the Union. 利恩说南方脱离联邦是不对的。 ``` A break B protect C get rid of D break away ``` 146. Mary never tells anyone what she does for a ________. 玛丽从来不告诉别人她的工作。 ``` A job B work C profession D living ``` 147. Mr. Clinton, together with his wife and children, __________ going to the park next weekend. 克林顿先生和他 ``` 的妻儿下周去公园。 A is B has C are D was ``` 148. －Nancy was badly injured in the accident yesterday and she was sent to hospital. 南希在昨天的事故中受了重 ``` 伤，被送去了医院。 －Oh, really? I ________.I ________visit her. 噢，真的吗？我并不知道。我会去看望她的。 A didn’t know; will go to B don’t know; will go to C didn’t know; am going to D haven’t know; am going to ``` 149. Neither Jack nor I ________ able to persuade his father to attend the wedding. 我和杰克都无法劝服他父亲参加 ``` 婚礼。 A am B are C were D is ``` 150. Never get off the bus ______it has stopped. 公交车没有停好不要下车。 A if B as soon as **_C until_** D or 151. No one imagined that the apparently _______ business man was really a criminal. 没人能想到表面上受人敬仰 ``` 的商人却是个罪犯。 A respective B respectable C respectful D reverent ``` 152. No sooner had she entered the house________ her mobile phone rang. 我一进入屋里，手机就响了。 ``` A when B than C as D while ``` 153. None of them tells us ________, so we need your help. 他们没人告诉我们怎么做，因此，我们需要您的帮助。 ``` A how should we do B what should we do C how to do it D what to do it ``` 154. Not always ________ they want most. 很多时候人们得不到他们最想要的。 ``` A people can get what B people cannot get what C can people get what D can't people get what ``` 155. Not until the game had begun _______ at the sports ground. 他一到运动场，比赛就开始了。 ``` A had he arrived B would he have arrived C did he arrive D should he have arrived ``` 156. Of all the story books, I like this one ________. It's not interesting at all. 在所有故事书中，我最不喜欢这本。 ``` 它一点都不有趣。 A very much B the best C very less D the least ``` 157. Of all the students in our class, Betty writes ___________. 我们班里的同学中贝蒂写字最认真。 A very carefully **_B most carefully_** C more carefully D the most carefully 158. Of the two examples, I prefer _________ to _________. 这两个例子中，我更喜欢前者而不是后者。 ``` A former; latter B the former; latter C former; the latter D the former; the latter ``` 159. On formal________, people pay more attention to manners. 在正式场合时，人们应该注意举止。 ``` A situations B cases C conditions D occasions ``` 160. One of his great inventions was _______ valued at the world scientific conference. 他的一项伟大的发明在世界 ``` 科学会议上受到高度评价。 A high B great C height D highly ``` 161. Only recently ________ to deal with the water pollution in the city. 这个城市的水污染到最近才处理。 ``` A something has done B has something done C has something been done D something has been done ``` 162. Only those who have enough courage and determination can _______ the difficulty they meet with. 只有有勇气、 ``` 意志坚定的人能够克服遇到的困难。 ``` ``` A undertake B upset C overcome D download ``` 163. Our office has ________ to New York from London. 我们的办公室从伦敦搬到纽约了。 ``` A removed B settled C got D placed ``` 164. People who cannot _________ between colors are said to be color-blind. 无法分辨颜色的人被称为色盲。 ``` A compare B separate C establish D contrast ``` 165. Peter ________ my letter, otherwise he would have replied before now.皮特肯定是没收到我的信，否则他之前 ``` 就回信了。 A must have received B must have failed to receive C must receive D must fail to receive ``` 166. Peter, whom everyone liked, _________ to be a liar. 大家都喜欢的皮特，结果是个大骗子。 ``` A turned over B turned off C turned out D turned up ``` 167. Peter wishes that he ________ law instead of medicine when he was in college. 皮特希望他在大学学的是法律 ``` 而不是医学。 A could study B studied C had studied D would study ``` 168. Pipes made of this plastic are now widely used in building as they are light and do not become ________ in water. ``` 这种塑料做成的管道被广泛用在大楼建造中，因为它们轻并且不会在水里浸烂。 A ripe B instant C mature D rotten ``` 169. Please make a hole in the wall to _______ and then we'll breathe fresh air.麻烦在墙上开个洞，让空气进来。这 ``` 样我们能呼吸道新鲜空气。 A let the air in B let the air out C put our the air D allow the air in ``` 170. Professor Johnson comes from either Oxford or MIT, I can’t remember________. 约翰逊教授是来自牛津或者 ``` 麻省理工的，我记不清是哪儿了。 A where B there C which D that ``` 171. Responsibilities _________ becoming a father. 成为父亲就有更多责任。 ``` A charge for B go with C save for D go through ``` 172. She apologized for __________ to attend the birthday party. 她为不能够参加生日晚会而道歉。 ``` A her being not able B her not being able C her not to be able D her to be not able ``` 173. She never came to visit his father _______ she was in need of help. 她从不去看望她的父亲，除非她需要帮助。 ``` A except B except when C except for D except that ``` 174. She walked slowly away, and he waited until she was out of ____ before going back into the house. 她慢慢地走 ``` 开了，他一直等到看不到她才回到房子里。 A reach B sight C touch D mind ``` 175. She will have to find some other work for she can't ________ this loud noise any more. 她再也无法忍受吵闹 ``` 声，她要重新找份工作。 A come up with B keep up with C grow up with D put up with ``` 176. Since this road is wet this morning, it __________ last night. 既然这条路早上是湿的，一定是昨晚下雨了。 ``` A must rain B was raining C must have rained D may rain ``` 177. Small arms _______ often carried by the soldiers. 士兵们经常携带轻便武器。 ``` A are B has C was D have ``` 178. So little ________ about chemistry that the lecture was completely beyond me. 我对化学知之甚少，这个课完 ``` 全超出我的能力范围。 ``` **_A did I know_** B I had known C did I knew D I know 179. Some people think ___ about their rights than about their duties.有些人想的更多的是他们的权利而不是责任。 ``` A too much B as much C much more D many more ``` 180. Something ________ with my bike. 我的自行车坏了。 ``` A has gone wrong B has mistaken C has wrong D is mistaken ``` 181. Sorry, I don't know he is a friend of ________. 对不起，我不知道他是你哥哥的朋友。 ``` A your brother B your brothers C your brother's friend D your brother's ``` 182. Sunglasses are used to ____ people's eyes from the light of the sun.太阳镜用来保护人们的眼睛免受阳光晒伤。 ``` A prevent B protect C stop D save ``` 183. Take the medicine/pill now. I believe it will ________ your pain. 现在把药吃了，我相信你的疼痛会有所缓解。 ``` A realize B relive C refuse D relieve ``` 184. Take time for instance. Everyone of us has the same _______ of it. 以时间为例，我们每个人拥有同样的时间。 ``` A wealth B number C total D amount ``` 185. That man looks familiar to me. He reminds _____Dr. Richards.那个人看起来很熟悉，他让我想起理查德博士。 ``` A me to B me C me for D me of ``` 186. The _______ is nearly dead, so I can not start the car again. 电池快用完了，我再也无法启动车。 ``` A bean B beam C bake D battery ``` 187. The bicycle you saw isn't ________. It belongs to ________. 你看到的自行车不是他的，是她的。 ``` A me; you B mine; hers C hers; his D his; her ``` 188. The car accident happened at _______crossroads a few metres away from_______bank. 这场车祸发生在这家银 ``` 行几米旁边的十字路口。 ``` A the; / B /; a C /; the **_D the; the_** 189. The children had great ________ when they went to the fair. 孩子们去看展览玩的很愉快。 ``` A excitement B enjoyment C interest D fun ``` 190. The corporation has to ________ the benefits against the costs in the last four months. 这个公司需要平衡过去 ``` 四个月的收益和成本。 A boast B blame C block D balance ``` 191. The country has ________ too many wars in the past few decades; its people are longing for peace so much. 过 ``` 去几十年，这个国家经历了很多战争，人民更加渴望和平。 A prevented from B resulted in C gone through D gone with ``` 192. The doctor advised that Mr. White ________ an operation at once. 医生建议怀特先生立即动手术。 ``` A had B would have C have D was going to have ``` 193. The doctor's suggestion was that the patient ________at once. 医生建议给病人立即动手术。 ``` A to be operated on B being operated on C be operated on D operated on ``` 194. The driver could have ________ the accident if he had been more careful.司机要是能更为小心谨慎就能避免事 ``` 故的发生。 A missed B avoided C stopped D escaped ``` 195. The earth ________ round the sun. 地球围着太阳转。 ``` A is moving B moves C moved D has moved ``` 196. The famous actor keeps fit by ________ for half an hour every morning. 这个著名的演员通过每天早上半小时 ``` 的锻炼保持体形。 A acting out B working out C giving out D bringing out ``` 197. The father advised her to avoid the mistake made by many couples of marrying for the wrong reasons ________ ``` she found the young man charming and intelligent. 父亲建议自己的女儿避免犯和许多夫妻一样犯同样的错 误，只是因为对方迷人有才而结婚。 A as though B even though C because of D due to ``` 198. The fifth generation computers, with artificial intelligence, ________ and perfected now.第五代计算机，具备人 ``` 工智能，正日臻完善。 A developed B are being developed C have developed D will have been developed ``` 199. The first popularly chosen president has ________ the political representatives over the slow pace of economic ``` change. 第一位人气总统因经济改革速度慢与政治议员们产生分歧。 A prevented from B charged for C accounted for D clashed with ``` 200. The 5th century _______ the end of the Roman Empire in the West. 罗马帝国在西方的统治结束于 5 世纪。 ``` A heard B felt C smelt D saw ``` 201. The headmaster came to the classroom and asked ___ what had happened.校长走进教室问学生发生了什么事。 ``` A his students to tell him B being told C telling him D to tell ``` 202. The idea sounds very good, but will it work in ________? 这主意不错，但可行吗？ ``` A practice B place C theory D public ``` 203. The jury found him not guilty and set him ________. 陪审团发现他没有犯罪，把他释放了。 ``` A alive B awake C dead D free ``` 204. The little boy was _______ hurt. He was greatly frightened. 这个小男孩只受了一点伤，主要是吓坏了。 ``` A not more than B more than C no more than D nothing more than ``` 205. The local government tried its best to ensure each of its citizens a ________ supply of food at regular intervals. ``` 当地政府尽一切努力保障每位公民隔段时间就有持续的食物供给。 A continual B consistent C continuous D numerous ``` 206. The man ______Mary was so tall that she could hardly see the show. 玛丽前面的男人太高了以至于她几乎看 ``` 不到表演。 A in front of B in the front of C at the back of D at the beginning of ``` 207. The man we followed suddenly stopped and looked as if _______ whether he was going in the right direction.我 ``` 们跟随的那个人突然停下来，看上去像是在看他走的方向是否正确。 A seeing B having seen C to have seen D to see ``` 208. The managers discussed the plan that they would like to _______ the next year. 经理们正在讨论那个计划，他 ``` 们想在明年执行这个计划。 A carry out B carrying out C carried out D to carry out ``` 209. The neighborhood boys like to play basketball on the ________ lot. 小区里的男孩们喜欢在空地上打篮球。 ``` A valid B vain C vacant D vague ``` 210. The officials in the _______ at London Airport were very polite. 英国海关的官员很有礼貌。 ``` A Custom B Customs C custom D customs ``` 211. The old lady is quarrelling as if she ________ mad. 这位老妇人就像疯了一样在大吵大嚷。 ``` A was B is C are D were ``` 212. The old man is always there; it's _______ you've never met him. 那位老人一直在那里，很奇怪你从没见过他。 ``` A peculiar B rare C strange D unique ``` 213. The owner and editor of the magazine ________ the conference. 杂志的主人兼编辑要来参加会议。 ``` A were attending B were to attend C is to attend D are to attend ``` 214. The painter lived more than a decade in Europe, ________ he could be in close contact with other masters(大师). ``` 这个画家在欧洲生活了十多年，他在哪里可以和其他大师保持亲密联系。 A where B in which C that D in that ``` 215. The parents, ________ poor, could not buy a present for their only child. 这对父母，因为贫穷，没钱给他们的 ``` 独生子买礼物。 A are B were C being D been ``` 216. – The physics exam is not difficult, is it? 这次物理考试不难，是吧？ **-** _______. Even Harry_______to the top students failed in it. 不是（很难）。就连最好的学生里的亨利都挂了。 A Yes; belonging B No; belonged **_C Yes; belonging_** D No; belonging 217. The pill can prevent you ________. 这个药会防止你发胖。 ``` A from getting fat B got fat C get fat D get being fat ``` 218. The price of gold rose again, partly ________ news about war. 黄金价格又涨了，部分原因是由于战争新闻。 ``` A result in B go with C because D due to ``` 219. – The public store is to close at 9:00 p.m. 商店晚上 9 点关门。 - _______ no need to worry; it is just 7:30 p.m. 不必着急，现在才 7 点半。 A You have B They have C It is **_D There is_** 220. The race was so close that everyone was ______ at the finish. 比赛到了最后关头，每个人都屏住呼吸看结果。 ``` A holding his breath B working out C winning over D thinking of ``` 221. The retired man is used to ____his two dogs early in the morning. 这位退休老人习惯每天早上遛他的两只狗。 ``` A exercise B exercising C exercised D exercises ``` 222. The salary of taxi driver is much higher than ________ salary. 出租车司机的工资比教师的高很多。 ``` A the teacher's B the teacher C of the teacher D teacher ``` 223. The soup smells ________. Would you like some? 这碗汤很好闻。你想来点吗？ ``` A good B well C properly D finely ``` 224. The speaker found it hard to make himself ________. 发言人发现很难让别人明白他说的。 ``` A to understand B understanding C to be understood D understood ``` 225. The starter(赛跑发令员) gave the ________ for the race to begin. 发令员发出比赛开始的信号。 ``` A advice B signal C sign D attention ``` 226. The teacher's lecture on pronunciation lasted for three hours. Many of us felt very _______ and sleepy. 老师关于 ``` 发音的讲座持续乐 3 个小时。我们很多人都觉得很无聊和困倦。 A boring B bored C losing D interested ``` 227. The train runs ________ the car. 火车的速度是汽车的三倍。 ``` A three times the fast B three times as faster as C as fast as three times D three times as fast as ``` 228. The traveler, ________ inexperienced, doesn't know how to plan a trip. 这个旅行者，缺乏经验，不知道如何为 ``` 旅行做计划。 A to be B being C is D as being ``` 229. The two brothers seem to have no interest in ________. 这俩兄弟好像没共同点。 ``` A mutual B ordinary C usual D common ``` 230. The United Nations Conference on Global Environment, which was held earlier this year in Vienna, was a very ``` ________ meeting. 今年年初在维也纳举办的关于全球环境的联合国会议卓有成效。 A productive B communicative C aggressive D protective ``` 231. The young man was drunk ________ two glasses of wine. 这个年轻人喝了两杯酒就醉了。 ``` A on B with C at D against ``` 232. There _______ a lot of _______ on the roads yesterday. 昨天路面拥堵。 ``` A was ... traffic B were ... traffics C was ... traffics D were ... traffic ``` 233. There are ten waiting-rooms at the station, _______ in all 5,000 people. 火车站有十个候车室，可容纳五千人。 ``` A sat B sitting C seated D seating ``` 234. These flowers ________ a fragrant perfume. 这些花散发出香味。 ``` A give in B give across C give over D give off ``` 235. They agreed to meet at ________. 他答应在皮特和海伦家见面。 ``` A Peter and Helen B Peter and Helen's C Peter's and Helen D Peter's and Helen's friend ``` 236. They built strong walls round the town as a _____ against the enemy.他们在小镇周围建起坚固的围墙防止敌人 ``` 入侵。 A defense B defend C defeat D depend ``` 237. They have learned about ________ in recent years. 他们这些年学了大概上百个英文单词了。 ``` A several hundreds English words B hundreds of English words C hundred of English words D several hundred English word ``` 238. They have never heard any _______. 他们从没听到有任何顾客的投诉。 ``` A a customer complaint B the customer's complaints C customer's complaint D the customers' complaints ``` 239. They were so far away that I couldn't _______ their faces clearly. 他们离的太远，我看不清他们的脸。 ``` A see through B make up C make at D make out ``` 240. They were under the ________ that the company was doing well, but in fact it was in serious trouble.他们被假象 ``` 迷惑，以为公司运转不错，事实上很糟糕。 A conclusion B expression C conviction D illusion ``` 241. They will do something to make sure that people will not worry about having their cars _______ again.他们会做 ``` 点什么以确保人们不再担心车被偷了。 A steal B to steal C stealing D stolen ``` 242. This book is not _______ I expect. 这本书没有达到我的期望。 ``` A so as B such as C that D for ``` 243. This book is nothing ______ do with the author's first novel. 这本书和作者的第一本小说没任何关系。 ``` A in B for C with D to ``` 244. This boy is able to repeat from memory ______ 200 short poems 这个男孩能都背出近两百首短诗。 ``` A up to B up till C as to D as far ``` 245. This city was named ______ the great president. 这个城市是以伟大总统的名字命名的。 ``` A for B after C to D of ``` 246. This lovely old town has a ________ you couldn't find in a big city.这个可爱而古老的小镇所具有的迷人之处 ### 是你在大城市是找不到的。 ``` A condition B standard C situation D charm ``` 247. This river is so big that it is impossible to build a _______ under it without modern technology. 这条河太宽 ``` 了，没有现代技术不可能在它下面开出隧道。 A canal B tunnel C channel D cable ``` 248. Though we have spent two nights in _______ the problem, we still can't find a solution. 我们花了两晚解决这个 ``` 问题，但我们仍然没找到解决办法。 A working in B working out C working up D working on ``` 249. To maintain one's belief is to stick _______ it. 一个人有了信仰就必须坚持。 ``` A for B on C to D after ``` 250. To succeed in a scientific experiment, __________. 一个人为了在科学实验中取得成功必须有耐心。 ``` A one needs being patient person B patience is to need C one needs to be patient D patience is what needed ``` 251. Today’s weather is ________ worse than yesterday’s. 今天的天气比昨天的（天气）糟多了。 ``` A very B much C very much D much too ``` 252. Unless we get more money, we'll be _______ finishing this enquiry program. 除非我们赚的更多钱，我们是不 ``` 会结束这个调查计划的。 A separated from B recovered from C prevented from D charged from ``` 253. Until then, his family ________ from him for six months. 直到那时，他家人和他失联已六个月了。 ``` A didn't hear B hasn't heard C hasn't been hearing D hadn't heard ``` 254. Wanda is ______ Jane. 婉达比简更漂亮。 ``` A a lot pretty than B a lot prettier that C much more pretty that D much prettier than ``` 255. We admire him although he made a lot of mistakes; _______ he was a great man.我很敬慕他，尽管他犯了很多 ``` 错误，毕竟他是个伟人。 A in all B after all C of all D above all ``` 256. We all thought _______ pity that you were unable to come to our meeting. 我们都认为你没能来参会很遗憾。 ``` A that B which C this D it ``` 257. We are glad that we finally managed to get into contact ________ them. 我们很高兴终于联系上他了。 ``` A at B on C from D with ``` 258. We are thinking ______ going to Guangzhou for our holidays but we haven't decided yet. 我们考虑去广州度假， ``` 但还没决定。 A of B over C out D for ``` 259. We are well provided ______ food and clothing. 有人给我们提供吃穿。 ``` A with B for C on D at ``` 260. We can never relax in this office. New problems are continually _______.我们在这个办公室是无法放松的，新 ``` 问题一个接一个。 A coming out B coming up C raising D presenting ``` 261. We develop trade with that company for our shared________. 我们和那家公司为了共同利益进行贸易。 ``` A honor B interest C award D prize ``` 262. We felt very proud _______ the work. 我们以这份工作为傲。 ``` A about B in C of D at ``` 263. We finally _______ an agreement after a lot of hard bargaining. 经过很多艰难的讨价还价我们最终达成一致。 ``` A reached B did C arrived D drove ``` 264. We go to the cinema ______ a week. 我们一周去看一次电影。 ``` A often B once C seldom D usually ``` 265. We had hardly got into the country ______ it began to rain. 我们刚到乡下就下雨了。 ``` A when B before C than D after ``` 266. We have agreed that we shall ________ to the policy and will not change it. 我们同意遵守政策，不会改变。 ``` A commit B stick C combine D fall ``` 267. We left the meeting, there obviously ________ no point in staying. 我们散会，显然没必要呆下去。 ``` A were B being C to be D having ``` 268. We offered him our congratulations _______ his passing the college entrance exams. 他考上了大学，我们对他 ``` 表示祝贺。 A at B on C for D of ``` 269. We should keep in touch _____ each other, include _____ each other. 我们应该相互保持联系，包括相互通信。 ``` A on; write B in; to write C with; writing D at; wrote ``` 270. We used to ________ that parents know more than their children. But it is not always the case.我们以前认为父母 ``` 知道的比孩子多。但并非一直如此。 A thought B thinks C think D thinking ``` 271. We've decided to ________ a trip for a new car, as we haven't got enough money for both. 我们为了买新车不去 ``` 旅行了，我们同时负担不起车和旅行。 A sacrifice B take C replace D contribute ``` 272. We watched the plane _________ behind the clouds. 我们望着飞机消失在云层中。 ``` A is disappearing B disappeared C being disappeared D disappearing ``` 273. We were _______ for half an hour in the traffic and so we arrived late. 我们堵车半小时，所以迟到了。 ``` A put back B broke down C held up D kept off ``` 274. We were all surprised when he / Mark made it clear that he _____________office soon. 当他表明他将很快离职 ``` 时我们都很惊讶。 A leaves B would leave C left D had left ``` 275. When I was a child, I enjoyed ________ picture-books. 当我是个孩子的时候，我喜欢读绘本。 ``` A read B to read C reads D reading ``` 276. When Laura finally arrived she apologized _______ so late. 劳拉最终到达后，为自己的迟到道歉。 ``` A for to come B that she was coming C for coming D to come ``` 277. When the teacher finished explaining the text, he was going to follow it ______ with examples. 老师讲完课本 ``` 后，他又举例说明。 A on B in C up D down ``` 278. When the thunderstorm washed away the new bridge over the stream, all their work of three months was _______. ``` 暴风雨把小溪上新建的桥冲走了，他们三个月的工作都白费了。 A in turn B in case C in vain D in trouble ``` 279. When we write, we must write as _______ as we can. 我们写字的时候，应该写得尽量仔细。 ``` A careful B carefully C more careful D more carefully ``` 280. While ________ for the bus at the bus station, I met an old friend of mine whom I haven't seen for 10 years. 在公 ``` 交车站等车的时候，我遇到一个 10 年未见的老朋友。 A being waited B waiting C having waited D waited ``` 281. Who are you smiling _________? 你在冲谁笑呢？ ``` A at B of C with D towards ``` 282. Why not _______Laura for help? She is warm-hearted and willing to help.为什么不找罗拉帮忙？她乐于助人。 ``` A ask B you ask C to ask D your asking ``` 283. Will you ________ my article to find out whether I've made any mistakes? 你能浏览一下我的文章看看是 ``` 否我犯了什么错误吗？ A look into B look through C see to D see through ``` 284. Would you mind ______ earlier next time? 你下次早点来好吗？ ``` A to come B have come C coming D would come ``` 285. You _______ him so closely; you should have kept your distance. 你不应该跟他那么近，你应该保持距离。 ``` A shouldn't follow B mustn't follow C couldn't' have been following D shouldn't have been following ``` 286. You can never be ________ careful when you drive a car. 你在开车时一定要多加小心。 ``` A very B so C too D enough ``` 287. You don’t mind________ you Xiao Li, do you? 你不介意我叫你小李吧？ ``` A call B to call C to calling D calling ``` 288. You may come ________ today ________ tomorrow. 你今天或明天来都可以。 ``` A either... or... B both....and... C neither... nor... D from... to... ``` 289. You object ________ ,don’t you? 你反对他们来，不是吗？ ``` A that they come B that they came C to their come D to their coming ``` 290. You should be ashamed _______ what you have done. 你应该对你所做的感到羞愧。 ``` A to B of C by D at ``` 291. Young ________ he is, he knows how to get along with others. 他那么小就知道如何和他人相处。 ``` A like B as C although D however ``` 292. Your brother told me that you overslept this morning, ________? 你哥告诉我你今天早上赖床了，是吗？ ``` A didn't he B didn't you C did he D did you ``` 293. _______ age, he is strong though he is over 60. 就年龄而言，尽管他年过六旬，已然很强壮。 ``` A In case of B In terms of C According of D On the condition of ``` 294. ________ by the look on his face, he didn't catch what I really meant. 从他表情来看，他不知道我真正的意思。 ``` A Judging B Judged C Judge D To judge ``` 295. ________do you think of my composition? 你觉得我的作文怎样？ ``` A How B What C Why D Which ``` 296. _______, he does get annoyed with her sometimes. 他很喜欢她，有时让她很烦。 ``` A Although much he likes her B Much although he likes her C As he likes her much D Much as he likes her ``` 297. _____, he felt tired out after the long trip for ten hours. 尽管他很强壮，经过十小时的旅途，他感觉累瘫了。 ``` A Strong as he was B The stronger he is C Strong man that he is D For he is strong ``` 298. _______ his letter, a campaign against ""white pollution"" has been undertaken in his hometown. 从他的信来 ``` 看，他的家乡正在进行反对白色污染的运动。 A Judge by B Judges from C Judging from D Judge from ``` 299. ________ I’m mistaken, I’ve seen that man before. 除非我弄错了，我曾见过那个人。 ``` A Unless B If C Because D But ``` 300. ________ I saw was two men crossing the street. 我看到的是有两个人穿过街道。 ``` A What B Whom C Who D That ``` 301. _______ is easily seen. 经济改革的益处显而易见。 ``` A The advantage of the economic reform B The economics' reform advantage C The reform of the economic advantage D The economic reform's advantage ``` 302. _______ is known to all, too much smoking will cause lung cancer. 众所周知，吸烟过多会导致肺癌。 A That B It **_C As_** D What 303. ________ other people say, I believe he is as innocent as baby unborn. 不管别人说什么，我相信他和未出生的 ``` 孩子一样无辜。 A Whoever B However C Whatever D Whenever ``` 304. ________ their works will give us a much better feel for the sharp differences between the two scholars of thought. ``` 重新看这两位观点截然相反的学者的作品会给我们更多启示。 A To have reviewed B Having received C Reviewing D Being reviewed ``` 305. __________there any good news in today’s newspaper? 今天的报纸上有什么好消息吗？ ``` A Are B Is C Have D Has ``` 306. _____ tired after a day's work, she fell into bed and went straight to sleep. 辛苦工作一天，她躺床上就睡着了。 ``` A Felt B Feeling C Being felt D To feel ``` 307. ________ Tom ________ Mary can help me, for they are very busy. 汤姆和玛丽都太忙，没空帮我。 ``` A Both; and B Either; or C whether; or D Neither; nor ``` 308. _______ Tom is supposed to make an appointment with the dentist, he says he is too busy. 汤姆本应该预约牙医 ``` 的，可他说太忙了。 A However B Whomever C Whenever D Whatever ``` 309. _____ you disagree with her, her plan is still worth considering.就算你不同意她的观点，她的计划仍值得考虑。 ``` A Even if B If only C However D Unless ``` 310. _______ you have learned about that, we don't need to tell you about it any more. 既然你已经知道了，我就不 ``` 必再告诉你了。 A Thanks to B Because of C Now that D For ``` ### 补充题目：以下 38 题为 19 年 9 月批次出现的新题，有余力的同学可以看一下 1. He has been ______ for nearly three weeks after the death of his dear pet. 他心爱的宠物死掉后的这差不多 3 周 ``` 的时间里，他一直很悲伤。 A.sad B.satisfied C.evil D.joyful ``` 2. One cannot learn a foreign language well ______ he studies hard. 只有学习努力，才能学好一门外语。 ``` A.unless B.if C.as D.when ``` 3. When the girls saw the funny man, they couldn't ____ laughing. 当这些女孩看到这个滑稽的男人时，她们忍 ``` 不住大笑起来。 A.keep from B.keep on C.keep away D.keep at ``` 4. This kind of plant ______ a lot of water at all times. 这种植物一直都需要大量的水。 ``` A.assumes B.limits C.produces D.requires ``` 5. Look! Here _______ the famous player. 看！那个著名的演员走来了。 ``` A.comes B.come C.had come D.coming ``` 6. Uncle Sam sent him a _______ bicycle as a birthday present. 山姆叔叔送给他一辆崭新的红色运动自行车作 ``` 为生日礼物。 A.red sports new B.sports new red C.new sports red D.new red sports ``` 7. I couldn't find my English-Chinese dictionary _______. 我到处都找不到我的英汉字典。 ``` A.anywhere B.everywhere C.nowhere D.somewhere ``` 8. The plane was about to _______, and yet I left my ticket behind. 飞机马上要起飞了，然而我把我的机票落下 ``` 了。 A.take off B.take on C.take up D.take in ``` 9. John succeeded _______ what he wanted. 约翰成功地得到了他想得到的东西。 ``` A.to get B.to getting C.in getting D.and getting ``` 10. The accident was ______ to careless driving. 这场事故源于粗心驾驶。 ``` A.for B.likely C.due D.because ``` 11. With a good command of reading skills, most students can manage to read _______as they could the year before. ``` 掌握好了阅读技巧，大多数学生可以做到将阅读速度加快到去年的两倍。 A.as twice fast B.as fast as twice C.as twice as fast D.twice as fast ``` 12. Some famous singers live on the _______from their record sales. 一些著名歌手主要依靠他们唱片销售带来的 ``` 收入。 A.salary B.price C.bill D.income ``` 13. __________of them thinks that is a good idea. 他们没有一人认为那是一个好主意。 ``` A.Anyone B.No one C.None D.Someone ``` 14. Don't be too _______about things you're not supposed to know. 不要对你不应该知道的事情太好奇。 ``` A.strange B.amusing C.curious D.conscious ``` 15. It was in 1969 ______the American astronauts succeeded in landing on the moon. 正是在 1969 年美国宇航员成 ``` 功地登陆月球。 A.when B.the moment C.which D.that ``` 16. _______people in the world are sending information by e-mail every day. 世界上每天有数百万人用电子邮件 ``` 发送消息。 A.Several million B.Many millions C.Several millions D.Many million ``` 17. He _______less time reading stories about film stars than before. 跟之前相比，他用在阅读影星相关故事上的 ``` 时间减少了。 A.takes B.spends C.costs D.pays ``` 18. Selecting a mobile phone for personal use is no easy task because technology _______so rapidly.选择一部个人 ``` 用的手机不是件容易的事儿，因为科技变化地太快了。 A.is changing B.has been changed C.will have changed D.will change ``` 19. The taxi driver always reminds passengers to _______their belongings when they leave the car. 出租车司机总是 ``` 提醒乘客下车时注意带走他们的物品。 A.keep B.catch C.hold D.take ``` 20. Little Tom is used to getting up _______eight every morning. 小汤姆已经习惯每天早上 8 点起床了。 ``` A.at B.on C.in D.of ``` 21. If the doctor had been available, the child ____________. 如果当时有大夫，这个孩子就不会死了。 ``` A.would not die B.could not have died C.might not die D.should not have died ``` 22. These desks and chairs ______to the children in the mountain villages next week. 下周这些书桌和椅子将被送 ``` 到山区的孩子们手中。 A.are sent B.will send C.have sent D.will be sent ``` 23. Every society has its own peculiar customs and ______of acting. 每个社会都有它自己独特的习俗和做事方 ``` 式。 A.attitudes B.behavior C.ways D.means ``` 24. China is _______the Great Wall. 中国因为长城而闻名。 ``` A.on B.famous C.famous for D.famous as ``` 25. The dog was tearing the cloth ______its teeth. 这只狗用它的牙齿撕布。 ``` A.with B.by C.through D.in ``` 26. A man should not be judged always ______what he says. 不应该总是根据一个人所说的话来评判他。 ``` A.by B.in C.with D.to ``` 27. We will have a ________holiday after the exam. 考试后我们将有一个长达 2 个月的假期。 ``` A.two month B.two-month C.two month's D.two-months ``` 28. Mr. Wang is going to teach you maths ______one year. 王老师将会教你一年的数学。 ``` A.with B.on C.for D.to ``` 29. The population of the earth ______increasing fast. 地球上的人口正在快速增加。 ``` A.is B.are C.were D.have been ``` 30. Mike is _______than Jack. 麦克没有杰克仔细。 ``` A.careful B.carefully C.less careful D.more carefuler ``` 31. There _______a basket ball match this afternoon. 今天下午将举行一场篮球赛。 ``` A.is going to be B.is going to have C.is going to is D.is going to has ``` 32. Nobody _________to smoke in the cinema. 影院里禁止吸烟。 ``` A.allow B.allows C.is allowed D.are allowed ``` 33. ______delicious these moon cake are! 这些月饼好美味啊！ ``` A.How a B.What a C.How D.What ``` 34. ________ fine weather it is today! 今天天气真好啊！ ``` A.What B.How C.What a D.How a ``` 35. There's no food in the fridge. They _______shopping. 冰箱里没有吃的了。他们要去购物了。 ``` A.go B.are go C.are going D.are going to go ``` 36. Picking apples was hard work, ________ they really enjoyed it. 摘苹果是项辛苦的工作，但是他们享受其中。 ``` A.and B.so C.but D.or ``` 37. They have planted _______trees in SaiBei, It's a "Great Green Wall" of trees. 他们在塞北种植了上百万树木。 ``` 这是一座由树木建造而成的“绿色长城”。 A.million B.millions C.several D.millions of ``` 38. The weather in Harbin is quite different from ________ in Hainan. 哈尔滨的天气和海南的天气截然不同。 ``` A.that B.it C.the one D.one ``` ## 第四部分 选词填空 —— 次重点篇章 **Passage 1** A city man was on holiday in the mountains. He talked 21 a mountain man and found that the man was stupid, so he suggested they would 22 a game. "We'll ask each other questions," he said, "and the person will pay a dollar if he can't answer one question." The mountain man thought 23 this for a few minutes, then said that the city man was more educated than he and it would be fairer if the city man paid a dollar and he paid only 50 cents. The city man agreed. " 24 has three legs and can fly?" asked the mountain man. The city man thought a while, then answered, "I don't know. Here is your dollar." Then he asked the same question. "I don't know 25 ." said the mountain man. "Here is your 50 cents." 21 – 25 A.play B.with C.What D.either E.about ### 答案： BAECD ### 一个城里人去山区度假。他跟一个山里人闲聊后觉得那家伙很傻。于是城里人建议大家玩个游戏。游戏是 ### 这样的，两个人轮流问彼此问题，谁回答不出就付对方一美元。山里人考虑了一下，说让城里人付一美元，他 ### 自己付 50 美分。城里人就答应了。 ### 山里人问城里人：啥东西三条腿还能飞 ### 城里人不知道，就付了一美元。 ### 然后城里人重复了这个问题问山里人。 ### 山里人说：我也不知道~拿去吧，你的 50 美分...... **Passage 2** A doctor was once teaching a class of medical students at a famous hospital in Edinburge. An injured man was 21 in, and the doctor turned to one of his students and asked him, "What's wrong with this man?" "I don't know, sir," the student answered. "Shall I examine him and 22 ?" "There's no need to examine him," said the doctor." You should know without asking questions. He has hurt his right knee. Didn't you 23 the way he walked? He hurt it by burning it in the fire. You see his trousers leg is burnt away at the knee. This is Monday morning. Yesterday was fine, but on Saturday, the roads were wet and muddy. The man's trousers are muddy all over. The man 24 on Saturday night." The doctor then turned to the man and said, "You had your pay on Saturday and went to a 25 house and drank too much. You got muddy and wet on the way home. Because you had drunk too much, you fell on the fire and burnt your knee. Is that right? "Yes, sir," said the man. 21 – 25 A. find out B. brought C. public D. fell down E. notice 答案： **BAEDC** 曾经有位医生在爱丁堡一所著名的医院教授一个医学班学生。一个受伤的男人被带进来，医生转向一名学 生问：“这个人怎么了？”“我不知道，先生”学生答道，“我给他检查一下看看怎么回事可以吗？”“没必要检查” 医生说，“不问问题你就该知道，他的右膝受伤了。你没注意到他走进来的样子吗？他被火烫到了。你看他膝 盖上的裤子烧的痕迹。今天是周一早上。昨天天气很好，但是周六路上湿滑。这个人的裤子上都是泥。这个人 周六晚上摔倒了”。医生转向受伤的那个人说：“你周六拿到工资去了酒吧，喝的酩酊大醉。你在回家路上两腿 湿透并粘满泥。因为你喝太多，你倒在火堆里，烫到膝盖，对吧？”“是的，先生”那人答道。 **Passage 3** A FOX one day fell into a deep well and could find no way out. A thirsty Goat, came to the same well, seeing the Fox, asked if the water was good. "It's wonderful," shouted the fox __21__ the bottom of the well. "Come on down." The Goat, thinking only of his thirst, jumped down, but just as he drank, he realized he was trapped!! The Fox had an idea. "If," said he, "you will place your forefeet（前足）__22__ the wall and bend your head, I will run up your back and escape, and will help you out afterwards." The Goat agreed and the Fox leaped upon his back. Steadying himself with the Goat's horns, he safely __23__ the top of the well and ran off as __24__ as he could. "What about me?" shouted the Goat from the bottom of the well. __25__ the Fox was long gone, and the Goat was very upset. Look before you leap. 21 – 25 A. on B. reached C. fast D. But E. from 答案： **EABCD** ``` 一天一只狐狸掉进一口深井，找不到出路。一头口渴的山羊，来到这口井前，看到了狐狸，问它水好不好 ``` 喝。 “水可棒了。”狐狸在井底喊道。“下来吧。”这头山羊脑子里只有自己的口渴，跳了下去，但是当它喝水 的时候，它意识到自己被困住了。 狐狸有了个主意，它说：“如果你把你的前足抵在井上，把头弯下了，我就沿着你的背跑上去逃出去，然 后帮你逃出来。” 山羊同意了，狐狸跳上它的背。靠着山羊的角来稳定自己，它安全地达到井沿，然后飞快地跑掉了。 “我怎么办？”山羊从井底大喊。但是狐狸早就跑掉了，这头山羊很伤心。 三思而后行。 **Passage 4** A hot dog is one of the most popular American foods. It was, named after Frankfimer, a German food. You may hear “hot dog” used in other ways. People sometimes say “hot dog” to express 21. For example, a friend may ask 22 you would like to go to the cinema. You might say, “Great! I would love to go.” Or, you could say, “Hot dog! I would love to go.” People 23 use the expression to describe someone who is a “show-off”, who tries to show everyone else how great he is. You often hear such 24 called a “hot dog”. He may be a baseball player for example, who catches the ball with one hand, making a(n) 25 catch seem more difficult. You know he is a hot dog because when he makes such a catch, he bows to the crowd, hoping to win their cheers. 21 – 25 A also B a person C if D easy E pleasure 答案： **ECABD** ``` 热狗是最受人欢迎的一种美国食物。他是根据法兰克福香肠（一种德国食品）命名的。你可能听到“hot dog” ``` 在其他方面的使用。为了表示高兴，人们也说“hot dog”. 例如，朋友可能问你是否愿意去看电影，你可以说： “太好了，我愿意去。”或者，你可以说：“hot dog!,我愿意去”。人们也用“hot dog”来描述爱出风头的人—设法 在他人面前展示自己多么伟大的人。你经常听到人们叫一个人“hot dog”，他可能是个棒球手，一只手接球，把 很容易的接球动作变得很难。你就知道他是个“hotdog”,因为他做这样的接球动作并向观众鞠躬，目的就是赢得 观众的欢呼。 **Passage 5** A house in Clarktown caught fire on Christmas Eve, 1982. The woman who lived in the house was already in her eighties. Being in poor health, she had trouble in __21__ even when things were fine. With her house burning down around her, she was not able to go __22__. The smoke made her choke (窒息). The fire was very hot. Without quick help she would have died. Fire fighters got to the house. They started to put the fire out. They did not know the old woman was still __23__. The people heard her crying for help. The fire was still very hot and there was lots of smoke. A man dressed like Santa Claus(圣诞老人) was passing by. He was on his way to give gifts to poor families. Hardly had he heard the old woman' cry when he ran into the burning house. After a while he rushed out with the old woman on his back and came to her safety. Then, as __24__ as he had done that, the man left. No one knew the real name of the hero who had saved the old woman's life. The man went on and took the gifts to the poor children. He did not return home until it was dark. He told his __25__ what had happened. She decided that she did not need to keep the story a secret. She told people that Santa Claus was actually David Rodriguez, her husband. Mr. Rodriguez is a music teacher when he is not playing Santa Claus. 21 – 25 A. inside B. walking C. wife D. anywhere E. quickly 答案： **BDAEC** ``` 1982 年圣诞前夜克拉克镇的一栋房子着火了。住在房子里的女士已经 80 多岁了。因为身体情况不好，即 ``` 使安全的情况下她走路都困难。随着她周围的房屋都燃烧崩塌了，她哪儿都去不了。浓烟让她窒息。火苗温度 很高。不马上营救她的话她就会死掉的。 消防员来了。他们开始救火。他们不知道老妇人仍然在房子里。人们听到她呼喊救命。火苗还是很热，有 很多浓烟。 ``` 一个穿着像圣诞老人的人路过。他正在去贫困家庭送礼物的路上。他一听到老妇人的呼喊就跑进了燃烧的 ``` 房子。过了会儿他背着老妇人冲了出来，让她转危为安了。然后，他很快地离开了。没有人知道这位救了老妇 人命的英雄的真名。 ``` 这个人继续带着礼物去见那些贫困的孩子。天黑了才回家。他告诉了他的妻子事情的经过。她认为没必要 ``` 保守秘密。她告诉人们圣诞老人事实上是大卫•罗德里格斯，她的丈夫。罗德里格斯先生不当圣诞老人的时候 是一名音乐教师。 **Passage 6** A little boy wanted to meet God, so he started his trip with some cakes and orange juice. On his way he saw an old woman 21 in the park. The boy sat down next to her. The old lady looked hungry, so he offered her a cake. She accepted it thankfully and smiled at him. Her smile was 22 pretty that the boy wanted to see it again, so he gave her a bottle of orange juice. Once again she smiled at him. The boy was very happy! They sat there all afternoon eating and smiling, but they never say a word. It grew dark, the boy got up to leave. 23 he left, he gave her a kiss. She gave him her biggest smile ever. When the boy got home, his mother saw the look of joy on his face. She asked him, " 24 made you so happy? "He replied," I had lunch with God. She's got the most beautiful smile I’ve ever seen! "The old woman also returned to her home 25. Her son asked," Mother, why are you so happy? "She answered", l ate cakes in the park with God. You know, he's much younger than I expected. 21 – 25 A. so B. What C. sitting D. happily E. Before 答案： **CAEBD** ``` 一个小男孩儿想见到上帝，于是就带了一些蛋糕和橙汁开始了旅程。在路上，他看到一个老太太坐在公园 ``` 里，于是他就停下来坐到她旁边。老太太看起来很饿，于是他主动给了老太太一块蛋糕。老太太感激地接受了 蛋糕，朝他微笑。老太太的微笑非常美丽，小男孩儿还想再看她微笑，因此又把橙汁给了她，她又笑了。小男 孩儿很开心。他们一下午坐到那里边吃边笑，但不说话。天黑了，小男孩儿站起来要走。走之前，他给了老太 太一个吻，老太太回以灿烂的微笑。 ``` 小男孩儿回到家，妈妈看到他脸上很得意的表情，就问他“什么让你这么开心？”他回答道，“我和上帝一 ``` 起吃了午饭。她的微笑是我见过的最美的！” 老太太也回到了家里。儿子问她“妈妈，你为什么这么开心？”她 回答道：我在公园和上帝一起吃了蛋糕，他比我想象的年轻多了。 **Passage 7** A person who believes that he is incapable will not make a real effort, because he feels that it would be useless. He won't go at a job with the confidence necessary for success. He is therefore 21 to fail, and the failure will strengthen his belief in his incompetence. Alfred Adler, a famous doctor, had an experience 22 illustrates this. When he was a small boy, he was poor at arithmetic. His teacher got the idea that he had no ability in arithmetic, and told his parents what she thought that they would not expect too much of him. 23 this way, they too developed the idea, "Isn't it too bad that Alfred can't do arithmetic?" He accepted their mistaken estimate of his ability, felt that it was useless to try, and was very poor at arithmetic, just as they expected. One day Adler succeeded in solving a problem which 24 of the other students had been able to solve. This gave him confidence. He rejected the idea that he couldn't do arithmetic and was determined to show them that he could. His new 25 confidence stimulated him to go at arithmetic problems with a new spirit. He now worked with interest, determination, and purpose, and he soon became extraordinarily good at arithmetic. 21 – 25 A. found B. none C. likely D. In E. which 答案： **CEDBA** ``` 认为自己无能的人不会真正做出努力，因为他觉得努力是无用之举。工作的时候，他不会带着成功必要的 ``` 自信；因此，他很可能失败。而失败反过来又会强化他的不自信，更加认为自己无能。 一位著名的医生阿尔佛雷德. 阿德勒曾经的经历说明了这点。小时候，他的算术很差，他的老师认为他在 算术方面没有能力，于是告诉他的父母，并叫他们对他不要期望太高。父母也有了这样的想法，“阿尔佛雷德 不会做算术真的是太糟糕了”。阿 尔 佛 雷 德 也 接 受 了 他 们 错 误 的 判 断 ，认 为 努 力 也 是 徒 劳 的 ，于 是 算 术 非 常 差 ， 正如大家所预期的那样。 一天，阿德勒解决了一个其他所有学生都解决不了的问题。这让他非常自信。他驳斥了他不能做算术的观 点，并决心证明给他们看。他重新找回来的自信激励着他，使他情绪高涨；他有了兴趣、决心、目标，很快， 他就在算术领域表现出了非同寻常的才华。 **Passage 8** A rich American went into a shop in London. He wanted very much 21 a nice-looking watch. He saw a watch and liked it so much that he decided to buy it. But the owner of the shop asked five hundred dollars for it. While the American was hesitating, a young man suddenly came into the shop, took the watch out of the owner's hand and ran out with it. It all happened in 22 seconds. When the owner ran out into the street, the young man had already 23 among the people. The American went on. At the next corner, he saw the young man with the stolen watch in his hand, "Do you want to buy a fine watch, sir?" he said in a low voice, "It's only a hundred dollars." "The young man doesn't know I saw him 24 the watch just now," he thought. The American paid at once and went happily back to his room with the watch. He told his friend about the fine watch. His friend 25 a look at the watch and started to shout immediately. He said, "You are a fool. This watch is worth only ten dollars. I'm sure the shop owner and the young man planned all this together." 21 – 25 A a few B disappeared C to get D took E stealing 答案： **CABED** 一个富有的美国人进入伦敦的一家商店。他急切想买一块好看的手表。他看到一块表并且很喜欢，因此他 决定买下。但是店主要价 500 美元。就在美国人犹豫不决的时候，一个年轻人突然进来，从店主手里抢走表， 跑了。这一切发生在短短数秒中。店主跑到大街上时，年轻人早已消失在人群中。美国人也紧随其后。在拐角 处，他看到那个年轻人手里拿着偷来的表。“先生，你想买块好表吗？他压低声音问道。“仅仅一百美元”。 “这年轻人并不知道我刚才看到他偷了表”他想。美国人立即付了款，拿着表高兴地回到他的房间。他把这 块好表告诉了他的朋友。他的朋友看了表，立即大叫。他说：“你真傻，这块表仅值 10 美元。我坚信整件事是 店主和那个年轻人一起策划的。 **Passage 9** A survey was carried out last year 21 the British Medical Association, an organization of doctors. It showed that most people do not do enough exercise. In 1995, 60%of people walked more than one mile a day. Now, that number has fallen 22 to only 20%. Although more people are going to the gym, fewer people are walking. Doctors say we need to exercise for 20 minutes three times a week. 23 is an easy form of exercise that everyone can do. If you walk one mile each day, you will improve your health very quickly. Doctors say we need to tackle this problem head on and try 24 people fitter(更健康) because not doing enough exercise is responsible 25 many of the country’s health problems. Doctors suggest you go for a walk every day after dinner. 21 —25 A. sharply B. Walking C. to make D. by E for 答案： **DABCE** ``` 去年，一个由医生组成的英国医药协会做了一项调查。调查显示大部分人运动不足。 1995 年，60%的人一 ``` 天步行超过一英里。如今，这个数字已急剧下降到仅20%。尽管更多的人去健身房，但很少有人走路。医生说 我们一周需要运动三次，一次 20 分钟。步行是一项每个人都能做到的简便运动。如果你每天走一公里，你的 健康状况会很快改善。医生说我们要尽快解决这个问题，使人们更为健康，因为运动不足会引起国家的很多健 康问题。医生建议你每天晚饭后都散散步。 **Passage 10** 1. A very new, young officer was at a station. He was on his way to visit his mother in 21 town, and he wanted to telephone her to tell her the time of this train, 22 she could meet him at the station in her car. He looked in all his pockets, but found that he did not have the right money for the telephone, so he went outside and looked 23 for someone to help him. At last an old soldier came by, and the young officer stopped him and said, “Can you change the money for me?” "Wait a moment," the soldier answered, and he began to put his hand in his 24. "I'll see whether I can help you." "Don't you know how to speak to an officer?" the young man said angrily. "Now let's 25 again. Can you change the money for me?" "No, sir," the old soldier answered quickly. " 21 – 25 A. another B. start C. around D. pocket E. so that 答案： **AECDB** **2.** （文章开头略不同）An officer was at a railway station. He was on his way 21 his mother in another town, and he wanted to telephone her to tell her the time of his train. So that she could meet him at the station in her car. He looked 22 all his pockets but found that he did not have the right money for the telephone, so he went outside and looked at for someone to 23 him. At last an old soldier came by, and the officer stopped him and said.” Have you got change for ten pence?” “Wait a moment," the old soldier answered, and put his hand into his pocket.” I’ll see if I can help you.” Don’t you know 24 to speak to an officer? The officer said angrily.” Now 25 start again. Have you got change for ten pence?” “No, sir!” the old soldier answered angrily. 21 – 25 A. help B. let's C. to visit D. in E. how 答案： **CDAEB** ``` 一个新来的、年轻的军官在火车站上。他准备去看望住在另一个镇上的母亲。他想给她打电话告诉她他火 ``` 车的时间，这样她就能开着车去车站接他了。他找遍了所有口袋，但是发现没有打电话的零钱。于是他走到外 面，四处张望寻找能帮助他的人。 ``` 终于有个老兵路过，这个年轻的军官叫住他说：“你能给我换零钱吗？” “稍等，”这个士兵说，然后他开始把手放到口袋里。“我看看能不能帮助你。” “你不知道怎样跟军官说话吗？”这个年轻人生气地说。“现在，让我们重来一遍。你能给我换零钱吗？” “不能，先生。”老兵快速地回答道。 ``` **Passage 11** A young boy was playing with a ball in the street. He kicked it so hard that it broke the window of a house and fell in. A woman came to the window with the ball and shouted __21__ him, so the young boy ran away, but he wanted his ball back. A few minutes later, he came back and knocked at the door of the house. When the woman opened the door, he said, "My father is going to come up and mend your window very soon." After a few minutes, a man came to the door __22__ tool in his hand, so the woman let the boy take his ball away. When the man finished mending the __23__, he said to the woman "You have to __24__ me ten pounds." "But aren't you the __25__ of that boy?" the woman asked. She looked surprised. "No," he answered. He was surprised, too. "Aren't you his mother?" 21 – 25 A. with B. window C. father D. at E. pay 答案： **DABEC** ``` 一个小男孩在街上玩球。他踢得太猛了，球打破一栋房子的窗户掉了进去。一位女士走到窗前冲着这个小 ``` 男孩大喊，所以他跑掉了，但是他仍然想把球要回来。几分钟后他回来了，敲了那栋房子的门。当那位女士来 开门的时候，他说：“我的父亲很快就会来给你修窗户的。” ``` 几分钟后一个手上拿着工具的男人来到门口，所以这位女士就让男孩把球拿走了。 ``` 当这个男人修好了窗户，他对女士说：“你需要支付十美元。”“可是你不是那个男孩的父亲吗？”这个女士惊 讶地问。“不，”他回答，同样惊讶：“你不是他的妈妈吗？” **Passage 12** A young man goes into a shop. He wants to buy a watch. He sees a watch that he likes. But the man in the shop 21 ninety pounds for it. At that time a boy comes into the shop, takes the watch out of the man's 22 and runs out. When the man in the shop runs out into the street, the boy has already disappeared among the people. The young man goes 23. At the next corner he sees the young man with the stolen watch 24 his hand, "Would you like to buy a fine watch, sir?" he says in a low voice, "It's only fifty pounds."" The young man pays at once, and goes back to his room. His friend takes a look 25 the watch and says, “This watch isn’t worth even ten pounds. I think that they planed this together." When he hears this, the young man is very disappointed. 21 —25 A. at B. asks C. hand D. away E. in 答案： **BCDEA** ``` 一个年轻人走进商店，他想买块表。他看到一块他喜欢的表，但店长说要九十英镑。这时，一个男孩走进 ``` 商店，从店长手里拿了表后跑出商店。店长跑到街上时，那个男孩已消失在人群中。 这个年轻人离开商店。走到拐角处时，他看到那男孩手里拿着偷来的表。男孩低声问：“先生，你想要块 好表吗？只卖五十英镑。”这个年轻人立刻付了钱，回到家。他的朋友看了看表说：“这块表连十英镑都不值， 我觉得是他们一起设计的骗局。年轻人听到这些，感觉很失望。 **Passage 13** Almost everyone knows the meaning of Mr., Mrs., and Miss. Mr. is used before the names of men. Mrs. is for married women and Miss is for single women. But 21 is Ms? For some time, businessmen in the United States have used Ms before a woman's name when they do not know whether the woman is married or not. Today, however, many women prefer to use Ms rather than Mrs. or Miss. The word “ 22 ” does not tell us whether or not a man is married. So the women want to be equal to men in this way. These women feel that it is not important for people to know whether they are married or not. There are some problems with Ms. Not all women like it. Some like the older ways of doing thing. Some find 23 difficult to read. Ms 24 “miz”. Young women like it better than older women 25. It is difficult to know whether most American women will use Ms in the future. What do you think of it? 21 — 25 A Mr. B it C sounds like D do E what 答案： **EABCD** 很多人都知道先生，夫人和小姐的含义。先生用于男性名字前。夫人用来称呼已婚女人，小姐用于称呼未 婚女士。但是Ms是什么意思呢？ ``` 有一段时间，美国商人若不知道女士是否已婚就用女士来称呼。然而，现在比起夫人或小姐，许多女性喜 ``` ### 欢被称呼为女士。 ### 先生这个词并没有告知我们一个男士是否已婚。因此，女性想用这种方式和男性平等。这些女性认为让别 ### 人知道自己是否已婚并不重要。 ``` 用女士也产生一些问题。不是所有女性都喜欢它。有的喜欢老派的称呼。有的人认为难读。Ms 听起来像＂ ``` miz＂。年轻女性比年长的女性更喜欢它。很难知道将来是否大部分美国女性使用女士。你有什么看法？ **Passage 14** American people divide their days into several blocks of time, and plan different activities 21 different times. American time is "on the dot"(准确地). If something is supposed to happen at Eight o'clock, it will begin at eight. Americans value promptness(准时)and may become angry if a person is more than 15 minutes late 22 a good reason. If you know you are going to be late, call in advance and let someone know. 23 you arrive late, you should apologize and explain why. Americans arrive 24 time for doctors' appointments. The doctor may keep you 25 , but if you keep the doctor waiting, you may get a bill with the doctor's time! 21 – 25 A for B waiting C on D if E without 答案： **AEDCB** ``` 美国人把每天分成很多时间段，在不同的时段安排不同的事情。 美国人的时间是精确的。如果某事安排在 8 点整，它就在 8 点整开始。美国人看重准时，如果一个人没有 ``` 可信服的原因而迟到超过 15 分钟他很生气。如果你知道会迟到，提前打电话，让人知道。如果你到晚了，要 道歉并解释原因。美国人会按医生的约定按时到达。医生可能让你等，但如果你让医生等，你需要为医生的时 间买单。 **Passage 15** An English family is living in Japan for years. It's evening now. An important Japanese officer comes to visit them. They are talking for hours and it gets late. Nothing shows that the officer is ___21___, so the English woman asks him to have dinner with them. The Japanese nodded. She becomes worried because she has very little food in the house. She quickly goes to the ___22___ and tells her Japanese cook to buy vegetables and get dinner ready quickly. The cook thinks for a moment and says, "That's all right. You'll have a very good dinner." When the English family and the Japanese officer all sit down at the table, the wife is very surprised. There are many nice ___23___ on the table. The English woman is very happy. She runs to the kitchen and asks the cook, "How do you make the delicious meal for us so quickly?" "I don't make it, madam," he says, "I send one of the Japanese officer's men to his house, and the man ___24___ the Japanese officer's dinner. Now he is getting back ___25___ more food." 21 – 25 A. kitchen B. for C. brings back D. dishes E. leaving 答案： **EADCB** ``` 一个英国家庭在日本居住多年。现在是晚上。一位重要的日本军官来拜访他们。他们谈了很久，天黑了。 ``` 没有迹象表明这个军官打算离开，所以这位英国女主人让他一起吃晚饭。这位日本人点了点头。她开始担心了， 因为家里没有什么食物。她快步走进厨房告诉她的日本厨师尽快买点蔬菜、准备晚饭。这位厨师想了一下，说： “好吧，你们将得到一顿丰盛的晚餐。”当这个英国家庭和日本军官都坐在桌旁的时候，这位妻子很惊讶。桌 子上有很多盘精美的菜肴。 这位英国女人很开心。她跑到厨房问这位厨师：“你是如何这么快做了如此美味的晚饭的？” “太太，不是我做的。”他说：“我派了一位军官的手下去他家，这个人把这位军官的晚饭带回来了。现在 他又回去取更多的食物了。” **Passage 16** Artists who draw pictures on the pavement with chalk used to be a common sight 21 London, but there are only a few left now. Sometimes the pictures are very good. This is proved by the fact that one of the artists' favorite tricks is to 22 a five pound note and see how many people try to pick it up. The police usually treat pavement artists kindly and there is nothing in the law 23 drawing on the pavement unless the artist is 24 he gets a large crowd around him and this prevents other people 25freely along the street. 21 – 25 A. against B. draw C. in D. from passing E. so good that 答案： **CBAED** 在伦敦画家用粉笔在人行道上作画是一种普遍现象，但现在只有少数画被保存下来。有时，这些画画的很 好。这可以被一个事实证明，有个画家最喜欢捉弄别人的事就是在地上画了一张五英镑的钱，看有多少人识图 捡起它。警察通常对这些人行道画家很友好。没有一条法律反对在人行道上作画除非画家太好，作画时被很多 人包围，这就妨碍到其他人自由通行。 **Passage 17** As she walked round the large shop, Edith realized how difficult it was to choose a suitable Christmas present for her father. She supposed that he were as easy to please as her mother, who was 21 satisfied with perfume. Besides, shopping at this time of the year was not a most unhappy job. People stepped on your feet, pushed you with their shoulders and almost knocked you over in their hurry in order to 22 something cheap ahead of you. Partly to have a rest, Edith paused in front of a counter, where some beautiful ties were on show. "They are 23 silk," the shop assistant told her with a smile trying to persuade her to buy one. But Edith knew from past experience that her choice of ties hardly ever pleased her father. She moved on slowly and then, quite by chance, stopped where a small crowd of men had gathered round a counter. She found some fine pipes (烟斗) on sale and the shapes were very beautiful. Edith did not hesitate for long, although her father 24 smoked a pipe once in a while, she believed this was certainly to please him. When she got home, with her small but well-chosen present hidden in her handbag, it was time for supper and her parents were already at table. Her mother was in great 25. “Your father has at last decided to stop smoking,” she told her daughter happily. Edith was so surprised that she could not say a single word. 21 – 25 A. find B. only C. excitement D. always E. real 答案： **DAEBC** ``` 当她漫步在巨大的商场里时，伊迪丝意识到为她父亲选一个合适的圣诞礼物是多么困难。她以为她的父亲 ``` 像她母亲一样容易取悦，她的母亲收到香水就很满意了。另外，一年当中的这个时间购物不是一件令人开心的 事儿。人们会踩到你的脚，用肩膀挤你，为了急于在你前面抢到便宜的东西几乎会把你撞倒。 一部分原因是为了休息一下，伊迪丝在一个柜台前停了下来，这里摆着一些漂亮的领带。“它们是真丝绸 的。”店员微笑着告诉她，想说服她买一条。但是伊迪丝根据以往经验知道她选的领带很难得到她父亲的喜爱。 ``` 她慢慢地向前走，很偶然地在一个一小群男人聚集的柜台前停了下来。她看到一些精致的烟斗正在打折出 ``` 售，形状很漂亮。伊迪丝没有犹豫多久，尽管她的父亲只是偶尔抽一次烟斗，她还是相信这个礼物肯定会让他 高兴的。 ``` 她把买的这份小却精心挑选的礼物藏在手提包里，当她到家的时候正是要吃晚饭的时间，她的父母已经在 ``` 饭桌前准备好吃饭了。她的母亲很兴奋。“你的父亲终于决定戒烟了。”她开心地告诉她女儿。伊迪丝惊讶地说 不出话来。 **Passage 18** As the plane circled over the airport, everyone sensed that something was wrong. The plane was moving unsteadily through the air, and___21___the passengers had fastened their safe belts. They were suddenly thrown forward. At that moment, the air hostess (空姐) ___22___. She looked very pale（苍白的）, but was quite calm. Speaking quickly but almost in a whisper, she informed everyone that the pilot had fainted and asked if any of the passengers knew anything about machines or at least knew how to drive a car. After a moment’s hesitation(犹豫), a man got up and followed the hostess into the pilot’s cabin(机舱). Moving the pilot aside, the man took his seat and listen ___23 to the urgent instructions that were being sent by radio from the airport below. The plane was now dangerously close to the ground, but to everyone’s relief, it soon began to ___24___. The man had to circle the airport several times in order to become familiar with the controls of the plane. ___25___the danger had not yet passed. The terrible moment came when he had to land. Following orders, the man controlled the plane to the airfield. It shook greatly as it touched the ground and then moved rapidly along the runway, but after a long run it stopped safely. 21 - 25 A. appeared B. carefully C. although D. But E. climb 答案 **CABED** ``` 当飞机在机场上空盘旋时，大家都意识到出问题了。飞机在空中飞行有些颠簸，尽管乘客都系上了安全带， ``` 他们瞬间向前倒去。就在那时，空姐出来了。她脸色苍白但很平静。语速很快但几乎是轻声细语，她通知大家 飞行员晕倒了，并问是否有乘客懂机械或至少会开车。犹豫片刻，一位男性乘客站起来，跟着空姐进了机舱。 把飞行员移到旁边，这名男子坐在飞行员座椅上，听从从地面机场收音机里发来的紧急指令。此刻飞机险些撞 到地面，但很快飞机开始上升，大家都松了口气。这名男子驾驶飞机盘旋几圈以便熟悉飞行操作。但危险依然 存在。当降落时，惊恐时刻才到来。听着指挥，该男子驾驶飞机降落机场。当飞机触地时震动很大，然后沿跑 到快速前进，滑行很长一段后，安全停下。 **Passage 19** Being not far from the sea, London is famous 21 its fogs. The worst of them happened on December 4,1952. All movement in the town came to a stop. It was almost impossible to drive or ride in anything. The streets which led into the center were filled with 22 that moved two miles an hour. Soon, however, the traffic was stopped. Being left by their drivers, the buses and cars stood empty in the streets. Many who usually travel by bus took underground(地 铁). But there were 23 many people there that the gates had to be closed. Being caught in the fog, people felt their way along the walls of houses with one hand, while they put out 24 in front of them so as not to knock against something or somebody. At the Opera House(大歌剧院) they got through the first act of La Traviata before so much fog had spread into the building that the 25 could not see the conductor (乐队指挥). It was a terrible fog, indeed, and as many as 4,000 people in London lost their lives. 21 – 25 A. buses B. the other C. for D. singers E. so 答案： **CAEBD** ``` 因为离海不远，伦敦因其大雾而闻名。最糟糕的一场大雾发生在 1952 年 12 月 4 日。城里所有交通都停止 ``` 了。几乎不可能驾驶或骑任何交通工具。通往市中心的街道挤满了公交车，每小时只能挪动 2 英里。然而很快 交通停止了。司机都离开了车，只剩下空荡荡的公交车和汽车停在路上。很多通常坐公交车的人都去坐地铁了。 但是由于坐地铁的人太多，地铁站的大门不得不被关上。困在雾里的人们一只手摸索着房子的外墙，另一只手 伸在身前以免撞到什么东西或者什么人。 在大歌剧院，“茶花女”的第一幕刚演完，一大片雾就涌进剧场，以至于演唱者都看不到乐队指挥了。 ### 那是一场可怕的大雾，伦敦有多达 4000 人丧失了生命。 **Passage 20** Bill and Fred were students, and they were good friends. They didn’t have much money, so when it was 21 for their holidays, Bill said, “Let's take our holidays in a trailer, Fred. It's cheaper than a hotel. I can borrow my father's trailer.” Fred was very happy, and so they began their holidays. They wanted to get up early the next day to go fishing, but they didn’t have a clock. “That's all right, Bill.” Fred said, “I put these small pieces of bread on the roof (房顶) of the trailer at night and they will 22 in the morning.” Bill was very surprised, but he 23 a word. Fred was right. Early the next morning, some small birds 24 on the roof to eat the bread and they make a lot of noise. Bill and Fred get up 25 when they hear the noise. 21 - 25 A wakes us up B did not say C time D very quickly E. came down 答案 **CABED** ``` 比尔和弗莱德是学生，他们是好朋友。他们没多少钱，所以要放假的时候，比尔说：“我们在房车里度假 ``` 吧。这比住酒店要便宜。我可以跟我爸爸借他的房车。”弗莱德很高兴，所以他们就开始度假了。 ``` 他们第二天想起早去钓鱼，但是他们没有闹钟。 “没关系，比尔。”弗莱德说:“我晚上把这些小面包片放在房车的房顶上，鸟儿一早会叫醒我们的。“ ``` 比尔很惊讶，但是他什么也没说。弗莱德是对的。第二天一大早，一些小鸟落在房顶上吃面包，它们发出了很 多声音。比尔和弗莱德听到鸟叫声就起床了。 **Passage 21** Billy is a boy of fifteen. His parents died three years ago. One day when he was walking in the street, he 21 a wallet. He returned it to the owner, Mr. Baker. He gave his thanks to the boy. As the boy had no job, Mr. Baker made him work for him in his room. Billy worked so hard that Mr. and Mrs. Baker were 22 with him. Mr. Baker loved planting 23. The week before last, he brought a few trees home, planted them in the 24 himself and watered them every day. Several days later, he had to leave for another city. Before he started, he said to Billy, "Take good care of the trees. Some boys near our house always want to steal them." "Don't worry about them, sir." answered Billy. Six days passed and Mr. Baker came back. He asked," Has anyone ever come to steal the trees? " "No, sir." said Billy, "To stop someone from stealing the trees, I 25 them up six days ago. I have hidden them for almost a week!” 21 – 25 A. pleased B. garden C. pulled D. trees E. found 答案： **EADBC** 比利是个十五岁的男孩。他的父母三年前去世了。一天，他在街上走时，捡到一个钱包。他把钱包还给它 的主人，贝克先生。贝克先生对他表示感谢。因为比利没工作，贝克先生就让他在自己家工作。比利工作很努 力，贝克夫妇对他很满意。 贝克先生喜欢栽树。上周，他给家里买了几棵树，他自己把树载在花园里，每天浇水。几天后，他要去另 一个城市。他走之前，他对比利说：“看好这些书，附近的一些孩子总想偷这些树。” 比利说：“别担心。”六天后，贝克先生回到家。他问比利：“有人来偷树吗？”比利说：“没人偷。为了防止 他们来偷，我六天前就把树都拔起了，我藏了快一周了。” **Passage 22** Cars are very popular in America. When the kids are fourteen years old，they dream of having their own 21. Many students work after school to buy a car. In most places young people learn to drive in high school. They have to take a 22 test to get a license. Learning to drive and getting a driver’s 23 may be one of the most exciting things in their lives. For many, that piece of paper is an important symbol that they are now grown-ups. Americans seem to love their cars almost more than anything else. People almost never go to see a doctor when they are 24. But they will take their cars to a “hospital” at the smallest sign of a problem. At weekends, people spent most of the time in washing and waxing their cars. For some families it is not enough to have 25 car. They often have two or even three. Husbands need a car to go to work. Housewives need a car to go shopping or to take the children to school or other activities. 21 – 25 A. driving B. sick C. cars D. one E. license 答案 **:CAEBD** 汽车在美国很受欢迎，当孩子们十四岁，他们的梦想是拥有自己的小汽车。很多学生放学后工作来购买小 汽车。很多地方的年轻人高中就学开车。他们要参加驾驶考试来获得驾照，学会驾驶并获得一本司机手册将是 他们人生中最激动人心的一件事。对许多人来说，这张纸标志着他们现在是大人了。 美国人似乎爱车超过其他任何东西。人们在他们生病的时候根本不会去看医生，但他们会带车去“看医生”， 即使是很小的问题。周末，人们花大量时间洗车，并给车打蜡。有些家庭不止有一辆车。他们通常有两辆，甚 至三辆。丈夫需要一辆车去上班，家庭主妇需要一辆车去购物或送孩子上学或带孩子参加其他活动。 **Passage 23** Do you know the story about the fox and the grapes? A fox is 21 food. He is very hungry. Now, he stands near a wall. The wall is very 22. The fox is looking up. He sees a lot of fine grapes 23 the wall. He smiles and says, "How nice they are! I want to eat them." The fox jumps and jumps, but the wall is too high. He 24 get the grapes. The fox says, "I must go now. I don't like those grapes. They are green. They are not 25 to eat." 21 —25. A looking for B good C on D high E can't 答案： **ADCEB** ``` 你听过狐狸和葡萄的故事吗？一只狐狸非常饥饿，正在搜寻食物。它站在一面墙下。墙很高。狐狸抬头往 ``` 上看。它看见了墙上挂了很多大葡萄。它笑笑说道：“多好的葡萄啊！我想要吃。”狐狸跳啊跳啊，但是墙太高 了。它摘不到葡萄。狐狸于是说，“我必须走了。我不喜欢这些葡萄。他们还是绿的。肯定不好吃。” **Passage 24** English is widely used. It 21 by people in England, Australia and the United States. In Sweden, France and many other countries, a lot of people understand English, too. It is one of the 22 languages at international meetings. Most international business letters are 23 in English. Many books and magazines are printed in English, too .English 24 be difficult, but it is very useful. It is abridge to so much knowledge. If you know English, you'll find you can 25 the world better, so we should study it hard. 21 — 25 A. written B. may C. is spoken D. learn E. working 答案： **CEABD** ``` 英语被广泛应用。英国人、澳大利亚人及美国人都在说英语。在瑞典、法国及其他很多国家，很多人也懂 ``` 英语。英语是国际会议使用的语言之一。大量国际贸易信件用英语写。许多书籍和杂志也是用英语印刷。英语 可能难，但很有用。英语是获取大量知识的桥梁。如果你会英语，你会发现你能加了解这个世界，因此要努力 学英语。 **Passage 25** English names and Chinese names are quite different in some other ways, but it’s not hard for us to know. Unlike Chinese, most English people have 21 name. One is their family name, both of the other names are given names. Their family name is behind the given name. They use Mr., Mrs. or Miss with the 22 name, but they never use them with the first name. For example, we can 23 a man named James Allan Green Mr. Green, but we can't call him Mr. James or Mr. Allan. People usually use Jim instead of James. Jim is short for James because it's 24 to remember. But Chinese names are the opposite. A girl with the name Han Limei 25 her family name Han first. Of course, she can be called Ah Mei for short in China if you wish. 21 – 25 A. call B. three C. easy D. puts E. last 答案 **: BEACD** 英文姓名和中文姓名有很多不同之处，但是我们理解起来并不难。和中国人不一样，多数英国人有三个名 字。其中之一是他们的家族姓氏，其他的两个都是他们的名。他们的家族姓氏放在名之后。他们用先生、女士 或小姐加上他们的家族姓氏来称呼别人，但是他们从来不会用先生、女士和小姐加上名来称呼别人。比如，我 们可以称呼一个叫詹姆士·艾伦·格林的人为格林先生，但我们不能叫他詹姆士先生或者艾伦先生。人们通常用 吉姆来代替詹姆士。吉姆是詹姆士的简称，因为它容易被记住。但是中文姓名正好相反。一个叫韩丽梅的女孩 把她的姓“韩”放在首位。当然，如果你愿意，在中国你也可以叫她阿梅当做简称。 **Passage 26** Every morning, Steve goes to work by train. As he has a long way to go, he always buys a newspaper __21__ helps to make the time pass more quickly. One Thursday morning, he turned to the sports page. He wanted to read the report __22__ an important football match. The report was so interesting that he forgot to get off. He realized this when he looked out of the window and saw the sea. He got off at the next station and had to wait a long time __23__ a train going back. Of course, he arrived very late __24__ the office. His boss was very angry when he told him __25__ he was late. "Work is more important than football!" he shouted. 21 – 25 A. on B. at C. how D. for E. which 答案： **EADBC** 每天早上，史蒂夫坐火车去工作。由于他要坐很长一段路，所以他总是买一份报纸来打发时间。一个周 四的上午，他翻到了体育版。他想读关于一场重要的足球赛的报道。这个报道很有趣，以至于他忘了下车了。 当他向窗外望去、看到大海的时候，意识到了这一点。他在下一站下了车，不得不花了很长时间等回程的火车。 当然他上班迟到了。当他告诉老板为什么迟到的时候，老板很生气。 ``` “工作比足球重要多了！”他喊道。 ``` **Passage 27** Everyone likes gifts. Some little kids think they don’t get enough gifts. Some old people think they get too much gifts. Different people like different kinds of gifts. Some presents are never too small. A little child may give his mother a leaf from a tree. It is enough to make her very happy. 21 is different in different countries. In Japan, people sometimes give special gifts. But they are not opened. Later, the same gift may be given away to someone else. Many people have enough things and don't want too 22 gifts themselves. In Canada, a tree can help 23 a person. In the USA, some people ask their families and friends to give money to charity rather than (而不是) 24 them gifts. In Sweden, doing something for someone is the best gift. People don't need to spend too much money. Instead, 25 a meal is enough. 21 – 25 A. Gift giving B. remember C. buy D. making E. many 答案： **AEBCD** ### 每个人都喜欢礼物。有些小孩觉得他们收到的礼物不够多。有些老人觉得他们收到的礼物太多。不同的人 ### 喜欢不同的礼物。有些礼轻意重。一个小孩可能给他的妈妈一片树叶，这足以使她开心。不同的国家送礼也不 ### 同。在日本，人们有时送特殊的礼物。但是他们不被会当面打开。之后，这件礼物可能被转送给其他人。许多 ### 人有足够多的东西，并不需要太多礼物。在加拿大，一颗树能帮人们忆起一个人。在美国，一些人让他们的亲 ### 友把钱捐给慈善机构而不是给他们买礼物。在瑞典，最好的礼物是亲手制作的。人们不必花太多钱。相反，做 ### 一顿饭就够了。 **Passage 28** Every year students in many countries learn English. Some of these students are children, the other students are young people. Why do all these people want to learn 21? It is not easy to answer this question. Many boys and girls learn English at school. It is one of their subjects. Many people learn English because it is 22 in their work. Some young people learn English for their higher studies because some of their books are written 23 English. Other people learn English because they want to 24 newspapers in English. Some people learn English because they want to work in the USA, England or Australia. English is very 25 in our life. 21 — 25 A useful B in C read D helpful E English 答案： **EABCD** ``` 每年，来自许多国家的学生学习英语。这些学生中有的是孩子，有的是年轻人。为什么这么多人想要学英 ``` 语？回答这个问题不太容易。许多男孩女孩在学校学英语。英语不是他们的科目。许多人学英语是因为工作需 要。有的年轻人学英语是要深造，因为他们的学习用书是英文版。其他人学英语是因为他们想看英文报纸。有 的人学英语是因为他们想去美国，英国或澳洲工作。英语在我们生活中很有帮助。 **Passage 29** Football may be the most 21 of all the games. People in many countries around the world like playing it. In the 19th century people in England first played this kind of ball. The players moved the ball with their feet. The first international game was between England and Scotland in 1872. Football is played by two teams with eleven men on each team. Each team has one way to win. It must score more goals 22 the other team. Each goal in games is one point. Football is a round ball. Players may kick it and move it by any part of the body except the hands. Only one player on the team can use his hands. This player is the goalkeeper. A football game usually 23 for ninety minutes. The teams play for forty-five minutes, and then take a short rest. After this halftime rest, they play again for the other forty-five minutes. Now football is one of 24 played in the Olympics. Another important international football match is called the World Cup. The World Cup is held once every four years. The 25 of the World Cup match is the world champion (冠军) football team. 21 – 25 A. the team sports B. than C. popular D. lasts E. winner 答案： **CBDAE** 足球可能是最受欢迎的比赛了。在世界各地的许多国家的人喜欢踢足球。在十九世纪英国人第一次踢这种 球。球员用他们的脚移动球。第一场国际比赛是 1872 年在英格兰和苏格兰之间举行的。 足球赛是每队十一名球员的两支球队间进行的。球队赢的方式只有一种。它必须比另一队有更多的进球。 在比赛中每一个进球都是一分。足球是一个圆球。球员可以踢它，以及用身体除手以外的任何部分来移动足球。 在球队中只有一个球员可以使用自己的手。这名球员就是门将。 ``` 一场足球赛通常持续 90 分钟。球队比赛 45 分钟，然后短暂休息一下。中场休息后，他们继续踢 45 分钟。 足球是奥运会团体性运动赵之一。另一个重要的国际足球赛叫世界杯。世界杯每四年举办一次。世界杯的 ``` 获胜者就是足球世界冠军。 **Passage 30** For many people today, reading is no longer relaxation. To keep up their work they must read letters, reports, trade publications, inter-office communications, not to mention newspapers and magazines: a never-ending flood of words. In __21__ a job or advancing in one, the ability to read and comprehend quickly can mean the difference between success and failure. Yet the unfortunate fact is that most of us are __22__ readers. Most of us develop poor reading habits at an early age, and never get over them. The main problem __23__ in the actual stuff of language itself－words. Taken individually, words have little meaning until they are strung（连成） together into phrased, sentences and paragraphs. __24__, however, the untrained reader does not read groups of words. He laboriously reads one word at a time, often regressing（倒退） to reread words or passages. Regression, the tendency to look back over what you have just read, is a common bad habit in reading. Another habit which __25__ down the speed of reading is vocalization－ sounding(用言语表达) each word either orally or mentally as one reads. 21 – 25 A.getting B.lies C.poor D.slows E.Unfortunately 答案： **ACBED** 对很多人来说，阅读已不仅仅是放松的方式。为了工作，他们必须看信件，报告，商业报刊，办公室间的 通讯，更不用提报纸杂志：报纸和杂志是文字一直延续的两种方式。为了找到工作或获得晋升,阅读能力和快 速理解力决定了成败。然而，不幸的是我们绝大多数人阅读慢。很多人从早期就养成了不良的阅读习惯，从未 改正。最主要的问题实际上是文字本身。就单个字而言，文字本身无意义，只有组成短语，句子，段落才有意 义。然而，不幸的是，没有训练过的人不是一组词一组词的读。他是费力的逐字阅读，经常会倒回去再读。倒 读，是把已读过的再重读，这是阅读中一种普遍的坏习惯。另一个使阅读慢的坏习惯是逐字读出声，也就是阅 ### 读时一字一句读。 **Passage 31** 1. For the first time in our marriage, I had decided to spend my holiday alone, without my wife. We had not 21. My common sense told me that all habits --- even good ones --- should be broken from time to time. Doing everything together with my wife had become very much of a habit with me. So I had gone off to Italy 22 my own to spend three weeks at a hotel at the seaside. I had hoped it would be nice and warm. But actually it was 35 in the shade, 23 enough to roast an ox. I walked about in shorts, my bald head covered with a handkerchief, sweating and thirsty. And all the time I had to 24 my wife, who had gone to the mountains of North Wales and was doubtless 25 herself very much. Why had I, with my sensitive English skin, gone to Italy of all places? At night, I was kept awake by two bands playing like mad in the bar downstairs. 21 – 25 A. think of B. on C. quarreled D. hot E. enjoying 答案： **CBDAE** 2. For the first time in our marriage, I had decided to spend my holiday alone, without my wife. We had not 21. My common sense told me that all habits --- even good ones --- should be broken from time to time. Doing everything together with my wife had become very much of a habit with me. So I had gone off to Italy 22 my own to spend three weeks at a hotel at the seaside. I had hoped it would be nice and warm. But actually it was 35 in the shade, hot enough to roast an ox. I walked about in shorts, my bald head 23 with a handkerchief, sweating and thirsty. And all the time I had to think of my wife, who had gone to the mountains of North Wales and was doubtless 24 herself very much. Why had I, with my sensitive English skin, gone to Italy of all places? At night, I was kept awake by two bands 25 like mad in the bar downstairs. 21 – 25 A. on B. playing C. enjoying D. quarreled E. covered 答案： **DAECB** 这是结婚以来的第一次我决定不带老婆去度假。我们没有吵架，我的常识告诉我所有习惯，即便是好习惯 也必须不时地放弃。和老婆一起做事对于我来说已算得上是习惯。因此，我自己去意大利在海边宾馆住了三周。 我原希望这会很棒，很温暖。但实际上在阴凉处还 35 度，热得可以烤牛肉。我穿着短裤漫步，光光的头上裹 着手帕，汗流浃背，非常渴。我一直在想着我老婆，她去威尔士北边的山林中，毫无疑问正开心呢。我为什么， 因为是英国人，皮肤特敏感，偏要来意大利呢？晚上，我被山下的酒吧里两个好像发狂的乐队吵得睡不着。 **Passage 32** For thousands of years, people thought of glass as something beautiful to look at. Only recently do they come to 21 it as something looked through. Stores 22 their goods in large glass windows. Glass bottles and jars that hold food and drink allow us 23 the contents. Glass is used to make spectacles, microscopes, telescopes, and 24 very useful and necessary objects, and glasses, are used by people who can not see perfectly or by people who want to protect their eyes 25 bright light. 21 —25 A. think of B. to see C. display D. from E. many other 答案： **ACBED** 几千年来，人们认为玻璃只是好看。至到最近，他们才想到可以透过玻璃看到另一边。商店用玻璃橱窗展 示他们的商品。装着食物和水的玻璃瓶和玻璃罐能使我们直接看到里面是什么。玻璃被用来制作眼睛，显微镜， 望远镜及其他有用的必须品。眼睛近视或远视的人可以戴近视镜或花镜，怕被阳光刺伤眼睛可戴墨镜。 **Passage 33** From Monday to Friday most people are busy working or studying, but in the evenings and on weekends they are free and 21 themselves. Some watch television or go to the movies, others take part in sports. This is decided by their own interests. Almost everyone has some kinds of 22. It may be anything from collecting stamps to making model planes. Some hobbies are very expensive, but others don't cost anything at all. Some collections are worth a lot of money, others are valuable only to their owners. I know a man who has a coin collection worth several 23 dollars. A short time ago he bought a rare fifty-cent piece worth $250! On the other hand, my youngest brother collects match boxes. He has almost 600 of them but I wonder 24 they are quite valuable. However, to my brother they are quite valuable. 25 makes him happier than to find a new matchbox for his collection. That's what a hobby means, I think. It is something we like to do in our free time just for the fun of it. 21 – 25 A. thousand B. if C. Nothing D. enjoy E. hobby ``` 答案： DEABC 大部分人周一到周五都忙于工作和学习，但是一到晚上和周末他们就会有时间享受生活。一些人会看电视 ``` 或去看电影，另一些人会参加体育活动。这取决于个人爱好。 几乎每个人都有某种爱好。这可能涉及到从集邮到制作航模等各种方面。一些爱好很昂贵，但有些爱好根 本没有任何花费。有些收藏会很值钱，而有些收藏只会对于它们的所有者来说具有价值。 ``` 我认识一个人，他的硬币收藏价值几千美元。前不久他刚刚花 250 美元买了一枚稀有的 50 分硬币！而另 ``` 一方面，我的小弟弟收集火柴盒。他大概有 600 个火柴盒，但是我怀疑他们是否值钱。然而，对于我弟弟来说 它们很珍贵。没有什么比为他的收藏增添一个新的火柴盒能让他更高兴了。 ``` 我想这就是爱好的意义所在。它是我们在闲暇时光能够为我们找点乐子的事情。 ``` **Passage 34** From the earliest time it was well known to the Peruvians ( 秘鲁人 ) that when a cut was made in the thick skin of a rubber tree, a white liquid like milk came 21. From this liquid a sticky mass of rubber might be made. This rubber is soft and wax-like when warm so that it is difficult to give any form. The Peruvians made the discovery that it is very good for 22 out water. Then in the early period of the century they made overshoes to keep their feet dry. Then a certain Mr. Mackintosh developed selling coats of cloth which were lined with rubber. Today Mackintosh raincoats are still 23 after him. But these first rubber shoes and raincoat were unpleasantly soft and sticky in 24. They were also stiff and very cold in water. They were like wax 25 they felt a bit stronger. 21 – 25 A. keeping B. summer C. although D. out E. named 答案： **DAEBC** 很久以前，秘鲁人用刀割橡胶树那厚厚的皮时，一种白色的液体就会流出来。用这种液体可以做一个年年 橡胶块。这种橡胶块加热后变得很软，像蜡，因此很难做成任何形状。秘鲁人发现这种东西是防水的好材料。 在本世纪初他们用橡胶做成鞋套，这样脚就不会湿。后来有个叫Mackintosh的人把这种橡胶做成雨衣。现在 秘鲁的雨衣还是用他的名字命名的。但最初做出来的雨鞋和雨衣到夏天就变得很软很黏。在雨中又很硬很冷， 尽管比较结实但像蜡。 **Passage 35** Have you ever thought how books are made? Well, after a book is written, it passes 21 the hands of many different workers. Each one works very carefully, for there must not be any 22 in the book. It is read many times by different people before it is finished. Millions of books are printed in our country every year. So people can get enough to read. Now may I ask you a question? How well do you take 23 of books? What have you learned about the care of books? Perhaps you bought 24 some new books. Have you put paper covers on them? Do you open them carefully? Sometimes new books break along the back if you open them suddenly 25 the middle. I hope that you do not turn the pages carelessly. If you do, you may tear them. 21 – 25 A. yourself B. in C. care D. mistakes E. through 答案： **EDCAB** ``` 你想过书是怎样制成的吗？当一本书写完后，它在很多工人手中传递。每个人都工作得很仔细，以确保书 ``` 中没有任何错误。在它完成前被许多人阅读过很多次。 ``` 每年上百万书册在我们国内印刷出来，所以人们可以有足够的书本阅读。现在我可以问你一个问题吗？你 ``` 对书籍保护得有多好呢？ 你在保护书籍方面学到了些什么？也许你给自己买了一些新书，你有没有给新书包书皮呢？你是否小心 翼翼的翻开书呢？有时候如果你在新书的中间突然翻开的时候，书脊处会裂开。我希望你不会随意地翻书页。 如果你这样做的话，会把书页撕坏的。 **Passage 36** A: Hi, Sun Yan! What are you busy with these days? B: I'm busy ___21___ for the Spring Festival. A: What do you mean by the Spring Festival? B: Don't you know about the Spring Festival? It's ___22___ your Christmas holiday. It's the most important holiday in China. A: Oh, I see. ___23___ is the holiday? B: About one week long. A: What do you usually do during the holiday? B: Lots of things, such as eating and drinking, playing majiang, going to movies and temple fairs (庙会), visiting relatives and friends and so on. In many places people like to set off firecrackers (鞭炮). It is very interesting. But now it isn't allowed in some big cities because it is not safe. A: Do you eat special food for the holiday? B: Yes, we eat dumplings. A: Do children like the holiday? B: Sure. Children can have delicious food and wear new clothes. They can also get some money from their parents. A: What is that money for? B: This money is given to children for good luck by their parents or other senior people. Children can use the money ___24___ a lot of things for themselves. A: That's very interesting. Thank you for ___25___ me so much about the Spring Festival. B: It's pleasure. 21 – 25 A.How long B.preparing C.like D.telling E.to buy 答案： **BCAED** A：嗨，孙岩。你最近忙什么呢？ B：我正忙着为春节做准备呢。 A：你所说的春节是什么意思呢？ B：你不知道春节？和你们那边的圣诞节很像。是中国最重要的节日。 A：噢，我明白了。春节持续几天？ B：大约一周。 A：春节期间你们一般做什么呢？ ### B：做很多事，像吃，喝，打麻将，看电影，逛庙会，访亲友等。有很多地方人们喜欢放鞭炮，很好玩，但 ### 为安全起见，现在大城市不允许放。 ### A：你们春节期间有吃什么特别的佳肴吗？ ### B：有啊，我们吃饺子。 ### A：孩子们喜欢过春节吗？ ### B：当然，孩子们可以吃美食，穿新衣，他们也能从父母那里获得压岁钱。 ### A：压岁钱是什么？ ### B：压岁钱是父母和其他长辈给孩子们希望他们有好运。孩子们可以用钱为他们自己买很多东西。 ### A：太有趣了。谢谢你告诉我关于春节的那么多事。 ### B：不客气。 **Passage 37** How much do you know about manners? Different countries have different manners. In some Asian countries, it is good manners to take off your ___21___ before you go into a house. But in European countries, even if they sometimes become very dirty, this is not done. If you are a ___22___ in a Chinese house, when you have a meal, you usually do not finish the food. You often leave a little to show that you have had enough. But in England, a visitor always finishes food to show that he has ___23___ it. We must know the customs of other ___24___, so that they will not think ___25___ bad-mannered. People all over the world agree that a well-mannered person should be kind and helpful to others. If you remember this, at least you will not go very far wrong. Everybody likes a person with good manners, but no one likes a person with bad manners. Keep your manners. 21 – 25 A. enjoyed B. shoes C. countries D. us E. foreigner 答案： **BEACD** ``` 关于礼仪你了解多少？不同的国家有不同的礼仪。在一些亚洲国家，走进别人家之前拖鞋是一种礼貌的举 ``` 动。但是在欧洲国家，即使有时候变得很脏，也不会这样做（拖鞋）。如果你是一位去中国人家里的外国人， 吃饭的时候通常不要都吃光。通常要剩一点表示你吃饱了。但是在英国，客人总是要吃光食物来表示他很喜欢 吃。我们必须了解其他国家的风俗，这样他们就不会认为我们没有礼貌了。全世界的人都认同礼仪好的人应该 和善、乐于助人的。如果你记住这一点，至少你不会错得太离谱。每个人都喜欢礼仪好的人，没有人喜欢不礼 貌的人。保持好你的礼仪。 **Passage 38** Human language is a system of symbols. No other animal has a complex symbolic language that must be learned. Animal language is largely instinctive, while basic human language is learned speech, composed __21__ sounds that symbolize things, ideas, actions, and the like. We learn to read, often with considerable effort, by noticing or being taught that groups of letters stand for the sounds that we already know __22__to speak. We learn to write, with even greater effort, by learning to form the letters, __23__ are symbols of sounds, and to put them together on paper so that others can read what we “say”. Since human language is a form of human behavior, there is nothing absolute about it. It has __24__ lowly throughout human history and will continue to develop. In the English language there are perhaps 600,000 __25__, possibly more, but most of them are known only to specialists and are rarely used. 21 - 25 A.how B.which C.developed D.of E.sounds 答案： **DABCE** 人类语言是一系列符号。其他任何动物都没有需要学的复杂的语言符号。动物语言在很大程度上都是本能 反应，然而人类的基本语言是学说话。特定的事物，想法，行为等都有自己的发音。 我们学习阅读要付出很多努力，学习阅读是通过我们的发音所代表的一组字去学习。学习写作就更难，通 过学习音所代表的字，并把词组句子写在纸上，这样别人看了就能知道我们所说的话。 ``` 因为语言是人类行为的一种表现形式，没有其他任何形式。语言在人类历史进程中缓慢发展，并持续发展。 ``` 英语可能有 60 万个音，可能更多，但大多数发音只是语言学家知道，很少使用。 **Passage 39** I became lame（瘸的）in both legs in my childhood. I can’t stand without the support of two sticks. Only in my wheelchair can I “walk”. I still remember the first day at 21. When I appeared at the door, everyone in the classroom stared（凝视）at me in surprise. My face turned red. I couldn’t help turning back. It was the 22 and sympathy（同情）in their eyes that stopped me doing so. I went shyly towards an unoccupied (空的) seat. Being lame, I didn’t dare (敢) to walk in front of my classmates. I was afraid that I might be laughed at. In those days I was very sad to see others walking 23. One day, a few students came up to me and asked me to go outside. I was excited. They encouraged me with a friendly smile and pushed me in my wheelchair from place to place. I was 24 to them for giving me a chance to see the sights of our lovely school with my own eyes. After that we often read, played and talked together. My friends are always 25 to help me. It made me forget I am handicapped (残疾的). Once they asked me, “What is the most beautiful thing in our school?” Without hesitation (犹豫) I said, “It is the friendship.” 21 – 25 A. happily B. school C. ready D. thankful E. kindness 答案 **BEADC** ``` 我从小两条腿就都瘸了。没有拐杖我就无法站立。我只有坐轮椅上才能行走。我仍然记得上学的第一天。 ``` ### 我出现在教室门口时，全班同学都惊奇的看着我。我的脸绯红。我忍不住想回家，是同学们眼中满含的善意及 ### 同情让我打消了这个念头。我腼腆的走向一个空位。由于瘸，我不敢在全班同学前面走。我害怕被嘲笑。这几 ### 天我看着其他同学开心的走感觉很难过。有一天，几个同学走到我身边让我去外面玩。我很兴奋。他们用友好 ### 的笑容鼓舞着我，用轮椅推着我到处走。我很感激他们给我这个机会亲眼看到校园美景。从那以后我们经常一 ### 起读书，一起玩耍，一起聊天。我的朋友们随叫随到。这使我忘了自己是残疾人。他们曾问我：“我们学校什 ### 么最美？”我毫不犹豫的说：“是友谊。” **Passage 40** I have been in London for two weeks. I don’t speak English well at all. I have great difficulty in understanding people. In fact I don’t catch a thing they say. I find their pronunciation is 21 strange for me to understand, and they speak 22 that I can’t keep up with them. When I am on a bus, I ask the conductor something. He answers, but I don’t understand. So he says it slowly in a high 23 , I still don’t understand it. Then he gets angry and goes away. But I haven’t lost heart. I still enjoy 24 English. I must keep on working hard 25 it. I believe I’ll speak English well soon. 21 —25 A voice B too C speaking D at E so fast 答案： **BEACD** ``` 我到伦敦已两周了。我根本说不好英语。我很难听懂别人的话。事实上，我完全听不懂他们说的。我发现 ``` 他们的发音太怪，我无法明白。他们说的太快，我跟不上。我乘公交时问师傅一些事，他回答了，但我不明白。 因此他提高嗓门慢慢说，我还是听不懂。然后，他很生气，走了。 但我不灰心。我仍然喜欢说英语。我必须努力学英语。我坚信我很快会把英语说的很好。 **Passage 41** If you asked high school girls to name their favorite sports, most would probably say basketball or volleyball. I happen to be one of the few girls who would 21 : surfing. But isn't that a boy thing? Some people wonder. Most would certainly not. I started surfing about five years ago and 22 in love with the sport on the very first day. Riding that first wave was the best feeling I had ever 23. When I try to compare surfing with other things, I find it very difficult because, in my 24 , there's nothing like it. It involves body, mind, and soul. There's sand between my toes and cool, salt water all 25 us. The feeling I get when I'm surfing across that water, becoming one with the ocean, is like I'm weightless. 21 – 25 A. experienced B. life C. around D. answer E. fell 答案： **DEABC** 如果你问高中女生她们最喜爱的运动是什么,很多人可能会说篮球或者排球。我恰恰是给出“冲浪”这一答 案的为数不多的女孩中的一员。但是冲浪不是一项男孩子的运动吗?一些人可能会这样问。大多数人当然也不 会从事这样的运动。我是五年前开始冲浪的，并从第一天起便爱上了这一运动。踏浪而行是我曾经历过的最棒 感受。我试着将冲浪与其它的运动进行对比，却发现很难。因为在我看来还没有跟冲浪一样的运动项目。冲浪 需要身体、大脑和灵魂的共同参与。我们脚趾间是沙子，四处都是清凉的海水。当我在水上冲浪并与大海融为 一体时，我感觉自己变得好像轻飘飘毫无重量了。 **Passage 42** ``` In America, parents want their children to do something they can．For example, they want them to use money ``` wisely(精明地)．When the children 21 very young, parents have begun telling them the kinds of money．Parents also tell them 22 money can be used．When the children become a little older, parents teach them to save up money． If the children want to buy something, they can use their own money．Parents will tell them what they should buy and what they shouldn't．When children use their money, parents often tell them to share(分享)with others．Parents are glad to see their children share their money and help others．In this way, the children 23 learn to be helpful．Parents also teach their children to make a plan for using money．It is good for them．In America, people often sell some of their 24 things．So the children often put the old toys 25 their house．If people buy them, they can get some money．Some children help others wash cars or sell newspapers to get money． 21 – 25 A how B are still C in front of D old E can 答案： **BAEDC** ``` 在美国，父母希望他们的孩子能做力所能及的事。例如，他们希望孩子能合理的花钱。孩子还小的时候， ``` 父母就告诉孩子钱的种类。父母也告诉孩子如何使用钱。孩子长大点后，父母就教孩子省钱。 如果孩子想买东西，他们可以花自己的钱。父母会告诉他们什么可以买，什么不可以买。孩子花自己的钱 时，父母经常告诉他们要与他人分享。父母很高兴看到他们的孩子和他人分享金钱并帮助他人。用这样的办法， 孩子能学会乐于助人。父母也会教孩子有计划的花钱。这对孩子有好处。在美国，父母经常把家里的旧物卖掉。 因此孩子们经常把不玩的玩具放在房子前。如果有人买，他们就能获得钱。有些孩子帮别人洗车卖报纸挣钱。 **Passage 43** In England nobody under the age of eighteen is allowed ___21___ in a public bar. Mr. Thompson used to go to a bar near his house quite often, but he never took his son, Tom, because he was too young. Then when Tom had his eighteenth birthday, Mr. Thompson took him to his usual bar for ___22___ time. They drank for an hour, and then Mr. Thompson said to his son, "Now, Tom, I want to teach you a useful lesson. You must always be careful ___23___ drink too much. And how do you know when you have had enough? Well, I tell you. Do you see those two lights ___24___ the end of the bar? When they seem to have become four, you've had enough and ___25___ go home." "But Dad," said Tom, "I can see only one light at the end of the bar." 21 - 25 A.the first B.at C.should D.not to E.to drink 答案： **EADBC** 在英国，十八岁以下不允许去酒吧喝酒。汤普森先生以前经常去他家附近的酒吧，但他从不带他儿子，汤 姆，因为汤姆还小。当汤姆过了十八岁生日，汤普森先生第一次带他去了他经常去的酒吧。 他们喝了一小时，然后汤普森先生对儿子说：“现在，汤姆，我要给你上有用的一课，你得小心别喝太多。 你怎么知道自己喝够了？好，我来告诉你。你能看到酒吧最后面的那两盏等吗？当你看到那两盏灯变为四盏， 你就喝够了，该回家了”。 ``` “但是，爸爸”汤姆说：“我看到只有一盏灯啊” ``` **Passage 44** In the American family the husband and wife usually share important decision- making. When the children are old enough, they take part as well．Foreigners are often surprised by the permissiveness(宽容)of American parents. Children are often allowed to do pretty much 21 they wish without strict control by their parents. Children are encouraged to be 22 at an early age．Some people believe that American parents carry this freedom too far．Others think that a strong parental image(形象)would not suit the American values．Because Americans emphasize the importance of independence, young people are expected to break away from their families by the time they have 23 their late teens or early twenties．This pattern of independence often results in serious problems for the aging parents of a small family．The average American is expected to live 24 the age of 70．The job-retirement age is usually 65．The children have left home, married, and 25 their own households．Often the major problem of many elderly couples is not economic, but they feel useless and lonely with neither an occupation nor a close family group． 21 — 25 A reached B what C set up D beyond E independent 答案： **BEADC** ``` 通常在美国家庭中，丈夫和妻子共同决定重要问题。孩子们大了也会参与。外国人常常对美国父母的宽容 ``` 感到吃惊。孩子们可以做自己想做的事，父母不会严格控制。孩子们从小就被鼓励独立。有的人认为美国父母 对孩子太放纵。其他人认为严格的父母形象不适合美国价值观。因为美国注重独立的重要性。年轻人到二十岁 左右就要求离开家独立生活。对于小家庭里上了年纪的父母，这种独立模式经常产生严重的问题。美国人的平 均寿命是七十岁。一般在 65 岁退休。孩子们离开家庭，结婚生子，有了小家庭。许多老年夫妇最主要的问题 不是经济问题，而是他们既没职业也没有亲密的家庭关系，就会感到无用和孤独。 **Passage 45** In the eighteenth century, cities became larger and larger. People moved from the countryside and small towns to the 21 because there was more work for them to do in the cities. On Sundays and holidays, they liked to leave the cities and have a good time in the countryside. But not every 22 had a horse or a wagon（四轮马车）. People needed a simpler means of transportation. Inventors in many countries tried to solve this problem. The first bicycle, which was very simple, 23 in 1790. People called "the horse on wheel". Then in 1861, after many improvements being made, the bicycle became a practical 24 of transportation. People liked bikes because they weren't as expensive as horses and didn't need to be fed. They could go anywhere and were easy to 25. 21 – 25 A. appeared B. cities C. family D. means E. ride 答案： **BCADE** 在 18 世纪，城市变得越来越大，人们从农村和小镇搬到城市，因为城市能给他们提供更多工作机会。 周日或节假日，他们想离开城市，在乡下度过美好时光。但是不是每个家庭都有马或四轮马车。人们需要 一种更为便捷的交通工具。许多国家的发明家都在尽力解决这一问题。 ``` 1790 年出现的第一辆自行车非常简单。人们把它称之为“带轮的马”。然后在 1861 年，通过许多改进，自 ``` 行车成为一种实用的交通方式。 ``` 人们喜欢自行车，因为他们不像马那么贵还不需要喂。自行车可以到达任何地方，也很容易骑。 ``` **Passage 46** In the USA, children start school when they are five years old. In some states they must stay in school till they are sixteen. But most students are seventeen or eighteen years old when they __21__ secondary schools. There are two kinds of schools in the USA: public schools and private schools. Most children go to public schools. Their parents don't have to __22__ their education because the school get money from the government. If a child goes to a private school, his parents have to get enough money for his schooling. Some parents __23__ like private schools though they are much more expensive. Today about half of the high school students __24__ in universities after they finish secondary schools. A student at a state university doesn't have to pay very much if his parents live in that state. Many students work while they are studying at universities. In this way they get into __25__ working habits and live by their own hands. 21 – 25 A. good B. study C. pay for D. leave E. still 答案： **DCEBA** ``` 在美国，孩子们 5 岁时上学。在一些州，他们要在学校待到 16 岁。但是多数学生上中等学校的时候已经 ``` 17 岁或 18 岁了。在美国有两种学校：公立学校和私立学校。多数孩子去公立学校上学。他们的父母无需交学 费，因为学校从政府得到经费。如果一个孩子去上私立学校，他的父母需要为他的教育凑够足够的钱。一些父 母仍然喜欢私立学校，即使它们的学费更昂贵。 如今，一半的高中生接受中等教育之后去大学学习。如果父母在某个州居住，那么他们的孩子在州立大学 上学的话不需要交很高的学费。 ``` 很多学生在大学学习的时候打工。这样他们会养成良好的工作习惯，并且自力更生。 ``` **Passage 47** It can be dangerous to travel by sea. Ships sometimes sink far away from land. When this happens, the sailors have to get into small boats. If another ship does not come and help them and they do not have enough food or water, they will 21. Most people believe we must not drink sea water. They believe that if we do, we shall be very ill because of all the salt in the water. A doctor called Alain Bombard did not believe this. He thought that people 22 stay alive by drinking sea water and eating small fish, animals and plants from the sea. On 19 October 1953, he set out in a small boat to 23 the Atlantic Ocean(大西洋). He did not take any food or water with him. Every day Dr. Bombard drank just a little sea water. He also caught fish and they had water in them. He drank this water. He could not cook the fish, so he ate them 24 they were. He took small plants from the sea, which gave him more food. Dr. Bombard became 25 , tired and quite ill, but after 65days at sea he was still alive. 21 —25 A cross B die C as D hot E could 答案： **BEACD** ``` 海上旅行是比较危险的。有时船会沉入远离陆地的海中。发生这种事故时，船员们必须进入小船。如果另 ``` 一艘船没来帮他们，他们没有足够的食物和水，他们就会死亡。 大多数人认为我们不能喝海水。他们认为如果喝了海水，人就会因海水中含的盐分太高而身患重病。一位 名叫Alain Bombard的博士并不这么认为。他认为人民喝海水，吃海里的小鱼，小动物及海生植物可以存活。 1953 年 10 月 19 日，他乘一艘小船横跨大西洋。他没带任何食物和水。 Bombard博士每天喝一点海水。他也抓小鱼，小鱼身体里含有水分，他就喝这些水。他没法烹制鱼，因此 他就生吃。他从海里拔海生植物，这些植物给他提供更多食物。 ``` Bombard博士发烧了，很疲惫，病情严重。但 65 天的海上生活，他仍然活着。 ``` **Passage 48** It's half past four in the afternoon. Dinner is ready. There are many things 21 the table – plates, bowls and glasses. We can see some 22 , eggs and fish on the plates. There are some dumplings, noodles and rice. Oh, there is a big round cake in the middle of the table. There is 23 to drink, there are five glasses there. One of the glasses is full of milk, two of them are full of coffee and others 24 full of Coke. There are two bottles of apple juice. That's great. They are all our 25 food and drinks. I'd like to have them very much. Why are there so many nice things? It's Timmy’s grandmother’s birthday. 21 – 25 A. favorite B. something C. on D. meat E. are 答案： **CDBEA** 下午 4 点半了。晚餐准备好了。桌子上有很多东西—盘子、碗和玻璃杯。我们能看到盘子上有肉、鸡蛋和 鱼。还有一些饺子、面条和米饭。哦，桌子中间有一大块圆形蛋糕。还有 5 只玻璃杯和一些喝的东西。一只杯 子里装满了牛奶，两只玻璃杯里装满了咖啡，其他的装满了可乐。还有两瓶苹果汁。这些都是我们最喜欢的食 物和饮料。我很想享受它们。为什么有这么多好吃的东西呢？因为今天是蒂米奶奶的生日。 **Passage 49** It seems quite clearly unjust to pay two people different amounts of money for doing the same work. But it is not as easy as it appeals at first 21 to introduce equal pay for equal work. Two people may be working side by side in a factory and doing the same work, but one may be doing it twice as fast as the 22 ; or one may be making no mistakes, while the other is making a lot. In some kinds of work, one can solve the problem of speed if one pays by the amount of work to be done and not by the hour: work paid for in this 23 is called piece-work. But it is not always possible to do this, so it is sometimes useful to pay workers at different rates, which take differences in skill into 24 .This usually means that the younger and therefore less experienced worker gets less than the 25 and more experienced one, which seems reasonable enough. 21 – 25 A. other B. sight C. older D. way E. account 答案 **BADEC** 同工不同酬很明显是不公平的。但是乍一看就呼吁同工同酬并不容易。两个人肩并肩在同一个工厂工作， 并从事同样的工作。但一个人做的速度是另一人的二倍，或者一个人不出错，另一人总出错。在某些工作领域， 如果一个人完成一项工作的工资是按照工作量来算，而不是按照时间来计，工资也按工作量付，这被叫做计件 工作。但这并不适用于所有工种，因此有时按不同的计算方式付给工人工资，就是把所需技术的不同作为考虑。 通常是无经验的年轻人的工资比有经验的年长者的工资少，这看起来就合理的多了。 **Passage 50** It was getting dark. Some children and two Canadian women were still 21 on the ice near a big hotel. They were having a good time. Suddenly the ice broke. One of the boys fell into the water. The children shouted "Help, Help" They didn't know what to do. The two Canadian women heard 22 and skated over to get the boy out of the water. The ice was thin. The two Canadians fell into the water, too. But they tried their best to 23 the little boy. They knew they must be quick. If they didn't push him up onto the ice, he would soon die. Many people ran over to help. Some of them had ropes and poles. A young man jumped into the water to save the 24 people. The boy and the two Canadians women were out of water at last. One of the women didn't feel well. She was sent to the 25 at once. But she felt very happy because the boy was safe. 21 – 25 A. save B. hospital C. three D. skating E. then 答案 **: DEACB** 天渐渐黑了，一些小孩和两个加拿大妇女仍然在大旅馆前面的空地上滑冰，他们很开心。 突然，一块冰破了，一些孩子掉进水里了，一个孩子大声喊救命，他们不知道如何做，这两个加拿大朋友 听到了，划过去，把一个孩子从水里就出来了。冰面很薄，这两个加拿大朋友也掉进水里了，他们尽他们最大 的力量去救另一个更小的孩子。他们知道他们必须快，如果不把孩子推出水面，他们就会死了。 越来越多的人来帮忙，他们拿着绳子，一个年轻人跳进水里去救这三个人。这个孩子和另外两个加拿大妇 女得救了，其中一个妇女感觉不适，被送进医院，但她感觉很开心。因为那个孩子得救了。 **Passage 51** Jody was ten years old when he decided he needed a job. He thought it might be luck to keep worms (虫子). He could sell them to farmers. So in 21 , he bought many worms. But that winter the cold weather killed all the worms because he had not put them in a warm place. The next spring Jody 22 again. He bought more worms. When winter came, he took them inside so they would stay warm. Many people bought his worms. One day when Jody was twelve, he got a letter. It was from State of New York. The letter said, “Everyone who 23 things has to pay taxes (税)!” Jody made only one dollar selling worms. But he still had to pay part of that money to the state. He told many people in his town what had 24. A reporter reported Jody on TV. Many people saw it and they began to write letters to the state. The letters said that the law was 25. Finally the law was moved. Children like Jody can now sell things without paying taxes to the state. 21 – 25 A. sells B. tried C. unfair D. spring E. happened 答案： **DBAEC** 裘迪决定需要一份工作的时候，他十岁。他认为养虫子会是件很幸运的事儿。他可以把虫子卖给农场主们。 于是春天的时候他买了很多虫子。但是那个冬天由于他没有把虫子放到暖和的地方，寒冷的天气冻死了所有的 虫子。 第二年春天裘迪再次尝试。他买了更多的虫子。冬天到来的时候，他把虫子们都挪进室内，使它们保持温 暖。很多人都买了他的虫子。 当裘迪 12 岁的时候，一天他收到了一封信。这封信是纽约州寄来的。上面写着：“任何买东西的人都要交 税！”裘迪卖虫子才赚了 1 美元。但是他还是得把赚到的一部分钱交给纽约州。他把发生的事情告诉镇上的很 多人。一个记者在电视上报道了裘迪的事情。很多人看到了报道，开始给纽约州写信。这些信说这条法律不公 平。最终这条法律被取消了。像裘迪这样的孩子现在可以不用交税就可以卖东西了。 **Passage 52** John is a famous writer now．But he said he was not a good student when he was young. He is often late for 21 and didn’t like doing his homework．Sometimes he slept in class while the teacher was teaching．He didn’t understand much, but he always thought he understood everything. One day the teacher 22 the students a question，“When Jack was ten years old, 23 brother Bob was twenty. Jack is fifteen now and how old is his brother Bob?” John said, “That’s easy．Bob is twice as old as Jack，so he is now thirty.” Another time the 24 in a science class asked, “When it thunders (打雷), why do we always see the light before we 25 the sound?” “But, Miss,” said John quickly, “don’t you know our eyes are in front of our ears?” 21 – 25 A teacher B his C asked D class E hear 答案： **DCBAE** ``` 约翰现在是个著名的作家。但是他说他小时候不是个好学生。他经常上课迟到，不喜欢做家庭作业。有时 ``` 老师讲课时他睡觉。他懂得不多，可他总认为自己什么都懂。一天，老师问了学生一个问题：“杰克十岁，他 的哥哥二十岁。杰克现在十五岁了，他的哥哥现在多少岁？”约翰说：“这很容易。鲍勃的年龄是杰克的两倍， 现在鲍勃是三十岁。” 又一次，科学课老师问：“打雷的时候，为什么我们是看到闪电后听到声音呢？” “但是，老师，难道你不知道眼睛长在耳朵前面吗？” **Passage 53** John left the United States in 1969 to work in Africa. Africa was hot, and when John came back to the United States in 1979, he said __21__, "It's much colder here than it was before I left. I'm going to buy an electric heater（电暖气）. Also, everything is much more expensive." John went to a store the next day to buy an electric heater. The salesman showed him three __22__ four different kinds and then said, "And this is our best electric heater. It costs __23__ money, but it saves half of your electricity, and electricity is very expensive now, isn't it?" "Yes, it's very expensive," John answered, "and it's becoming worse every year." He looked at the electric heater carefully, __24__ for a few seconds and then said, "Well, I'll take two of these, please, and then I'll save __25__ my electricity." 21 – 25 A. or B. all of C. thinking D. a lot of E. to himself 答案： **EADCB** ``` 在 1969 年的时候离开了美国到非洲去工作。非洲非常的热，当约翰在 1979 年回到美国的时候，他对他自 ``` 己说：“这里比我离开的时候冷多了。我要去买一台电暖气。而且，什么东西都比以前贵多了。” 约翰第二天去了一家商店去买电暖气。售货员给他看了 3 到 4 种不同种类的暖气机，然后说：“这是我们 最好的暖气机。虽然它很贵，但是它可以节约一半的电，而且现在的电费非常的贵，对吧?” ``` “是的，非常贵。”约翰回答：“而且每年都变得越来越贵。”他仔细地看着那台电暖气，想了几秒钟以后 ``` 说：“恩，请给我拿两台这种的，那我就可以节约我所有的电费了。” **Passage 54** John lives alone because his wife died. He works hard all his life, __21__he is very poor. Now he is so old that he can't work. He has three sons, but they are married. They are very busy so they only have time to eat dinner with their __22__once a week. The old man grows older and older, and his sons come to see him less and less. "They don't need me at all now," he tells himself, "they are afraid I'll become a burden." Then he makes a plan. The next morning, he finds a large box, fills it__23__lots of broken pieces of glass, and then locks it with an old lock. In the afternoon, his sons come for dinner. They find the box. "What's in this box?" they ask. "Oh, nothing. " the old man says. "It must be full of gold," they think. So they want to guard the treasure. They decide__24__with the old man. They can look after him, too. This goes on for __25__. At last, the old father dies. The sons give him a very nice funeral (葬礼). After the funeral, they open the box. They find it full of broken glass. There is a note on the glass: honor your father and mother. 21 - 25 A with B to live C father D some time E but 答案 **ECABD** ``` 约翰因妻子过世一个人独居。他一生辛勤工作，但很穷。现在他年纪大了，无法工作。他有三个儿子，但 ``` 都结婚了。儿子们都很忙，只是每周抽时间和父亲共进一次晚餐。 约翰年纪越来越大，他的儿子们看他的次数越来越少。他自言自语道：他们现在不再需要我了，他们怕我 成为他们的负担。然后他想了一计。 第二天早上，他找到一个大盒子，把盒子里填满碎玻璃片，然后用一把旧锁锁上。下午，他的儿子们来吃 晚饭。他们发现了盒子。他们问：盒子里是什么？ 老父亲说：没什么。 儿子没想：里面装的一定是金子。 因此，他们想守护财富。他们决定和老人住一起。他们也可以照看老人。就这样住了一段时间。 最后，老人过世了。儿子们为他办了隆重的葬礼。葬礼过后，他们打开盒子。他们发现盒子里都是碎玻璃 片。玻璃片上写着：尊敬你们的父母。 **Passage 55** John went into the small shop and saw a young man talking to the clerk. “How many roses can I get for six dollars, ma’am?” the boy asked. The clerk was trying to 21 that roses were expensive. Maybe the young man would be happy with carnations. “No. I have to have roses,” he said. “My Mom was 22 so much last year and I didn’t get to spend much time with her. I want to get something special. It has to be red roses, because that’s her 23 .” Something inside of John was motivated by the boy’s voice. He looked at the clerk and silently mouthed that he would pay for the boy’s roses. John ordered his own flowers and 24. As he drove away from the shop, he was feeling very good. As he waited at the light, he saw the young boy walking down the sidewalk. He watched him cross the street and 25 a park through two huge gates. Suddenly, he realized it wasn’t a park. It was a cemetery (墓地). He could see the young man turn in there by the gate and walk along the fence. 21 – 25 A. favorite B. went out C. sick D. explain E. enter 答案： **DCABE** 约翰走进小店，看见一个少年正在跟店员说话。“女士， 6 美元能买多少支玫瑰花？”这个男孩问。店员努 力解释说玫瑰花很贵，或许这位少年应该买些康乃馨。 ``` “不行，我必须买玫瑰花。”他说。“我的母亲去年病得很重，而我没有花多少时间陪她。我想给她买些特 ``` 殊的东西。必须是玫瑰花，因为这是她最喜欢的。” 男孩的话触动了约翰的内心，他看着店员，无声地用嘴暗示店员他将为男孩的玫瑰花付钱。 约翰订好了自己的花，然后走了出来。当他从花店开车离开时，感觉好极了。当他在等绿灯的时候，看到 那个男孩正沿着人行道走。他看着他穿过马路、从两扇大门走进一个公园。突然，他意识到这并不是一个公园， 而是一片墓地。他看到那个男孩拐进大门，沿着栅栏走着。 **Passage 56** July comes with school examinations .but when these are finished, the school year ends. Boys and girls have nearly two month’s holiday. They leave school by bus or train to go back home to meet their fathers and mothers. The summer holidays are the best time of the year in England for 21 children. The weather is usually so good that they can spend most of their time playing in the garden, or playing in the forests and fields if he lives in the 22. If he lives in a big town, they can usually go to parks to play. In England, not only the rich people can take their children to the seaside. If a factory worker or a bus driver, a street cleaner or a farmer 23 to take his wife and children there, he can usually do this like them. Why do people like so much at the seaside? It’s the sea, the sand and the sun. Of course, there are a lot of new things to see, nice things to eat and exciting things to do. And there are also the feeling of sand under one’s feet, of sea water to one’s skin, and the warm sun on one’s back. Everybody can enjoy himself at the seaside. But when 24 comes, the summer holidays are over. Boys and girls 25 have a new school year. They will come back to their school again. 21 – 25 A countries B September C will D wants E most 答案： **EADBC** 七月来了，会进行期末考试。但是，当这些都结束了，该学年就结束了。学生们有近两月的假期。他们乘 公交和火车离开学校回家，去见父母亲。 在英国，对大多数孩子而言，暑假是最好的假期，天气晴朗，他们可以在公园里玩，在森林里玩，如果他 们住乡下，还可以在田野里玩，如果他们住在城里，他们会在公园里玩。在英国，不仅仅是富裕家庭会带孩子 去海边，工人，公交司机，清洁工或小卖部店主都会带他们的妻子和孩子去海边，他们会做他们喜欢的事。为 什么人们都喜欢海边呢，有海，有沙滩和阳光。当然，还有很多新鲜的事可以看见，很多好吃的可以吃，还有 很多开心的事可以做。也可以尝试把脚埋在沙子里的感觉，用海水洗澡，晒个太阳，每个人都很喜欢海边。但 是到九月，海边假期就结束了，孩子们就回到学校开始新的学期了。 **Passage 57** Kate and Sandy are American students. They are sisters. They live in town now. Kate is older than Sandy. She likes 21 in town very much. Kate thinks living in town is more interesting than living in the country. There are more parks, shops and cinemas 22 town than in the country. She especially likes the lights in town. She thinks the lights 23 are more beautiful than the stars. She likes reading and reads more quickly than Sandy. Often Kate reads until very late at night. Sandy likes the country 24. She thinks the country life is quiet. There is less noise and fewer cars. She likes to visit her Aunt Peggy. She often helps her aunt with her work. Sandy likes running. She runs faster than Kate. In the country Sandy can run longer than in town. She also thinks running in the country is the 25 exciting thing to do. 21 – 25 A. in B. at night C. better D. living E. most 答案： **DABCE** ``` 凯特和桑迪是美国学生，她们俩是姐妹，她们现在住在镇上。凯特比桑迪大，凯特很喜欢住在镇上，她认 ``` 为住在镇上比住乡下更有趣。镇上的公园，商店和电影院比乡下多。她认为夜灯比天上的星星更漂亮。她喜欢 阅读，读的比桑迪快很多。凯特经常读到很晚。桑迪比较喜欢乡下，她认为生活在乡下很安静，噪音少，汽车 也少。她喜欢去她姨妈佩吉家，她经常帮她姨妈做事。桑迪喜欢跑步，她比凯特跑的快。桑迪在乡下跑的比在 镇上长，她认为在乡下跑步是最兴奋的事。 **Passage 58** Kelly is a clerk. She works in a town. She is busy from morning to ___21___. She gets up at six o'clock in the morning and goes to do morning exercise at half past six. Then she has breakfast ___22___ the family at a quarter past seven. She goes to work at a quarter past eight. She ___23___ work at half past four and goes home. She arrives home at a quarter to five. At half past six she makes supper. After supper, she has a little rest. Sometimes she ___24___ TV for a little while. She studies for about an hour ___25___ she goes to bed. 21 – 25 A.watches B.finishes C.with D.before E.night 答案： **ECBAD** ``` 凯利是一名职员。她在镇上工作。她从早忙到晚。她早上六点起床，六点半去锻炼。然后七点一刻和家人 ``` 一起吃早餐。她八点一刻去上班。她四点半下班回家。她四点四十五到家。她六点半做晚饭。吃过晚饭，她休 息片刻。她有时看会儿电视。她睡前学习约一小时。 **Passage 59** 1. Last Saturday, Tony went to see Benny. But he didn't know 21 Benny lived. On the way, he stopped in front of a yellow house, and asked an old woman the 22 to Benny's house. “His house is not far from my house,” said the woman. “It's behind the trees. But you can't get there 23 .You can go there by bus. It'll take you hours to get there 24 foot.” “What's wrong with her?” Tony thought. “I can see Benny's house from here now. It's behind the trees.” Then Tony walked to the other side of the trees. He found the old woman was 25 .There was a river in front of him, and he couldn't see a boat. The house was on the other side of the river. 21 – 25 A. right B. where C. easily D. way E. on 答案： **BDCEA** 2. Last Saturday, Tony went to see Benny. But he didn't know 21 Benny lived. On the way, he stopped in front of a yellow house, and asked an old woman the 22 to Benny's house. “His house is not far from my house,” said the woman. “It's behind the trees. But you can't get there easily. You can go there by bus. It'll 23 you hours to get there 24 foot.” “What's wrong with her?” Tony thought. “I can see Benny's house from here now. It's behind the trees.” Then Tony walked to the other side of the trees. He found the old woman was right .There was a river in front of him, and he couldn't see a boat. The house was on the other side of the 25. 21 – 25 A. on B. where C. way D. river E. take 答案： **BCEAD** 上周六，托尼去看贝妮。但是他不知道贝妮住在哪里。在去的路上，他站在一所黄色的大房子前，问一个 老妇女去贝妮家的路。他家离我家不远。妇女说。就在树后面，但是你不能很轻松地就到那里。你可以做公车 去。走路去的话会花掉你两个小时。“她怎么了？”托尼想，我现在在这里就能看见她的房子，就在树的后面。 然后托尼走到树的另一面。他发现这个老妇女是对的。他的前面是一条河，他看不见一条船。贝妮的房屋就在 河的另一边。 **Passage 60** 1. Man can not go on increasing his number at the present rate. In the 21 30 years man will face a period of crisis. 22 experts believe that there will be a widespread food shortage. Other experts think this is too pessimistic, and that man can prevent things from getting worse than they are now. But remember that two thirds of the people in the world are under－nourished（有营养的）or starving now. One thing that man can do is to limit the 23 of babies born. The need 24 this is obvious, but it is not 25 to achieve. People have to be persuaded to limit their families. 21 – 25 A. for B. easy C. Some D. number E. next 答案： **ECDAB** 2. Man can not go on increasing his number at the present rate. In the next 30 years man will face a period of crisis. 21 experts believe that there will be a widespread food shortage. Other experts think this is too pessimistic, and that man can prevent things 22 getting worse than they are now. But remember that two thirds of the people in the world are under－nourished（有营养的）or starving now. One thing that man can do is to limit the number of babies born. The need for this is obvious, 23 it is not easy to achieve. People have to be persuaded to limit their families. In the countries of the population explosion, many people like big families. The parents think that this 24 a bigger income for the family and ensures there will be someone in the family who will look after them in old age. Several governments have 25 birth control policies in recent years. Among them are Japan，china, India and Egypt. In some cases the results have not been successful, Japan has been an exception. People were encouraged to limit their families in the 1950’s, which has effectively reduced the birth rate in Japan. 21 – 25 A. from getting B. some C. but D. adopted E. next 答案： **BACED** 人类不能继续按现在这样的增长速度增加人口了。否则接下来的 30 年人们将要面临一个危机期。有些专 家认为，人类将会面临严重的粮食短缺。另一些专家认为这种观点太悲观了，觉得人类可以在情况变得更糟糕 之前改变这种局面。但目前世界上有三分之二的人处于营养不良或是饥饿之中。 人们能做的一件事就是降低出生率。这种需要是显而易见的，但却很难做到。必须说服人们限制家庭规模。 **Passage 61** Many of the older people at Ellen Hospital were lonely. No one came to see them and they had no one to 21. Linda who worked at the hospital, had an idea. Most people 22 dogs. She would like to bring a dog to the hospital. Maybe some of the older people would 23 it as a pet. Linda brought the dog to the hospital. It was called “Dr Duffy”. 24 it was allowed to walk around the hospital .Linda was right. The older people liked the dog. They enjoyed petting it and talking to it. Over the years. Dr Duffy and 25 animals have made the older people much happier. 21 – 25 A. And B. animals C. like D. talk to E. take 答案： **DCEAB** ``` 许多住在爱伦医院的老人都感觉很孤独。没人去看望他们，也没人和他们聊天。在这家医院工作的琳达想 ``` 出一个好办法。 很多人都喜欢狗。她想把狗狗带到医院。也许有些老人们会把它当成宠物。 琳达把狗狗带去医院。给狗狗取名叫杜飞医生。并允许狗狗在医院里到处走。琳达的做法是对的。老人们 喜欢狗狗。他们喜欢拍拍杜飞并和它聊天。经过几年，杜飞医生和其他动物给老人们带来了更多快乐。 **Passage 62** Many people have to work at weekends．Some people do not mind．Other people think it is terrible．One man thinks that working on the weekends can be 21 ．He is George Smith．Mr. Smith works in an office, in Brighton, England． On Saturday, May 24, 1986, he went to the office to do some work．After he 22 the lift, it stopped between floors．Mr. Smith could not get out of the lift. He began to shout, but no one heard him. Then Mr. Smith remembered that it was holiday in England．No one was going to come to work until Tuesday! ``` There was 23 for Mr. Brown to do．He had to wait until one of his coworkers（同事）came to work and found ``` him．With nothing to eat or drink, Mr. Smith was very hungry and had to sleep most of the time． Early on Tuesday morning, one of his workmates came into work and found the lift 24 ．When the lift was opened, Mr. Smith came out cold, weak, and tired．He had been in the lift for 60 hours! Now Mr. Smith says, “I only use lift if they have 25 in them.” 21 – 25 A. nothing B. got into C. was not working D. telephones E. dangerous 答案： **EBACD** 许多人必须在周末工作。有的人不介意，有的人认为在周末工作是很可怕的事。 有个人认为周末工作很危险。他是乔治斯密史。史密斯先生在英格兰的布莱顿工作。 1986 年 5 月 24 日，是星期六，他去办公室工作。他进入电梯，电梯运行到楼层之间时，突然停了。史密 斯先生被困电梯里。他开始喊叫，但没人听到。史密斯先生想起大家都在度假，周二才来上班。 在同事发现他之前史密斯先生除了睡觉什么也做不了。没吃的，没喝的，饥饿难耐。 周二早上，他的一个同事来上班发现电梯停了。电梯打开，史密斯先生才出来，又累又饿，很虚弱。他被 困电梯里长达 60 小时。 现在，史密斯先生说我以后只用装了求救电话的电梯。 **Passage 63** Mary was an English girl, but she lived in Paris. She was seven years old. Last year her mother said to her, "You are six years old, Mary, and you are going to begin 21 to a school here. You are going to like it very much because it's a very nice school." "Is it a beautiful school?" Mary asked. "Yes, it is," her mother said. Mary went to school, and enjoyed her lessons. Her mother always 22 her to school in the morning and 23 her home in the afternoon. Last Monday her mother went to the school at 4 o'clock, and Mary ran out of her classroom. "We've got a new girl in our school today, Mummy," she said. "She's six years old, too, and she is very nice, but she isn't English. She is a German." "Does she 24 English?” Mary's mother asked." "No, but she 25 in English,” Mary said happily. 21 – 25 A brought B speak C laughs D to go E took 答案： **DEABC** 玛丽是个英国女孩，但她住在巴黎。她七岁了。去年，她妈妈对她说：玛丽，你已经六岁了，你要开始上 学了。你会非常喜欢学校的，因为那儿很漂亮。玛丽问：那是个很漂亮的学校吗？她妈妈答道：是的。玛丽去 学校了，很喜欢那里的课程。她妈妈每天早上送她去学校，下午接回家。上周一，她妈妈四点去学校，玛丽跑 出了教室。她说：妈妈，今天我们学校来了一个新的女孩，她已经六岁了，她很好。但她不是英国人，是德国 人。妈妈问：她是不是也说英语？玛丽开心的答道：不，她不会说，但她会用英语笑。 **Passage 64** Memory is very important in our life. A good memory is a great help for learning a language. Everybody learns 21 own language by keeping in mind what he hears when he is a small child. Some children like those who 22 abroad with their 23 , seem to learn two languages easily as they do one. In school, it's not easy for pupils 24 a second language because they have very 25 time for it. Memory is like a diary that we keep every day. 21 – 25 A. live B. little C. parents D. his E. to learn 答案： **DACEB** ``` 记忆在我们的生活中很重要。好的记忆力对于学习一门语言很有帮助。每个人小的时候学自己的语言都是 ``` 通过把别人的话记在脑海里。一些和父母住在国外的孩子学两门语言跟他们学一门语言似乎一样容易。在学 校，对学生来说学第二外语并不容易，因为他们学习时间很短。记忆就像我们每天记的日记一样。 **Passage 65** Mike was a small boy, and he hated soap(肥皂) and water. Three or four times every day his mother said to him, "Mike, your hands are very 21 again. Go and wash them." But Mike never really washed them well. He only put his hands in the water for a few seconds and then took them 22 again. Mike's uncle and aunt lived in another city. One day they came to stay with Mike's parents, and they brought their small son, Ted, with them, Ted was a year 23 than Mike, and he didn't like soap and water, either. The boy sat with their parents 24 a few minutes, then he went outside with Mike. When the two boys were alone, Mike looked at Ted' hands and said loudly, "My hands are dirtier than 25 !" "Of course they are, "Ted answered angrily, "You're a year older than l am!" 21 – 25 A. yours B. for C. out D. younger E. dirty 答案 **ECDBA** ``` 麦克是个小男孩，他很讨厌肥皂盒水，每天他妈妈都要和他说三到四次。“麦克，你的手很脏了，快去洗”。 ``` 但麦克从不认真洗手。他会把手放在水下冲冲，然后很快拿开。 麦克的舅舅和舅妈住在另一个城市，有天他们来到麦克家并带了他们的儿子—泰德。泰德比麦克小一岁， 也不喜欢肥皂和洗手。 孩子们和他们的父母坐了一会儿，然后就出去了。他俩单独在一起时，麦克看着泰德的手，自豪的说：“我 的手比你的脏”。 泰德说：“当然了，你比我大一岁”。 **Passage 66** More and more people have to install burglar alarms in their houses if they want to get insurance. Insurance companies 21 people in certain areas to install the alarms before they will give them insurance for the past year. This is due to increasing crime in some parts of the country. This can be a problem for people 22 are struggling to make ends meet（收支平衡）. The alarms, 23 can be very expensive, need to be installed by an electrician. It is 24 that 20% of homes have alarms installed, and that another 20% of people plan to have them installed but have not installed them yet. The insurance companies told people 25 the alarms on all doors and windows. 21 – 25 A. have been asking B. which C. who D. to install E. estimated 答案： **ACBED** ``` 越来越多的人为投保在家里安装了报警器。保险公司要求某一地区的人们安装报警器，这样会给他们过去 ``` 几年投保。这是由于乡下的某些区域犯罪率上升所致。对于经济不是很宽裕的人们来说安装报警器是个问题。 报警器很贵，需要电工来安装。估计20%的家庭安装了报警器，另外20%的人计划安装，但还没安装。保险公 司告诉人们在所有门窗上都要安装报警器。 **Passage 67** Mr. Brown and his wife had a small bar near a railway station. The bar didn't close until midnight because people came to drink while they were 21 for trains. So the business was good. At two o'clock one morning, a man was 22 sitting at the table in the bar. He was sleeping. Mr. Brown's young wife wanted to go to 23. She looked around the bar several times, but the man kept sleeping. Then at 24 she went to her husband and said to him, "You have tried to wake that man several times, and he isn't drinking anything. Why haven't you sent him away? Oh, no, I don't want to send him away," he answered 25 a smile. "You know, each time I woke him up, he gave me five pounds. Then he went to sleep again." 21 —25 A last B waiting C with D still E bed 答案 **BDEAC** ``` 布朗先生和他的妻子在火车站附近开了一家小酒馆。这个小酒馆开到午夜，因为在等火车的时候进入小酒 ``` 馆喝酒。因此，生意不错。 一天凌晨两点了，一个人坐在酒吧桌子边睡着了。布朗先生年轻的妻子想去睡觉。她环视酒吧几次，但是 那个年因个人一直睡着。最后，他走向她的丈夫说：“你已经叫了那个人几次了，他什么都不喝。你为什么不 把他赶走？” “哦，不行，我不想把他赶走”布朗先生面带微笑说道。“你知道，每次我去叫他，他就给我五英镑，然后 就继续睡了”。 **Passage 68** Mr. Clarke works in a middle school. He likes reading and often borrows some books from the library. He keeps 21 to the radio every morning and reading newspapers after supper. So he knows much and teaches well. His students worship（崇拜）him very much. Mike, Mr. Clarke's little son, is only nine. He 22 likes reading books. And he often asks his father some questions. Mr. Clarke always thinks he's too 23 to understand him and chooses the easiest ones to answer. Of course the boy is not pleased with that. One day Mike read 24 about the lights and was interested in it. When his father told him to do some housework, he went on thinking of it. He asked him 25 questions, and his father answered all. Then his father said proudly, "Fathers always know more than sons!" The boy thought for a while and said, "I don't think so!" 21 – 25 A a few B listening C also D young E something 答案： **BCDEA** ``` 克莱克先生在一所中学工作，他喜欢阅读，经常从图书馆借阅很多书。他每天早晨都听录音机，晚饭后看 ``` 报纸。因而他知识面广，教的也好。学生很崇拜他。麦克是克莱克先生的小儿子，他只有 9 岁，也喜欢读书， 经常问爸爸很多问题。克莱克先生认为儿子太小了，所以每次都简单的回答。小儿子对爸爸的回答不是很满意。 一天，麦克在读关于光的书，并很感兴趣。他爸爸让他去做家务，他依然想着光的事。他问他爸爸有关光的问 题，他爸爸回答了他。他爸爸自豪的说，爸爸总是比儿子知道的多。这个小男孩想了会儿说，我觉得不是。 **Passage 69** Mr. Cross wanted to go to his hometown by air. He liked to sit beside a window when he was flying. So he 21 a window seat when he got in the plane. He found that all of them were taken 22 one. There was a soldier sitting in the seat beside this one, and Mr. Cross was happy that the soldier had not taken the one by the window. When he 23 it, Mr. Cross saw that there was a piece of paper with some words on the seat. It said, "This seat is broken. You can't take it, Thank you." "A broken seat in a plane? Is that possible?" Mr. Cross said 24 , but he walked on and found another empty seat, not beside a window, to sit in. When the plane was quite 25 , a very beautiful girl got into the plane. As soon as he saw her, the soldier quickly took the paper off the seat beside his and let the girl sit in during the whole trip. 21 – 25 A. looked for B. full C. reached D. except E. to himself 答案： **ADCEB** ``` 克劳斯先生想坐飞机回家乡。他坐飞机的时候喜欢坐在靠窗的座位上。因此当他上了飞机后就寻找靠窗的 ``` 座位。他发现除了一个座位之外，其他靠窗的座位都有人了。这个座位的旁边坐着一个士兵。克劳斯先生很高 兴这位士兵并没有坐在这个靠窗的座位上。当他走到座位旁，克劳斯先生发现这个座位上有一张带字的纸。上 面写着：“此座已坏，请勿使用，谢谢。” “飞机上有坏的座椅？可能吗？”克拉斯先生自言自语着，但是他继续走着，找到了另一个不是靠窗的空座 坐了下去。 当飞机已经很满的时候，一个非常漂亮的女孩上了飞机。这个士兵一看到她，就马上把他旁边座位上的纸 拿下来，让这个女孩在他身边度过了整个旅程。 **Passage 70** Mr. Johnson was asking Tom a lot of questions, but Tom couldn't answer any of them. Mr. Johnson then decided to ask him some very simple questions 21 he could get a few right. "What was the Great Pyramid?" he asked. Tom thought for 22 and then answered, "A city in Australia?" "No, it was an old tomb in Egypt," Mr. Johnson said. He was getting a little angry now, but he was trying not to 23 it. Then he asked, "Who was the first president of the United States?" Tom thought for a long time, but didn't say anything. Then Mr. Johnson got very 24 and shouted, "George Washington!" Tom stood up and began to walk towards his seat. "Come 25 !" Mr. Johnson said. "I didn't tell you to go." "Oh, I'm sorry," Tom said. "I thought you called the next student." 21 – 25 A. so that B. show C. some time D. back E. angry 答案： **ACBED** ``` 约翰先生正在问汤姆很多问题，但汤姆一个也答不上来。然后约翰先生决定问他一些简单的问题，这样他 ``` 能答对几个。他问：什么是金字塔？汤姆想了会而答道：是澳大利亚的一个城市？约翰先生答道：不是，是埃 及的一座古墓。约翰先生有些生气了，但他尽力不表现出来。然后他又问：美国的第一位总统是谁？汤姆又想 了一会儿，但什么也答不上来。约翰先生很生气，喊道：乔治华盛顿！”汤姆站起来，准备回到自己的座位上。 约翰先生说：回来！我没让你走。汤姆说：对不起，我以为你叫了下一个同学。 **Passage 71** Mr. Know-all was cutting a branch off a tree in his garden. While he was sawing, a man passed in the street. Seeing Mr. Know-all, he stopped and said, " 21 , but if you keep on sawing that branch like that, you will fall down with it." He said this to Mr. Know-all sitting on the branch and cutting it at a place 22 himself and the trunk of the tree. Mr. Know-all said 23. He thought, “This is some foolish man who has no work to do and goes about 24 other people what to do and what not to do." The man went on his way. Of course, after a few 25 the branch fell and Mr. Know-all fell with it. "My god!" he cried. "That man knows the future!" and he ran after him and asked how long he was going to live. But the man had gone. 21 – 25 A nothing B telling C between D minutes E Excuse me 答案： **ECABD** 万事通先生正在他的花园里砍树，他正张望时，有个人从街上走过来，这个人也看见了万事通先生，他停 下来对万事通说：打扰了，如果你继续那样锯树，你会摔下来的。万事通坐在树枝上，切割点在他和树之前。 万事通先生说没关系。他想这个挺愚钝的，自己没事干，还要告诉别人什么能做，什么不能做。那个男的走了。 当然，过了一会儿，树枝断了，万事通先生摔到地上。天啊，那个人未卜先知，万事通先生想追上那个人，准 备问他自己还能活多久，可那个人已走远了。 **Passage 72** Mr. Simpson liked to be exact（确切的）. One day when he was walking in the street, a man came over and asked him: “Excuse me, 21 where’s the nearest bookshop?” “The nearest bookshop? You must 22 a bridge and then turn to the right.” “And is the bridge long?” “ 23 short. Thirty meters.” The man thanked him and went towards the bridge. Suddenly he heard someone running after him. “Stop!” Mr Simpson was shouting. “I’m sorry. I just 24 that the bridge is forty meters long. If you go thirty meters and then turn to the right, 25 I told you to do, you’ll fall into the river.” ``` 21 - 25 A.Very B. but C. remembered D. as E. cross ``` 答案： **BEACD** ``` 辛普森先生做事喜欢很精确。有一天，他正在大街上走着，一个人走上前问他：劳驾，请问最近的书店在 ``` 哪？ “最近的书店？”“你必须过一座桥然后右转。”“那桥长吗？”“很短，三十米。” 那人谢过他向桥走去。突 然听到有人追他。“等一下！”辛普森先生喊道。“对不起，我刚想起那座桥是四十米。如果你听了我的话只走 三十米就右转，你会掉河里的。” **Passage 73** Mumu is a Chinese boy. But now he 21 in the UK. He lives and 22 with Mr. and Mrs. Green in London. They are very nice to him. But they like different food. For breakfast, Mr. and Mrs. Green would like milk, eggs and some vegetables, sometimes they have fruits. Mumu would like milk and eggs, but he wouldn't like vegetables at the breakfast time. Lunch is at one 23. Mr. and Mrs. Green usually have large hamburgers. Mumu doesn't like them. He thinks they're 24. He would like some rice. After that, he'd like some fruits. 25 Mr. and Mrs. Green usually have afternoon tea. For dinner, Mr. and Mrs. Green have soup, beef, vegetables and fruit. Mumu wouldn't like any beef, he'd like some noodles. 21 – 25 A eats B is C But D o'clock E bad 答案： **BADEC** ### 木木是个中国男孩。但现在他在英国。他在伦敦和格林夫妇在一起生活。格林夫妇对他很好。但他们的饮 ### 食习惯不同。格林夫妇早饭喜欢喝牛奶、吃鸡蛋及一些蔬菜，有时他们也吃点水果。木木喜欢喝牛奶吃鸡蛋， ### 但他早餐不喜欢吃蔬菜。午饭时间是一点。格林夫妇通常都吃个大汉堡。木木不喜欢吃汉堡。他认为汉堡不好。 ### 他喜欢吃米饭，吃完米饭吃些水果。但格林夫妇通常是喝下午茶。格林夫妇晚饭喝汤，吃牛肉，蔬菜及水果。 ### 木木不喜欢吃牛肉，他喜欢吃面条。 **Passage 74** Nora was sixteen years old. She had a little brother. Her brother's name was Jim. Jim was sometimes naughty（顽皮 的）, but he made Nora laugh a lot , and she loved him and was always very nice __21__ him. One afternoon she was walking from her house to the store when she saw a small boy running along the street towards her. He was going very fast. When he came __22__ her, she was surprised to see it was Jim. "Hi, Jim," Nora shouted to him. "__23__ are you running like that?" Jim didn't stop, but he waved to his sister and shouted, "I'm trying to stop two boys __24__ fighting." Nora was surprised again. She laughed and said, "That's an important job for a little boy, isn't it? You don't do things __25__ that very often. Who are the two boys?" "They're Tom and me," answered Jim as he continued running down the street very quickly. 诺拉 16 岁。她有个小弟弟。她弟弟的名字是吉姆。吉姆有时候很顽皮，但是他总逗诺拉笑，她很爱她， 总是对他很好。 一天下午她从家里出来向一家商店走去，然后看到一个小男孩沿着街道跑向她。他跑得很快。当他跑近她， 她惊讶地发现男孩是吉姆。 “嗨，吉姆！”诺拉冲他喊道：“你为什么这么跑？” 吉姆没有停下来，但是他冲着他的姐姐挥了挥手喊道：“我在试着阻止两个男孩打起来。” 诺拉又惊讶了。她笑了，说：“这对一个小男孩来说是件重要的工作，不是吗？你不常做那样的事情。这 两个男孩是谁？” “是我和汤姆。”吉姆回答，继续飞快地沿着街道跑了。 21 – 25 A. Why B. to C. from D. like E. near 答案： **BEACD Passage 75** On May 27, 1995, our life was suddenly changed. It happened a few minutes past three, __21__ my husband, Chris, fell from his horse as it jumped over a fence. Chris was paralyzed (瘫痪) from the chest down, unable to breathe normally. As he was thrown from his horse, we entered into a life of disability with lots of unexpected challenges. We went from the "haves" to the "have-nots". Or so we thought. Yet what we discovered later were all the gifts that came out of __22__ difficulties. We came to learn that something wonderful could happen in a disaster. All over the world people cared for Chris so much that letters and postcards poured in every day. By the end of the third week in a __23__ center in Virginia, about 35,000 pieces of mail had been received and sorted. As a family, we opened letter after letter. They gave us comfort and became a source of strength for us. We used them to encourage ourselves. I would go to the pile of letters marked with "Funny" if we needed a __24__, or to the "Disabled" box to find advice from people in wheelchairs or even in bed living happily and successfully. These letters, we realized, had to be shared. And so __25__ we offer one of them to you. 21 – 25 A. medical B. laugh C. when D. here E. sharing ``` 1995 年 5 月 27 ，我 们 的 生 活 突 发 变 故 。这 事 发 生 在 三 点 多 点 ，我 丈 夫 克 瑞 斯 ，骑 马 跳 过 栅 栏 时 从 马 上 摔 下 来 。 ``` 克瑞斯从胸部以下瘫痪，无法正常呼吸。他从马上摔下来后，我们得照顾生活无法自理的他，生活中也遇到很 多无法预料的挑战。我们从“有”变成“没有”。至少我们这么认为。 ``` 然而后来我们发现所有的礼物从来自分担苦难。我们学到在生活陷入灾难时也会有欣喜发生。来自世界各 ``` 地的人们关心着克瑞斯的病情，每天都能收到很多信件和贺卡。到第三周末，在弗吉尼亚的治疗中心，收到并 分类的信件约有 35000 份。我们全家看了一封又一封信。人们对我们的安慰变成支撑我们的力量源泉。我们用 这些信鼓励自己。如果我们想笑，我就会去标有“搞笑”的盒子里找封信读，或者到标有“残疾”的盒子里寻 求建议，写来这些信的都是坐在轮椅上，甚至躺床上无法行动的人，他们却过得很开心，事业有成。 ``` 我们意识到，这些信必须要与他人分享。因此，我在此和你们分享其中一封。 ``` 答案： **CEABD Passage 76** Once there were three old men. They were rather forgetful. They always forgot what they were doing. One of 21 said, "I always wonder if I should put something in or 22 something out of the fridge as soon as I open its door." The second old man said, "I always wonder if I have just come upstairs or 23 when I am standing at the landing.” "I am even 24 forgetful than both of you." the third old man knocked at the table and said. Then, he turned to the other two men and asked, "Who 25 knocked at the table?" 21 – 25 A. gone B. more C. them D. just E. take 答案： **CEABD** ``` 曾经有三个上了年纪的老人，他们很健忘。他们总是忘记要做什么。他们中的一个说：“当我打开冰箱门 ``` 时，我总是忘了我是应该从冰箱里取东西还是要往里放东西。”第二个老人说：“当我下楼时我总是不知是要上 ### 楼还是刚下楼。” ### 最后一个老人敲着桌子说：“我比你们都健忘”，然后他转向那两个老头问：“刚才谁在敲桌子？” **Passage 77** One day a customs officer managed to get some fresh mushrooms(磨菇). He was so 21 what he had bought that he offered to share the mushrooms with his brother officers. When their breakfast arrived 22 , each officer found some mushrooms on his plate. "Let the dog try a piece first." suggested one 23 officer who was afraid that the mushrooms might be poisonous. The dog seemed to 24 his mushroom, and the officers then dared to eat their breakfast, saying that the mushrooms had a very strange but quite pleasant taste. An hour later, however, they were all astonished 25 the gardener came in and said seriously that the dog was dead. Immediately, the officers jumped into their cars and rushed to the nearest hospital. Pumps(清胃器) were used and the officers had a very hard time getting rid of the mushrooms that remained in their stomachs. 21 – 25 A. careful B. the next day C. when D. pleased with E. enjoy 答案： **DBAEC** 一天一个海关官员搞到了一些新鲜的蘑菇。他为买到的蘑菇而感到很高兴，把它们分享给他的同事们。第 二天当他们的早餐送到的时候，每位官员都发现自己的盘子里有一些蘑菇。 “让这只狗先吃一块试试吧。”一位细心的官员建议说，他担心蘑菇可能有毒。 这只狗看上去很喜欢他的蘑菇，于是这些官员便敢于吃他们的早餐，并说这蘑菇虽然味道有点怪，但很美 味。 ``` 然而，一小时后，他们震惊地听到花匠进来严肃地说那只狗死了。这些官员马上跳进车里，冲到最近的医 ``` 院。他们用清胃器非常痛苦地去除留在胃里的蘑菇。 **Passage 78** One day, some workers were mending the road. They had dug a big hole in the road. As they could not finish their work, they had put up notice boards on both sides of the hole before they 21. On the boards, they wrote the word DANGER in order to warn people not to drop into the hole. Some time 22 , a blind man was walking along the road. He was just walking in the direction of the hole. As he could not see the notice, he was walking nearer and nearer to the hole. He was very close to it now. Just at that moment, a boy saw the man and 23 up to him. “Stop!" the boy shouted, "Don't go any farther, or you'll fall 24 the hole." After he heard this, the blind man stopped 25. Then the boy took the man by the arm and led him safely around the hole. "Thanks a lot," said the man, "You're really a nice boy." 21 – 25 A. later B. ran C. at once D. left E. into 答案： **DABEC** ``` 一天，有些工人在修路。他们在路上挖了个挺大的洞。他们修不完路，离开之前在洞的两边放了警示牌。 ``` 为了让行人避免掉入洞，警示牌上写了“危险”两字。 过了会儿，有个盲人沿路走过来。他一直往洞口方向走。他看不到警示牌，离洞口越走越近。此刻他已走 近洞口。就在那时，有个男孩看到这个盲人，跑到他身边喊道：“快停下，别再走了，要不你会掉进洞里的”。 盲人听到后立即停下脚步。然后这个男孩搀着盲人带他安全绕过洞口。盲人说：“太感谢了，你真是个好孩子。” **Passage 79** One day there was an argument between the wind and the sun. "I'm much 21 than you," said the wind. "No, I don't agree with you!" said the sun. While they were arguing, they saw a man 22 along the road. He is wearing a heavy coat. The sun said to the wind," Now, let us see who can make the man take 23 his coat. Then we will know who is stronger." First the wind tried. It began to blow very hard. It blew 24 hard that the man pulled his coat around him. The wind was angry with the man. Then it said to the sun," Now, it's your turn." The sun started to shine on the man. Soon it got very 25! The man took off his coat. The argument was over. We know the sun was stronger now. 21 – 25 A. stronger B. hot C. walking D. so E. off 答案： **ACEDB** ``` 一天,风和太阳之间爆发了一场争论。风说：“我比你强壮多了!”“不，我不同意你的观点。”太阳说。在它 ``` 们争论的时候，看见了一个穿着厚厚的外套的人在路上行走。太阳对风说：“现在，让我们看看谁能让那个人 脱掉外套，那样我们就知道谁更强了。” ``` 首先风尝试了一下。它很使劲地吹。风很大，使得那个人用大衣紧紧地包住自己。风对那个人很生气，对 ``` 太阳说：“现在该你了。”太阳开始照耀着那个人。很快，空气变得热了。那个人脱掉了大衣。这场争论结束了。 于是我们现在知道太阳更强了。 **Passage 80** One of the latest imports is acupuncture(针刺疗法), the use of needles for 21 disease. Although acupuncture has been practiced in China for 2000 years, its 22 in the Western world is still very 23. Several hospitals in the United States are now experimenting with acupuncture as a way of treating pains. An American journalist described the process 24 its effects. To keep the patient 25 feeling pain during the operation, four needles were used, each about an inch and a half long. The tops of the needles were attached to wires which led to a small electrical device. 21 – 25 A. and B. treating C. from D. new E. use ### 答案： BEDAC ### 最新的一项引进技术是针灸，用针治疗疾病。虽然针灸疗法在中国已有 2000 年的历史，它的使用对于西 ### 方世界依然非常新。美国的几个医院正在试验用针灸作为治疗疼痛的方法。 ### 一个美国记者描述了针灸疗法的过程及效果。从病人感觉不到疼痛的治疗过程用了四根针，每根针大约一 ### 英寸半长。针的顶部和连接电子设备的线相连接。 **Passage 81** Our school has a big library. It has many books on different subjects. Students can read books and newspapers in the 21 room. They borrow from the library. But they must 22 them on time. If they lose books, they must pay for them. Miss Susan works in the library. She is very helpful and 23 to the students. One morning she was working on the desk, when Amy hurried in. She told Miss Yang that she couldn’t find the library book “Harry Potter " 24. At that moment, Lucy came into the library with Amy's book. She found it in the classroom. Amy was very 25. She thanked Lucy and said that she would be more careful from then on. 21 – 25 A reading B return C happy D anywhere E kind 答案： **ABEDC** 我们的学校有个大图书馆。有很多各学科方面的书。学生可以在阅览室读书看报。他们也从图书馆借书看。 但他们必须按时归还。如果他们把书丢失，他们必须赔偿。苏珊小姐在图书馆工作。她乐于助人，对学生很好。 一天上午她正在桌前工作，玛丽匆匆忙忙的进来了。她说她怎么也找不着从图书馆借的那本《哈利波特》。就 在那时，露西进来了，拿着露西借的那本书。露西在教室发现这本书。玛丽很开心。她谢了露西说她从今以后 会更加仔细。 **Passage 82** Over 200 years ago there were no aeroplanes, but people wanted to fly and they made the first flying machine. It was a hot-air balloon! It had a basket to 21 one passenger. About 100 years later, people made the first airship. It looked like a sausage (香肠). It carried 22 passengers than hot-air balloons. The world’s longest airship was 245 meters long and it carried 36 passengers. It had cabins (舱) for passengers to sleep in and have a good rest. Wilbur and Orville Wright were two brothers from the United States. They flew the 23 plane in 1903. It was made of wood. It only flew 36 meters and it did not 24 very fast. Today, aeroplanes are made of metal. They can fly thousands of kilometers, and they fly very fast. Pilots fly planes. They sit in the front of the plane. They can make the plane fly higher or lower. They can also make it fly faster or more slowly. It is a difficult job. Pilots have to go to flying school 25 they can fly a plane. 21 – 25 A. first B. before C. more D. carry E fly 答案： **DCAEB** ``` 在 200 年前，没有飞机，但是人们渴望飞翔，于是人们制造了第一个飞行器。这就是一个热气球！它有一 ``` 个篮子，可以装一名乘客。 100 年后，人们制造了第一个飞艇。它的样子像个香肠。它比热气球能承载更多的乘客。世界上最长的飞 艇长达 245 米，能装载 36 名乘客。它备有舱供乘客睡觉和休息。 威尔伯和奥威尔·莱特是来自美国的两兄弟。他们于 1903 年第一次驾驶飞机。这架飞机是木头制成的。它 只飞行了 36 米，而且飞得不快。 ``` 如今，飞机是由金属制成的，可以飞行上千公里，速度很快。 飞行员驾驶飞机。他们坐在飞机前部。他们可以操作飞机飞得更高或更低。他们也可以让飞机飞得更快或 ``` 更慢。这是一个困难的工作。飞行员在驾驶飞机前必须去飞行学校学习。 **Passage 83** Paris is the capital city of the European nation of France. It is also one of the most beautiful and most famous cities in the world. Paris is called the City of Light. It is also an international fashion centre. What women are wearing in Paris will be worn by women 21 the world. Paris is also a famous world centre of education. For example, it is where the headquarters of UNESCO, the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. The Seine River 22 the city into two parts. Thirty-two bridges cross this beautiful river. The oldest and perhaps the most well-known is the Point Neuf, 23 was built in the sixteenth century. The Sorbonne, a famous university, stands on the left bank (south side) of the river. The beautiful white church Sacre Coeur lies on the top of the hill called Montmartre on the right bank (north side) of the Seine. There are many other famous places in Paris, 24 as the famous museum, the Louvre, as well as the Notre Dame. However, the most famous building in this city is Eiffel Tower. Paris as well as the Cathedral of Notre Dame is named after a group of people called the Parisaii. They 25 a small village on an island in the middle of the Seine River about two thousand years ago. This island, called the He de la Cite, is where Notre Dame lies. Today around eight million people live in the Paris area. 21 – 25 A. all over B. which C. divides D. built E. such as 答案： **ACBED** ``` 巴黎是欧洲国家法国的首都。它也是世界上最漂亮最著名的城市之一。巴黎也被称为光之城。它也是世界 ``` 时尚中心。巴黎女性的穿着会风靡全球。巴黎也是世界著名的教育中心。例如，它是联合国教科文组织的总部。 塞纳河把巴黎分为两半。这条美丽的河上建有 32 座桥。最古老最著名的就是 16 世纪建的新桥。著名的巴 黎大学就坐落在塞纳河南岸。美丽的白色教堂圣新堂建在位于塞纳河北岸的蒙马特山上。巴黎还有很多著名的 ### 景点，像卢浮宫及巴黎圣母院。 ### 然而，巴黎最著名的建筑应该是埃菲尔铁塔。巴黎以及巴黎圣母院是以一群被称为巴黎西人命名的。大约 ### 两千年前，高卢族巴黎西人在塞纳河中部小岛上建了座小村庄。这个岛被称为西岱岛，也是巴黎圣母院所在地。 ### 现如今大约有八百万人住在巴黎。 **Passage 84** People in different parts of the world have very different ideas about what is good to eat. The people near the North Pole 21 the raw meat of seals. People living in the desert prefer the roasted(烘烤的) meat of sheep or goats. Americans cook the meat of many different animals, but perhaps their favorite 22 is steak. Americans also eat a lot of chicken, as well as fish and other foods from the sea. Some people in India do not eat meat or fish at all. Even when people in different parts of the world eat the same food, they often prepare it very differently. If you were in Germany, you would find soup that is thick and heavy. If you were in China, you would find soup that is thin and clear. Many 23 like butter that is fresh and firm; however, some people – in India, for example – like butter that it is melted into an oil. People in different parts of the world also have different ideas about what is good to drink. The most popular hot drinks are coffee and tea. Coffee is very popular 24 northern Europe and in the Middle East. Some people put cream and sugar in their coffee. But in the United States, many people make their coffee "black" - that is, 25 cream or sugar. Tea is the national drink in China, Japan, and other East Asian countries. In these countries, people drink tea without sugar. But in England, where it is also a national drink, many people use sugar and hot or cold milk in their tea. 21 – 25 A food B in C without D enjoy E people 答案： **DAEBC** ``` 不同地方的人对食物是否好吃的看法是不同的。北极附近的人喜欢吃海豹肉。住在沙漠里的人喜欢吃烤羊 ``` 肉。美国人做很多种肉，但他们最喜欢吃的也许是牛排。美国人也吃很多鸡肉，以及鱼和其他海鲜。印度人不 吃肉和鱼。即使不同地方的人喜欢吃同样的食物，他们的烹饪方法也不尽相同。如果你在德国，你会发现他们 做的汤稠而浓。如果在中国，你会发现汤稀而淡。有的人喜欢新鲜而硬的黄油。然后，有的人，像印度人喜欢 把固体黄油融化成液态的。世界各地的人对于什么汤好喝也有不同的看法。最受追捧的热饮是咖啡和茶。咖啡 在北欧和中东很流行。有的人在咖啡里加奶和糖。但在美国，很多人喜欢喝黑咖啡--就是咖啡里不放奶和糖。 茶在中国、日本及其他东亚国家很普遍，并且在这些国家人们喝茶不加糖。但在英国，人们也喜欢喝茶，很多 人给茶里加糖及冰的或热的牛奶。 **Passage 85** Plan your time carefully. Make a list of your weekly tasks. Then make a schedule or chart of your time. Fill in committed time 21 as eating, sleeping, meetings, classes, etc. Then decide on good, regular times for studying. Be 22 to set aside enough time to complete your normal reading and work assignments. Of course, studying shouldn’t 23 all of the free time on the schedule. It’s important to set aside time for relaxation, hobbies, and entertainment as 24. This weekly schedule may not solve all of your problems, but it will make you more aware of how you spend your time. 25 , it will enable you to plan your activities so that you have adequate time for both work and play. 21 — 25 A occupy B such C well D Furthermore E sure 答案： **BEACD** 认真安排你的时间。把一周的任务列个清单。然后把你的时间做个安排，包括一些固定时间，如吃饭、睡 觉、会议、上课等。然后安排一个固定时间用于学习，确定留出足够的时间完成你平时的阅读和工作安排。当 然，日程安排中学习时间不能占用所有的休闲时间。安排时间进行放松，从事业余爱好和娱乐也是很重要的。 这个周计划可能无法解决你的所有问题，但它可以使你更加意识到你如何利用时间。此外，做计划能让你安排 好活动时间，这样你就能合理安排工作和娱乐时间。 **Passage 86** Polly went to school when she was six years old. She liked her first day very much. Her teacher, Miss Yates, was very nice, and the other children in her class were __21__, too. But at the end of the second day, when the other children left the classroom, Polly stayed behind and waited. Miss Yates had some work to do and did not __22__ Polly at first, but then she looked up and saw her. “Why didn't you go with the others, Polly?” She asked kindly. “Did you want to ask me __23__?” “Yes, Miss Yates," Polly said. “What is it?" Miss Yates asked. “What did I do in school today?" Polly said. Miss Yates laughed. "What did you do in school today?" she said. “_24__ did you ask me that, Polly?” “Because I'm going home now," Polly answered, "and my mother is going to __25__ me.” 波莉上学的时候 6 岁。她的第一天过得很愉快。她的老师叶芝小姐人很好，班上的其他孩子也很好。但是 第二天快结束的时候，当其他孩子离开教室的时候，波莉留了下来等待着。 ``` 叶芝小姐有些工作要做，一开始没有看到波莉，但是然后她抬起头，看到了她。“你为什么不跟其他人一 ``` 起走呢，波莉？”她和蔼地问道：“你是想问我一个问题吗？” “是的，叶芝小姐。” 波莉说。 “什么问题？”叶芝小姐问。 “我今天在学校的表现怎么样？” 波莉说。 叶芝小姐笑了。“你今天在学校表现怎么样？”她说：“你为什么问我这个问题呢，波莉？” ### “因为我现在要回家了，”波莉回答：“ 我 妈 妈 会 问 我 的 。” 21 – 25 A. a question B. Why C. nice D. ask E. see 答案： **CEABD** **Passage 87** Sam had a dog. Its name was Tod. It was very helpful, but it ate too much. So he didn't like it. He wanted to kill Tod. He ___21___ Tod and put it in a small boat. He rowed the boat to the ___22___ of a big river. Just as he threw the poor animal into the river, the boat began to go down. ___23___ the man and Tod fell into the river. Tod was able to swim, but Sam couldn't. The dog bit the rope and broke it. It tried its best to swim to ___24___ Sam. The man was saved, so he was very thankful to the dog, he didn't want to kill the dog any more. From then on, he gave the dog as ___25___ as it wanted. 山姆有一条小狗。它的名字叫陶德。它很有用处，但是它食量很大。但是山姆不喜欢这一点。他想把陶德 杀掉。他把陶德绑起来，把它放到一条小船里。他把船划到一条大河中心。当他把这只可怜的动物扔进河里时， 船开始沉了。这个人和陶德都掉进河里了。 陶德会游泳，但是山姆不会。这条狗咬断了绳子。它尽力游过去救山姆。这个人得救了，所以他很感激这 条狗，再也不想杀掉它了。从那以后，他完全满足这条小狗的需求。 21 – 25 A. middle B. save C. much D. tied E. Both 答案： **DAEBC** **Passage 88** Sato Miyoko is a Japanese schoolgirl. She didn't have a camera. For she lives out in the country, there is no place to find a very good camera. She decided 21 a digital camera online because it could be sent to her. She had searched the Internet for two hours then she found an ad for the Sony digital camera. She liked the size and shape. After she had found more information, she asked her father if she could buy it. Mr. Sato looked at the ad. Then he found ads for other cameras 22. After he had checked out all the information about different kinds of cameras, he believed his daughter had 23 a good decision. This camera seemed to offer the most at the best price. He helped her order the camera online. Miyoko clicked on the screen, and a form appeared for her to fill in her personal information. Her dad helped her fill the form and typed in his credit card number. Miyoko filled in their telephone number, address and e-mail address. Then a screen came up that read, "Congratulations! You have 24 bought a Sony camera." A week later Miyoko received the camera she had bought. Miyoko came to Beijing with her friends last month. She enjoyed her visit to Beijing so much that she took a lot of photos 25 the new camera. They will help her remember this special trip forever. 21 – 25 A with B made C successfully D as well E to buy 答案： **EDBCA** Sato Miyoko 是一个日本女生。她没有相机，因为她住在乡下很远的地方，没地方买一款很好的相机。她 决定网购一台数码相机，这样商家会把相机寄给她。 她在网上搜了两小时，她发现一则索尼数码相机的广告。她喜欢这款相机的大小和形状。她找了很多关于 这款相机的资料后，问她的爸爸是否可以买。她爸爸看了这款的广告后，又找了其他相机的广告。他核对了好 几款不同相机的所有资料后，他认为自己的女儿做的决定是最好的，这款相机的性价比最高，他帮女儿在网上 下了订单。 Miyoko在屏幕上点击后，出现了一个表格让她填写个人信息。她爸爸帮她填了表并输入了信用卡账号。 Miyoko填写了电话号，家庭住址及邮箱地址，然后屏幕上弹出一个提示：恭喜你！你已成功购买了一款索尼 相机。一周后，Miyoko 收到了她网购的相机。上个月，Miyoko和她的朋友一起来到北京。她喜欢她的北京之 行，并用她的新相机拍了很多照片。这些照片会让她永远记住这次特殊的旅行。 **Passage 89** Scientists have studied consumer behavior recently and found that the look of the package has a great effect ___21___the “quality” of the product and on how well it sells, because “Consumers generally cannot tell between a product and its package. Many products are packages and many packages are products,” as Louis Cheskin, the first social scientist studying consumers’ feeling for packaging, noticed. Colors are one of the best tools in packaging. Studies of eye movement have shown that colors draw human 22___quickly. Take V8 for example. For many years, the bright red color of tomatoes and carrots on the thin bottle makes you feel that it is very good for your body. And the word “green” today can keep food prices ___23___. Shapes are another attraction. Circles often suggest happiness and peacefulness, because these shapes are pleasing to both the eye and the heart. That’s _24_the round yellow M signs of McDonald’s are inviting to both young and old. This new consumer response to the colors and shapes of packages reminds producers and sellers that people __25__ to satisfy both body and soul. 21 - 25 A. why B. going up C. on D. attention E. buy 答案： **CDBAE** 科学家最近研究了消费者行为发现包装外观对质量和销量有很大影响，因为消费者一般不会把外包装和 商品分开。正如第一位研究消费者对包装感受的社会学家Louis Cheskin所观察到的：很多商品就是包装，包 装就是商品。 颜色是包装的要素之一。对眼部运动的研究表明颜色很快就能吸引人们的眼球。拿V8为例，很多年来， 西红柿的亮红色和胡萝卜印在细细的瓶子上使你觉得一定对身体有益。现在“绿色”这个词会使食物价格飙升。 ### 形状是另一个卖点。圆形会让人感到快乐平静，因为这些形状会使人的眼睛和心里都感到愉悦。这就是为 ### 什么麦当劳的黄色M型标志能吸引老少。 ### 这项新的消费者对于包装颜色和形状的反馈提醒生产者和销售者要在身体是和心理上同时满足消费者。 **Passage 90** Scientists hope that if we can discover __21__the brain works, the better use we will be able to put it to. For example, how do we learn language? Man differs most from all the other animals in his ability to learn and use language __22__we still do not know exactly how this is done. Some children learn to speak and read and write when they are very young compared to __23__children. But scientists are not sure why this happens. They are trying to find out __24__there is something about the way we teach language to children which in fact prevents children __25__learning sooner. 21 – 25 A. but B. how C. from D. whether E. average 答案： **BAEDC** 科学家希望发现我们的大脑是如何工作的，这样就可以更好地运用它。例如，我们是如何学习语言的呢？ 人类和其他动物不同之处就在于人类可以学习和使用语言，但是我们仍然不知道这究竟是怎么回事。一些孩子 说话、阅读和写作开始的时间比一般孩子要早，但是科学家不清楚为什么会这样。他们正试着找到这是否与我 们教孩子语言的方法有关，而这种方法事实上会阻碍孩子们学习的速度。 **Passage 91** September Dear Sally, Thank you very much for your letter. I am 21 that you have had such bad weather. Perhaps it will be better when the spring 22. We have had good weather. Last week it was very hot and on Sunday I was in the garden all day. Now it is 8 o'clock 23 but I am still sitting outside to write this letter. Yesterday I went to the cinema. The film was called "Red River". It was about a place in the south of England 24 the river became red, but nobody was able to explain it. Then a journalist came and found a company 25 some chemicals into the river. The film wasn't very good. I hope you are very well. Yours, Jimmy 21 – 25 A in the evening B. sorry C where D had thrown E comes round 答案： **BEACD** 九月 亲爱的莎莉， 非常感谢你的来信。听到你来信中提到你那边天气很差，我感到很遗憾。也许春天来了天气会转好。我这 边天气很好。上周天气很热，周日我在花园里呆了一天。现在已是晚上八点了，但还坐在外面给你写信。 昨天我去了电影院。电影名字叫《红河》，讲述了英国南部有个地方，那里的河水变成红色，但无人能解 释原因。然后，有个记者来，发现有个公司把一些化学物质扔进河里。电影不怎样。 希望你一切都好。 你的， 杰米 **Passage 92** Sometimes people are cheated by dress. Once，a great scholar went to a party. As he was very simply 21 ，he could not go inside. So he returned home and put on his 22 clothes. He went back to the party and was given a warm reception. In the time of the dinner he did not eat but was talking to his clothes．The host came and asked what was 23. The scholar told him what happened. Since he was admitted only 24 his dress, he was talking to his dress. The host regretted about it and asked for the pardon of the scholar. Though dress may be，to some extent， 25 to judge a person, that alone will not be sufficient. 21 – 25 A best B because of C useful D dressed E wrong 答案： **DAEBC** 有时候，人们往往会被一个人的着装所欺骗。有次，一位著名的学者去参加晚会，因为他穿的不正式，所 以没能进去。他回到家穿上最好的衣服，然后再去参加晚会，却受到热情接待。晚宴上，他没有吃饭，却讨论 他的衣服。主人进来问他发生了什么，这个学者把发生的一切告诉了他。既然仅因为他的衣服才让他进门，那 么就和他的衣服谈话。主人很后悔，请求他的原谅。从某种程度上来说，通过着装可以判断一个人，但仅此还 远远不够。 **Passage 93** Strange things happen to time when you travel, because the earth is divided into twenty-four parts, ___21___ a part. You can have days with more or fewer than twenty-four hours, and weeks with more or fewer than seven days. Your ship goes into ___22___ time part every day if you make a five-day journey across the Atlantic Ocean. As you go into each part, the time ___23___ one hour. Traveling west, you set your clock back; traveling east, you let it ahead. Each day of your journey has either twenty-five or twenty-three hours. If you travel by ship across the Pacific, you ___24___ the International Date Line. This is the point where a new day ___25___. When you go across the line, you change your calendar one full day, back or ahead. 21 – 25 A. a different B. one hour C. cross D. changes E. begins 答案： **BADCE** ### 旅行的时候，时间会发生奇怪的事情，因为地球被分成 24 份，一份代表一个小时。一天可能多于或少于 ### 24 个小时，一周也可能比 7 天还多或者少。如果你在大西洋上进行一个为期 5 天的旅行，你的船每天会进入 ### 一个不同的时区。随着你进入每个时区，时间就变化一个小时。向西行进，你需要把钟向回调；向东行进，你 ### 要把钟向前调。你旅行的每一天会有 25 个小时或者 23 个小时。如果你坐船穿越大西洋，你就穿过国际日期变 ### 更线。这是新的一天开始的地方。 ### 当你穿过这条线的时候，你将日历向过去或者向前调一整天。 **Passage 94** Susan Cleveland is the young president of a candy company in Chicago. Her father began the company in the 1960s. He died three years ago. Now, the company belongs to Susan. Susan, however, did not have any jobs before becoming head of the company. She had just finished college. The employees became even more concerned during Susan’s first months on the job. Mr. Cleveland had been a 21 leader. But Susan permitted many employees to make their own 22 .One employee said: “Old Mr. Cleveland always told us what to do. He kept people on a short leash. But the company did well.” What does a “short leash” mean? A leash is a kind of rope, We use a leash to walk our pet dogs. The leash keeps the dog from 23 away or getting into trouble. Keeping a person on a short leash means keeping him or her under close control. The person can’t make many decisions for himself or herself. Ms. Cleveland does not keep her workers on a short leash. 24 , she encourages them to get better ways to do business. For example, her secretary proposed an idea. She said the company should give a sum of money as a prize to the best student in the high school near its factory. The winner could use the prize money to study at a university. Ms. Cleveland appreciated the idea. After the prize was announced, people who lived in this area of the factory began to buy 25 of the company’s candy. Local newspapers wrote about the competition. Business improved. Ms. Cleveland made her secretary the company’s first Director of public Relations. The former secretary was very pleased. 21 – 25 A. decisions B. instead C. more D. strong E. running 答案： **DAEBC** ``` 苏珊是克利夫兰芝加哥市一家糖果公司的年轻总裁。她爸爸于 1960 年开设了这家公司，三年后他去世了。 ``` 现在，这家公司属于苏珊，然而，苏珊在成为这家公司的老板之前，没有参加过任何工作，她刚刚大学毕业。 员工更加关注苏珊的第一份工作，克利夫兰先生是一位强权领导。但苏珊允许员工自己做决定。 有位雇员说，老克利夫兰总是告诉我们该做什么，公司运转很好。什么是‘短皮带’?那就是，严格控制员工， 员工不能做任何决定。苏珊不严格控制员工，她鼓励员工用各种方法工作。例如，她的秘书建议让公司出钱， 给公司附近高中学习好的孩子作为奖励。得到这笔钱可以上大学。苏珊采纳了这个建议，然后实施，公司附近 的人更愿意买公司的糖果，并且经报社报道，糖果的销量增加更多。 克利夫兰小姐让她的秘书出任公关公司的主管。这位秘书很开心。 **Passage 95** The bicycle is one of the simplest yet most useful inventions in the world. What is the most surprising is that it was not invented earlier, although the great inventor Leonardo da Vinci had drawn pictures for bicycles and also for flying machines and some other things. Those things were not produced 21 long after he died. A person riding a bicycle uses very little energy to make the bicycle move, and there is no pollution at all when you are riding. Even so in developed 22 , most people do not travel to work by bicycle. It is not because the bicycles are expensive or people feel tired if they ride to work. It’s because the number of cars on the roads becomes larger. It certainly becomes 23 to ride a bicycle. As a result, more people put their bicycles away and go to work in their cars, and in this way, the situation is made more serious. 24 the best way to make riding safer and more popular is to create paths only for bicycles, and to make 25 so difficult and expensive for drivers to take their cars into the city that they will go back to use their bicycles. 21 – 25 A. perhaps B. it C. countries D. more dangerous E. until 答案： **ECDAB** ``` 自行车是世界上最简单也是最有用的发明之一。但令人奇怪的是，自行车发明的并不早。虽然达芬奇很早 ``` 就绘出了自行车和飞机及其他机器的草图，直到他去世也没有制造出来。 骑自行车时，人稍用力，自行车就能行使。骑自行车没有任何污染。即便如此，随着城市化的进程，人们 不再骑车去上班。不是因为自行车太贵，也不是骑起来太累，而是因为路上有太多汽车，骑自行车越来越危险。 结果人们把自行车扔一边，然后开车。这样就是的情况更为糟糕。为了使骑车更安全，让更多人骑车，可能最 好的办法是划出自行车专用道，然后让开车进城更堵更贵，这样人们就又能回到骑自行车的时代了。 **Passage 96** The game of football began in England in the middle of the nineteenth century. But the Chinese played a game 21 football more than 2,000 years ago. In the beginning, it was not easy and 22. There was not a fixed (固定的) number of players and there were always a lot of fightings. In 1863 the Football Association (协会) was founded (成 立) to bring 23 to the game. Since then, more and more people began to play football, making it the world’s most 24 sport. It’s the strongest in Europe and South America, but it is more popular in Africa And now women also play football. Women’s football is one of the fastest running sports in the world. The World Cup is the most important 25 in international football. The match is held (被举行) every four years in different countries around the world. The first match was held in 1930 and the winner was Uruguay. 21 - 25 A rules B popular C like D prize E rough ### 答案 CEABD ### 足球是在十九世纪中叶起源于英国。但中国两千多年前就踢与足球相似的蹴鞠。一开始踢足球并不容易， ### 有些难。没有固定的球员，还总打架。 1863 年足球协会成立制定了规则。从那时起越来越多的人喜欢踢足球， ### 使足球风靡全球。足球在欧洲和南美大受欢迎，在非洲更受青睐。 ### 现在女性也踢足球。女足是全球跑的最快的运动项目之一。世界杯是国际足球的最高奖。每四年世界杯在全球 ### 不同的国家举办一次。第一次世界杯于 1930 年举行，获胜国家是乌拉圭。 **Passage 97** The United States covers a large part of the North 21 continent，when this land first became a nation. After 22 its freedom from England, it had 13 states. Each of the states had a start on the American flag by. As the nation grew, new states were formed and there were new stars on the flag. 23 a long time, there were 48 stars. In 1959 two more stars were added to the flag, representing the new states of Alaska and Hawaii. Indians were the first people of the land and a great number came from England. It is 24 that reason that the language of the United States is English and that its culture and customs are more 25 those of England than any other country in the world. 21 – 25 A For B. for C. winning D. like E. American 答案： **ECABD** ``` 美国占了北美洲的大片面积。这些地方第一次变成一个民族。当美国从英国赢得自由后，它有 13 个州， ``` 每个州都有一个星在美国国旗上。过了段时间，已经有 48 个州。 1959 年又有两个州加入，阿拉斯加和夏威夷。 印第安人是这片土地上最早的人类，然后越来越多的人从英国来到这片土地，这就是美国的语言和文化习 惯为什么与英国如此相近的原因。 **Passage 98** 1. The world is not only hungry; it is also thirsty for water. This may seem strange to you, since nearly 75% of the earth's surface is covered with water. But about 97% of this huge 21 is seawater, or salt water. Man can only drink and use the other 3% of the fresh water that comes from rivers, lakes, underground, and other 22. And we can't even use all of that, because some of it is in the form of icebergs and glaciers. Even worse, some of it has been polluted. However, as things stand today, this small amount of fresh water, 23 is constantly being replaced by rainfall; is still enough for us. But our need for water is increasing rapidly－almost day by day. We all have to learn how to stop wasting our 24 water. One of the first steps we should take is to develop ways of reusing it. Experiments have already been done in this 25 , but only on a small scale. The systems that have been worked out resemble those used in spacecraft. 21 – 25 A. field B. sources C. which D. precious E. amount 答案： **EBCDA** 2. The world is not only hungry; it is also thirsty for water. This may seem strange to you, since nearly 75% of the earth's surface is covered with water. But about 97% of this huge amount is seawater,21 salt water. Man can only drink and use the other 3% of the fresh water that comes from rivers, lakes, underground, and other22. And we can't even use all of that, because some of it is in the form of icebergs and glaciers. Even worse, some of it has been polluted. However, as things stand today, this small amount of fresh water, which is constantly being replaced by rainfall; is still enough for us. But our need 23 water is increasing rapidly－almost day by day. We all have to learn how to stop wasting our previous water. One of the first steps we should24 is to develop ways of reusing it. Experiments have already been done in this 25, but only on a small scale. The systems that have been worked out resemble those used in spacecraft. 21 – 25 A. take B. or C. sources D. for E. case 答案： **BCDAE** ``` 世界不仅仅饥饿，还很渴。你可能觉得这很奇怪，因为近75%的地球表面都覆盖着水。但是97%的水都是 ``` 海水或咸水。人们能饮用和使用的其他3%来自河湖、地下与其他来源的淡水。我们甚至连这些也不能都利用， 因为有的存在于冰山和冰川里。更糟糕的是，一些水还被污染了。 但是，正如今天的情况一样，这些少量的淡水，在不停地由降雨循环，现在还够我们使用。但我们对水的 需求在增加，几乎是每天都在增加。我们都必须学会如何不浪费宝贵的水。我们可做的第一步中，开发重复利 用水的技术是一项。这一领域，已做了很多实验，但只是小规模的。开发的系统很像飞行器上的用的那种。 **Passage 99** The hippopotamus(河马), or hippo, lives in the hot part of Africa. 21 humans, dogs, and whales, it is a mammal (哺乳动物). That is, its babies are born alive, and they drink milk from the mother's body. The hippopotamus is a large grey animal with a big head and mouth. It 22 four tons, or about 4,000 kilograms. Its stomach is seven meters long, and it eats only plants. It is a mammal, but it spends a lot of time in the water. During the day, it sleeps beside a river or a lake. Sometimes it wakes up. Then it goes under the water to get some 23 for food and never catches fish or hunts other animals. It can close its nose and stay under water for ten minutes. Its ears, eyes, and nose are high up on its head. It can stay with its body under the water and only its ears, eyes, and nose above the water. Then it can breathe the air. At night, the hippo walks on the nearby land and looks for food. It never goes very 24 the water. A baby hippo often stands on its mother's 21 ---the part of the body between the neck and legs. The mother looks for food underwater. The baby rides with a sure footing on her mother above the water. 21 – 25 A. far from B. weighs C. plants D. Like E. back 答案： **DBCAE** 河马生活在热带非洲，就像人类，狗或者其他哺乳动物，它是被生产出来的，并吃妈妈的奶长大。 河马身体很大，有很大的头和嘴巴，有四吨重，大约 4000 公斤，它的胃有七米长，只吃植物，在水里呆 的时间很长。 白天，它睡在河边或湖边。有时它会醒来。有时会到水下吃点植物，但不吃鱼，也不吃其他的，能在水下 屏气十分钟。它的眼睛，耳朵和鼻子都长在头上。它可以把除眼睛，耳朵及鼻子之外的其他身体都放在水里。 晚上，它会到附近找食物，但不会离开水边太远。 河马宝宝经常站在妈妈的背上，即脖子和腿之间。它妈妈在水下找食物，孩子骑在妈妈露出水面的身体上。 **Passage 100** The National Health Service in Britain has grown into such a big organization that it now employs more people than any other organizations in the country. However efficient an organization like this may be, it is bound to __21__ sooner or later but there is little the public can do when they occur. The Patients' Association gives __22__ when they think they have not been properly looked after. Some time ago the Association fought against the government's idea __23__ general health centers for individual doctors. It said it did not want to tell the Health Service __24__ do but added that it should spend more money on doctors' salaries, __25__ would be cheaper than building health centers. 21 – 25 A. people advice B. what to C. which D. make mistakes E. of substituting 答案： **DAEBC** ``` 英国国家医疗保健局发展成如此大的一家机构，以至于它现在雇佣的员工人数比这个国家里的任何一个 ``` 其他机构都多。像这样一家机构无论多有效率，它迟早会出现错误，当出现错误的时候，公众毫无对策。当认 为患者没有被合理对待时，患者协会会想患者提供建议。一段时间以前，这个协会抗议政府关于用个人医生来 替代公众医疗中心的想法。它声称它不愿意告诉医疗保健局该做什么，但是补充说它应该拨出更多资金增加医 生的工资，这样会比建医疗中心更便宜。 **Passage 101** 1. There are many people in the world now．There will be a lot more people next century. The earth will be very crowded and there will be a little room for each person．Maybe there will be only 21 room on the earth in 600 years．That will be a very serious problem. So man is 22 of a way to solve the problem． The moon is the satellite of the earth．Maybe man will go to 23 on the moon one day．But there 24 no air, no plants and no life there．So scientists are doing experiment in many ways．They have to solve many problems 25 man can live on the moon．I'm sure our dream will come true in the next century. 21 – 25 A. stay B. is C. before D. thinking E. standing 答案： **EDABC** 2. There are many people in the world now．There will be a lot more people next century. The earth will be very crowded and there will be a little room for each person．Maybe there will be only 21 room on the earth in 600 years．That will be a very serious problem. So man is 22 of a way to solve the problem． The moon is the satellite of the earth．Maybe man will go to stay on the moon one day．But there 23 no air, no plants and no life there．So scientists are doing experiment in many ways．They have to solve many problems 24 man can live on the moon．I'm sure our dream will 25 in the next century. 21 – 25 A. thinking B. before C. standing D. come true E. is 答案： **CAEBD** 世界上现在有很多人，到下个世纪人会更多。地球会变得很拥挤，每个人的空间会很小。也许 600 年后地 球上只有人类站着的空间了。这会是个很严重的问题。因此，人类在想办法解决这个问题。 月亮是地球的卫星。也许将来有一天人类可以在月球上生存。但是那儿没有空气、植物和生命。因此，科 学家在通过各种方法做实验。他们必须在人类到月球居住前解决这个问题。我相信下个世纪我们的梦想会实 现。 **Passage 102** There is an old saying that husbands and wives start to look and behave like each other after a time. I don’t know if this was true of my mother and father. Both of my parents had brown hair and brown eyes and low voice. My father, 21 , was eight years older than my mother and taller and thinner. He was built as straight as an arrow. My mother was shorter and had a rounder and fuller face and she looked as soft as a pillow. My mother was quieter and talked less than my father did. She was also a much more patient person than my father. My father was more experienced in life. He was 22 to doing everything quickly. My mother, on the other hand, worked and spoke more slowly. They were fond of nature and sports, such as walking, gardening and swimming. They were both 23 in reading and music, but my father preferred history books, while my mother liked to read romantic novels. In music, their types were similar, and they never proud of listening to it. Most of the time they were in agreement on bringing 24 their children. They both believed in giving them love and neither one believed in pushing them physically. At times, their personalities were very much alike, but at other times, they seemed very 25. Perhaps that is why none of their children knows which parent he looks or behaves like. 21 – 25 A. however B. interested C. up D. used E. different ### 答案： ADBCE ### 有句古话说夫妻一起生活久了会有夫妻相。我不知道对于我的父母来说是否如此。 ### 我的父母都拥有棕色头发和棕色眼睛，声音都属于低沉的。然而，我父亲比母亲打八岁，个子比母亲高， ### 比我母亲瘦。我母亲看上去软的像个枕头。 ### 我母亲更文静，没我父亲话多，也比我父亲有耐心。我父亲阅历丰富，做事快。但我母亲说话做事都很慢。 ### 他们都热爱大自然，喜欢运动，如散步，园艺及游泳。他们都对阅读和音乐感兴趣。但我父亲喜欢有关历 ### 史方面的书籍，我母亲喜欢言情小说。对于音乐，他们的喜好相似，他们从不以此为荣。他们在养育儿女方面， ### 在很大程度上是一致的，他们都坚信要给孩子爱，都不愿体罚孩子，有时他们的性格很相似，有时似乎相差甚 ### 远，也许这就是为什么他们的孩子都不知道自己到底像父亲还是像母亲。 **Passage 103** The story happened in Paris in 1860. One evening Mathilde's husband, Pierre Loisel, came home from work with great joy, because he not only had been invited to the palace ball __21__ also was the only person in his office that was invited. He told his wife the wonderful news. Mathilde was so excited that she couldn't believe what she was told. When she realized it was true, she thought she couldn't go because she didn't have an evening dress __22__ jewellery for the ball. She was afraid of being laughed at. At last Pierre decided to spend all the money they had buying a dress for her and advised her to borrow jewellery from Jeanne, her friend who married a man with much money. The next day Mathilde called on her friend, Jeanne, and asked if she could lend some jewellery to her. Jeanne brought out all her jewellery and let Mathilde __23__ the one she liked best. Mathilde noticed a lovely diamond necklace with a big blue stone in the center, wore it and was very satisfied. On the evening when the ball was held, Mathilde was wearing the dress on which she spent 400 francs and the necklace __24__ from her friend and went to the ball with Pierre. They had a very good time at the party. But it was on that night __25__ she found the necklace was missing on their way home. They went back to the palace and looked for it everywhere. Unluckily, they couldn't find it. "What's to be done?" Both of them were in deep thought. 21 – 25 A. or B. borrowed C. but D. that E. choose 答案： **CAEBD** 这个故事发生在 1860 年的巴黎。一天晚上玛蒂尔德的丈夫皮埃尔•卢瓦泽尔下班回到家的时候很开心，因 为他不仅被邀请去参加宫廷舞会，而且他是他们办公室唯一一个被邀请的。他告诉他妻子这个好消息。玛蒂尔 德太兴奋了，不敢相信她的耳朵。当她意识到这是真的，她觉得不能去参加，因为她没有参加舞会的晚礼服和 珠宝。她怕被别人嘲笑。最后皮埃尔决定花光所有的钱来为她买一条裙子，并建议她从她那个嫁给富人的朋友 珍妮那儿借些珠宝。第二天，玛蒂尔德去拜访她的朋友珍妮，并问她能不能借给她一些珠宝。珍妮拿出她所有 的珠宝，让玛蒂尔德选一件她最喜欢的。玛蒂尔德注意到一件可爱的钻石项链，中央有一颗很大的蓝宝石，戴 上它，感到很满足。 舞会的当晚，玛蒂尔德穿着花了 400 法郎的裙子，带着朋友借给她的项链，和皮埃尔去参加舞会。他们在 舞会上玩的很开心。 ``` 但是正是在那天晚上，她在回家的路上发现项链丢了。他们回到宫殿，到处寻找它。不幸的是，他们没有 ``` 找到它。 “该怎么办啊？”他们俩都陷入了沉思。 **Passage 104** There was a woman in Detroit, who had two sons. She was worried about them, especially the younger one, Ben, because he was not doing well in school. Boys in his class made jokes about him because he seemed so 21. The mother decided that she would herself have to get her sons to do better in school. She told them to go to the Detroit Public Library to read a book a week and do a book report for her. One day, in Ben’s 22 , the teacher held up a rock and asked if anyone knew it. Ben put up his hand and the teacher let him 23. “Why did Ben put up his hand?” his classmates wondered. “He never said anything. What could he possibly want to say?” Well, Ben not only 24 the rock, but also said a lot about it. He named other rocks in its group and even knew where the teacher had found it. The teacher and the students were surprised. Ben had learned all this from doing one of his book reports. Ben later went on to the 25 of his class. When he finished high school, he went to Yale University and at last became one of the best doctors in the United States. 21 – 25 A. top B. slow C. class D. answer E. knew 答案： **BCDEA** 有一位女士生活在底特律，她有两个儿子。她为他们感到担忧，尤其是对她叫本的小儿子，因为他在学校 的功课不好.班上的男生因为他的迟钝而嘲笑他。 这位母亲决定靠自己的力量，把她的儿子们送到更好的学校。她让她的两个儿子每星期都去底特律的公共 图书馆读一本书，并且写一篇报告给她。 有一天，在本上课的时候，老师拿出一块石头问有没有了解它的人。本举起了手，老师让他回答。“为什 么本会举手？”大家都很疑惑，“他从来不说话啊，他会想要说什么呢？” ``` 然而，本不仅了解这种石头，而且能说出很多关于它的知识。他说出了这块石头的种类，而且甚至知道老 ``` 师是从哪里找到它的！老师和同学们都很惊讶．而本是因为做了一篇读书报告学到了所有这些知识的。 后来，本慢慢成为了班级里的优等生。高中毕业后，本去了耶鲁大学；并且最终，他成为了美国最优秀的 ### 医生之一。 **Passage 105** They were going to Fort Lauderdale — three boys and three girls — and when they 21 the bus, they were carrying sandwiches and wine in paper bags, dreaming 22 golden beaches and sea tides as the gray, cold spring of New York went behind them. As the bus passed through New Jersey, they began to notice Vingo. He sat in front of them, 23 in a plain, ill- fitting suit, never moving, his dusty face 24 his age. He kept chewing the inside of his lip a lot, frozen 25 complete silence. 21 —25 A boarded B dressed C masking D into E of 答案： **AEBCD** ``` 三个男孩和三个女孩一起要去罗德岱尔堡。他们上了车，带着用纸袋装的三明治和酒。他们梦想着金色的 ``` 沙滩和潮水，纽约灰暗寒冷的春天也在他们身后消失。 公共汽车经过新泽西州时，他们才注意到格尔。他一动不动坐在他们对面，穿着一套不合身的便服。他满 面风尘，让人看不出他的年龄。他一直咬着嘴唇，表情冷淡，默默无语。 **Passage 106** Three men came to London for a holiday. They came to a large hotel and took a room there. 21 room was on the fiftieth floor. In the evening the three men went to a cinema and came back very 22. “I’m sorry,” said the assistant of the hotel. “Our lifts are not working at this time of night. If you don’t want to walk up to your room, we shall make up a bed for you in the hall.” “No, no,” Tom, one of the three men, said, “no, thank you. We do not want to sleep in the hall. We shall walk up to our room.” Then he turned to his two friends and said, “it is not easy to walk up to the fiftieth floor, but I know 23 make it easier. On our way to the room, I shall tell you some jokes, then you, Andy, sing us some songs, then you, Peter, tell us some interesting stories.” “All right. That’s a good idea,” the friends both agreed. They began to walk up to their room. Tom told many jokes. Andy sang some songs. 24 they came to the thirty-eight floor. They were tired and decided to have a rest. “Well,” said Tom, “now it’s your turn, Peter, “I shall tell you a story. It is not long, 25 it is really sad: We left the key in our room in the hall.” 21 – 25 A. At last B. late C. Their D. but E. how to 答案 **: CBEAD** ``` 有三个人来到英国去度假，他们来到一个非常大的旅馆，住在第四十五层。 一天，他们去看电影很晚才回来。“很抱歉”旅馆服务员说：“我们的电梯此刻停止运行。如果你们不想回 ``` 房间，我在大厅给你们铺床”。“不用，不用，谢谢你”三人中的一个叫汤姆的对另外两个朋友说：“我们可以步 行到房间，虽然很困难，但我知道怎样变得简单。我们去房间的路上，我将讲一些笑话，然后是你，约翰，给 我们唱一首歌；你，彼得，给我们讲一些有趣的故事。” “行，好主意。”两个朋友都赞同。他们开始步行到他们的房间，汤姆讲了很多笑话，约翰唱了很多歌，最 后，他们来到三十八层。他们很累，决定休息一下。 ``` “对了” 汤姆说，“现在轮到你讲了，彼得。你能否给我们讲一个带着悲伤结局的真实故事？”“好吧”彼得 ``` 说；“我将告诉你一个悲伤的故事。很短，但足够让人伤心。我们把房间钥匙落在大厅里了。” **Passage 107** Time spent in a bookshop can be enjoyable. If you go to a 21 shop, no assistant will come near to you and say, “Can I help you?” You needn’t buy anything you don’t want. You may try to find out 22 the book you want is. But if you fail, the assistant will lead you there and then he will go away. It seems that he is not interested in selling any book at all. There is a story which tells us about a good shop. A medical student 23 a very useful book in the shop, but it was too expensive for him to buy. He couldn’t get it from the library, either. So every afternoon, he went there to read 24 at a time. One day, however, he couldn’t find the book from its usual place and was leaving when he saw an assistant signing to him. To his surprise, the assistant pointed to the book 25 ,"I put it there so as not to be sold out,” said the assistant. Then he left the student to go on with his reading. 21 – 25 A. found B. in a corner C. where D. good E. a little 答案： **DCAEB** 在书店的时光是最快乐的，如果你去一个好的书店，没有人会过来问你是不是需要帮助，你不需要买你不 需要的东西，你可以去发现你需要的书在哪里，如果你找不到，服务员会帮你带到那儿，然后离开。这意味着 他根本不在意你是不是买这本书。 这是发生在一家好书店的故事，一个中学生发现一本对他很有帮助的书，可他买不起，他也不能把书从书 店带走，所以他每天下午都去那边看书。然而有一天，他在原来的地方找不到那本书了，他正准备离开，店员 叫住了他，告诉他书在什么地方，并说道，我把书放在这，以免被人买走了。然后他就离开了，让这个学生继 续读书。 **Passage 108** Tom Smith was a writer. He wrote detective (侦探) stories 21 magazines (杂志). One evening he could not find an end for a story. He sat 22 his pen in front of him, but had no idea. So he decided to go to the cinema. When he came back, he found that someone had broken into (闯入) his house. The man had a drink, smoked several of Tom's cigarettes (香烟) and read the story. The man left a note (便条), "I 23 your story and I don't think much of it. please read my advice (建议) and you can write a wonderful story. By the way, I am a thief. I am not going to steal 24 tonight. But if you become a famous writer, I will return." Tom read the thief's advice. Then he sat 25 and finished the story. Tom is still not famous now, but when he goes out in the evening, he always leaves a half-finished story on his desk. 21 – 25 A. have read B. anything C. down D. for E. with 答案： **DEABC** 汤姆·史密斯是位作家。他为杂志写侦探小说。有天晚上，他写不出一个故事的结局。他坐在那，把钢笔 放面前，但毫无头绪。因此，他决定去电影院。 他回家后发现有人到过他家。那人喝了杯酒，抽了汤姆的几支烟，还看了故事。那人留下一个纸条写着： 我读了你写的故事，对很多情节并不认同。请看看我提的建议，你能写出很棒的故事。顺便说一句，我是个小 偷。我今晚什么也不想偷。但你要是成为一位著名的作家，我还会回来。 汤姆看了小偷的建议，然后坐下来并写完小说。现在汤姆还未出名，但他晚上出去时，总把写了一半的故 事留在桌子上。 **Passage 109** Tom was ten years old. One day his friend Jack said to him, “I am going to have a birthday party on Saturday. Tom, can you come to my ___21___?" "I'll be glad to, “answered Tom. Tom told his mother and she said, "You can go. ___22___ don't ask for some food." Tom said, "All right, Mum." He was happy. On Saturday Tom went to Jack's house ___23___. There were a lot of children at the party. They played and sang "Happy Birthday" to Jack. They had a good time. And then Jack's mother gave them some food, but she forgot to give Tom ___24___. There was only a plate in front of him. He thought to himself, "I'd better wait." He waited politely for some time and then he put his plate on his head and said, "___25__ anyone want a nice and clean plate?" 21 - 25 A.But B.party C.Shall D.by car E.some 答案： **BADEC** 汤姆十岁了。有一天他的朋友杰克对他说：“汤姆，我周六要办生日晚会。你能来参加我的生日晚会吗？”。 我很乐意去，汤姆回答道。 ``` 汤姆告诉了他的妈妈，他妈妈说：“你可以去，但去了别要的吃”。汤姆说：“好的，妈妈”。他很开心。 周六，汤姆坐车去了杰克家。有很多孩子参加晚会。他们边玩边唱“祝杰克生日快乐”。他们玩得很开心。 ``` 然后杰克的妈妈给他们一些吃的，但她忘了给汤姆。汤姆面前只有个盘子。他心想：我还是等会儿。他礼貌的 等了会儿，然后把盘子顶头上说：“谁要一个漂亮干净的盘子？” **Passage 110** Two women on a train were arguing. At last one of them called the conductor. She said, "If the window is open, I will 21 cold. And I'll probably." The other woman said, "But if the window is shut, I will die. I will 22 in breathing." The conductor didn't know what to do. A man had been listening all the time. He said he had 23. "First open the window. That will kill 24 ." he said. “Next shut it. That will kill 25. Then we can have peace." 21 – 25 A. feel difficult B. an idea C. one D. catch E. the other 答案： **DABCE** 两个女的在火车上争吵。最后一人叫来了列车员。她说：“如果开着窗，我很可能会感到冷。”另一个女的 说“如果关了窗，我会死掉,我会呼吸困难。”列车员不知如何处理。旁边一个人一直在听。他说他有办法。“先 开窗，让一个人憋死。然后关上窗，让另一个人冻死。“然后我们都可以安生了。 **Passage 111** Water is the most important of all the things we eat and 21. Not many people understand this, but it’s quite 22. The human body can go without food for a long time, yet two or three days without water can usually make people die. Many people don't know how 23 water the human body needs to work well, and many people do not drink enough, 24in hot weather. Our body is mostly water about 65 ％ to 75 ％. If we don't have enough, we'll feel 25 and many will get ill. So you know how important water is to us all. 21 – 25 A much B tired C even D true E drink 答案： **EDACB** ``` 水是世界上我们吃喝中最重要的东西。不是很多人都明白这点，但确是事实。人不吃可以存活很久，然而 ``` 两三天不喝水通常会使人死亡。 许多人不知道身体需要多少水，许多人喝水的量不足，即使是在大热天。我们身体的65%到75%都是水。 如果我们喝的水不够，我们会感觉疲惫，很多人会因此生病。因而你知道水对我们所有人是多么重要。 **Passage 112** Water is very important to living things. Without water there can be 21 life on earth. All animals and plants need water. Man needs water, too. We need water to drink, to cook our food and to clean 22. Water is found almost everywhere. Even in the driest part of the world there is some water in the air. You can not see it 23 feel it when it is part of the air. The water in seas, rivers is a liquid. The water in the air is not a liquid 24 a gas. Clouds are made of water. They may 25made of very small drops of water. Water, you have found, is very useful, so we must save water. 21 – 25 A. ourselves B. or C. be D. but E. no 答案： **EABDC** ``` 水对生物很重要。没有水，地球上不会有生命。所有动植物都需要水。人类也需要水。我们要喝水，用水 ``` 做饭、清洗。 水无处不在。即使在最干燥的地方，空气中也有一些水。水在空气中时无法看到和摸到。河流海洋中的水 是液态的，空气中的水是气态的。 云也是水组成的。云是由微小的水滴组成的。水非常有用，我们必须保护水。 **Passage 113** We know much about the universe(宇宙). It means the earth, the sun, the moon, the stars, and the space 21them. Most of the stars are much bigger than the moon, but they look smaller 22they are far away from the earth. At night, the moon is high in the sky like a light. But the moon has no light of its own. The light of the moon 23 the sun. The sun gives us light, heat and life. And the plants, animals and men will die without the sun. The earth is going around itself 24. When the part of the earth turns to the sun, it is day. The 25 part of the earth is night. The earth is our homeland. We should love it. 21 – 25 A. because B. comes from C. between D. opposite E. all the time 答案： **CABED** 我们对宇宙了解很多。包括地球，太阳，月亮和星星。和他们之间。大多数星星对月亮大得多。但它们看 起来比较小，是因为它们远离地球。晚上，月亮在天空很亮。但月亮没有自己的光。月光来自太阳。太阳给我 们光，热和生命。植物，动物和人类离开太阳都会死亡。地球自己绕着太阳转。当地球的一部分转向太阳时， 它是一天。在中间是夜晚。 地球是我们的家园，我们要爱它。 **Passage 114** We know that trees are useful in our everyday life. They give us many things, such as wood, oxygen, rubber, medicines and many other things. They can 21 tell us a lot about our climate. The following are the reasons. If you cut across a tree, you can see that it has many rings. Most trees grow one new ring 22 year. Because of the reason, we know how old a tree is. A tree over a hundred years old means that it has more than a hundred 23. When the climate is dry or very cold, the trees do not grow very much and their rings are usually thin. When it is wet and warm, the rings are much thicker. If the rings are suddenly very thin or suddenly very thick, this means that the 24 changed suddenly. If we look at the rings on this tree, we can learn about the climate for a hundred years. We can see 25 our climate is changing today. 21 – 25 A climate B rings C every D also E how 答案： **DCBAE** 我们知道树木在我们的日常生活中是有用的。他们给我们许多东西，如木材、氧气、橡胶、药品和许多其 他东西。他们也可以告诉我们很多关于我们的气候的事情。下面就是原因。如果你砍穿一棵树，你可以看到它 有许多年轮。大多数树木每年长一个新的年轮。因为这个原因，我们就知道一棵树长了多少年。超过一百年树 岁意味着它有一百多个年轮。当气候干燥或非常冷，树木就不怎么生长，它们的年轮通常是稀疏的。当气候是 潮湿的和温暖的，年轮是密集的。如果年轮是突然很薄或突然很厚，这意味着气候突然变了。如果我们看看这 棵树上的年轮，我们可以了解到一百年的气候。我们可以看到如今我们的气候如何发生变化。 **Passage 115** We live in computer age (时代). People 21 scientists, teachers, writers and even students use computers to do all kinds of work. But more than 30 years ago, computers couldn't do much. They were very big and expensive. Very 22 people were interested in them and knew how to use them. Today computers are smaller and 23. But they can do a lot of work, many people like to use them. Some people even have them at home. Computers become very important because they can work faster than people and make fewer mistakes. Computers can 24 people do a lot of work. Writers now use computers to write. Teachers use them to help teaching. Students use them to study. Computers can also remember what you 25 them. Computers are very useful and helpful. They are our friends. Do you want to have a computer? 21 – 25 A. like B. cheaper C. few D. put into E. help 答案： **ACBED** ``` 我们生活在电脑时代。人们想科学家、教师、作家，甚至学生都适用电脑完成各项工作。但 30 多年前， ``` 电脑不能做太多。他们非常大，并且很贵。很少有人对它感兴趣，并知道如何适用它们。现在的电脑越来越小， 且便宜。但它们可以都很多工作，很多人喜欢用电脑。有些人甚至在家里也要用电脑。 计算机变得非常重要，因为它们比人工作更快，少出错。电脑可以帮人们做很多工作。作家用电脑写作。 老师用它们辅助教学。学生用它们学习。计算机能记住人们输入的东西。电脑很有用。它们是我们的朋友，你 想拥有一台电脑吗？ **Passage 116** What do we know about the sea? We know that it looks very beautiful when the sun is shining on it. We also learn that it can be very terrible when there is a strong wind. What __21__ things do we know about it? The first thing to remember is that the sea is very big. Look at the map of the world, there is __22__ sea than land. The sea covers three quarters of the world. Some parts of the sea __23__ very shallow. But some places are very deep. There is one place near Japan. It is nearly 11 kilometers deep. The __24__ mountain in the world is about 9 kilometers high. If we put the mountain into the sea at that place, there would be 2 kilometers of water above it! The sea is salty. There is one sea called the Dead Sea. It is very salty. It is __25__ salty that swimmers cannot sink! Fish cannot live in the Dead Sea. 21 – 25 A. so B. other C. highest D. are E. more 答案： **BEDCA** 我们对海洋了解什么呢？我们知道当太阳照耀在海上时，它很漂亮。我们也知道当狂风大作时，它会很恐 怖。我们对于海洋还了解什么其他事情呢？ 对于海洋第一件要记住的事是它很广阔。看看世界地图，海洋的面积比陆地大。海洋占地球面积的3/4。 一部分海洋的深度很小。但是一些地方很深。在日本附近有个地方。它接近 11 千米深。地球上最高的山 大概 9 千米高。如果我们把那座山放在海里的那个地方，山上还会有 2 千米深的海水！ 海水是咸的。有一片海叫死海。它十分咸。它的咸度如此高，以至于游泳者不会沉下去。鱼在死海里不能 生存。 **Passage 117** What do you do at weekend? Some people like to stay at home, but others like to go for a walk or play football. My friend Jack works hard in a factory on ___21___. At the weekend, he always ___22___ different things. On Saturday he drives his car and on ___23___ he goes with his family to a village by car. His uncle and aunt have a farm there. It isn't a small one, but there's always much work to do on the farm. The children ___24___ with the animals and give them their food. Jack and his wife help his uncle in the fields. At the end of the day, they are all ___25___ and Jack's aunt gives them a big meal. 21 – 25 A. Sunday B. help C. hungry D. weekdays E. does 答案： **DEABC** 你周末做什么？一些人喜欢待在家里，但是其他人喜欢去散步或者踢足球。我的朋友杰克平时在工厂里工 作得很努力。周末的时候，他总是做不同的事情。周六他开着车，周日他和家人开车去村庄。他的叔叔婶婶在 那儿有个农场。它不算小，但是农场上总是有很多活儿要做。孩子们帮忙照顾动物，给它们喂食。杰克和他妻 子帮他叔叔在地里干活。那天晚上，他们都饿了，杰克的婶婶给他们做了一顿丰盛的晚餐。 **Passage 118** What is a museum? A museum is a good place to keep ___21___and beautiful things. A museum may be a place to learn about science. A museum can be a place to ___22___art of humans or animals. What is inside a museum? Some museums have old cars and airplanes. ___23___museums have pictures and statues(雕塑). Others have rocks and old bones. One museum even has a coal mine inside! Many cities have museums. Some very small towns have museums, ___24___. Indianapolis has a children’s museum. Children do not have to pay to get in. Children go to the museum often. They like to look at the dinosaur bones. They see a white bear ten feet tall. They go inside an old log cabin (小木 屋). On Saturday, Indianapolis children can ___25___talks about animals and trees. 21 – 25 A. about B. hear C. old D. too E. many 答案： **CAEDB** ``` 什么是博物馆？博物馆是保存古老而美丽的展品的地方。通过博物馆可以学习科学。博物馆可以展示人类 ``` 艺术和动物。博物馆里有什么？一些博物馆保存旧汽车和飞机。很多博物馆有图画和雕塑。还有一些博物馆有 岩石和古老的骨骼。一个博物馆里面甚至还有一座煤矿！很多城市都有博物馆。一些很小的城镇也有。印第安 纳波利斯有一座儿童博物馆。孩子们不必付钱就可以参观。孩子们经常去这个博物馆。他们喜欢看恐龙的骨头。 他们可以看到 10 英尺高的白熊。他们还可以进入一个旧木屋。在星期六，印第安纳波利斯的孩子可以听关于 动物和树木的讲座。 **Passage 119** When someone asks me what business I am in. My face feels hot. I envy (嫉妒) people who can say that they are writers, bookkeepers or doctors. All these jobs speak for themselves. I really do make a living by 21 , and a good one, too. I can laugh like a king or like a school boy. It is a skill (技 能) that I have learned, like the skill of making shoes. Whenever and however laughter (笑声) is needed, I am asked to do 22. I laugh like a bus driver or a shopkeeper. I laugh sadly, kindly and happily. I need 23 point out that a job of this kind is tiring (辛苦的). I spend most evenings in nightclubs. My job is to laugh during the weaker part of the show. My loud, hearty laughter must be timed (合节拍) carefully. It must not come too soon, 24 neither must it be too late. I go through life quietly. I can copy the laughter of others. I can laugh in many different ways. But I'm not sure that I have ever heard the sound of 25 own laughter. 21 – 25 A. hardly B. my C. but D. it E. laughing 答案： **EDACB** ``` 每当有人问我是做什么的时，我就会脸红。我羡慕说自己是作家、会计及医生的人。这些工作都名副其实。 我的工作就是卖笑。我可以像国王一样笑，也可以像小男生一样笑，这是我学的一项技术，像补鞋的技巧。 ``` ### 无论什么时候或者什么地方，只要需要笑，我就去。我像公交司机或售货员那样笑，我伤心地笑，和蔼地笑， ### 开心地笑。 ### 我需要指出的是这项工作很辛苦，大多数晚上都在酒吧，我的工作是在节目中较弱一部分。我大声而爽朗 ### 得笑声必须恰到好处。既不能太早出现，也不能太晚出现。 ### 我悄悄地度过我的人生。我可以模仿别人的笑声，我可以用许多不同的方式笑。我不能确定我是否能听到 ### 自己真实的笑声。 **Passage 120** While I was waiting to enter university, I saw in a newspaper a teaching job wanted at a school about ten miles from where I lived. Being very short of money and wanting to do something useful, I applied, fearing as I did so, that without a degree and with no 21 of teaching my chances of getting the job were slight. However, three days later, a letter arrived, calling me to Croydon for a meeting with the headmaster. It was clearly the headmaster himself 22 open the door. He was short and round. "The school," he said, "is made up of one class of twenty-four boys between seven and thirteen." I should have to teach all the subjects except art, which he taught himself. I should have to divide the class into three groups and teach them in turn at three different 23. And I was disappointed at the thought of teaching maths, a subject at which I wasn't very good at school. Worse perhaps was the idea of 24 to teach them on Saturday afternoon because most of my friends would be enjoying themselves at that time. Before I had time to ask about my salary, he got up to his 25. "Now," he said, "you'd better meet my wife. She is the one who really runs this school." 21 —25 A. that B. experience C. having D. feet E. levels 答案： **BAECD** ``` 我上大学前，在报纸上看到一则一个学校登的招聘教师的广告，这个学校离我住的地方大约十英里。因为 ``` 缺钱，加上我也想做点有用的事，我就应聘了。我担心自己没学历没经验，很可能会被拒绝。 然而，三天后，我收到一封信，让我去Croydon见校长。很明显是校长本人开的门。校长长得矮小肥胖。 “这学校”校长说道：“是由七到十三岁的 24 个男生组成的一个班”。除了美术他自己教，其余科目全部由 我来教。我需要把一个班的人按不同水平分成三组轮流教。一想到教数学我就很失望，我在高中时数学就不太 好。可能更郁闷的是要在周六下午上课，因为我的很多朋友都在这个时间开心玩儿呢。 我还没问工资是多少，他就站起来说：“现在，你最好见见我的太太。这学校是她开的。” **Passage 121** William J. Sidis, was born in 1898. ___21___father was an American psychiatrist. At the age of six months, William knew the English alphabet; he could read and write when he was two. When he was eight years___22___, young Sidis had completed both elementary and high school. At the age of nine, William entered Harvard University. As a ___23___at Harvard, Sidis displayed phenomenal knowledge in the field of mathematics, often amazing his professors. He graduated with honors ___24___the age of 16 and became a full professor of mathematics at the university at 19. The story of William J. Sidis，unfortunately does not end happily. This brilliant ex-genius died a lonely death in 1943 in a hotel room ___25___New York. 21 —25 A. student B. at C. in D. old E. His 答案： **EDABC** 威廉·詹姆斯·西德斯出生于 1898 年。他的父亲是位精神科医生。威廉六个月的时候听懂英语字母，两岁 的时候会读写。八岁的时候小小年纪的西德斯已经完成了小学和中学课程，九岁进入哈佛大学。 作为一名哈佛的学生，西德斯在数学领域展现出超人的才能，经常使他的教授们感到吃惊。他 16 岁以优 异的成绩毕业。十九岁就成为大学的全职数学教授。 不幸的是威廉·詹姆斯·西德斯的故事结局并不好。这个曾经的天才 1943 年在纽约一个宾馆里孤独地离世。 **Passage 122** Without time to relax and have fun, kids can suffer stress just like adults, warn experts—who says as many as one in four youngsters have symptoms of burnout (多度劳累)。More and more parents are pushing there kids to be busy in structured activities all the time. Many of these activities for aren’t recreational (娱乐的) 21 involve competition. The kids are pushed to win, not just participate, and this can cause stress. Today’s parents have the 22 that children who don’t pursue a lot outside activities will be left behind. Parents are in a panic because they know it’s a 23 world out there. They are running scared to be sure their kids can go into the marketplace and compete as adults, but 24 some cases they are missing the big picture. Kids who are unhappy and depressed grow up to be unhappy, depressed adults who don’t do well in their jobs or personal life. And these kids won’t know as adults how to relax. Everyone needs time just to relax and refresh. When you’re not stressed, you can be 25 productive. That’s why it’s important to help your child fine a balance. 21 – 25 A. in B. idea C. but D. more E. tough 答案： **CBEAD** ``` 专家警告说，如果没有时间放松，没有娱乐，孩子会像大人一样感到过分的紧张。据说，每四个孩子中就 ``` 有一个孩子有过于疲劳的症状。越来越多的父母让孩子整天在严格安排的活动中忙碌。而这些孩子们的活动许 多都富有竞争性，而不是娱乐性。孩子们不止被迫去参加这些活动，还要被迫去“取胜”，这就会使孩子过分紧 张。如今的父母认为孩子如果不参加许多课外活动就会落后。父母很恐慌，因为他们知道现实生活是很残酷的。 ### 他们十分紧张，想让孩子长大后能够进入市场竞争。但是在这种情况下，他们会因小失大。 ### 从小不幸福、性格抑郁的孩子长大后也不会幸福，性格也会抑郁。这样的成年后工作也干不好，生活也过 ### 不好。这类孩子不知道如何像成年人那样去放松。人人都需要时间放松、调整。只有在你不紧张的时候才会更 ### 有创造力。因此帮助你的孩子保持身心平衡时很重要的。 **Passage 123** You may meet Americans who know very little about your country. If this __21__ the case, be patient with them. Unfortunately, little is taught about the cultures or customs of other countries in America schools. The United States has always been separated from older countries by the vast oceans to the East and West of the country. As a __22__ Americans have not become so familiar with different cultures and other ways of doing things as is often the case in older countries. If Americans try to help you __23__ something that is very familiar to you, if they mistake your country for another of thousands of kilometers away, be patient with them. The United States has developed into a modern nation in a very short time __24__ with many other countries – only about 300 years. Americans have been very busy with growth of the country, with building roads and cities, establishing free education for millions of children, and making inventions, discoveries, and developments to benefit the whole world. The Nation's attention has been on the United States, not on the world, during most of this __25__ period. It is only since World War Two (1939-1945) that Americans have been more interested in other parts of the World. 21 - 25 A.with B.compared C.result D.300-year E.is 答案： **ECABD** 你可能会遇到对你的国家一无所知的美国人。如果遇到这样的情况，请对他们耐心点。不幸的是，美国学 校几乎不会教学生们关于其他国家的文化习俗。美国从东到西被大海和其他古老的国家分开。因此，美国人对 不同的文化及古老的国家日常的处事方式并不了解。如果美国人想帮你做你很熟悉的事，如果他们误把你们国 家当成另外一个千里之外的国家，要耐心对他们。和其他许多国家相比，美国仅用了三百年左右的时间就成为 发达国家。美国人忙于经济增长，建了很多公路和城市，上百万孩子接受了免费教育，他们忙于发明、探索和 发展，使世界其他国家都受益。在这三百年的大部分时间，美国的注意力都集中在自身，并不关注其他国家。 直到二战期间(1939-1945)，美国才更多关注世界上其他国家。 **Passage 124** You may think there is only sand in the desert of the world, but it is not true. In the desert, as we know, there is a little rain and it is not 21 for most plants. Still we can see some plants live in the desert. There is water in some places in the deserts. We call these places oases(绿洲). In the oases, there are villages and towns. People grow all kinds of vegetables and rice in the fields there. People 22 live outside the oases. They have camels, sheep and other animals. These animals live 23 the desert plants for their food and do not need any water. The animals are useful to the desert people in many ways. They eat the meat and drink the milk of the animals. They use the camels for carrying water, food, and something else. The people of the desert have to keep 24 from place to place. They must always look for grass or desert plants for their animals. When there is no more food for their animals, they move to another place. The desert people are 25. Every one in the desert likes to help the people in trouble and give them food and water. 21 —25 A enough B on C also D friendly E moving 答案： **ACBED** 你可能认为世界上的沙漠中除了沙子什么都没有，但这是不对的。我们知道，沙漠中会下点雨，对大多数 植物来说是不够的。我们仍然能看到一些植物生长在沙漠中。 ``` 沙漠中有的地方有水。我们把这些地方成为绿洲。绿洲中有村庄和城镇。人们在沙漠里种植各种蔬菜和大 ``` 米。人们也住在绿洲外。他们有骆驼，羊及其他动物。这些动物以沙漠植物为食，并不需要喝水。这些动物在 多方面为沙漠中的人们提供帮助。人们吃动物的肉，喝它们的奶。他们用骆驼驮水，食物及其他东西。 沙漠中的人们不停的迁徙。他们必须不断的为动物寻找草地及其他植物。一个地方没有动物吃的草，他们 就换到另一个地方。沙漠里的人很友好。沙漠里的每个人都愿意去帮助陷入困境的人们，给他们食物和水。 ### 补充题目：以下 11 篇选词填空为 19 年 9 月统考批次出现的新题，有余力的同学可以看一下 **Passage 1** A miser（守财奴）sold all that he had and bought a lump of gold, ___21___ he buried in a hole in the ground by the side of an old wall and ___22___ to look at daily. One of his workmen observed his frequent visits to the spot and decided to watch his movements. He soon discovered the secret of the hidden treasure, came to the lump of gold, and ___23___ it. The Miser, on his next visit, found the hole empty and began to tear his hair and to cry. A neighbor, seeing him overcome with grief（悲伤）and learning the cause, said, “Go and take a stone, and place it in the ___24___, and fancy that the gold is still lying there. It will do you quite the same service; for when the gold was there, you did not ___25___ the slightest use of it.” 21 – 25 A.make B.which C.hole D.stole E.went 答案： **BEDCA** 有个守财奴卖了所有财产买了块金子，他在靠近一堵破旧的墙边挖了一个洞，把金子埋进去，每天都去看 看。他的一个仆人看到他频繁去那边，就决定跟踪他。仆人很快就发现藏金子的秘密，就过去偷走了那块金子。 守财奴又去看金子的时候，发现埋金子的洞空了，扯着头发大哭。一位邻居看到他那么悲伤，了解原委后说： 去捡块石头把它埋在那个洞里，想象着洞里埋的还是那块金子。对你来说埋金子和埋石头都一样，因为金子在 ### 哪儿时你也没用过。 **Passage 2** One night, a thief broke into an old man's house. He ___21___ a noise and woke up the old man and his wife. The husband told his wife to be silent, while he said loudly, “My dear, these days thieves are cleverer. If they take ___22___ their clothes and put them on the table, the people in the room will fall asleep and can't wake up.” When the thief ___23___this, he took off his clothes at once and was ready to set out to work. At this___24___, the husband suddenly shouted in a loud voice:“Stop thief! Stop thief!” The thief was very frightened. He ran away as fast as be could and ___25___ his clothes on the table. 21 – 25 A.made B.moment C.off D.left E.heard 答案： **ACEBD** 一天晚上，一个小偷进入一位老年人家，他弄出的声音吵醒了老人和他的妻子。老人告诉妻子别出声，然 后他大声说：亲爱的，这些日子，小偷越发聪明了，如果他们脱下衣服放在桌子上，房间里的人就会熟睡，醒 不来。小偷听了立即就把衣服脱下，正准备偷窃，老人就大声叫到：抓小偷，抓小偷。小偷吓坏了，撒腿就跑， 衣服却落在桌子上。 **Passage 3** The old lady was eighty today. She had __21__ on her best dress. Perhaps Myra might come. After all, eighty was a special birthday, another decade lived or __22__ just as you chose to look at it. Even if Myra did not come, she would send a present. The old lady was sure of that. Two spots of color brightened her cheeks. She was excited __23__ a child. She would enjoy her day. Yesterday Mrs. Morrison had given the flat an extra clean, and today she had brought a card and __24__ marigolds when she came to do the breakfast. Mrs. Grant downstairs had __25__ a cake, and in the afternoon she was going down there to tea. 21 – 25 A.endured B.like C.a bunch of D.put E.made 答案： **DABCE** ``` 老太太今天已八十岁了。她穿上了自己最漂亮的衣服。迈拉可能会来。不管怎么说，八十大寿毕竟非同一 ``` 般, 又活了十年，或者说又熬过了十年，是活是熬，全在于你怎么看了。 即便迈拉不来了,她也会寄一份礼物来。老太太确信这一点。脸颊上的两片红晕，使她满脸生辉。她激动得 如同孩童一般。这个生日她一定会过得很快活。 昨天，莫里森夫人又把房间打扫了一遍。今天，她来做早餐时又带来一张贺卡和一束万寿菊。楼下的格兰 德太太做了一个蛋糕，下午老太太要去楼下喝茶。 **Passage 4** An old man went to the hospital. When the doctor came to __21__ him, he said, "Well, Mr. Jones, you're going to have some injections（注射）, and then you'll feel __22__. A nurse will come and give you the first one this evening, and then you'll get another one tomorrow morning." In the evening a young nurse came to Mr. Jones' bed and said to him, "I'm going to give you your first injection now, Mr. Jones. Where do you want it?" The old man was surprised. He __23__ the nurse for several seconds, and then he said, "Nobody's ever let me choose that before. Are you really going to let me choose now?" "Yes, Mr. Jones," the nurse answered. She was __24__. "Where do you want it?" "Well, then," the old man answered __25__ a smile, "I want it in your left arm, please." 21 – 25 A.looked at B.in a hurry C.see D.with E.much better 答案： **CEABD** ``` 一位老人住进了医院，医生来看他，对他说：约翰先生，您需要打针，这样你会觉得好一些。今晚护士会 ``` 来给您打第一针，明天早上打第二针。 晚上，一位年轻的护士来到约翰先生的床前说：我现在给您打第一针，约翰先生，您想打哪儿？ 老先生很吃惊，他注视了护士几秒后说：以前从没人让我选择过，现在你是真的让我选择？ “是的，约翰先生，”护士催促道：您想打哪儿？ “好吧，那，”老人面带微笑说道：我想让打你左胳膊上。 **Passage 5** Last Tuesday I took my two daughters, aged five and seven, to town by car. It began to rain hard, so I decided I would leave the children in the car ___21___ I rushed into a shop. I warned the girls not to touch anything and told them I would be ___22___ within a few minutes. Then I locked all the doors and left them happily looking out of the window. I returned to the car in less than five minutes but the girls had disappeared! I could hardly believe my ___23___. The car doors were still locked, the windows tightly shut and on the back seat ___24___ only two coats. Being frightened, I ran to the corner of the street where there was no sign of them. I ___25___ up to an old lady nearby and asked whether she had seen two small girls, but she said "No". 21 – 25 A.back B.before C.were D.eyes E.rushed 答案： **BADCE** ``` 上周二, 我带着五岁和七岁的两个女儿开车去镇上。天突然下大雨了, 于是我决定让孩子们留在车里, 自 ``` 己赶快去商店。我叮嘱孩子不要碰任何东西, 我会在几分钟内回来，接着我关上了所有的车门, 他们开心地望 着窗外。 ``` 我不到五分钟就返回却发现两个女儿都不见了。我简直无法相信自己的眼睛，车门都关着，车窗也关的死 ``` ### 死的，后排座上留有两件外套。惊恐万状的我跑到街角，也看不见孩子的踪影。我冲向附近的老太太问有没有 ### 看到两个小女孩，她说：没看到。 **Passage 6** One day Mr. Parker said to himself, "I haven't seen my brother David __21__ a long time, and he's living in a new house now. I'm going to drive there and see him this afternoon." He took his brother's address, got into his car and started out. He drove for a long time, but he didn't find the house __22__ he stopped and asked somebody to help him. "Go straight __23__ this road for two miles（英里）," the man said, "then turn left, and then take the second road on the right." Mr. Parker went straight along the road and turned left after two miles, but then he got lost again. He drove for __24__ mile, and at last he saw a road on his right and stopped. A woman was coming __25__ him, so he said to her, "Excuse me, is this the second road on the right?" 21 – 25 A.so B.for C.towards D.along E.another 答案： **BADEC** 有一天，帕克先生自言自语道：我很久没见我的弟弟大卫了。他现入住新家，今天下午我要开车去看看他。 他拿到弟弟家的地址，开车启程。他开了很久都没找到弟弟家，因此停车问路。“沿这条路走两英里”，男子说： “然后向左转，到第二个路口向右转”。帕克先生沿路直走，两英里后向左拐，但他又迷路了。他又走了一英 里，终于看到右边有条路，停下车。正好有位女士走过来，因此他问道：“打扰了，这是右边第二个路口吗？” **Passage 7** If you were to begin a new job tomorrow, you would bring with you some basic strengths and weaknesses. Success or __21__ in your work would depend, to a great extent, __22__ your ability to use your strengths and weaknesses to the best advantage. Of the utmost importance is your attitude. A person __23__ begins a job convinced that he isn't going to like it or is sure that he is going to exhibit a weakness which can only hinder his success. On the other hand, a person who is secure in his belief that he is probably as capable __24__ doing the work as anyone else and who is willing to make a cheerful attempt at it possesses a certain strength of purpose. The chances are that he will do well. Having the most important skills for a particular job is strength. __25__ those skills is obviously a weakness. A bookkeeper who can't add and a carpenter who can't cut a straight line with a saw are hopeless cases. 21 – 25 A.who B.failure C.on D.Lacking E.of 答案： **BCAED** ``` 如果你明天将开展一份新的工作，你本身肯定有一些优势和劣势。在你的工作中，成功或者失败在很大程 ``` 度上取决于你是否能扬长避短。最重要的是你的态度。如果一个人开始从事一份工作，相信自己不会喜欢它， 确信将因此饱受痛苦，那么他的缺点就暴露出来了，这只会阻碍他成功。另一方面，一个人如果确信自己能像 其它人一样确信自己能够胜任这份工作，并有很强的目的性愿意去尝试，那么他就有可能做的很好。 具有某一工作的必要技能是一个优势，缺乏这种技巧显然就是一种劣势。如果会计不懂加法，木匠不能用 锯锯出一条直线，那么他们就无法取得成功。 **Passage 8** George Stephenson was born in 1781. He was __21__ a poor English worker's family. His father looked after a steam engine. He worked hard indeed, __22__ he could not support his family. Where could he get the money to send George to school? George began to learn his ABC when he was seventeen. On his 18th birthday, he could write his own name. George had to work when he was only a small child. The work was much too hard __23__ him. He worked for 12 hours every day. After a day's work he often felt __24__ tired to stand. He worked and studied very hard. He spent all this time learning about the steam engine. __25__ he studied hard, he invented many things. The railway locomotive（火车头）was the greatest one of them. 21 – 25 A.too B.from C.for D.Because E.but 答案： **BECAD** ``` 乔治.史蒂芬 1781 年生于一个贫困的英国工人家庭,他父亲看管蒸汽发动机。父亲很辛苦的工作，但却难以 ``` 养活一家人。父亲去哪里找钱供乔治上学呢？乔治 17 岁时才开始学ABC， 18 岁生日时才会写自己的名字。乔 治很小的时候就不得不开始工作，工作对他来说挺难的。他每天工作 12 小时，工作一天后，他就累得筋疲力 竭。他卖力工作，努力学习。他花很多时间研究发动机。因为他努力学习，他发明了很多东西。火车头是他的 众多伟大发明之一。 **Passage 9** Jack lost his Job last week. It was difficult for him to find another ___21___. Somebody told him that it was possible to get a new one in a town two hundred kilometers away. He decided to get there ___22___. So he went to the railway station and got on a train. He was the only one in the car(车厢). The train started. Suddenly a man came in ___23___ a gun and said to him, "Your money or your life!" Jack sat there without standing up. "I ___24___ any money," Jack answered. "Then why are you so afraid of me?" the man asked angrily. "Because I ___25___ you were the conductor, and I didn't buy a ticket," answered Jack. 21 – 25 A.one B.don't have C.thought D.with E.by train 答案： **AEDBC** 杰克上周丢了工作。再找一份工作对他来说挺难的。有人告诉他在两百英里远的小镇上有可能找到新工作。 他决定乘火车去那里。因此他去了火车站，上了一列火车。车厢里只有他一个人，火车开动了。突然，有个人 ### 拿着枪进来对他说：要钱还是要命？杰克坐那儿呆若木鸡。 ### “我一分钱都没有”，杰克说道。 ### “那你为什么那么怕我？”那人生气得呵斥道。 ### “因为我以为你是售票员，我上车没买票”，杰克答道。 **Passage 10** Two years ago, my husband left a bike for me. If you live in a town, it is often faster than a car and don't have to worry about parking(停车). You can ___21___ it anywhere. Because it has a seat at the back and a basket at the front, I can take my small daughter when it is cold and it is snowing hard. It also can be dangerous. You must be ___22___ on a bike. Accidents are not the only problem. One day I went ___23___ and when I came back, I couldn't find my front wheel. It was a long walk to the bike shop! Now I have three strong locks. Sometimes my husband uses my bike for short trips. He is not good at ___24___ bikes, but he says it is better than waiting for a bus. He still likes his car for longer trips, but I think that all this sitting down is making him fat. ___25___ my bike I got a lot of exercise and fresh air, and makes me feel much healthy. 21 – 25 A.shopping B.buy C.On D.careful E.riding 答案： **BDAEC** 两年前，我丈夫给我留下一辆自行车。 如果你住在镇上，骑自行车比开车快，骑自行车不用担心停车问题。你能在任何地方买到自行车。自行车 后面有后座，前面车筐。天冷或者下大雪时我可以载我的小女儿。骑自行车也很危险，骑车要小心。事故不是 遇到的唯一问题。有天，我骑车去购物，可当我返回时发现前轮不见了。到卖自行车的店还得走很长一段路！ 现在我锁了三把很结实的锁。 ``` 有时我丈夫短途出行会骑着我的自行车。他骑得不好，但他说比等公交好点。他还是喜欢开车去远的地方， ``` 但我觉得长时间坐着会让他变胖。骑自行车既能锻炼身体还能呼吸新鲜空气，还使我更健康。 **Passage 11** Mary and Peter were having a picnic with some friends near a river when Mary shouted, "Look! That's a spaceship up there and it's going to land here." Frightened by the strange spaceship, __21__ of the young people got into their cars and drove away as quickly as possible. Peter loved Mary and always stayed close to her. They, more __22__ than frightened, watched the spaceship land and saw a door open. When nobody came out, they went to look into it. In the center of the floor, there was a pile of food. Peter followed Mary into the spaceship and did not __23__ the door close behind him. The temperature fell rapidly and the two young people lost their consciousness. When they came to life, they were surprised to see that they were back by the river again. The spaceship had gone. There car was nearby. "What happened?" asked Mary. Peter scratched his head, saying slowly, "Don't ask me. Perhaps we had a __24__. Come on. It's time to go home." After driving about fifty meters, they found their way blocked by a thick wall made of something like glass. On the other side of the wall, a few strange beings stopped to __25__ it and read a notice which, translated into English, said: "New arrivals at Zoo: a pair of earth inhabitants in their natural surroundings with their house on wheels." 21 – 25 A.most B.hear C.curious D.look through E.dream 答案： **ACBED** ``` 玛丽和皮特正和一些朋友在河边野餐，突然玛丽大喊道：快看，上面那艘宇宙飞船要降落了。很多年轻人 ``` 被奇形怪状的宇宙飞船吓得钻进车里，迅速逃离。皮特深爱着玛丽，紧跟着玛丽。他俩比起害怕更为好奇，他 们望着宇宙飞船降落，看到一扇门打开。没看到有人下来，他们就走近去看。地板中央有包食物。皮特跟着玛 丽进入飞船，并没听到身后的门关上。温度极速下降，两个年轻人都失去知觉。他们醒来时惊奇地发现自己又 回到河边了。宇宙飞船消失了，车依然在附近。“发生什么事了？”，玛丽问道。皮特挠着头缓缓说：“别问我， 也许我们是做了个梦，走吧，咱们该回家了。” 开车走了大约五十米，他们发现他们被一堵厚厚的玻璃墙挡住 去路。在玻璃墙的另一边，几个奇怪的人驻足向这边凝视。一张通知上写的（译为英语是）：动物园新宠：一 对地球人在他们的常住地开着带轮的房子。 ## 第五部分 英译汉 —— 次重点题目 ### A 1. A dolphin is always well-known as a clever and friendly animal.在动物中，海豚素以其聪明与和善而著称。 2. A few weeks later the young lady returned, looking worse than ever.几周后这位年轻女士回来了，神色看起来 ``` 比以往更糟。 ``` 3. A friend to all is a friend to none. 滥交者无友。 4. A gas has neither definite size nor definite shape. 气体即没有一定的体积，也没有一定的形状。 5. A good diet consists of nourishing food and it gives all the vitamins you need.健康饮食包括营养食品，它提供的 ``` 人体必需的维生素。 ``` 6. A good knowledge of English will improve your chances of employment. 英语好将有助于增加你的就业机会。 7. A good mother is worth a hundred schoolmasters. 一位好母亲胜过百名教育家。 8. A great man is always willing to be little. 伟人总是甘当小人物。 9. A just cause enjoys abundant support while an unjust cause finds little. 得道多助，失道寡助。 10. A light heart lives long. 开朗者长寿。 11. A mother's love is like a circle; it has no beginning and no ending. 母爱就像一个圆，没有起点，也没有终点。 12. A tall building will be put up on this empty space. 这块空地上将兴建一座高层建筑。 13. An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth. 以眼还眼，以牙还牙。 14. After a series of experiments important phenomena have been proved.一系列试验之后许多重要现象被证明了。 15. All is fish that comes to his net. 来者不拒，照单全收。 16. All's well that ends well. 结局好的就算好。 17. All the goods are priced at half of their original cost. 所有的货物的价格都是原来的一半。 18. Although he was wealthy, he was very mean. 尽管他很富有，但是很吝啬。 19. Another book by Professor Smith came out last month. 上月史密斯教授又出了一本书。 20. At once he recognized it was Tom who lives just next to him. 他立刻认出正是住在他家隔壁的汤姆。 **B** 21. Being on sea, sail; being on land, settle. 随遇而安。 22. Big mouthfuls often choke. 贪多嚼不烂。 23. Books and friends should be few but good. 书和友，贵精不贵多。 24. Both fresh air and clean food are indispensable to us. 新鲜空气和干净的食物两者对我们是不可缺少的。 25. But first he wanted to find out whether they deserved his help.但首先他想弄清楚他们是否值得他帮助。 26. But for the bad weather, we would have got home half an hour ago. 如果不是由于天气不好，我们半小时前就 到家了。 **C** 27. Can you imagine living without electricity? 你能想象没有电的生活吗？ 28. Can you put me in the picture about the World Cup Football Match?你能给我讲讲关于世界杯足球赛的状况吗? 29. Chatting on the Internet is not only wasting time, but also doing harm to our health. 上网聊天不仅浪费时间， 而且损害健康。 30. Christmas is the most important festival in the west. 圣诞节是西方最重要的节日。 **D** 31. Did you get that E-mail from me? 你收到我发的那封电子邮件了吗? 32. Don't believe whatever he tells you. 无论他告诉你什么都不要相信。 33. Don't leave your little sister alone at home. 不要把你小妹妹一个人留在家里。 34. Don't put all your eggs in one basket. 勿孤注一掷。 **E** 35. East or west, home is best. 管他东方或西方，家是最好的地方。 36. Eat at pleasure, drink with measure. 进食可随意，饮酒要适量。 37. Every day, we're finding new ways for technology to enrich people's lives.每天我们努力发明新技术，以便改善 人们的生活。 38. Excuse me. Where's the nearest police station? 劳驾，离这儿最近的派出所在哪里？ **F** 39. Far more smokers than non-smokers die of lung cancer. 更多的吸烟者比不吸烟者死于肺癌。 40. Few of them believe you. 他们当中几乎没人相信你。 41. Food is as important to health as air. 食物对于健康同空气一样重要。 42. Forgive others, but not yourself. 宽以待人，严以律己。 43. Girls in some countries are not so well bred as boys are. 有些国家女孩不像男孩那样受到良好的教育。 44. Go on walking until you reach the end. 继续前行, 一直到终点。 **H** 45. Had it not been for the alarm clock, she wouldn't have been late.如果不是因为闹钟不响，她就不会迟到了。 46. Hardly had I gone out of the building when it began to rain.我刚走出大楼天就下雨了。 47. Hardly had I reached the station when the train started. 我刚到车站，火车就开了。 48. Hardly had we arrived when it began to rain. 我们一到就下雨了。 49. He asked me some personal questions, but I would never answer them.他问了我几个个人问题，我根本不愿回 答。 50. He dismissed the meeting without a closing speech. 他没有致闭幕辞就宣布结束会议。 51. He doesn't come to school because he has caught a bad cold.他没来上学是因为他得了重感冒。 52. He found his father sitting at the back of the classroom. 他发现父亲坐在教室的后面。 53. He goes to work early everyday for fear that his boss would be angry. 他每天很早就上班，免得老板生气。 54. He had a traffic accident last week.他上星期出了一起交通事故。 55. He is always leaving things about. 他老是把东西乱扔。 56. He is cleverer than anyone else in his class. 在班上他比任何人都聪明。 57. He is just looking at that kid who keeps falling asleep in the back. 他只是在看后面那个一直在睡觉的学生。 58. He's used to going to work by bike. 他现在已经习惯了骑自行车上班。 59. He looked nervous because he had never worked as a teacher. 因为他从未当过教师，显得紧张。 60. He made sincere apologies to each of the teachers. 他真诚地向每位老师一一道歉。 61. He nearly killed the man who was crossing the street. 他几乎撞死那位正在过马路的人。 62. He often forgot to turn off the lights before. 以前他经常忘记关灯。 63. He prefers watching TV to listening to the radio. 与听收音机相比，他更喜欢看电视。 64. He sank down into the chair with his face in his hands. 他双手捂着脸，一下子坐在椅子上。 65. He sets out his ideas clearly in this book. 他在这本书里清楚的列出了他的观点。 66. He talked for a while to a few new arrivals. 他和几个新来的人交谈了一会儿。 67. He'll come if it doesn't rain tomorrow.如果明天不下雨他就来。 68. He wants to see nobody unless there is a previous appointment. 他不想会见任何人，除非事先有约。 69. He was surprised to find that the river had become clear. 他吃惊地发现河水变清了。 70. He who makes no mistakes makes nothing. 不犯错的人必将一事无成。 71. He would not be angry if he knew what had happened.要是他知道了事情经过就不会生气的。 72. Hi. What can I get for your dinner, sir? 你好，先生。你晚餐要吃什么？ 73. However you may work hard, the boss will not be fully satisfied. 无论你有多努力，老板总不会完全满意。 74. How long will it take before the package arrives in America? 这包裹要多久才回到美国？ **I** 75. I'm afraid I can't do as you said. 恐怕我无法按你说的去做。 76. I'm going to run for the bus as soon as the bell rings. 铃声一响，我就要去赶公共汽车。 77. I'm not an English major student. 我不是英语专业的学生。 78. I'm now a distance education student. 我现在是一名远程教育学员。 79. I'm usually just using the search engines to look up information. 我通常只是用搜索引擎找一些资料。 80. I came here at least once a month. 我一个月至少来这里一次。 81. I didn't hear what you said to him. 我没听见你对他说的是什么。 82. I don't care where we go as long as we don't have to stand in line. 不管去哪里，只要不用站着排队就行。 83. I don't know what you said to him. 我不知道你和他说了什么。 84. I enjoyed this meal thoroughly. 我非常喜欢这顿饭。 85. I have never been treated like this before. 我从未受过这种待遇。 86. I have no idea what to say. 我不知道说什么好。 87. I have learned from him what I can't learn in class.我从他那里学到了课堂上学不到的东西。 88. I've read your story and I like it very much.我已读过你写的故事，并且很喜欢它。 89. I have something important to tell you.我有些重要事情要告诉你。 90. I happened to pass by when the boy fell into the river.那个小孩落入河里时，我正好经过那里。 91. I must get my radio fixed. 我得请人把我的收音机修理一下。 92. I regret to inform you that we are unable to offer you a job. 很遗憾地告诉你，我们无法雇用你。 93. I started looking after other children whose parents went out to work.我开始帮那些外出工作的父母照看孩子。 94. I want to take a walk along the river bank, singing my favorite songs. 我想边在河边散步，边唱我喜欢的歌。 95. I was amazed to find him there as well. 我惊奇地发现他也在那里。 96. I was wondering if you could help me to find this book. 我不知道你是否能帮助我找到这本书。 97. I was walking in the street when someone called my name. 我在大街上走着的时候，忽然有人喊我的名字。 98. I will make sure that every student has a copy of the book. 我一定会确保每个学生都有一本这种书。 99. I'll go with you and make sure you understand it. 我随你去并确信你理解会用才行。 100. I'll try not to take up too much of your time. 我尽量不占用你太多的时间。 101. I would be very grateful for information about entry to your college. 若能寄给我贵校的入学申请材料我将十 分感激。 102. I'd like to make a reservation for one passenger on April 20 to Tokyo.我想预定一个四月二十日到东京的机位。 103. If he had not broken his tooth, he would not be in hospital now. 如果他没有把牙齿弄坏，现在就不在医院了。 104. If I find your passport, I will phone you immediately.如果我找到了你的护照，我马上就打电话给你。 105. If she finds out you spilled ink on her coat, she'll blow her stack. 如果她发现你在她上衣上洒了墨水，她会大 发脾气的。 106. If we don't write often, we will lose touch. 如果我们不经常写信，我们就会失去联系。 107. If you are failing to plan, you are planning to fail.如果你没有订好计划，你就在计划失败。 108. If you don't work hard while you are young, you will regret when you are old.少壮不努力，老大徒伤悲。 109. In the United States a lot of college students do not live at home. 在美国，许多大学生不在家住。 110. It doesn't look like something I would throw away.它看起来不像是我要扔掉的东西。 111. It doesn't matter whether he comes or not.他来或不来都无关紧要。 112. It's a custom for people to shake hands when they meet for the first time.初次见面握手是一个风俗。 113. It's always a pleasure to see many friends here in London. 很高兴在伦敦见到许多朋友。 114. It's easy to say, but difficult to do. 说起来容易，但做起来难。 115. It's not safe playing in the streets. 在街上玩耍不安全。 116. It is not necessary to do this work.没有必要做这项工作。 117. It's still raining today! 今天还在下雨。 118. It's their duty to look after these young trees. 他们的责任是照看这些小树。 119. It's time we said goodbye to them. 我们该向他们告别了。 120. It only takes me three minutes to dress in the morning. 早上我只花三分钟穿衣。 121. It was the first time that he had learned how to drive a car. 这是他第一次学习驾车。 122. It'll be our honor if you can benefit from the book.如果您能从本书获益,这将是我们的荣幸。 **J** 123. Jack works much harder than before. 杰克学习比以前努力多了。 124. James could not look after himself.詹姆斯不会照顾自己。 125. Jane moved to New York at the end of last month.简在上月底就移居纽约了。 **L** 126. Let's try something different.让我们尝尝其它不同的口味。 127. Lincoln was the US president who set the slaves free.林肯是解放黑奴的那位美国总统。 128. Little is know about the life of those people. 对这些人的生活几乎一无所知。 129. Lookers-on see most of the games. 当局者迷，旁观者清。 **M** 130. Many a true word is spoken in jest. 笑谈之中有至理。 131. Many people complain that computers are taking over their jobs. 许多人抱怨说计算机正在接管他们的工作。 132. Many people prefer living in the country to living in the town. 许多人喜欢住在农村而不喜欢住在城镇。 133. Mike didn't leave until Tom got back. 迈克一直等到汤姆回来才离开。 134. Money is not the only thing that brings us happiness. 金钱并不是唯一能给我们带来幸福的东西。 135. Most people live too far from downtown to travel by bike.大多数人住得离市区太远，没法骑自行车往返。 136. Mr. Lin assigned too much homework today. 今天林老师留的家庭作业太多了。 137. Mr. Smith knew Jack didn't look at the others because he was nervous. 史密斯先生知道杰克不敢看别人是因 为紧张。 138. My boss was favorably impressed by my work.我的工作给老板留下了很好的印象。 **N** 139. Never mix business with pleasure.工作娱乐不要混同。 140. Nobody has come to see us since we bought these dogs.我们买了这些狗以来，没有人来看我们。 141. No matter what you say, I won't believe you.无论你说什么，我都不相信。 142. No matter what happens, I'll be your best friend.无论发生什么，我都是你最好的朋友。 143. Nobody can remember everything.没人能记住一切。 144. None of us live in London.我们中间没有一个人住在伦敦。 **O** 145. Once the work is finished, we'll be carefree.工作一旦完成，我们就无忧无虑了。 146. One is never too old to learn.活到老，学到老。 147. One is known by the company he keeps.见其伴知其人。 148. Once you've made a promise, you must carry it out.一旦许下诺言，就应该履行它。 149. Outside it was pitch dark and it was raining cats and dogs.外面一团漆黑，大雨倾盆。 150. Our library is as big as theirs.我们的图书馆和他们的一样大。 **P** 151. Please tell me briefly what happened.请简要地告诉我发生了什么事情。 **R** 152. Respect is given to where respect is due.尊敬只给予值得尊敬的人。 **S** 153. She has a good eye for detail.她细致缜密。 154. She has been a lawyer since she finished college. 她大学毕业后一直当律师。 155. She has only a small room to live in.她只有一个小房间住。 156. She is the manager in charge of personnel.她是负责人事工作的经理。 157. She looks very tired, she must have been on night shift.她看起来很疲倦，肯定是上夜班了。 158. She runs six miles every morning, rain or shine.无论雨晴，她每天早晨都跑六英里。 159. Something must be done to prevent the pollution.一定要设法阻止污染。 160. Strike while the iron is hot. 趁热打铁。 161. Suddenly a smart idea came to his mind. 他突然想起了一个妙主意。 **T** 162. Take an umbrella with you in case of rain. 带上雨伞以防下雨。 163. Take some medicine with you in case you catch cold. 随身带点药，以免感冒。 164. Take this empty box away and bring me a full one. 把这只空盒子拿走，给我拿一个满的来。 165. Take time while time is, for time will be away. 机不可失，时不再来。 166. Teaching others teaches you yourself. 教学相长。 167. Thanks to these measures, the smog in London is gone.多亏有了这些措施，伦敦的烟雾已不复存在了。 168. That box is too small to hold all these things.那盒子太小，装不下所有这些东西。 169. The Antarctic is covered with ice all year round.南极洲终年为冰雪覆盖。 170. The belief that books make one clever has been proved.书能使人聪明的这种想法也得到证实。 171. The best time to read English is in the morning. 朗读英语的最佳时间是在早晨。 172. The child had to work at the age of 10 in order to earn his living.为了谋生，这孩子十岁就干活了。 173. The company directors have been driven to the airport.公司的董事们被轿车送往飞机场。 174. The cupboards in her kitchen were full of things she did not need.她厨房的橱柜中放满了她不需要的东西。 175. The crops failed because the season was dry.因为气候干燥，作物歉收。 176. The doctor said there was nothing wrong with his eyes.医生说他的眼睛没有毛病。 177. The food is not as fresh as advertised. 这种食品不像广告宣传的那样新鲜。 178. The machine will start the moment the switch is on.一按电钮，机器就开始运行。 179. The majority of us agree with you.我们绝大多数与你意见一致。 180. The more educated they are, the better they care for their families.他们受教育的程度越高，就越能更好地照顾 ``` 他们的家庭。 ``` 181. The more we speak English, the better we can speak it.我们越多说英语就能说得越好。 182. The more you have, the more you want.欲望是无止境的。 183. The more you know, the further you go.你懂得越多，就走得越远。 184. The most difficult thing is to decide to offer one's life.最困难的事是决定献出生命。 185. The music really turns me off.这音乐实在使我厌烦。 186. The road being widened leads to the railway station.正在拓宽的那条道路通向火车站。 187. The room is furnished with some old furniture这间房里布置了几件旧家具。 188. The secret of success is constancy of purpose.成功的秘诀在于持之以恒。 189. The strongest man cannot alter the law of nature. 再强大的人也不能改变自然的规律。 190. The sun affects tremendously both the mind and body of a man.太阳对人的身体和精神都有极大的影响。 191. The visitors are arriving at 3 o'clock.参观者将在下午三点到达。 192. The volume of a gas increases more quickly than that of a liquid.气体体积增加的速度比液体快。 193. The young man made up another story to make the children happy. 那个年轻人又编了个故事逗孩子们开心。 194. There are much more people in the park at weekend than usual.周末公园里的人比平时多多了。 195. There is not a marked difference in size between China and the United States of America.中美两国在面积上相差 ``` 并不特别大。 ``` 196. They eat fast food when they are going to work and coming home from work.他们在上下班的路上吃快餐。 197. They did not need to worry a lot about the safety of the new product.他们不必为新产品的安全担心。 198. They have been working together for three months and have come to know each other better.他们一起工作了三 ``` 个月，相互之间也更了解了。 ``` 199. They sold the old house yesterday.昨天他们把那旧房子卖了。 200. They who know nothing fear nothing. 无知者无畏。 201. Things done cannot be undone. 木已成舟。 202. This street will be widened.这条大街将要加宽。 203. This is as true of nations as it is of individuals. 国家是这样，个人也是这样。 204. Though I tried to make him change his mind, I failed completely.尽管我想让他改变主意，但我彻底失败了。 205. Though her home is far away from the school, she is never late.虽然学校离家很远，她从不迟到。 206. Tom has made many friends since he came to Shanghai the year before.自从前年来到上海，汤姆已结交了很多 ``` 朋友。 ``` ### V 207. Vegetables must be washed clean before being eaten.蔬菜在食用前必须洗干净。 **W** 208. We are sure that they'll finish the work on time.我们相信他们会按时完成这项工作。 209. We have made little progress.我们没有取得什么进展。 210. We must read as much as possible to enlarge our vocabulary.我们必须尽可能多的阅读以扩大我们的词汇量。 211. We never know the love of the parents until we become parents ourselves. 不养儿不知父母恩。 212. We shall overcome all the difficulties so long as we study hard and in a right way.只要我们学习努力，而且学习 ``` 得法，我们就能克服学习中的一切困难。 ``` 213. We should keep it in mind that our country is a developing one.我们应牢记在心，我国是一个发展中的国家。 214. We should take at least one bath every day. 我们每天至少应当洗一次澡。 215. We want to make sure the airport is safe and secure. 我们要确认机场是安全的。 216. We will neither get sick nor suffer pain. 我们将来既不会生病也不会承受痛苦。 217. We won't attack others unless we are attacked. 人不犯我，我不犯人。 218. Weakened by the successive storms, the bridge was no longer safe. 几次连续下暴雨后桥已不太牢固，因此不 再安全了。 219. What did your friend write about in her letter? 你朋友在她信中写了些什么？ 220. What he said at the meeting is of great importance.他在会上说的话很重要。 221. What he said did not annoy me much, for I knew he did not mean it.我并不在乎他所说的，我知道他不是那个 ``` 意思。 ``` 222. What would you like to drink, mineral water or tea? 你喜欢喝点什么，矿泉水还是茶水？ 223. Whatever you do will help us improve our English. 不论你做些什么，都有助于提高我们英语水平。 224. Whatever is worth doing should be done well. 任何值得做的事情都应该做好。 225. When he woke up, he found himself alone in the room.他醒来时，发现只有他一个人在房间里。 226. When I got to the check-out, I realized I had left my purse at home.当我到收银台时，发现我把钱包落家里了。 227. When she was eighteen, she was independent of her parents.当她十八岁时，她便离开父母独立生活了。 228. Which do you prefer, art or music? 你更喜欢什么，是艺术还是音乐？ 229. While water can carry a boat, it can also overturn it.水能载舟，也能覆舟。 230. Why don't you find a job and end this dependence upon your parents? 你为何不找个工作，不再依靠你的父母 ``` 呢? ``` 231. Will you please try to find out for me what time the train arrives? 能不能请你帮我查查火车什么时候到? 232. Wit and will strive for the victory. 智慧加毅力一定会成功。 233. Would you mind my smoking here in the office now? 我现在办公室抽烟，你介意吗？ **Y** 234. You are clever enough to pass the exam. 你很聪明，能通过考试。 235. You can give it to whoever you like. 你喜欢给谁就给谁。 236. You can buy water inside. 你可以在里面买水喝。 237. You'd better go quickly before I change my mind. 趁着我还没有改变主意，你赶快走吧。 238. You'd better put the food within the boy's reach. 你最好把吃的东西放在孩子够得着的地方。 239. You might have been busy yesterday. 你昨天可能很忙吧。 240. You mustn't use your mobile phones in class. 你千万不能上课时拨打手机。 241. You never know what you can do till you try. 惟有试过才知道自己的能力。 242. You speak as if you were my teacher. 你说起话来好像我老师。 补充题目：以下 2 题为 19 年 9 月统考批次出现的英译汉新题，有余力的同学可以看一下 1. The shop is open till ten at night every day. 商店每天营业到晚上十点。 2. How long will it take us to get there? 我们到那儿要用多长时间？